(9-355.)
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
X^-^^-O . \M^^
( ) * ^
\j v.
,
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION-BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY
J. W. POWELL DIRECTOR
PROOF-SHEETS
BIBLIOGRAPHY
OP
THE LANGUAGES
OF THE
NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS
BY
JAMES CONSTANTINE PILLING
(DISTRIBUTED ONLY TO COLLABORATORS)
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
i .s a 5
yvvwyiA
J\ o . o
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY,
December 7, 1884.
While engaged in tbe exploration of the Rocky Mountains I was
urgently requested by the late Professor Henry, Secretary of the Smith
sonian Institution, to study t-he Indian tribes of the region, and espe
cially to collect vocabularies. In compliance with this request I culti
vated an acquaintance with the various Indian tribes met in that region,
and usually a number of Indians traveled with me. I eventually became
deeply interested in the study of the Indian languages of the United
States, which interest increased as comparative studies were subse
quently made.
From these rude beginnings I was led to explore a much wider field,
and at last formed the plan of completing the classification of these
languages, and especially of extricating the subject from much biblio
graphic confusion. During this time Mr. Pilling assisted me in collect
ing the literature of the subject, and at my request he undertook to
prepare a bibliography of the materials I was then using. But from
year to year his work grew on his hands, until at last, at my earnest
solicitation, he commenced the preparation of a bibliography of North
American languages. To this task he has given the patient labor of
years, and developed a genius for the work to which the present vol
ume is a monument.
J. W. POWELL.
iii
\ s A s t: ; i :
PREFACE.
The compilation of the following matter was begun some years since
as a card-catalogue for the use of the members of the Bureau of Eth
nology, and as a basis for a projected work by the Director on the
classification of North American tribes by language. Although prose
cuted only during such times as could be spared from other and more
pressing official duties, and at first with no thought of making it compre
hensive, material accumulated in sufficient quantity to justify the belief
that a somewhat complete monograph of the subject might be compiled.
To accomplish this the co-operation of many persons interested in this
branch of research is necessary; and that this co-operation may be
given to the best advantage it is essential they should know what has
already been done. Hence the following proof-sheets a preliminary,
tentative, and incomplete catalogue, embodying the information gath
ered by the compiler from printed and manuscript authorities, by per
sonal visits to public and private libraries throughout the United States
and Canada, and by an extensive correspondence. The amount of ma
terial already obtained through outside sources duriug the type-setting
and proof-reading, and which partly appears in the appended "Addi
tions and Corrections," strengthens the belief that, with the assistance
of those in a position to furnish information, it will be possible to make
the final issue a fairly complete record of the books, pamphlets, papers
in serial journals, and manuscripts, in or relating to the Indian languages
of North A merica.
It is desired that those into whose hands these sheets may fall will
consider them in no sense as finished or complete; only a few copies
are struck off, and these have been prepared especially for distribution
to collaborators for the purpose of obtaining marginal corrections and
insertions.
When finally issued the work will form Volume X of the series enti
tled "Contributions to North American Ethnology."
Nowhere else, perhaps, is there such opportunity for error as between
the two covers of a catalogue, and no one can be more fully aware of the
many defects and inconsistencies in this one than the compiler. Nor
can they be excused except on the general plea that it was thought
preferable to insert imperfect titles, and to insert them out of order,
than not to have them appear at all. Bad titles may be the means of
procuring good ones, and consistency ot arrangement can be secured
in the final sheets, or the defect partly atoned for by a cross-reference.
The aim of the compiler has been to record everything pertaining to
the subject which has come under his notice.
Y
VI NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
In the preparation of these sheets, I have placed myself under obli
gations in a greater or less degree to many persons, and it affords me
pleasure to acknowledge these courtesies. Perhaps in the greatest
measure I am indebted to the Director of the Bureau, to whose sug
gestion the work owes its origin, and who throughout its progress has
encouraged me by his advice and aided me by his criticism. Every
facility at his command, personal and official, has been given me, and
his private library and the Bureau records have been placed freely at
my disposal.
By Seuor Don Joaquin Garcia Icazbalceta, of the City of Mexico, I
have been treated with a generosity as complete as it is rare, and to
this eminent bibliographer and his published works is due the credit for
whatever of value is contained in these sheets concerning the literature
of Mexican languages. Besides correcting with his own pen my copy
of his "Apuntes para un Catalogo," he has permitted me to make ex
tracts from the sheets, so far as printed, of his still unpublished "Bibli-
ografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI," has furnished me with many new
titles, has read and corrected my own proof-sheets, and has aided me
in my work in every possible way. Such of his corrections as were re
ceived in time have been incorporated into the "Additions and Correc
tions"; the others will appear in the final sheets. It Is a matter of
regret that the whole of his last great work, the "Bibliografia," is not
in type, that 1 might have availed myself still further of this admirable
example of bibliographic art and research.
,In equal degree am I under obligations to Mr. Wilberforce Eames, of
New York City. Almost from the beginning of the type-setting the
catalogue has had the benefit of his aid and advice. His thorough
knowledge of the class of books treated, his interest in the subject it
self, his fine library, rich in bibliographic authorities, his scrupulous
care and accuracy with the minutiae which compose so large a part of
a work like this, and his judgment in matters of arrangement, have all
contributed to the improvement of these pages, and have combined to
render his co-operation invaluable. The frequent mention of his name
throughout shows but imperfectly the extent of my obligations to him.
It has been impossible in every instance to acknowledge the many
important facts communicated to me by Drs. D. G. Brinton, J. G. Shea,
and J. H. Trumbull. These gentlemen, each of whom is an authority on
the linguistic literature of this continent, have not only given me access
to their richly laden library shelves, but have promptly and cordially
responded to my oft-repeated inquiries. I have appealed to them, on
numerous occasions, with perfect freedom, and have invariably been
treated with a cordiality calculated to awaken feelings of the profound-
est gratitude; the final pages will show many changes suggested by
them.
To the Hon. John R. Bartlett, of Providence, through whose kindness
I have a number of times been permitted to avail myself of the facilities
PREFACE. VII
afforded by the Carter Brown library, perhaps the finest private col
lection of Americana on this continent, I am indebted for many and
varied favors.
Through the efforts of Mrs. Enninnie A. Smith, of Jersey City, 1 have
been able to add the titles of a uumbei of manuscripts retained in the
archives of the Canadian Catholic Missions which otherwise I would
have obtained, if at all, with great difficulty.
My immediate assistants, Mr. P. C. Warman and Miss J. L. McCord,
are so thoroughly identified with the work in its every stage that I can
only extend to them, in a general way, my appreciation of the aid they
have rendered me.
Among the owners of private libraries who have done much to assist
me, I must mention the Rev. Isaac Barefoot, Point Edward, Canada;
Messrs. W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y.; John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield,
N. J.; Lewis S. Hayden and J. Edmond Mallet, Washington, D. C.;
Kev. Silas T. Band, Hantsport, Nova Scotia ; and the Abb6 Verreau,
Montreal, Canada.
Nor must I neglect to add my obligations to the following persons
throughout the country, upon whose time I have frequently intruded:
Rev. J. A. Anderson, Waterbury, Conn.; Mr. Marcus Baker, Washing
ton, D. C.; Rev. Alouzo Barnard, Ouiena, Mich.; Rev. J. B. Z. Boldnc,
Quebec, Canada; Mr. John Nicholas Brown, Providence, R. I.;- Rev.
N. V. Burtin, Caughnawaga, Canada; the late Professor Buschmanu,
Berlin, Germany ; Mrs. Cyrus Byingtou, Belpre, Ohio ; Rev. J. W. Cook,
Santee Agency, Nebr. ; Lieut. Heber M. Creel, U. S. A. ; Rev. J. A. Cuoq,
Montreal, Canada; W. H. Ball, C. C. Darwin, and Rev. J. Owen Dorsey,
Washington, D. C. ; Rev. Myron Eells, Skokomish, Wash.; Joseph Elk-
inton, Philadelphia, Pa.; Rev. Martin Perrard, Sault au Recollet, Can
ada; Mr. Albert S. Gatschet, Washington, D. C.; Rev. J. A. Gilfillan,
White Earth, Minn. ; Rev. J. Giorda, St. Ignatius Mission, Mont. ; Mr. Ho
ratio Hale, Clinton, Ontario, Canada; Rev. S. D. Hinman, of the Dakota
Missions; Dr. W. J. Hoffman, Washington, D. C.; Rt. Rev. Edward
Jacker, Point Saint Ignace, Mich.; Rev. Francis Jacker, Hough ton, Mich. ;
Rev. Leclair, Oka, Canada; A. J. Knowles, Boston, Mass.; Rev. R. M.
Loughridge, of the Muscogee Mission; Rev. F. X. Marcoux, St. Regis,
Canada; Prof. Otis T. Mason, Washington, D. C.; Chief H. L. Masta, of
the Abnaquis, Pierreville, Quebec, Canada; Dr. Washington Matthews,
U. S. A.; Rev. John Menaul, Laguna, N. Mex.; Paul Neuhaus, Wash
ington, D. C.; M. Alph. Pinart, San Francisco, Cal.; J. W. Powell, Su
perintendent of Indian Affairs, Victoria, B. C. ; Revs. A. L. and S. R.
Riggs, of the Dakota Mission; Prof. Heinrich Rink, Copenhagen, Den
mark; Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson and Rev. W. S. Robertson, of the Mus
cogee Missions, Tullahassee, Ind. T.; Prof. E. Uricoechea, Brussels, Bel
gium; Rev. L. Van Gorp, St. Ignatius Mission, Mont.; the late Rev.
Eugene Vetromile, Oldtown, Me.; Mr. E. P. Vining, Omaha, Nebr.; Rev.
J. P. Williamson, of the Dakota Mission ; Rev. E. F. Wilson, Sault Ste.
Marie, Ontario, Canada; Mrs. Ashur Wright, Versailles, N. Y.
VIII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
I trust that the information contained in this Bibliography, when
pubished, may prove, in some slight measure, a return for the many
kindnesses and courtesies received at the hands of the officers of the
following libraries, without whose aid, so generously extended, even the
present preliminary catalogue would not have been possible : A. K.
Spofford, Library of Congress; Justin Wiusor, Harvard University;
C. A. Cutter, Boston Athenaeum; A. Van Name, Yale College; H. L.
Oak^, Bancroft Library, San Francisco; F. Sauuders, Astor Library, New
York; Geo. H. Moore, Lenox Library, New York; Samuel A. Green,
Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston; L. C. Draper and I). S. Dur-
rie, of the Wisconsin Historical Society, Madison; J. Fletcher Williams,
Minnesota Historical Society, St. Paul; Stephen Salisbury, jr., and E.
M. Barton, of the American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass. ; the
librarians of the Quebec Historical Society, New York Historical So
ciety, Cincinnati Public Library, and McGill College, Montreal; the
officers of the American Bible Society, New York and Boston, Ameri
can Tract Society, New York and Boston, American Board of Commis
sioners for Foreign Missions, Boston, American Congregational Asso
ciation, Boston, and Jacques Cartier School, Montreal.
J. C. P.
NOVEMBER 4, 1884.
INTRODUCTION.
The primary purpose sought to be carried out in the following pages
is an alphabetic list of persons who have written in or upon the Indian
languages of North America, with full and accurate titles of all editions
of their writings, collations of the same, and a descriptive table of lin
guistic contents.
But few departures from the ordinary rules of cataloguing have been
made, the principal one being that translators of matter into the Indian
tongues have been treated as authors. Anonymous works, both printed
and manuscript, have been entered under the full name of the author
when known, with a cross-reference in the case of printed works from
the first word of the title. When the author is unknown, printed
works, and manuscripts with authentic titles, appear under the first
word of the title; manuscripts without titles, or with factitious titles,
under the name of the Indian language to which they pertain. Societies
have been treated as authors of the journals, transactions, proceedings,
etc., issued by them, the chartered name being given whenever possible.
Titles of works containing linguistics by others than the author of the
work appear in full under the name of the latter, followed by brief sub-
entry of the linguistic authors; the full titles of the linguistic portions
appearing in full under their respective authors, followed by brief sub-
entry of the author of the work itself. In these sub entries the name
of the author, or other controlling word in the primary alphabetic ar
rangement, is printed in black-face type. This use of antique type as
a cross-reference device is observed throughout the descriptive and
commentative matter following the title.
While in gener.il a uniform system of entering titles, collating books,
and describing contents has been followed, a number of tentative de
partures have been made from time to time, as experience suggested, for
guidance in the preparation of the final monograph. These changes
are all slight, and it is thought none of them call for comment, except,
perhaps, one that of translating or not translating extracts from
authors who have written in languages other than English. In the
opinion of the compiler the advantages of translating these notes into
English the language of the future more than outweigh those sup
posed to be gained from quoting the original verbatim; upon this point,
however, he is open to conviction. These remarks do not apply, of
course, to the transcription of titles, the spelling of Indian names, and
the quotation of linguistic contents of a work, but only to descriptive
extracts and biographies from catalogues and bibliographies.
IX
X NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Much of the advantage of knowing that a certain work exists consists
in knowing where it may be found. For this reason the initials of the
libraries in which the copy or copies described were seen are given at
the end of primary titles. In no case have initials been given unless
the compiler has seen at least one of the copies indicated; in most
cases he has seen them all, and in every case thotse not handled by him
have been seen either by one of his immediate assistants or by one of
the gentlemen who have aided him in his work. These library initials
will sometimes be found in the body of a note, accompanying mention
of a work.
An asterisk is inserted opposite all titles, both primary and second
ary, of works not seen by the compiler. This is true also in the case
of all articles or editions mentioned in the notes, except in those cases
where the source of the entry is distinctly given.
In order that due credit may be given, and responsibility fixed, Ihe
source of each borrowed title is indicated. By this means the reader
may judge for himself of the reliance to be placed upon descriptions
and collations.
In the index, which has been confined to languages and dialects, all
the spellings of Indian tribal names occurring herein are given, the
entries being made under what has been considered the most common
spelling.
Below is a list of the authorities referred to in these pages :
LIST OF AUTHORITIES.
Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater (Dr. Johann Severin). Mithr>-
dates oder allgemeine Sprachenkunde init dem Vater Unser, etc.
Berlin, in der Vossischeu Buchhaudlung, 180C f-1817]. B. c.
For full title, collation, etc., see No. 28 of this catalogue.
Alcedo (D. Autonio de). Bibliotheca Americana. | Catalogo | de los
Autores que liau escrito de la | America en diferentes idiomas. | Y |
noticia de su vida y patria, aiios en que | vivieron y obras que escri-
beron. | Compuesto | por | el Mariscal de Campo D. Antonio | de
Alcedo, Gobernador de | la Plaza de la Coruna. |
Ano de 1807. | JOB.
Maunscript. 2 vols. : Prologue 11. i-vi, text 488 leaves; 11.489-1028. folio. Vol.2
has no title-page. This copy is from the library of the late Lord Kingsborough.
There is, I understand, a copy of this manuscript, dated 1807, <n the Sparks Collec
tion at Cornell University, made in 1843 from an original found in Madrid by
Obadiah Rich. Another copy as follows :
Biblioteca Americana | Catalogo de los Autores | que ban escri
to | de la America | en diferentes idiomas | y noticias | de su vida, y
patria, afios en que vivieron y obras que escribieron | Compuesto por
el Mariscal de Campo | D. Antonio de Alcedo | Gobernador de la
Plaza de la Coruna | Anode 1807 | Manuscritolnedito | Tomo Priraero
[-Segundo]
Mexico | Copia remitida de Boston por el Senor William H. Pres-
cott | 1854 | B.
2 vols. folio. Printed title pages, remainder in manuscript.
Allibone (Samuel Austin). See Moore (George H.) and Allibone (Samuel
Austin).
American Philosophical Society. Catalogue of Manuscript Works on
the Indians and their languages, presented to the American Philo
sophical Society, or deposited in their Library.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans, of the Hist, and Lit. Committee, vol. 1, pp.
xlvii-1. Phila.,1819. 8.
Reprinted in Buchanan (James). Sketches of the History, Manners, aud Cus
toms of the North American Indians, pp. 307-310. London, 1824. 8. Also on pp.
79- 82 of vol. 2 of the reprint of the same. New York, 1824. 16.
Andrade (I). Jose" Maria). Catalogue | de la | riche Bibliotbeque | de |
D. Jose Maria Andrade. | Livres Mamiscrits et Imprimis | Litte"ra-
ture Francaise et Espagnole. | Histoire de 1'Afrique, de 1'Asie et de
l'Ame"rique. | 7000 pieces et volumes ayant rapport an Mexique ou
im primes dans ce pays. | Dont la vente se fera Lundi 18 Janvier
1869 | et jours suivauts | A Leipzig, dans la salle de veiites de | MM.
XI
XII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Andrade (D. Jose' Maria) continued.
List & Francke, 15, Rue de 1'Universite', | par le miuistere de | M.
Hermann Francke, Commissaire priseur. |
1869. | Leipzig | List & Fraucke | 15, Eue de 1'Universite'. | Paris |
Librairie Tross | 5, Rue N Te des Petits Champs. | o. JCP.
Pp. i-ix, 1 1., pp. 1-368. 8. Langues indigenes ( List of liooks in], pp. 362-368.
Antonio (D. Nicolas). Bibliotheca | Hispana | sive | Hispanorvm, | qvi
vsqvam vnqvatnve | sive Latina sive popular! sive alia qnavis lingua |
scripto aliquid consignaverunt | notitia, | his qvje prsecesservnt locv-
pletior et certior | brevia elogia, editorum atque ineditornin | opeium
catalogum | dvabvs par tibvs contiueus, | qvarvm lnu-c online qvidein
rei | posterior, conceptu vero prior duobus tomis de his agit, | qvi post
aim VIM secvlareni MD, | usque ad presentem diem floruere. | Tomvs
Primvs [-SecvndvsJ. | Avthore | D. Nicolao Antonio | Hispalensi, I.
C. | Ordinis S. lacobi Eqvite, | patriaj ecclesia? caiionico, | Regiorum
nogotiorum in Vrbe & Romana Curia | Procuratore general!. |
Romse ex Offlcina Nicola! Angel! Tiuassii. MDCLXXII [1672]. |
Svperiorvin permissv. | c.
2 vols. : 41 p. 11., pp. 1-633; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-690. folio. The second volume has no
date. This is the original edition of the Bibliotheca Hispana Nova, which, although
published first, is but a sequel of the Vetus. I have not seen a copy of the first
edition of the latter, but have taken the following title from the Catalogue of
Printed Books in the Library of the Faculty of Advocates:
Bibliotheca Hispana Vetus; sive, Hispanorum, qui usquam, un-
quamve scripto aliquid consignaverunt, notitia. Complectens scrijt-
tores omnes, qui, ab Octaviani August! imperio, usque ad annum M.
floruerunt. Tomus primus [ . . . . ab anno M. usque ad MD Tomus
secuudus.] Opus posthumuui: nunc priinuni prodit jussu et expeusis
D. Joseph! Saenz, Cardinalis de Aguirre.
Romse, 1696. *
2 vols. folio. According to Lndewig, the Cardinal de Aguirre entrusted the
editorship of this to Emmanuel Mars, a learned Valentian. A second edition of this
work, much superior to the first, was published as folows:
Bibliotheca | Hispana Nova | sive | Hispanorum Scriptorum
qni ab anno MD. ad MDCLXXXIV. floruere | notitia. | Auctore | D.
Nicolao Antonio Hispalensi I. C. | Ordinis S. lacobi equite, patrise
Ecclesise canonico, Regiorum negotiornm | in Urbe & Romana curia
procuratore general!, consiliatio Regio. | Nuuc primum prodit | recog-
nita emeudata aucta | ab ipso auctore. | Tomus Primus [-Secundusj. |
Matriti | Apud Joachimum de Ibarra Typographnm regium |
MDCCLXXXIII [-MDCCLXXXVIII] [178JWL788], | c. JOB.
2 vols. : 2 p. 11., pp. i-xxiii, 1-830; title 1 1., pp. 1-669. folio. The date 1783 on
this first volume is said to be erroneous, the whole four volumes of the work having
appeared in 1788.
"This excellent work, which was first published at Rome in four volumes, folio,
1672-1696, had become very scarce when this edition was printed. * * *
Antonio, agreeable to the custom prevalent at that time, arranged the names of the
authors according to the alphabetical order of their Christian names." Bartlett.
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XIII
Antonio (D. Nicolao) continued.
- Bibliotheca | Hispana Vet us, | give | Hispani Scriptores qui ab
Octaviani August! JEvo | ad annum Christi MD. floruerunt. | Auc-
tore | D. Nicolao Antonio Hispalensi I. C. | Ordinis S. lacobi equite,
patriffi Ecclesiiu canouioo, liegiorum negotiorum | in Urbe & Komana
curia Procuratore geuerali, | Consiliario regio. | Curante | Francisco
Perezio Bayerio, | Valentino, Sereniss. Hisp. Infantum Caroli III.
Regis filiorum Institutore | priinario, Eegia? Bibliotheca3 Palatino-
Matritensis Prsefecto, | qui | Et prologum, & Auctoris vitae epitomen,
& notulas adiecit. | Tomus Primus f-SecundusJ | Complectens Millia-
rium Sseculum [-Ab Auno M. Ad MD]. |
Matriti | Apud viduam et heredes D. loacbimi Ibarrse Regii quon
dam typographi. | MDCCLXXXVIII [1788]. | c. JOB.
2 volt!. : 8 p. 11., pp. i-xxvii, 1 l.,pp. 1-556, i-viii ; 2 p. 11., pp. i-xxii, 23-467. folio.
These two volumes are arranged chronologically not by the Christian names of
the authors, as in the case of the two volumes of the Nova.
Arochena (Fr. Antonio). Gatalogo y noticia de los escritores del Orden
de San Francisco de la Provincia de Guatemala: con tres indices: I
de los que escribieron en latin. 2 de los que escribieron en castellano.
3 de los que escribieron en lengua de los Indios. *
Manuscript. Title from Beristain's Biblioteca Hispano-Americana Septentrional,
vol.1, p. 114. Beristaiu theresays: "The illustrious Eguiara availed himself of this
book for his catalogue; it was sent to him by the Eev. P. Fr. Marcos Linares, Pro
vincial of that diocese. It did not reach my hands until the year 815 [1815], this
catalogue being then concluded ; though it served me to s5me extent."
Asher (G. M.) A | Bibliographical | and | Historical Essay | on the |
Dutch Books and Pamphlets | relating to | New-Netherland, | and to
the | Dutch West-India Company and to its | possessions in Brazil,
Angola, etc., | as also on the | Maps, Charts, etc. of New-Nether-
laud, | with facsimiles of the map of New-Netherland by N. I. Vis-
scher j and of the three existing views of New- Amsterdam. | Compiled
from the Dutch Public and Private Libraries, and from | the collec
tion of Mr. Frederik Muller in Amsterdam, | by | G. M. Asher.
L. L. D. | Privat-Docent of Unman law in the University of Heidel
berg. |
Amsterdam, | Fiederik Muller. | 1854-67. | C.
Cover 1 1., pp. i-lii, 1-234 ; additions and corrections, 2 II. ; a list of maps and
charts, pp. 1-22 ; 1 blank 1. ; list of names, pp. 1-23. 4. Map.
Aubin (J.M.A.) Notice | surune j Collection d'Antiquite"s Mexicaines |
(peintures et manuscrits), | Par J.-M.-A. Aubin, | Ancien Profes-
seur de PUniversite". | (Ecole Normale.) | (Extrait d'un Me"rnoire sur
la Peinture didactique et 1'Ecriture | figurative des anciens Mexi-
cains). |
Paris, | Imprimerie Administrative de Paul Dupont, | Eue de Gre-
nelle Saint-Honor^, N 45. | 1851 | DGB.
Pp. 1-27. 8. A notice of Mexican manuscripts, mostly of those listed in Boturini.
XIV NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Auer (Alois). Sprachenballe. Das Vater Unser, &c.
[Wien: 1844-1847.] A. c. HU.
For full title, collatiou, etc., see No. 185o.
Backer (Augustin de) and Backer (Alois de). Bibliotheque | des ecri-
vains | de la Compaguie de Jesus, | ou | Notices bibliographiques | 1
De tous les ouvrages public's par les meinbres de la Corupagnie de
Je"sus, | depuis lafoudation de 1'ordre jusqu'a nos jours; | 2 Des apo
logies, des coutroverses religieuses, des critiques litteraires | et scien-
tifiques suscite'es a leur sujet. | Par Augustiu et Alois de Backer, |
de la meme Compagnie | Premiere f-SeptieineJ Serie. |
Lie"ge, | Imprimerie de L. Grandmont Donders, Libraire, | Eue Vi-
nave-d'Ile, 20-608. | 1853 [-1S61.J c.
7 vols. large 8.
and Sommervogel (Charles). Bibliotheque des e'crivains |
dela Compagnie deJe'sus | ou | Notices Bibliographiques | lDetous
les ouvrages publics par les meinbres de la Compagjie de Jesus |
depuis la fondation de 1'ordre jusqu'a nos jours | 2 Des apologies, des
controverses rdigienses, des critiques litte~rairesetscientifiques | sus-
citees a leur sujet | par Augnstiu de Backer | de la Gompaguie de
Je"sus | avec la collaboration | d'Alois de Backer et de Charles Som-
uiervogel | dela meme Coinpaguie. | Non velle Edition refoudue et con-
siderablement augment^e. | Tome Premier [-Troisieme] | A-G[-R-Z-
Supplemeut] |
Lie"ge | Chez 1'auteur A. de Backer | College S. Servais | Paris |
Chez 1'auteur C. Sommervogel | Institution Sante Geuevieve | Rue
Lhomond | MDCCCLXIX [-MDCCCLXXVI] [1869-1876]. | o.
3 vols. folio.
[Bagster (Samuel), editor.] The Bible of Every Land. A History of
the Sacred Scriptures in every Language and Dialect, etc.
London: Samuel Bagster and Sons, [1848-1851.] BA. ABS.
For full titles, collations, etc., of the various editions, see Nos. 208, 208a, and<!09
iu Additions and Corrections.
Baker (Marcus). See Ball (William Healey) and Baker (Marcus).
Bartlett (John Russell). Bibliotheca Americana. | A | Catalogue of
Books I relating to | North and South America | in the Library of
John Carter Brown | of Providence, R. I. | Part I. 1482 to 1601 |
With Notes | by John Russell Bartlett |
Providence | 1865. | JOB.
Pp. i-ix, 1-79. Royal 8. Contains 302 titles. Fifty copies printed. Reprinted,
with large additions and more copious notes, as follows:
Bibliotheca Americana | A | Catalogue of Books | relating to |
North and South America | in the Library of the late | John Carter
Brown | of Providence, R. I. | Part I. 1 482 to 1601 | With Notes |
by | John Russell Bartlett | [Coat of Arms.]
Providence I 1875 I o. WE. JOB.
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XV
Bartlett (John Russell) continued.
Pp. i-ix, 1 1., pp. 1-526. Royal 8. Contains 600 titles, 68 fac-similes of title-
pages, maps, and portraits, and 50 wood-cuts of vignettes and printers' devices.
One hundred copies printed. Issued also with the following title-page :
Bibliographical Notices | of rare and curious books relating to |
America | printed in the XVth and XVI th centuries | (1482-1601) |
in the library of the late | John Garter Brown | of Providence, R.
I. | by | John Russell Bartlett | [Family Arms emblazoned.]
Providence | Printed for Private Distribution | 1875 | JOB. JWP.
Pp. i-ix, 1 1., pp. 1-526. Seventy copies printed : 50 imp. 8 ; 20 small folio.
Bibliotheca Americana | A | Catalogue of Books | relating to |
North and South America | in the Library of | John Carter Brown j
of Providence, R. I. | Part II. 1601 to 1700 | With Notes by | John
Russell Bartlett | [Arms.]
Providence | 1866 | c. JOB.
Pp. 1-261. Royal 8. Contains 1,160 titles. Second edition, as follows :
Bibliotheca Americana | A | Catalogue of Books | relating to |
North and South America | in the library of the late | John Carter
Brown | of Providence, R. I. | Part II. 1600 to 1700 | Second Edi
tion | With Notes | by | John Russell Bartlett | [Arms.]
Providence | 1882 | c. 'WE. JOB.
Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. 1-647. Royal 8. Contains 1,642 titles, 74 fac-similes of title-
pages, and 39 portraits, vignettes, and printers' devices. One hundred copies
printed. Issued also with the following title-page:
Bibliographical Notices | of rare and curious books relating to |
America | printed in the Seventeenth Century | (1600-1700) | in the
Library of the late | John Carter Brown | of Providence, R. I. | by
John Russell Bartlett | [Arms.]
Providence | Printed for Private Distribution | 1882. | JOB. JWP.
Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. 1-647. Royal 8. Twenty-five copies printed.
Bibliotheca Americana | A | Catalogue of Books | relating to |
North and South America | in the Library of | John Carter Brown |
of Providence, R. I. | Part III 1701 to 1800 | Vol. I [-11]. | With
Notes | by | John Russell Bartlett | [Arms.]
Providence | 1870 [-1871] | c. WE. JCB.
2 vols. : pp. i-iv, 1-446 ; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-554. Royal 8. These two volumes con
tain 4,173 titles, but no illustrations. Fifty copies printed.
[Berendt (Dr. Carl Hermann).] Los Trabajos Lingiiisticos | de Don
Juan Pio Perez | DOB.
Colophon: Merida. Febrero 10 de 1871. Signed Dr. C. Hermann
Berendt.
No title-page. Pp. 1-16. 8.
See Fischer (Augustiu) and Berendt (Dr. Carl Hermann).
XVI NORTH AMKRICAN LINGUISTICS
Beristain y Martin de Souza (D. Jos Mariano). Biblioteca j Hispano-
Americana | Septentrional | 6 | Catalogo y Noticia de los Literates, |
que 6 nacidos, 6 educados, 6 florecientes en la | America septentrional
espsmola, ban dado a Inz | algun escrito, 6 lo ban dexado preparado
para | la prensa. | La escribia | El Doctor D. Jose Mariano Beristain
de Souza, | del claustro de las universidades de Valencia y Va- | lla-
dolid, Caballero de la orden Espanola de Carlos III. | Y Commen-
dador de la Real Americana de Isabel la Ca- | tolica, y dean de la
Metropolitana de Mexico. |
En Mexico : | Oalle de Santo Domingo y Esquina de Tacuba. Aflo
de 1816 f-1819-1821]. | c. L.
3 vols. folio. The title-pages of vols. 2 and 3 of the copy in the Library of Con
gress are in manuscript, and are dated respectively 1819 and 1821. After the words
" Metropolitaua de .Mexico," they have these words : " Y la publica D. Jose' Rafael
Enriquez Trespalacios Beristain sobrino del Autor." Their imprints are: "En
Mexico. Oficina de Don Alejandro Valdez calle de Santo Domingo auo de 1819
[-1821]."
"The Biblioteca of Beristain is the rarest and most valuable of all bibliograph
ical works. The author died while the work was in progress, and it was then con
tinued by his nephew, who limited the number issued to that of the persons who
had already subscribed for copies. It is to be found in few public libraries, and
the sum required for the last copy known to us was 60. The present copy [now
in the Lenox Library] is much increased in value by the manuscript additions,
which contain notices of upwards of 600 works relating to America, chiefly anony
mous, and an Appendix of 'Certamenes publicos literarios que se hau celebrado en
la Nueva Espaiia.' The volumes also contain many corrections and additions in the
hand of Mr. Ramirez." Ramirez Bib. Mex., No. 102.
Bibliotheca Mexicaua | Catalogue | d'une | Collection de Livres Rares |
(Priucipaleinent sur 1'Histoire et la Linguistique, | Re"unie au Mexi-
que | ParM.*** | Attache & la courde 1'Empereur Maximilien | Dont
la Vente so fera j Le Mardi 3 Noveuibre 1868 et le jour suivaut & 7
henres du soir | Maisou Silvestre | Rue des Bons-Enfants, No 28, salle
' du premier | Par le ministerede M. Delbergue-Cormont, commissaire-
priseur | rue de Provence, no 8 | Prix : 1 Franc |
Paris | Librairie Tross | 5, Rue Neuve-Des-Petits-Champs, 5 |
1868| c. JCP.
4 p. 11., pp. 1-47. 8.
Boturini Benaduci (Lorenzo). Idea | de una nueva | historia general |
de la | America Septentrional. | Fundada | sobre material copioso
de figures, | Symbolos, Caracteres, y Geroglificos, Cantares, y Maim-
scritos de Antores Indios, | ultimamente descubiertos. | Dedicala | al
Uey N. tro Senor | en su Real, y Supremo Consejo | de las Indias | el
Cavallero Lorenzo Boturini Benaduci, | Senor de la Torre, y de
Hono. | Cou Licencia. |
En Madrid : | En la Imprenta de Juan de Zufiiga. | Auo M. D. CO.
XL VI [1740]. |
Engraved frontispiece 1 1., title, reverse blank, 1 1., 20 other p. 11., pp. 1-167. sm. 4.
Appended is :
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XVII
Boturini Benaduci (Lorenzo) continued.
Catalogo del Museo Historico Indiano del | Cavallero Lorenzo |
Botui iui Benaduci, | Seilor de la Torre, | y de Hono, | quien llego a la
Nueva Espaiia | por Febrero del aflo 1736. y & porfia- | das diligen-
cias, e imuiensos gastos de | su bolsa junto, en diferentes Provin |
cias, el siguiente Tesoro Literario, que | v& especificado, y dividido
segun los | varies assuntos de las Naciones, e Im- | perios antignos de
los Indies, y puede | servir para ordenar, y escribir la Histo- | ria
General de aquel NuevoMundo, | fundada en Monumentos indispu- |
tables de los mismos Indios. | B. o.
4 11., pp. 1-96.
"The Catalogue of his Indian Historical Collection of MSS., Maps, and Diction
aries, and Grammars of the Mexican languages, occupies four leaves after p. 167 of
the ' Idea,' and the succeeding pp. 1 to 96. Most of these valuable relics of the
golden age of the American Aborigines disappeared during the one hundred and
twenty-five years which have elapsed. This wonderful collection included historic
material relating to each of the six great Mexican nations. Although so great a
length of time has elapsed since its dispersal, M. Aubin, an amateur collector at
Paris, has had the good fortune to recover many of them.
"This great museum of Mexican antiquities and MSS., copies of the equally
wonderful histories of the Indian nations, written by learned Indians, was seized
by the jealous and vindictive authorities of Mexico ; and although for many years
preserved among the archives of the Viceroy, yet the learned and industrious an
tiquarian was most wantonly deprived of the results of his labors. Clavigero saw
some of this precious store before 1770, in which year was printed a work in Mex
ico, containing copies of thirty-two of the paintings.
"The author resided eight years in Mexico, and not only studied and copied
the ancient MSS. and paintings, preserved in monasteries, churches, and colleges,
but he formed an intimate acquaintance with the customs and habits of the living
Indians." Field.
Brasseur de Bourbourg ( Abbe" Charles fitienne). Bibliotheque | Mexico-
Guate"inalienne | prece'de'e d'un | coup d'oeil sur les etudes Ame"ri-
caines | dans leurs rapports avec les etudes classiques | et suivie du
tableau par ordre alphabetiquedes ouvrages | de linguistique Aine"ri-
caine contenus dans | le meine volume, re'dige'e et mise en ordre
d'apres | les documents de sa collection Aruericaine | par | M. Bras
seur de Bourbourg | Ancieu Administrates [&c., eight lines].
Paris | Maisonneuve & (3 ie , Libraire fiditeur | 15, Quai Vol
taire | 1871 | B. 0. JCP.
Half title 1 1., title 1 1., pp. i xlvii, 1-183.
Tableau par ordre alphab^tiqne des ouvrages de linguistique Ame"ricaine con
tenus dans la Bibliotheque Mexico-Guat<$malienne. pp. 159-183.
Most if not all the works mentioned in this catalogue were purchased by M. Alph.
Pinart, who has since disposed of them at public sale. See Finart (Alph. L.)
"The Mexico-Guatemalan Library, the catalogue of which appears further on,
contains the greater part of the documents of any importance which have been
useful to me in the course of my historic and philologic researches during
twenty-five years. It is insignificant as to number of volumes ; it is of great value
if their rarity be considered, especially as to that which concerns the linguistics of
southern Mexico and Centra] America. In this respect I may say that it is unique.
More than eighty manuscript volumes or treatises in languages of which the names
II Bib
XVIII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbe Charles fitienne) continued.
are little known to bibliographers ; more than sixty grammars, vocabularies, pro
fane and religious treatises, in print, some of which have never been catalogued
and of which I possess the only copies, others which are yet known only by vague
indications there, in few words, is what my library presents, concerning American
philology." Preface.
Brinley (George). Catalogue | of the | American Library | of the late |
Mr. George Brinley, | of Hartford, Conn. | Part I. | America in gene
ral | Xew France Canada etc. | the British Colonies to 1776 | New
England [-Part III. | The South and the West | the United States |
general and political history | military and naval history | biogra
phy | Mexico the West Indies | Central and South America | the
American Indians | bibles catechisms and primers | music and psal
mody] |
Hartford | Press of the Case Lockwood & Brainard Company |
1878 [-1881] | JCP.
3 parts. 8 Compiled by Dr. J. H. Trumbull. In the Preface to Part III, dated
March 1, 1881, it is stated : "The general arrangement of the Fourth (and last)
Part is completed, and a portion of the copy is already in the hands of the printers."
It has not been published at this writing (January , 1885).
" The Catalogue of the First Part of this collection is now submitted to the pub
lic. Few of those into whose hands it is likely to fall need be informed that, within
the field it covers, it comprises a greater number of volumes remarkable for their
rarity, valne, and interest to special collectors and to book-lovers in general, than
were ever before brought together in an American sale-room. The titles of the
books and tracts, thongh rarely given without abbreviation, will be found suffi
ciently full to distinguish the edition or impression, and accuracy of description as
regards binding and general condition has been aimed at throughout.
"The general plan of the catalogue is indicated, as regards the first part, by the
table of contents prefixed. The arrangement it can hardly be called a classifica
tion is substantially that which was adopted by Mr. Brinley himself for his book
shelves. A strictly alphabetical arrangement, by author's names or titles, would
perhaps have been more acceptable to bibliographers, but the extent of the library
rendered such an arrangement impracticable, and it seemed inappropriate to the
sale-catalogne of a library which is not less remarkable for the completeness of its
collections in special departments than by the number of its titles." Preface.
Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison). Aboriginal | American Authors | and
their productions; | especially those in the native languages. | A
Chapter in the History of Literature. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, A. M.,
M. D., | Member of [&c., six Hues, device, one line]. |
Philadelphia: | Xo. 115 South Seventh Street. | 1883. | JCP.
Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; preface, reverse blank, 1 1. ; pp. vii-viii, 9-63. 8.
A Notice of some Manuscripts in Central American Languages;
by Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., M. D.
In Am Jour, of Science and Arts, vol. 47, second series, pp. 222-230. New Haven,
1869. 8. Reprinted in Hist. Mag., vol. 5, second series, pp. 306-309. Morrisania,
1869. sm. 4.
An account of some manuscripts in the library of the American Philosophical
Society at Philadelphia, presented by Mariano Galvez, Governor of Guatemala, in
1836, which seem to have escaped the notice of scholars.
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XIX
Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison) continued.
Literature of the Cakchiquel Language.
In Brinton (Dr. D. G.) Grammar of the Cakchiquel Language of Guatemala, pp.
10-17. Philadelphia, 1884. 8.
The Cakchiquel grammar origiually appeared in the Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc.
vol. 21, (No. 115,) pp. 345-412. Philadelphia, 1884. 8. JCP.
Catalogue | of the | Berendt Linguistic Collection | by | Daniel
Garrison Brintou, M. D. |
Media, Pa. | 1884 | DGB.
Manuscript. 1 blank p., index 1 p., 1 blank p., text 11. 1-79, written on recto
only. 4.
Brunet (G.) See Deschamps (P.) and Brunet (G.)
Briinet (Jacques Charles). Manuel | du Libraire | et | de 1'amateur de
livres | contenaut | 1 Uu nouveau dictionnaire bibliographique |
Dans lequel sont decrits les Livres rares, pre"cieux, singuliers, et
aussi les ouvrages les plus estimes en tout genre, qui out paru tant
dans les langues ancienues que dans les principales langues mo-
denies, depuis 1'origiue de | 1'iinprimerie jusqu'a nos jours ; avec 1'his-
toire des differentes editions qui en ont e"te faites; des renseigne-
ments | ne"cessaires pour reconnaitre les contrefa^ons, et collationuer
les auciens livres. On y a joint me concordance | des prix auquels
une partie de ces objets ont etc ported dans les ventes publiques faites
en France, en Angleterre | etailleurs, depuis presd'un siecle, ainsi que
1'appreciation approximative des livres anciens qui se rencoutrent |
frequemnient dans le commerce ; | 2 Une table en forme de cata
logue raisonue | Ou sont classes, selon 1'ordre des matieres, tous les
ouvrages portes dans le Dictionuaire, et un grand uombre | d'autres
ouvrages utiles, mais d'un prix ordinaire, qui n'ont pas du etre place's
au rang des livres ou rares | ou pre~cieux; | Par Jacques-Charles
Brunet | Chevalier de la Legion d'houueur | Cinquieme edition ori-
ginale entierement refondue et augmentee d'uu tiers | par 1'auteur |
Tome Premier | [-Sixieme] [Device.]
Paris | Librairie de Firmin Didot Freres, Fils et C ie | Iinprimeurs
de Plnstitut, Eue Jacob, 56 | 1860 [-18G5J. | B. c. JWP.
6 vols. 8. For continuation see Deschamps (P.) and Brunet (G.).
Byington (Rev. Cyius). Choctaw Bibliography. | A list of the books
prepared and published in the Choctaw | language by the Missiona
ries of the American | Board of Com. for Foreign Missions * *. |
In Byington (Rer. Cyrus). Grammar of the Choctaw language, No. 561 of this
Catalogue. Manuscript. The Choctaw Bibliography occupies four leaves of the
Grammar, paged in pern il 43-50, being written mostly on the rectos of the leaves.
It is divided iuto eight parts: I. Spelling Books. II. Choctaw Definer. III.
Hymn Books. IV. Portions of the Scripture. V. Catechism. VI. Other Books.
VII. Tracts. VIII. Tractsof American Tract Society. A concluding note is as fol
lows:
"The name of the author or translator of any one of the preceding works is not
published on the title-page, except in a very few instances. The principal authors
and translators were members of the Choctaw Mission as conducted by the Ameri-
XX NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Byington (Rev. Cyrus) continued,
can Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. In translating they were aided
by the most skillful interpreters they conld find among the educated Choctaws.
The missionaries who have devoted themselves to the labor of preparing books in
the Choctaw language, more than any of their associates, are Rev. Alfred Wright,
Loring S. Williams, and Cyrus Byington. Mr. Williams is not now a member of
the mission. Several hymns in the hymn-book were composed by native Choctaws,
as well as by the mixed blooded whites."
Carrillo y Ancona (D. Cresceucio). Estudios Bibliograflcos. Diserta-
cion sobre la Historia de la Lengua Maya o Yucateca, por D. Cres
cendo Carrillo, Presbitero.
In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., vol. 4, second series, pp. 134-195. Mexico, 1872. 8.
Gives works of various persons in Maya. Separately issued as follows :
Estudios Bibliograticos. | Disertacion | sobre la Historia de la
Lengua Maya o Yucateca, | por | D. Crescendo Carrillo,Presbitero. | B.
No title-page ; heading only. Pp. 1-63. 8.
Manual | de | Historia y Geografia | de la | Peninsula de Yuca
tan | Por | D. Crescendo Carrillo | Presbitero | Catedratico [&c., two
lines] |
Merida de Yucatan | Imprenta de J. D. Espinosa e Hijos |
1868 | JIGB.
Pp. i-xxvii, 1 1., pp. 1-162. sq. 16. -I have seen but one copy, which is incomplete.
Capitulo iv. El idioma y el nombre de Yncatan, pp. 88-113, contains a general
discussion of the language and the writers thereon, with a brief list of their works.
Chavero (Alfredo). Sahagun | Estudio | por Alfredo Chavero | Secre-
tario perpetuo | de la Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica j de Mexico. |
Mexico | Imprenta de Jose Maria Sandoval | Hospicio San Nicolas,
18 | 1877 | JOP.
Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-109, 1 1. sq. 16. A notice of Sahaguu and his writ
ings. 100 copies printed for private distribution. See Llanos (Adolpho) for ab
stract of above.
Civezza (Fr. Marcellino da). Saggio | Di Bibliografia | geografica storica
etuografica | Sanfrancescana | per | Fr. Marcellino da Civezza M. O. |
[3 lines quotation.]
In Prato | Per Ranieri Guasti | editore-libraio | 1879. |
Pp.i-xiv, 1 I., pp. 1-698. 8. The only copy I have seen of this work is in pos
session of Dr. Gustave Brtihl, Cincinnati, Ohio.
Clarke (Robert) & Co. Bibliotheca Americana. | Catalogue | of a valu
able collection of | Books and Pamphlets | relating to | America. |
The United States, colonial and revolutionary; | [&c., seven lines] |
with a descriptive list of the | Ohio Valley Historical Series. |
For sale by | Robert Clarke & Co. | Cincinnati. | 1875. | GS.
Title 1 l.,pp. i-viii, 1-130, 1 ]., pp. 131-180. 8. Publications relating to the In
dians are not assigned a separate department in the above work, but I have seen
copies of the catalogue for 1876, 1878, 1879, and 1883 (GS. ), wherein works relating
to Indian languages are usually grouped under the heading "Indians and Amer
ican Antiquities." I have also seen a copy of the catalogue for 1873 (GS.), with
title-page missing, and understand that copies were also issued for 1H69, 1871, and
1877.
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXI
Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio). Catologo d' alcuni autori Europei e
Oreogli, che hanuo scritto della dottrina e morale Christiana nelle
lingue della Nnova Spagna.
In Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio). Storia Antica del Messico, vol. 4, pp. 262-
263. Cesena, 1781, 4. Followed by:
Autori di grainmatiche e dizionari delle suddette lingue.
Iu Clavigero (I). Francesco Saverio). Storia Antica del Messico, vol. 4, p. 264.
Cesena, 1781. 4. For other editions of Clavigero, see Nos. 817-824 of this cata
logue.
Authors' names arranged according to the alphabetic order of their Christian
names.
Cogolludo (Fr. Diego Lopez). Historia | de Yucathan. | Compuesta |
por el M. K. P. Fr. Diego Lopez Cogollvdo, | Lector Jvbilado, y Padre
Perpetvo | de dicha Provincia. | Consagrada, y dedicada | al Exce-
lentissimo Sefior | Don Fernando loacbin Faxardo | de Resquesens y
Zufiiga, Marques de los Velez, Molina y Martorel, | Sefior de las Va-
ronias de castelvi, de Rosanes, Molius de Key | y otras en el Princi-
pado de Catahina, Sefior de las Vllas de Mula, | Albama y Librilta,
y de las siete del Rio de Almanzor a las Oueuas, | y Portilla Alcayde
perpetuo de los Reales Alcagares, de las Ciudades | de Murcia, y Lo-
rea, Adelautado, y Gapitau Mayor del Eeyno de | Murcia, Marque
sado de Villena, Arcedianato de | Alcarez, Campo de | Moutill, Sierra
de Segura, y sus Partidos, Coininendador de la Enco- | mienda de los
Bastimentos de Castilla, del Orden de Santiago, Gen- | tilhombre de
Camur a de su Mages'tad, de sus Cousejos de Estado, | y Guerra,
Presidente en el de Indias, y Superintendente | General de la Real
Hazienda, &c. | Sacala a Ivz | el M. R. P. Fr. Francisco de Ayeta,
Predicador, | ex-custodio del Xueuo Mexico Comisiario General del
Santo | Oficia, Custodio actual de la Prouincia del Santo Euangelio en
el | Reyno de la Nueua Espaua, y Procurador General en esta | coste
todas las Prouincias de la Religion | Seraflca del dicho Reyno. | Con
Privilegio. |
En Madrid : Por Jvan Garcia Infanzon, ano 1688. | B. c. JCB.
Engraved title, 11., followed by printed title as above 1 1., 12 other p. 11., 760pp.,
16 11. 4. Contains much bibliographic matter.
Los tres siglos de la dominacion espanola en Yucatan, 6 sea
Historia de esta provincia desde la conquista hasta la independeucia.
Escribiola Fr. Diego Lopez de Cogolludo, provincial que fiie" de la
orden f ranciscana ; y la continua un Yucateco.
Campeche: Iinprenta de Jose" Maria Peralta, 1842.
2 vols. 4. Imprint of vol. 2 : " Merida, Imprenta de Castillo y C, 1845." Sec
ond edition of the History of Yucatan, by Cogolludo. Title from Brasseur de
Bonrbourg.
Historia j de | Yucatan | escrita en el siglo xvii | por el | R. P.
Fr. Diego Lopez Cogolludo. | Provincial que fue de la Orden francis-
cana. | [Four lines quotation.] | Tercera Edicion. | Toino I [-II]. |
Merida | Iniprenta de Manuel Aldana Rivas | 1867 [-1868] | DGB.
2 vols.: pp.i-vi,7-615; 1-<J63. 4.
XXII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Ball (William Healey) and Baker (Marcus). Partial list of Books, Pam
phlets, Papers in Serial Journals, and other Publications on Alaska
and adjacent Begions. By W. H. Ball and Marcus Baker.
In Coast and Geodetic Survey, Pacific Coast Pilot. * * Second series, pp. 225-
375. Washington, 1879. 4.
Deschamps (P.) and Brunei (G.) Manuel | du libraire | et | de 1'amateur
delivres | | Supplement | contenant | lUn complement dudiction-
naire bibliographique | de M. J.-Ch. Brunet | Avec renvoi de chaque
article, dej& cit6 dans le dictionnaire, aux nume'ros de la table raison-
n6e; | la description minutieusement detaill^e, d'apres les origiuaux,
d'un grand nouibre d'ouvrages fran- | cais et etraugers, incounus de
M. Brunet, ou negliges par lui com me ayant peu de valeur, alors |
qu'il r^digeait son Manuel, ouvrages fort recherches et fort appr^cies
aujourd'hui. On y a joint une | concordance des prix auxquels une
partie de ces ouvrages ont e"te ported dans les principales veiites |
publiques de France et de 1'Etranger, depuis quinze aus, ainsi que
1'evaluation approximative des | livres dont il n'a pas e"te" possible de
citer d'adjudication. | 2 La table raisouu^e des articles | an noinbre
d'environ 10,000, d^crits au present supplement. | Par MM. P. Des
champs et G. Brunet | Tome Premier | A M | f-Deuxieme |
N Z | ] * * * |
Paris | Librairie de Firmin-Didot et C le | Imprimeurs de L'lustitut.
Eue Jacob, 56 | 1878 [-1880] | c.
2 vols. 8. 1,220 columns; 2 columns to the page. (See Erunet(j. c.).
Dnfosse" (E.) E. Dufoss4 | Libraire, 21, qnai Malaquais, | A Paris |
Americana | Catalogue de Livres anciens et modernes, ' de Cartes,
de Portraits & d'Autographes | relatifs a l'Ame~rique & aux colonies. |
Afrique, Asie, Japon, Oceanic, Australie. | Antiquite"s, Biographic,
Bibliographic, [&c., 10 lines.] |
[Paris,] 1878-79 | JC p.
Pp. 1-132. 8. This series of catalogues was begun, I believe, in 1876.
Eguiara et Eguren (D. Joannes Josephus de). Bibliotbeca | Mexicana |
sive | eruditorum historia virorum, | qui in America Boreali nati, vel
alibi geuiti, in ipsam | Domicilio aut studijs asciti, quavis lingua
scripto | aliquid tradiderunt: | Eorum prsesertim qui pro Fide Catho-
lica & Pietate amplianda, | fovendaque, egregie factis & quibusvis
scriptis floruere editis | aut iueditis. | Ferdinando VI | Hispaniarum
Eegi Catholico | nuncupata. Authore | D. Joanne Josepho de Eguiara
et Egureu, | Mexicano, electo Episcopo Jucatenensi, Metropol. Ec-
clesia? patrise | Canonico Magistral!, Uegiaj et PontiflciseUniversitatis
Mexicanensis | Primario et Emerito Theologiae Antecessore, quon-
damque Eectore, | apud Sanctse Inquisitionis Omcium Censore, lllmi.
Archiepiscopi | Mexicani Cousultore, et Diaecesis Examinatore Syno-
dali, | CapuciuaruinVirginumaConfessiouibusetalijssacris. | Tomus
Primus. I Exhibens Litteras A. B. C. I
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXIII
Eguiara et Eguren (D. Joannes Josephus de) continued.
Mexici: | Ex nova Typographia in ^Edibus Authoris editioni |
ejusdem Bibliothecse destinata. Anno Domini | MDCCLV [1755]. | c.
80 p .11., pp. 1-544. 4.
"The ouly volume published of this rare and valuable work. It contains the
most authentic notes on the literature and literary men of Mexico, and became
the basis of Beristain's celebrated 'Bibl. Hisp. Amer.', which appeared sixty years
later. Eguiara was one of the most talented members of the Academy of Mexico."
Sabin'K Dictionary, Xo. 22060.
"It is unfortunate that no more of this important work was published. It is
probable that not many copies were printed of this volume, as it is not often met
with." Rich, 1, 115.
" Kgtii[a]ra was a native of Mexico and occupied the Chair of Theology in the
University of that city. Beristain confesses that he should never have undertaken
his own Biblioteca if Egui[a]ra bad not 'opened the door and showed him the
way.'" Ramirez Bib. Afoc., No. 298.
Erslew (Thomas Hansen). Almindeligt | Forfatter-Lexicon | for | Kon-
geriget Danmark ined tilherende Bilaude, | fra 1814 til 1840, | eller |
Fortegnelse over , de sammesteds f^dte Forfattere og Forfatterinder,
som levede ved Be- | gyndel>en af Aaret 1814, eller siden ere fmlte,
med Anforelse af deres | vigtigste Levnets-Omstaendigbeder og af
deres trykte Arbejder; | saint over | de i Hertugdpinmerne og i Ud-
landet fedte Forfattere, som i bemeldte | Tidsrum bave opboldt sig i
Daumark og der udgivet Skrifter. | Ved | Tbomas Hansen Erslew. |
F^rste [-Tredie] Bind. | A J [-S 0]. |
Kj0benbavn. | Forhigsforeningens Ferlag. j Trykt i Bianco Lnnos
Bogtrykkeri. | 1843 [-1853J. | c.
3 vols. 8. General author's dictionary for the kingdom of Denmark and adja
cent countries from 1814 to 1840.
Field^ (Thomas Warren). An Essay | towards an | Indian Bibliogra
phy. | Being a | Catalogue of Books, | relating to the | history, an
tiquities, languages, customs, religion, | wars, literature, and origin
of the | American Indians, | in the library of | Thomas W. Field. |
With bibliographical and historical notes, and | synopses of the con
tents of some of | the works least known. |
New York : | Scribner, Armstrong, and Co. | 1873. | c. JCP. JWP.
Pp. i-iv, 1-430. 8.
"A general catalogue of works illustrative of the history, literature, and archae
ology of the aborigines of both Americas had been in progress of composition for
several years, as a guide to the author's collection of that class of books. As it
grew in proportions, by the slow accretions which duty and experience furnished,
the author's vanity was easily flattered into the design of producing a work of
more general utility. The material collected at length covered so wide a range
that it embraced not only transcripts of the titles of such printed works as were
personally examined, or were to be found in catalogues of public and private libra
ries, with a collation of their pages and synopses of their contents, but also the
titles of articles upon the same subjects, printed in reviews, historical collections,
magazines, and other ephemera. More than two thousand five hundred separate
works and twelve hundred essays had been catalogued, with their topical range
noted, before the vast extent of the unexplored territory to b examined began to
XXIV NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Field (Thomas Warren) continued.
exhibit some of its formidable proportions. It was plainly demonstrated that the
projected task must be either abandoned or greatly abridged. That portion of the
task which could be most readily detached and wrought into unity was the cata
logue of works on the American aborigines, in the author's possession. To deter
mine the selection of works which should be included in that category, they have
been subjected to a few simple rules of classification.
"All works which purported in their titles to contain historic, narrative, or lite
rary material relating to the American Indians.
" Books in which any distinct portion, chapter, or appendix claimed by its head
ing or table of contents to be devoted to that subject.
"Works containing engravings illustrative of the manner and peculiarities of
the aborigines, when derived from actual observation.
"All treatises or essays npon their origin, or the pre-Columbian discovery of
America, as affecting the source of its population.
"Those works of fiction or poetry founded on Indian life, to which were ap
pended historical notes, incidents of personal experience, or traditions and legends
of the Indians.
"All works containing grammatical analyses, or vocabularies of their language,
as well as translations into or from them, would of course form a part of the col
lection. "Preface.
Catalogue | of the | Library | belonging to | Mr. Thomas W.
Field. | To be sold at auction, | by | Bangs, Merwin & Co., | May
24th, 1875, | and following days. |
New York. | 1875. | c. LSH.
Pp. i-viii, 1-376. 8. Compiled by Joseph Sabin. "The collection of books
described in the following pages is, beyond all question, the most extensive in its
special department ever offered for sale. Its acquisition has been the unwearied
occupation of Mr. Field for many years, and the result is an unusually com
plete series of books on a subject which is daily increasing in interest the Ameri
can Indians. It is scarcely necessary for me to say that it is simply impossible to
study the history of this continent without referring to this topic. An entirely
complete collection of books relative to the Indians includes a large proportion of
the works which compose American history. * * *
"Mr. Field's 'Essay on Indian Bibliography' has formed the basis of the present
catalogue. We have added to it the titles of such books as have been purchased
since the publication of that work in 1873. To the works thus added the notes
appended are sometimes by Mr. Field. Many works of importance, which were in
his possession at the time of its publication, had accidentally dropped out of his
list. * * *
"The titles in Mr. Field's essay have sometimes been abridged, sometimes given
in full; his elaborate and elegant notes have in many instances been shorn of their
chief features, but the reader can supply that want by procuring a copy of Mr.
Field's essay.
"The reader of the essay will not fail to notice the strong humanitarian views
which are held by Mr. Field. It would be difficult for any one to add to the ener
getic adjectives which distinguish some of his denunciations of the perpetrators of
cruelties on the Indians." Preface.
Finotti (Rev. Joseph M.) Catalogue | of the | Library | of the late |
Eev. Joseph M. Finotti, | Member of the New England Historic-
Genealogical | Society, American Numismatic Society, &c. | To be
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXV
Finotti (Rev. Joseph M.) continued.
sold at auction | On Thursday, October 16th, 1879, | and following
days, | by Bangs & Co., | 739 & 741 Broadway New York. |
New York : | 1879. | JCP.
Printed cover, "Executor's Sale," &c., 1 1. ; title as above, 1 1. ; Preface, pp. iii-
iv; Catalogue, pp. ! 5-114 ; Addenda, 1 1.
[Fischer (Augustin) and Berendt ( Dr. C. H.)] Bibliotheca Mejicana. | A
. Catalogue of an extraordinary Collec- | tion of Books & Manuscripts,
almost | wholly relating to the History | and Literature of North |
and South America, | particularly | Mexico. | To be sold by auction, |
by Messrs. Puttick & Simpson, | at their house, 47, Leicester Square,
London, | on Tuesday, June 1st, 1869, and 7 following days. | B. JCP.
2 p. 11., pp. 1-312. 8. Father Fischer was chaplain to the Emperor Maximilian.
The catalogue of Dr. Berendt's books occupies pp. 229-312.
Gibbs (George). Bibliography [of the Chinook Language].
In Gibbs (George). Alphabetical Vocabulary of the Chinook Language, pp.vii-
viii. New York, 1863. 8.
Bibliography of the Chinook Jargon.
In Gibbs (George). A Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon, pp. xiii-xiv. New
York, 1863. 8.
[Harrisse (Henry)]. Bibliotheca Americana Vetustissima | A | Descrip
tion of Works | relating to | America | published between the years |
1492 and 1551 | [8 lines quotation.]
New-York | Geo. P. Philes, Publisher | MDCCCLXVI[1866] | C.GS. ,->'.
4 p. 11., pp. i-iv, 1 1., pp. 1-519. large 8. Four hundred copies printed in royal
8, 99 in 4, and 10 in 4 on Holland paper for private distribution. Continued as
follows:
Bibliotheca Americana Vetustissiina | A: Description of Works |
relating to | America | published between the years | 1492 and 1551 |
Additious [ [Device]
Paris | Librairie Tross | 5 rue Neuve-des-Petits-Champs 5 | M.
DCCC. LXXII [1872]. |
Colophon : Imprime | Par W. Drugulin A Leipzig | [Device] | Pour
la | Librairie Tross A Paris | M. DCCC. LXXII [1872J. | GS.
Outside title as above 1 1., 1 p. 1., inside title as above 1 1., pp. i-xl, 1-199, colo
phon as above 1 1., advertisement 1 1.
Notes I pour servir | A L'Histoire, A La Bibliographic | et a la |
Cartographic [ de la | Nouvelle-Frauce | et des | Pays Adjaceuts |
1545-1700. | Par 1'Auteur de la | Bibliotheca Americana Vetustis
sima | [3 lines quotation.] | | Device.]
Paris [ Librairie Tross | 5 rue Neuve-des-Petits Champs 5 | 1872. |
Colophon: Imprime | Par W. Druguliu A Leipzig | [Device.] | Pour
la | Librairio Tross, A Paris | M. DCCC. LXXII [1872J. | L. GS.
Outside title as above, 1 p. 1., inside tiile as above, 1 other p. 1., pp. i-xxxiii, 1 1.,
pp. 1-367, colophon 1 1., advertisement 1 1.
XXVI NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Icazbalceta (Joaquin Garcia). Apuntes | para un | Catalogo de Escri-
tores | en | Leuguas Indigenas de America. | For | Joaquin Garcia
Icazbalceta. | [Design.]
Mexico. | Se ban impreso 60 ejemplares | enlalmprenta Particular
del Autor. | 1866 | JOB. JCP.
Printed cover, 1 1. ; half-title, 1 1. ; title, 1 1. ; advertencia, pp. v-xiii ; pp. 1-157.
24. My copy of this work, which is "Ejemplar No. 47," has been corrected in
manuscript by the author, and a number of titles added.
Titles of works in the Cahita, Cora, Cumanagota, Chuchona, Heve, Huasteca,
Mame, Matlalzinga, Maya, Mazahua, Mexicaua, Mijo, Mision de San Antonio, Mix-
teca, Mutsuu, Opata, Otoini, Pima, Quiche', Quichua, Tarahumara, Tarasca, Tejas,
Tepehuana, Tiinuqnana 6 Floridiana, Totonaca, Yunga, and Zapoteca.
"Some lime since I was invited by the estimable Iitt6rateur, Dr. D. G. Bcrendt,
to contribute some notes for a new edition of the work of Dr. Ludewig entitled
The Literature of American Aboriginal Languages, and this has given origin to the
present catalogue. * * *
"Desirous on the one hand of obliging Dr. Bcrendt, and on the other impelled
by my own inclination to contribute something to the advancement of science,
though it be ever so little, I have endeavored to increase as far as I was able the
stock of knowledge concerning the writers in the indigenous tongues of Mexico.
Ludewig, with few exceptions, limited himself to grammars and vocabularies, with
out including other works written in American languages, as catechisms, etc.
Perhaps he did well considering the extent of his plan ; but mine beiug less ambi
tious, I thought it necessary to include whatever might bo found written in the
Mexican languages, so that no author or book of importance might be omitted.
Books composed in Mexican languages are almost all rare and little known ; even
those more recently printed are not easily found, either by reason of the small
number of copies printed or because the demand for them has ceased.
"Some time ago I resolved to gather all the books of this description which I
could get, and I deem myself lucky in securing more than eighty. These form the
basis of my catalogue. The first addition to it was to be a list of works which I had
seen elsewhere and of which I had taken notes. Here terminated that portion of
my work on whiuh reliance could be placed; this portion was certainly small
enough, and a large field of uncertainty was left; this was filled with the largo
number of works quoted by other authors, which I have not seen. I encountered
the problem which Lndewig attempted to solve, and I was loath to pass the confines
of certainty to lose myself in a labyrinth of inquiries and conjectures with little
probability of a safe issue.
"Unfortunately, owing to the iucredible indifference which till recently pre
vailed in regard to these important studies, there is no hope of completing this
catalogue by personal inspection of the works concerned. But all possible means
must be resorted to for widening the limits of the known at thef expense of what
is doubtful. I have decided to print these Apuntes with no other object than to
place them in the hands of inquiring persons who may be able to add to them.
With every book that is examined and described with accuracy there disappears
at least one probability of error. This decision was all the more necessary as the
larger portion of these works have been taken from our country to enrich the
libraries of Europe and the United States, whence we must at some time expect the
favor of getting the description of some of them. Herein lies the reason for con
verting these notes into book form, though they were intended to figure only as a
manuscript to be sent to a friend.
"Still they have preserved their original character. The 60 copies, which I have
printed with my own hands, are nothing more than so many copies of the manu
script. Rough drafts should not be exposed for sale, and these will be distributed
to those who can improve the work by adding to it.
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXVII
Icazbalceta (Joaquin Garcia) continued.
"This catalogue is divided into two parts. The first comprises the books of my
own collection, the second the books seen by me in various libraries, public and
private, save three or four of which I have obtained descriptions which seem trust
worthy. There is no good reason for making this division, and it will be an ad
vantage to unite the two parts in one alphabetic list; but as the printing went on
slowly, being done by myself at odd moments, I began with my own books, and
thus gained time to augment the second part. * * *
"I have made it a rule to copy the whole of the title-pages. Though it seems
at first unnecessary to give in their entirety the titles of honor and position of the
authors and of those to whom the books were dedicated, I did not want to omit
them, because they are usually the only data which we have for the biography of
these persons. In the books of the Kith century I have also copied the colophon,
which usually tells us more than the title. The merit of this sort of work lying
especially in accuracy, I have preserved with extreme rigor the orthography of the
originals, and even abbreviations not now in use; for this purpose I have had
special types cast. * * *
"This catalogue, though so incomplete, will, I hope, be of some use in bringing
into notice some books hitherto unknown, and in confirming or correcting the
descriptions of others. Looking at its small compass we feel great regret in con
sidering how small are the remains of the immense work done by the missionaries.
Whatsoever may yet be discovered, it will be but a mite in comparison to what
has been lost. There is hardly one language of America that did not have its
grammar and its dictionary, and of some there were many dictionaries as well as a
large number of primers, catechisms, explanations of Christian doctrine, confession-
books, collections of sermons, ascetic and moral treatises, and translations of script
ure. I do not even speak of the historic accounts written by natives in their own
languages, of which only a few sad fragments remain. What was written in Aztec
would alone form a small library.
"I pursue my researches, and if I am not mistaken in iny expectations of the
help of lovers of science, I hope we shall one day possess a 'Library of writers in
the vernacular tongues of Mexico,' the first contribution to which these Apuntei
will have been." Preface.
The list of books given in the above work was partially reprinted (134 titles), with
titles considerably abridged, on pp. 424-431 of: Pole'mica entre el Diario Oficial y la
Colonia Espanola, &C. Mexico, 1875. 8. (JWP.)
Don Fray | Juan de Ziunarraga | Primer Obispo y Arzobispo de
Mex'co | Estudio Biografico y Bibliogra6co | por | Joaquiu Garcia
Icazbalceta | Secretario [&c., 4 lines] | Con un Ape"ndice de Docu-
mentos | iueditos 6 raros. | Tomo Priraero [-Segundo] | [Device]
Mexico | Antigua Libreria de Andrade y Morales, | Portal de Agus-
tinos N. 3. | 1881 | JWP.
2 vols. : 1 p. 1., title 1 1., advertencia 1 1., pp. 1-371 ; 1 p. 1., title 1 1., 1 other p.
1., pp. 1-270, i-viii. 8.
Bibliografia Mexicana | del Siglo XVI. | Parte Primera. | JCP.
Royal 8. In press. Of this work, the title-page and preliminary leaves of
which have not yet been printed, the author has sent me advance sheets of pp. 1-
240; these contain an account of all works published in Mexico from 1539 to 1582,
with biographic and bibliographic notes. Manyfac similes of title-pages and colo
phons are given, and a number of the former by permission of the author have
been reproduced for this catalogue and appear herein.
Julg (B.) See Vater (Johann Severin).
XXVIII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Leclerc (Charles). Bibliotheca | Americana | Catalogue Raisonne |
d'uiie tres pre"cieuse | collection de livres ancieus | et modernes | sur
l'Am6rique et les Philippines | Classes par ordre alphabe'tique de
iioins d'Auteurs. | Re'dige' par Ch. Leclerc. | [Device.]
Paris | Maisonneuve & C ic | 15, Quai Voltaire | M. D.CCC. LXVII
[1867J | C.JOP.
Pp. i-vii, 1-407. 8.
Bibliotheca | Americana | Histoire, Geographic, | Voyages, Ar-
ch^ologieet Linguistique | des | deuxAmeriques | et | des lies Philip
pines | Be'dige'e | Par Ch. Leclerc | [Device]
Paris | Maisonneuve et C le , Libraires-Editeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire,
25. | 1878 | BA. JOP.
2 p. 11., pp. i-xx, 1-737, 1 1. 8. The linguistic part of this volume occupies pp.
537-643, and is arranged under families. Continued as follows:
Bibliotheca | Americana | Histoire, Gdographie, | Voyages, Ar-
ch^ologie et Liuguistique | des | Deux Am^riques | Supplement |
N I. Novembre 1881 | [Device]
Paris | Maisonneuve & C ie , Libraires-Editeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire,
25 | 1881 | C. JCP.
Printed cover, 1 1. ; title, 1. ; advertisement, 1 1. Pp. 1-102, 1 1. 8.
Leon Pinelo (Antonio de). Epitome | de la | Biblioteca | Oriental i Oc
cidental, Nautica | i Geografica. | Al Excelentiss. Sefior D. Ramiro
Nufiez | Perez Felipe de Guzman, Senor de la Casa | de Guzman,
Duque de Medina de las Tor- | res, Marques de Toral i Monasterio,
Conde | de Parmacoello i Valdorce, Comendador | de Valdepenas,
Gran Conciller de las In- | dias, Tesorero General de la Corona de
Ara- ) gon, i Consejo de Italia, Capitan de los cien | Hijosdalgo de la
guarda de la Real per- | sona i Sumiller de Corps. | Por el Liceuciado
Antonio de Leon | Relator del Supremo i Real | Cousejo de las In-
dias. | Con Priuilegio |
En Madrid, Por luan Gonzalez. | Ano de M. DCXXIX [1G29]. |
Colophon: Siut Mecsenates, non de-erunt, Flacce, Marones, | Vir-
giliumq'; tibi, vel tuaruradabunt. | Marcial. lib. 8. Epigr. | ConPrivi-
legio, | En Madrid, Por luau Gonzalez. | Afio M. DC. XXIX [1629]. |
44 p. 11. ; pp. 1-186, i-xii, colophon I 1. c. JCB.
Epitome | de la | Bibliotheca | Oriental, y Occidental, Nautica,
y Geograflca: j De Don Antonio de Leon Pinelo, | del Consejo de su
Mag. en la Casa de la Contratacion de Sevilla, | y Corouista Maior de
las Indias, | aiiadido, y enmendado nuevamente, | en que se contie-
nen | los escritores de las Indias | Orientales, y Occidentales, y reinos
convecinos | < !hiua, Tartaria, Japon, Persia, Armenia, Etiopia, y otrus
partes. | Al Key Nuestro Sefior. | Por rnano del Marques de Torre-
Nueva, su | Secretario del Despacho Universal de Hacienda, Indias,
i Marina. | Tomo Primero | [-Tercero]. | [Design.]
LIST OF AUTHORITIES XXIX
Icon Pinelo (Autoiiio de) continued.
Con Privilegio. | En Madrid: En la Oficina de Francisco Martinez
A had, en | la Calle del Olivo Baxo. Aiio de M. D. CC. XXXVII
[-M. D. CC. XXXVIII] [1737-1738]. | B. C. JOB.
3 vols. folio.
Leroux (Ernest). Librairie Orientale et Americaine | Ernest Leroux |
Catalogue | de | Livres de fonds | et en nombre | [Device]
Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Libraire de la Socie'te' Asiatique |
[&c., seven lines] 28, Hue Bonaparte, 28 | Mars 1879 | WE.
Pp. 1-56. 8. "Supplement. Ouvrages publics du uiois d'Octobre 1879 au uiois
de Juillet 1880," without title-page, pp. 1-16. 8. (WE.)
Llanos (Adolf'o). Sahagun y su Historia de Mexico.
In Museo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, vol. 3, part 3, pp. 71-76. Mexico, 1883. folio.
A list of Sahagun's works, based principally on Chaveio (Alfredo). Sahaguu.
Estudio por Alfredo Chavero. Mexico, 1877. 16.
ludewig (Hermann E.) The | Literature | of | American Aboriginal
Languages. | By | Hermann E. Ludewig. | With additions and correc
tions | by Professor Wm. W. Turner. | Edited by Nicholas Triibner. |
London : | Triibner and Co., 60, Paternoster Eow. | MDCCCLVIII
[1858]. |
Pp. i-viii, 11., pp. ix-xxi v, 1-260. 8. Arranged alphabetically by families. Ad
denda by Wm. W. Turner and Nicholas Triibner, pp. 210-258. c. JCP.
Marsden (William). A Catalogue of Dictionaries, Grammars, and Alpha
bets, in two parts. I. Alphabetical Catalogue of Authors. II. Chro
nological Catalogue of Works in each Class of Language.
London. 1796. *
Pp. vi, 156. 4. Privately printed, and scarce; contains but little about American
languages. Sabin'n Dictionary, No. 44718.
Bibliotheca Marsdeniana | Philologica et Orientalis. | A | Cata
logue | of | Books and Manuscripts | collected with a view to | the
General Comparison of Languages, and to the study j of Oriental
Literature, | by | William Marsden, F. E. S. &c. |
London: | Printed by, J. L. Cox, Great Queen Street, | Lincoln's-
Inn Fields. | 1827. | c. BA.
1 p.)., pp. 1-310. 4. Catalogue of works, American (general), America (North)
and American (Central), pp. 143-145.
[Moore (George H.) and Allibone (Samuel Austin).] Contributions | to
a | Catalogue | of | The Lenox Library. | No. I. | Voyages of Hulsius,
Etc. [-No. VI. Works of Milton, Etc.] | [Device.]
New York: | Printed for the Trustees. | MDCCCLXXVII [-MD-
CCCLXXXI] [1877-1881]. | JOB. JCP.
6 parts, sm. 4. Issued in parts, each part relating to a particular subject. Part
II relates to "The Jesuit Relations, Etc." Pp. 1-19. sm. 4.
Muller (Frederik). Catalogue | of | Books relating to America ; | in
cluding | a large number | of | rare works | printed before 1700. |
XXX NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Muller (Frederik) continued.
Amongst which | a nearly complete collection | of the | Dutch publi
cations on New-Netherland, | from 1612 to 1820. | | On sale, at
the prices affixed, j at | Frederik Muller's Heereugracht, Amster
dam. | | Orders received [&c., eight lines]. | [1850.] GS.
Printed cover witb tille as above, reverse containing advertisement, 1 1., pp.
1-104. 12.
- Catalogue | of | Books, Maps, Plates | on | America, | and of a
remarkable collection ot | Early Voyages, | offered for sale by |
Frederik Muller, at Amsterdam, | Literary Agent of the Smith
sonian Institution at Washington. ) Including a large number of
books in all languages | with Bibliographical and Historical Notes |
and presenting an essay towards a | Dutch-American Bibliography. |
Part I. Books [-Part III. Portraits. Autographs. Plates. At
lases and Maps]. | With 3 fac-similes. |
Amsterdam, | Frederik Muller, | Heerengracht, KK 130. 1872. | c.
3 vols. 8.
Murphy (Henry C.) Catalogue | of the | Magnificent Library | of the
late | Hon. Henry C. Murphy, | of | Brooklyn, Long Island, | consist
ing almost wholly of | Americana or books relating to America. | The
whole to be sold by auction | at the | Clinton Hall Sales Rooms, | ou |
Monday, March 3d, 1884, and the following days. | Two sessions daily,
at 2.30 o'clock, and 7.30 p. m. |
Geo. A. Leavitt & Co., Auctioneers. ( New York, 1884. | Orders to
Purchase executed by the Auctioneers, Free of Charge. | C.AVE. JCP.
Printed cover 1 1., pp. i-viii, 1-434. 8. Compiled by the Hon. John R. Bartlett.
[Nyerup (Rasmus)]. Dansk-norsk Litteratnrlexicon. | Fj^rste [-Anden]
Halvdel. | A L [-M 0]. |
Kj</tbeuhavn. | Trykt. paa den Gyldendalske Boghandlings Forlag,
i det Schultziske Officin. | 1818 [-1819]. | c.
<i vols. sm. 4. Arranged alphabetically by authors.
Pick (R>v. B.) The Bible in the Languages of America. By Eev. B.
Pick, Ph. D., Rochester, N. Y. JCP.
In The New- York Evangelist, No. 2518. New York, June 27, 1878.
An article on twenty-four different versions of portions of the Bible extant in
the languages of America.
Pilling (James Constantino). Catalogue of Linguistic Manuscripts in
the Library of the Bureau of Ethnology. By James C. Pilling.
In Bureau of Ethnology, First Annual Report, pp. 553-577. Washington, 1881.
Royal 8. Issued separately, also, as follows :
Catalogue | of | Linguistic Manuscripts | in the | Library of the
Bureau of Ethnology | by j James C. Pilling | (Extracted from the
First Annual Report of the Bureau | of Ethnology) | [Design]
Washington | Government Printing Office | 1881 | C.AVE. JWP.
Printed cover as above 1 1., pp. 553-577. Royal 8.
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXXI
Pimentel (Francisco). Cuadro Descriptive y Comparative de las Len-
guas ludi'genas de Mexico, etc.
Mexico Imprentadc Andradey Escalante 1862 [-1865]. B.C.BA.WE.
For full titles, collations, etc., see Nos. 2998 and 2999 of this catalogue.
Pinart (Alph.-L.) Catalogue de Livres Eares | et Pr6cieux manuscrits
et itnprimes | principalement sur I'Ame'rique | et sur les langues du
mondu eutier | coinposaut la bibliotheque de | M. Alph.-L. Pinart | et
compreuant en totalitg la bibliotbeque Mexico-Guateinalienne de |
M. L'Abbe Brasseur de FJonrbourg |
Paris | Vve Adolpbe Labitte | Libraire de la Bibliotheque Ratio
nale | 4, Hue de Lille, 4 | 1883 | c. WE. JCP.
Outside title 1 1., pp. i-viii, 1-248. 8 C . See Brasaeur de Bourbourg ( Abbe C. E.)
Flatzmann (Julius). Verzeichniss | einer Auswahl | Amerikanischer |
Graminatiken, | Worterbucher, | Katecbismen | U. S. W. | gesam-
ruelt | von | Julius Platzmaun. |
Leipzig, 1876. | K. F. Kohler's Antiquarium, | Post Strasse
17. | c. T. JWP.
Printed cover 1 ]., 3 11., pp. 1-38. 8. Relates principally to South America.
Quaritch (Bernard). American languages. JCP.
In Qiiiiritch (Bernard). General Catalogue, III, America, &c., pp. 1261-1269.
Kamirez (Don Jos6 Fernando). Bibliotbeca Mexicana | or ACatalogue
of tbe | Library of Rare Books and | Important Manuscripts | relat
ing to Mexico and otber | parts of | Spanish America | formed by the
late | Seuor Don Jose Fernando Ramirez | President of tbe late Em
peror Maximilian's First Ministry, | comprising : | Fine Specimens of
tbe Presses of tbe Early Mexican Typograpbers, | Juan Cromberger,
Juan Pablos, Antonio Espiuosa, Pedro Ocharte, | Pedro Balli, An
tonio Ricardo, Melcbior Ocharte ; a large number of | Works, both
printed and MS., on the Mexican Indian Languages and | Dialects ;
the Civil and Ecclesiastical History of Mexico and its | Provinces ;
Collections of Laws and Ordinances relating to the | Indies. Valu
able unpublished Manuscripts relating to the Jesuit | Missions in
Texas, California, China, Peru, Chili, Brazil, etc.; | Collections of docu
ments; Sermons preached in Mexico; etc. etc. | Days of Sale: |
Wednesday, July 7, Lots 1 to 233, Friday, July 9, Lots 469 to 701, |
Thursday, July 8, Lots 234 to 468, Monday, July 12, Lots 701 to 934, j
Tuesday, July 13, Lots 935 to 1290. |
To be Sold by Auction, | by Messrs. Puttick and Simpson, |
Auctioneers of Literary Property and Works of Art, | at their gal
lery, | No. 47, Leicester Square, London, W. C., | (Formerly the Man
sion of Sir Joshua Reynolds, P. R. A.) | MDCCCLXXX [1880]. | JCP.
2 p. 11. Pp. 1-165. 8. The following remarks are from the " Introduction" :
"The extraordinary collection of books here offered to public competition well
merits a passing notice. The catalogue of it made by Messrs. Puttick and Simpson,
it will readily be perceived, is not a mere auction catalogue, but as far as the col
lection goes, a bibliography of this important department of literature a book for
future reference.
XXXII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Ramirez (Don Jos6 Fernando) continued.
" The library was formed by the late Don Jose' Fernando Ramirez, of the city of
Durango, in Mexico, where he was born towards the end of the last century. "* * *
" From his early youth Seiior Ramirez showed a decided predilection for the his
tory and archaeology of his native country, united to a strong love of books. When
transferred from the supreme court of Durango to that of the National Government
in 1850, he sold (he greater portion of the library which he had formed there, which
became the foundation of the present State library in that city. He resirved,
however, from this sale the rarest works relating to the archa>ology, history, and
philology of Mexico, which he brought with him to the Capital, where he com
menced the formation of this his second library. The suppression of the monastic
orders gave him extraordinary facilities for acquiring rare books and manuscripts,
which he seized upon with avidity, and gained from many of the converts the most
precious of their literary treasures. The high posts which Sr. Ramirez occupied
during his long public life, and his eminent reputation as a collector, bibliographer,
and scholar, enabled him to procure copies of unpublished documents inaccessible to
others. After the death of Sr. Ramirez his heir allowed Don A. Chavero to select from
his library all the works relating to Mexico. From that gentleman this collection
passed into the hands of its present owner [Fernandez del CastilloJ."
Rich (Obadiah). Bibliotheca Americana Nova. | A | Catalogue | of |
Books relating to America, | in various languages, | including | Voy
ages to the Pacific | and | Round the World, | and | Collections of
Voyages and Travels | Printed since the Year 1700. | Compiled prin
cipally from the works tht mselves, | by U. Rich, | Member of the Mas
sachusetts and Georgia Historical Societies, of the | American Na
tional Institute, the Albany Institute, | the American Antiquarian
Society, | &c. &c. &c. | Vol. I [-II]. | 1701-1800 [1801-1844]. | c. I
London : | Rich and Sons, 12, Red Lion Square. | 1846. |
2 vols. : 2 p. 11., pp. 1-517 ; 2 p 11., pp. 1-412. 8.
Riggs (Rev. Stephen Return). Dakota Bibliography.
In Riggs (liev. 8. R.), editor. Grammar and Dictionary of the Dakota Language,
p. xx, which forms part of Smithsonian Institution, Contributions to Knowledge,
vol.4. Washington, 1853. 4. Consists of a list of 18 Dakota works. Issued also
with a slight change of title ; see No. 3294 of this catalogue. See Williams ( J.
Fletcher).
The Translation of the Scriptures into the Dakota Language.
By the Rev. S. R. Riggs, D.D., LL.D. JWP.
In Bible Society Record, vol. 21, No. 4, New York, April 20, 1876.
An account of the translation, by Joseph Renville, T. S. Williamson, G. H. Pond,
and the author, of various portions of the Bible into the Dakota language.
Russian-American Colonies. 4oK.iaji | KOMmera <Si ycrpoacTBt | PVCCKHXI AMepHKaec-
KllVb 1,'O.IO.liii. |
C. n TcpBypn. | B 1 ' innorpa*iH aeiiapTajieiiTa Biitmiieii TopimiH. | 1863. | B.
Translation. Report | of Committee on Organization | of the Russian American
Colonies. | Part I. | St. Petersburg. | In the Printing Office of the Department of
Foreign Trade. | 1863. |
2 p. 11., p. 1-43. 8. Outside title missing ; inside title as above. Continued as
follows:
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXXIII
Russian-American Colonies contiuued.
HpiuoiKeHin | t \ joKjajjy ROMmeia | ofii ycrpoflTrt | Pvwram, AjtepaKaacRHn
KOIDIlill |
C. U-Tepcypn. | Bb Tiinorpa*iH AenapiajieiiTa BHtuincii roprouH. | 1863. | B.
Ti'anslation. Additions | to Report of Committee | on Organization of Russian
American Colonies. | St. Petersburg. | In the Printing Office of the Department of
Foreign Trade. | 1863. |
3 p. 11., pp. i-vi, 1-613 and about 50 11; tables &c., appendix pp. i-xx. 8. Nearly
the whole report was compiled by State Counsellor Kostlivtzoff and Captain Gk>-
lovnin.
Appendix Y, list of books and pamphlets written in or translated into the
Kolosh language.
Sabin (Joseph). A | Dictiouary | of | Books relating to America, | from
its discovery to the present time. | By Joseph Sabin. | Volume I
[-XIIIJ. | [Two lines quotation.] c. JWP.
New "York: | Joseph Sabin, 84 Nassau Street. | 1868 [-1881]. |
13 vols. 8. Four parts of vol. 14 also have beeu published, bringing the work
down to "Pennsylvania." The work was published first in parts, of which No. \
appeared in January, 1867. The following extracts are from the preliminary
remarks :
"After nearly four years' labor in arranging and classifying the material which
had accumulated on my hands in the course of some fifteen years of research, I am
at last able to publish the following specimen of my projected ' Dictionary of Books
relating to America.'
" Had the magnitude and extreme difficulty of the undertaking been presented
to my mind in full proportions at the outset, I should never have attempted it ;
and, indeed, I may remark, that I have more than, once almost determined upon its
abandonment ; but a deep sense of its importance, however imperfectly it may be
executed, and a strong partiality for bibliographical pursuits, have stimulated me
to continue my labor. * * *
" I conclude this preliminary notice with the remark, that, whenever possible, I
have examined the books for myself, and have described them with all necessary
minuteness."
Mr. Sabin died June 5, Ib81, when the work had entered its fourteenth volume.
This has caused a delay in the issue of the later parts, the preparation of which
has been begun, and the editorial management of which has been placed in the
hands of Mr. Wilberforce Kami's.
Scherzer (Dr. Karl). Uber die handschriftlichen Werke des Padre Fran
cisco Ximenez in der Universitats-Bibliotbek zu Guatemala. Von
Dr. Kail Scherzer.
In Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Wien, Sitzungsberiehte der
Philosophisch-Historischen Classe, vol. 19, pp. 166-186. Wien, 1856. 8.
List of six works by P. Xiuaenez, p. 172.
[Sohoolcraft (Henry Howe)]. A | Bibliographical Catalogue | of | Books,
Translations of the Scriptures, | and other publications in the | Indian
Tongues | of the | United States, | with | brief critical notices. |
Washington : | C. Alexander, Printer. | 1849. | c. JCP. JWP. LSH.
Pp. 1-28. 8. Reprinted with a preliminary note, synopsis, and additions, a/
follows :
in Bib
XXXIV NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Schoolcraft (Henry Howe) continued.
Literature of the Indian Languages. A bibliographical Cata
logue of Books, translations of the Scriptures, and other publications
in the Indian Tongues of the United States, with brief critical no
tices.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 523-551. Philadelphia, 1854.
4.
Sobron (Felix C. y). Los idiomas \ de la | America Latina | estu-
dios biografico-bibliograficos | por | D. Felix C. Y Sobrou | M6dico-
cirujano e" individuo de varias Sociedades cientificas |
Madrid | Imprenta a Cargo de Victor Saiz | Calle de la Colegiata,
num. 6 | JCP.
Pp. 1-137, 1 1. 12. Brief account of works in the languages of Mexico and
South America and biographies of some of their authors.
Souza ( D. Jose" Mariano Beristain y Martin de). See Beristain y Martin
de Souza (D. Jose" Mariano).
Squier (Ephraim George). Monograph | of | Authors | who have writ
ten on the | Languages of Central America, | and collected | Vocab
ularies | or | composed works in the native dialects | of that country. |
By E. G. Squier, M. A., F. S. A., | Member of [&c., four lines].
New York : | C. B. Eichardsou & Co., 14 Bible House. | M. D. CCC.
LXI [1861]. | C.
Pp. i-xvi, 17-70. urn. 4.
Monograph | of | Authors j who have written on the | Languages
of Central America. | and collected | Vocabularies | or | composed
works in the native dialects | of that country. | By E. G. Squier, M.
A., F. S. A., | Member of [&c., four Hues] |
London : | Triibner & Co., 60 Paternoster Eow. | M. D. CCC. LXI
[1861]. | B. C. BA.
Pp. i-xvi, 17-70. sin. 4.
Catalogue | of the | Library of E. G. Squier. | Edited by Joseph
Sabin. | [Device.] | To be Sold by Auction, | On Monday, April 24th,
1876, and following days, | By Bangs, Merwin & Co. | No. 656 Broad
way, New York. |
New York : | Charles C. Shelley, Printer, 68 Barclay and 227 Green
wich Streets | 1876. | JCP.
2 p. 11., pp. 1-277. 12.
Stargardt (J. A.) No. 135. | Amerika und Orient. | Enthalt auch |
Original Manuscripte und Werke | von | Professor J. C. E. Busch-
inauu, | (konigl. Bibliothekar, Mitglied der Akademie) | Wilh. v.
Humboldt u. Alex. v. Huuiboldt. | Zu verkaufen j durch | J. A. Star
gardt | in Berlin W., Jagerstrasse 53. j
Berlin 1881. | JOP.
Title ) 1., pp. 1-38. 8.
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXXV
Steiger (E.) Steiger's | Bibliotheca Glottica, | Part first. | A Catalogue
of | Dictionaries, Grammars, Readers, Expositors, etc. | of mostly |
Modern Languages | spoken in all parts of the earth, | except of j
English, French, German, and Spanish. | First division: | Abenaki
to Hebrew. |
E. Steiger, | 22 & 24 Frankfort Street, | New York. | [N. d.]
Stevens (Henry). Historical Nuggets | Bibliotheca Americana or a |
descriptive account of my | collection of rare | books relating | to
America | [Device.] | Henry Stevens GMBFS A | [One line quotation]
London | Printed by Whittiugham and Wilkins | Tooks Court
Chancery Lane | MDCCCLXII [18C2] | 0. JCP. /?,
2 vols. : pp. i-xxii, 1-436; 1 p. ]., title 1 1., pp. 437-805. 12.
Taylor (Alexander S.) Bibliografiii Californica; or Notes and Materials
to aid in forming a more Perfect Bibliography of those countries
anciently called "California," and lying within the Limits of the Gulf
of Cortez to the Arctic ; 'Seas, and west of the Rocky Mountains to the
OWlT Pacific Ocean. Compiled by Alex. S. Taylor. BA.' ft,
In Sacramento Daily Union, San Francisco California: June 25. 1863.
I have seen a continuation of this article in a later issue of the same periodical
a clipping without date headed Bibliografl^a Californica No. 2. By Alex. S. Tay-
lor. (AA8.)
.# '
Ternaux-Compans (Henri). Bibliotheque Ame>icaine | ou | Catalogue
des ouvrages relatifs a 1'Amerique | qui ont paru | depuis sa decou-
verte jusqu'a Fan 1700. | Par H. Ternaux. |
Paris, | Arthus-Bertrand, Libraire-Editeur, | Libraire de la Soci6t6
de Geographic, | Rue Hautefeuille, 23. M. DCCC. XXXVII [1837]. | 0. 73
Pp. i-viii, 1-191. 8.
Tross' Bibliotheca Mexicana. See Bibliotheca Mexicana.
Triibner (Nicholas), editor. See Ludewig (Hermann E.)
Trumbull (Dr. J. Hammond). Books and Tracts in the Indian Lan
guage or Designed for the use of the Indians, printed at Cambridge
and Boston, 1653-1721.
In Am. Antiq. Soc., Proc., No. 61, pp. 45-62. Worcester, 1874. 8. Preceded
by a discussion of the same, pp. 14-43. Issued separately also, as follows:
Origin and Early Progress | of | Indian Missions in New Eng
land | with a list of | Books in the Indian Language | printed at
Cambridge and Boston | 1653-1721 | From the Report of the Council
of the American Antiquarian | Society .presented afc the Annual
Meeting held in | "Worcester October 22 1873 | By J. Hammond
Trumbull |
Worcester, Mass. For private distribution. MDCCCLXXIV
[1874J. | T.
50pp. 8.
XXXVI NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Trumboll (Dr. J. Hammond) continued.
The Indian tongue and its literature as fashioned by Eliot and
others.
In Winsor (Justin), editor. The memorial History of Boston, vol. 1, pp. 465-480.
Boston, 1880. 8.
An account of the works of Rosier, Wood, Williams, Eliot, Mather, &c.
Turner (Prof. William W.) See Ludewig (Hermann E.).
Vater (Johaiin Severin). Linguarum totius orbis Index Alphabeticus,
quaruin Grammatics, Lexica, Collectiones Vocabularum recenseutur,
patria signiflcatur Historia adumbratur.
Berlin, Nicolai, 1815. *
10, 259pp. 8. "Text in German and Latin. Embraces all the known languages
of the world, and gives the bibliographical notices contained in the first two vol
umes, and the first part of Volume III of the Mithridates." Ludewig.
A later edition in German, as follows:
Litteratur | der | Grammatiken,Lexika | und Wb'rtersammlun-
gen | aller Sprachen der Ertle | von | Johann Severin Vater. | Zweite,
vollig umgearbeitete Ausgabe | von | B. Jiilg. |
Berlin, 1847. | In der Nicolaischen Buchhandlung. | c. Htr.
Pp. i-xii, 1-592, 2 11. 8. Arranged alphabetically by authors.
See Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater (Dr. Johann Severin).
Watt (Dr. Robert). Bibliotheca Britannica; | or | a General Index |
to | British and Foreign Literature. | By Robert Watt, M. D. | -In
Two Parts: Authors and Subjects. | Volume I [-II]. Authors [-Vol
ume III-IV. Subjects]. |
Edinburgh : | Printed for Archibald Constable and Company, Edin
burgh; | and Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown, & Green; and |
Hurst, Robinson & Co., London. | 1824. | *
4 vols. 4. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy in the Astor Library.
[Williams (J. Fletcher).] Bibliography of Minnesota. Prepared by the
Librarian of the Society.
In Minn. Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 3, part 1, pp. 13-75. St. Paul, 1870. 8. Includes
a "Dakota Bibliography," pp. 37-42, consisting of a list of Dakota works in the
library of the society; in its preparation Mr. Williams was assisted by the Rev. S.
R. Riggs. Issued separately, as follows:
Bibliography of Minnesota. | From the | Minnesota Historical
Collections Vol. Ill, Part I. | By J. Fletcher Williams: | Secretary
of the Minnesota Historical Society; Corresponding | Member of the
Historical Societies of Pennsylvania | and Virginia. | Fifty copies
separately printed. |
St. Paul : | Office of the Press Printing Company. | 1870. | c. JCP.
65 pp. 8. Dakota Bibliography, pp. 27-33.
LIST OF LIBRARIES REFERRED TO BY
INITIALS.
* Not seen.
A. Astor Library, New York City.
AAS. American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass.
ABC. American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, Bos
ton, Mass.
ABS. American Bible Society, New York City.
AP. M Alph. Pinart, San Francisco, Cal.
APS. American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa.
ASG. Mr. A. S. Gatschet, Washington, D. C.
ATS. American Tract Society, New York City.
B. Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal.
BA. Boston Athenaeum, Boston, Mass.
BE. Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C.
BL. Brooklyn Library, Brooklyn, N. Y.
BP. Boston Public Library, Boston, Mass.
BY. Mr. Stephen Buynitzky, Washington, D. C.
C. Library of Congress, Washington, D. C.
CCA. Captain C. C. Adams, Washington, D. C.
CONG. American Congregational Association, Boston, Mass.
CP. Cincinnati Public Library, Cincinnati, O.
CT. Prof. Cyrns Thomas, Washington, D. C.
CV. Roman Catholic Church at Caughnawaga Village, Canada.
D. Dr. William H. Ball, Washington, D. C.
DGB. Dr. Daniel G. Brinton, Media, Pa.
DI. Department of the Interior, Washington, D. C.
EAS. Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith, Jersey City, N. J.
EB. Dr. Emil Bessels, Washington, D. C.
F. Abb6 Ferrard, Sault an Recollet, Montreal Island, Canada.
GB. Sale of the library of the late Mr. George Brinley, of Hart
ford, Conn.
GHM. Dr. George H. Moore, New York City.
GS. U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.
HCM. Sale of the library of the late Hon. Henry C. Murphy, Brook
lyn, N. Y.
HU. Harvard University.
IB. Et. Rev. Isaac Barefoot, Point Edward, Canada.
JAG. Rev. J. A. Cuoq, Montreal, Canada.
JBD. Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J.
XXXVIH NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
JOB. John Carter Brown Library, Providence, R. I.
JCP. Mr. James C. Pilling, Washington, D. C.
JCS. Jacques Cartier School, Montreal, Canada.
JE. Mr. Joseph EuthofiFer, Washington, D. C.
JEM. Mr. J. Edmond Mallet, Washington, D. C.
JWP. Major J. W. Powell, Washington, D. C.
JZB. Rev. J. Z. Bolduc, Quebec, Canada.
J. & M. Jansen & McClurg, booksellers, Chicago, HI.
L. Lenox Library, New York City.
LDM. Lac des Deux Montagnes, Canada.
LSH. Mr. Lewis S. Hayden, Washington. D. C.
M. McGill College, Montreal, Canada.
MHS. Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston, Mass.
NM. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
NYHS. New York Historical Society, New York.
O. Sale of the library of the late E. B. O'Callaghan, New York.
P. Prince Library, Boston, Mass.
QHS. Quebec Historical Society, Quebec, Canada.
R. Dr. Charles Rau, Washington, D. C.
S. Dr. John G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.
SD. State Department. Washington, D. C.
SG. Surgeon-General's Office, Washington, D, C.
SI. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.
STR. Rev. Silas T. Rand, Hantsport, Nova Scotia.
T. Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, Hartford, Conn.
V. Abb<5 Verreau, Montreal, Canada.
W. Watkiuson Library, Hartford, Conn.
WE. Mr. Wilberforce Eames, New York City.
WHS. Wisconsin Historical Society, Madison, Wis.
WJH. Dr. Walter J. Hoffman, Washington, D. 0.
WWB. Mr. W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y.
YC. Yale College, New Haven, Conn.
LIST OF FAC-SIMILES.
No. 245; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia Mexi-
caua del Siglo XVI."
No. 77G; Cherokee alphabet; from copy belonging to Major J.W.Powell.
No. 860; title page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.
No. 1050; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta's " Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo XVI."
No. 1194; recto leaf 2; from Winsoi8 "Memorial History of Boston,"
vol. 1 ; electrotype furnished by the publishers, Messrs. J. R. Osgood
&Co.
No. 1400; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo XVI."
No. 1412; title-page; from copy iu the Library of Congress.
No. 1543 in Additions and Corrections; title-page; from fac-simile in
Icazbalceta's " Bibliografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI."
No. 1545; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo XVI."
No. 1546; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia
Mcxicana del Siglo XVI."
No. 2057; title-page; from copy belonging to Dr. J. G. Shea.
No. 2157 ; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.
No. 2159; Cree calendar; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.
No. 2237; Lord's Prayer in Micmac hieroglyphs; from Shea's Le
Clercq's " First Estabb'shment of the Faith."
No. 2493; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.
No. 2494; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.
No. 2527; title-pages; from Winsor's "Memorial History of Boston,"
vol. 1 ; electrotype furnished by the publishers, Messrs. J. R. Osgood
&Co.
No. 2600; center-piece of title-page; from Bartlett's Catalogue of the
Brown Library.
No. 2600: re verse of title-page; from Bartlett's Catalogue of the Brown
Library.
No. 2609; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo XVI."
No. 31810 in Additions and Corrections; title-page; from copy belong
ing to Major J. W. Powell.
No. 3363; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia
Mexicana del Siglo XVI."
XL NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
No. 3866; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.
No. 3868; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.
No. 3992; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.
No. 3995; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.
No. 3998; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.
No. 3999; Cyrillic title-page; from copy belonging to Major J.W.Powell.
No. 3999 ; Russian title-pn ge ; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell.
A number of these fac-similes have come into my possession since the
titles of the volumes to which they refer were put in type.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
LANGUAGES OF THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS.
BY JAMES C. PILLING.
1 Abbott (G. H.) Vocabulary of the Coquillc.
Manuscript. 3 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
in 1858 at the Siletz Indian Agency.
2 Abert (Lieut. James William). 30tli Congress 1st Session. (Senate.)
Executive, No. 23. | Report | of | the Secretary of War, | communi
cating | in | Answer to a resolution of the Senate, a report and map
of the ex- | amination of New- Mexico, made by Lieutenant J. W. ^-~
Abert, of | the topographical corps. | BA. LSH.
[No title page. Letter of the Secretary of War dated Feb. 4, 1848. Lieut.
Abert's letter same date. ]
Pp. 1-132. 8. map.
Numerals (1-100) of the Cheyenne, p. 11. Vocabulary of the Cheyenne, pp. 12-14.
This report reprinted as follows:
3 - - Report of Lieut. J. W. Abert, of his examination of New
Mexico, in the years 1846-'47.
In Emory (W. H.) Notes of a Military Keconnoissance, pp. 417 -548. Washing
ton, 1848. 8.
Numerals and vocabulary of the Cheyenne, pp. 427, 428-430.
The vocabulary reprinted in Gallatin (A.) Kale's Indians of N. W. America,
in Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, p. cxiv.
4 Abinodjiiag | Omasinaigauiwan. |
Buffalo: | Press of Oliver G. Steele. | 1837. | BA.
Pp. 1-8. 18. First lessons in the Ottawa language. Reprinted as follows :
5 Abinodjiiag | Omassinaigauiwan. |
Detroit : | Bogg & Harmon, Printers. | 1845. | BA.
Pp. 1-8. 18.
6 Abinoji | aki tibajimouin. | In the Ojibwa language. |
Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1840. | ABC. BA. nu.
Pp. 1-139. 12. Geography for beginners; taken principally from the Petor
Parley series.
1
2 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
7 Academic Natlonale ties Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen.
Mdmoires | de | I'Academie Boyale | des | Sciences, Arts et Belles-
Lettres | de | Caen. |
Caen, | Chez A. Hardel, Iinprimeur-Libraire, | Eue Froide, 2. |
[1822-1877.] -
31 vols. 8. Above title from volume for 1847, the earliest I have seen.
Charencey (H. de). Des affinitds de la langue Basque avec les idioraes de
Nouveau Monde. 1868, pp. 204-238.
Essai d'aualyso grammaticale d'un texte en langue Maya. 1874, pp.
142-161.
8 Account | (Au) | of the | Customs and Manners | of the | Micmakis
and Maricheets | Savage Nations, | Now Dependent on the | Gov
ernment of Cape- Breton. | From | An Original French Manuscript-
Letter, | Never Published, | Written by a French Abbot, | Who
resided many Years, in quality of Missionary, amongst them. | To
which are annexed, | Several Pieces, relative to the Savages, to
Nova- | Scotia, and to North America in general. |
London : | Printed for S. Hooper and A. Morley at Gay's-Head, |
near Beaufort-Buildings in the Strand. MDCCLVIII. [1758.] | JOB.
1 p. 1. pp. i-viii. 1-138. 8.
A few Mikmak terms scattering.
9 Acevedo (Fr. Juan). Arte de la lengua de los Yucatecos.
Manuscript. Title from Beristaiu, who gives it on the authority of Cogolludo,
Lizana, and Leon Pinelo.
10 Acevedo (Fr. Martin). Autos sacramentales en lengua Misteca. *
11 Dramas alegoricos en lengua Chocha.
These two manuscripts are in the library of the convent of Oaxaca. Berislain.
12 Acosta (Fr. Francisco). Arte de la lengua Pirinda.
13 Varios tomos de Sermones.
14 Notas 3 los Salmos de David.
These three manuscripts are in the library of the convent of Charo. litriitain.
15 Acosta (Jose Antonio). Oraciones devotas que corapreuden los actos
de fe, esperanza, caridad, y afectos para uu cristiano, en Idioma
Yncateco, con inclusion del Santo Dios, a devociou del pbro. D. Jos<
Antonio Acosta.
Merida de Yucatan, imprenta & cargo de Mariano Guzman, 1851. *
16 po. 4. In the Maya language, with the Spanish opposite. Brasseur de
flourboitrg.
10 Acts of the Apostles, | (The) | translated into the | Choctaw Lan
guage. | Chisus Kilaist | im auumpeshi vhliha vmmona kvt nana
akauiohmi | tok puta isht annoa, Chahta anunipa | isht atashoa
hoke. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1839. | BA. ABC.
Pp. 1-165. 12.
ACADEMIE NATIONALS ADAM. 3
17 Acts (The) of the Apostles, translated into the Language of the
Esquimaux Indians on the Coast of Labrador, by the Missionaries
of the United Brethren. *
London, 1876.
lt>0 pp. 12. Title from Triibner's Catalogue. Bagster's "Bibles of Every
Land" says an edition was issued in 1819, and another, revised, in 1839.
18 Adair (James). The | History | of the | American Indians; | Par
ticularly | Those Nations adjoining to the Mississippi, East and |
West Florida, Georgia, South and | North Carolina, and Virginia: |
containing | An Account of their Origin, Language, Manners, Reli
gious and | Civil Customs, Laws, Form of Government, Punist
meuts, Conduct in | War and Domestic Life, their Habits, Diet,
Agriculture, Manu- | factures, Diseases and Method of Cure, and
other Particulars, sum- | cient to render it | A | Complete Indian
System. | With | Observations on former Historians, the Conduct of
our Colony | Governors, Superintendents, Missionaries, &c. | Also |
An Appendix, | containing | A Description of the Floridas, and the
Mississippi Lands, with their Produc- | tions The Benefits of colo
nizing Georgiana, and civilizing the Indians | And the way to
make all the Colonies more valuable to the Mother Country. | With
a new Map of the Country referred to in the History. | By James
Adair, Esquire, | A Trader with the Indians, and Resident in their
Country for Forty Years. |
London: | Printed for Edward and Charles Dilly, in the Poultry. |
MDCCLXXV. [1775.] | B A. JOB.
5 p. 11. pp. 1-464. 4. map.
Argument v, "Their language and dialects," pp. 37-74; Argument vi, "Their
manner of counting time," pp. 74-80; and Argument xxii, "Their choice of names
adapted to their circumstance," pp. 191-194, contain terms in Cheerokee, Chok-
tah, Chikkasah, and Muskohge.
I have seen a German translation, Breslau, 1782, 8, which contains no lin
guistics.
19 History of the North American Indians, their customs, &c.
By James Adair.
In King (E.) Antiquities of Mexico, vol. 8, pp. 273-375. London, 1848. folio.
Contains Arguments i-xxiii qf Adair"s work, followed by "Notes and Illustra
tions to Adair's History of the North Amer can Indians," by Lord Kingsborough,
which occupy pp. 375-400 ; Argunv lit v, pp. 294-:ill ; Argument vi, pp. 311-314.
20 Adam (Lucien). Etudes | sur | Six Langues Ame"ricaines | Dakota,
Chibcha, Nahuatl, Kechua, Quiche', Maya | par | Lucien Adam |
conseiller & la Cour de Nancy |
Paris | Maisouneuve et C ie , Libraires-Editeurs | 25 Quai Voltaire,
25 | 1878 | A. c. T.
Pp. i-viii, 1165. 8.
21 Esquisse d'une grammaire compared de langue des Chippe-
ways et de langue des Crees.
In Congrea Int. des Amdricanistes, Compte-Rendu, premiere session, tome 2,
pp. 8S-148. Nancy & Paris, 1875. 8.
Separately printed as follows :
4 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Adam (Lucien) continued.
22 Esquisse d'une grammaire comparee des dialectes Cree el
Chippeway.
Paris, Maisonueuve et C le , 1876. *
60 pp. 8. Extract from the Memoirs of the Congrbsdes American istes. Leclcrc.
23 Examen grammatical compart de seize langues aincri-
caines.
Io Congres lut. des AnxSricanistes, Compte-Rendu, seconde session, tomu '2,
pp. 161-244. Luxembourg & Paris, 1878. 8.
Five folding shevts at end contain vocabularies as follows: Montaguais, Cliip-
peway, Cri, Iroquois, Hidatsa, Dakota, Chacta, Nahualt, Maya, Qnich<5, Carui':,
Chebchi (S. A.), Kiriri (S. A.), and Guarani (S.A.) Separately issued as follows:
24 Examen Grammatical Compare" de Seize Laugues Ameiicaines
par Lucieu Adam, Coiiseiller & la Cour de Nancy.
Paris: Maisonneave et C le , 1878. JWP.
Pp. 1-88 and five folding sheets. 8.
25 Du parler des hommes et du parler des femmes dans la langue
caraibe. *
In Revue de Lingnistiqne, tome douzieme, pp. 275-305? Paris, Maisonneuvc,
1875. 8.
Not seen; title from "Contents of vol. xii," in part 4 of same vol.
26 Du polysynthe"tisme, etc., dans les langues Nahuatl, Quiche et
Maya. *
In Revue Linguistique, ix, 3. Paris, Maisouneuve et C ie , 1877.
Not seen; title from Kohler^ Cat. No. 317.
27 Adams (William). Terms of Relationship of the Delaware (Opuh-
narke), collected by Lewis H. Morgan from William Adams, a Dela
ware.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4.
28 Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater (Dr. Johanu Severin). Mith-
ridates | oder | allgemeiue | Sprachenkunde | mit | dem Vater
Unser als Sprachprobe | in bey nahe | fiiiifliundert Spracheu und
Muudarten, | von | Johann Christoph Adelung, | churfurstl. Siich-
sischen Hofnith und Ober-Bibliothekar. | [One line quotation.] |
Erster [-Vierter] Thiel. |
Berlin, | in der Vossischeu Buchhandlung, | 1806[-1817j. | c.
4 vols. 8.
Contains vocabularies, grammatic comments, &c., of the following dialects:
Abenaki, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 389.
Achastlier, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 204, 205 (from De Lamauou).
Adaizc, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277.
Aleut, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340, 341, 377 ; vol. 4, pp. 251-253.
Algoukin, vol. 3, p'. 2, pp. 330, 349; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 3415-346, 404-413, 416-417
(from La Hontau, Barton, Long, aud Mackenzie).
Alicho, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277.
Apache, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 177.
ADAM ADELUNG. 5
Adelung ( Jobann Christoph) and Vater ( Dr. Jokaim Severin) continued.
Arkansas, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269.
Attiikapa, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277.
Atmih-Fitz Hugh-Sand, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 215-218.
Aztekeu, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. G5.
Blut-Imliauer, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 251.
Caddo, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 277-280.
Cauiauches, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 173.
Cayuga, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 312, 318, 334-335 (from Barton).
Cheerake, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 288, 292, 302, 304-305.
Chepewyan, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 419-424 (from Mackenzie).
Chikkasab, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 288, 292, 295-302, 304-305.
Cbippcway, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 350, 378 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 410, 414 (from
Long); 415,415-416 (from Carver, Baudry de Loziere, and Long).
Cboktah, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 288, 292, 295-302, 304-305.
Cicimechen, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 86.
Cochimi, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 378 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 182, 192-199 (from Hervas Sagg).
Cochimi-Laymon, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 198-199.
Cochnewagoes, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 315, 318, 332-333 (from Barton).
Cora, vol. 3, pt.-3, pp. 87-88, 131-138, 153-154.
Creek. See Muskohge.
Delaware, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 348 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 366-376 (from Barton and
Buttlar).
Ecclemachs, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 205 (from De Lamanon).
Eskimo, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341, 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 236, 238, 425-455 (from
Dobbs and Long); 46t (from Cook); vol. 4, pp. 251-253.
Eslenes, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 202, 205 (from Bourgoing).
Estechemines, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 392.
Eudeve, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 158, 165-166 (from Hervas Sagg).
Fall-Indianer, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 251, 254 (from Umfreville).
Gronliind., vol.3, pt. 2, pp. 336,340-341, 348,377; vol. 3, pt.3, pp. 430-455 (from
Egede and Anderson), 461 ; vol. 4, pp. 251-253.
Hochelaga, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 335-337 (from De Laet).
Huasteca, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 15, 106-113, 123-124.
Hudson's Bay, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 418-419, 422 (from Dobbs), 424 (from Dobbs).
Huron, vol. 3, pt.V.p. 377; vol.3, pt. 3, pp. 318, 323-329, 331, 335-337 (from Sa-
gard).
letans, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 174.
Illinois, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 348 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 341, 363-364.
Iroquois, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 312, 318, 335-337 (from Long and Loskiel).
Jakntat, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 465.
Kadjak, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341, 378 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 458-459, 46f> (from Robeck
and Saner); 4C7-468 (from Resanoff); vol. 4, pp. 251-253.
Kalifornische Volker, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 182-207.
Kanzea, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 269.
Katahba, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 349, 377 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 306, 308 (from Barton).
Keres, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 173.
Kiaway, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 173.
Kikkapoo, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 345, 350, 363-364 (from Barton).
Kinaizi, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 228, 230-231 (from Dawidoff, Resanoff, and Lisiansky),
232-235, 238.
Knistenaux, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 406, 418-419 (from Mackenzie).
Koluscben, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 212-213, 218-223, 224 (from Dawi
doff and Resanoff), 225-226, 226-228 (from Dawidoff, Lisiansky, Rnss.-Amerik.
Compagnie, and Resanoff), 235,237; vol. 4, pp. 241-253.
Konaegeu, voL 3, pt. 3, p. 450.
6 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Adelung (Johann Ckristoph) and Vater (Dr. Johann Severin) continued.
Konig-George-Sund, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 215.
Labrador, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 430.
Layinonen, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 182, 194-199.
Mahas, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269.
Menomeiies, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269.
Messisaugers, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-344, 406, 415-416 (from Bartoii).
Mexican, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 350, 377; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 85-106, 212-213.
Miami, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 350-354, 363-364 (from Volney
and Barton).
Micmak, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 345, 392-394, 401, 402-404 (from Hist. Soc. of Mass.,
yol. vi).
Minsi, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-345, 374-376 (from Barton).
Missuris, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269.
Mixteca, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 31-40, 41 (from Hervas Sagg), 41-44, 60.
Mobiles, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 280.
Mohawk, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 309-323, 330-331 (from Hervas Sagg and Smith's Hist,
of New York), 332-333 (from Barton).
Mohegan, vol. 3,pt. 2, p. 349; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 389,394-400 (from Ed
wards), 402-404 (from Barton and Long).
Moqui, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 181.
Mountainees, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 344-345, 418-419.
Muskohge, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 288-295, 304-305.
Mynckussar, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 334-335 (from Campanins).
Nacogdoches, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277.
Nagalier, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 424.
Narragansets, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 348 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 376-381, 387-389 (from
Williams).
Natchez, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 285.
Natchitoches, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277.
Naticks, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 379-385, 385-389 (from Eliot).
Nehethawa, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 408, 418-419 (from Umfreville).
Neu Schweden, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 350; pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 369, 374-376 (from Campa
nins).
New England , vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 349 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-344, 387-389 (from Wood).
Norton-Sund, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 456-461 (from Cook).
Nutka-Sund, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 213-215 (from Cook, Dixon, and Humboldt).
Oneida, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 313, 318, 332-333 (from Barton).
Onondago, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 313, 318, 332-333 (from Barton).
Opata, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 161, 166 (from Hervas Sagg).
Osage, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 269-276.
Othomi,vol.3,pt.2,p.377; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 15, 113-117, 118 (from Hervas Sagg),
119-123, 123-124 (from Neve and Hervas).
Oto, vol.3,pt. 3, p. 269.
Ottogamis, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 266.
Paegan-Indianer, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 251.
Pampticongh, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 345, 348, 360-362 (from Lawson and Brickel).
Panis, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 174, 269, 274.
Peuobscot, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 348 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-344, 392, 402-404 (from Barton).
Peusylvanien, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 387-389.
Pericu, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 182.
Piankashaw, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 344, 351, 360-362 (from Barton).
Phna, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 158, 162-165 (from Hervas Sagg), 169.
Pirinda, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 126-128 (from Hervas Sagg).
Port de Francois, vol. 3, pf. 3, p. 224.
Pottawatameh, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-345, 360-362 (from Barton).
ADELUNG. 7
Adelung (Jobann Ghristopli) and Vater (Dr. Johann Severin) continued.
Prin/. Wil'lnm's-Suml, vol.3, pt. 3, p. 207.
Kiinisen, vol. :', pt. 3, pp. 202, 205 (from Bourgoing).
Sakis, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 266".
Sankikani, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-344, 368, 374-376 (from De Laet).
Santa Barbara, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 201, 202, 205.
.Srlilungen-Inclianer, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 251.
Sch warzfUssige-Indianer, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 251, 254 (from Umfreville).
Senekati, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 314, 318, 334-335 (from Barton).
Sliawauuo, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 349, 354-362 (from Cbamberlayue, Amerikan,
Museum, Generals Gibson ami Buttlar).
Sioux, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 256-265 (from Carver, Baudry de Loziere, and Umfreville).
Skoffie, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 344-345, 409, 418-419.
Snake, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 251.
Sonriqnois. vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343, 389, 402-404 (from Lescarbot).
Sovaipure, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 161.
Susaee, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 251, 254 (from Umfreville).
Tarahnmara, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 349, 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 87-88, 141-149, 149-154
(from Stettel and Hervas Sagg).
Tarasca, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 126 (from Hervas Sagg), 129.
Ti-pelinaiia, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 138.
Timnacana, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 284-285.
Topia, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 138.
Totonaea, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 44-60.
Tscbinkitani, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 224, 227-228 (from Chanal and Robelet).
Tscbngazzi,vol.3,pt.2,pp.340-341; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 456, 458-459, 466 (from Res-
anott'); vol. 4, pp. 251-253.
Tschuktsclieu,vol.3,pt.2, pp. 340-341; vol.3, pt. 3, pp. 462-465, 467-468 (from
Robek, Merk, and Koschaleff ); vol. 4, pp. 242, 251-253.
Tnbar, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 139-141 (from Hervas Sagg).
Tuscarora, vol. 3,pt. 2, pp. 348,377; vol. 3,pt.3,pp. 312, 318, 334-335 (from Barton).
Ugaljacbmutzi, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 21-2-213, 228, 230-231 (from Resanoff ), 235, 237-
238.
Unalaschka, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 458-459.
Virginien, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 346, 387-388 (from Barton).
Waieureu, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 351, 379; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 182, 188-192, 198-199.
Wiunebager, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 271.
\Vi coons, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 306, 308 (from Lawson).
Wyandots, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 318, 3:!5-IOT (from Barton).
Yaqni, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 154, 157-158 (from Hervas Sagg).
Yuta, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 176.
Zuaque, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 154.
29 African (The) Servant.
24pp. 24. Not seen ; title from Forty ninth Rept. Am. Bd. Com. For. Mis., 1858.
Possibly came -work as Negro (The) Servant, q. v.
30 Aguado (Fr. Marcos). Catecismo en lengua de los Indies. *
Manuscript. Title from Beris'ain.
31 Aguero (Fr. Christoual de). Miscelaneo espiritval, en el idioma Za-
poteco, (jve administra la provincia de Oaxac, de la orden de Predi-
cadores. En qve se coutienen los qviii/,e misterios del Santissimo *-
Kosario; con sus ofrecimientos en cnda vno. Las mas principales" 1
Indvlgencias, que ganan sus Cofrades. Con diez y seis Exemplos
8 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Aguero (Fr. Christoual de) continued.
de lo mismo. Alguuas Oraciones deuotas, para la Uida, y para la
Muerte. El Cathecismo de toda la Doctrina Christiana. Con vn
1'CTIONS, Confessionario para los que empie9an a aprender el dicho Idioina.
Mexico, viuda de Bernardo Calderon, 1666.
14 p. 11. "Exemplos," 71 11., numbered "GS; "Catecismo," 232 pp., numbered
233; "Confessiouario," 127 pp. Not seen; title from Leclerc.
32 Diccionario de la lengua Zapoteca.
Not seen; title from Beristain.
33 Los Evangelios quadragesimales en lengua Zapoteca con
estampas.
Manuscript; in the library of the Convent of Antequera. Herwtain.
Aguero was born in 1600, in San Luis de la Paz, in Michoacan; became a
Dominican monk in Oaxaca, in 1618, and, according to Beristain, was so proficient
in the language of the Zapotecas that he taught it publicly to his ecclesiastical
brethren. He gave the Diccionario to the Bishop of Mouterroso for publication.
34 Aguila (P. Vicente). Varios Artes y vocabularies de diversos idio-
mas de los Indios.
35 Sermones en dichas lenguas.
Titles from Beristain.
36 Aguilar (Illmo. D. Pedro Sanchez). Doctrina cristiana en lengua de
Yucatan.
This work, approved by the Bishop, D. Fr. Gonzalo de Salazar, was sent to Spain
to be printed; but being lost at sea, there remained only a copy in the possession
of the Jesuits, as the author assures us. Beristain.
37 Aguirre (Manuel). Doctrina Christiana, y Platicas doctrinales, tra-
ducidas eu leugua Opata por el P. Rector Manuel Aguirre, de la
VH Compania de Jesus. Quien las dedica al Illmo. Senor Doctor D.
Pedro Tamaron del Cousejo de S. M., dignissimo obispo de Durango.
Con las licencias necessarias.
Impressas en la Imprenta del Keal, y mas antiguo Colegio de San
Ildefonso de Mexico, ano de 1765.
3 p. 11. pp. 1-16-2, index 1 1. 4. Not seen; title from Icazbalceta.
" Extremely rare. The Opata is the dialect spoken by the Indians of Bacade-
gnachi, Mochopa and Nacori, in the province of Sonora. The author, who was a
Jesuir, laboured zealously for a number of years in the Sonora Missions, and died
in 1768." Ramirez Sale Cat.
38 L. J. C. et M. I. | Aiamie | Kushkushkut | Mishinaigan. | [Design.]
Ka lakonigants, nte opishtokoiats : iite etat William Neilson
1847. | S.
Pp. 1-67. 12. Introit, Kyrie, Agnus Dei, Creed, etc., set to music. Probably
by the Pere Durocher.
39 Aiame-nabowewinan | nahinawemagakin. | [PictureoftheCruciflxionj.
Monfaug, [Montreal] | takkwabikichkote L. Perrault | endatch. |
1844. | S.
Pp. 1-7. 16. Prayers in Algonkin.
AGUERO AJOK^ERSUTIT. 9
40 L. J. 0. et M. J. Aiamieu Kukuetshimitnn Misiuaigan.
Kaiakonigants ute opisti koiats. Nte etat Augustin Cote' et Cie.
1848. BA.
Pp. 1-53, 1 1. 12. Roman Catholic Catechism in Montagnais. Probably by
the Pere Dnrocher.
41 Ainslie (Rev. George). Catechism | for | Young Children. | Trans
lated into the | Xez Perces Language. | By the | Rev. George Ains
lie. |
Philadelphia: | Presbyterian Board of Publication, | 1334 Chestnut
Street. | [No date.] c. JWP.
Pp. 3-33. 16.
42 Johnnim Taaiskt. | Gospel according to John. | Translated
into the Nez Percys Language | by | Eev. George Ainslie. |
Philadelphia: | Presbyterian Board of Publication. | 1876. | ABS.
Pp. 1-116. 12.
43 Uyitpa Johnnim Timas. | First Epistle General | of | John. |
TrauslatedintotheNezPercesLangnage | by | Rev. George Ainslie. |
Philadelphia: | Presbyterian Board of Publication. | 1876. | ABS.
Pp. 1-17. 12.
44 Notes on the Grammar of the Nez Percys Language. By Rev.
George Ainslie.
In Hayden (F. V.) Bulletin, vol. 2, pp. 271-277. Washington, 1876. 8.
Contains also the Lord's Prayer and hymn "Jnst as I am" with interlinear
translations.
45 Ai-yimmika Na Kaniohmi. BA.
[Ho imprint: Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: Mission Press, John
Candy and John F. Wheeler, Printers. 1845.]
Pp. 1-13. 12. Salvation by Faith: in the Choctaw language.
Appended: How do we know there is a Godf Chihowa hvt asha ka katiohmit
il okostoniuchi Chatnk oh cho. Pp. 13-20.
40 Ajokaersoutit oppersartuit Gudimik pekkosssenigdlo, tamaessa Luterij
katekismnsingvsetta ok'ause.
Havniame, 1849.
125 pp. 8. Explanation ,if Luther's Catechism, in Eskimo. Rink.
See Katerkismus Lnterim.
47 Ajoksersutit illuartut gndimik Pekkorsejniglo Innnngimt, Koi'siniar-
sudlo Ko'isituksaedlo Iliniaegeksejt Nalengniaegeksejdlo, Pidluarsin-
uaungorkudlugit.
Kiobenhavnime, J. R. Thielimir, 1797. *
159 11. 8. Catechism and Religions Exercises in Greenlandish. Prepared
probably by Fabricius. Leclerc.
48 Ajokaersutit | illuartut Gudmik | Pekkorsejniglo Innmignnt; | KoYsi-
marsudlo Koisituksredlo | Ilinia^geksejt Nalengnia'geksejdlo, | Pid-
luarsinuaungorkudlugit. |
KiiJbenhavnime, | Pingajueksanik nakkittarsimarsut j 1818. | llli-
arsui'n iglotviinc C. F. Skubartimit. 0.
P!>. 1-158. 16. Catechism in the Eskimo language.
10 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
49 Alarcon (Fr. Baltasar de). Sermones en lengua Cakchiquel, escritos
por varios padres de la orden de San-Francisco, y recogidos por el
M. R. M. Padre Fray Baltasar de Alarcon, procnrador general de la
misma orden en la prov. del Dulce Nombre de Jesus de Guatemala. *
Manuscript. 53 11. 4. This manuscript comprises 23 sermons in the Cakchiquel
language, written by different authors at different times. No signature is affixed
to any one of them, and it is from a paper included with one of them and placed at
the end of the volume that I have concluded they were collected by Father Alar
con. Many of these sermons are very carefully written, and belong to the end of
the XVIth Century.
The Cakchiquel language, which Flores calls the metropolitan language of
Guatemala, was especially that of the capital city of this province, which, after
the conquest by Alvarado, gave its name to the town. The capital of the Cak-
chiquels, called by them Iximche, was known in the Mexican language under the
name of Tecpan-Quauhtemalan. * * The natives speaking the Cakchiquel
language occupy the surrounding country as far as the villages situated north and
west of the great volcanos of Fuego and Agua, and from these localities north as
far as the right bank of the Moutagua, and northwest as far as the base of the vol
cano of Atitau. The Quiche and the Tzutuhil are the dialects of the Cakchiquel
tongue. Brasseur tic Bourbourg.
50 Albornoz (Fr. Juan de) and Barrientos (Fr. Luis). Arte | de la |
Lengua Chiapaneca | compuesto por El M. K. Padre | Fray Juan de
Albornoz | y Doctrina Cristiana | en la misma leugua | escrita por |
El Padre M tro Fray Luis Barrientos. |
Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | 28, Rue Bonaparte, 28 | San-
Francisco, A. L. Bancroft and Co | 1875 | o. JWP. "3
Pp. 1-72. 4.
Forms vol. 1 of Pinart (A. L.) Bibliotheqne de Linguistiqne et d'Ethno-
j * j* graphie Americaines publiee par Alph.-L. Piuart.
The "Arte" occupies pp. 1-52 of this volume, and the "Doctrina" pp. 53-72,
the latter with its own title-page, for which see Barrientos (Fr. Luis).
51 [Alcala Galiano (1). Diouisio)]. Relation | del Viage hecho por las
goletas | Sutil y Mexicaua j en el afio de, 1792 | para reconcer el
J^ S ' ^JLtfl ' Estrecho de Fuca; | con una introduction | en que se da noticia de
/" las expediciones execu- | tadas auteriormeute por los Espaiioles en
+r Jfaf busca | del paso del uoroeste de la America.
Jtff
yff H
j "T
<jf* A^ De orden del liey. | Madrid en la imprenta real | Anode 1802. | o.
, j {
\'*r
(J r
H p. 11. pp. i-clxviii, 1-185. 8. Atlas folio.
Varias palabras del idioma que se habla en la Boca S. del Canal de Fuca y sns
eqnivalentes en castellauo, pp. 41-42. Vocabulary of the Esleu and Runsien
(31 words), pp. 172-173. Vocabnlario de] idioma de los habitautes de Nutka,
pp. 178-184.
The Fischer Sale Cat. gives to this volume the date of 1812.
uf
52 Alcantara (Pedro). Vocabulary of the Costanos.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 494-505. Philadelphia, 1852.
4. Reprinted in Powell (J. W.) Cont. to N A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 535-548.
Washington, 1877. 4.
53 Alcocer (P. Martin). Tradados doctrinales en Lengua megicaua. *
Manuscript. 80811. 4. The original manuscripts are in the library of the Col-
legi) of S. Gregorio de Mexico. Beristam.
ALARCON ALLEN. ] 1
54 Aldama (Joseph Augustin de). Arte | de la lengna | Mexicana |
dispuesto | por D. Joseph Augiistin | de Aldama, y Guevara, | Pres-
bytero de el Arzo | bispado de Mexico. |
Eu la imprenta | nueva de la Bibliotheca Me- | xicana. Ea frente
de el Con- | vento de San Augustin. | Afio de 1754. | c.
81 unnumbered 11. am. 4.
55 Alden (Per. Timothy). An | Account] of | Sundry Missions | per
formed among the | Senecas and Munsees; | in a series of letters. |
With | an Appendix. | By Eev. Timothy Alden, | President of Alle-
ghauy College. |
New York: | Printed by J. Seymour. | 1827. | BA, c.
Pp. 1-1~0. 16.
Appelative words in Seneca, pp. 158-164.
56 [Alejandro (Marcelo)]. Xoticia de Lengna Huasteca, cnantos y c<5mo
seau los modos de la pronunciacion hnasteca, y de sus letras y dip-
tongos.
In Soc. de Geog. Mez. Bol., seguuda epoca, torn. 2, pp. 7:53-790. Mexico,
1870. 8.
Vocabularies, pp. 761-790.
57 Aleutian Abecedarium.
St. Petersburg, 1839 or 1840.
8. Title from Ludewig.
58 A.lEiTCKIU | EVKim. | JVTP.
Mor4. | Bi ryBoj.ui.BoA TBDorp4*in. I 1846.
Translation: Aleutian | Primer. | Moscow. | Synod Press. | 1846.
Title. 1 1. ; pp. 1-30. 8. Partly in Cyrillic type, partly in Russian.
59 Alexander (Sir James Edward). LlAuadie; | or, | Seven Years' Ex
plorations | in | British America. | By | Sir James E. Alexander, K.
L. S., & K. St. J., | on the Staff of H. E. the Commander of the forces
in Canada. | In two volumes. | Vol. I. [II]. |
London: | Henry Colbnrn, Publisher: | Great Marlborough
Street. | 1849. | c. BA.
2 vols. 12.
The Lord's Prayer in the Micniac Language, vol. 2, app. 3, p. 325. The Lord's
Prayer in the Millicete Language, vol. 2, app. 3, p. 326.
Reissued, according to Sabin, London, 1853. 2 vols. post 8.
60 Alexander (John Henry). A Dictionary of the Language of the
Lenni Lenape, or Delaware Indians. *
Manuscript. 4. I find mention of the above in: Memoir of John H. Alex
ander, by William Pinkney, read before the Maryland Society, May 2, 1867.
61 Algora ( Fr. Juan). Arte y Diccionario de la Lengua Tarasca, por
Illmo. D. Fr. Juan Algora. *
Mentioned by Nicholas Antonio and quoted by De Sonza. Lxdneig. ADD!
62 Allen (Mins A. J.) Ten Years | in | Oregon. | Travels and Adven
tures | of | Doctor E. White and Lady, | West of the Bocky Moon-
12 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Allen (Miss A. J.) continued.
tains; | with | Incidents of two Sea Voyages via Sandwich | Islands
around Cape Horn; | containing, also, a | brief History of the Mis
sions and Settlement of the country Origin of the Provisional
Government dumber and Customs of | the Indians Incidents wit
nessed while traversing | and residing in the Territory Description
of | the soil, Production and Climate. | Compiled by Miss A. J. Al
len. |
Ithaca, N. Y.: | Press of Andrus, Gauntlett & Co. | 1850. | c.
Pp. i-xvi, 17-430. 12.
A few Oregon Sentences, pp. 395-396; (from Lee & Frost's "Ten Years in Ore
gon").
63 Allen (William). Wunnissoo, | or the | Vale of Hoosatunuuk, | a
poem, with notes. | By William Allen, D. D., | A member [&c., &c.,
four lines]. |
Boston: | Published by John P. Jewett and Company, | Cleve
land, Ohio: Jewett, Proctor & Worthiugton. | New York: Sheldon,
Blakeman & Company. | M. DCCC. LVI. [1856.] | c.
Pp. 1-237. 12.
Account of the Indian languages, pp. 175-192, contains short vocabularies of
several eastern tribes. "Of the Mohegan Language," pp. 232-236, contains a
vocabulary of the principal Mohegan words as used in the Hoosatunnuk Valley.
64 Almeida (P. Teodoro de). Piadoso | Devocionario | en honor |
del | Sagrado Corazon de Jesus. | Contiene del Devoto egercicio que
imipvrn la Pia | Union de la Ciudad de la Puebla confer- | me ii la gen*fil
1 de Eoma, practica todos | los Domingos del ano en la Iglesia del
es- | piritu Santo; y la Novena para la Fiesia | del Santisimo Cora
zon, que compreso el | P. D. Teodoro de Almeida. | Traducido al
Idioma Mexicano, para utili- | dad de los devotos congregantes de |
la pia union de | Santiago Tlilipan | por el Presbitero D. Pedro J.
Gambino, | quien lo dedica | & su Prelado, el Escmo. 6 Illuio. Sr. Dr.
D. | Francisco Pablo Vasquez. |
Orizava | Imprenta de Felis | Mendarte | 1839. f c.
4 p. 11. 128 pp. 16.
65 Alonso (Fr. Juan). Varios Oposculos doctrinales en Lengua Zendal.
Title from Beristain. Squier, who quotes from Vasquez, adds :
66 - - Diccionario de la Lengua Kachiquel.
Manuscript.
67 Alphabet | Mikmaque. | [Picture.]
Quebec: | Imprim6 par C. Le Francois, | Rue Laval, No. 9, |
1817. | BA. S.
Pp. 1-39. 24. Primer in Mikmak.
68 Alsop (George). A | Character | Of the Province of | Mary-Land, |
Wherein is Described in four distinct | Parts, (Viz.) | I. The Scitua-
tiou, and plenty of the Province. | II. The Laws, Customs, and nat-
ALLEX ALVA. 13
Alsop (George) COD tinned.
ural Demea | DOT of the Inhabitant* | III. The worst and best Vsage
of a Mary- | Land Servant, opened in view. | IV. The Traffique, and
Vendable Commodities | of the Conntrey. | Also | A small Treatise
on the Wilde and | Naked Indians (or Susquehanokes) | of Mary-Land,
their Customs, Man- | ners, Absurdities, & Eeligion. | Together with
a Collection of Histo- | rical Letters. | By George Alsop. |
London, Printed by T. J. for Peter Bring, | at the sign of the Sun
in thePoultrey; 1666. | *
Title of the original edition ; not seen ; taken from reprint of 1869, as below :
69 A I Character of the Province | of | Maryland. | Described in
four distinct parts. | Also | a small treatise on the wild and naked
Indians (or | Susquehanokes) of Maryland, their customs, | manners,
absurdities, and religion. | Together with | a collection of historical
letters. | By | George Alsop. | A new edition with an introduction
and copious | historical notes. | By John Gilmary Shea, LL.D., |
Member of the New York Historical Society. | [18 lines quotation.]
New Yoik: | William Gowans. | 1869. | c.
Pp. 1-125. 8. Forms vol. 5 of Gowan's Bibliotheca Americana. Title-page of
series, 1 1.; Title of 1869 ed., 1 1.; Dedication, 1 1.; Advertisement, 1 1.; Intro
duction, pp. 9-15; Title of original edition, 1 1., verso blank (pp. 17-lb); Dedica
tion to Lord Baltimore, 1 1. (pp. 19-20); Epistle Dedicatory, 1 1. (pp. 21-22); "To
all the Merchant Adventurers for Mary-Land," 1 1. (pp. 23-24); Preface to the
Reader, 1 1. (pp. 25-26); Poem "The Author to his Book," 2 11., verso of 2d 1. blank
(pp. 27-30); Poem by William Bogherst, "To my Friend Mr. George Alsop," 1 1.
(pp. 31-32); POC.TI by H. W. "To my Friend Mr. George Alsop," 1 1. (pp. 33-34);
"A Character of the Province," &c., pp. 35-1C8; Notes, 109-125.
Numerals (1-10) of the Susquehanna, or Minqua, Hochelaga, Huron, Mohawk,
and Onoudaga.p. 121.
70 Alva (Bartholome de). Confessionario Mayor, y Menor en lengua Me-
xicana. Y platicas, contra las Supresticiones [sic] de idolatria, que
el dia de oy an quedado a los Naturales desta Nueua Espafia, 6 in- -
strucion de los Santos Sacramentos, &c. Al Illustrissimo Sefior D.
Eraucisco [sic] Manso y Zuiiiga, Arcobispo de Mexico, del Consejo
de su Magestad, y del Keal de las Indias, &c. Mi Seuor. Nueva-
mente compuesto por el Bachiller don Bartholome de Alua, Beuefl-
ciado del Partido de Chiapa de Mota. Ano de 1634.
11 Con licencia. Impresso en Mexico, por Francisco Salbago, im-
pressor del Secreto del Saucto Offlcio. Por Pedro deQuifiones.
4 p. 11. 4. LI. 1-52, the last unnumbered, contain the Confessional in Spanish
and Mexican, in two columns, and the Credo, Pater Noster, Ave Maria, and Salve
in Mexican only. On verso of the last page is:
En Mexico En la Imprenta de Francisco Salbago librero, Impressor
del Secreto del Sancto Offlcio. En la Calle de San Francisco. Ano
M.DC.XXXIIII. *
Not seen ; title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes.
"The questions contain some curious references to the still existing cult of idols,
and will be found useful to fill up some lacunae in our knowledge of the Mexican
14 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Alva (Bartholome de) continued.
Mythology. They relate chiefly, however, to sexual ami kindred matters, aud in
this respect form a strange picture of the prurient morality of Spanish priests.
* * * It is not likely that many copies were allowed to bo print d, eveu under
such an administration as that of the Spaniards in Mexico. The author was con
sidered an accomplished master of the native tong.ii-." Quaritch,
"The author was a native Mexican, descended from the Ancient Kings of Tez-
cnco. He was perfectly familiar with his native toiigue, iu which ho wrote sev
eral other works, besides translating three of Lope de Vega's comedies into Na-
huatl, the manuscripts of which are in the present collection." Ramirez Sale Cat.
71 - Platicas en lengua Mexicana, contra las supersticions, que
ban quedada entre los Indies.
Mexico, 1634.
Not seen ; title from Beristain.
72 Comedias in Mexican, translated from Lope de Vega. *
Manuscript of the 17th century. 4.
I. Comedia del gran.teatro del mnndo, traducida en la lengua Mexicana. Di-
rigida al P. Jacome Bacilio, por el Br. D. Barto. D'Alva. 1511.
II. Comedia famosa de Lope do Vega Carpio del Aminal Propheta y dichoso
patricida traducida en lengua Mexna. proprio y natural \dioma, por el Br. D. Barto.
de Alba el aiio de 1640. 39 11.
III. Comedia de Lope de Vega Carpio intitulada la Madro de la Mejor. Tradu-
cida en lengua Mexna. y dirigida al P. Oracio Caroc'.ii de la Compa. de Jesus. 15 11.
All three iu a uniform, neat and clear handwriting Ramirez Sale Cat.
73 Alvarado (P. F. Francisco). Vocabulario en Lengua Misteca, hecho
por los Padres de la Orden de Predicadores, que residen en ella, y
vltimamente recopilado, y acabado por el Padre Fray Francisco de
Alvarado, Vicario de Tarnayulapa, de la misma Orden.
En Mexico. Con licencia, En casa de Pedro Balli. 1593.
Colophon :
fl Acabose este presente Vocabulario, en Tamagulapa, a 6 de Sep-
tiebre de 1592 afios. El qual con su auctor, se somete y subiecta a
la correction de la Sancta madre Yglesia Romana.
Eu Mexico. En casa de Pedro Balli. Afio de 1593. *
6 p. 11., pp. 1-204. 4. Title from Icazbalcota's Apuntes.
74 Alvis (William). Teyeriwakowata, L. M. [a Hymn] | In the Mohawk
Tongue. | By William Alvis. | GB.
1 p. 16. Caption only; n. p., n. d.
75 Amaro (Juan Romualdo). Doctrina extractada de los Catecismos
Mexicanos de los Padres Paredes, Carochi y Castano, antores muy
selectos: traducida al castellano para mejor iustruccion de los Indies,
en las Oraciones y Misterios principales de la Doctrina cristiana, por
el Presbitero capellan D. Juan Romualdo Amaro, Catedratico que fu6
en dicho idioma en el Colegio Seminario de Tepotzotlan, antes Vica
rio operario veinte y nueve afios en varios parroquias de esta Sagrada
Mitra, y Opositor a Curatos. Va auadido en este catecismo el Pream-
bulo de la Confesion para la mejor disposicion de los Indies en el
ALVA AMERICAN ANTIQUARIAN. 15
Amaro (Juan lioinualdo) continued.
Santo Sacramento de la Penitencia, y para las personas curiosas que
fucren aficionadas al idioina, con un Modo Practice de contar, segun
fuere el numero de la materia, para el inisino fin.
Mexico: 1S40. Imprenta de Luis Abadiano y Valdes, calle de las
Escalerillas num. 13.
4 p. 11., 79 pp. 8. Title from Icazbalceta's Apunti s.
70 American Academy Arts and Sciences. Memoirs | of the | American
Academy | of | Arts | and | Sciences: | To the End of the Year
M,D(JC,XXXIII. | Volume I.[-IVJ. J
Boston: [Charlestown and Cambridge.] | Printed by Adams and
Nourse, in Court Street. | M,DCC,LXXXV. [-1821]. | o. BA.
4 vols. 4.
Parsons (S. H.) Discoveries made in the Western country. Vol. 2, pt. 2, pp.
119-127.
Pickering (J. ) On the adoption of a uniform orthography for the Indian
Languages. Vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 319-360.
77 - Memoirs | of the | American Academy | of | Arts and Sci
ences. | New Series. | Vol. I.[-X, Part I]. |
Cambridge: [and Boston.] | Charles Folsom, | Printer to the Uni
versity. | 1833.[-1873]. | C. BA.
9 vols., and vol. 10, pt. 1. 4.
Rasles (S.) A Dictionary of the Abnaki Language. Vol. 1, pp. 370-574.
78 Proceedings | of the | American Academy | of | Aits and
Sciences. | Vol. I.[-XIII.] | From May, 1846, to May, 1848 [-1878.] |
Selected from the records. |
Boston and Cambridge: | Metcalf and Company. | 1848.[-1878.] |
13 vols. 8. C. HU.
Morgan (L. H. ) A conjectural solution of the Origin of the classificatory system
of Relationships. Vol. 7, pp. 436-477.
79 American Annals. American Annals | of the | Deaf and Dumb, |
conducted by | the Instructors of the American Asylum. | Vol. I.
[-XXIV]. I
Hartford: [and Washington.] | Brown and Parsons, No. 182 Main
Street. | 1848. [-1879]. | JWP.
24 vols. 8. Have also seen vol. 25, pt. 1, Jan., 1880.
Mallery (G.) Thosign-languageoftheNorthAmericanlndians. Vol. 25, pp. 1-20.
80 American Antiquarian. The | American Antiquarian [and Oriental
Journal]. | A Quarterly Journal devoted to | Early American History,
Ethnology | and Archaeology. | Edited by j Rev. Stephen D. Peet, |
Comprising seventy [&c., &c., three lines]. | [Vols. I-III.]
Published by Brooks, Schinkel & Co., | Cleveland, Ohio. | 1878.
[Vol. Ill, Chicago, 1881.] | JWP.
Dorsey (J. O.) How the Rabbit killed the Hun er. An Omaha Fable. Vol.2,
pp. 128-132.
The Rabbit and the Grasshopper. An Otoo Myth. Vol. 3, pp. 24-27.
16 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
American Antiquarian continued.
Eels(M.) Indian Music. Vol. 1, pp. 249-253.
The Twaua Language. Vol. 3, pp. 296-303.
Gatschet (A. S. ) Sketch of the Klamath Language of Southern Oregon. Vol.
1, pp. 81-84.
Mythologic Text in the Klamath Language. Vol. 1, pp. 161-166.
The Numeral Adjective in the Klamath Language. Vol. 2, pp. 210-217.
Mallery (G. ) The Sign Language of the Indians of the Upper Missouri. Vol.
2, pp. 218-SJ28.
Rlggs (S. R.) The Theogony of the Sioux. Vol. 2, pp. 265-270.
81 American Antiquarian Society. Archaeologia Americana. | Transac
tions | and | Collections | of 'the | American Antiquarian Society. |
Published by direction of the Society. | Vol. L[-VI]. |
Worcester, Massachusetts; | Printed for the American Antiquarian
Society | By William Manning: | MDCCCXX.f-MDCCCLXXlV].
[1820-1874.] |
C. JWP.
6 vols. 8.
Gallatin (A.) A synopsis of the Indian Tribes east of the Rocky Mountains in
North America. Vol. 2, pp. 1-422.
Johnston (J.) Account of the Present State of the Indian Tribes inhabiting
Oliio. Vol. 1,269-299.
Mitchill (S. L.) Letter to Samuel M. Burnside, Esq., Corresponding Secretary
of the American Antiquarian Soc. Vol. 1, pp. 313-317.
82 Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society at their
Fifty -second Semi-Annual Meeting, held at Boston, May 31, 1843.
Worcester: Printed by Joseph B. Eipley. 1843. [-1880]. C.
75 pts. 8. The above, the thirteenth "minor publication," is the first 10 bear
the title of " Proceedings," the twelve preceding issues consisting of addresses, etc.,
beginning in 1813. The numbering of these Proceedings began with No. 49.
Le Plongeon (A.) Letter to Bishop Courtenay. No. 73, pp. 113-117.
Valentin! (P. J. .1.) The Mexican Calendar Stone. No. 71, pp. 91-108.
Mexican Copper Tools. No. 73, pp. 81-112.
The Katunes of Maya History. No. 74, pp. 71-117.
The Landa Alphabet. No. 75, pp. 59-91.
83 American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings |
of | the American Association | for the | Advancement of Science. |
First Meeting, | Held at Philadelphia, | September, 1848.[-1880J. |
Philadelphia: [Washington: Cambridge: Salem:] | Printed by
John C. Clark, GO Dock Street. | 1849.[-1881J. | 0. BA.
29 vols. 8.
Dall ( W. H. ) On the Distribution of the Native Tribes of Alaska. Vol. 18, pp.
263-273.
On some Peculiarities of the Eskimo Dialect. Vol. 19, pp. 332-349.
Morgan (L. H.) Laws of Descent of the Iroquois. Vol. 11, pp. 132-148.
Mallery (G. ) The Sign Language of the N. A. Indians. Vol. 28, pp. 493-519.
Powell ( J. W. ) Wyandot Government. Vol. 29, pp. 675-688.
84 American Bible Society. Specimen Verses | from versions in differ
ent | Languages and Dialects | in which the | Holy Scriptures | have
been printed and circulated by the | American Bible Society | and
AMERICAN ANTIQUARIAN AMERICAN MUSEUM. 17
American Bible Society continued.
the | British and Foreign Bible Society. | [Picture of Bible and one
line quotation.]
New York: | American Bible Seciety, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 187G. | ABS.
Pp. 1-48. 10.
John iii. 1C, in the following languages: Greenland, Esquimaux, Cree, and
Tinne, p. 36. Maliseet, Mohawk, Choctaw and Seneca, p. 37. Dakota, Ojibwa,
Muski kee, Cherokee, and Delaware, p. 38. Nez Perces, and Mayan, p. 39.
Another edition, similar except in date, appeared in 1879.
80 American Ethnological Society. Transactions | of the | American |
Ethnological Society. | Vol. I.[-Vol. Ill, Pt. I]. |
New York: Bartlett & Welford. | London: Wiley & Putnam. |
MDCCCXLV.[-MDCCCLIII.] [1845-1853.] | c. BA. ft
2 vols. & vol. 3, pt. i. 8. map.
Bartram (W.) Observations on the Creek and Cherokee Indians. Vol. 3,
pp. 1-81.
Cotheal (A. I. ) A Grammatical Sketch of the Language of the Mosquito Shore.
Vol. 2, pp. 2J55-264.
Gallatiii (A.) I. Notes on the Semi-civilized Nations of Mexico, Yucatan, and
Central America. Vol. 1, pp. 1-352.
Hale's Indians of North-west America, and Vocabularies of North
America. Vol. 2, pp. xxiii-clxxxviii, 1-130.
Seeman (Berthold). The Aborigines of the Isthmus of Panama. Vol. It,
pp. 175-182.
Squier (E. G.) Observations on Archaeology and Ethnology of Nicaragua.
Vol. 3, pp. 83-158.
86 American Historical Record. The American | Historical Record, | and
repertory of | Notes and Queries. | Concerning the history and an
tiquities of America | and biography of Americans. | Edited by Ben- ,
son J. Lossing, LL. D. | Vol. I.[-tJ |
Philadelphia: | Chase & Town, Publishers, | 142 South Fourth
Street, | 1872. | c.
8. I have seen only the first volume of this publication.
"Old Records from New Jersey," vol. 1, pp. 308-311, contains a vocabulary of
267 words and phrases copied from "The Indian Interpreter, Salem Town Record,
Liber B, in the office of the Secretary of State at Trenton, New Jersey, 1684."
87 American Museum. The | American Museum | or | Repository | of
Ancient and Modern fugitive pieces, | prose and poetical. | For
January, 1787. | [Two lines quotation.] Volume I. | Number I. |
Philadelphia : | Printed by Mathew Carey. | M. DCC. LXXXVII.
[-M. DCC. XLIL] [1787-1792.] | c.
12 vols. 8. Edited by Mathew Carey.
Edwards (J.) Observations on the language of the Mulihekaneew Indians.
Vol. 5, pp. 21-25, 141-144.
Johnson (Sir W.) Extracts of letters on the language of the Northern In
dians. Vol. 5, pp. 19-21.
Lord's Prayer in the Shawanese language. Vol. 6, p. 318.
This magazine was commenced by Mathew Carey, and continued with marked
ability for six years. The twelve volumes contain a greater mass of interesting
~2 Bib.
18 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
American Museum continued.
and valuable literary and historical matter than is to be fonud in any of our early
American magazines. Many pieces, though fugitive when written, are now of a
permanent value as documentary history, and might bo sought in vain elsewhere.
Among the contributors were many of the most eminent writers of the time. The
original lists of subscribers accompany the work. Bartlett.
88 American Naturalist. The | American Naturalist, | a | popular illus
trated magazine | of | Natural History. | Edited by | A. S. Packard,
Jr., E. S. Morse, A. Hyatt, and F. W. Putnam. | Volume I. [-XV,
No. 9.] |
Salem, Mass. | Published by the Essex Institute, 1868.[-1881.] | c.
14 vols. 8, and nos. 1-9 of vol. 15. 8.
Chever (E. E. ) The Indians of California. Vol. 4, pp. 129-148.
89 American Philological Association. Transactions | of the | American |
Philological Association. | 1869-1870. [-1878.] |
Published by the Association. | Printed by Case, Lockwood &
Brainard, | Hartford, | 1871. [-1879.] | JWP.
9 vols. 8.
Lull (E. P.) Vocabulary of Indians of San Bias and Caledonia Bay, Darien.
1873, pp. 103-109.
Trumbull (J. H.) On the best methods of studying the North American Lan
guages. 1869-70, pp. 55-79.
On some mistaken notions of Algoukin Grammar. 1869-70, pp. 105-123.
On Algonkin names for man. 1871, pp. 128-159.
Words derived from Indian languages. 1872, pp. 19-32.
Notes on Forty Versions of the Lord's Prayer in Algonkin. 1872, pp.
113-218.
Numerals in American Indian Languages. 1874, pp. 41-76.
On the Algonkin Verb. 1876, pp. 146-171.
90 Proceedings | of the | First [-Eleventh] Annual Session |
of the | American Philological Association, | held at | Poughkeep-
sie, N. Y., July, 1869. [-Newport, R. I., July, 1879.] |
New- York : | S. W. Green, Printer, 16 and 18 Jacob Street. |
1870. [-Hartford, 1879.] | JWP.
11 vols. 8. Usually bound with the Transactions, but also issued separately
with title-page as above.
The papers in the Proceedings are extracts only, and are usually quite short,
some of them being printed in full in the "Transactions."
Anderson (Rei: J.) The newly discovered relationship of the Tuteloes to the
Dakota Stock. Third sess., pp. 15-16.
The Huron Language and some of the Huron-Iroquois Traditions. Fifth
sess., pp. 23-25.
Ellis (Rer. R.) Observations on Dr. Trumbull's "Numerals in North American
Languages." Eighth sess., pp. 8-10.
Gatschet (A. 8.) Syllabic reduplication as observed in Indian Languages, and
in the Klamath Language of South-western Oregon in particular. Eleventh sess.,
pp. 35-06.
Gibbs (George). The mode of expressing Number in certain Indian Languages.
Third sess., pp. 25-26.
Hoffman (Dr. W. J.) Notes on the migrations of the Dakotas. Ninth sess.,
pp. 15-17.
AMERICAN MUSEUM AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. 19
American Philological Association continued.
Hurlburt (Her. T.) On the structure of the Indian languages. First sess.,
pp.2';-'J7.
Matthews (Di: W.) [The best way of studying the aboriginal tongues.]
Thiril sess., pp. 26-27.
Riggs (S. R.) Concerning Dakota Beliefs. Third sess., pp. 5-<3.
Trumbull (J.H.) True method of studying the North American Languages.
First sess., pp. 25-26.
Some mistakes concerning the Grammar, and in Vocabularies of the Al-
gonkin Language. Sec. sess., pp. 13-14.
On Algoukin names of the Dog and the Horse. Sec. sess., pp. 16-17.
A mode of Counting, said to have been used by the Wawemoc Indians
of Maine. Third sess., pp. 13-15.
Algonkiu Names of Man. Third sess., p. 23.
Contributions to the Comparative Grammar of the Algonkiii languages.
Third sess., pp. 28-29.
English words derived from Indian languages of North America. Fourth
sess., pp. 12-13.
Indian local names in Rhode Island. Fourth sess., pp. 19-20.
- Numerals in American Indian Languages, and the Indian mode of count
ing. Sixth sess., pp. 17-19.
Names for Heart, Liver, and Lungs. Sixth sess., pp. 31-32.
Annual Address of the President. Seventh sess., pp. 5-8.
- The Algonkin Verb. Eighth sess., pp. 28-29.
Names of the Sun and of Water, in some American Languages. Eighth
sess., p. 45.
91 American Philosophical Society. Transactions | of the | American |
Philosophical Society, | held at | Philadelphia, | for promoting |
Useful Knowledge. |
Philadelphia: | Printed by K. Aitken & Son, at Pope's Head | in
Market Street. | M.DOCLXXIX. [-1809.] | c. BA.
6 vols. 4.
Barton (B. S.) Hints on the Etymology of certain English words, and on their
affinity to words in the language of the Indian Nations. Vol. 6, pp. 145-158.
Collin (Tier. N.) Philological view of some very Ancient Words in .several
Languages. Vol 4, pp. 476-509.
Dunbar (W.) On the Language of Signs among certain North American In
dians. Vol. (i, pp. 1-8.
92 - - Transactions | of the | American Philosophical Society, |
held | at Philadelphia, | for | promoting Useful Knowledge. | Vol.
I. New Series. [-XV, Parts I & II.] |
Philadelphia: Printed and Published by A. Small, | No. 112,
Chestnut Street, | (Two doors below the Post Office). | 1818.
[-1875.] | C. BA.
15 vols. 4.
Hayden (F. V.) On the Ethnography and* Philology of the Indian Tribes of
the Missouri Valley. Vol. 12, pp. 231-461.
Heckewelder (Rn. J.) Names which the Leimi Lenape or Delaware Indians
had given to Rivers. Streams, etc. Vol. 4, pp. 351-396.
Naxera (E.) De Lingua Othomitorum Dissertatio. Vol. 5, pp. 249-296.
Zeisberger (Her. D.) A Grammar of the Language of the Lenni Lenape, or
Delaware Indians. Vol. 3, pp. 65-250.
20 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
American Philosophical Society continued.
93 Proceedings | of the | American Philosophical Society, | held
at Philadelphia, | for | promoting Useful Knowledge. Vol. I.
[-XVIL] | For the years 1838, 1839 & 1840. [-1878.] |
Philadelphia: | Printed for the Society, | by John C.Clark, 60 Dock
Street. 1840. [-1879]. | c. BA.
17 vols., and pts. 102 and 103 of vol. 18. 8.
Brinton (Dr. D. G.) Nature of the Maya group of Languages. Vol. 11, pp. 4-6.
Contributions to a Grammar of the Muskokee Language. Vol. 11, pp.
301-309.
On the Language of the Natchez. Vol. 13, pp. 483-499.
Byington (Rev. C.) Grammar of the Choctaw Language. Prepared by the
Rev. Cyrus Byington and Edited by Dr. Brinton. Vol. 11, pp. 317-367.
Chase ( ). On certain Primitive Names of the Supreme Being. Vol. 9,
pp. 420-424.
On the radical Significance of Numerals. Vol. 10, pp. 18-23.
Gabb (Dr. W. B.) On the Indian Tribes and Languages of Costa Rica.
Vol. 14, pp. 483-602.
Gatscbet (A. S.) Remarks upon the Tonkawa Language. Vol. 16, pp. 318-327.
The Timucua Language. Vol. 16, pp. 626-642.
The Timucua Language. [2d paper.] Vol. 17, pp. 490-504.
= The Timucua Language. [3d paper.] Vol. 18, 465-502.
Hayden (F. V.) Brief Notes on the Pawnee, Winnebago, and Omaha Lan
guages. Vol. 10, pp. 389-421.
94 Transactions | of the | Historical & Literary Committee | of
the | American Philosophical Society, | held at Philadelphia, for
promoting | useful knowledge. | Vol. I. [-III. Part I. | Two lines
quotation.]
Philadelphia: | Printed and Published by Abraham Small, No.
112, Chestnut Street, | 1819. [-1843.] | C. BA.
Vols. 1, 2, and 3, part 1. 8.
Catalogue of Manuscript Works on the Indians and their Languages in the
Library of the Am. Phil. Soc. Vol. 1, pp. xlvii-1.
Duponceau (P. S.) Report of the Corresponding Secretary to the Committee
of his Progress in the Investigation of the Language of the American Indians.
Vol. 1, pp. xvii-xlvi.
Heckewelder (Rev. J.) An account of the History of the Indian Natives who
once inhabited Pennsylvania. Vol. 1, pp. 1-347.
Words, Phrases, and Short Dialogues in the Language of the Lenni Le-
nape or Delaware Indians. Vol. 1, pp. 451-464.
and Duponceau (P. S.) A Correspondence respecting the Language of
the American Indians. Vol. 1, pp. 351-448.
95 American Society. The | First Annual Report | of the | American
Society | for promoting the Civilization and General Improvement
of the | Indian Tribes in the United States. | Communicated to the
Society, in the City of Washington, with the | Documents in the Ap
pendix, at their Meeting, Feb. 0, 1824. |
Few Haven: | Printed for the Society, by S. Con verse. | 1824. | JWP.
Pp. 1-74. 8.
This pamphlet contains, pp. 47-65, an article entitled "Indian Languages,"
being a communication from the Rev. Jedediah Morse, Corresponding Secretary,
to the American Society, which includes the following papers:
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY ANALES. 21
American Society continued.
"Evesral [Several?] American Indian Nations. Copied from an ancient work
by Joanna Chamberlains. Printed at Amsterdam 1615." A list of four words in :
Algonkine, Guaranice, Chiltawice,
Caraibaice, S. Brasillice, Apalachice,
Chilice, Poconchine, Virginiane,
Mohigice, Mexicane, Keuebekice,
Savanahico, Sluice Provincia, Pequo Moheganice, )
Crickice, Chinches, Nor Arglice, J P. 55.
Extracts from a " Cherokee Spelling book by the Rev. Mr. Buttric [Butterick]
and David Brown." Pp. 59-62.
Greenleaf (M.) Indian Names of some of the Streams, Islands, &c., on the
Penobscot and St. John Rivers in Maine. Pp. 49-53.
Lord's Prayer (The) in the language of the Eastern Indians of New England.
Pp. 5:i-54.
Madison (Dr.) A few words in the ? language. P. 57.
Reaume ( ). Further specimens of the Chippewa Dialect. Pp. 56-57.
Remarks on the Seneca language; with a vocabulary. Pp. 62-65.
Roberts ( ). Remarks on the Cherokee Language. Pp. 58-59.
Saltonstall (Got:) The Lord's Prayer in the language of the Mohegan and
Pequot Indians. P. 54.
Specimens of the Chippewa language: from Dr. McCulluck's Indian Origin.
Pp. 55-56.
90 American Statistical Association. Collections | of the | American Sta
tistical Association. | Vol. I. [-II, Part 1.] | c. BA.
Boston : | printed for the Association, by T. K. Marvin. | 1847. |
Felt (J. B.) Statistics of towns in Massachusetts. Vol. 1, pp. 7-99.
97 American Sunday School Union. History | of | the Delaware | and |
Iroquois Indians j formerly inhabiting the Middle States. | With j
various anecdotes | illustrating their manners and customs. | Embel
lished with a variety of original cuts. | Written for the American
Sunday School Union, and | revised by the Committee of Publica
tion. |
American Sunday School Union. | Philadelphia: No. 146 Chest
nut Street. | 1832. | LSH.
Pp. 1-153. 24.
Some general remarks on Indian Languages, principally the Delaware, occur
on pp. 44-58.
98 Anales antiguos de Mexico y sus conrornos. *
Not seen; title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, where the work is described as fol
lows:
Under this title we find in the library of Sr. D. J. F. Ramirez two volumes in folio
containing in 1022 pages modern copies of 26 ancient fragments in the Mexican
language. Of some of these fragments there is only a translation into Spanish by
the Lie: D. Faustino Galicia; and others have the Mexican text in the margin.
He copied the index of the two volumes in segments, annotating his pages in order
to mark the extent of each fragment.
VOLUME I.
1. Anales de Cnauhtitlan.
Translation of an ancient Mexican manuscript which notices the migration of
all the tribes, beginning with the Toltecas and concluding with a notice of the
22 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Anales autiguos de Mexico y sus contornos continued.
arrival of the Spanish conquerors in 1519. The original manuscript belonged to
the College of St. Gregory, and thr.mgh the neglect of the translator the oiiginal
text is not transcribed. This manuscript was lost at the time of the final extinc
tion of the Jesuits. P. 1.
2. Anales toltecas.
This is an extract made by M. Aubin from a Mexicau manuscript in the time of
8r. Gondra, conservador of the National Museum. The original remained in his
possession. P. 231.
:!. Historia del seuorio de Teotihuacan.
Extract by M. Aubin. P. 255.
4. Lista de los pueblos principales que pertenecian antiguamente d Tezcoco.
P. 265.
5. Anales Tolteca-Chichimecas.
They begin with the departure of the tribe from the high land of CnUinacan
and conclude with its arrival at Tollan and incorporation with the Nonoalcas.
Translation from an original, lithographed at Paris from the manuscript of M.
Aubin. Commences with the departure of the tribe and terminates in the y< -ar
1526, saying, in conclusion, that it is the history of the people of Cuauhtliuchau.
P. 277.
6. Anales Tepanecas.
Mexican text and translation from an anonymous Mexican manuscript belong
ing to the Lici'n iate Galicia. It begins in the year 1426, and concludes in 1589.
P. 305.
7. Anales mexicanos. No. 1.
Mexican text with Spanish translation. They begin with the departure of the
Mexicans from Axtlan, and conclude on July 8th, 1605. P. 387.
8. Anales mexicano*. No. 2.
In both texts. They commence in 1168 and end in 1546. The original is in the
Mut-eum and is No. 16, catalogue 5 of the Museum of Boturiui. P. 511.
9. Anales mexicanos. No. 3.
They commence in 1196 and end in 1396. Extract by M. Aubin. P. 519.
10. A' ales injcxicanos. No. 4.
In both texts and with figures. They commence in 1589 and terminate in 1595 V
It is No. 13, catalogue 5 of the Museum of Boturini. The original is preserved in
the Museum. P. 533.
VOLUME II.
11. Anales de Mexico y Tlaltelolco.
lu both texts, with figures. They commence in the year 1473, and end in the
time of Cnanhtemotzin, during the siege of the city by the Spaniards. It is No. 15
of catalogue 5 of Bottiriui. The original exists in the Museum. P. 587.
12. Anales de Tlaltelolco y Mexico. No. 1.
In both texts. They begin in 1519 and terminate in 1633. They belong to
Boturini's Museum, and a e marked Catalogue 6. P. 605.
13. Anales de Tlalteh Ico y Mexico. No. 2.
In both texts. They commence in 1519 and terminate in 1663. In this number
there are different parts, as the title-page shows. P. 033.
14. Anales do Mexico y sus alrededores. No. 1.
In both texts. They begin in 1564 and terminate in 1711. They contain the
succession of Mexicatziuco, Tlaltelolco, &c. It is numbered 24, Catalogue 5 of
the Boturini Museum. The original is pn served in the National Museum. P. 667.
15. Anales de Mexico y sus alrededores. No. 2.
In both texts. They begin in 154(i and terminate in 1625. They contain the
successions of Tecamachalco, Tacnba, &c. P. 685.
ANALES ANAYA. 23
Anales antiguos de Mexico y sus contornos continued.
l(i. Anales clu Tlaxcala. No. 1.
In both texts. They commence in 1543 and terminate in 1603. P. 711.
17. Anales <le Tlaxcala. No. 2.
In both texts, and with figures. They begin in 1519 and terminate in 1692.
P. 7^3.
18. Anales de Pnebla y de Tlaxcala. No. 1.
In both texts. They begin with the foundation of the Mexican monarchy and
terminate in 1739. Copied from a manuscript in the Cathedral. P. 733.
19. Anales de Puebla y de Tlaxcala. No. 2.
In both texts, and with figures. They begin with the epoch of the Conquest
and end in 1674. It is No. 12 of catalogue 4 of the Museum of Boturini. The
original is preserved in the Museum. P. 801.
20. Anales do Puebla y de Tlaxcala. No. 3.
In both texts. They commence in 1664 and terminate in 1686. P. 833.
21. Anales de Tepeaca.
They begin in 1528 and end in 1624. Translation from a Mexican manuscript
with figures, which is preserved in the Museum, and whose text is intercalated
with them. P. 903.
22. Anales de Tecamachalco y Quecholac.
In both texts. They begin in 1520 and end in 1558. Copied from a manuscript
, lent by an inhabitant of Tlaltelolco. P. 911.
23. Anales de Quecholac.
In both texts. They begin in 1519 and end in 1642. They have the peculiarity
of having the designation in the Mexican language together with other irregulari
ties. It is No. 11, Catalogue 5 of Boturini. The original is preserved in the Mu
seum. P. 945.
24. Anales de Diego Garcia.
In both texts and with figures. They begin in 1502 and end in 1601. They
mention the succession of many different peoples. The title is given by one Diego
Garcia, the same who wrote the last notice in terms which make it appear that
he was the annalist. It is No. 14, Catalogue 5 of the Museum of Boturini. The
original is preserved in the National Museum. P. 979.
25. Titulos de tierras dc los indios de Cuitlahuac.
In both texts. P. 991.
26. Amojonamiento del pueblo de Techialoyan.
In both texts. It places the foundation in the time of King Axayacatl. P. 1009.
99 Analysis (An) of Pronominal and Verbal Forms of the Indian Lan
guages in the Exhibition of "Words and Forms of Speech, prepared
with a view to obtain their Equivalents in various Indian Dialects."
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 407-411. Philadelphia,
1853. 4.
100 Analysis | of the | Seneca Language. | Na na none do wau gau | Ne
u wen noo d;i. |
Buffalo: | H. A. Salisbury, Printer. | 1827. | ABC.
Pp. 1-36. 16.
101 Anaya (D. Cristobal Diaz). Arte para aprender el idioma Potonaco.*
102 Vocabulario Potouaco-Castellano.
This author is the same whom Eguiara twice mentions in his Bibliography by
the name of Don Cristobal Diaz Santa Ana. Berittain.
24 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
103 A N-D de Lorette. | S.
1 p. 16. Hymn in Iroquois and Algonkin.
104 Anderson (A.) [Vocabularies of tbe Northwest Coast.]
In Cook (J.) and King (J.) Voyage to the Pacific Ocean. London, 1784.
3 vols. 4. and atlas.
A few words of the Nootka Language, vol. 2, p. 335 ; numerals 1-10, p. 336.
Vocabulary (25 words) of the Language of Prince William's Sound, pp. 375-376.
Vocabulary of the Language of Nootka or King George's Sound. Vol. 3, app. 4,
pp. 540-546.
These vocabularies appear in both the English editions of 1784 ; in the Dublin
edition, 1784, 3 vols., 8.; and in the extract in Ker (B.) General History and
Coll. Voyages and Travels, vol. 16, pp. 255, 257, 285-286, and vol. 17, pp. 300-309.
Edinburgh, 1811-1817, 17 vols.
105 Vocabulary of the Tahkali (Carrier), and of the Hailtsa.
In Hale (H.) Ethnography and Philology, U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. 6, pp. 570-626.
634. Philadelphia, 1846. 4. Reprinted in Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, p. 103,
New York, 1848. 8.
106 Anderson (Alexander Caulfleld). Notes on the Indian Tribes of
British North America, and the Northwest Coast. Communicated
to Geo. Gibbs, Esq. By Alex. C. Anderson, Esq., late of the Hon.
H. B. Co. and read before the New York Historical Society, No
vember, 1862.
In Hist Mag., first series, vol. vii, pp. 73-81. New York & London, 1863.
sm. 4.
A few proper names with English signification.
107 Concordance of the Athabascan Languages, with notes.
Manuscript. 12 II. folio.
Comparative vocabulary of 180 words of the following dialects: Chipwyan,
Tacully, Klatskanai, Willopah, Upper Umpqna, Tootooten, Applegate Creek, Ho-
pah, Haynarger.
108 Notes on the Indians of the Northwest Coast.
Mannscript. 1*2 11. folio.
109 Vocabulary of the Klatskanai Dialect of the Tahculli, Atha
basca.
Manuscript. 3 11. 180 words, folio.
These three manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
110 Anderson (Johaun). Herrn Johann Anderson, | I. V. D. | uud wey-
hind ersten Biirgermeisters der freyen Kayserlichen | Tteichstadt
Hamburg, | Nachrichten | von Island, | Grouland uud der Strasse
Davis, | zum wahren Nutzen der Wissenschaften | und der Hand-
lung. | Mit Kupfern, und einer nach den neuesten und in diesetn
Werke ange- | gebenen Entdeckungen, genau eingerichteten Land-
charte. | Nebst einem Vorberichte | von den Lebensumstanden des
Herrn Verfassers. |
Hamburg, | verlegts Georg Christian Grund, Buchdr. 1746. |
Title and 14 p. 11., text 328 pp. and Register, 3 11. 8. map. C. JCB.
Dictionarioluin, pp. 285-299. Formularum loqnendi usitatissimarum, pp. 300-
303. Formvla conivqiiaudi verborum, pp. 304-314. Ten Commandments, Prayers,
&c., pp. 314-325.
A N-D ANDERSON. 25
Anderson (Johaim) continued.
Ill Herrn Johann Anderson. | I. V. D. | und wieland ersteu
Biirgenneisters der freyeu Kayserl. | Reichstadt Hamburg, | Nacb-
richten | von | Island, Gronland | und der | Strasse Davis, | zum
wahren Niitzen der Wissenschafteu | und der Handlung. | Mit Kup-
fern,und einernachden neuesten und indiesemWerke | angegebenen
Entdeckungen, genau eingerichteten Landcharte. | Nebst eiueui Vor-
bericlite | von den | Lebensumstiinden des Herru Verfassers. |
Frankfurt nud Leipzig 1747. | JOB.
15 p. 11., text 388 pp. and Register, 4 11. 12.
Linguistics as in 1746 ed., pp. 321-337; 337-341; 342-353; 353-368.
I have secu an edition, Kiobenhavu, 1748, 12, with no linguistics.
1 1-i Beschryving j van Ysland, | Greenland | en de | Strait
Davis. | Tot nut der wetenschappen en den | koo[)handel. | Door den
Heer | Johan Anderson, | Doctor der beide Rechten, en in leven
eerthe Burgermeester der | vrye keizerlyke Rykstad Hamburg. |
Verrykt met Platen en een nieuwe naauwkeurige Landkaart der
ontdek- | kingen, waar van in dit werk gesprokeu word. | Beuevens
een voorbericht, bevattende de levensbyzonderheden | van den geleer-
den scbryver. | Uit het hoogduitsch vertaalt. | Door | J. D. J. |
Te Amsterdam, | By Steven van Esveldt, Bockverkoper | in de
Beurs-Steeg, 1750. | JCB.
9 p. 1., pp. 1-289. sni.4. map.
Greenland Dictionary, Grammar, Prayers, &c., pp. 244-258; 258-262; 262-273;
274-28C.
113 Histoire | Naturelle | de L'Islande, | du Groenland, | du De"-
troit de Davis, | et d'autres Pays situes sous le Nord, | Traduite de
1'Allemand | de M. Anderson, de 1'Academie | Imperiale, Bourg-
mestre en Chef | de la ville de Hambourg. | Par M**, [J. P. Rousse-
lot de Surgy] de FAcade'mie Impe"riale, & | de la Socie"te Royale de
Londres. | Tome Premier. [Second.] | [Design.]
A Paris, | Chez Sebastian Jorry, Iinprimeur- | Libraire, Quai des
Augustins, pres | le Pont S. Michel, aux Cigvgues. | M. DCC. L. |
Avec Approbation & Privilege du Roi. | . c. JOB.
2 vols. 16.
"Supplement contenant Un petit Dictionnaire & qnelques Principes de la
Grammaire Groeulandoise," vol. 2, pp. 295-386.
Sabin's Dictionary, No. 1408, mentions an edition: Paris, Jorry, 1754.
114 - Beschryving | van | Ysland, | Groenlaud | en de Straat
Davis. | Bevattende zo wel eue bestipte bepaling van de ligging en |
grote van die Eilanden, als een volledige ontvouwing van hunne |
inwendige gesteltenis, vuurbrakende Bergen, heete en war- | me
Bronnen enz. een omstandig Bericht van de Vruchten | en Kraiden
des Lands ; van de wilde en tamine Landdie- | ren, Vogelen en Vis-
schen, de Visvangst der Yslanders | en hunne onderscheidc behande-
ling, toebereiding en | drogen der Visschen, voorts het getal der
Inwoon- | ders, hunnen Aart, Levenswyze en Bezigheden, | Wonin-
26 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Anderson (Johann) continued.
gen, Klediiigen, Handteering, Arbeid, | Veehoedery, | Koophaudel,
Maten en Ge- | wichten, Huwelyks Plechtigheden, Opvoe- | ding
hnnncr Kinderen, Godsdieust, Ker- | ken en Kerkenbestunr, Burger-
lyke Rege- | ring, Wetten, Strafocft'eningen en wat | wyders tot do
kermis van een Land | vereiscbt word. | Door den Heer | Joban An
derson, | Doctor der Beide Rechten, eu in Leven eerste Burgermees-
ter j der vrye Keizerlyke Ryksstad Hamburg. | Verrykt met Platen
en een nieuwe naauwkeurige Landkaart der | ontdekkinge, waar van
in dit Werk gesproken word. | Dit het Hoogduits vertaalt. | Door |
J. D. J. | Waar by gevoegt zyn de Verbeteringen | Door den Heer
Niels Horrebow, | Opgetnaakt in zyn tweejarig verblyf op Yslaud. |
[Designs.] |
Te Amsterdam, | By Jan van Dalen, Boekverkoper op de Golve-
niersburgwal | by de Staalstraat. 1756. c. JCB.
Title, reverse blank, 7 1., 286 pp., index 31. sin. 4. map. Linguistics occupy
pp. 244-286.
115 Anderson (.Rev. Joseph). The Newly Discovered Relationship of the
Tuteloes to the Dakotan Stock. By Rev. Joseph Anderson.
In Am. Philolog. Ass. Proc. third ann. sess., 1871, pp. 15-16. New York,
1872. 8.
Tutelo and Dakota examples.
116 The Huron Language and some of the Hurou-Iroquois Tra
ditions.
In Am. Philolog. Ass. Proc. fifth ann. sess., 1873, pp. 23-24. Hartford, 1874. 8.
117 Andrews (William), Barclay (Henry), andOgilvie( John). The Order |
For Morning and Evening Prayer, | And Administration of the |
Sacraments, | and some other | Offices of the Church, | Together
with | A Collection of Prayers, and some Sentences of | the Holy
Scriptures, necessary for Knowledge | Practice. |
Ne | Yagawagh Niyadewighniserage Yonderaenayendagh | kwa
orghoongene neoui Yogaraskha yoghse- | ragwegongli. Neoni Ya
gawagh Sakra- | menthogoonneonioyaAddereanai- | yentneOuogh-
sadogeaghtige. | Oni | Ne Watkeanissaghtough Odd'yage Adderea-
naiyent, | neoni Siniyoghthare ne Kaghyadoghseradogeagbti, | ne
Wahooni Ayagoderieanderagge neoni Ayon- | dadderighhoenie. |
Collected and translated into the Mohawk | Language under the
Direction of the late Rev. | Mr. William Andrews, the late Rev. Dr.
Henry | Barclay, and the Rev. Mr. John Oglivie [sic]: Formerly Mis
sionaries from the venerable Society | for the Propagation of the
Gospel in Foreign | Parts, to the Mohawk Indians. |
[New York: W. Weyman and Hugh Gaine.] Printed in the Year
M.DCC.LXIX. [1769.] | GB.
2 p. 11., pp. 3-204. 12.
Less than 400 copies were printed, and "very few remained among the Mohawks
when they retired to Canada in 1777." O'CaUaghan, in Hist. Mag.
ANDERSON ANNUNCIACION. 27
Andrews (William), Barclay (Henry), and Ogilvie (John) continued.
"The edition consisting of a small number were soon delivered out to the In
dians, except a few which wore, with the late Sir Win. Johnson's Library, seized
and made away with by the rebels, in 177(i." Adcert'utemenl to Quebec edition 0/1780.
Pages 1-74 (sigs. A to I) were printed by Weyman, 17G3-C8; the remainder by
Hvigh Gaiuo, who finished his work in December, 1768. Trumbull.
For other editions of the Mohawk Book of Common Prayer, see Claesse (L.),
1715.
118 Angel (P. Fr.) Arte de lengua Cakchiquel, complicate por el Padre
fray Augel.
Manuscript 94 11. 4. In writing which appears to belong to the end of the
18th century. This work bears no author's name. See the notice which accom
panies the following. Brasseur de Bourbourg.
1 19 Vocabulario de la lengua Cakchiquel, compuesto por el Padre
fray Angel.
Manuscript 225 11., 4, in the same hand as the preceding. This work, like the
above, is without the author's name; only we find at the end this note: "El P.
Fr. Angel suplica a los qne lean este vocabulario borren aquellas palabras quo
puden Causar ruina espiritnal y el uso las impime en la meinoria."
Although this note is not in the same writing as the vocabulary, it is presumable
the work is by him. It is important to observe in this connection that a large
number of manuscripts composed by the monks of different orders in Mexico, or
in Central America, are rarely written in their own hand: most of them dictated
their works to young native disciples. This explains the strange mistakes we
often find in their orthography. Brasteur de Bourbourg.
Anghiera Martyr (Peter).
See Martyr (Peter).
120 Angulo (Illnw. I). Fr. Pedro). Treatises in the Zacapula Language. *
In order that the neophytes should become fond of learning anil imbued with
Christian doctrine the following treatises were composed in the Zacapula language:
De la creaciou del Mundo. De la caida de Adan. Del destierro de los primeros
Padres. Del Decrelo de la Redencion. Vida, milagros y pasion de Jesucristo.
De la Resurreccion y Ascencion del Salvador. Del Juicio final. De la Gloria y
del Infierno. Rertstain.
121 Anleo (Fr. Bartolome"). Arte de Lengua Quiche". *
" Manuscript ; copy in Bib. Imp. of Paris; another in possession of the author
of this Monograph." Title and note from Squier, who in his Monograph of Authors
makes the following announcement:
"Arte de Lengna : )uic-hr. 6 Utlateca ; Compuesto por N. M. R. P. Fray Bartolome'
Anl5o, Eeligioso Menor de N. S. Pe. San Francisco. Edited, With an Essay on
the Quiches, By E. G. Squier, M. A., F. S. A., etc.
"This important grammar, composed about 1600, and copied in the year 1744
from the original in the possession of the Fray Antonio M. Betancur, by the Fray
Antonio Raminez Utrilla, has never been published. It is now in press, and wil
be issued to subscribers on the 1st of October next."
I have seen no notice of the publication of this work, and presume it has not
been issued.
Annunciation (Fr. Domingo de la).
See Anunciacion (Fr. Domingo de la).
122 Annunciation (Fr. luau de la). Doctrina Christiana mny cumplida,
donde se contiene la exposicion de todo lo necessario para Doctrinar
a los Indios, y adiuiuistralles los Sanctos Sacramentos. Compuesta
,IBRAR
28 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Annunciation ( Fr. luan de la) continued.
vr eu lengua Castellana y Mexicana por el inuy Reuerendo padre Fr.
luan de la Anunciacion, Religioso de la orden del glorioso Doctor
de la Yglesia sant Augustin. Dirigida al limy Excellente Principe
don Martin Enriquez Visorrey gouernador y capitan general en esta
nueva Espafia, y presidente del Audiencia real que en ella reside.
En Mexico en casa de Pedro Balli. 1575.
6 p. 11., pp. 1-275; in two columns, the Mexican in Roman, the Spanish iu
italics. 4.
Colophon :
A gloria y honra de Dios nuestro seQor y de la siempre virgen
Sancta Maria su madre y sefiora nuestra, fenesce la Doctrina Christi
ana muy digna de ser sabida que compuso en lengua Mexicaua y
Castellana el mny Eeuerendo Padre Fray luan de la Anunciacion
subprior de sant Augustin desta ciudad. En Mexico en casa de
Pedro Balli. 1575. *
Concludes with 7 11., tables and errata. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes.
123 Sermonario | en Lengva | Mexicana, donde se con- | tiene
(por el orden del Missal | Nvevo Romano,) dos Sermones | en todas
las Dominicas y Festiuidades principales de todo el aiio: | y otro en
las Fiestas de los Sanctos, con sus vidas, y Commies. | Con vn
Catbecismo en Lengva Mexicana | y Espanola, con el Calendario.
Compuesto por el reuereudo padre | Fray luan de la Annunciaeion,
Subprior del monaste- | rio de sant Augustin de Mexico. | [Picture
of Saiut Augustin with a church in right hand and book in left.] |
Dirigido al Mvy reverendo Padre Mae- | stro fray Alonso de la vera
cruz, Prouincial de la orden de los | Hermitanos de saut Augustin,
en esta nueua Espaiia. |
En Mexico, por Antonio Eicardo. M.D.LXXVII. [1577.] | Esta-
tassado en papel en pesos. |
8 p. 11., 11. 1-230. Above from fac-simile of title-page sent me by Sr. Icazbalceta.
It is to appear in his forthcoming work : Bibliograria Mexicana del Siglo XVL
Description from his Apuntes, No. 5, where title is also given, which is followed
by Cathecismo, etc., by the same author, q. v. Brasseur de Bourbourg describes
the above work in his Bib. Mex. Guat., from a defective copy.
"The Author, a native of Granada in Andalucia, took the habit of an Augus-
tinian in Mexico, devoted himself to the conversion of the Indians, became gov
ernor of the Convents in Puebla de los Angeles, and died in 1594, aged 80 years.
There is a particular Memoir of him and his works in Grijalva's Chronicle. Ra
mirez Sale Cat.
124 Cathecismo en lengua Mexicana y Espafiola, breue y muy
compendioso, para saber la Doctrina Christiana y ensefiarla. Com
puesto por el Muy Reverendo Padre Fray luan de la Annunciaeion
Supprior del Monasterio de Sant Augustin de Mexico. [Engraving
of St. Augustin different from the foregoing.] Con licencia.
En Mexico, Por Antonio Ricardo. M. D. LXXVII. [1577.]
10 p. 11. From 1. 231 to 1. 207 is the Catechism in two columns one in Mexican,
the other in Spanish: the former in closer lines and much smaller letters. On
1. 267 is the following :
ANNUNCIACION ANOTHER TONGUE. 29
Aununciacion (Fr. luan de la) continued.
A gloria y honra de Dios nuestro seiior, y de la gloriosa virgen
sancta Maria sefiora nuestra, en el vltimo dia del mes de Septiembre
se acabo la impression de aquesta obra, de Sermonario y Catbecismo.
Copuesta por el inuy reuereudo padre Fray luan de la Annficiacion,
Subprior del monasterio de Sant Augustin de aquesta ciudad de
Mexico. En Mexico. Por Antonio Eicardo Impressor de libros.
Aiio de. M. D. LXXVII. f 1577.]
125 - Aq Seco tiene uu Sermon para publicar la Sancta Bulla, q
por Mandamiento del ylluserissimo Seiior D. Pedro Moya de Cou-
treras, Arcobispo de Mexico. En Lengua Mexicana y Castellana.
[Mexico: 1577.] *
9 11. 4. Excessively rare tract. Fischer Sale Cat.
126 Another Tongue brought in, to Confess | the Great Saviour of the
World. | Or, | Some Communications | of | Christianity, | Put into a
Tongue used among the | Iroquois Indians, | in America | And, Put
into the Hands of the English | and the Dutch Traders : | Toaccomo-
date the Great Intention of | Communicating the Christian | Reli
gion, unto the Salvages, | among whom they may find any thing |
of this Language to be intelligible. | Ezek. iii 6 | People of a Strange
Speech, and a Hard Language | whose words thou .canst not under
stand, Surely had I sent | thee unto them, they would have heark
ened unto thee. |
Boston: Printed by B. Green. | 1707. | JOB.
Pp. 1-16. 16. The only perfect copy of the above known is in the library of
the late J. Carter Brown, Providence, R. I., where it was shown me by the- Hon.
John R. Bartlytt. There is a copy, minus the title-page, in the library of the N. Y.
Hist. Society. Mr. Trumbull, who copied the title from Mr. Bartlett's catalogue
of the Brown library, speaks of the work as follows:
This book is named in the list of Cotton Mather's publications, which is ap
pended to his Life by Samuel Mather. It contains "sentences in relation to God,
Jesns Christ, and the Trinity, in the Iroquois, Latin, English and Dutch lan
guages."
Why this, the first book in the language of the Five Nations, was printed at
Boston instead of New York or by whom the translation was made Mather does
not inform us. It may, with much probability, be conjectured that the copy
was furnished by the Rev. Thorowgood Moor, who was sent out by the Society
for the Propagation of the Gospel, in 1704, to labor for the conversion of the
Mohawks. He remained nearly a year at Albany, and visited the Mohawks
at their "Castle," but could not obtain their consent to his establishment of a
mission among them. Before November, 1705, he returned to New York, and
shortly afterwards went to Burlington, N. J., to supply the place of the Rev.
John Talbot (another missionary of the Society). Here, Mr. Moor gave offence
by refusing to admit the Lieutenant Governor (Ingoldsby) to the Lord's Supper,
and was punished by imprisonment. Having contrived to escape, he fled to Bos
ton, and in November, 1707, took passage for England, from Marblehead. The
vessel, with all on board, was lost at sea (O'Callaghau's Note, in N. Y. Documents,
iv. 1077). Mr. Talbot on his return from England had met Mr. Moor in Boston
and tried to induce him to go back to New York, but "poor Thorowgood said he
had rather be taken into France than into the Fort at New York."
30 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTiCS.
Another Tongue brought in, etc. continued.
While at Albany, Mr. Moor must have had opportunity to learn something of
the Mohawk language, from Laurence Claesse, the provincial Interpreter, who
had been a prisoner among the Iroqnois, "and understood their language suffi
ciently," and from the Rev. Beruardns Freeman, minister of the Dutch Reformed
Church at Schenectady, who "had been employed by the Earl of Bellamont in
the, year 1700, to convert the Indians," and "had a good knowledge of the dialect
of the Mohawks" (Humphrey's Hist. Account, 299, 302). When the Rev. William
Andrews began his mission work among the Five Nations in 1710, Mr. Claesse
served as his interpreter; and Mr. Freeman (who meanwhile had removed to
Brooklyn) gave the Society copies of the translations he had made of the English
liturgy and select portions of Scripture from which a Mohawk prayer-book was
printed at New York (Id., 299, 302). This "very worthy Calvinist minister" (as
Humphreys characterizes him) may have previously given Mr. Moor a copy of
or assisted him to translate this little manual. Mather would be glad to pro
mote its publication, and not disinclined to receive whatever credit he was enti
tled to for the work. And as Moor, while in Boston in 1707, was a fugitive from
Lord Cornbury's jurisdiction, there was reason enough the relation of Massachu-
. . setts to New York, considered, for omitting to mention the author's name on the
title page or in connection with the work.
127 Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. The | Jour
nal | of the | Anthropological Institute | of | Great Britain and Ire
land. | Vol. I. [-VIII?] |
London : | Published for | the Anthropological Institute of Great
Britain and Ireland, | by | Triibner & Co. 57 & 59, Ludgate Hill. |
All rights reserved. | 1872 [-1879?] | c.
7 vols., and vol. 8, pts. 1 & 2, are all I have seen of this publication. 8. The
Institute was formed by the amalgamation of the Anthropological Society of Lon
don, and the Ethnological Society of London.
Lloyd (T. G. B.) On the Beothucs, a Tribe which formerly inhabited New
foundland. Vol. 4, pp. 21-39; vol. 5, pp. 222-230.
128 Anthropological Society of London. Memoirs | read before the | An
thropological Society | of London. | 1863-4. [-1807-8-9.] | Vol. I.
London : | Published for the Anthropological Society, by | Triib
ner & Co. | 1865. [-1870.] | C. HTJ.
3 vols. 8. This society was merged with the Ethnological Society of London,
into the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland.
Bollaert (W.) Examination of Central American Hieroglyphics. Vol. 3, pp.
288-314.
Collinson (J.) The Indians of the Mosquito Country. Vol. 3, pp. 148-156.
129 Anthropological Society of Washington. Abstract of Transactions |
of the | Anthropological Society | of | Washington, D. C., | with
the | Annual Address of the President, | For the First Year, ending
January 20, 1880, and for | the Second Year, ending January 18,
1881. | Prepared by J. W. Powell. |
Washington, D. C.: | National Republican Printing House, |
1881. |
Pp. 1-150. 8. JWP -
Mallery (Garrick). The Sign Language of the N. A. Indians. Pp. 19-21.
ANOTHER TONGUE ANUNCUCION. 31
Anthropological Society of Washington continued.
Powell (J. W. ) On the Evolution of Language, from a study of Indian lan
guages. Pp. 35-54.
Wyandot Government. Pp. 76-92.
Ward (L. F.) Savugr and Civilized Orthoepy. Pp. 106-111.
130 Antonio (Caspar). Vocabulario de la lengua de Yucatan. *
This composition is named by Cogolludo in his Historic and" by Pindo in his
Bibliotheca. Beristain.
Quite a lengthy notice is given of this author and his work by Carjllo in the
Bulletin of the Mex. Geog. Soc., vol. 4.
131 Antrim (Bcnajah J.) Pantographia, | or | Universal Drawings, |
in the comparison of their natural and arbitrary laws, | with the
nature and importance of | Pasigraphy, | as | The Science of
Letters; | being particularly adapted to the orthoepic accuracy |
requisite in international correspondences, and j the study of foreign
languages. | With Specimens of more than Fifty Different Alpha
bets, including a concise description | of almost all others known
generally throughout the World. | By Benajah J. Antrim. |
Philadelphia: | Published by the author, and for sale by | Thomas,
Cowperthwait & Co. | 1843. | WE.
Pp. i-vi, 7-102. 12.
Cherokee alphabet with explanation of sounds, pp. 103-104. Numerals, 1-10,
of the Eclemanch, Esquimaux, and Greenland, p. 153.
132 Anunciacion(.FV. Domingodela). DoctrinaXpianabreueycopendio |
sa por via de dialogo entre vn maestro y vu disci- | pulo, sacada en
legna castellana y tnexicana y | copuesta por el muy reuerendo padre
fray | domingo de la anunciacion, vicario q | al presente es de cuyo-
acan, de | la orden del bien auen | turado padre set'o | Domingo. |
En Mexico en casa de pedro ocharte. | 1565. |
Title with wood-cut of 8. Domingo; verso the arms of Alonso de Montufar, to
whom the work is dedicated; dedication 2 pp. in round letters. Text, in Gothic
characters, two columns, 11. 3-84. The verso of 1. 83 is occupied by a wood-cut
of the Virgin and child with six other figures. Below we read :
A gloria y alaba^a de firo redeptor jesu xpo y de su ben- | dita
madre y pa vtilidad y proueclio de las aias, aq se aca | ba la decla-
racion breue y copediosa de la doctrina xpiana | 6 legna espanola y
mexicana, senteucia por sentecia, Fue | ympressa en esta muy leal
ciudad d inexico en casa d pedro | ocharte por madado dl yllustrissimo
y reueredissimo se- | fior do fray aloso d motufar, Arcobispo d la
dicha ciudad | meritissimo acabose a 15. dias dl mes d marco. 1565
anus. |
L. 84 contains the license to print the volume, signed by the President and
four auditors of the Andienrin of New Spain (Doctor G'aynos, Doctor Villalobos,
Doctor Horoxco, Doctor Vasco de Pnga, Antonio de Turcios), and dated at
Mexico, October 25th, 15i4. The reverse of this page is occupied by a beautiful
engraving, representing tin- arms of Castile, beneath which we read: "Philipus
dci gt-a Hyspaniarnm et in- | diariim Rex."
This precious book, which is very rare, perhaps the only copy known, comes
from the college of St. Gregory at Valladolid. It is perhaps the best preserved
32 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Anunciacion (Fr. Domingo de la) continued.
volume among the rare typographical productions of the New World. The four
engravings on wood, which we have mentioned, are very remarkable for their
artistic execution.
P. Domingo de la Anunciacion was born at Fuentevejuna in 1510, and came to
Mexico in 1528; three years after ho entered the convent of the order of brother
preachers, devoted himself to the conversion of the Indians, became very learned
in the Mexican language, and died in Mexico in 1591.
Quetif, Eckard, and Davila give to this work the date of 1545. Leclerc.
Beristain also gives 1545 as the date.
Annnciacion ( Fr. luan de la).
See Annunciacion (Fr. luan de la).
133 Aperssfltit okalugtuarissanut tastamantitorkamigdlo tastamanttta-
migdlo agcllagsimassunut. *
68 pp. 8. Queries and replies in the Eskimo language to Testamantitorka-
mik, q. v.
134 Apersutit kigutsillo unipkautsinut agdlangne hailiginetumit apos-
telillo kingorngane pijokalaurtunut illingajat. *
99 pp. 8. Queries and replies of biblical and ecclesiastical history, and
explanations of foreign terms, in the Eskimo language. These two titles from a
Greenland missionary, through Prof. Rink.
135 Apuntes en lengua Quekchi, y pequeflo confesionario en la misma
lengua. *
Manuscript, 18 11. 8. Without author's name. The words are in a sort of small
vocabulary and are not complete in Spanish.
The Quekchi, also called Cacchi, is the language of Coban in Verapaz, Guate
mala, as well as of many neighboring localities. Brasaeur de Bourbourg.
136 Ara (Fr. Domingo de). Bocabulario de lengua Tzeldal segun el
orden de Copanabaztla. *
Manuscript, 150 11. 4. T/endal and Spanish. Opposite the title-page are these
words: " De consensu snperioris habet ad ejus ussum fray Alonso de Guzman," and
on the verso of 1. 128, the last of the vocabulary, " Auo de 1616 afios se translado este
bocabulario." The 4 11. which follow give the beginning of the Arte of P. Do
mingo de Ara under the title: "Ars Tzeldaica facta a R p. Fr. Dominico de Ara
ordinis Prfedicatorum," in perfectly barbarous Latin. 7 11. additional follow, four
having connection with the devotion to the Rosary, in Spanish.
Although written by different hands and loaded with names and additions,
this work is still the original vocabulary of Fr. Domingo de Ara, called else
where de Hara and de I .urn. who is referred to in Remesal. When the original
was found to be worn, it was copied by direction and probably replaced the an
cient copy in the library of the convent of Copanahuaztla, whence it passed,
when this city was abandoned, to the Dominican monastery of Cindad Real
(San Cristobal). It was there presented to me, with many other precious manu
scripts, by Paniagua, last provincial of the order, at the time of its suppression
by Juares in 1859. Brasseur de Bourbourg.
137 Vocabulario en lengua Tzeldal juxta ussu oppidii De Copan-
abastla. *
Manuscript, 220 11. 4. This is the second part of the vocabulary of Fr. Domingo
deAra. On the first sheet are these words: "Delicenciasui prielati ad usum habet
ANUNCIACION ARA. 33
Ara (Fr. Domingo de) continued.
Fray Alonso de Guzman traslado este bocabulario el sobre dicho P e el aBo de
1620. aiios en la provincia de Tzeldales en el pueblo de Taquin Vitz." Below:
"Espana, seis pesos." L. 221, the last of the vocabulary, has on the verso : " Unus
Deus una fides unuz baptisma," and beneath : " Soli Deo honor et gloria." Bras-
tew de Bourbourg.
Beristain mentions one of these: Vocabulario de la Lengua de loa Indies de
Chiapa.
138 Doctrina Christiana y explicacion de los principales misterios
de la fe catholica, espuestos en lengua Tzeldal por el Ilmo senor D.
Fray Domingo de Ara, obispo electo de Gliiapa, aiio de 1560; obra
trasladada de su original por el padre Fray Jacinto del Castillo,
ano de 1621.
Manuscript, 128 11. fol. In very fine and clear writing, and the best preserved
of the manuscripts by this author.
The work is written entirely in Tzeldal, and is divided into chapters or homilies
without number or sequence. From the beginning to leaf 73, inclusive, they all
commence with the same verse taken from the Gospel: "Qui crediderit et bapti-
zatus fuerit, salvas erit." From verso of 1. 73 to verso of 1. 106 the commands of
God and of the church are treated of. Thence to the end, the works of mercy,
of capital sins, the unity of the church, and the creation of man. On the reverse
of 1. 117 the author calls himself "hoon atatomi Fray Domingo de Ara." I, your
father, etc., words which decide the question of the orthography of his name.
Further on in the same closing paragraph is given the date September, 1560
that is to say, twelve years before his death.
Below follows separately the declaration of the transcriber, Fray Jacinto del
Costillo, who appears to have finished this copy in the month of September, 1621.
He signs himself with the title of "Visiteur" to the town of San Juan Cancuc.
Srasseur de Bourbourg.
139 Egregium opus Fratris Dominici de Hara. De comparationi-
bus et similitudinibus. *
Manuscript. 140 11. sm. 4 In the Tzendal language. This is the work par
excellence of this author whose writings have been almost as much of a mystery
to bibliographers as the spelling of his name. The writing, which is very fine and
slender, if not his own, is certainly that of his amanuensis or copyist, for it belongs
to his epoch, and it is well known that the Spanish monks in America usually
dictated the works of which they were the authors. The copyist also was ordi
narily a young native disciple ; hence the errors and the mistakes in spelling which
we sometimes find in this class of works. The title-page bears a signature in a
different handwriting, that of "Lanreca de Ximena," which we find at the end
of the religious treatises which follow this work, as well as many others. These
treatises, in the Tzendal language, are :
140 In festo sanctissimi sacramenti. *
411.
141 Modus administrandi sacrainentnm matrimouii, en tzendal. *
511.
142 Sermo pro disponendis nubentibus, en tzendal. *
Gil.
143 Ztitzo ghibal hatezcau zpaz Confession zghoyoc zcan ych
Communion Ecuctac.
15 11. The volume terminates with the Tzendal Grammar of Domingo de Ara,
entitled:
3 Bib.
34 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Ara (Fr. Domingo de) coutinued.
144 Incipit ars tzeldaica J. K. P. F. Dominici de Hara, ad laudem
Domini nostri iuveuta et illustrata. *
Complete work in 28 leaves, of which half the last is lost. A sort of index ends
the volume, which is a genuine bibliographic gem.
Thus, as we have seen, the author's name is spelled alternately de or del Hara,
and de Ara. Remesal writes de Ara, but in the Teatro eclesiastico de la primitiva
Iglesia de las Indias Occidentales of Gil Gonzalez Davila, as well as in Pinelo and
Beristain, we find de Lara. Braaseur de Bourbourg.
145 Arana Xahila (I). Francisco Ernantez). Manuscrit Cakchiquel.
Memorial de Tecpan-Atitlau (Solola), histoire des deux families ro-
yales du royaume des Cakchiquels d'lximche" ou Guatemala, rddige
en langue Cakchiquele par le prince Don Francisco Eruautez Araiia-
Xahila, des rois Ahpozotziles. *
Manuscript. 68 11. fol. Cachiquel text and an attempted French translation
opposite. Copy of the original made by me with the translation during my stay
at Rabinal.
It is a document of the greatest interest. It comprises the primitive symbolic
history analogous to that of Popal Fuh, but with numerous remarkable differences.
Then comes the history proper of the Cakchiquel Kingdom established at Iximche'
whose ruins are found at about a league of the town of Tepan Guatemala.
The style of the work is varied and picturesque, and contains very animated
passages. Srasseur de Bourbourg.
146 Araujo (Martinez de). Manval | De los Santos Sacramentos en el |
Idioma de Michuacan. | Dedicalo | Al list , y Kev mo . Seiior Doctor
D. Jvan | Ortega Montafies mi Senor del Consejo | de su Magestad,
Obispo que fue de Durango, | Guatemala, y oy dignissimo Obispo
de | Michuacan. | El Bachiller Ivan Martinez de | Aravjo, primer
Colegial de el Colegio de S. | Ramon Nonuato, Abogado de la Heal
Audiencia | de Mexico, Comissario del Santo Officio de la | Inquisi-
cion de esta Nueva-Espaiia, Yisitador que | fue de las Cordilleras de
tierra caliente de dicho | Obispado, y Cura proprietario treinta auos
en los | partidos de Punguarehuato, e Iglesia Parrochial | de el
Archangel S. Miguel de Tlazazalca, y su | Inez Eclesiastico. |
Con licencia de los Svperiores. | En Mwcico: por Dona Maria de
Benavides, Viudad de Juan de Eibera | en el Empedradillo. Aiio
de 1690. | c.
7 p. 11. Leaves 1-93 & Indice 1 1. sm. 4.
"This is one of the rarest works on the Mexican Indian dialects. It is not
cited by Antonio or Pinelo, but a copy occurs in the Fischer catalogue. The author
was Advocate of the Royal Audience of Mexico, Commissioner of the Inquisition,
and Curtf for thirty years in the districts of Panguarehuato, and S. Michael of
Tlascala." Ramirez Sale Cat.
147 Archives litte"raires de 1'Europe; ou, Melanges de litte"rature, d'his-
toire, et de philosophie. Tome I.
8. Continued, 4 vols. a year. Contains some Indian vocabularies. Sabin.
ARA ARENAS. 35
148 Arctic Expedition. | Further | Correspondence and Proceedings |
connected with | the Arctic Expedition. | Presented to both Houses
of Parliament by Command of Her Majesty. | [Coat of arms of
Great Eritaiu.]
London : Prinfed by George Edward Eyre and William Spottis-
woode, | Printers to the Queen's most excellent Majesty. | For Her
Majesty's Stationery Office. | 1852.
Pp. 1-216. folio.
Hooper (W. H.) List of Esquimaux words. Pp. 179-186.
149 Arenas (Pedro de). Vocabulario Manual de las dos lenguas Cas-
tellana, y Mexicana, su Autor Pedro de Arenas.
En Mexico el aiio de 1583. *
Title from Boturiui's Catalogue. "Boturiui mentions an edition of 1583; I
think it should read 1683." Icazbalceta.
150 Yocabvlario | de las Leugvas | Castellana y Mexicana | en
qve se contienen | las palabras, preguntas, y respuestas mas co |
inunes, y ordiiiarias que se suelen oftre | cer en el trato, y comuiuni-
cacion | eutre Espauoles, e Indies. | Compuesto por Pedro | de Are
nas. | Iiupresso con licencia, y approbacion. |
En Mexico. | En la emprenta | de Heurico Martinez. [1G11.] *
8 p. 11., namely, Title, 1 1., License, 1 1., Prologo, 1 1., Tabla, 5 11.; pp. 1-luO.
sin. 4.
The date of the Petition is found at the end of the Privilege. The note to the
title of this edition in Sabin's Dictionary, says, "A volume of great rarity. A
complete copy is scarcely known." Ternaux, "A small and very rare volume."
Boturiui, in his Catalo^o del Museo Indio, places the Vocabulario under the
date of 1583; but as i I is not uncommon to antedate works priuted without the
year being named, I am inclined to believe the edition of 1611 to be the first.
Fields.
151 Vocabulario manual de las lenguas castellana y Mexicaua.
En que se coutieneu palabras, preguntas, y respuestas mas comuues
y ordinarias que se suelen ot'recer, etc., el trato y coumnicaciou entre
Espauoles e Indies. Compuesto por Pedro de Arenas.
En Mexico, por la Viuda de Francisco Lupercio, y por su original,
en la Puebla, por la Viuda de Miguel de Ortega y Bouilla. [1611 ? | *
In 8 C . Though without date it is known to be of the year 1611, as indicated
by the Privilege. Brasseur de Hourboiirg.
It will be noticed that in the titles, t-ach without date, given by Fields and by
Brasseur de Bourbourg, the imprints differ. I have seen two copies of still another
without date, and with :i different imprint from either of those given above: one
of these is in the library of J. Carter Brown, the other in that of Harvard Uni
versity; to the latter has been added in pencil I he date of 1011. The title is as
follows :
152 Vocabulario | Manual | de las Lenguas | Castellana, y Mexi
cana. | En que se contienen | las palabras, preguntas, y respuestas
mas | commies, y ordinarias, que se suelen | offrecer en el trato y
comunicaciou | eutre Espaiioles, e Indios. | Corapoeete, por | Pedro
de Arenas. | Impresso con liceucia, y aprobacion. |
36 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Arenas (Pedro de) continued.
EU Mexico. | En la impreuta de Fran- | cisco de Rivera Calderon:
en la calle | de S. Augustin. | [1611?] HU. JOB.
5 p. 11. ,140 pp. 24".
153 Vocabvlario | Mauual | de las Leugvas | Castellaua, y Mexi
cana. | En qve se coutieuen las | palabras, preguntas, y respuestas
mas comunes, | y ordinarias quo se suelen ofrecer en el | trato, y
comunicacion entre | Espauoles | e Indies. | Emmendado en esta
vltima impression | Compuesto por Pe- | dro de Arenas. | Impresso
con licencia, y Aprobacion. |
En Mexico. | En la impreuta de la viuda de | Bernardo Calderou
Ano de M. DO. LXXXIII. [1083.] | JOB.
4 p. 11., 118 11., 1 1. n. 11. 1(5. Icazhalceta's Ajiuiites says there are two distinct
cdilions of this date.
154 Vocabvlario | Manval | de las Lengvas | Castellana, y Me-
xicana. | Eu que se contienen las | palabras, preguutas y respuestas
mas comu- | ues y ordinarias que se suelen ofrecer en el | trato y
comunicacion entre | Espanoles, e Indios. | Cornpuesto por Pedro |
de Arenas. | Con Liceucia. |
En Mexico. | Por la Viuda de Francisco Rodriguez Lu- | percio,
en la pneute de Palacio. | Auo de 1690. | JOB.
4 p. 11., 120 pp. 16.
155 Vocabulario Manual de las Lenguas Castellana y Mexicana,
en que se contienen las palabras, preguntas y respuestas mas com
munes, y ordinarias, que se seulen ofi'recer en el trato, y commnni-
cacion entre Espauoles, e Indios, cotnpuesto por Pedro de Arenas.
Mexico, 1700. *
12. Not seeii ; title from Sahin's Dictionary.
156 Vocabulario manual de las lenguas castellana y mexicana,
en que se coutienen las palabras, preguntas y respuestas mas comu
nes y ordinarias, que se suelen offrecer en el trato y commuuicacion
entre Espanoles e Indios.
Mexico, F. de Kivera Calderon, 1728. *
6 p. 11., 140 pp. 8. Title from Tross' Bib.-Mex.
157 Vocabulario Manual de las Lenguas Castellana y Mexicana,
en que se contieneu las palabras mas comunes en communicaciou
entre Espanoles e Indios.
Mexico, Herederos de la Viuda de B. Calderon, [cir. 1730]. *
12. Not seen; title from Quaritch.
158 iii Vocabulario | Manual | de las Lenguas | Castellana, y
Mexicana, | en que se contienen | las palabras, preguntas, y respu
estas | mas comunes, y ordinarias que se sue | leu ofrecer en el trato,
y comu- | nicacion entre Espafioles, 6 | Indies. | Compuesto | por
Pedro de Arenas. | [Figure.]
ARENAS ARROYO DE LA CUESTA.
37
Arenas (Pedro de) continued.
Eeimpreso con Liseucia y approbacion. | En la Puebla de | Los
Angeles | En la Oflcina de Don Pedro de la | Eosa en el Portal de
las Flores | Aiio de 1793. | %* | GB.
6 p. 11., pp. 1-145. 16.
Spanish-Mexican, pp. 1-101, Mexican-Spanish, pp. 102-145.
159 - Vocabulario | Manual | de las Lenguas | Castellana, y Me-
xicaua | en que se contienen | laspalabras, preguntas, yres- | puestas
uias comunes, y ordinarias | que se suelen ofrecer en el trato, y |
couiunicaciou entre Espauoles, e | Indies. | Compuesta | por Pedro
de Arenas. |
Eeimpreso en Puebla en la Imprenta del | hospital de S. Pedro,
cargo del C. | Manuel Bueii Abad Aiio de 1831. | GB.
11 pp. n. n.,pp. 1-132. 16. The paging of this volume is the reverse of ordinary,
the odd numbers being on the left-hand page and the even on the right hand.
Spanish-Mexican, pp. 1-93; Mexican-Spanish, pp. 94-132.
ICO - Guide de la Conversation en trois langues Franc,ais, Espa-
gnol et Mexicaiu conteuautuu petit abrege" dela GrammaireMexicaiue,
un Vocabulaire des inots les plus usuels et des Dialogues Familiers,
par Pedro de Arenas. Eevu et Traduit en Frangais par M. Charles
Bomey.
Paris : Maisonneuve et C le , 1862. BA.
Pp. 1-72. 12.
161 Arny (Gov. W. F. M.) Vocabulary of the Navajo Indians.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
in 1874. Governor Arny was assisted by Prof. Valentine Friese and Rev. W. B.
Forrey.
162 Arroyo de la Cuesta (P. F. Felipe). Grammar | of the | Mutsun
Language, | spoken at the Mission of San Juan Bautista, | Alta
California. | By | Father Felipe Arroyo de la Cuesta, | of the Order
of St. Francis. |
New York : | Cramoisy Press. | 1861. |
Second title :
Extracto | de la | Gramatica Mutsun, | 6 de la lengua de los Natu-
rales de la | Mision de San Juan Bautista, | compuesta | por el Eev.
Padre Fray Felipe Arroyo | de la Cuesta, | del orden serafico de N. P.
Sail Francisco, Ministro | de dicha Mision en 1816. |
Nueva-York. | 1861. | BA. JWP.
Pp. i-viii, 9-48. 8. English title recto of 1. 2 ; Spanish title recto of 1. 3.
Shea's Library of American Linguistics, vol. iv.
163 - A | Vocabulary or Phrase Book | of the | Mutsun Lan
guage 1 of Alta California. | By the Eev. F. Felipe Arroyo de la
Cuesta, | of the order of St. Francis. |
New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1862. |
Second title :
Jesus, Maria et Josp. | Alphab". Eivulus Obeundus, | exprimatio-
nnm causa | Horum Indorum Mutsun | missionis sanct. Joann. Bap-
OVED TITLE IN
JORRECTIONS.
/3 ,
38 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Arroyo de la Cuesta (P. F. Felipe) continued.
tistae, | exquisitarum | a Fr. Philipp. Ab. Ar. yo. de la Cuesta, |
Supradictse missionis Indiou. minist. | Opus pitillum, et renanscens
elaboratum meatim | in tempore attrepidationis ineae. |
Afio de 1815, | con privilegio de | Conveniunt rebus nomina
saepe suis. | BA. JWP. ft,
Pp. i-viii, 9-96. 8. English title recto of 1. 2 ; Spanish title recto of 1. 3.
Shea's Library of American Linguistics, vol. viii.
164 Vocabulary of the Mutsun.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 535-549.
Washington, 1877. 4.
165 Idiomas Californios.
Manuscript. 32 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
This manuscript, copied from the original in Santa Barbara, Cal., by Mr. E. ^ "
Murray, contains the following vocabularies: Esseleu, or Huelel Mutsun; San
Antonio y San'Miguel; San Luis Obispo; Nopthrinthres of San Juan Bajittsta
Yokuts; Canal de Santa Barbara; San Luis Rey; Karkin Mutsuu; Tuichuu
Mutsun (?); Saclan; Suisun Wintun; Hluimen, or Uhimen Mutsun; Lathruu-
nun Yokuts.
166 Arte de la Lengua Cahita conforme a las Eeglas de muchos Peritoa
en ella. Compuesto por vn Padre de la Compauia de Jesus, Missio-
nero de mas de treinta aiios en la Proviucia de Cynaloa. Esta lo
saca a luz, y humilde lo consagra al grande Apostol de la India Ori
ental, y primer Apostol del Japon San Francisco Xavier.
Ano de 1737. Con licencia de los superiores. En Mexico en la
Imprenta de D. Francisco Xavier Sanchez, en el pueute de Palacio. *
5 p. 11. and some additional leaves containing list of errors ; 118 pp. A Spanish-
Cahita vocabulary occupies 26 unnumbered 11. Not seen ; title from Icazbalceta's
Apuntes.
"This is the only printed Grammar mentioned by Piuentel as having been used
by him in composing his Notice of the Cahita Language. It is the language
spoken chiefly in the provinces of Sonora .and Sinaloa, and is divided by Pimeutel
into three dialects Yaqui, Mayo, and Tehueco." Ramirez Bib. Mac.
167 Arte de la Lengua Vulgar Mexicana de Guatemala, qual se habla en
Ezcuintla y otros pueblos del Eeyno. *
Manuscript. 30 11. 4. Very well written, but worm-eaten throughout, and not
complete. This, with a copy equally worm-eaten, is all that remains of the Mexi
can vernacular of Central America. I have reason to believe that this vernacular
is the same that Mr. Squier calls, following Juarras, the language of Nahuat. It
differs especially from pure Mexican, in having the consonant I omitted after t in
the middle and end of the words. Brasseur de Bourtourg.
168 Arte de lengua Otorni, Vocabulario, Uoctrina &c. *
Manuscript. 56 11. 4. Without title. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes.
169 Arte de Lengua Qiche yllustrado cou algimas notas que estan pues.
tas al fin * * * por un aficionado a este ydioma. 1793. *
Manuscript, am. 4. Evidently written by some Spanish monk in Mexico or
Guatemala, and intended for publication. It is a work which evidences the labour
of many years, and must be extremely valuable even now. Quaritch Cat.
170 Arte Mexicano. *
Manuscript. 13 11. 4. Title from Icazbalceta'a Apuntes.
ARROYO DE LA CUESTA ASSIKINACK.
39
171 Arte y Cartilla del Idioma Othomi. *
Manuscript. Cent, xviii. 4. Contains grammar, vocabulary and catechism.
Fischer Sale Cat.
172 Asbury (Daniel B.) Muskokvlke Enakcokv Esyvbiketv. | The Mus-
cogee Hymn Book. | Collected and Revised | by order of the | Meth
odist Cornniittf[e]e, on Translation. | By Daniel B. Asbury. | [3 lines
quotation.] |
Baptist Mission Press, C. X. : | J. Candy, Printer. | 1855. | JWP.
Pp. 1-82. , 1 1. 24. See Fleming ( J . ) and Loughridge (R. M. ) for other editions.
Aspberry (D. P.)
Sec Harrison (P.) and Aspberry (D. P.)
173 Assail (Friedrich Wilhelm). Nachrichten iiber die friiheren Ein-
wohner von Nordamerika und ihre Denkmiiler, gesammelt von Frie
drich Wilhelm Assail, Berghauptmann des Staates Pennsylvanien.
Herausgegeben mit einem Vorberichte von Franz Jos. Mone.
Heidelberg, A. Oswald, 1827. *
152 pp. 8. Atlas. "Almost a literal translation of Vol. I of the Archaeologia
Americana." Sabin.
174 Assembly's | (The) | Catechism. |
Printed at Stockbridge, Massachusetts, | by Loring Andrews. |
1795. | MHS. GB.
Pp. 1-31. 12. Colophon: The foregoing is printed in the | Moheakannuk, or
Stockbridge Indian Language.
The Assembly's Shorter Catechism, pp. 3-27. "Dr. Watts' Shorter Catechism
for Children," pp. 27-31.
175 Assembly's (The) Shorter Catechism. BA.
No title-page. 34 pp. 24. Colophon: "The foregoing is printed in the Mohea
kannuk or Stockbridge Indian Language."
"Assembly's Shorter Catechism," pp. 1-22; "Dr. Watt's Shorter Catechism for
Children," pp. 22-25; Extracts from the Gospels, pp. 26-31; "Select Psalms," pp.
32-34.
A manuscript note on this pamphlet says: This translation was made by John
Quincey, and Capt. Hendrick who received his commission from General Washing
ton. Little else has ever been published into the Stockbridge language besides
this.
" This is one of the earliest translations made into our Indian languages, and is
understood to have been done prior to the American Revolution, while this tribe
dwelt at Stockbridge, Mass., on the Housatonic River." Schoolcraft.
176 Assikinack (F.) The Odahwah Indian Language. By F. Assiki-
nack, a warrior of the Odahwahs.
In Canadian Institute Proc., vol. 3, new series, pp. 481-485. Toronto, 1858. 8.
177 Remarks on the paper headed "The Odowah Indian Lan
guage" published in the Canadian Journal for November, 1858. By
F. Assikinack. Read before the Canadian Institute, 14th January,
1860. 0.
In Canadian Institute Proc., new series, vol. 5, pp. 182-186. Toronto, 1860. 8.
Supplementary to paper by the same author in vol. iii.
' OVED TITLE IN
RRECTIQKS.
40 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
178 Attend the House of God. C.
2 pp. 12. Tract in the Chippewa language.
179 Atuagagdliutit. | Nalinginarnik | tuscaruminasassunik univkat. |
No. 1-45 [1-12]. |
Nungme Nunap Nalagata | Nakiteriviane Nakitat. | L. Moller-
mit. | 1861-1865. [1879-1880.] c. JWP.
An illustrated eight-page quarto paper, two columns to the page, printed in
Eskimo at Godthaab, Greenland. First issued Jan., 1861, and contimied to the
present. It is not issued at stated intervals. Up to and including the issue of
April, 1874 (No. 193), the columns were numbered consecutively to 3,081. This
is followed by 24 columns index. Since that time there has been six volumes
issued (to Ap. 15, 1880), each containing 192 columns, making in all 4,257 columns.
180 Atwater (Caleb). Eemarks made on a Tour to Prairie du Chien ;
thence to Washington City, in 1829. By Caleb Atwater, late Com
missioner employed by the United States to negotiate with the In
dians of the upper Mississippi, for the purchase of mineral country;
and author of Western Antiquities.
Published by Israel N. Whiting Columbus, (O.): 1831. BA.
Pp. i-vii, i-iv, 1-296. 12.
Remarks on Indian Languages, pp. 75-84. Rudiments of the Grammar of the
Sioux Language, pp. 149-151. A vocabulary of the Sioux Language, pp. 152-172.
181 The | Writings | of | Caleb Atwater. |
Columbus. | Published by the Author. | Printed by Scott and
Wright. | 1833. | 0.
Pp. 1-8. 1 1. pp. 9-408. 8. This work is made up of two articles: "A Descrip
tion of the Antiquities discovered in the Western Country: originally communi
cated to the American Antiquarian Society, by Caleb Atwater" (pp. 9-165), and:
"Remarks made on a Tour to Prairie du Chien; thence to Washington City, in
1829" (pp. 167-408). The latter contains remarks upon and a few examples of the
Ojibeway, Winnebagog, Sioux, and Osage.
182 The | Indians of the Northwest, | their | Manners, Cus
toms | &c. &c. | or | Eemarks | made on a tour to Prairie du Chien
and | thence to Washington City in 1829, | by Caleb Atwater, | Com
missioner employed by the United States, to ne- | gotiate with the In
dians of the upper | Mississippi, for the purchase of the | mineral
country, &c. |
Columbus: | 1850. | 0.
Pp. i-vii, 1-296. 12.
Remarks on Indian Languages, pp. 75-84. Rudiments of the Grammar of the
Sioux Language, pp. 149-151. A vocabulary of the Sioux Language, pp. 152-172.
183 Aubin ( ). Etude sur la langue Otomi. *
In Soc. Americaine Archives, 2d series, vol. 1, p. 333.
Not seen; picked-up title.
184 Aubin (M. A.) Essai sur la Langue Mexicaine et la Philologie
Ame'ricaine. Par M. A. Aubin. c.
In Soc. Americaine Archives, nouvelle serie, tome premier, pp. 334-353. Paris,
1875. 8.
ATTEND AVILA. 41
Anbin (M. A.) continued.
185 Langue Ame'ricaine; Langue Literature et Ecriture Mexi-
caines. *
In Encyclopedia du xix m " Siecle, tome xxvi, supplement, pp. 500-507.
Title from Triibner's Cat.
186 Avendafio (Fr. Andres). Diccionario de la lengua de Yucatan. *
187 Diccionario abreviado de los adverbios de tiempo y lugar de
la lengua de Yucatan. *
188 Diccionario de nombres de personas, idolos, danzas y otras
antigiiedades de los Indies de Yucatan. *
189 Arte para apreuder la lengua de Yucatan. *
Four titles above from Beristain.
190 Avila (Fr. Augustin). Libro de la explication de la Doctrina Chris
tiana en leugua Kiche.
Written and preserved in the library of the principal convent of Guatemala.
JBeristaln.
191 Avila (Fr. Francisco). Arte y Platicas en lengua Mexicana.
Mexico 169C. *
Title from Pimentel.
192 Avila (Fr. Francisco de). Espejo de Doctrina Xptiana para los
naturales. Compuesto en su idioma Mexicano por el R do . P e . Fr.
Francisco de Auila P. Lector del dicho idioma, y Cura mfo de la
Doctrina, en el Conuento de N ra . S ra . de la Assumption de la Milpan
y Electo en G D . de dho. Conu to . el aiio de 1713. *
Manuscript. 23 11. 4. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes.
193 Arte | de la Lengua Mexicana, | y breves Platicas de los
Mysteries | de N". Santa Fee Catholica, y otras para exortacion de |
su obligacion a los Indios. | Compuesto | Por el P. F. Francisco de
Avila, | Predicador, Cura Ministro por su Magestad | del Pueblo
de la Milpan, y Lector del Idio- | ma Mexicano, del Orden de los
Meno- | res de N". P. San Francisco. | Dedicalo | al M. E P. F. Joseph
Pedrasa, | Predicador General lubilado, Qualificador | del Santo
Officio de la Inquisition, Padre de | las Provincias de San Pedro, y
San Pablo de | Michoacan, y Zacatecas, Ex-Ministro Pro- | viucial,
y Padre mas diguo de la de Xalisco; | y Vice Comissario General
de todas las | Provincias de ^Tueva-Espafia, | e Islas Philipinas &c. |
Con Licencia delos Superiores: | En Mexico, por los Herederos de
la Viuda de Miguel | de Ribera Caldero en el Empedradillo. Aiio
de 1717. | c. JOB.
12 p. 11. 3711. 129.
194 Avila (Jose Antonio Magos Garcia de). Diccionario en Castellana
y Otomi, por Rev. Padre Jose Antonio Magos Garcia de Avila. *
Manuscript. 338 pp. 4. Cent, xviii. Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue.
42 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
195 Ayala (D. Gabriel). Apuntes hist6riocps de la nacion megicana en
leugua Nahuatl, que es la lengua antigua y sabia dc los megicanos. *
Manuscript iu the Museum of Boturiui. Begins in 1243 and concludes in
N 1562. Beristain.
196 Ayora (Fr. Juan). Arte y Diccionario de la lengua Tarasea. *
Title from Beristain, who copied it from Antonio.
197 Arte y Diccionario de la lengiia megicana.
Ho was very skillful in all three idioms [including the Illoca of the Philippine
Islands], and could have written in them all. Beristain.
198 Tratado del Santisimo Sacramento en lengua megicana. *
Printed, according to the testimony of Torquemada, Betancur, and Larrea.
Beristain.
199 Arte, Diccionario y Tratado sobre el Santisimo Sacramento
[en lengua Mexicanaj.
Title from Pimentel.
200 Azpell (Dr. Thomas F.) Vocabulary of the Klamath language.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 400-471.
Washington, 1877. 4..
201 Vocabulary of the Hoopa, and of the Klamath.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
in California in 1870.
202 Bacon (Olmer IS.) A | History of Fatick, | from its | first Settel-
merit in 1651 | to the | present time; | with | notices of the first
white families, | and also an account of the Centennial Celebration,
Oct. 16, | 1851, Eev. Mr. Hurt's address at the consecration | of Dell
Park Cemetery, &c., &c., &c. | By Olmer N. Brown, | Attorney at
Law. |
Boston: | Damrell & Moore, Printers, | 16 Devonshire Street. |
1856. | c.
lp.1., pp. 1-261. 8.
Lord's Prayer in Natick, from Eliot's Bible, p. 56.
203 [Baegert (Jacob).] Nachrichten | von der | Amerikanischen Halb-
insel | Califoruien: | mit einem | zweyfachen | Anhang falscher
Nachrichten. | Geschrieben | von einem | Priester der Gesellschaft
Jesu, | welcher lang. dariim diese let^ztere Jahr | gelebet hat. | Mit
Erlaubnuss der Oberen. |
Mannheim, | gedruckt in der Churfurstl. Hof- und Academic- |
Buchdruckerey, 17727 | JOB.
8 p. 11., pp. 1-385. 12. map.
Zwoyter Theil, Chapter 10, Von der Sprache der Californier (pp. 175-194) con
tains, pp. 186-189, the Lord's Prayer, the twelve articles of the creed, and thecon-
jugatiou of the verb "Amukri, To play," in the language of the Waicuri.
Translated and reprinted, in part, as follows :
AYALA BAEZO. 43
[Baegert (Jacob)] continued.
204 Au account of the Aboriginal Inhabitants of the California
Peninsula, as given by Jacob Baegert, a German Jesuit Missionary,
who lived there seventeen years during the second half of the last
century. Translated and arranged for the Smithsonian Institution
by Charles Kau, of New York City.
Iu Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rep., 1863, pp. 352-369. Washington, 1864, 8;
and in Ibid., 1864, pp. 378-399. Washington, 1865, 8.
Chapter x, Their languages (1864, pp. 393-398), contains, pp. 397, 398, the
Lord's Prayer, the twelve Articles of the Creed, and the conjugation of the verb
Amukri, to play, in the language of the Waicuri; and Appendix, p. 399, "Note
on the Cora and Waicuri languages by Francisco Piemeutal" contains a short
comparative vocabulary of the Cora and Vaicura, from Soc. Geog., Bol., Tom. 8,
p. 603. Mexico, 1862, 8.
205 Baer (Karl Ernst von). Statistische und ethnographische Nachrich-
ten | iiber | die Russischen Besitzungen | an der | Nordwestkiiste
von Amerika. | Gesammelt | von dem ehemaligeu Oberverwalter
dieser Besitzungen, | Contre-Admiral v. Wrangell. | Auf Kosteu der
Kaiserl. Akademie der Wissenschaften | herausgegeben | und init
den Berechuungen aus Wraugell's Witterungsbeobachtungen | und
andern Zusatzen vermehrt | von | K. E. v. Baer. | C^n^,^ t '
St. Petersburg, 1839. | Buchdruckerei der Kaiserlichen Akademie
der Wissenschaften. | 0. 73
Forms vol. 1 of Baer (K. E. von) and Helmersen (G. von). Beitriige znr Kent-
niss des Russischen Reiches. St. Petersburg, 1839. 8.
War song of the Bodegas with German translation, p. 21 ; short comparative
vocabulary of the Atua, Ugalenzen, and Koloschen, p. 99; short vocabulary of
the Inkiiluchluaten, pp. 119-120; a few words and numerals (1-5) of the Eskimo
of Behring Strait, the Kadiak, Eskimo of Igloolik, and Unalaschker, p. 123;
names of planets and months in Kuskokwimer, pp. 134-135. Chapter ix : Sprach-
probeu, contains a comparative vocabulary of the Chwachamaju and Olamentke,
pp. 234-235; comparative vocabulary of the Aleuten (of Fox Island), Kadjack,
Tschugatschen, Ugalenzen, Kenaier, Atnaer (of Copper River), Koltschanen (of
Copper River), and Koloschen (of Sitka), p. 259 (folding sheet) ; vocabulary of
the Kuskokwimer, pp. 259-270; vocabulary of the Koloschen, pp. 271-274.
206 - - and Helmersen (Gregor von). Beitrage | zur Kentniss | des
Russiscuen Reiches | und der | angranzenden Lander Asiens. |
Auf kosteii der Kaiserl. Akadamie der Wissenschaften | herausge
geben | von | K. E. von Baer und Gr. von Helmersen. | Erster
fSechsundzwanzigstesJ Biindchen. | Wrangell's Nachrichten iiber
die Bussischeu Besitzungen | an der Nordwestkiiste von America. |
St. Petersburg, 1839. | [-1871.] Im Verlage der Kaiserlichen Aka
demie der Wisseuschafteu. | C.
26 vols. 8.
Baer (K. E. von). Statistische und Ethnographische Nachrichten. Vol. 1.
I
207 Baezo (Perfeoto). Vocabnlario de las Lenguas Castellaua y Maya.
In Soc. de Geog. Bull., first series, vol. 18, pp. 215-217. Paris, 1832. 8.
44 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
208 [Bagster (Samuel)] editor and publisher. The Bible of Every Land.
A History of the Sacred Scriptures in every Language and Dialect
into which translations have been made : illustrated with specimen
portions in native characters. Series of Alphabets; coloured Ethno
graphical maps, tables, indexes, etc.
London: Samuel Bagster and Sons. [n. d.] ABS.
Pp. i-xxviii, 1-3, 1-406, 1-12. 4. Dedication, dated 1848, signed by Samuel
Bagster.
Extracts from the scriptures in the following languages and dialects: Esqui
maux of Labrador, John, chap, i, v. 1-14, p. 359; Esquimaux of Greenland, ibid.,
pp. 362, 363; Virginia, ibid., p. 365; Massachusetts, ibid., p. 366; Delaware, John,
chap, i, v. 1-10, p. 368; Cree, Matthew, chap, lii, v. 13-17, p. 369; Ojibway, John,
chap, i, v. 1-14, p. 370; Chippewas, ibid., p. 371; Mohawk, ibid., p. 375; Chocktaw,
ibid., p. 379; Dacota, or Sioux, ibid., p. 381; Mexican, or Aztec, Luke, chap, vi,
v. 27-38, p. 383 ; Otomi, Lord's prayer, p. 385 ; Mayan, St. Luke, chap, vi, v. 27-38,
p. 386 ; Mosquito, Lord's prayer, p. 387.
209 The Bible in Every Land. A History of the Sacred Scrip
tures in every Language and Dialect into which translations have
been made; illustrated by specimen portions in native characters;
Series of Alphabets; coloured Ethnographical Maps, Tables, In
dexes, etc. New edition, enlarged and enriched. [One line quota
tion.]
London: Samuel Bagster and Sons: At the warehouse for Bibles,
New Testaments, Church Services, Prayer Books, Lexicons, Gram
mars, Concordances, and Psalters, in ancient and modern languages;
15 Paternoster Row. [n. d.] C.
16 p. 11., pp. 1-36, 1-480. 4. maps.
Extracts from the Scriptures in the following languages and dialects: Esqui
maux, John, chap, i, v. 1-14, p. 438; Greenlandish, John, chap, i, v. 1-14 (1799
version), p. 441; Greenlandish, John, chap, i, v. 1-14 (1822 version), p. 443; Vir
ginia, John, chap, i, v. 1-14, p. 444; Massachusetts, ibid., p. 445; Delaware, John,
chap, i, v. 1-10, p. 447 ; Cree, St. Matthew, chap, iii, v. 13-17, p. 448 ; Cree, St. John,
chap, i, v. 1-10, p. 449; Cree, St. John, chap, i, v. 1-10 (syllabic characters), p. 449 ;
Chippeway, St. John, chap, i, v. 1-14, p. 450; Ojibway, ibid., 453; Micmac, St. John,
chap, i, v. 1-14 (phonetic characters), p. 454; Mohawk, St. John, chap, i, v. 1-14,
p. 456 ; Chocktaw, ibid., p. 461 ; Dacota, or Sioux, ibid., p. 463; Mexican, or Aztec,
St. Luke, chap, vi, v. 27-38, p. 465 ; Otomi, Lord's prayer, p. 467 ; Mayan, St. Luke,
chap, vi, v. 27-34, p. 468; Mosquito, Lord's prayer, p. 469; Karif, or Carib, St.
Matthew, chap, v, v. 1-12, p. 473.
210 Baird (Henry S.) Indian Tribes, Chiefs and Treaties. Hon. Henry
S. Baird.
In Hist. Mag., first series, vol. 8, pp. 178, 179. New York, 1864. sm. 4.
Remarks on language and names of Menomonee and Wiunehago chiefs, with
English synonyms.
211 Baird (Spencer F.) United States Commission of Fish and Fish
eries. | Part I. [-HI.] | Report | on the | Condition of the Sea Fish
eries | of the | South Coast of New England | in | 1871 and 1872
[1874-1875] | by | Spencer F. Baird, | Commissioner. | With supple
mentary papers. |
BAGSTER BALBI. 45
Baird (Spencer F.) continued.
Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1873. [-1876. J | JWP.
3 vols., 8, each vol. with different title-page.
Stone (L. ) Report of operations on the McCloud River. Part 2, pp. 168-200.
Supplementary list of McCloud Indian words. Part 3, pp. 428, 429.
212 Balbi (Adrien). Atlas | Ethnographique du Globe, | ou | Classifi
cation des Peuples | anciens et modernes | d'apres lewrs Langues, |
precede d'un discours sur 1'utilite et 1'iinportance de Petude des lan-
gues appliquee a plusieurs branches des connaissances humaines;
d'un aperu | sur les moyens graphiques employes par les differens
peuples de la terre; d'un coup-d'oeil sur 1'histoire | de la langue slave,
et sur la inarche progressive de la civilisation | et de la litte"rature
en Kussie, | avec environ sept cents vocabulaires des principaux
idiomes connus, | et suivi | du Tableau Physique, Moral et Poli-
tique | des cinq parties -du monde, | Dedie a S. M. 1'Empereur Ale-
xandre, | par Adrien Balbi, | Ancien Professeur de Geographic, de
Physique et de Matheinatiques, | Membre Correspondant de FAthe"-
ne"e de Trevise, etc., etc. | [Design.]
A Paris, | Chez Key et Gravier, Libraires, Quai des Augustins,
No. 55. | M.DCCC.XXVI. [1826] | Imprime" chez Paul Kenouard, Eue
Garenciere, No. 5, P. S. G. | JWP.
78 uunumbered 11. folio.
Division Ethnographique de 1'Ame'riqne et Tableau Ge'n&al des Langnes Ame'-
ricaines, sheet 44 ; Laugnes de la Region de Guatemala, sheet 51 ; Langnes de
Plateau d'Anahuac ou du Mexique, sheet 53; Langues du Plateau Central de
I'Ame'rique du Nord et des pays limitrophes a Test et a 1'ouest, sheet 54; Region
Missouri-Colombienne, sheets 55, 56; Langues de la Region Alle^hanique et des
Lacs, sheets 57, 58; Langues de la Cdte Occidentale de PAnxSrique du Nord,
sheet 58; Langues de la Region Bore'ale de 1'Ame'riqne du Nord, formant la
faraille dos idiomes Eskimaux, sheet 60. Tableau Polyglotte des Langues Ame'ri-
caines, sheets 69, 70, contains a vocabulary of twenty-six words in the following
languages :
Maya-Quiche. Timuacana,
Totonaca, Muskohge,
Azteque ou Mexicaine, Chikkasah,
Cora, Choktah ou Chaktaw,
Huasteca, Cheerake, Cherokee ou Cheleki,
Othomi, Woccons,
Tarahnmara, Katahba,
Panta, Mohawk,
Attacapas, Oneidas ou Onnoiout,
Chetimachas, Onondagoa,
Sussee, Senecas ou Maechachtini,
Paegan, Pieds-Noirs, Black Feet, Cayugas ou Quengnes,
Sioux ou Dacota, Yancton, Tnscaroras,
Winebago ou Puants, Wandot,
Ottoes ou Uahtoktato, Hurone,
Kanzes ou Konza, Hochelaga,
Omahaw ou Mahas, Sawanon on Shawanoese,
Minetare on Gros-Ventre, Sakis-Ottogamis, Sakis ou Sdkewi,
Osage, . Miumis-Illinois, Miami Propre,
46 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Balbi (Adrien) continued.
Pampticough, lies de la Rcine Charlotte,
Lennappe ou Delaware, Delaware, Kolouche de Sitka Sound,
" " Minn, " autre dialecte,
Sankitani, Tchinkitane ou Bale-Norfolk,
Narraganset, Ougaljakhrnoutzi,
Massachusett ou Natick, Kinai ou Kinaitze,
Mohegan, Mohegan Propre, Groenlandais Propre,
" Abenaki, " Bossoude la Baiedu Prince
Etechemine, Regent,
Gaspe'sien ou Micmao, Dobb,
Algonquino - Chippeways, Chippeways " Parry oude lie d'Siver, etc.,
Pr. ou Ochippewag, Tchougatche-Konega, Tchougatche Pro-
Algonquino-Chippeways, Algonquin Pr. pre,
Knisteneaux, Enisteneaux Propre, " " Konega de Vile
" Cree, Kadjak,
Cheppewyan, Cheppfwyan Propre, Aleutien de Vile Ounalaska,
Tacoullies ou Carrier, Tchouktche-Ame'ricou Aglemoute, .^jfe-
Cochirai Propre, dialecte de San Xaverio, moute Propre,
Santa-Barbara, Tchouktche-Americ ou Aglemoute de
Rurasen, Vile NuniwoTc,
Eslene, Tchouktche-Ame'ric ou Aglemoute de
Noutka ou Wakash, Vile Saint- Laurent,
213 Balitz (Antoine). Vocabulary of the Aleuts.
Manuscript, 10 11. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in
the Aleutian Islands in 1869.
214 Ballard (Rev. Edward). Indian mode of applying names. By Eev.
Edward Ballard, A. M., Rector of St. Paul's Church, Brunswick,
Maine.
In New Hampshire Hist. Soo., Coll., vol. 8, pp. 440-452. Concord, 1866. 8.
Indian names connected with the valley of tbe Merrimack, pp. 451, 452.
215 Geographical Names on the Coast of Maine. By Eev. Ed
ward Ballard, Sect, of the State Hist. Soc'y.
In Coast Survey, Ann. Rept., 1868, pp. 243-259. Washington, 1871. 4.
"An attempt at an examination of the geographical nomenclature of the coast
of Maine, for the purpose of furnishing a list of the names of Indian origin, with
their proper authority."
216 Ballon (E.) Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Shoshone Lan
guage.
Manuscript, 162 pp. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. In Intro
duction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d ed. Collected at the Shoshone and
Bannock Agency, Wyoming Territory, 1880-1881. None of the schedules are
neglected, aiid many are filled and additions made. Mr. Ballou has added much
to the value of his manuscript by copious ethnologic notes.
217 Bancroft (Hubert Howe). The | Native Eaces | of | the Pacific
States of North America. | By | Hubert Howe Bancroft. | Volume I.
[-V.] | Wild Tribes. |
New York : | D. Appleton and Company. | 1874. [-1876.]
5 vols. 8. maps. Vol. I. Wild Tribes. ; II. Civilized Nations ; III. Myths and
Languages; IV. Antiquities; V. Primitive History.
BALBI BANCROFT. 47
Bancroft (Hubert Howe) continued.
About one-third of volume 3 of Mr. Bancroft's work is devoted to "Languages,"
there being twelve chapters, pp. 551-79:5. In chapter i ue he gives a "Classifica
tion of the Aboriginal Languages of the Pacific States." The following are the
chapter-headings :
Chapter I. GENERAL REMARKS. Native languages in advance of social cus
toms Characteristic individuality of American tongues Frequent occurrence cf
long words Reduplications, frequentativos and duals Intertribal languages
Gesture-language Slav6 and Chinook jargons Pacific States languages The
Tinneh, Aizetec, and Maya tongues The larger families inland Language as a
test of origin Similarities in unrelated languages Plan of this investigation.
Chapter II. HYPERBOREAN LANGUAGES. Distinction between Eskimo and
American Eskimo pronu elation and declension Dialects of the Kouiagas and
Aleuts Language of the Thlinkeets Hypothetical affinities The Tinneh family
and its dialects Eastern, western, central and southern divisions Chepewyan
declension Oratorical display in the speech of the Kutchins Dialects of the
Atnalu and Ugalonzes compared Specimen of the Koltshane tongue Tacully
gutturals Hoopah vocabulary Apache dialects Lipan Lord's Prayer Navajo
words Comparative vocabulary of the Tinneh family.
Chapter III. COLUMBIAN LANGUAGES. The Haidah, its construction and
conjugation The Nass language and its dialects Bellacoola and Chimsyan
comparisons The Nootka languages of Vancouver Island Nanaimo Ten Com
mandments and Lord's Prayer Aztec analogies Fraser and Thompson River lan
guagesThe Neetlakapamuck grammar and Lord's Prayer Sound languages
The Salish family Flathead grammar and Lord's Prayer The Kootenai The
Sahaptin family Nez Perc<5 grammar Yakima Lord's Prayer Sahaptin State
and Slave languages The Chinook family Grammar of the Chinook language
Aztec affinities The Chinook jargon.
Chapter IV. CALIFORNIAN LANGUAGES. Multiplicity of tongues Yakon,
Klamath and Palaik comparisons Pitt River and Wiutoon vocabularies Weeyot,
Wishosk, Weitspek and Ehnek comparisons Languages of Humboldt Bay
Potter Valley, Russian and Eel River languages Porno languages Gallinomero
grammar Trans-Pacific comparisons Chocuyem Lord's Prayer Languages of
the Sacramento, San Joaquin, Napa and Sonoma Valleys The Olhonc and other
languages of San Francisco Bay Rnnsien and Esleue of Monterey Sauta Clara
Lord's Prayer Mutsun grammar Languages of the Missions Santa Cruz, San
Antonio do Padua, Soledad, and San Miguel Tatche' grammar The dialects of
Santa Cruz and other islands.
Chapter V. SHOSHONE LANGUAGES. Aztec-Sonora connections with the Sho-
shone family The Utah, Coinanclie. Moqui, Kizh, Netela, Kechi, Cahuillo and
Chcniehuevi Eastern and western Shoshone, or Wihinasht, The Bannack and
Digger or Shoshokee The Utah and its dialects The Goshute, Washoc, Paiulee,
Piute, Sampitcho and Mono Popular belief as to the Aztec element in the
North Grimm's law Shoshone, Comanche, and Moqui comparative table Ne
tela stanza Kizh grammar The Lord's Prayer in two dialects of the Kizh
Chemehuevi and Cahuillo grammar Comparative vocabulary.
Chapter VI. THE PUEBLO, COLORADO RIVER AND LOWER CALIFORNIA LAN
GUAGES. Traces of the Aztec not found among the Pueblos of Ne\V Mexico and
Arizona The five languages of the Pueblos, the Queres. the Togua, the Picoris,
Jemez and Zufii Pueblo comparative vocabulary The Viinia and its dialects,
the Maricopa, Cuchau, Mojave, Diegeno, Yampais and Yavipais The Cochimf,
Guaicuri and Pericu with their dialects of Lower California Guaicuri gram
mar Paternoster in three Cochimi dialects The languages of Lower California
wholly isolated.
48 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Bancroft (Hubert Howe) continued.
Chapter VII. THE PIMA, OP ATA AND CERI LANGUAGES. Pima Alto and
Bajo Papago Piiua grammar Formation of plurals Personal pronoun Con
jugation Classification of verbs Adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, ami in
terjections Syntax of the Pima Prayers in different dialects The Opata and
Eudeve Eudeve grammar Conjugation of aciive and passive verbs Lord's
Prayer Opata grammar Declension Possessive Pronoun Conjugation Ceri
language with its dialects, Guaymi and Tepoca Ceri vocabulary.
Chapter VIII. NORTH MEXICAN LANGUAGES. The Cahita and its dialects
Cahita grammar Dialectic differences of the Mayo, Yaqui, and Tehueco Com
parative vocabulary Cahita Lord's Prayer The Tarahuuiara and its dialects
The Tarahuuiara grammar Tarahumara Lord's Prayer in two dialects The
Concho, the Toboso, the Julime, the Piro, the Suma, the Chinarra, the Tubar, the
Irritila Tejauo Tejano grammar Specimen of the Tejano The Tcpehuana
Tepehuana grammar and Lord's Prayer Acaxde and its dialects, the Topia,
Sabaibo and Xixime The Zacatec, Cazcane, Mazapile, Hnitcole, Guachichile,
Colotlan, Tlaxomultec, Tecuexe, and Tepecano The Cora and its dialects, the
Muutzicat, Teacuaeitzica, and Ateacari Cora grammar.
Chapter IX. THK AZTEC AND OTOMf LANGUAGES. Nahua or Aztec, Chichiraec
and Toltec languages identical Anhuac the aboriginal seat of the Aztec
tongue The Aztec the oldest language in Anlihuac Beauty and richness of the
Aztec Testimony of the missionaries and early writers in its favor Specimen
from Parades' Manual Grammar of the Aztec language Aztec Lord's Prayer
The Otomf a monosyllabic language of Anahuac Relationship claimed with the
Chinese and Cherokee Otomf grammar Otomf Lord's Prayer in different dia
lects.
Chapter X. LANGUAGES OF CENTRAL AND SOUTHERN MEXICO. The Paine and
its dialects The Meco of Guanajuato and the Sierra Gorda The Tarasco of
Michoacan and its grammar The Matlaltzinca and its grammar The Ocniltec
The Mixtec and its dialects Mixtec grammar The Amusgo, Chocho, Mazatec,
Cuicatec, Chatino, Tlapanec, Chiuantec, and Popoluca The Zapotec and its gram
mar The Mije Mije grammar and Lord's Prayer The Huave of the Isthmus of
Tehuantepec Huavo numerals.
Chapter XI. THE MAYA-QUICHE LANGUAGES. The Maya-Quiche^, the lan
guages of the civilized nations of Central America Enumeration of the mem
bers of this family Hypothetical analogies with languages of the Old World
Lord's Prayer in the Chanabal, Chiapanec, Choi, Tzendal, Zoque and Zotzil
Pokonchi grammar The Mame or Zaklopahkap Quiche" grammar Cakchiquel
Lord's Prayer Maya grammar Totonac grammar Totouac dialects Huastec
grammar.
Chapter XII. LANGUAGES OF HONDURAS, NICARAGUA, COSTA RICA AND
THE ISTHMUS OP DARIEN. The Carib an imported language The Mosquito
language The Poya, Towka, Seco, Valiente, Rama, Cookra, Woolwa, and other
languages in Honduras The Chontal Mosquito grammar Love-song in the
Mosquito language Comparative vocabulary of Honduras tongues The Cori-
bici, Chorotega, Chontal and Orotina in Nicaragua Grammar of the Orotifia or
Nagradan Comparison between the Orotina and Chorotega The Chiriqui, Gua-
tuso, Tiribi, and others in Costa Rica Talamanca vocabulary Diversity of speech
on the Isthmus of Darien Enumeration of languages Comparative vocabulary.
218 Bandelier (Adolph Francois). On the Art of War and Mode of
Warfare of the Ancient Mexicans.
In Peabody Museum Repts., vol. 2, pp. 95-161. Cambridge, 1880. 8.
Mexican terms passim.
BANCROFT BAPTISTA. 49
Bandelier (Adolpli Francois) continued.
219 -On the Distribution and Tenure of Lands, and the Customs
with respect to Inheritance, among the Ancient Mexicans.
In Peabody Museum Repts., vol. 2, pp. 385-448. Cambridge, 1880. 8.
Mexican terms passim,
220 - - On the Social Organization and Mode of Government of the
Ancient Mexicans.
In Peabody Museum Repts., vol. 2, pp. 557-699. Cambridge, 1880. 8.
List of relationships in Nahuatl, pp. 567-569 ; days of the month in Nahuatl,
Maya, and Tzendal, p. 57-2; days of the month in Mexican, Quiche", Maya, and
Chiapaneca, p. 573; other linguistic material passim.
221 Bannister (Henry M.) Vocabulary of the Malimoot, Kotzebue
Sound.
Manuscript, 10 11. 4. 200 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
222 Baptista (P. Fr. Elias de S. Juan). Compendio | de las Exce |
lencias de la Bulla de | la Sancta Cruzada, en lengua Mexica | na
compuesto por el P. Fray Elias de | S. luan Baptista, Keligioso de
la orden de | Nfu. Seuora del Carmen de log des- | calgos de esta
Nueua Espafia | En S. Sebastian. [Escutcheon.]
j Con licencia y Privilegio. | En Mexico, a costa de Christoual de
la | Paz Alguazil de la Saucta Cruzada. | 11 En la Emprenta de En
rico Martinez | Interprete del Sancto Officio de | la Inquisicion. |
Ano 1599. | *
24 11., last 4 unnumbered. 8. Roman letter. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbal-
ceta. Beristain, who quotes from Pinelo, gives the date of 1001.
223 Dialogos en lengua Megicana.
Mexico, 1598. *
I have seen only one copy of this work, that in the college of St. Gregory of
Mexico. The dialogues treat of the examination of the conscience. Beristaln.
224 Catecismo megicano. *
Printed, according to Eguiara. Beristain.
225 Baptista (Fr. Hieronimo). Sermones en Lengua Matlanzinga. *
Manuscript. 4. Circa 1562. The author was a Monk of the Franciscan Order
and one of the earliest missionaries amongst the Indians, vide date of the present
volume, which appears to bo in the author's own handwriting. De Souza says
that a volume of Sermons, in the Matlazinga, was composed by Fr. Geronimo Bau-
tista, Franciscan, in the year IMid, in the College of Tlateluco, in Mexico. He
adds "This language is one of the most difficult of New Spain," and also states
that the volume referred to (no doubt the present) exists in the Library of the
College mentioned. Fischer Sale Cat.
226 Baptista (Fr. Juan), iff Confessionario tft \ en Lengva Mexi- | caua
y Caste | llano. | fl Con imichas aduerteucias rnuy necessarias para
los Confessores. | ff Copuesta por el Padre Fray loan Baptista | de
la orden del Seraphico Padre Sancti Francis- | co, lector de Theologia
en esta prouincia del san | cto Enangelio y guardian del conuento de
Sane \ tiago Tlatilulco. |
4 Bib.
50 NOETII AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Baptista (Fr. Juan) continued.
Con Privilegio | fl En Sanctiago Tlatilulco For Melchior | Ocharte.
Auo. 1599. | JOB.
Title; reverse woodcut. 1 1. and 15 other p. 11. Text 112 11. 12. "This work,"
the Ramirez Sale Catalogue says, "has caused much diversity of opinion among
Mexican Bibliographers as to whether there were more than one edition issued.
The present copy contains two distinct lists of erratas, each occupying 2 11., the
heading of the one being printed in roman letters, that of the other in italics.
Senor Ramirez has inserted a note in which he argues that both lists of errata
pertain to the one edition, and asserts in consequence that this was fhe only edi
tion published. Baptista, or Bautista, was a native Mexican. He became a
Franciscan of the province of Santa Evangelic de Mejico. He taught philosophy
and theology, and had for his pupil F. Torquemada, the author of 'Mouarquia
Indiana.' He was esteemed the most learned of his time in the Mexican language,
which he spoke and wrote with purity and elegance."
Tross gives this the date of 1599-1600.
227 Confesonario en Megicano y Castellano, con la preparacion
para recibir la Eucharista, y de los admirables efectos de esta.
Mexico, 1604. *
8. Title from Beristain."
228 Platicas antiquas que en la excellentissima lengua Nahuatl,
enmendo y crecento el ... P. Juan Bautista, Franciscano.
Mexico, 1599. *
8. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
229 - - Hvehvetlahtolli. JOB.
Title wanting ; incomplete copy. sm. 8. The following description is taken
from Bartlett's catalogue of the Brown library:
"Begins with signature A in the midst of the introduction signed by Fr. J. B.
on verso of the eighth (unnumbered) leaf of the signature. Text, signatures
B to N. The first and last leaves wanting; the remaining numbered 2 to 9."> (the
3d, 5th, and 7th not numbered, and the 74th misnumbered 34). On the reverse of
95th leaf begins a table of errata.
"Bought at the sale of Puttick & Simpson, 1869, whose catalogue ascribes to
the book the date, Mexico, 1599, which is also printed on the back. The title,
" Hvekvetlahtolli" (which means "old words" or "ancient sayings") runs through
the whole book on the top of each page, misprinted " Hvehretlatholli" on right of
38th, 48th, and 56th leaves. The work contains a number of those allocutions,
in the Mexican or Nahuatl language, which Indian parents or civil authorities
used to deliver at certain solemn occasions (cf. Sahaguu, Book vi., Chapter 19).
These are divided in paragraphs, numbered only in the first allocution, where a
misprint gives to the 25th (on reverse of 12th leaf) the number 32. In continua
tion are given some doctrinal allocutions of Catholic priests to the Indians in the
same language. They conclude on the reverse of the 76th leaf, and are followed
by other Indian allocutions of fathers, mothers, etc., translated from the Mexican
into Spanish, by the Franciscan monk Fr. Andres de Olmos. They are said to be
copied from the 223d chapter of the first part of Las Casas' " Apologetical His
tory," where it is stated that Las Casas received them, being in Spain, from
Father Olmos, in Mexico. They conclude ou the right of the 95th leaf."
Ternaux mentions this as follows:
230 Platicas Morales de los Indies para la Doctrina de sus hijos,
BAPTIST A. 51
Baptista (Fr. Juan) continued.
en lengua Mexicana intitulado liuehuetlatolli. Por Fr. Juan Bap
tista frauciscano.
Mexico, 1601.
Collection of moral laws for the Indians for the instruction of their children,
called in the Mexican huehuetlatolli. Ternaux.
Beristaiu also gives to this the date of 1601.
231 - Aduertencias | para los confessores | de los Naturales. |
Compvestas por el padre | Fray loan Baptista, de la Orden del Se-
raphico | Padre Sanct Francisco, Lector de Theologia, y | Guardian ^
del Couueuto de Sanctiago Tla- | tilulco: de la Prouincia del Sancto
Euangelio. | Primera Parte. | Con Priulegio. |
En Mexico, En el Conuento de Sanctiago | Tlatilulco, Por M.
Ocbarte. ano 1600. | JOB.
7 p. 11., text 112 11. Errata 2 11., and table 56 unnumbered 11., 12. Alternate
columns Spanish and Mexican.
The only copy I have seen of this work, that in the library of John Carter
Brown, was unaccompanied by the second part. Icazbalceta's Apnntes describes
the latter as follows :
232 - - Segunda Parte.
The same title, imprint and date; 16 p. 11. ; 11. 13-143; 11. 1-104 with the Index
Lucorum Communium hujus Secundse Partis.
Colophon :
" Excudebat Ludonicus Ocharte Figueron Mexici, santi Jacobi de
Tlatilulco. Anno Domini 1601."
In a letter received from Sr. Icazbalceta, he says:
"These counsels contain much in the Mexican language. I have seen three
different title pages of the second part. There are copies which contain the
same title page as the first, even with the words Primera Parte ; others have the
same, but with the title Segunda Parte. I have seen moreover one loose one
totally different from the others in regard to characters and escutcheons. The
strangest part is that in the other title pages the license of the Viceroy com
mences on the verso of the title, and in the loose one the reverse side is blank,
so that I do not know how it could belong to the copies. In the First Part the
fold C consists of 9 leaves; one page was left out in the first impressions, and two
were substituted for it; for this reason page 14 is duplicated."
233 Libro de la Miseria y breuedad de la vida del hombre: y de
sus quatro postrimerias, en lengua Mexicana. Compuesto por el
Padre fray loa Baptista de la orden del Saraphico Padre S. Fran
cisco, Lector de Tbeologio, y Diffinidor de la Prouiiicia del Sancto
Euangelio. Dedicado el Doctor Sauctiago del Riego, del Consejo
del Key N. S. y su Oydor en esta Real Audiencia de Mexico.
En Mexico. En la emprenta de Diego Lopez Daualos, y a su
costa. Ano de 1604. *
8 p. 11. ; 11. 1-152 and table 22 unnumbered 11. Title from Icazbalceta's Apnntes.
234 Vida. | Y milagros del bien- | auenturado Sauct Antonio
de | Padua : primer Predicador general de la | Orden del Seraphico
P. S. Fracisco : a | quien el Papa Grego. I. por la alte | za de su sa-
52 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Baptista (Fr. Juan) continued.-
bicluria, y exceleute | Doctrina, llamo Arclia Testa- | menti. | 1] Com-
puesta en lengua Mexicana por ej Pa- | dre Fray loan Baptista
Lector de Theo | logia, y Guardian de Tlacupan. | fl Dirigida a
Aluaro Rodriguez de Aze- | uedo, 'Sindico de la orde de S. Fraco. |
[Picture.]
En Mexico. | Con licencia, en casa de Diego Lopez Daualos. | Auo
de 1605.
9 p. 11. ; 11. 1-95; reverse of 95 and following leaf Table of headings, which is
not finished, owing to some missing leaves, upon which was also the beginning
of another alphabetic table, of which there are 4 11. remaining, followed by 1 1.
corrections. 8. Roman letter.
Colophon :
1J Acabose este libro en la iniiy noble y may leal cmdad de Me
xico Tenochtitlau, Vispera de la Inuencion de la Cruz. Afio de 1605.
En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos.
Title communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta. The work is in possession of Sr. D. J.
M. de Agreda.
235 A lesn Christo S. N. ofrece este Sernionario en lengua Mexi
cana. T Su indigno sieruo Fr. loan Baptista de la Orden del Seraphico
r r^a Padre sanct Francisco, de la Provincia del Sancto Euangelio. Pri-
* mera Parte. [An engraving, with a vignette of the Savior, and on
the margin tins legend: Ego svn veritas.] Dico ego opera mea Eegi.
Psalm 44.
En Mexico, con licencia. f Eu casa de Diego Lopez Daualos: y a
su costa. Afio 1606. Vendese en la tienda de Pedro Arias Librero,
en frente de la puerta del Perdon de la Yglesia Mayor de Mexico.
26 p. 11. ; pp. 1-710. On the latter a picture of St. Anthony, with this inscrip
tion :
Acabose de imprimir esta Primera Parte, en la muy insigne y muy
leal ciudad de Mexico Tenochtitlan, a treize dias del mes de luuio,
deste afio, dia del bieuaventnrado, y glorioso Sanct Antonio de Pa
dua, de la Orden del Seraphico Padre Sanct Francisco.
1" En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos, y a su costa. 1606.
Concludes with 24 11., tables, not numbered, and at the end:
Acabaronse de irnpimiir estas tres Tablas, it nueue dias del mes
de Febrero, de 1607. *
Only the first part of this collection of Sermons was published. In the preface
is to be found some interesting notices principally concerning the early writers
in the Mexican language. Icazbalceta's Apuntes.
The author gives an interesting list of sixteen works which he had published,
only two or three of which are now known to exist. He also refers to a second
part of these sermons, of which he had already printed "gran pedaco," but which
was probably never completed. Ramirez Sale Cat.
236 Sermones para todo el afio en Lengua Mexicano. Pero Solo
se imprimio el primero en Mexico, Afio 1609. *
3 vols. 4. This work, according to the testimony of P. Jesuita Tobar, grand
master of the Mexican Idiom, has no equal either in purity of style or substance
of Doctrine. Btristain.
_
54 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Baptista de Lagunas (Fr. Juan) continued.
Impresso e la Ynsigne ciudad de Mexico : En casa d Pedro Balli.
1574.
This is followed by 6 unnumbered 11., with the:
5 Tabla y resolution de las Preposiciones verbales o primeras
posicioiies de los mas principales Verbos, que en este Dictionarito y
Arte se contieuen, para que de cada qual dellas, sepau sacar mnclios
verbos &c.
On the reverse of 1. 6 there commences a new pagination, which reaches to
p. 107, and contains:
Instruction para poderse Men confessar en la lengua de Mechua-
can. En la qual se contieiie. la preparacion compeudiosa Declarau-
dola tambien por los Diez mandamietos de la ley, y por los Articulos
de la Fee. Y de auditione verbi Dei. Psaluio de Miserere mei, y
las Letauias, y preparacion para bie morir, por via de construction,
con otras cosas y deuociones: por el inuy. K. P. Fray loan Baptista
de lagunas, Diffinidor de la Prouincia de Mechuaca, d la orde del
seraphieo. P. Sant Fracisco.
Concludes with 1 1. unnumbered, containing a table in Tarasca, and at the end :
5 Imprimiose esta obra, que en si contiene Tres libros, En la
ynsigne Cindad de Mexico En casa de Pedro Balli Impressor. A
costa de Costantino Brauo de lagunas, Alcalde mayor de Tlaxcala,
Aiio de. 1574. *
The printing is very bad throughout. The book is very rare, and I have seen
no more complete copy than my own, formed of two incomplete copies obtained
in the course of fourteen years. Icazbalceta's Apuntts.
The above title taken from a photolithographic fac-uim\le furnished by Sr. Icaz-
balceta.
246 Baraga (Rev. Frederic). A | Theoretical and Practical | Gram
mar | of the | Otchipwe Language, | the Language spoken by the
Chippewa Indians; which is | also spoken by the Algonquin, Otawa
and Potawatamie Indians, | with little difference. | For the use of
Missionaries | and other persons living among the Indians | of the
above named tribes. | By the Rev. Frederick Baraga, ^ Missionary
at L'Anse, Lake Superior. |
Detroit: | Jabez Fox, Printer. | 1850. | BA. MHS.
Pp. 1-576. sq. 16. Sabin, No. 3248, gives an edition of 1851. Shea's Cath.
Missions gives 1844 as date.
247 A | Dictionary | of the | Otchipwe Language, | explained in
English. | This language is spoken by | the Chippewa Indians, | as
also by | the Otawas, Potawatamis aud Algonqnins, | with little
difference. | For the use of | Missionaries, | and other persons living
among the above mentioned | Indians. | By the Rev. Frederic Ba
raga, | Roman Catholic Missionary among the Otchipwe Indians. |
Cincinnati, 1853. | Printed for Jos. A. Hemann, | Publisher of
the " Wahrheitsfreund." | c. JWP.
Pp. i-vii, 1-662. 16. Shea's Cath. Missions gives 1852 as date.
Pt. I. Otchipwe-English, pp. 3-420. Pt. II. English-Otchipwe, pp. 423-659.
BAPTISTA DE LACUNAS BARAGA. 55
Baraga (Her. Frederic) continued.
248 A Grammar | and | Dictionary | of the | Otehipwe Lan
guage, | By K. 11. Bishop Baraga. | A new edition, by a missionary
of the Oblates. | [4 lines quotation.]
Montreal: | Beauchemin & Valois, Publishers, | 256 and 258, St.
Paul Street, | 1879. | c. JWP.
1 p. 1., pp. i-xi, 1-4-2-2; and 3 p. 11., pp. 1-301. 12.
This is composed of the two following works, each with its own title-page and
pagination:
24!) - A Theoretical and Practical | Grammar | of the | Otehipwe
Language | for the use of Missionaries and other persons living
among the Indians | By R. E. Bishop Baraga. | A second edition,
by a missionary of the Oblates. |
Montreal: | Beanchemin & Valois, Booksellers and Printers, | 250
and 258, St. Paul Street, | 1878 | c. JWP.
Pp. i-xi, 1-4-22. 12.
250 - - A Dictionary | of the | Otehipwe Language, | Explained in
English. | Part I. | Euglish-Otchipwe. | By R. R. Bishop Baraga. |
A new edition, by a missionary of the Oblates. | [Four lines quota
tion.] |
Montreal: | Beanchemin & Valois, Publishers, | 256 and 258, St.
Paul Street. | 1878 | c. JWP.
3 p. 11., pp. 1-301. 12.
251 - A Dictionary | of the | Otehipwe Language, | Explained in
English. | Part II. | Otchipwe-English. | By R. R. Bishop Baraga, |
' A new edition, by a missionary of the Oblates. | [Four lines quota
tion.] |
Montreal : | Beauchemin & Valois, Publishers, | 256 and 258, St.
Paul Street. | 1880 | c. JWP.
Pp. i-viii, 1-422. 12.
252 - Otawa | Anamie-Misinaigan. | [One line quotation.]
Wawiyatauoug: | Geo. L. Whitney, Ogimisinakisan Manda Misi-
naigan. | 1832. | BA.
Pp. 1-207. sq. 24. Roman Catholic prayer book in the Ottawa language.
253 Otawa | Anamie-Masinaigan | Gwaiakossing anamiewin
Ejitwadjig, | mi sa | Catholique-Euamiadjig | Gewabaudangig. |
Paris, | (France, Europe) E.-J. Bailly Ogimisiuakisan Manda Misi-
naigan. | 1837. | s.
3 p. 11., pp. 1-300. 24.
254 Otawa | Anainie-Misiuaigan, | Gwaiakossing auamiewin |
Ejitwadjig, | mi sa | Catholique-Enamjadjig | Gewabandangig.
Detroit, | Eugene T. Smith, | Ogimisinakisan Manda Misinai-
gan. | 1842. | BA.
2 p. 11., pp. 1-293. 18.
56 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Baraga (Rev. Frederic) continued.
255 Otchipwe Anaimie-Masinaigan gwaiakossing anamiewin
ejitwadgig, ini sa catholique-enamiadjig gewabandangig.
Paris, (France, Europe), E. J. Bailly, 1837.
2 p. 11., 300 pp. 18. Book of prayers and songs, followed by a catechism trans
lated in the Chippewa language. LecJerc.
256 Jesus | Obimadisiwin | ajonda aking, | gwaiakossing aua-
miewin ejitwadjig, | mi sa | Catholique-Enamiadjig | gewabandan
gig- I
Paris, (France, Europe.) | E.-.T. Bailly ogimisinakisan manda nii-
sinaigan. j 1837. | BA. s.
4 p. 11., one folding sheet, pp. 1-211. 24. Life of Jesns while on earth; in the
Ottawa language.
257 Gete Dibadjimowin, Gaie Jesus, Obimadisiwin oma Aking.
Laibach 1837. Detroit 1837. *
Bible Extracts, Life of Chris', Epistles and Gospels. Second edition, 1846.
Shea's Catholic Missions.
258 Katolik | Anamie-Misinaigan. | Avec Approbation de Mon-
seigneur 1'Eveque j Pierre Paul Lefevre. | Troisieme-edition, cor-
rige"e et augineutee. |
Detroit, | Wawiiatanoug : | Bagg & Harmon, Ogi-Missinakisana-
wa | Mandan Masinaigau. | 1846. | BA.
Pp. 1-250. 18. Iu the Ottawa language.
259 Katolik | Euamiad | O Nanagatawendamowiuan. | Avec
approbation de Monseigueur 1'Eveque | Pierre Paul Lefevre. |
Wawhatanvng, | (Detroit.) | Jabex Fox. O Gi-masinakisan |
Mandan Masinaigan. j 1850. | BA.
2 p. 11., pp. 1-712, index 1 1. 24. Catholic Christian's Meditations, in the Chip-
powa language. Shea's Catholic Missions gives an edition of the date of 1849.
260 Katolik | Anamie Masinaigan | wetchipwewissing. |
New York, Cincinnati, and St. Louis: | Benziger Brothers, | Print
ers to the Holy Apostolic See. | [n. d.] JWP.
Pp. 1-322. 16. Roman Catholic prayer book; in the Chippewa language.
261 Katolik | Gagikwe-masinaigan. | Avec approbation de Mon-
seigneur 1'Eveque | Pierre Paul Lefevre. |
Detroit, | Wawiiatanong: | M. Geiger, Ogi-masinakasin | Mandan
Masinaigan. | 1846. | s.
Pp. 1-270. 24.
262 Katolik Gagikwe-Masinaigan.
Cincinnati, 1858. *
Title from the Finotti Sale Cat.
263 Kagigc | Debwcwinan, | kaginig ge-takwendang | Katolik
euaniiad. j
Cincinnati, 1855. | Joseph A. Hemann o gi-masinakisan mandan |
masinaigan. | 8.
Pp. 1-334, index 2 11. sm. 4 (sq. 16). "Eternal Truths" in the Chippewa
language.
BARAGA BARKER. 57
Baraga (Rev. Frederic) continued.
264 Otchipwe Kikimoamadi-Masinaigins.
8pp. sq. 16. No title-page. Ojibwa School-Little book. Reprint ordered by
Rev. Ignatius Tomazin, St. Paul, Minn. Original by Baraga, 1853. A. S. Gatschet.
265 and Weikamp (John B.) Katolik | Anamie Masinaigau. |
A | Catholic Prayer Book and Catechism | iu the | Otchipwe-Indian
Language. | By | lit. Eev. Bishop F. Baraga, D. D. | with | An
Appendix of the Mass and Vespers in | Latin ; and Prayers in the
Ottawa- | Indian Language. | By Rev. John B. Weikamp, | Tert.
O. S. F. |
New York & Cincinnati: | Beuziger Brothers, | Printers to the
Holy Apostolic See. | [1874. J s.
Pp. 1-346. 16. Father Weikamp's Appendix occupies pp. 323-346 ; the Ottawa
prayers, pp. 337-340.
266 Barber (Edwin A.) Language and Utensils of the modern Utes.
In Hay den (F. V.) Bulletin, vol. 2, pp. 71-76. Washington, 1876. 8.
267 Comparative Vocabulary of Utah Dialects. By Edwin A.
Barber.
In Hayden (F. V.) Bulletin, vol. 3. pp. 533-545. Washington, 1877. 8.
Vocabulary of the Yampa [English and scientific notation], pp. 535, 536; Com
parative vocabulary of the Yampa and Weminuche words, pp. 53(5-537 ; Sentences
in Weminuche, p. 538 ; Yampa vocabulary, pp. 538-541 ; Wemimiche vocabulary,
p. 542; Comparative vocabulary of the Comauche, Chemehuevi, and Yampa,
pp. 542,543; Comparative vocabulary of the Yampa, Uiuta, and WemiuucUe,
pp. 543,544; Cardinal numbers [11-1000] of the Yampa, p. 544; A few words of
Moqui, and Seminole, p. 545.
Barclay (Rep. Henry).
See Andrews (\V.), Barclay (Henry), and Ogilvie (John).
Bard (Samuel A.)
See Squier(E. G.)
268 Barefoot (Isaac). Ne Karorouh | ne Teyerihwahkwathaokouh |
Shonagarowaue | Tehaweanadennyouh. | Skakanyadaradih | T'kea-
tyohkwayea | Tehodirisdohrarakouh. |
Toronto: | Printed by the Church Printing and | Publishing Com
pany. | 1871. |
Second title:
A Collection | of | Psalms and Hymns | in the | Mohawk Lan
guage, | for the | use of the Six Nation Indians. | Translated by
Isaac Barefoot. | Published by | the New England Company. |
Toronto: | Printed by the Church Printing and | Publishing Com
pany. | 1871. | JWP.
Pp. 3-93, 3-93, double numbers, alternate pages Mohawk and English; index,
in English, pp. 95-99. 18. Indian title verso 1. 1 (p. 3) ; English title recto 1. 2
(P. 3)
Barker (Francis).
See Meeker (Jotham) and Barker (Francis).
58 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
269 Barker ( J. C.) Vocabulary of the Indians of Santa Tomas Mission,
Lower California.
Manuscript, 150 words. 10 11. 4 Q . In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
270 Earnhardt (W. H.) Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages
spoken by the Unipqua, Lower Eogue River, and Calapooa Indians.
Manuscript, 160 words. 4 11. folio.
271 Vocabulary of the Kalapuya.
Manuscript, 211 words. 6 11. folio.
272 Vocabulary of the Lower Eogue Eiver Indians.
Manuscript, 211 words. 6 11. folio.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
273 Barratt (Joseph, M. D.) Key | to the | Indian Language | of | New-
England, | in the | Etchemin, or Passamaquoddy Language, | Spo
ken in Maine and St. Johns New-Brunswick. | Derived and written
from the Indian (Nicola Tenesles.) | By | Joseph Barratt, M. D. |
Member of several Learned Societies. | No. 1. |
Middletowu, Conn. | 1850. | MHS. c.
Pp. 1-8. 8. No. 1 is all that was published.
274 The Indian | of | New-England, | and the | North-eastern
Provinces; | A Sketch of the Life of an Indian Hunter, Ancient
Traditions re- | lating to the | Etchemin Tribe, | their modes of life,
fishing, hunting, &c. : | with | Vocabularies | in the | Indian and
English, | giving the names of the | animals, birds, and fish : | The
most complete that has been given for New-England, in the | Lan
guages of the | Etchemin and Micmacs. | These are now the only
Indian Tribes to the North-east, the former inhabitants | of New-
England, that have preserved their language entire, being the
oldest | and purest Indian spoken in the Eastern States. | Derived
from the Indian (Nicola Tenesles,) | By Joseph Barratt M. I)., |
Member of several Learned Societies. | This Book is the only work of
its kind to be had. It contains | the Elements of the Indian Tongue,
and much that is new to the | reading public ; especially the names
by which the Bed Men of | the forest, designated the natural objects
before them. |
Middletown, Connecticut: | Charles H. Pelton, Printer. | 1851. |
Price 25 Cents. | c. JWP.
Pp. 1-24. 12.
Names for the Animals in Indian [Etchemin and Micmac], pp. 11-15.
Key to the Indian language of New England, pp. 15-23, includes: Vocabulary of
the Etchemin, pp. 15-17 ; Parts of the human body [Etchemin and Micmac], p. 18;
Compendium of Indian Grammar, pp. 20-23.
"To the reader," reverse of title, is dated Sept. 18, 1851. A third edition, with
slightly different title, is as follows:
275 The Indian | of | New England, | and the | North-eastern
Provinces; | A Sketch of the Life of an Indian Hunter, Ancient
BARKER BARR1ENTOS. 59
Barratt (Joseph, M. D.) continued.
Traditions, re- | lating to the | Etcberaiu Tribe, | their modes of life,
fishing, hunting, &c.: | with | Vocabularies | in the Indian and Eng
lish, | giving the names of the animals, birds, and fish. | The most
complete that has been given for New-England, in the | Languages
of the | Etchemin and Micmacs. | These are now the only Indian
Tribes to the North-east, the former inhabitants | of New-England,
that have preserved their language entire, being the oldest | and
purest Indian spoken in the Eastern States. | Derived from the
Indian (Nicola Tenesles,) | By Joseph Barratt, M. D., | Member of
several Learned Societies. | This book is the only work of its kind
to be had. It contains | the Elements of th Indian Tongue, and
much that is new to the | reading public; especially the names by
which the Bed Men of | the forest, designated the natural objects
before them. |
Middletown, Connecticut: | Charles H. Pelton, Printer. | 1851. | c.
Pp. 1-24. 12. Contents same as 2d ed.
"To the reader," reverse of title, dated October 8th, 1851, gives "Notes to the
third Edition"; in it he says the key has been reprinted in Copway's American
Indians, No. 12. .
276 Indian Proprietors | of | Mattebeseck, | and their descend
ants, | whose names appear in the town records, | from 1673 to
1749. | By Joseph Barratt, M. D. |
Colophon: Middletown, (Connecticut.) 1850. c.
Pp. 1-4. 8. No title page; heading only. English signification of some tribal
and proper names and "Note on the word Manitoese [God]."
277 Barreda (Nicolas de la). Doctriua | Christiana | en lengva Chinan-
teca | afiadida la explicacion | de los principales mysterios de la
Fee. | Modo de baptizar en caso de uecessidad, y de ay | undar a bieu
morir, y methodo de administracion | de Sacramentos, | Por el Br.
D. Nicolas de la Barreda, | Cura Beneficiado, Juez Ecclesiastico del
Beueficio | de S. Pedro de Yolos | de el Obispado do Oaxaca. |
Dedicalo | Al Muy Ill re y Vene Cabildo de la Santa Igle- | sia de la
Ciudad de Antequera. | Con licencia de los Superiores |
En Mexico. Por los Herederos de la Viuda de Francisco Rodri
guez Lupercio, en la Fuente de Palacio. Ailo de 1730. | JOB.
8 p. H., pp. 1-85. 4.
278 Barrientos (Fr. Luis). Doctrina Cristiana | en | Lengua Chiapa-
neca | compuesta | por El Muy Eeverendo Padre | Fray Luis Barri
entos | de la ordeu | de los predicadores de San Vicente de Chiapa y
Guatemala. |
Auo de 1690. | c. JWP.
Pp. 53-72. 4. Forms part of: Piiiart (A. L.) Bibliotheque de Lingnistique et
d'Ethnoijraphie Ame"ricaines publide par Alph.-L. Piiiart. Vol. I. ^"aris, 1875.
Pp. 1-52 contain Alboruoz (Fr. Jnan de). Arto de la Lengua Chiapaueca.
60 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
279 Barringer (G-.) La langue ame'ricaine. Etude sur 1'anglais par!6
aux fitats-Unis.
Paris, Maisonnenve et C ie . 1873. *
16 pp. 8. Forms No. 6 of Vol. '3 of the acts of the Socie^ de Philologie.
Leclerc.
280 Earth (Johannes August). Pacis | annis MDCCCXIV et MDCCC-
XV | foedessatis arniis restitutae | Monumentum | orbis terraruin |
de | ibrtuna redua gaudia | gentium linguis interpretaus | prineipi-
bus piis felicibus augustis | populisque | victoribus liberatoribus
liberatis | dicatum. | Curante | Johanne Augusto Bartb. |
Vratislaviae, | Typis Grassii Bartbii et Comp. | [n. d.] C.
Title aud 49 unnumbered 11. folio. An ode in the language of Greenland, leaf 49.
281 Bartlett (John Eussell). Vocabulary of the Kechi, and of the
Apache.
Iu Whipple (A. W.) Report upon the Indian Tribes, in Pac. R. R. Reports,
vol.3, pt.3, pp. 77-85. Washington, 1856. 4.
282 Vocabulary of the Yuki, and of the H'hana.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 483-488, 504-
508. Washington, 1877. 4.
283 Vocabulary of the Maricopa, of the Diegueno and of the
Cocbiini languages.
In Gatschet (A. S.) Yuma Sprachstanim, in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologic, pp.
390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8.
284 - Vocabularies of the Cahita, of the Opate, and of the Tara-
huuiara.
Manuscript, 200 words each. 7 11. folio.
285 Vocabulary of the Ceris. . n
Manuscript, 180 words, (i 11. folio.
Taken by Mr. Bartlett from Hermosilla, a native, January, 1852. k
286 Vocabulary of the Cochiuii.
Manuscript, 180 words. 6 11. folio.
287 Vocabulary of the Coco Maricopa.
Manuscript, 180 words. 6 11. folio.
288 Vocabulary of the Coppermine Apaches.
Manuscript, 150 words. C 11. folio.
Obtained by Mr. Bartlett from Mancus Colorado, a chief of the Coppermine
Apaches, July, 1851.
289 Vocabulary of the Diegeno.
Manuscript, 150 words. 6 11. folio. '
290 Vocabulary of the Dieguina.
Manuscript, 180 words. 6 11. folio.
"These Indians resided for 20 miles along the coast in the neighborhood of San
Diego."
291 Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi.
Manuscript, 180 words. 6 11. folio.
UARRINGER BARTON.
61
Bartlett (John Eussell) continued.
292 Vocabulary of the Kioway.
Manuscript, 200 words. 6 11. folio. Collected from Esteban, a Mexican in the
service of the Mexican Boundary Commission, who had been a captive seven years
among the Comanches and Kioways in Texas.
293
Vocabulary of the Piro.
Manuscript, 6 11. folio. Collected from two of the principal men of the pueblo
of Sineca, a few miles below El Paso del Norte.
294 Vocabulary of the Tigua.
Manuscript, 6 11. folio. Collected from Santiago Ortiz (Ahebatu), head chief
of Sineca, Isleta, &c.
295
296
Vocabulary of the Yaqui of Sonora.
Manuscript, 6 11. folio.
Vocabulary of the Yuma or Cuchan.
Manuscript, 180 words. 6 11. folio.
Tho manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
by Mr. Bartlett while on the Mexican Boundary Commission.
297 Barton (Benjamin Smith). New Views | of the | Origin | of the |
Tribes and Nations | of | America. | By Benjamin Smith Barton,
M. D. | Correspondent-Member [&c., &c., 10 lines].
Philadelphia: | Printed, for the Author, | by John Bioren. |
1797. | BA. c.
Pp. i-xii, i-cix, 1-83. 8.
Preliminary Discourse, i-cix,
Comparative Vocabulary [54 words,
pp. 1-80] of the Leuni-Lennape, or
Delawares (Zeisberger's Essay &
Heckewelder),
Carver,
Chippewas (Heckewelder,
Long),
Minsi (Heckewelder),
Acadians,
Mahicanni,
Shawnees (Gen. Gibsou),
Pottawatameh,
Hurons,
Miamis (Sam. Coleworthy),
Messisauge^s,
Kikkapoos (Judge Turner),
Piankashaws (Judge Turner),
Algonkins (La Hontan),
Indians of Peuobscot and St. Johns
(Re-. Mr. Little),
Narragansetts (Roger Williams),
Mohawks,
Onondagos (Zeisberger),
Cayugas,
Oneidas (Griffith Evans),
Tuscaroras (Lawson),
Indians of New England,
Cochnewagoes,
Wyandots,
Naudowessies (Carver),
Cheerakee (Adair),
Muskohge (Adair),
Chikkasah (Adair),
Choktah (Adair),
Eatahba,
Natchez (Du Pratz),
Mexicans (De Laet, Clavgero, Gage,
Forster),
Darien Indians (Lionel Wafer),
Woccons (Lawson),
Sankikani,
Pampticoughs (Lawson),
Hochelagenses.
298
Senecas,
Reviewed in the Portfolio, vol. 7, pp. 507-526, and extracts given, pp. 518-522.
The article is signed "C." Reprinted as follows :
New Views | of the | Origiu | of the | Tribes and Nations |
of | America. | By Benjamin Smith Barton, M. D. | Correspondent-
Member [&c., &c., 10 lines].
62 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Barton (Benjamin Smith) continued.
Philadelphia: | Printed for the Author, | by John Bioren. |
1798. | C.
1 p. 1., pp. i-cix, 1-133, 1-32. 8.
In addition to the vocabularies given in the first edition there are as follows:
Natick (from Eliot), Erigas,
Canadians (from Breboeuf), Conchaes,
Arkanzas (from Bossu), Mobiliens,
Indians of Virginia (Capt. Smith), Canestogas,
Moutagnais (Masse' & Breboeuf), Esquimaux (Kalm),
Greeulandere (Crantz), Poconchini (Gage),
Indians of Pennsylvania (Win. Penn), Caraibes (Rochefort).
Illinois (Hennepin),
299 Hints on the Etymology of certain English words, and on
their affinity to words in the languages of different European and
American (Indian) Nations, in a letter from Dr. Barton to Dr.
Thomas Beddoes.
In Am. FhiloBOph. Soc. Trans., vol. 6, pp. 145-158. Philadelphia, 1804. 4.
Issued separately as follows:
300 Hints on the Etymology of Certain English Words, and on
their Affinity to Words in the Language of different European,
Asiatic and American [Indian] Nations, in a letter from Dr. Barton
to Dr. Thomas Beddoes.
[Philadelphia, 1803.] *
14 pp. 4. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
301 Bartram (William). Travels | through | North and South Caro
lina, | Georgia, | East & West Florida, | the Cherokee Country, the
extensive | Teriitories of the Muscogulges, | or Creek Confederacy,
and the Country of the Chactaws; | containing an account of the
soil and natural | productions of those regions, toge- | ther with
observations on the | manners of the Indians. | Embellished with
copper- plates. | By William Bartram. |
Philadelphia: | Printed by James & Johnson. | M,DCC,XCI.
[1791.] | C.
1 p. 1., pp. i-xxxiv, 1-522. 8.
Appended :
An | Account | of the | persons, manners, customs | and | govern
ment | of the | Muscogulges or Creeks, | Cherokees, Chactaws, &c. |
Aborigines of the Continent of | North America. | By William Bar-
tram. |
Philadelphia: | Printed by James & Johnson. | M,DCC,XCI.
[1791.] |
Pp. 481-522. 8.
Chapter vi. Language and Manners [of the Mnscogulges and Cherokees],
pp. 519-522.
302 Travels | through | North and South Carolina, | Georgia, |
East and West Florida, | the Cherokee Country, | the extensive
BARTOX BARTRAM. 63
Bartram (William) continued.
Territories of the .Muscogulges | or Creek Confederacy, | and the
Country of the Chactaws. | Containing | an Account of the Soil and
Natural produc- | tions of those regions; | together with observa
tions on the manners of the Indians. | Embellished with copper
plates. | By William Bartram. |
Philadelphia: Printed by James and Johnson. 1791. | London: |
Reprinted for J. Johnson, in St. Paul's Church-yard. | 1792. | JOB.
Pp. i-xxiv, 520, 6 11., map. 8.
Language ami manners [Creeks and Muscogulges], pp. 517-520.
303 - - Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia, East
and West Florida, the Cherokee Country, the Extensive Territories
of the Muscogulges or Creek Confederacy, and the Country of the MJ
Choctaws. Containing an Account of the soil and natural produc
tions of those Regions; together with observations on the manners
of the Indians. Embellished with Copper-plates. By William Bar-
tram.
Dublin: For J. Moore, W. Jones, E. M'Allister, and J. Kice.
1793. *
12 p. 11., 520, 11 pp. 8. Map and 7 pll. Title from Stevens' Nuggets.
304 - Willam Bartram's | Eeisen | durch | Nord- und Sud-Karo-
lina, | Georgien, Ost- und West- Florida, | das Gebiet | der Tschero-
kesen, Krihks und Tschaktalis, | nebst umstiindlichen Nachrich-
ten | von den Eiuwohuern, dem Boden und den Naturprodukten I
dieser wenig bekannten grossen Lander. | Aus dem Englischen. |
Mit erlauteruden Anmerkungen | von | E. A. W. Zimmermann, |
Hofrath und Professor in Braunschweig. c.
Pp. i-xxvi, 1 ]., pp. 1-469. sm. 8.
The above forms pp. 1-469 of: Magazin | von | merkwiirdigen neuen | Reise-
beschreibnngen, | ans fremden Sprachen iibersetzt | nnd mit | erlauternden
Anmerkungen begleitet. | Mit Knpferu. | Zehnter Band. | Berlin, 1793. | In der
Vossischeu Buchhandlung. |
Sprache und Denkmiibler, pp. 491-494.
305 - Travels | through | North and South Carolina, | Georgia, |
East and West Florida, | the Cherokee Country, | the extensive
Territories of the Muscogulges | or Creek Confederacy, | and the
Country of the Chactaws. | Containing | An Account of the Soil
and Natural Produc- | tions of those Kegious; | Together with | '
Observations on the Manners of the Indians. | Embellished with
Copper Plates. | By William Bartram. | The Second Edition in
London. |
Philadelphia: Printed by James and Johnson. 1791. | London: |
Reprinted for J. Johnson, in St. Paul's Church-yard. | 1794. | JCB.C.
Pp. 1-520, 4 11. 8.
Chap. vl. Language and Manners, pp. 517-520.
30G - Reizen door Noord- en Zuid-Carolina, Georgie, Oost- en
West-Florida; de Landen der Cuerokees, des Muscogulges, of bet
64 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Bartram (William) continued.
Creek bondgenootschap en het land der Chactaws. Uit het En-
gelsch vertaald, door J. D. Pasteur.
Haarlem, 1794-97. *
8. Map. J. de Jong's " Alphabetische Naamlijst" gives the imprint, Amster
dam, H, Moolmeizer, 1797. 3 parts. 8. Plate and map. Sabin.
307 Voyage | dans les parties sud | de 1'Ame'rique | septentrio
nale; | Savoir: les Carolines septentrionale et me"ridio- | nale, la
Georgie, les Florides orientale et | occidentale, le pays des Chero-
ke"es, le vaste | territoire des Muscogulges ou de la confede'- | ration
Creek, et le pays des Chactaws; | Conteuant des details sur le sol et
les productions natu- | relies de ces contre"es, et des observations sur
les | mo3urs des Sauvages qui les habitent. | Par Williams [sic] Bar-
tram. | Imprime" a Philadelphie, en 1791, et a Londres, | en 17'i2, et
trad, de 1'angl. par P. V. Benoist. | Tome Premier [Second]. |
A Paris, | Chez Carteret et Brosson, libraires, rue Pierre- | Sar-
rasin, Nos. 13 et 7: | Dugour et Durand, rue et maison Serpente.
An VII [1799]. | C.JCB.
2 vols. 8. Map.
Chapter vi. Langage, moeurs, etc. [Muscogulge et Cherokee], pp. 419-424.
308 Voyage | dans les Parties Sud | de 1'Amerique | Septentrio
nale; | Savoir: les Carolines septentrionale et meridio- | nale, la
Georgie, les Florides orientale et | occideutale, le pays des Chero-
ke"es, le vaste | territoire des Muscogulges ou de la confede"- | ration
Creek, et le pays des Chactaws; | Contenant des details sur le sol et
les productions | naturelles de ces contre"es, et des observations sur
les | mo?,nrs des Sauvages qui les habitent. | Par William Bartram. |
Imprime" a Philadelphie, eu 1791, et a Londres, | en 1792, et trad, de
1'angl. par P. V. Benoist. | Tome Premier. | [Second.]
A Paris, | Chez Maradan, Libraire, rue Pare"e Saint- Andre"- | des-
Arcs, No. 16. | An IX [1801]. | JCB.
2 vols. 8.
Chap. vi. Langage, mocnrs, etc., vol. 2, pp. 419-424.
309 Observations on the Creek and Cherokee Indians. By Wil
liam Bartram. 1789. With Prefatory and Supplementary Notes.
By E. G. Squier.
In Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 1-81. New York, 1853. 8.
The article by Mr. Bartram occupies pp. 11-58, the remaining pages being
taken up with Mr. Senior's notes.
There are a few Creek and Cherokee terms scattered through.
310 fiasac or Basacio (Fr. Arnaldo). Sermones en Lengua Megicana
para los Domingos y Fiestas del ano. Y se conservan en varias
Bibliotecas *
311 Los Evangelios y Epistolas de las Misas de todo el ano tra-
ducidos a la Lengua Megicana. *
Manuscripts. Titles from Beristain.
BARTRAM BASSETA. 65
312 Basalenque (Fr. Diego). Arte de la Lengua Matlaltzinga mui
copioso y assimismo una suma y arte abreviado. Compuesto todo
por el Padre Maestio fr. Diego Basalenque De la ordeii de nuestro
Padre Sau Augustin de la Prouincia de Michoacan aimi 1.6.4.0.
Manuscript, 4, apparently original. It commences, without preliminaries,
with the declension of nouns. Sixteen pages farther on is found the preface,
which occupies pp. 17-18. The Arte follows to page 121, the 122d missing. On
page 123 begins a :
Vocabulario de la Lengua Maltlatzinga. buelto eu la castellana.
Por el P e . Maestro fr. Diego Basaleuque de la orden de N. P. 8.
Agustin De la Prouincia de Michoacan. anno 1642.
This terminates on leaf 24'2. One leaf follows with this title :
Vocabulario de la Leiigua Castellana: buelta en la Maltlatzinga
[sic]: Por el P e . Maestro fr. Diego Basalenque de la orden De N. P.
S. Augustin De la Prouin9ia de Michoacan. anflo de 1642.
LI. 1-40 numbered, and 178 unnumbered.
Colophon :
Finis Dictionary Maltlalzingo quod absolutum est 18. de febrero
anni 1646.
Titles from Icazbalceta's Apnutes.
313 Arte de la Lengua Tarasca, dispuesto con nuevo estilo, y
claridad, por el E. P. M. Fr. Diego Basalenque, del Ordeu de N. P.
S. Augustin, Provincial que fue de la Provincia do Michoacau, y su
Chronista. Sacalo a luz el E. P. M. Fr. Nicolas de Quixas, Provin-
vincial [sic] de dicha Provincia. Y la dedica a la Serenissima Maria
Sautissima, Eeyna de los Angeles.
Con licencia: En Mexico, por Francisco de Eivera Calderon.
Auo de 1714.
16 p. 11., no pp. 8.
Another edition in 8, minus title-page. Six preliminary leaves remain. The
work contains 102 pp. It is evidently a Mexican edition of the end of the last
century or beginning of the present. Icazbalceta's Apuntes.
314 Sermones de la lengna Matlacinga. *
315 Catecisuio en la misma [Matlaciuga] y Manual de Parrocos. *
Manuscripts preserved in the Library of Charo and removed to Valladolid.
Beristain.
Fr. Diego Basaleuqne was born at Salamanca 25th July, 1577, went to America
when 9 ye;irs of age, became an Augnstin 4th February, 1593, elected provincial
1623, and died 12th December, 1651.
316 Basseta (Fr. Domingo de). Vocabnlario Quiche"-Espanol. *
Finished on the 29th of January, 1690.
317 Vocabulario de la Lengua Quiche 1 . *
Accompanied by an excellent Vocabulario Qniche'-Espanol in the dialect, of
Rabina!, with a brief grammar of the same, and a defective Vocabulario Espanol-
Quiche'. Collectively they form a manuscript volume of 500 pages, and are re
garded by the Abbe Brasseur de Bourbourg as constituting the most complete
work in existence on the Quiche' language. Squier.
5 Bib.
66 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
318 Bates (II. W.) Stanford's | Compendium of Geography and
Travel | Based on Hellwald's Die Erde uud ihre Viilker | Central
America | the West Indies | and | South America | Edited and
Extended | By H. W. Bates, | Assistant-Secretary of the Royal
Geographical Society; | Author of 'The Naturalist on the River
Amazons | With | Ethnological Appendix by A. H. Keane, B. A. |
Maps and Illustrations |
London | Edward Stanford, 55, Charing Cross, S. W. | 1878 | WE.
Pp. i-xi, 1-571. 8. Maps.
Keane (A. H.) Appendix. Ethnography and Philology of America, pp. 443-561.
319 Bfaudry] D[e Lozieres] (Louis Narcisse). Voyage | a la Louisiane, |
et sur le Continent | de l'Ame>ique | septentriouale, | fait dans les
anodes 1794 a 1798; | Contenant un Tableau historique de la Loui
siane, | des observations sur sou climat, ses riches productions, | le
caractere et le nom des Sauvages; des reinarques | im])ortantes sur
la navigation; des principes d'adminis- | tration, de legislation etde
gouveruemeut propres a cette | Colonie, etc., etc. | Par B*** D***. |
Orne d'une belle carte. | [Two lines quotation.]
Paris, | Dentu, Imprimeur-Libraire, Palais du Tribimat, | galeries
de bois, no. 240. | An XI. 1802. | c. HU.
Pp. i-viii, 1-382. 8. Map.
List of [145] Indian tribes, pp. 241-245. Vocabulary of the Naoudoouessis,
pp. 348-353. Vocabulary of the Chipouais, pp. 353-362.
Bautista (Fr. loan).
See Baptista (Fr. Jnau).
320 Baxter (Rev. Joseph). Journal of the Rev. Joseph Baxter, of Med-
lield, Missionary to the Eastern Indians in 1717. (Communicated
by the Rev. Elias Nason.)
In New England Hist, and Geneological Register, pp. 45-60. Boston, 1807. 8.
"Brief vocabulary of the Indian Language" (a few words, and numerals
1-1000), pp. 59-60.
Issued also as follows :
N 321 Journal of Several Visits to the Indians on the Kennebec
inHO River, By the Rev. Joseph Baxter, of Medfleld, Mass. 1717. With
" Notes, by the Rev. Elias Nason.
Boston : David Clapp & Son, Printers. 1867. 0.
Pp. 1-16. 8.
"A brief vocabulary of the Indian language," pp. 17-18.
322 Beach (W. W.) The | Indian Miscellany; | containing | Papers on
the History, Antiquities, Arts, Languages, | Religions, Traditions
and Superstitions | of | the American Aborigines; | with | Descrip
tions of their Domestic Life, Manners, Customs, | Traits, Amuse
ments and Exploits; | Travels and Adventures in the Indian Coun
try; | Incidents of Border Warfare; Missionary Relations, etc. |
Edited by W. W. Beach. |
Albany: | J. Munsell, 82 State Street. | 1877. | o.
Pp. 1-490. 8.
BATES BEECHEY. 67
Beach (W. W.) continued.
Gatschet (A. S.) Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories,
pp. 416-447.
Smith (B.) Comparative Vocabularies of the Semiuole and Miloisuke [and
Hitchitee] Tongues, pp. 120-126.
Squier (E. G.) Historical and Mythological Traditions of the Algonqnins
[read before the N. Y. Hist. Soc., June, 1848], pp. 9-42.
323 Beamish (North Ludlow). The | Discovery of America | by the
Northmen, | In the Tenth Century, | with | notices of the early set
tlements of the Irish | in the Western Hemisphere. | By | North
Ludlow Beamish, | Fellow [etc., three lines]. [One line quotation.]
London: | T. aud W. Boone, New Bond Street. | 1841. | c.
8 p. 11., pp. i-xliv, 45-240, 6 unnumbered 11. 8. maps.
A short vocabulary, showing affinities between the American-Indian and Celtic,
pp. 214-215.
324 Beatty (Charles). The | Journal | of a | Two Months Tour; | with
a view of | Promoting Eeligion among the | Frontier Inhabitants of
Pennsylvania, -| and of | Introducing Christianity among the | In
dians to the Westward of the Alegh-geuy | Mountains. | To which
are added, | Remarks on the Language and Customs of | some par
ticular Tribes among the Indians, with a | brief Account of the
various Attempts that have been | made to civilize and convert
them, from the first Settle- | rnent of New England to this day; |
By Charles Beatty, A. M. | [One line quotation.]
London : | Printed for William Davenhill, No. 8 in Coruhill ; | and
George Pearch, No. 12 in Cheapside. | MDCCLXVIII. [1768.] | c.
Pp. i-viii, 9-110. 12.
Notwithstanding the statement on the title-page, the work contains no "re
marks on language."
Field gives the title of an edition, Edinburgh, 1798, 8, and Triibner's Cat. one,
Frankfort, 1771.
325 Beauchamp (Rev. W. M.) The Indian Prayer Book.
In Church Eclectic (The), vol. 9, no. 5, pp. 415-422. Utica, 1881. 8.
An interesting account of the different editions of the Mohawk Book of Com
mon Prayer. Several examples in the Mohawk language are given.
326 Beaver Indian Primer.
[No title-page. Colophon : London : Gilbert & Rivington, White-
friars Street, and St. John's Square.] JWP.
Pp. 1-36. 12.
Prayers, hytnns, and (pp. 31-36) vocabulary of the Beaver dialect.
327 Beechey (Capt. Frederic William). Narrative | of a | Voyage to the
Pacific | and | Beering's Strait, | to co-operate with | the Polar Ex
peditions : | performed in | His Majesty's Ship Blossom, | under the
command of | Captain F. W. Beechey, R. N. | F. R. S., F. R. A. S., and
F. R. G. S. | In the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. | Published by authority
of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. | In two parts. |
Part I [II]. |
68 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Beechey (Capt. Frederic William) continued.
London: | Henry Colburn iind Richard Beutley, | New Burlington
Street. | MDCCCXXXI. [1831.] | BA.O.
2 vols. 4. map.
Esquimaux names of animals, vol. 1, p. 299. Vocabulary of words of the West
ern Esquimaux, vol. 2, pp. 619-627.
328 Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pacific | and Beering's
Strait | to co-operate with | the Polar Expeditions: | performed in
His Majesty's Ship Blossom, | under the command of | Captain F.
W. Beechey, E. N. | F. E. 8., &c. | in the years 1825, 20, 27, 28. |
Published by authority of the Lords Commissioners of | the Admi
ralty. | A new edition. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |
London: | Henry Colburu and Eichard Bentley, | New Burlington
Street. | 1831. | B.
2 vols. 8. maps.
Vocabulary of words of the Western Esquimaux, pp. 366-383.
The introductory remarks say: "This vocabulary coutairs a collection of words
made by Mr. Collie, Mr. Osmer, and myself."
Sabin's Diet, gives an edition, London, John Murray, 1831, 2 vols., 8.
329 Narrative of a Voyage to the Pacific and Beering's Strait,
to cooperate with the Polar Expeditions; performed in his Majesty's
Ship Blossom, under the command of Captain F. B. Beechey, E. N.,
mwo in the years 1825, 1826, 1827, 1828. Published by authority of the
Lords' Commissioners of the Admiralty.
Philadelphia, Carey and Lee, 1832. *
Pp. 1-493. large 8. Not seen ; title from Fields.
330 Eeise nach dem Stillen Ocean und der Beeringstrasse ... in
den Jahreu 1825-28. Aus dem Englischen iibersetzt.
Weimar. 1832. *
2 vols. 8. map and plate. Title from Sabin.
331 Bejarano (Fr. Fernando). Sermones en Lengua Mije y en Castel-
lano.
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.
332 Vocabulario de la Lengua Mije.
Idiom very difficult to pronounce and also to write, with only the Spanish
alphabet. Copy preserved in the convent of Tnquila. Berislain.
333 [Belcourt (Rev. G. A.)] Principes | de la laugue des sauvages |
appeles Sauteux. | [By Eev. G. A. Belcourt.]
Quebec: | de 1'impriinerie de | Frechette & Cie., | Impritneurs-
Libraires, No. 8, Eue Lamontagne. | 1839. | BA. MHS. 0.
Pp. i-vi, 1-146. 16.
334 - Anamihe-Masinahigan. | Jesus Ot Ijittawin | gaye | Ana-
milie-Nakamunan | Takobihikatewun. Mih' Ejittwawad | Ketolik
Aiiamihadjik. |
BEECHEY BELTRAMI.
69
[Belcourt (Rev G. A.)] continued.
Kebekong [Quebec] Otenang: | Frechette Masinahiganikkewinini
endad. Ihiw Pipon 1839 Ka Akko nikit Jesus. | BA.
Pp. i-v, 1-209. 12.
Catholic prayer book in the Ojibwa language. Morning Prayers, pp.f>-19;
Catechism, pp. 19-106; Prayers for Mass, pp.107-131; Hymns, 133-209.
See Baraga (F.) for other editions.
335 Department of Hudson's Bay. By Bev. G. A. Belcourt.
[Translated from the French by Mrs. Letitia May.J
In Minn. Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 207-244. St. Paul, 1872. 8.
Scatteied throughout this article are a number of aboriginal terms.
336 Belden (Lieut. George P.) Vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon.
Manuscript. 27 11. 12. Alphabetically arranged.
337 Dictionary of the Snake, Crow, and Sioux.
Manuscript. 182 pp. 8.. Alphabetically arranged. These manuscripts are in
the library of the Burran of Ethnology.
338 Belden, the White Chief;
or, | twelve years | among the
wild Indians of the Plains. | From the diaries and manuscripts | of |
George P. Belden, | The Adveimirons White Chief, Soldier, Hunter,
Trapper, and Guide. | Edited by | Gen. James S. Brisbiu, U. S. A. |
Cincinnati and New York: | C. F. Vent. | Chicago: J. S. Goodman
& Co. Philadelphia: A. II. Hubbard. | St. Louis: F. A. Hutchin-
son & Co. | San Francisco: A. L. Bancroft & Co. | 1871. | JWP.
Pp. 1-513. 8.
Ojibwa war song (from Schoolcraft), p. 43 ; Medicine song of the Dakota*,
p. 280 ; Names of months in Indian, pp. 289, 290.
Bellenger (Joseph M.) Editor.
See Maillard (Abbe).
339 Beltrami (Giacomo Costantino). La De"couverte | des | Sources |
du | Mississippi | et de | La Biviere Sanglante. | Description | Du
Cours entier du Mississippi, | Qui n'etait connu, que partiellement,
et d'une grande partie de | celui de la Eiviere Sanglante, presque |
entierernent incouuue; ainsi que du | Cours Entier de 1'Ohio. | Aper-
us Historiques, des Endroits les plus iute~ressaus, | qu'on y recon-
tre. | Observations Critico-Philosophiques, | Sur les Mceurs, la Eeli-
gion, les Superstitions, les Costumes, les Armes, | les Chasses, la
Guerre, la Paix, le Denombreinent, 1'Origiue, &c. &c. | De plusieurs
Nations Indiennes. | Parallele | De ces Peuples avec ceux de 1'Anti-
qnite, du Moyeu Age, et du | Moderue. | Coup-D'CEil, sur les Com
pagnies Nord-ouest, et de la Baie d'Hudson, | ainsi que sur la Colo-
nie Selkirk. | Preuves Evidentes, | Que le Mississippi est la premiere
Eiviere du Monde. | Par J. C. Beltrami, | Menibre de plusieurs Aca-
d^mies. |
Nouvelle-Orleans : | Imprim6 par Benj. Levy, No. 86, Eue Eoyale. |
1824. | BA. HU. c.
Pp. i-viii, 1-328. 8.
"Les mois, on les Lunes des Sionx," pp. 149,150; "Les mois des Cypawais,"
p. 150.
IMPROVED TITLE IN
ADDITION CORREi,
70 NORTH AMERIACN LINGUISTICS.
Beltrami (Giacomo Constantino) continued.
340 A | Pilgrimage | in | Europe and America, | leading to | the
Discovery | of | the Sources of the Mississippi | and Bloody River; |
with a description of | the whole course of the former, | and of | the
Ohio. | By J. C. Beltrami, Esq. | Formerly Judge of a Royal Court
iu the Ex-Kingdom of Italy. | In two volumes. |
London: | Printed for Hunt and Clarke: | York Street, Covent -
Garden. | 1828. | HU.O. V
2 vols. 8.
The months or moons of the Sioux, vol. 2, p. 274; the Chippewa months, pp.
274,275.
341 Beltran de Santa Rosa Maria (Fr. Pedro). Grarnatica, Diccionario,
Catecismo y Sermones de la Lengua Maya.
Printed in 1739 and 1749. Bmstain.
342 Arte | de el | Idioma Maya | reducido | a succintas reglas, |
y Semilexicon | Yucateco | por el R. P. F. Pedro Beltran | de Santa
Rosa Maria, Ex-Custodia, Lee-tor, que fue de Philosophia, y Theolo-
gia, | Revisor del Sto. Oficio, e hijo de esta Sta. | Recolecion Fran
ciscana de Merida. | Formolo, y dictolo, | siendo Maestro de Lengua
Maya, en el Conven- | to Capitular de N. S. P. S. FraTicisco, de dicha |
Ciudad. Auo de 1742. | Y lo dedica | a la Gloriosa Indiana | Santa
Rosa Maria | de Lima. |
Con licencia: En Mexico, por la | Viuda de D. Joseph Bernardo
de Hogal. | Ano de 1746. | C.
8 p. 11., pp. 1-188. sm. 4.
343 Arte | del | Idioma Maya | reducido | a sucintas reglas, |
y | Semilexicou Yucateco [ Por el R. P. Fr. Pedro Beltran de Santa |
Rosa Maria, Ex-Custodio, Lector, | que sue de Filosofla y Teologica,
Revisor del Santo oflcio, 6 hijo de esta San- | ta Recoleccion fraucis-
cana de Merida. | Form61o y Dictolo, siendo Maestro de Lengua Maya
en el Conveuto Capi- | tular de N. S. P. S. Francisco de dicha Ciudad.
Afio de 1742. [ Y lo dedica a la Glorioso, Indiana Santa Rosa Maria
de Lima. | Segunda edicion. |
Merida de Yucatan: | Imprenta de J. D. Espinosa. | Julio 1859. |
9 p. 11., pp. 1-242. sm. 4. C. HU. JCB. '
344 No vena de Christo cruciflcado, sus siete caidas, explana-
cion (?) de la Eucharistia, Loa y demas metros y naciones, coinpues-
tos en el idioina Maya, por el P. Fr. Pedro Beltrau de Santa Rosa.
Colophon :
H Con licencia de los Superiores en Mexico en la imprenta de
Francisco Xavier Sanchez, en la Calle de San Francisco, pasada la
Casa Profesa. Ano de 1740. *
Ll. 1-27. 8. The recto of 1. 17 is of no value, according to an autograph note
of the author at the end of 1. l(i. It is reproduced on the verso of 1. 17.
"The ouly copy of this work I know of is that in the library of D. Pedro Regil
y Peon, Merida, and is incomplete. The title page being missing I havo composed
a title from what appears in the approbation." Title furnished by Sr. Icazbal-
ceta, who received it from Dr. Berendt.
BELTRAMI BENSOX. 71
Beltran de Santa Rosa Maria (Fr. Pedro) continued.
345 Det'laracioji de la Doctrina Cristiana en el idioma Yucateco,
uuevainente corregida en algunos vocables y periodos, con la licen-
ci;i del Ylhno. Sr. Dr. 1). Francisco Pablo Matos Coronado, Obispo
de Yucatan, del Consejo de S. M. &c. For el E. P. Fr. Pedro Beltran
de Santa Rosa, Lector quo fue de Tbeologia, Ex-Custodio de la Pro-
vincia de Sor. S. Josepb de Yucatan, Kevisor de Libros de el Tribu
nal de el Santo Oficio de la Ynquisicion, Comissario del venerable
Orden Tercero de Penitencia, Eegente de Estudios, Guardian e bijo
de la Santa Eecolleccion cle Merida. Mandada reimpriinir por el
Ylnio. Sr. Dr. y Maestro D. Fr. Ygnaciode Padilla, Arzobispo Obispo
de dicha Provincia. Con licencia.
En Mexico, en la Iinprenta del Colegio Realy inas antiguo de San
Yldefonso, ano de 1757. *
Pp. 1-36. 8. Title, p.l; pp. 2-22, "Advertencias;" p. 18 wrongly numbered 81.
The first edition of this work was, perhaps, printed in 1740.
340 Declaracion de la Doctrina Christiana en el idioma Yuca
teco, por el E. P. Fr. Pedro Beltran de Santa Eosa. Auadie"ndole el
acto de contriciou en verso. Con liceucia.
Eeiuipresa en Merida de Yucatan, en la Imprenta del Gobierno,
por D. M. Isac Rodriguez. Aiio de 1816. *
Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; pp. 3-20. 12.
The two titles above were communicated by Sr. Icazlialceta, who procured them,
I think, from Dr. Berendt. Ac py of each of the editions is in the library of D.
Pedro Kegil y Peon, Merida.
347 Declaration de la Doctrina cristiana en el idioina Yucateco.
Por el Eeverendo padre Fr. Pedro Beltran de Santa-Rosa. Auadien-
dole el acto de contrition en verso y en prosa.
M6rida. Reimpresa por J. D. Espinosa. Marzo, 1860. *
Pp. 1-23. 8. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg.
348 Declaracion de la Doctrina Christiana en el Idioma Yucateco.
Merida, 1866.
Pp. 1-24. 12. Not seen ; title from Triibner's Cat.
Beltran was a native of Merida in Yucatan, and taught the Maya language in
the principal Monastery of San-Benito, in his native town. Ramirez Sale Cat.
349 Benito or Beneito (Fr. Marcos). Arte de la Lengua Mije y Devocio-
nario Manual de los Misterios del Rosario en la misma Lengua. *
Title from Beristain.
350 Bennett (Lieut. Col. Clarence E.) Vocabulary of the Yuma.
Manuscript, 211 words. 10 11. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Collected at Fort Yuma, 1864.
351 Benson (Egbert). Memoir, read before the Historical Society of the
State of New York, 31st December, 1816; by Egbert Benson.
New York: Printed by William A. Merceiu. 1817. *
Pp. 1-72. 8. Title from Sabin.
, LOSS,
72 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Benson (Egbert) continued.
352 Memoir | read before | the Historical Society | of the | State
of New York, | 31st December, 181G; | by Egbert Benson. | [Two
T ~, lines quotation.] |
New-York : | Printed by T. & W. Mercein, | No. 93 Gold-Street, |
1817. | BA.
353 Memoir, | read before | the Historical Society | of the |
State of New York, | December 31, 1816. | By Egbert Benson, j
[Two lines quotation.] | Second Edition with Notes. |
Jamaica: | Henry C. Sleight, Printer. | 1825. | 0.
Pp. 1-127. 12.
Indian names, pp. 7-20.
354 Memoir, | read before | the Historical Society | of the |
State of New York, | December 31, 1810. | By Egbert Benson. |
[Two lines quotation.] | (Reprinted from a copy, with the Author's
last corrections.)
New York : | Bartlett and Welford, | No. 7 Astor House. | 1848. |
Pp. 1-72. 8.
355 Berardo ( D. Juan). Varias versiones del Latin y Castellano al Me-
xicano. *
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.
356 [Berendt (Carlos Herman).] Cartilla | en Lengu Maya | para la
ensefizana | de los niiios Indigenes | por | C. H. B. |
Merida, | Imprentade J. D. Espinosa 6 Hijos. | 1871. | C. JOB.
Pp. 1-14. sq. 24.
357 - Analyctic Alphabet | for the | Mexican & Central American
Languages. | By | C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | Published by the |
American Ethnological Society. |
New York: | Reproduced in fac-simile by the | American Photo-
Lithographic Company, | (Osborne's Process.) | 1869. | o.
Pp. 1-8. 8.
The Lord's Prayer in Maya in above alphabet, p. 8.
I have seen mention of a private edition with addition of portrait of author
and constitution of the Ethnological Society.
358 Geographical Distribution of the Ancient Central American
Civilization.
In Am. Geogr. Soc. Jour., vol. 8, pp. 132-145. [Albany?], 1878. 8.
General remarks on the languages of the Maya family, pp. 136-140.
359 On a Grammar and Dictionary of the Carib or Karif Lan
guage, with some account of the people by whom it is spoken. By
Dr.C . H. Berendt.
In Smithsonian Ann. Kept., 1873, pp.363, 364. Washington, 1874. 8.
360 The Darien Language. *
In Am. Hist. Record, vol. 3, no. 26, pp. 54-59. Philadelphia, 1876. 4.
Paper read before the Am. Eth. Soc., Nov. 12, 1873. Contains a list of Darien
vocabularies, printed and in manuscript.
Not seen; title furnished by A. S. Gatschet.
BENSON BETANZOS. 73
Berendt (Carlos Herman) continued.
3d Classification of Nicaraguan Languages. *
In Berliner Gesellschaft (fur Enlkunde ?), vol. 10.
Au extract from this is printed in the Ansland (a weekly paper published in
Stuttgart), 1875, p. 722.
Title furnished by A. S. Gatschet.
362 Vocabulary of the Maya.
llauuscript, 200 words. 6 11. folio.
363 Comparative Vocabulary of the Mexican or Nahuatl and
Maya Languages.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4.
These manuscripts are in the Library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
364 Berghaus (Dr. Heiurich). Uber die Verwamltschaft der Schoshoneu,
Kouiantschen und Apatscheu. Voin Herausgeber. C.
In Berghaus (H.) Physikalischer Atlas. Geographisches Jahrbuch, 1851, no. 3,
pp. 48-62. I M.I ha. 4.
Worter-Verzeichniss der Komantschen-Sprache, pp. 51-53; Vergleichendes
Worter-Verzeichniss der Schoshonen- nnd der Komantschen-Sprache, p. 54.
365 Berglaiid (Lieut. Eric). Vocabulary of the Kechi of San Luis Rey,
and of the Yuma or Kertehan.
In 'Wheeler (G. M.) Report upon U. S. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-165, 475,
481. Washington, 1879. 4.
366 Bericht | liber die | im hochsten Auftrage | seiner koniglichen
Hoheit dej Priuzen Carl vou Preussen | und Sr. Durchlauclit des
Herni Fiirsten v. Schoenburg- | Waldenburg | bewirkte Untersu-
chung | einiger Theile | des | Mosquitolandes, | erstattet | von der
dazu ernaunten Commission. | [Printer's device.] | Mit zwei Karten
nnd drei Abbilduugen. |
Berlin. | Verlag von Alexander Duncker, | koniglichen Hof buch-
hiindler. | 1845. | BA.
274 pp. The work contains a valuable chapter on the language and a vocabu
lary of the inhabitants.
Berlin Academy.
Sec Konigliche-preuBsische Akademle der Wisseiischaften zn Berlin.
367 Berson (F.) Vocabulary of the Clear Lake Indians, California.
Manuscript. 8 11. sm. 4.
368 Yuki-English and English- Yuki Dictionary.
Manuscript. 45pp. sm. 4. These vocabularies were collected in 1851, tlie latter
from a band of Indians fifty miles south of Clear Lake, California. The original
manuscripts are in possession of the author, who resides in San Francisco, nnd
copies are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
369 Betancur (Fr. Alonso). Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua de Gua
temala.
Title from Beristain.
370 Betanzos (Fr. Pedro). Arte, Vocabulario, y Doctrina Christiana en
Lengua de Guatemala.
Printed in Mexico. Beristai*.
74 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
371 Beteta or Bitela (Fr. Gregorio). Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua
Zapoteca. *
Title from Beristain.
372 [Beverly (Robert).] The | History | and | Present State | of | Vir
ginia, | in Four Parts. | I. The History of the First Settlement | of
Virginia, and the Government there- | of, to the present Time. |
II. The Natural Productions and Conveni- | encies of the Country,
suited to Trade | and Improvements. | III. The Native Indians,
their Religion, Laws, | and Customs, in War and Peace. | IV. The
Present State of the Country, as to | the policy of the Government,
and the | Improvements of the Land. | By a Native and Inhabitant
of the Place. |
London : | Printed for R. Parker, at the Unicorn, under the Piaz
za's | of the Eoyal Exchange. MDCCV. [1705.] | BA.C.
6 p. 11., pp. 1-104, 1-40, 1-64, 1-83. 12.
Of the Learning and Languages of the Indians, pp. 23, 24 ; and a few aboriginal
terms passim.
373 Histoire | de la | Virginie; | contenant, | I. L'Histoire dn
premier Establissement dans 'a Vir- | ginie, & de son Gouvernement
jusques-a-present. | II. Les Productions naturelles & les Commodi-
te~s | dn Pai's, avant que les Anglois y negociassent, & | 1'amelioras-
sent. III. La Religion, les Loix, & | les Coutumes des Indiens Na-
turels, tant dans la | Guerre, que dans la Paix. IV. L'Etat present
du | Pa'is, tant a 1'egard de la Police, que de 1'Ame"- | lioration du
Pa'is. | Par un Auteur natif & habitant du Pai's. | Traduite de 1'An-
glois. | Enrichie de Figures. |
Imprime a Orleans,' & se vend | A Paris, | chez Pierre Ribou,
proche les An- | gustins, a la descente du Pont-neuf, | a 1'Iinage
Saint Loiiis. | M.DCCVII. [1707.] | Avec Aprobation, & Privilege
du Roy. | BA.C.
Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., 3 p. 11., pp. 1-417, table 9 11. 16.
Du Savoir, & du Langage des Indiens, pp. 250-252.
374 Histoire | de la | Virginie, | contenant | I. L'Histoire du
premier Establissement dans la Vir- | ginie, & de son Gouvernement
jusques ;\ present. | II. Les productions uaturelles & les Commodi-
tez | du Pa'is, avant que les Anglois y negociassent, & | 1'amelioras-
sent. III. La Religion, les Loix, & \ les Coutumes des Indiens Na-
turels, tant dans la | Guerre, que daiis la Paix. IV. L'Etat present
du | Pai's, tant & 1'egard de la Police, que de 1'Ame- | lioration du
Pa'is. | Par uu Auteur natif & habitant du Pais. | Traduite de 1'An-
glois. Enrichie de Figures. |
A Amsterdam, | Chez Thomas Lombrail, Marchand |. Libraire
dans le Beurs-straat, | MDCCVII. [1707.] | o.
Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., 2 p.ll., pp. 1-432, table 8 11. 16.
Du Savoir. & du Langage des Indiens, pp. 208-260.
BETETA BIBELIB. 75
[Beverly (Kobert)] continued.
375 Histoire | de la | Virginie, | coutenant [ L'Histoire de son
Establissement de son Gou- | verneuient d'apresent, les Productions,
la | Religion, les Loix & les Coutumes des In- | diens Naturels, tant
dans la Guerre que dans | la Paix, & I'gtat present du Pays &
1'egard | de la Police & de 1'Agriculture. | Par D. S. natif & habitant
du Pays. | Traduit de 1'Auglois & enrichie de figures. |
A Amsterdam, | Chez Claude Jordan, Libraire. vis-a-vis du | Lom-
bart, proche la Ville de Lion. | M.DCC.XII. [1712.] | c.
Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 L, 2 11., pp. 1-434, table 8 11. 16.
Du Savoir, & du Langage des Indiens, pp. 258-260.
376 Relation Historique de la Virginie, par D. S. natif et habi
tant du pais.
Amsterdam, 1718. * filw
12. Not seen ; title from booksellers' catalogue.
377 - - The | History | of | Virginia, | In Four Parts. | I. The
History of the First Settlement | of Virginia and the Government
there- | of, to the Year 1706. | II. The natural Productions and Con-
venien- | ties of the Country, suited to Trade and | Improvement. |
III. The Native Indians, their Religion, Laws, | and Customs, iu
War and Peace. | IV. The present State of the Country, as to | the
Polity of the Government, and the | Improvements of the Land, the
10th of | June 1720. | By a Native and Inhabitant of the Place. |
The Second Edition revis'd and enlarg'd by the Author. |
London: | Printed for B. and S. Tookein Fleetstreet; F. Fayram |
and J. Clarke at the Royal-Exchange, and T. Bicker- | ton in Pater-
Noster Row, 1722. | .
Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., 3 other 11., pp. 1-284, table 12 11. 12.
Of the Learning and Languages of the Indians, pp. 160, 161.
378 The | History of Virginia, | In Four Parts. | I. The history
of the first settlement of Virginia, and the Gov- | ernment thereof,
to the year 1706. | II. The natural productions and conveniences of
the country, suited | to trade and improvement. | III. The native
Indians, their re'igion, laws and customs, iu war and peace. |
IV. The present state of the country, as to the polity of the gov |
ernment and the improvements of the land the 10th of June | 1720. |'
By Robert Beverley. | A native and inhabitant of the place. | Re.
printed from the author's second revised edition, London, 1722. |
With an introduction | By Charles Campbell, | Author of the Colo
nial History of Virginia. |
J. W. Randolph, | 121 Main Street, Richmond, Virginia. | 1855. |
Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., pp. i-xx, 1-264. 8. BA.
379 Bitelib | pivianarninga, saimanarningalo. | [Picture of Bible.]
[Druct von J. B. Steinkopf in Stuttgart.] | 1851. | ATS.
1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. 16. Tract in the language of the Eskimo of Labrador.
76 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Bible Society.
Sec American Bible Society.
See British and Foreign Bible Society.
380 Bible Stories | with | Practical Illustrations and Eemarks | on | the
Fall. | Baibil Nan Aianowa, | Kev. T. H. Gallaudet vt hollissochi tok
a, | Chahta im anumpa atoshowa. | Second edition revised. |
Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press: John Candy and
John F. Wheeler, Printers. | 1845. | BA.
Pp. 1-24. 12. In the Choctaw language. First edition, according to Bying-
ton's manuscript dictionary, 1839, 23 pp.
381 Bible Stories, | with | Practical Illustrations | and | Eemarks on the
Fall. | Baibil nan Aianowa, | Rev. T. Gallaudet tit Hollissochi |
tok a, | Chahta im anumpa atoshowa. |
American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street, New York. | [1872.]
Pp. 1-64. 24. In Choctaw. . JWP.
Hymns, pp. 61-64.
382 Bierstadt (Albert). Vocabulary of the Sioux.
Manuscript. 6 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
383 Biet (Antoiue). Voyage | de la France | Eqvinoxiale | en FIsle de
Cayenne, | entrepris par les Francois | en 1'anuee M.DC.LII. | Diuis6
en trois livres. | Le Premier, coutient I'etablissement de la Colonie, |
sou embarquement, & sa route iusques a son arriu^e | en Tlsle de
Cayenne. | Le second, ce qui s'est pass<3 pendant quinze mois qne |*
1'on a demeur6 dans le pa'is. | Le troisiesme, traitte du temperament
du pa'is, de | la fertilite de sa terre, & des mosurs & facous de faire |
des Sauuages de cette contr6e. | Avec vu Dictiounaire de la Langue
du mesme Pa'is. | Par M e Antoine Biet, Prestre, Cure' de S te Geue-
vieve | de Seulis, Superieur des Prestres qui out pass<J dans le PaYs. |
A Paris, | Chez Francois Clovzier, dans la Cour du Palais, | proche
1'Hostel du Premier President. | M.DC.LXIV. [1GG4.] | Avec Privi
lege dv Eoy. | BA.C.
11 p. 11., pp. 1-432. 4.
Remarques generates sur la Langue des Galibis, & presqne do tonte la Coste,
depuis les Amasones iusr[u' an dixiferae ou douzieme degre', anec vn Dictionnuire
des mots priucipaux, pp. 394-398. Petit Dictionnaire de la Langue des Sa images
Galibis, en la partie de 1'Amerique Meridionale, appellee Cap de Nord, reduit en
pratique, pp. 399-432.
Billings (Commodore Joseph).
See CAPHMEBI (r. A.)
See Sauer (Martin).
384 Bingham (A.) Ojibwa Spelling-Book; according to the Improved
Orthography of Edwin Janes. By A. Bingham.
Albany, 1825.
8. Not seen ; title from Ludewig. Sabin gives it the date 1825 or 1829.
BIBLE SOCIKTY BLACKMORE. 77
385 Biondelli (Bernardino). Sull' antica lingua Azteca o Nahuatl.
Milano, Bernardoni, I860. \f
Pp. 1-20. 4. Not seen ; title from Lcclerc.
386 Glossarium Azteco-Latinum ct Latino- Aztecuin.
Mediolaui, Bernardoni, 1809. *
Pp. 1-256, in 2 columns. 4. Extract from the Evangelarium of P. Sahagun.
Leclerc.
Editor.
See Sahagun (Bernardino do).
387 Bird (J.) Vocabulary of the Stone Indians.
In House (J.) Vocabularies of certain North American Languages; in
Philolog. Soc. (Loudon) Proc., vol. 4, pp. 114-121. London, 1850. 8.
388 Bissell (George P.) Vocabulary of the Coos, or Kusa, Oregon.
Manuscript. 46 pp. 4. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages,
1st ed.
389 Vocabulary of the Umpqua.
Manuscript. 5 11. 4. These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology. .
390 Words, phrases and sentences in the Umpkwa Language.
Manuscript. 104 pp. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col
lected, September, 1881, by Mr. Bissell, "from the Indians on the Umpqua Kiver,
from 20 to 30 miles above its mouth." The material is recorded in Introduction to
the Study of Indian Languages, 2d ed., and is made more valuable by the addi
tion of many explanatory notes, a myth with interlinear translation, etc.
391 Black Hawk. Life | of | Ma-ka-tai-me-she-kia-kiak | or | Black
Hawk, | embracing the | tradition of his nation Indian wars in
which he has | been engaged cause of joining the British in their |
late war with America, and its history de- | scriptiou of the Kock-
Kiver Village man- | ners and customs encroachments by | the
whites, contrary to trea- | ty removal from his | village in 1831. |
With an | Account of the cause and general history | of the | Late
War, | his | surrender and confinement at Jefterson Barracks, |
and | travels through the United States. | Dictated by himself. |
J. B. Patterson, of Eock Island, 111. Editor and Proprietor. |
Boston : | Published by Theodore Abbott. | 1834. | c.
Pp 1-155. 16.
"Ne-ka-na-wen. Ma-ne-se-no oke-maut wap-pi ma-quai" ["Dedication. To
Brigadier General H. Atkinson"], in the Sac(f) language, with English transla
tion, pp. 5-6, 7-8.
Issued also with title as above and imprint as follows: B-ston, | Russell,
Odiorue & Met calf. | New York: Monson Bancroft. Philadelphia: Marshall,
Clark & Co. | Baltimore: Jos. Jewett. Mobile : Sidney Smith. | 1834. | BA.
Pp. 1-155. 12.
There is also an edition with title as above and imprint : Boston : | Published
by Theodore Abbott. | 1845. |
392 Blackmore (William). The North American Indians: a Sketch of
some of the Hostile Tribes, together with a brief account of General
78 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Blackmore (William) continued.
Sheridan's campaign of 1868 against the Sioux, Cheyenne, Arapahoe,
Kiowa, and Comanche Indians! By William Blackmore.
In Bth. Soc. of Lond., Jour., new series, vol. 1, pp. 287-320. London, 1869. 8.
Names of Sioux villages, with English translation, p. 302; Number of Chey-
eniie chiefs, pp. 309-310 ; Number of Arapahoe chiefs, p. 312.
393 Blanchard (I. D.) The History | of | our Lord and Saviour | Jesus
Christ; | comprehending all that the | Four Evangelists | have re
corded concerning him; | All their relations being brought together
in one | narrative, so that no circumstance is omitted, but | that in
estimable history is continued in one series, | in the very words of
Scripture, by the Rev. Samuel | Leiberkuhn, M. A. | Translated into
the | Delaware Language, in 180(5, | by Rev. David Zeisberger, |
Missionary of the United Brethren. | Re-translated, so as to conform
to the present | idiom of the Language, | by I. D. Blauchard. |
J. Meeker, Printer, Shawanoe Baptist Mission. | 1837. |
Second title:
Rlathemwakunek | Wtclawswakun | niylalkwf krthwvalkwf |
Nhesus Klyst; | cntu | jijwanukif wuntunasw | cutu | linexsif telex-
twnrw | mplcnhes. | Nhime tcli wehwmat. |
Jawanouf, | Tali kejetwn. | 1837. | BA. JWP.
Pp. 1-221. 12. English title recto 1. 1 ; Delaware title recto 1. 2. For earlier
edition see Zeisberger (David).
Blanchet (F. N.)
See Demers (M.), Blanchet (F. N.), and St. Onge (L. N.)
394 [Blatchford (Rev. Henry).] In | Otoshki-kikindiuin | an. | kitogima-
ininaii gaie bemajiiuvng | Jesus Krist: | ima | Ojibue Iniienining
Giizhitong. | The | New Testament | of | Our Lord and Saviour |
Jesus Christ: | Translated into the Language | of the | Ojibwa In
dians. |
New York: | Printed by the American Bible Society, | Instituted
in the year MDCCCXVI. | 1844. | BA. ABS.
Pp. 1-643. 12.
"Translated by a native Ojibwa, Rev. Henry Blatchford, and is one of the best
specimens of the language extant." Rev. J. A. Gilfillan, See James (E.) for
edition of 1833.
395 In I Otoshki-kikindiuiu | au | Tebeniminvng gaie bemajii-
nvng | Jesus Christ: | ima | Ojibue Inueuining Giizhitong. | The
New Testament | of | Our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: | Trans
lated into the Language | of the | Ojibwa Indians. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1856. | c. ABS.
Pp. i-iv, 1-717. 16.
396 In | Otoshki-kikindiuin | au | Tebeniminvng gaie bemajii-
nyng | Jesus Christ: | ima | Ojibue Inueuining Giizhitoug. | The |
BLACKMORE BOMPAS. 79
[Blatchford (Rev. Henry)] continued.
New Testament | of | Our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: | Trans
lated into the Language | of the | Ojibwa Indians. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1875. | JWP.
Pp. i-iv, 1-717. 16.
397 Bob the Sailor Boy. By Eev. G. C. Smith, Penzance. [One line
Cherokee characters.]
Park Hill: Mission Press, J. Candy & E. Archer, Printers. [One
line Cherokee characters] 1847. BA.
Pp. 57-67. 24. In Cherokee characters. Appended to the Dairyman's
Daughter.
398 Boggild (O.) Simonimik Syrenimiumik . . . O. Boggild. *
Nungme, 1876.
48 pp. 8. A tale in Eskimo. Sink.
399 Bolduc (Rev. Jean B. Z.) Mission de la Colombie.
Quebec, 1843.
8. Contains the Lord's Prayer in the Chinook jargon, "et quelques mots
Tchinoucs et Sueomus." The Snohomish is a tribe of Puget Sound. The Chinook
words are merely jargon. G-ibbs. UTinTfT
400 Bollaert (William). Observations on the Indian Tribes of Texas.
By William Bollaert, F. E. G. S.
In Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol.2, pp. 262-283. London, n. d. 8.
List of 36 Indian Tribes in Texas, p. 265; Names of some Coraanche chiefs
[with English signification], pp. 273-274; Comauche numerals, 1-20, p. 274;
A few words of Lipan, pp. 278-279; A few proper names in Kiowa, Pawnee- Pict,
Pawnee-Mo-haw, Shawnee, Delaware, Kickapoo, Choctaw, and Muscogee, pp. 279,
280,281,282,283.
401 Examination of Central American Hieroglyphs : Of Yuca
tan including the Dresden Codex, the Guatemalien of Paris, and
the Troano of Madrid: the Hieroglyphs of I?alenqu6, Copan, Nica
ragua, Veraguas, and New Granada; by the recently discovered
Maya Alphabet. By William Bollaert, F. A. S. L., F. E. G. S., Hon.
Sec. A. S. L., Corr. Mem. University of Chile, of the Ethnological
Societies of London and New York, etc.
In Anthrop. Soc. London, Mem., vol. 3, pp. 288-314. London, 1870. 8.
Maya terms passim.
402 [Bompas (Rt. Rev. William Carpenter).] Chipewyau Primer.
Colophon: London: Gilbert & Eivington, Whitefriars Street, and
St. John's Square. JWP.
Pp. 1-36. 12. Bible lessons, hymns, etc.
403 Cree Primer.
Colophon: London: Gilbert & Eivington, Whitefriars Street, and
St. John's Square. JWP.
No titlc-pago, pp. 1-36. 12. Prayers, hymns, etc.
80 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
[Bompas (Et. Rev. William Carpenter)] continued.
404 Dog Rib Primer.
Colophon: London: Gilbert & Eivington, Whitefriars Street, and
St. John's Square. JWP.
Pp. 1-22. 12. Prayers and hymns.
405 Manual of Devotion, | in the | Beaver Indian Dialect. |
Compiled from the Manuals of the Venerable | Archdeacon Kirby, j
by the | Bishop of Athabasca. | For the use of the Indians | in the j
Athabasca Diocese. |
London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | North
umberland Avenue, Charing Cross; | 43, Queen Victoria Street ; and
48, Piccadilly. | [1880.] JWP.
Pp. 1-48. 16. In syllabic characters.
Hymns, pp. 3-24 ; Prayers, pp. 25-33 ; Creed, p. 34; Commandments, pp. 35-37 ;
Catechism, pp. 37-43 ; Lessons, pp. 43-48.
406 Tinne Primer.
Colophon : London : Gilbert & Eivington, Whitefriars Street, and
St. John's Square. JWP.
Pp. 1-76. 12. Bible lessons in Tinne.
407 - Tukudh Primer.
Colophon: London: Gilbert & Eivington, Whitefriars Street, and
St. John's Squara JWP.
Pp. 1-55. 12. Bible lessons, prayers, etc.
408 Western Esquimaux Primer.
Colophon : London : Gilbert & Eivington, Whitefriars Street, and
St. John's Square. JWP.
Pp. 1-23. 12. Grammar lessons, prayers, hymns, and (pp. 16-23) "Vocabu
lary."
See Kirby (W. W.) & Bompas (W. C.)
Bonaventura (Gabriel de San).
See Buenaventura (Gabriel de San).
409 Bonduel (F. L. J.) Souvenir Eeligieux | d'une | Mission Indienne |
ou | Recueil de Prieres, | Le premier qui fut jainais 4crit dans cette
langue, | pour 1'usage des ne'ophytes, | de la mission des Indiens |
Mennomoiiies de St. Michel-Archange, fondle le 15 Decembre 1852, j
au nord du lac Shawanow, Etat du Wisconsin, diocese de Milwau-
kie, | par le Ee've'rend Pere F.-L.-J. Bonduel, | Missionnaire, | [&c.,
&c., three lines.]
Tournai | Imprimerie de Malo et Levasseur. | 1855. | s.
Pp. 1-16. 16. Prayers, hymns, and primer lesson.
410 Bonifaz (P. Luis). Arte de la Lengua principal de Cinaloa. *
Bonifaz was a missionary to the Indians of Cinaloa, between the years 1602 and
1644. He died in the latter year at Valladolid, in Michoacan, but probably left
his manuscript in some of the religious establishments of the City of Mexico.
Beristain.
BOMPAS BOOK. 81
Bonillo (D. Joseph Zambrano).
See Zambrano Bonillo (D. Joseph).
411 Bonner (T. D.) The | Life and Adventures | of | James P. Beck-
wourth, | Mountaineer, Scout, and Pioneer, | and | Chief of the
Crow Nation of Indians. | With Illustrations. | Written from his
own Dictation, | By T. D. Bonner. |
New York : | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin -Square. I
1856. | C.
Pp.i-xii, 13-537. 12.
Many terms and proper names with English signification.
412 Bonneville (B. L. E.) Etymology of the word Oregon.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 708-709. Philadelphia.
1855. 4.
413 Book. The Book of | Common Prayer, | and Administration of
the | Sacraments, | and other | Eites and Ceremonies | of the |
Church, | according to the use of the | Church of England : j together
with | A Collection of Occasional Prayers, and | divers Sentences
of | Holy Scripture, | Necessary for Knowledge and Practice. |
Formerly collected, and translated into the Mohawk Language j
under the direction of the Missionaries of that Society for the | Propa
gation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts, to the Mohawk | Indians. |
A new edition: | to which is added | The Gospel according to St.
Mark, (Translated into the Mohawk Language, | By Capt n . Joseph
Brant, | An Indian of the Mobawk Nation. |
London: | Printed by C. Buckton, Great Pultney Street, | Golden
Square. 1787. |
Second title :
Ne Takawea | Yondereanayeudaghkwa | Oghseragwegonh, |
neoni Yakawea | ne Orighwadogeaghty | Yondatnekosseraghs j
neoni | Tekarighwagehhadont, | oya oni | Adereanayent, | ne teas
nikariwake | Raditsihuhstatsygowa | Rouaderighwissoh | goragh-
gowa a-onea rodanhaouh. | oni, | Watkanissa-aghtoh | Oddyake
Adereanayent, | neoni tsiniyoglK-hare ne | Kaghyadoghserado-
geaghty, | Newahoeny Akoyendarake neoni Ahhondatterihlionny. |
A-ouea wadirorogbkwe, neoni Tekaweauadennyoh Kanyen- | kehaga
Tsikaweanoudaghko, ue neane Eaditsihuhstatsy ne | Radirighwa-
wakoughkgbwa ronadanha-oiih, Kanyenke waon- | dye tsi-radina-
keronuyo Ongwe-oewe. | Keagaye ase Yondereanayendaghkwa. |
Oni tahoghsonderoh | St. Mark Raorighwadogeaghty, | Tekaweaua
dennyoh Kanyenkehaga Rakowanea | T'hayendauegea, | Roewa-
yats. |
London: | Karistodarho C. Buckton, Great Pultney Street, |
Golden Square. 1787. | JWP. JCB.
English title verso of 1. 1 ; Indian title recto of 1. 2, verso blank ; preface, pp.
i-iii; contents, p. 1 ; text, pp. 2-505. 12. Alternate pages English and Mohawk.
6 Bib.
82 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Book continued.
Verso of 505, Observations concerning the reading and pronunciation of the Mo
hawk tongue. St. Mark occupies pp. 176-341.
For other editions see note to Claesse (L. )
The Rev. W. M. Beauchamp, in the Church Eclectic, vol. 9, uo. 5, Utica, 1881,
8, p. 432, says this was in the main prepared by the Rev. Dr. Stuart.
414 The | Book of Exoclns | in | Micmac. |
Halifax, Nova Scotia, | 1870. | ' s.
Pp. 1-166, 1 1. 16.
415 Book of Prayers, etc., in the Mareschit (or Maliseet) and
Caniba dialects.
Manuscript. 82pp. 32. Seen at the Brinley sale, from the catalogue of which
(Part 3) the following note is taken :
"Written by some French missionary to the Abnakis. It is complete and well-
preserved, though its pages bear traces of long and frequent use. It formerly
belonged to Dr. John Pickering, to whom it was presented by Bishop (and Car
dinal) Cheverus.
"It contains 'Priere du Matin, en Marichit,' 'Cantique,' 'Priere du Soir, en
Caniba,' 'Priere avant la Confession,' 'Interrogation pour la Confession,' 'Prieres
avant [et apres] la Communion,' 'Catechisme,' 'Maniere de Baptiser,' etc.
"The mission for which this manual was compiled included Indians of at least
two tribes, the Canibas, of whose principal dialect Rasles has given us a vocabu
lary, and the Etchemins and Mareschites, on and near tho St. John's River. 'We
read in the relations of the Jesuits, that the Canibas, the Etchemins, and other
Indians of different tribes lived together in one village,' under the instruction of
the missionary Fathers ( Maurault, Hist, des Abenakis, 9) ; and it is not improbable
that this manual contains translations made early in the 17th century, and pre
served in manuscript copies by successive missionaries."
416 Book of Revelations in Eskimo.
British and Foreign Bible Society, 1839. *
Not seen; title from Bagster's "Bible of every Land."
417 Books. The Books | of | Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, | and
Deuteronomy, | translated into | the Choctaw Language. | Chcnesis,
Eksotos, Lentikra, Nwnbas, | Micha Tutelonomi Holisso | aiena k#t
toshowt | Chahta anumpa toba hoke. |
New York: | American Bible Society. | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1867. | ABC. c. JWP.
Pp. 1-564. U.
Cbeoesis, pp. 5-146; Eskotvs, pp. 147-260; Lefitikvs, pp. 261-343; Numbas,
pp. 345-461 ; Teuti'lononi, pp. 461-564.
418 - - The Books | of | Joshua, Judges, and Euth, | translated
into | the Choctaw Language. | Choshua, nan Apesa Fhleha Ho
lisso, | Micha Lulh Holisso | aiena kvt toshow^t | Chahta anumpa
toba hoke. |
New York : | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1852. | ABS. c. JWP.
Pp. 1-151. 12.
419 The Books | of | Joshua, Judges, and Ruth, | translated
into | the Choctaw Language. | Choshua, nan Apesa Fhleha Ho-
BOOK BOUDINOT. 83
Books <x>ntiiiued.
lisso, | Micha Lulh Holisso | aiena kct toshowrt | Chahta anumpa
toba hoke. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCGCXVr. | 1871. | JTVT.
Pp. 1-151. 16.
420 Boscana (Rev. Gerouimo). Chinigchinich; | a | Historical Account |
of the | Origin, Customs, and Traditions | of the Indians at the
Missionary Establishment | of St. Juan Capistrano, Alta Califor
nia; | called | the Acagchemem Nation; | collected with the greatest
care, from the most intelligent | and best instructed in the matter. |
By the | Reverend Father Friar Geroniino Boscana, | of the Order
of Saint Francisco, | Apostolic Missionary at said Mission. | Trans
lated from | the Original Spanish Manuscript, | by one who was
many years a resident | of Alta California. | [A. Robinson.)
New York: | Published by Wiley & Putnam, | No. 161 Broad
way. | 1846. | BA.C.
Pp. 227-341. 12.
Appended to [Robinson (A.)] Life in California. New York, 1846. 12.
There are a few aboriginal terms scattered through the text; on p. 282, a few
lines of " Verses sung to the Betrothed" ; and the names of the months, pp. 303. 304.
421 Boudinot (Elias). A | Star in the West; | or, | a Humble Attempt
to Discover | the Long Lost | Ten Tribes of Israel, | Preparatory to
their return to their Beloved City, | Jerusalem. | By Elias Boudinot,
L. L. D. j [Seven lines quotation.] j
Trenton, N. J. | Published by D. Fen ton, S. Hutchinson, and |
J. Dunham. | George Sherman, Printer. | 1816. | BA. HIT. c.
Pp. i-iv, i-xxi, 23-312. 8.
" Chapter III. An enquiry into the language of the American Indians" (pp. 89-
107), contains a vocabulary of the Charibbee, Creeks, Mohegan and Northern
Languages, and Hebrew, pp. 102-103.
422 - Poor Sarah; | or | The Indian Woman. | Translated by E.
Boudinot. | [Two lines Cherokee characters. Picture; one line
Cherokee characters.] |
New Echota: | Published by the United Brethren's Missionary |
Society at the expense of the American | Tract Society. | J. F.
Wheeler and J. Candy, Printers. | [One line Cherokee characters.] |
1833. | BA. ABC. JWP.
Pp. 1-12. 16.
423 Poor Sarah. [One line Cherokee characters.]
[Park Hill: Mission Press.] [One line Cherokee characters.] |
184:?. | BA.
Pp. 1-18. 24. In Cherokee characters.
424 Editor. [One line Cherokee characters; picture of Eagle.]
Cherokee Phoanix. | Vol. 1. New Echota, Thursday, February 21,
1828. No. 1. | BA.
84 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Boudinot (Elias) continued.
A four-page, super-royal weekly newspaper, partly in Cherokee, partly in Eng
lish, Elias Boudinot, editor; Isaac N. Harris, printer.
In No. 48, Vol. 1, Feb. 11, 1829, the heading was slightly changed, the eagle
removed and to Cherokee Phoenix was added "and Indian Advocate."
Though claiming to be " weekly," it was issued irregularly, sometimes two
weeks, and in one case nearly a month, intervening between issues.
The last I have seen was Aug. 11, 1832, Vol. 4, No. 52, but Professor Turner, in
Ludewig, says it continued until May 31, 1834, Vol. 5, No. 52, when it was sus
pended for want of funds and perhaps not resumed.
See Worcester (S. A.) and Boudinot (Elias). .
425 and Worcester (S. A.) Cherokee Hymns | Compiled | from
several authors | and revised. | By E. Boudinot & S. A. Worcester. [
[Four lines Cherokee characters.] | Printed for the American Board
of | Commissioners for Foreign Missions. |
New Echota: | Jno. F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters.] | 1829. | GB.
Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; introduction, pp. iii-v; pp. 7-50; index, 1 1. 24.
The first printing in the syllabic characters invented by Seqnoyah (George
Guess) was for the "Cherokee Phrenix," in February, 1828. The "Cherokee
Hymns" was the first tract printed in those characters.
For later editions of this work see "Worcester (S. A.) and Boudinot (E.)
426 [Boulet (Rev. J. B.)] Prayer Book | and | Catechism | in the | Sno-
homish Language. | [Picture of the Crucifixion.]
Tulalip, W. T. | 1879. | JWP. S.
Pp. 1-32. 16. Outside title has the imprint: Tulalip Mission Press. 1879.
427 Bourgoing (Jean Francois) Relation d'un Voyage recent des Es-
paguolssurles Cotes Nord-ouestdel'Amerique septentrionale!792. |
In Archives Litteraires de 1'Europe, 1804, No. 4. *
Vocabulary of the Eskelen, Nutka, and Rumsien, pp. 78,79, 87.
Not seen ; title and note from Mithridates. Ludewig gives the above title and
says: Paris, 1789, 3 vols. 8. He also gives other editions as follows: Second edi
tion, 1792; third edition, Paris. 1803; German translation, Jena, 1789; and these
dates have been copied by Sabin. . I am under the impression that the Relation
of Bourgoiug is an extract from or review of Alcala-G.iliano's Relacion del Viage
. . Sutil y Mexicana en el aiio 1792, in which case an edition of 1789 would be im
possible. As Bourgoiug's best known work, Nouveanx Voyage en Espagne, was
published in 3 vols., 8, at Paris, 1789, 3d ed., 1803, Jena, 1789, it is probable
Ludewig has mixed the two works.
428 Bowrey (Thomas) A Dictionary of the Hudson's Bay Indian Lan
guage.
London, 1701. *
Folio. Title from Watt's Biblioth. Britanica.
429 Boyer (Paul). Veritable | Kelation | de tovt ce qvi | s'est fait et
passe | au voyage que Monsieur de | Bretiguy fital'Amerique | Occi-
deutale. | Auec vne Description ties Mosurs, & des | Prouuiuces de
tous les Sauuages de cette | grande partie du Cap de Nord: vn Dic
tion- | uaire de la Langue, & vn aduis tres-neces- | saire A tous ceux
BOUDINOT BRADBURY. 85
Boyer (Paul) continued.
qui veulent habiter ou faire | babiter ce Pai's-la, ou qui desirent d'y
esta- | blirdes Colonies. | Le tout fait surleslieux, par Pavl Boyer, |
Escuyer, Sieur de Petit-Puy. |
A Paris, | Chez Pierre Rocolet, Impr. & Lib. | Ordiu. du Roy & de
la Maisou de Ville, | au Palais. | M.DC.LIV [1654.] | Auec Priuilege
de Sa Majeste. | BA. JOB.
15 p. 11., pp. 1-463. 12.
Dictionnaire de la langue Galibienne, pp. 393433.
430 Bozman (Jobn Leeds). A | Sketch | of the | History of Maryland, |
during the | Three First Years After its Settlement: | to which is
prefixed, | a | Copious Introduction. | By John Leeds Bozman. |
Baltimore : | Published by Edward J. Coale, | Jfo. 176, Baltimore-
street. | 1811. | BA. c.
Pp. i-viii, iii-iv, 9-388. 8.
This edition contains no linguistic material.
431 The | History of Maryland, | from | its first Settlement,
in 1633, | to | the Restoration, in 1660, | with | a Copious Introduc
tion, | and ] Notes and Illustrations. | By John Leeds Bozman. |
Vol. I [1IJ. |
Baltimore: | James Lucas & E. K. Deaver. | 1837. | BA. c.
2 vols. 8.
Vol. 1, Section vii, pp. 103-193, contains a general sketch of the tribes of
Indians inhabiting Virginia, which includes extracts from and comments upon
Hecke welder's "Historical Account of the Indians who once inhabited Pennsyl
vania and the neighbouring states"; the "Powhatan numerals," 1 to 10, from
Smith's History of Virginia; the "Delaware (or Lenape) numerals,'.' 1 to 10, from
Thomas; and copious notes on the geographic names of rivers, etc., given in
Smith's History of Virginia.
432 Brackett (Col. A. G.) Vocabulary of Ae Absaraka, or Crow.
Manuscript. 11 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col
lected at Fort Wyoming, 1879.
433 Bradbury (John). Travels | in | the interior of America, | in the |
Years 1809, 1810, and 1811; | including | a description of Upper
Louisiana, | together with | the States of Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana,
and | Tennessee, | with the | Illinois and Western Territories, | and
containing | Remarks and Observations | useful to | persons emi
grating to those countries. | By John Bradbury, F. L. S. London, |
Corresponding Member [&c., two lines].
Liverpool: | printed for the author, | By Smith and Oalway, | and
published by Sherwood, Neely, and Jones, London. | 1817. | BA.C.
Pp. i-xii, 9-364. 8.
Vocabulary of some words in the Osage Language, pp. 213-219.
434 - - Travels | in | the Interior of America, | in the | Years 1809,
1810, and 1811, | including | a description of Upper Louisiana, |
together with | the States of Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, and | Ten-
86 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Bradbury (Jobn) continued.
nessee, | with the | Illinois and Western Territories, | and contain
ing | Remarks and Observations | useful to | persons emigrating to
those countries. | Second Edition. | By John Bradbury, F. L. S. Lon
don, | Corresponding Member [&c., two lines].
London : Published by Sherwood, Neely, and Jones. | 1819. | c.
Pp. i-xiv, 17-346. 8.
Vocabulary of some words in the Osage Language, pp. 221-227.
435 Bradford (Alexander Warfleld). American Antiquities | and | Re
searches | into the | Origin and History of the Bed Eace. | By |
Alexander W. Bradford. |
New York: | Dayton and Saxton, | Corner of Fulton and Nas
sau | streets. | Boston : Saxton and Pierce. | 1841. | BA. c.
Pp. 1-435. 8.
Chapter VII. Origin of the Aborigines Language, pp. 309-314. Chapter VIII.
Origin of the Aborigines Astronomy, pp. 315-338, gives names of the mouths in
the Mexican language.
Sabin gives an edition, same date, but with different publishers, as follows :
436 American Antiquities, andj Researches into the Origin and
History of the Red Eace. By Alexander W. Bradford.
New York: Wiley & Putnam. 1841. *
435pp. 8.
437 American Antiquities | and | Researches into the | Origin
and History of the Red Race. | By | Alexander W. Bradford. |
New- York: | Wiley & Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1843. | c.
1 p.l., pp. 1-435. 8.
Linguistics as in edition of 1841.
438 Brant (Joseph). The Gospel according to St. Mark. Translated
into the Mohawk Tongue, by Captain Brant.
Second heading :
Ne orighwadogeahti Gospel Royadadogeaghti Mark roghyatouh
tekaweanadennyoh Teyandanega, kanyenkehaga kaweanondagh-
kouh.
In Book of Common Prayer in Mohawk, pp. 176-341. London, 1787. 12.
Above are headings to pp. 176 and 177, respectively.
439 The Gospel according to St. Mark, translated into the
Mohawk Tongue, by Captain Brant. As also several portions of the
Sacred Scriptures, translated into the same language.
New York: Published by the New York District Bible Society:
McElrath & Bangs, Printers; 1829.
Second title :
Ne Royadado Kengh Ty | orighwadokenghty | Roghyadon
S. Mark, | dekawennadenyonk | Kanyenkehhaka Kawennou- |
daghkonh, | Thayentaueken Tehhaweu- | natenyonh. | Otyake
skaro rouh no righwadokengh ty | Skaghyadon Owenna, | kanyen-
kehhaka. I
BEADBURY BRASSEUR DE BOURBOURG. 87
Brant (Joseph) continued.
New York: | Published by the New York District Bible Society, |
McElrath & Bangs, Printers. | 1829. | B A.
Pp. 1-239, alternate English and Mobawk. 12.
Some chapters in Genesis, pp. 6-21 ; some chapters in the Gospel of St. Matthew,
pp. 20-37; the Gospel according to St. Mark, pp. 38-177; a collection of Sentences
of the Holy Scriptures, pp. 178-239.
440 Ne Eaorihwadogenti ne Shonwayauer Yesus Keristus Jen-
thorihoten ue Royatadogenti Mark, &c.
New York : Printed by McElrath and Bangs for the New York
District Bible Society. 1829. *
239 pp. 12. Title from O'Callaghan's American Bibles, No. 201.
441 Brantz (Lewis). Some words from the Language of the Choctaws.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, p. 347. Philadelphia, 1853. 4.
442 Brasseur de Bourbourg (AbM Charles Etienne). Histoire | des Na
tions civilisees | du Mexique | et de 1'Amerique-Centraie, | diiraut
les siecles antrieurs a Christophe Colomb, | 6crite sur des docu
ments originaux et entierement | inedits, puises aux anciennes |
archives dea indigenes, | par | M. L'Abbe" Brasseur de Bourbourg, |
ancieu aunionier de la legation de France an Mexique, | et adminis-
trateur ecclesiastique des Indiens de liabinal | (Guatemala). | Tome
premier, | coinprenant les temps heroi'ques et 1'histoire | de 1'empire
des Tolteques. | [-Tome Quatrieme.]
Paris, | Arthus Bertraud, editeur, | libraire de la Soci^td de G6o-
graphie, | rue Hautefeuille, 21. | 1857 [-1859]. | BA. c. /3.
4 vols. large 6.
Besides many Mexican terms passim and quotations from other authors, this
work contains, vol. 1, pp. xlv-lix, the picture writing of the Mexicans, with
explanations; pp. Ixii-lxvii, "Liste des gens de Teocaltitlan " ; pp. 425-427, "Ex-
traits du Codex Chimalpopoca," with French translation; pp. 428, 429, "Manu-
scrit Cakcbiquel ou Memorial de Tecpan-Atitlan, avec la formation des premiers
homines"; " Prophe'ties encore ceMfebres dans 1'Yncalan, trouve"es dans Lizana,
texte maya et espagnol," vol. 2, pp. 603-606.
443 Collection | de Documents dans les Langues Indigenes |
pour servir a 1'etude de 1'histoire et de la philologie | de FAin^rique
aucieune. | Volume Premier. [-Quatrieme.] |
[Paris and London: 1861-1808.] c.
4 vols. 8. Each volume has a general half title, as above, and it own full
title; these are as follows :
444 Popol Vuh. | Le | Livre Sacre" | et les mythes | de 1'anti-
quite Ame"ricaine, | avec les livres hero'iques et historiques des
Quiche's. | Ouvrage original des iudigenes de Guatemala, | texte
quich6 et trail uction fran^aise en regard, accompaguee de notes |
philologiques et d'uu comtuentaire | sur la inythologie et les migra
tions des peuples anciens de I'Ameriqun etc., | compose sur des
documents originaux et iuedits, | par | 1'Abbd Brasseur de Bour
bourg, | Auteur [&c., 5 Hues]. | [Printer's device.]
NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbe Charles Etienne) continued.
Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur, | 21, Eue Hautefeuille. | Lon
don, Triibner and Co., 60 Paternoster- Row. | 1861. | BA. 0.
1 p.l., pp. i-cclxxix, 1-368. 8. Vol. 1. Collection de Documents.
445 Grammatica de la Lengua Quiche". | Grammaire | de la |
Langue Qniche'e | Espagnole-Fra^aise | mise en parallele avec ses
deux dialectes, Cakchiquel et Tzutuhil, | Tire's des manuscrits des
meilleurs auteurs guatemaliens. | Ouvrage accompagne de notes
philologiques | avec un Vocabulaire | comprenant les sources prin-
cipales du Quiche" comparers aux langues germaniques | et suivi
d'un essai sur la poe"sie, la musique, la danse et Part dramatique |
chez les Mexicains et les Guatemalteques avant la conquete; | ser
vant d'iutroduction au | Kabinal-Achi | drame indigene avec sa mu
sique originate, texte quiche" et traduction fra^aise en regard. |
Eecueilli par | 1'Abbe Brasseur de Bourbourg, | Auteur de 1'Histoire
[&c., &c., 5 lines]. |
Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur, | 21, Eue Hautefeuille. | Lon
don, Triibner and Co., 60 Paternoster-Row. | 1862. | o.
2 p. 11., pp. i-xvii, 1-246. 8. Vol. 2. Collection do Documents.
Appended :
Eabinal-Achi | vepu | xahoh-tun | u bi xahoh rech vae tinamit
rabinal | x-u tzibam nabe | Bartolo Ziz, inama ah rabinal, | ri
x-elezah-vi quxtubal-ta re c'al qui qahol. | X-e xahon rech mamaib
Ah-Babiualeb chi nima-gih ri san Pablo, chi 25 gih ri iq enero | chi
hunab 1856 | rumal qui cahau ri cura mamaxel, | ahau Brasseur de
Bourbourg, | ri x-u-tzolcomih-vi ronohel tzih vae xahol rumal Qui
che chabal chi pranzez. |
Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, ahvuh, | 21, chi amag Hautefeuille u
bi. | 1862. |
Second title:
Rabiual-Achi | on | le drame-ballet du tun | piece sce"nique de la
ville de Eabinal | transcrite pour la premiere fois par | Bartolo Ziz,
aucien de la meme ville, | pour la laisser comine un souvenir a ses
enfants. | Les anciens de Eabinal la repre"senterent le jourde la fete
de la Conversion de Saint Paul | le 25 Janvier de 1'aimee 1856, | pour
la satisfaction de leur pere, administrateur et ancicn, | M. Brasseur
de Bourbourg, | qui la traduit en entier de la langue Quichee en
Franais. |
Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur, | 21 Rue Hautefeuille. | 1862 |
Pp. 1-122, 16 11. Quich<5e title verso of 1. 1 (p. 2) ; French title recto of 1. 2 (p. 3).
Some copies have the imprint: Paiis, | Auguste Durand, Libraire, | 7, Rue dea
Ore's. | Madrid, Builly-Bailliere, Libraire. | 1862. |
446 - - Eelation | des Choses | de Yucatan | de Diego de Landa |
Texte Espaguol et Traduction Francaise en regard | compreuant les
Sigues du Caleudrier | et de PAlphabet Hierogl.vphique de la Langue
BRASSEUR DE BOURI50URG.
Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbe Charles Etienne) continued.
Maya | aceo:npagnu cle documents divers historiques et chrouolo-
giques, | avec une Grammaire et un Vocabulaire Abieges Fran^uis-
Maya | precedes d'un essai sur les sources de 1'histoire primitive |
du Mexique, et de 1'Amerique Centrale, etc., d'apres les moinunents
Egyptiens | et de 1'Histoire primitive de 1'Egypte d'apres les monu
ments Americaius, | par | I'Abbe' Brasseur de. Bourbourg, Ancieu
Admiuistrateur ecclesiastique des ludiens de Rabinal (Guate"-
mala), | Membre de la Commission scieutifiqtie dn Mexique, etc. |
Paris, | Anguste Durand, Editeur, | 5, Eue des Gres | Bailly-
Bailliere, A Madrid. | 1864. | c.
2 p. 11., pp. i-cxii, l-51(i. 8. Vol. 3. Collection do Documents.
Es:iuisse cl'uue grammaire dc la langue Maya d'apres celles de Beltran et de
Cruz, pp. 459-479; Vocabulairo Maya-Francais d'aprfcs di vers anteurs cnciens et
modemes, pp. 480-512.
447 Quatre Lettres | sur | le Mexique | exposition absolue du
systeine hieroglyphique Mexicain | la flu de Page de pierre. Epoque
glaciaire temporaire | commencement de 1'age de bronze. Origines
de la civilisation | et des religions de I'autiquite | d'apres le Teo-
Aiuoxtli | et autres documents Mexicains, etc. | Par | M. Brasseur
de Bourbourg | Ancien administrateur eccldsiastique des Indiens de
Rabinal (Guatemala), etc. |
Paris | Maissoneuve et C', Libraires | 15, Qnai Voltaire. | Lon
don, Triibner and C, 60, Paternoster-Row. | 18^8 | Tous droits
reserve's | c.
Pp. i-xx, l-4(>3. 8. Vol.4. Collection de Documents.
Some copies have the imprint : Paris, | Auguste Durand et Pedore, Editeurs, |
5, Rue Cujas, | Bailly-Baillifere, Librairc a Madrid, | 1868. | Tous droits reserves. |
448 Monuments Auciens du Mexique | Palenque | et autres
mines | de 1'ancienne civilisation | du Mexique | Collection de Vues,
Bas-lleliefs | Morceaux d'architecture, Coupes, Vases, Terres cuites,
Cartes et Plans | dessines d'apres nature et releves | par M. de Wai-
deck | Texte redige" par M. Brasseur de Bourbourg | Membre de la
Commission scientifique du Mexique, etc. | Ouvrage public" | sons
les auspices de S. E. M. le Ministre de 1'Instruction Publique. |
Paris | Arthus Bertrand, fiditeur | Librairc de la Societe de Geo
graphic | 21, Rue Hautefeuille | 1866. |
Second title :
Eecherches | sur les | RuinesdePalenqu4 | et surlesorigiuesdela
civilisation | du Mexique | par | M. 1'Abbe Brasseur de Bourbourg ('
Membre de la Commission scieiitifiquc du Mexique | Texte publi^ |
avec les dessins de M. de Waldeck | snr les auspices de | S. E. M. le
Ministre de 1'Instructioii Publique. |
Paris | Arthus Bertraud, Editeur | Libraire de la Socie'te' de G6o-
graphii- | 21 Rue Hautefeuille | 1866. | BA. c.
1 p. 1., pp. i-xxiii, l-84,i-viii. folio. Mauy nborigiual terms passim.
r
/3.
IS.
90
NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbe Charles Etienne) continued.
449 - - MamiMcrit Troano. | Etudes | sur | le Systeme Graphique et
la Langue | des Mayas, | par | M. Brasseur de Bourbourg, | Ancien
NS. Administrateur Ecclesiastique des Indiens de liabinal (Guate
mala), | Membre de la Commission scientiflque du Mexique, etc. |
Tome Premier [-Second]. |
Paris. | Imprimerie Imperiale. | M DCCC LXIX [-M DCCC-
LXX]. [18G9-1870.] | BA. C.
2 vols. folio. Vol. 1, 2 p. 11., pp. i-viii, 1-244, aud Table des Mati6res, 221-224,
69 pis. ; vol. 2, 2 p. II., pp. i-xlix, 1-464.
Premiere Partie. Manuscrit Troano. Monographic ct Exposition du Systerno
graphique, vol. 1, pp. 1-220; Supplement, vol. 1, pp. 221-224; Introduction aux
elements de la Languo Maya, vol. 2, pp. i-xlix.
Deuxieme Partie. Grammaire (reprint of that of Antoine-Gabriel do Saiut-
Bnenaventur;!, Mexico, 1684) et Chrestomathie, vol. 2, pp. 1-122.
Troisieme Partie. Vocabulaire ge'ne'ral Maya-Francais et Espaguol, vol. 2, pp.
123-462.
This work was reprinted, minus the plates, as follows:
- Dictiounaire, Grammaire et Chrestomathie | de | la langue
pre'ce'de's d'une | Etude sur le Systeme Graphique | des In-
par | M. Brasseur de Bourbourg, |
450
Maya
digenes du Yucatan, (Mexique)
Aucien Missionnaire, [etc., 3 lines].
Paris, | Maisonneuve & C ie , Libraires fiditeurs, 15-Quai Vol-
tairc-15 | M DCCC LXXII [1872]. | s.
1 p. 1., pp. i-vii, 1-244, 221-224, i-xlix, 1-464. folio.
A portion of this volume was issued separately, as follows :
Catalogue des caracteres Mayas.
Paris, Imprimerie Imp6riale, 18G9. *
23 pp. 4. Cast at the Imprimerie Irnpe'riale for the publication of the Manu-
scrit Troauo, Etudes snr le systeme graphique et la laugue des Mayas. Bratseur
de Hourlourg.
453
Sommaire des j voyages scientiflques et des travauxlde g5o-
graphie, d'histoire, d'arch^ologiefet de philologie americainesJ,^
Saint-Cloud, veuve Belin, 1862. *
15 pp. 8. Not seen ; title from Catalogue of books in Library of Congress.
Lettre a M. Le"on de Eosny sur la de"couverte de documents
relatifs a la haute anfiquite americaine, et sur le dechiffreuient de
l'<jcriture phon^tique et figurative de la laugue juaya.
Paris, Amyot, 18C9. *
Extract from the M6moires de la Soci<St<5 d'Ethuographie de Paris. Brasseur
de Bourbourg.
454 - Antiquit^s Mexicaines. A propos d'un m^moire sur la pein-
ture didactique et 1'ficriture figurative des ancieus Mexicains, par
M. J. M. A. Aubin.
In Revue Archeologique, Paris, 1852.
Not seen ; title from Sabin's Diet.
BRASSEUR DE BOURBOURG.
91
Brasseur de Bourbourg (A bbc Charles Etienne) continued.
455 - - Essai historique sur les sources de la philologie mexicaine
et sur 1'etkuographie de 1'Amerique Centrale. *
In Revue Orientale et Americaine, vol. 1, pp. 341-380; vol. 2, pp. 64-75.
Paris, 1859. 8 C .
Contains bibliography of works in the languages of Central America.
Title furnished by Mr. Kami's. Also, according to Sabin's Diet., printed sepa
rately.
456 - Coup d'ceil SOT la Nation et la Langue des Wabi population
maritime de la cote de Tehuantapec (Mexique). Par Brasseur de
Bourbourg.
Iu Revue Orientale et Americaine, vol. 5, pp. 261-271. Paris, 1861. 8.
Reprinted in Societe Americaine de France, Archives, nouvelle sene. toine 1,
pp. 131-142. Paris, 1875. 8.
457 - Quelques traces d'une Emigration de 1'Europe Septentrio-
nale en Amerique dans les traditions et les langues de 1'Amerique
Ceutrale. Lettre adresse"e il M. C. C. Kafn, Secretaire de la Societe"
Royale des Antiquaires du Nord a Copenhague, par M. I'AbW Bras
seur de Bourbourg.
In Nouvelles Anr.ales des Voyages, vol.4, 1858, pp. 261-292 (vol. 160 of the
the collection). Paris, n. d. 8.
Vocabulary, pp. 281-289. "The greater number of these words belong equally
to the three sister languages, Quiche'e, Cakchiquele, and Tzntohile. I will indi
cate in a special manner those which belong to another language." Braaeur de
Bourbourg.
458 Notes d'un Voyage dans l'Ame~rique Centrale. Lettres
M. Alfred Maury, Bibliothe'caire de 1'Institut.
In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 3, 1855, pp. 129-158 (vol. 147 of the
collection). Paris, n. d. 8.
General remarks on the languages of Central America.
This was replied to by Mr. E. G. Squier (q. r.) in the succeeding volume of the
above series.
459
4(>0
Esquisses d'Histoire, d'Arche~ologie, d'Ethnographie, etc.
[Paris, 1864.J
Not seen ; litle from Bancroft's Native Races.
Codex Chinialpopoca contenant les I3poqu.es, dites Histoire
des Soleils et 1'Histoire des Eoyaumes de Colhuacau et de Mexico. *
Manuscript. 93 11. 4. Mexican tex . (corrected after that of M. Aubiu), with
an attempt it a French translation in juxtaposition. Copied and translated by
the undersigned. This is the copy of the document marked at No. 13, $ viii of the
catalogue of Boturini, under the title of "Historia de los Reynos de Colhuacan
y Mexico, etc."
This docnmi nt, in which for the first time I have lifted the mysterious veil that
covered the symbols of the religion and history of Mexico, is the most important
of all those which remain to us of ancient Mexican annals. It embraces, chro
nologically arranged, the geological history of the world, by periods of 13 years,
commencing more than 10,000 years before the Christian era, according to Mexi
can calculations. Hrasneur dc Bourbourg.
Possibly this has been printed, as I find the following in a book catalogue, the-
date of which 1 do not know :
ipxj ^
^h \ 4 i
*....** ::
92 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Brasseur de Bourbourg ( Abbe Charles fitieune) continued.
401 Codex Cliimalpopoca. Manuscrit en langue nahuatl de
Pancienne collection de Boturini sous le litre de Historia de los
reynos de Col human y Mexico.
" Iu press. M. Brasseur de Bourbourg is making a duplicate translation of the
first part of this work, which will soon appear. Under the notions of mythologic
story and under those of Qnetzalcoatl and of the kings of Tollan, is veiled
the history of that ancient cataclysm occasioned by the termination of the glacial
epoch in America; it confines itself chiefly to the glaciers of the Amazon,
described with minutest details, the volcanic eruptions which fixed the present
continent, the age and epoch of sandstone which covers so great a part of these
regions, and that of all the deposits which cover the Amazonian valleys. The
whole of these revelations given by the Mexican geologists through ten thousand
years agree in the closest possible manner even to the present time with the work
of M. Agassiz. It explains fully what that savant so long sought, the origin and
extent of the ancient Amazonian barriers, and reveals even to the smallest par
ticulars those mysterious deposits of gold, silver, sapphire, emerald, and jade of
whoso discovery the Spaniards, in their search for the Eldorado, vainly dreamed."
Maisonneuve Hook Cat.
See Galicia (F. C.), Men'doza (G.), and Soils (F. S.)
46a Bravo (Fr. Juan). Arte de la Leugua de Michoacan. Confeso-
nario. Preparacion para bien morir. Explicacion del Salmo:
Miserere. Explicaciou del Salmo: Beati qui audiunt. Explicaciou
de las Letanias. *
Three works in the Tarascan Language, printed in Mexico by Pedro Balli, in
1574. 8. Beristain.
463 [Brebceuf (R. P. Jean).] Doctrine | Chrestienne, dv E. P. Ledesme
de la | Compagnie de lesvs. | Traduite eu Laugage Canadois, pour
la Con- | uersion des habitans du dit pays. | Par vn pere de la meme
Compagnie. |
A Eoveu," I Chez Richard PAllemant, | pres le College. | 1630. |
Pp. 1-26. 1C. JCB.
Ludowig' erroneously states that Breboeuf's translation was printed at Rouen,
1(110. 8.
464 Doctrine Chrestienne, dv E. P. Ledesme de la Compagnie de
lesvs. Traduicte en Langage Canadois, autre que celuy des Mon-
tagnars, pour la conuercion des habitans du dit pays. Par le E. P.
Brebceuf de la mesme Compagnie.
In Champlain (S. de). Les Voyages de la Novvelle France, pp. 1-15. Pans,
'Claude Collet, 1632. 4.
465 Doctrine Chrestienne, Dv E. P. Ledesme do la Compagnie
de lesvs. Traduicte en Langage Canadois, autre qne celuy des
Montagnars, pour la conuersion des habitans du dit pays. Par le
E. P. Brebceuf de la meme Compagnie.
In Champlain (S. de). Les Voyages de la Novvelle France, pp. 1-15. Paris,
Louis Sevestre, 1632. 4. .
Ludewig, quoting from Vater, states that the edition Paris, Collet, 1627, 8
contains the linguistic pieces by Brebceuf and Masse'. This is not correct.
BRAS8EUR DE BOURBOURG BRETON. 93
[Breboeuf (R. P. Jean)] continued.
466 Doctrine Chrestienne, dv R. P. Ledesme, de la Compagnie
de lesvs. Traduicte en Laugage Canadois, antre que celuy des
Montaguars, pour la conuersion des habitans du dit pays. Par le
R. P. Breboeuf de la mesine Compagnie.
In Champlain (S. de). Les Voyages de la Novvelle France, pp. 1-15. Paris,
Claude Collet, 1040. 4.
467 Doctrine Chrestienne, dv R. P. Ledesme de la Compagnie
de lesvs. Traduicte en Langage Canadois, autre que celuy des
_ Moiitagnars, pour la conuersion des babitaus du dit pays. Par le
R. P. Brebceuf de la mesme Compagnie.
In Champlain, CEuvres de, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 1-15 (pp. 1*03-1407 of the series).
Quebec, 1870. 8.
468 Relation | de ce qvi s'est passe" | en la | jSbwelle France |
en 1'annee 1636. | Enuoyee an | R. Pere Provincial | de la Compagnie
de lesvs | en la Prouiuce de France. | Par le P. Paul le leune de la
mesme Compaguie, | Superieur de la Residence de Kebec. |
A Paris, | cliez Sebastien Cramoisy Imprimeur | ordinaire du
Roy, | M. DC. XXXVII [1637]. | Avec Privilege dv Roy. |
4 p. 11., 172 pp. Relation . . . des Humus . . . [par Jean de BnSbnif], pp. 2-23.
Not seen ; title from Sabin's Diet.
469 Relation de ce qvi s'est passe dans le pays des Hvrons.
En 1'annee 1636. Enuoye*e a Kebec au R. P. Paul le leime, Supe
rieur de la Mission de la Compaguie de lesvs, en la Nounelle France.
(D'apres 1'edition de S6bastien Cramoisy, publi^e a Paris en 1'annde
1637.)
In Relations des Jesuites, vol. 1, pp. 76-139. Qn6be, CoteM858. 8.
Oraisou [in Huron, with interlinear French translation], pp. 89,90. Chapi-
tre iv. De la langne dts Hurons, pp. 91-100.
Jean do Brebceuf was one of the first five Jesuit missionaries who came to
Canada with Champlain in 1625. After having passed tlie winter following
among the Montagnais, he was sent in 162S among the Hurous, to whom he was
the first Jesuit missionary. The conquest of the country by the English inter
rupted his mission, but Canada having been restored to Franco he in 1634 entered
a second time into his work. In the spring of 1649, the Iroquois having taken
St. Lonis, where he worked with Pere Gabriel Lalemant, made prisoners of the
two missionaries, and subjected them to the most cruel martyrdom. Jesuit Rela
tions.
470 - Huron Grammar. *
Manuscript. Referred to by Chanmonot in his life, but now lost. Hist. Mag.
471 Breton (R. P. Raymond). Petit | Cat^chisme | ov | Sommaire des
Trois Pre- | mieres parties de la Doctrine | Chrestienne. | Traduit
du Francois, en la langue des Ca- | raibes Insulaires, par le R. P.
Raymond | Breton Sous-Prieux du Conuent des | Freres Prescbeurs
de Blainuille. |
A Avxerre. | Par Gilles Bovqvet, Imprimeur or- | diuaire du
Roy. | MD.C.LXIV [1664]. | JOB.
Pp. 1-70. 16 C .
94 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Breton (R. P. Raymond) continued.
472 - - Dictionuaire | Caraibe- Francois, | Mesl6 de quautitd do
Remarques | historiques pour I'eclaircissement | de la Langue. |
Compost par le E. P. Eaymoud Breton, | Eeligieux de 1'ordre des
Freres Prescheurs, | & 1'vn des premiers Missionaires Apo- | sto-
liqnes en 1'Isle de la Gardeloupe & au- | tres circonuoisines de
1'Amerique. |
A Avxerre. | Par Gilles Bovqvet, Imprimeur | ordinaire du Eoy. |
M.D.O.LXV [1665]. | C. JOB.
8 p. 11., pp. 1-480. 1C .
473 Dictionnaire | Frangois-Caraibe, | Compose" par le E. P.
Eaymoud Bieton, | Keligieux de 1'ordre des Freres Preschenrs, | &
1'vu des quatre premiers Franois | Missionaires A]>ostoliqnes en
PIsle de la | Gardeloupe, & autres circonuoisines de | I'Ame'rique. |
A Avxerre. | Par Gilles Bovqvet, Imprimeur | ordinaire du Roy. |
M.D.C.LXVI [1666]. | C. JOB.
Title, reverse blank, 1 ]., 4 other p. 11., pp. 3-415. 16.
474 Grammaire | Caraibe. | Composee par le R. P. Raymond
Breton | Religieux de POrdre des Freres Prescheurs, | & 1'vn des
quatre premiers Missionnaires | Apostoliques eii I'Isle de la Garde-
loupe, | & autre circonuoisines de 1'Amerique. |
A Avxerre. | Par Gilles Bovqvet, Imprimeur | ordinaire du Roy. |
M.D.C.LXVII [1667]. | JCB.
Pp. 1-136. l(j. Ludewig mentions an edition of 1668, 8.
475 Grammaire carai'be, suivie du Cat^chisme caraibe. par le
P. Raymond Breton. Nouvelle edition conforme & 1'originale, pu-
._ bliee par L. Adam et Ch. Leclerc.
Paris, 1878. *
xxxii, 80 and 56 pp. 8. Forms vol. 3 of Ihe collection of American linguistics
published by Maisonneuve & Co., Paris. Leclerc.
476 Bretton (Baron de). Origines des Peuples de I'Ame'rique.
In Cong. Int. des Americanistes, Compte-Rendn, premiere session, tome 1,
pp. 438-449. Nancy and Paris, 1875. 8.
Comparative vocabulary "Indien" and "Danois," p. 448.
477 Breve y m&s compendiosa Doctrina Christiana en lengua Mexicana
y Castellana, que contiene las cosas in as necessarias de uuestra
saucta fe" catholica, para aprovechamiento destos indios naturales
y salvaciou de sus animus. Con licencia y privilegio.
Colophon :
A honra y gloria de Nuest.ro Sefior Jesu-christo, y de la Virgen
Santissima su madre, fu4 impressa esta Doctrina Christiana, por
mandado del seuor don Fray Juan de Zumarraga, primer obispo
desta grau ciudad de Tenuchtitlan, Mexico desta Nueva Espaiia y
4 su costa, en casa de Juan Cromberger, auo de mill y quinieutos y
treinta y nueve. [1539.] *
10 11. 4. Title from Cartas de Indias, Madrid, 1877, p. 787.
BRETON BRINTON. 95
Breve y m&s coinpcndiosa Doctrina Christiaua, etc. continued.
In his work on the life and writings of Bishop Zutmtrraga, Sr. Icazbalceta
gives this title and says: "I copy literally this title which I find in the Cartasde
Indias. The notice of a book printed in Mexico prior to all others deserves a
more exact and wider notice. Notwithstanding my relations with some of the
editors of that publication and the interest that my friend Sr. Tamayo y Bans
took in the subject, it has been impossible for me to obtain further information
respecting this precious work even whence the title was obtained.
478 Brice (Wallace A.) History | of | Fort Wayne, | from | the eailiest
known accounts | of | this point, | to the present period. | Embra
cing an extended view of the Aboriginal Tribes | of the Northwest,
including, more especially, | the Miamies, of this locality their
habits, | customs, etc. Together with a compreheu- | sive summary
of the General Relations | of the Northwest, from the latter | part
of the seventeenth ceu- | tury, to the struggles of 1812-14; | with a
sketch of the | Life of General Anthony Wayne; | including also a
lengthy | Biography of the late Hon. Samuel Hanna, | together
with short | Sketches of several of the early pioneer | settlers of
Fort Wayne. | Also an account of the | Manufacturing, Mercantile,
and Railroad Interests | of Fort Wayne and Vicinity. | By Wallace
A. Brice. | With illustrations. |
Fort Wayne, Ind: | D. W. Jones & Son, Steam Book and Job
Printers. | 1868. | BA. C.
Pp. i-xvi, 1-324, i-33. 8.
A few tribal names with English signification, p. 17.
479 Brickell (John). The Natural | History | of | North-Carolina. |
With an | Account | of the | Trade, Manners, and Customs of the j
Christian and Indian Inhabitants. II- | lustrated with Copper-
Plates, whereon are | curiously Engraved the Map of the Country, |
several strange Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Snakes, | Insects, Trees, and
Plants, &c. | By John Brickell, M. D. | [One line quotation.] |
Dublin: | Printed by James Carson, in Coghill's-Court, Dame- |
street, opposite to the Castle Market. | For the Author, | 1737. |
Pp. i-viii, 1-408. 8. map. BA. C. JOB.
The material for this work was stolen from Lawson. Field.
Short comparative vocabulary of the Tuskeruro Indians, Pamticoe Indians,
and Woccon Indians, p. 407.
480 The Natural History of North Carolina. With an account
of the Trades, Manners and Customs of the Christian and Indian
Inhabitants. Illustrated with Copper-Plates, whereon are curiously
Engraved the Map of the Country, several strange Beasts, Birds,
Fishes, Snakes, Insects, Trees and Plants, etc.
Dublin: 1743. *
408 pp. 8. The same as the edition of 1737 with a new title-page. BartleU.
481 Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison). Notes | on the | Floridian Penin
sula, | its | Literary History, | Indian Tribes and Antiquities. |
By | Daniel G. Brinton, A. B. |
96 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison) continued.
Philadelphia: | Published by Joseph Sabin, | No. 27 South Sixth
Street, above Chestnut. | 1859. | BA. c.
Pp. i-viii, 13-202. 12.
Remarks on the Timuqnana language, with a few examples, pp. 134-138.
482 The | Myths of the New World: | a treatise | on the | Sym
bolism and Mythology | of the | Red Race of America. | By | Daniel
G. Brinton, A. M., M. D., | Member of [&c., &c., three lines.] |
New York: | Leypoldt & Holt. | 1868. | BA. o. ft
Pp. i-viii, 1-307. 8.
A few remarks on American languages, pp. 7-10, and, scattered throughout,
many aboriginal words.
483 The | Myths of the New World | A treatise | in the Symbol
ism and Mythology | of the | Red Race of America | By | Daniel
G. Brinton, A. M., M. D. | Member of [&c.,_&c., six liuesj. | Second
edition, revised. |
New York | Henry Holt and Company | 1876 | *
2 p. 11., pp. i-viii, 1-331. 12. Not seen ; title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.
484 The (Ancient Phonetic Alphabet | of | Yucatan. | ByD. G.
Briuton, M. D. | [Printer's device.]
New York : | J. Sabin & Sons, No. 84 Nassau Street. | 1870. |
Pp. 1-8. large 8. BA. WE.
485 [Remarks on the Nature of the Maya Group of Languages.]
In A Philosoph. Soc., Proc., vol. 11, pp. 4-6. Philadelphia, 1871. 8.
486 Contributions to a Grammar of the Muskokee Language.
By D. G. Brinton, M. D.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Proc., vol. 11, pp. 301-309. Philadelphia, 1871. 8.
Historical notes on the language, its dialects, affinities and literature, pp. 301-
304; the Alphabet, pp. 304-305; Remarks on Buckner's Maskokee Grammar,
pp. 305-30G ; the Muskokee Verb, pp. 307-308 ; Specimen Sentence, pp. 308-309.
Separately issued as follows:
487 Contributions | to a | Grammar | of the | Muskokee Lan
guage, | by | D. G. Brinton, M. D., | Member of the American
Philosophical Society; the Pennsylvania | Historical Society; Cor
responding Member of the | American Ethnological Society, etc. |
(From the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society.)
Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, Printers, 237-9 Dock Street, |
1870. | A. T. WE. JBD. wns.
Printed cover, pp. 301-309. 8.
488 On the Language of the Natchez.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Proc., vol. 13, pp. 483-499. Philadelphia, 1873. 8.
Vocabulary of the Natchez, procured by Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson, and including
Gallatin's vocabulary, pp. 486-491 ; Numerals (1-1,000,000), p. 491 ; Verbal forms,
p. 492; Indicative forms, pp. 492-494; Comparison of Natchez terms with those
of the Maskoki, Seminole, Choctaw, Koosatis, and Mikasuki, pp. 495-497 ; Words
from early French authors, pp. 497-498.
BRINTON BBISBIN. 97
Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison) continued.
489 - - The Names of the Gods in the Kiche Myths, Central
America. By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D. Bead before the American
Philosophical Society, November 4, 1881.
In Am. Philos. Soc., Proceedings, vol. 19, pp. 613-647. Philadelphia, 1881. 8.
Contains specimens of the Kiche names, prayers, &c.
Issued separately as follows :
490 The | Names of the Gods | in the | Kiche Myths, Central
America. | By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D., | Secretary [&c., &c., five
lines]. | (Read before the American Philosophical Society, Novem
ber 4, 1881.) |
Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, Prs., 237-9 Dock St. | 1881. |
Pp. 1-37. 8. JWP.
491 The Natchez of Louisiana, an offshoot of the Civilized Na
tions of Central America. By D. G. Brinton, M. D.
In Hist. Mag., second series, vol. 1, pp. 16-18. Morrisania, N. Y., 1867. sm. 4 C .
A few words of Natchez and Choctaw compared and a " Comparative Vocabu
lary of the Natchez, Huasteca, and Maya tongues."
492 The National Legend of the Chahta-Muskokee Tribes. By
D. G. Brinton, M. D.
In Hist. Mag., second series, vol. vii, pp. 118-126. Morrisania, N. Y., 1870.
sm. 4.
Contains a few native terms with English signification, and the Tribal divi
sions of the Muskokees according to several authors.
Separately issued as follows :
493 The | National Legend | of the | Chata-Muskokee Tribes. |
By | D. G. Brinton, M. D. | Morrisania, N. Y. : | 1870. | A. s. T.
Printed title on cover, title 1 1., "prefatory note" 1 1., pp. 5-13. large 8.
494 The Books of Chilan Balam, | The Prophetic and Historic
Records | of the Mayas of Yucatan. | By Daniel G. Briuton, M. D. |
Vice- President [&c., six lines]. [Seal.]
Edward Stern & Co., | Philadelphia. | [1882.] JWP.
Pp. 1-19. 8.
Reprinted from the Penn Monthly, March, 1882.
495 Notes on the Codex Troano and the chronology of the
Mayas.
In American Naturalist, vol. 15, pp. 719-724. Philadelphia, 1881. 8.
Editor.
See Byington (Cyrus).
496 Brisbin (Genl. James S.) The Language of Signs, universally
known aud used by all American Tribes of Indians. By Genl. Jas.
S. Brisbin. U. S. Army.
Manuscript, 36 pp., 4, in the Smithsonian Institution.
Contains many Crow, Sioux, and Snake terms.
7 Bib
98 NORTH AMERICAN .LINGUISTICS.
497 British and Foreign Bible Society. St. John III. 16 | in some of the |
Languages and Dialects | in which the | British and Foreign | Bible
Society | has printed and circulated | the Holy Scriptures. |
London: | British and Foreign Bible Society, Queen Victoria
Street. | Philadelphia Bible Society, cor. Walnut and Seventh Sts., |
Philadelphia. | WE. JWP.
No imprint. Printed title on cover, pp. 3-30. 12.
Contains St. John III. 16 in the following American languages:
Greenland, p. 29, Cree, p. 29, Mohawk, p. 30.
Esquimaux, p. 29, Ojibwa, p. 29, Mayan, p. 30.
Tinne, p. 29, Maliseet, p. 30,
498 St. John iii, 16, in most of the Languages and Dialects in
which the British and Foreign Bible Society has printed or circu
lated the Holy Scriptures. Enlarged Edition.
London: Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society.
[MS, 1878 - ***
Ip.l., pp. 1-50. 16.
St. John iii, 16, in the following American languages :
Eskimo, p. 26, Chippewyan or Tinne (syllabic char-
Greenland, p. 26. acters), p. 27.
Tukudh (Louchenx) Indians, p. 26 Ojibwa, p. 27.
Cree (Eastern), in syllabic characters, Maliseet, p. 27.
p. 26. Micmac, p. 28.
Cree (Western), Roman characters, Mohawk, p. 28.
p. 27. Mexican or Aztec, p. 28.
Mayan, p. 28.
Brown (D.)
See Butrick (D. S.) and Brown (D.)
499 Brown (H. B.) [Vocabularies of the Tribes of California.]
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3. Washington,
1877. 4.
Vocabulary of the Colouse and Teharra, pp. 518-529; Of the Digger [Maidn],
pp. 586-597.
500 Brown (Theodore V.) Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta.
In Wheeler (G. M.) Report upon U. 8. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465, 471.
Washington, 1879. 4.
501 Bruce (W. H.) Vocabulary of the Menomonee.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 470-481. Philadelphia,
1852. 4.
502 Bruhl (Dr. Gustav). Aztlan Chiromoztok. | Eine ethnologische
Studie. | Von Dr. Gustav Bruhl. |
New York, Cincinnati und St. Louis. | Druck und Verlag von
Benziger Brothers. | 1879. | ASG.
Pp. 1-1G. 8. A few Azte^ words scattered through.
503 Brun or Bruun (Rasmus). Gronland Psalmbog Kiobenhavnime
1761. *
Not seen title from Nyerup.
BRITISH AND FOREIGN BIBLE SOCIETY BRYANT. 99
504 Brunson (Alfred). Wisconsin Geographical Names. By Alfred
Brunson.
In Wisconsin Hist, Soc. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 110-115. Madison, 1855. 8.
A few aboriginal terms, with English signification.
505 Bruyas (Rev. James). Eadices | Verborum Iroquaeorum. | Auc-
tore | R. P. Jacobo Bruyas, | Societatis Jesu. |
Neo-Eboraci: | Typis J. M. Shea. | 18C3. |
Second title :
Eadical Words | of the | Mohawk Language, | with their deriva
tives. | By Rev. James Bruyas S. J. | Missionary on the Mohawk. |
New -York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1862. | BA. JWP.
2 p. 11., pp. 1-123. 8. Latin title recto 1. 2 ; English title recto 1. 3.
Shea's Library of American Linguistics, vol. x. Reprinted as follows:
506 - (E.) I Eadical Words | of the | Mohawk Language, | with
their derivatives. | By Eev. James Bruyas, S. J., | Missionary on the
Mohawk. | Published from the Original Manuscript. | *
Title 1 1., pp. 3-123. 8.
In Sixteenth Annual Report of the Regents of the University of the Slate of
New York, on the condition of the State Cabinet of Natural History. Albany
1863, 8, but with the heading: "Fifteenth Report on the Cabinet of Nat. His
tory."
Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy in his possession.
507 Bryant ( ). Table to shew the Affinity between the Languages
spoken at Ooiialashka and Norton Sound, and those of the Green-
landers and Esquimaux.
In Cook (J.) and King (J.) Voyage to the Pacific Ocean, vol. 3, pp. 552-553.
London, 1784. 4.
Contains vocabularies of Oonalashka, Norton Sound, Greenland (from Crantz),
and Esquimaux.
These vocabularies appear in both the English editions of 1784 (q. v. under
Cook and Dixon); in the Dublin ed., 1784, 3 vols. 8. (vol. 3, pp. 554-555) ; in the
extract of Cook and Dixon's voyage inKerr (R.)Gen. Hist, and Coll. Voyages and
Travels, Edinburgh, 1811-1817, 17 vols. (Vols. 17, pp. 310-311); and, according
to Ludewig, p. 70, in Pallas (Peter Simon). Nene Nordische Beitraegc zur
physikalischen und geographischen Erd- und. Voelkerbeschreibuug, Naturge-
schichte und Oekouomie, vol. 1, p. 308. St. Petersburg, 1781-1796; 7 vols. 8.
508 Bryant (Edwin). What I saw in California | Being the | Journal
of a Tour, | by the Emigrant Eoute and South Pass of the Eocky
Moun- | tains, across the Continent of North America, the | Great
Desert Basin, and through California, | in the years 1846, 1847. |
[One line quotation.] | By Edwin Bryant, | late Alcade of St. Fran
cisco. |
New York: | D. Appleton & Company, 200 Broadway. | Phila
delphia: | Geo. S. Appleton, 148 Chestnut Street. | MDCCCXL-
VIII. | BA - -
Pp. 1-455. 8.
Short Utah vocabulary, p. 165.
Another edition, London, 1849, 12, vi, 137 pp., minus the linguistics.
j
100 NORTH AMERICAN 'LINGUISTICS.
Bryant (Edwin) continued.
509 What I saw in California: | being the | Journal of a Tour, |
by the Emigrant Eoute and South Pass of the Rocky | Mountains,
across the Continent of North | America, the Great Desert Basin, |
and through California, | in the Years 1846, 1847. | "All which I
saw, and part of which I was." Dryden. | By | Edwin Bryant, |
late Alcalde of St. Francisco. | Seventh Edition. | With | An
Appendix, | containing | Accounts of the Gold Mines, Various
Eoutes, | Outfit, etc., etc. |
New -York: | D. Appleton & Company, 200 Broadway, | Phila
delphia: | Geo. S. Appleton, 164 Chestnut Street. | MDCCCX-
LIX. | JWP.
Pp. 1^80. 12.
Short vocabulary of the Utah, p. 165.
510 Buchanan (James), H. B. M. Consul. Sketches | of the | History,
Manners and Customs | of the | North American Indians, | with | a
plan for their melioration. | By James Buchanan, Esq. | His Brit-
tanic Majesty's Consul for the State of New York. | In two vol
umes. | Vol. I. [-II.] |
New York: | Published by William Borredaile. | No. 130 Fulton-
street, | 1824. | HU. 0.
2 vols. 16.
Chapter x. Language of the Indians. By Peter S. Duponceau. Vol. 2, pp. 48-77.
Catalogue of Manuscript Works on the Indians and their Languages, presented
to the American Philosophical Society or deposited in their Library. Vol. 2, pp.
79-S2.
These two articles reprinted from Am. Phil. Soc. Trans., Hist, and Lit. Com.,
vol. 1. Phila., 1819. 8.
511 Sketches | of the | History, Manners, and Customs | of
the | North American Indians. | By James Buchanan, Esq. | His
Majesty's Consul for the | State of New York. |
London: | Printed for Black, Young, and Young, | Tavistock-
Street, | MUCCCXXIV. [1824.] | BA. LSH.
Pp. i-xi, 1-371. 8. Contents as in American edition.
512 Buckner (H. F.) The Lord's Prayer in Comauche. JWP.
In Texas Baptist.
I have seen only the scrap cut from the Texas Baptist, and am unable to give
the date. It was copied into The Standard July 12, 1877.
513 Buckner (H. F.) and Herrod (G.) A | Grammar | of the | Maskoke.
or Creek Language. | To which are prefixed | Lessons in Spelling,
Reading, and Defining. | By | H. F. Buckner, | a Missionary, under
the patronage of the Domestic and Indian | Mission Board of the
Southern Baptist Convention; | assisted by his interpreter, | G.
Herrod, | Superintendent of Public Instruction, etc., | Micco Creek
Nation. |
Marion, Ala. : | Published by | the Domestic and Indian Mission
Board | of the Southern Baptist Convention. | 1860. | BA.C. JWP.
Pp. 1-139. 12.
BRYANT BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. 101
Buckner (H. F.) and Herrod (G.) continued.
514 The Gospel | according to John. | Oponvkv hera chanicho-
yvten, | oksumkvlki irkinvkv, | H. F. Buckner | (ichohonvnwv), |
inyvtikv G. Herrod itipake Masoke | inioponvk tohidhoechvtet
omis. | Pohesayechv Chesuo hechkvte atekat ohrolope | chokpi rok-
kohvmkin, chokpi chinv- | pakin, pali-epakvtis. |
Marion, Ala.: | Published by the Domestic and Indian | Mission
Board of the Southern | Baptist Convention : | 1860. | ABS. c. JWP.
Pp. 1-186, 2 11. 16.
See Davis (John) and Lykins (J.) for earlier edition.
515 Maskoke Hymns. | Original, collected, and revised. | By |
H. F. Buckuer, | A Baptist missionary, | and | G. Herrod, | Inter
preter. | [Two lines quotation.] |
Marion, Ala: | Published by the | Domestic and Indian Mission
Board | of the Southern Baptist Convention. | 1860. | BA. c.
Pp. 1-140. 24.
A printed note says many of the hymns were revised and corrected from an old
manuscript collection, composed or translated by Elder James Prettynian, a native
Baptist preacher. For an earlier edition see Fleming (John).
516 Buenaventura (Gabriel de San). Arte | de | la Lengva | Maya, |
Compuesto por el R. P. Fr. | Gabriel de San Buenaventura a | Pre-
dicador, y deflnidor habitual de la Provincia de San Joseph | de
Yucatan del Orden de N. P. S. | Francisco. [Design.]
Auo de 1684. | En Mexico, por la Viuda de Bernardo Calde-
ron. | JOB.
8 p. 11., 41 11. sm. 4. Ludewig erroneously quotes an edition of 1560; there is
no such edition.
517 Diccionario Mayo-Hispano 6 Hispano-Mayo. *
Manuscript in 3 vols., in the library of the Franciscan Fathers of Yucatan. It
consists of 500 11., and is at the same time a work on the medical and botanical
products of the country. Beristain.
518 Buk. The [ Buk ov Djenesis. | In Mikmak.
Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, by | Isaac Pit
man, Bath. | 1857. | c.
Pp. 1-213. 16. In phonetic characters.
519 - The I Buk of Samz. | In Mikmak. |
Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, by | Isaac Pit
man, | Bath. 1859. | s.
Pp. 1-282. 16. In phonetic characters.
520 Bureau of Ethnology. First Annual Report | of the | Bureau of
Ethnology | to the | Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution |
1879-'80 | by J. W. Powell | Director | [Design] |
Washington | Government Printing Office | 1881 | JWP.
Pp. i-xxxv, 1-603. royal 8. map.
Dorsey (J. O.), Gatschet (A. S.), and Riggs (S. R.) Illustration of the method
of recording Indian languages, pp. 579-589.
102 NORTH AMEKICAN LINGUISTICS.
Bureau of Ethnology continued.
Hoffman (W. J.) Sentences with interlinear translation, p. 483, et al.
Mallery (Garrick). Sign language among the North American Indians, pp.
263-652.
Powell (J. W.) On the evolution of language, pp. 1-16.
Wyandott government, pp. 57-69.
521 Burton (Richard F.) The City of the Saints and across the Eocky
Mountains to California. By Richard F. Burton.
London: Longman [etc.] 1861. | *
Pp. x, 2, 707. 8. maps. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
522 The City of the Saints, | and Across the Rocky Mountains
to California. | By | Richard F. Burton, | author of | "The Lake
Regions of Central Africa," etc. | With Illustrations. |
New York : | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. |
1862. | JWP. Q ,
Pp. v-xii, 2 11., pp. 1-574. .8. Map.
Remarks on the Sioux or Dakotah language, pp. 120-122.
Sabiu's Dictionary adds: Second edition. London, Longman, 1862. 8.
523 Buschmann ( Johann Carl Bduard). tiber den Naturlaut. Von Hrn.
Buschmann.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlnngen, aus dem Jahre 1852.
Pr. 3, pp. 391-423. Berlin, 1853. 4.
Contains a few words of Dahcota, Monnitarri, Kadjak, Yankton, Eskimo, Gron-
landiscli, Cherokee, Chwachamajul, Pawui, Konza, Oto, Cahita, Maya, Wyandot,
Caynga, Seneca. Pottawatameh, Blackfoot, Tarrahumara, Katahba, Chippeway,
Shawans, Cochimi, Omaha, Quappa, Nez Perce', Koloschien, Tepeguana, Kinai,
Klicatat, Inilik, and Olamentke.
Issued separately as follows :
524 tiber | den Naturlaut, | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. |
Berlin, | In Ferd. Dummler's Verlags-Buchliaudlung. | 1853. j
Gedruckt in der Druckerei der koniglichen Akademie | der Wisseii-
schaften. |
1 p. 1 , pp. 1-34. 4. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.
525 tiber die Aztekischen Ortsnamen. Von Hrn. Buschmann.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungeu, aus dem Jahre 1*52.
pt. 3, pp. 607-811. Berlin, 1853. 4.
Separately issued as follows :
526 tiber die | Aztekischen Ortsnamen, | von | Joh. Carl Ed.
Buschmann. | Erste Abtheilung. |
Berlin, | In Ferd. Duminler's Verlags-Buchhanclluug. | 1853. | Ge
druckt in der Druckerei der Koniglichen Akademie | der Wissen-
schaften. | ASO. # .
lp. 1., pp. 1-206. 4.
527 Die Spuren der aztekischen Sprache im nordlichen Mexico
und hb'heren Amerikauischen Norden. Zugleich cine Mustering der
Volker und Sprachen des nb'rdlicheu Mexico's und der Westseite
BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY BUSCHMANN. 103
f
Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard) continued.
Nordamerika's von Guadalaxara an bis zum Eismeer. Von Job.
Carl Ed. Buscbmauu.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dein Jahre 1854,
Zweiter Supp.-Band, pp. 1-819. Forms the whole volume. Berlin, 1859. 4.
Erster Theil. Die Spureii der aztekischeu Sprache im nordlichen Mexico : etc.
CONTENTS.
Pima-Cepata local names, p. 19.
Tarahuinara local names, pp. 20-23.
Tepeguara local names, pp. 23-25.
Remarks on Cahita and Tarahumara words in Ternaux Compans (Nouvelles
Annales), pp. 32-34.
Cora, Cabita, and Tepeguara polysynthetic words, pp. 36-39.
Vocabulary of the Cora, Cahita, Tarahumara, and Tepeguara, pp. 68-110.
Grammatic comments on the preceding list, pp. 110-147.
Zweiter Theil. Musterung der Volker und Sprachen Mexico's nnd der Westseite
Nordamerika's von Gnadalaxara, etc.
CONTENTS.
Lord's prayer in Tubas; and same analyzed, pp. 164-170.
Affinities of the Tubas with other languages, pp. 120-172.
Lord's prayer in Hiaqui ; and comments, pp. 212-218.
Lord's prayer in Eudeve ; and comments, pp. 223-227.
Affinities of the Eudeve and other languages, pp. 227-229.
Lord's prayer in Opata ; and comments, pp. 230-236.
Numerals (1-10) and a few words of Coco Maricopa (from Emory in Am. Eth.
Soc. vol. 2), p. 266.
A few words of Coco, Maricopa, and Yuma compared, p. 267.
Vocabulary of the Yuma (from Whipple), pp. 271-274.
Vocabulary of the Moqui (from Simpson), p. 289.
Affinities of the Moqui with other languages, pp. 291-293.
Comparative vocabulary of the Navajo and Jicorilla (from Simpson), p. 320.
Short vocabulary of the Yutah (from Simpson), p. 349.
Comparison of Yutah with kindred languages, pp. 352-357.
Vocabulary of the Comauchen (from Kriwitz), pp. 371-375.
Vocabulary of the Comanchen (from Neighbors in Schoolcraft, vol. 2), pp. 375-
377.
Vocabulary of the Comanchen (from Marcy), pp. 377-378.
Comancbe words, pp. 378-379.
Analysis of Comanche words, pp. 383-386, 389-391.
Affinities of Comanche with kindred tribes, pp. 392-403.
Comparative vocabulary of the Caddo (from Gray), Caddo (from Marcy), and
Wichita (from Marcy), pp. 445-448.
Comments on the Caddo and Wichita, pp. 448-450.
Vocabulary of the Kiaway (from Whipple), pp. 450-451.
Comparative vocabulary of the Waco and Kichai (from Whipple), pp. 452-453.
Lord's prayer in Waicuri, p. 484.
Twelve Articles of Faith in Waicuri, pp. 484, 485.
Vocabulary of the Waicuri, pp. 485-487.
Grammatic sketch of the Waicuri, pp. 489-492.
Affinities of the Waicuri with other languages, pp. 493-495.
Lord's prayer in Cochimi (five versions, from Hervas and Duflot de Mofras),
pp. 496, 497.
Short Christian doctrine of the Cochimi (from Hervas), pp. 498, 499.
Short catechism in Cochimi (from Hervas), pp. 499, 500.
104 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Buschmaan (Johann Carl Eduard) confirmed.
Short sentences in Laymonische (Dncrne, in Mull's Spanish Amerika), pp. 500,
501.
List of words in Cochimi, with grammatic remarks, pp. 02-511.
Vocabnlary of the language of S. Diego, S. Barbara, S. Luis Obispo, and S.
Antonio (from Coulter), pp. 536, 537.
List of words of the Diegnnos (from Whipple, in Schoolcraft, vol. 2), p. 537.
Lord's prayer in San Diego (from Dnflot de Mofras), p. 537.
Gramma tic remarks on the San Diego, pp. 538-539.
List of words of the Cocomarieopa (from Whipple and Emory), pp. 542,543.
List of words of the Mohave (from Whipple), p. 543.
List of words of the Yuma, pp. 544546.
Names and words of Netela (from Padre Boscana), pp. 546-549.
Lord's prayer and numerals of the Mission of San Lois Rey (from Dnflot de
Mofras), pp. 549,550.
List of words of the Mission of San Luis Key (from Bartlett, in Whipple), p. 551.
List of words of the Chemehnevi and Cahnillo (from Whipple), pp. 551, 552.
Gramma t ic remarks on the Schoschouen languages of California, pp. 556-559.
Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of San Fernando (from Dnflot de
Mofras), p. 560.
Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of San Luis Obispo (from Dnflot
de Mofras), p. 560.
Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of Santa Ines (from Dnflot de Mo
fras), p. 560.
Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of San Antonio (from Dnflot de
Mofras), p. 561.
Numerals (1-10) of the language of the Mission of Del Carmelo (from Dnflot de
Mofras), p. 561.
Numerals (1-10), and a few words in Achastlien (from La Peronse), p. 562.
Numerals (1-10), and a few words in Ecclemach (from La Peronse), p. 563.
Vocabnlary of the Eslen (from Relacion del Viage), p. 563.
Numerals and a few words of the Rnnsieu (from Relacion del Viage), p. 563.
Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of Santa Clara (from Dnflot de
Mofras), pp. 564, 565.
Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of San Raphael (from Dnflot de
Mofras), p. 566.
Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of Solano (from Dnflot de Mofras),
p. 566.
Vocabulary of the Olamentke (from Kostromitonow), pp. 568, 569.
Vocabnlary of the Chwachamajnl (from Kostromitonow), pp. 568,569.
Numerals (1-10) of Cushna (from Schoolcraft, vol. 2), p. 571.
Lord's prayer in the language of the Choeonyem (from Dnflot de Mofras), p. 572.
Remarks on Bale's vocabulary of the Shasta, p. 572.
Grammar ic remarks on the langnage of the Hoopah, pp. 575,576.
Comparison of the Seheyenne vocabularies of Abert, in Trans. Eth. Soc., vol. 2,
Smith, in Schoolcraft, vol. 3, and Prinz Maximilian zn Wied, pp. 610, 611.
Comparison of Blackfoot and Arapahce, with other Algonkin languages, p. 611.
List of words of Ihe Waiilatpu, Molele, Watlala, two dialects of Chinnk, and
Calapnya, pp. 620-625.
Supplementary vocabulary of the Chinuk and Calapnya (from Parker, Scouler,
Rafmesqne, and Arch:eolog. Amer. ), pp. (525, 626.
Lord's praye r in Chinuk (from Dnflot de Mofras), p. 626.
Vocabulary of the Yamkallie^from Tolmie in Sconler), pp. 626-627.
Grammatio remarks on the proceeding vocabularies, pp. 627-631.
Vocabnlary of the Schoachonen and Wihinasht (from Hale), pp. 641, 642.
Vocabulary of the Schoschonen (from Say), p. 643.
BUSCHMAXX. 105
Buschmann ( Johaiin Carl Eduartl) continued.
Vocabulary of the Snake (from Prinz Max. zn \Vied). p. 643.
Vocabolarj- of the Snake (from Wyeth in Schoolcraft, TO!. 1), p. 643.
Grammatic remarks on the Sebosehonen, pp. 646-632.
Vocabulary of the Kaigani (from Badloff), p. 679.
Vocabulary of the Tun Ghasse (from Tolmie in Sconler), pp. 679, 680.
Comparison of the language of Portlock Harbor, Trith the Koloachen (from
Kmaenstern), p. 681.
Numerals (1-100) of the language of Porte de Francais, p. 682.
Comparison of terms of the Jakntat and Ugalenzen, p. 683.
Comparison of terms of the Ugaljachmnui and Aztek, pp. 684-685.
Vocabulary of the Ugalenzen (from Resanow and Wrangell), pp. 688-689.
Vocabulary of the Atnah (from Wrangell), pp. 691,692.
Comparison of language of Prince William Sound (from Portlock), with the
Tsehngat<$cben (from Wrangell), p. 693.
Comparison of the Tsehngatschen (from Wrangell), with the Kadjak (from
Wrangell), and the Innnit of Kotzebue Sound, pp. 693.694.
Coniparatire vocabulary of the Unalaschkisch, (from Billings, Lasiansky, Wen-
jaminovr, and Wrangell), pp. TOO, 701.
Comparison of the dialects of Stuart, Xuniwok, and Tschnakak Islands, with
Eskimo dialects, pp. 703,704.
Vocabulary of the Inkilik (from Sagoskin and Wassiljew), pp. 707,706.
Vocabulary of the Inkalit-Jng-eljnnt (from Sagoskin), p. 70S.
Vocabulary of the Koltachanen (from Wrangell), pp. 709, 710.
Separately issued as follows:
528 Die | Spnren der aztekischen Sprache | im nordlichen Mex
ico | and hoheren amerikanischea Xorden. | Zugleich | eine Mnste-
rung der Volker and Spracheii | des nordlichen Mexico's | nnd der
Westseite Xordamerika's | von Guadalaxara an bis zum Eismeer. |
Yon Job. Carl Ed. Bnschmann. |
Berlin. | Gedrnckt in der Bnchdrackerei der Konigl. Akademie | ,-,
der Wissenschaften. | 1859. | *
1 p. L, pp. vii-xii, 1-819. 4. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.
"This work consists of two volumes; for the portions taken from it and pub
lished as separate treatises will hare to be added to it as a second or supplement
ary volume, according to the author's explanation on pp. 119 and IvO. Their sepa
ration from the main work has been owing to practical reasons; and they form,
as shown by the continuous pagination, essential parts of the work. In fact,
without their embodiment into the work, the use of the copious geographical in
dex, which also refers to them, would be made nugatory. These treatises, or
chapters, should be added to the second volume in the following order: I. Die
Lantverandernng aztekischer Worter in den sonorischen Sprachen. II. Die Pima
Sprache. III. Der Athapaskiscbe Sprachstamm. IV. Die Volker niid Spracben
Nenmexicos. V. Die Volker und Spracben des britiscben Ostlandes (contained in
the October part of 1858 of "Monatsberichte der Berliner Akademie," pp. 465 to
486). VI. Die Sprachen Kizh und Xetela von Xeu-Califomien." SaUm't Dictionary .
529 Der athapaskische Spracbstamm, dargestellt von Hrn.
Buschmann.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss, zu Berlin, Abhandlnngen, ans dem Jahre 185o.
pp. 144-319. Berlin, 1856. 4.
Numerals (1-16) of the Chepewy an and Kulchin. p. 163.
Vocabulary of the Chepewayan (from Richardson), pp. 174-177.
Vocabulary of the Tacollies (from Harmon), 177-179.
Vocabulary of the Entchin and Dog Bib (from Richardson), pp. 179, 180.
106 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard) continued.
A few Urnpqua words (from Tolmie), p. 180.
Vocabulary of the Chepewyan (from Mackenzie), p. 180, 181.
Vocabulary of the Chepewyan (from Dobbs), pp. 181, 182.
A few works of the Chepewyan (from Arch. Am.), p. 182.
Vocabulary of the Chepewyan (from Richardson), pp. 182, 183.
Vocabulary of the Dog Rib (from Richardson), p. 183.
Comparative vocabulary of the Chepewyan (from Dobbs, Mackenzie, and Rich
ardson), p. 183.
Short comparative vocabularies of the Chepewyan (from the above) and Tahkoli
(from Harmon), p. 184.
Comparative vocabularies of the Chepewyan and Kutchin, p. 185.
Comparative vocabularies of the Chepewyan and Dog Rib, p. 186.
Comparisons between words of the Chepewyan and Umpqna; Tahkoli and
Kutchin; Tahkoli and Dogrib ; Tahkoli and Umpqua ; Kutchiu andDogrib; Sus
see and Umpqna; Dogrib and Umpqua; and Tlatskanai and Umpqua, pp. 186-188.
Comparative lists of words from the Chepewyau, Tahkolli (of Harmon), Tah-
kolli (of Hale), Kutchiu, Dogrib, Umpqua, Tlatskanai, and Sussee, pp. 188-209.
Vocabularies of the Kinai (from Dawydow, Resanow, Krusenstern, Wrangell,
and Lisiansky), pp. 233-245.
Comparative vocabularies of the Chepewyan, Tahkoli, Kutchin, Sussee, Dogrib,
Tlatskanai, Umpqua, Navajo, Jicorilla, Kiwai, Atnah, Ugalenzen, Inkalik, Inka-
lit, Kaltschanen, and Koloschisch, pp. 242-313.
Separately issued as follows:
530 Der | athapaskische Sprachstamm | dargestellt | von |
Job. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhandlungen der Kbnigl.
Akademie der Wissenschaften | zu Berlin 1855. |
Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der kouigl. Akademie | der
Wissenscbaften | 1856. | In commission bei F. Diiuimler's Verlags-
Buchbandlung. ASG.
1 p. 1., pp. 149-320. 4.
531 Die Sprachen Kizh und Netela von Neu-Californien, darge
stellt von Hrii. Buschmann.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1855.
Pp. 501-531. Berlin, 1R56. 4.
. Comparative vocabulary of the Kizh (San Gabriel) and Netela (San Juan
Capistrano), pp. 504-509.
Published also as a separate paper, as follows :
532 Die Spracheu | Kizh und Netela | von | Neu-Californien |
dargestellt | von | Job. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abband-
lungen der Konig]. Akademie der Wissenscbaften | zu Berlin 1855. |
Berlin | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der Konigl. Akademie | der
Wissenschaften | 1856. | In Commission bei F. Diimmler's Verlags-
Bucbhandlung. | *
1 p. 1., pp. 501-531. 4. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.
533 Die Pima-Sprache und die Spracbe der Koloschen, darge
stellt von Hrn. Buschmann.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1856.
Pt. 3, pp. 321-432. Berlin, 1857. 4.
Pima vocabulary, pp. 367-375.
Short comparative vocabulary Mexican and Koloschen, p. 384.
BUSCHMANN. 107
Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard) continued.
Short comparative vocabulary Kolosclieu and Eskimo, p. 389.
Comparative list of Koloschen from Dawydow, Resanow, Krusenstern, Wran
gell, Lisiansky, Marchand, and Weujaminow, pp. 390-427.
Separately issued as follows:
634 - - Die Piuia - Sprache | uud | die Sprache der Koloschen |
dargestellt | von | Job. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhand-
lungen der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften | zu Berlin aus
dem Jahre 1856. |
Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der Konigl. Akademie | der
Wissenschafteu | 1857. | In Commission bei F. Diimmler's Verlags-
Buchhandlung. |
1 p. 1., pp. 3-21-432. Title communicated by Mr. W. Eames.
535 Die Lautveriiuderung aztekischer Worter in den sono-
rischen Sprachen und die sonorische Endung ame, dargestellt von
Hrn. Buscliuianu.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abliandlungen, aus dem Jabre 1866,
pp. 433-557. Berlin, 1857. 4.
Issued also as a separate pamphlet as follows :
536 Die | Lautveriinderung aztekischer Worter | in | den so-
norischeu Sprachen | und | die sonorische Endung AME \ darge
stellt | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhandlungeu
der Konigl. Akademie der Wisseiischaften zu Berlin aus | dem
Jahre 1856. |
Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruckerei der Kouigl. Akademie |
der Wissenschaften. | 1857. | In Commission bei F. Diiinmler's Ver-
lags Buchhandlung. j *
1 p. 1., pp. 433-557. 4. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
537 Die Volker und Sprachen Neu-Mexiko's und der Westseite
des britischeu Xordamerika's, dargestellt von Hrn. Buschmann.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhaudlungeii, aus dem Jahre 1857,
pp. 209-414. Berlin, taw. 4.
Vocabularies of the Pueblo Indians (from Simpson), as follows (pp. 280-282):
1. S. Domingo, S. Felipe, S. Ana, Sella, Inquna, Pojuate, Acoma, Cochiti. 2.
S. Juan, S. Clara, S. Ildefoiiso, Pojuaque, Nambe, Tesuqne. 3. Taos, Picoris,
Sandia, Iselta. 4. Jenez (alt Pecos; uach Davis; Taquo oder Taiio). 5. Znni.
Vocabulary of Tcsuque (Whiting), and Zuni (Eaton), pp. 283-295.
A few Zuni phrases (Whipple), p. 295.
Vocabulary of the Kinomi, Cochitimi and Acoma (Whipple), pp. 299-301.
Numerals and a few phrases of Pah-Yutah (Carvalho), p. 307.
Vocabulary of thePima (Whipple), p. 308.
Vocabulary of the Comanche (Whipple), pp. 309-312.
Vocabulary of Fuca Straits and Nntka, p. 324.
Numerals of Prince William's Sound and Cook's Eiver, Norfolk Sound, and King
George's Sound, p. 326.
Vocabularies of Nutka Sound (Hale, Cook, Jewett, and Relacion del Viage), pp.
343-349.
The above compared, pp. 355-357.
The above compared with the Tlnoqnatsh (Sconler), pp. 365-366.
A few words of Nutka, Halltzuk (Tolmie), and Hailtsa (Hale), p. 366.
A few words of Nutka and Eskimo, p. 367.
108 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Buschmann (Johaim Carl Eduard) continued.
A few words of Nutka compared with Sonora languages, p. 368.
A few words of Nutka compared with Aztec languages, pp. 369-370.
A few words of Chinuk and Cathlascon (Scouler), p. 374.
Vocabulary of the Tlaoquatch, Kawitchen, Noosdalum, Squallyomish, and
pseudo-Chinuk (Cathlascon?) (Scouler), pp. 375-378.
Numerals (110) of the Hailtsa (Hale) and Fitzhugh Sound, p. 381.
Vocabulary of the Hailtzuk (Tolmie), Hailtsa (Hale), and Bellechoolo
(Tolmie), pp. 385-390.
Vocabulary of the Haitian (Tolmie) and Skiltageet, pp. 395, 396.
Vocabulary of the Haidah (Tolmie) and Skiltageet and Queen Charlotte Island
(Marchand), pp. 396,397.
A few words of Haidah and Tun Ghasse, pp. 397.
Vocabulary of the Chimesyan (Tolmie), 402, 403.
Issued also as follows :
538 - Die Volker und Sprachen | Neu-Mexico's | und | der West-
seite | des | Britischeu Nordamerika's | dargestellt | von Job. Carl
Ed. Buschrnaun. | Aus den Abhaudlungen der Konigl. Akademie
der Wissenschaften | zu Berlin 1857. |
Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruckerei der Konigl. Akademie |
der Wissenschaften | 1858. | In Commission bei P. Diimmler's Ver-
lags-Bucbhandlung. |
1 p. 1., pp. 209-414. 4. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.
539 - Systcmatische Worttafel des atbapaskischen Sprachstamms,
aufgestellt und erlautert von Hrn. Buscbmann. (Dritte Abtheilung
des Apacbe.)
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1859.
Pt. 3, pp. 501-586. Berlin, 1860. 4.
Comparative vocabulary of the Chepewyan, Biber, and Sicanni (from Howse),
pp. 520-527.
Comparative vocabulary of the Chepewyan and Biber (from McLean), pp.
529-531.
Comparative vocabulary of the Apache, Apachen der Kupfergruben, Atnah,
Biber-Indianer, Chepewyan, Dogrib, Hoopah, Inkilik, Inkalit-Kinai, Koltschaner,
Kntchin, Kivalhioqua, Loucheux, Navajo, Northern Indians, Piualeno, Sussee,
Sicani, Tahkoli oder Tacullies, Tlatskanai, Ugalenzen oder Ugalachmjut, Ump-
qiia, and Xicarilla, pp. 546-586.
Issued also as follows :
540 Systematische Worttafel | des athapaskischen Spracb-
stamms, | aufgestellt und erlautert | von Joh.CarlEd.Buschmami. |
Dritte Abtheilung des Apache | Aus den Abhandlungen der Konigl.
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1859. |
Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der Konigl. Akademie | der
Wissenscbafteu. | 1860. | In Commission von F. Diimmler's Verlags-
Buchhaudlung. | #
1 p. 1., pp. 501-586. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.
541 Das Apache als eine athapaskische Sprache erwiesen von
Hrn. Buscbmann; in Verbinduug mit einer systematischen Wortta
fel des atbapaskischen Spracbstamm. Erste Abtheilung.
In Kiinig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungeu, aus dem Jahre 1860,
pp. 187-282. Berlin, 1861. 4.
BUS'.'HMANN. 109
Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard) continued.
Comparative vocabulary of the Apache (Henry), Navajo (Eaton), Navajo
(Whipplo), Piualefio (Whipple), and Hoopah (Gibbs), pp. 250-261.
Comparative vocabulary of the Apache (Henry), Navajo (Eaton), and Pinalefio
(Whipple), pp. 262-269.
Comparative vocabulary of the Navajo (Eaton), and Pinaleuo (Whipple), pp.
269-272.
Vocabulary of the Coppermine Apache (Bartlett), p. 272.
Vocabulary of the Xicarilla (Simpson), p. 27:5.
Issued also as follows:
542 Das Apache als eine atbapaskische Sprache erwiesen; in
Verbindung mit einer systematischen Worttafel des athapaskischeu
Sprachstammes, von Job. Carl Ed. Buschmann. Erste Abtheiluug. ADI
Aus den Abhandluugen der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften
zu Berlin 1860.
Berlin : Diimrnler. 1860.
94 pp. 4 C . Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
543 Die Verwandtschafts-Verhaltnisse der athapaskischen Spra-
chen dargestellt von Hrn. Buschmann. (Zweite Abtheiluug dcs
Apache. )
In Koiiig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandluugen aus dem Jahre 1862,
pp. 195-252. Berlin, 1863. 4.
Issued also as follows :
544 Die Verwandtschafts-verhaltnisse der athapaskischen Spra-
chen dargestellt. Zweite Abtheilung des Apache. Aus den Abhand-
lungeu der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1862.
Berlin: Diimmler. 1863. *
Pp. 1-60. 4. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
545 Das Lautsystem der sonorischeh Sprachen dargestellt von
Hru. Buschmann. (Erste Abtheilung der Grammatik der vier souo-
rischen Hauptsprachen.)
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlnngen aus dem Jahre 1863,
pp. 309-453. Berlin, 1864. 4.
Separately issued as follows:
546 Grammatik der souorischen Sprachen, vorziiglich der Tara-
humara, Tepeguama, Cora, uud Cahita, als ix. Abschuitt der Spu-
ren der aztekischen" Sprache ausgearbeitet. Erste Abtheiluug.
Das Lautsystem. Ans den Abhandlungen der Konigl. Akademie
der Wisseuschaften zu Berlin 1863.
Berlin: Dummler. 1864. *
Pp. 1-85. 4. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
547 Das Zahlwort der sonorischen Sprachen dargestellt von
Hrn. Buschmanu. Dritte Abtheilung der sonorischeu Grammatik.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin Abhaudlungeu aus dem Jahre 1867,
pp. 23-215. Berlin, 1838. 4.
Numerals 1-10 and 20 of the Tarahumara, Tepeguara, Cora, Cahita, Eudeve,
Piina, Piede, Kizh, Netela, Cherehuen, Cahuillo, Kechi, Comanche, Schoshonen,
and Wihinasht, face p. 24.
Numerals (decimal and sigesimal system) of above dialects, face p. 70.
Numerals 10-19 of above dialects, face p. 82.
110 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard) continued.
548 - - Der sonorischen Gramiuatik zweite Abtheilung : dcr Arti-
kel, das Substantivum und Adjectivum; dargestellt voii Hrn.Busck-
manii.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungeu aus dcni Jahre I860,
pp. 67-268. Berlin, 1870. 4.
549 Die Ordinal-Zahlen der njexicanischen Spracke. *
[Aus Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin. Berlin, 1880.]
Gi pp. 4. Title from bookseller's catalogue.
550 Die Volker und Sprachen im Innern des britischen Nord-
amerika's.
Iu Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Monatsberichte, aus clem Jabre 1856,
pp. 465-486. Berlin, 1859. 8.
551 Verwandtschaft der Kinai, Idiome des russischer Nord-
amerika's mit dem grossen athapaskischen Sprachstamme.
In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Bericht aus dem Jahre 1854, pp. 231-
236. Berlin, n. cl. 8.
Comparative vocabulary of the Kenai Sprachen (Kenai, Atnah, Koltschanen,
Inkilek, Inkalit, and Ugalenzen), with the Athapaskische Spraeheu (Chepewyau
Tahkoli, Kutcbin, Sussee, Dogrib, Tlatskarai, and Umpqua, face p. 236.
552. Butcher (Dr. H. B.) and Leyendecher (John). Vocabulary of the
(Jouaanche Indians.
Manuscript, 200 words. 6 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Butel-Dumont (M.)
See Dumont (M.) .
553 Butler (William). Numerals of the Cherokees.
In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian tribes, vol. 2, pp. 209-211. Philadelphia,
1852. 4.
Numerals one to three hundred millions.
554 Butrick (D. S.) and Brown (D.) Tsvlvki Sqclvclv. | A | Cheroke |
Spelling Book. | By | D. S. Butrick & D. Brown. | For the Mission
Establishment at Brainerd. |
Knoxville: Printed by | F. S. Heiskell & H. Brown. | 1819. | AAS.
Pp. 1-62. 16. Cherokee and English. Printed prior to the invention of
Cherokee characters.
555 Buynitzky (Stephen Nestor). English-Aleutian | vocabulary | pre
pared by | Stephen N. Buynitzky. |
Published by the Alaska Commercial Company. | San Francisco.
" Alta California" book and job printing house. No. 521) California
St. 1871. *
13 pp. 8. Title furnished by Mr. Marcus Baker, from copy in possession of the
author.
55G Byington. (Rev. Cyrus). Holisso Anumpa Tosholi. | An | English
and Choctaw Deflner; | for the Choctaw Academies and Schools. |
By Cyrus Byington. | First Edition, 1500 copies.
New York : | S. W. Benedict, 16 Spruce Street. | 1852. | HU. c.
Pp. 1-252. 16.
BUSCHMANN DYINGTON. Ill
Byington (Rev. Cyrus) continued.
Tables 43, 44, parts of Matthew and Lnke (pp. 199-207) are given as "literal
translations into Choctaw."
Tables 45-51, parts of Matthew, Luke, etc., are "literal translations of Choctaw
into English."
557 Vocabulary of the Choctaw.
In Whipple (Lieut. A. W.) Report upon the Indian tribes, in Pac. R. R. Repts.,
vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 62-64. Washington, 1856. 4.
558 Grammar of the Choctaw Language. Prepared by the Rev
erend Cyrus Byington, and Edited by Dr. Brinton.
In Am. Fhilosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 11, pp. 317-367. Philadelphia, 1871. 8.
Introduction by Dr. D. G. Brinton, pp. 317-320. Part 1. Orthography, pp. 320-
324. Part 2. Grammatical forms and inflections, pp. 324-367.
Issued also as follows :
551) Grammar | of the | Choctaw Language, | by the | Rev.
Cyrus Byington. | Edited from the original M3S. in the Library of
the American | Philosophical Society, | by D. G. Briutou, M. D., |
Member of [&c., three lines.] |
Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, Printers, 237-9 Dock Street. |
1870. | BP. 0.
Pp. 1-56. 8.
Introduction, pp. 1-6; Grammar, pp. 7-56.
560 Chata Dictionary : Chata-English and English-Chata.
Manuscript, 5 vols. folio in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
This manuscript prepared by the late Rev. Cyrus Byington, for many years
missionary to the Choctaws, contains about 16,000 words with English definitions.
The material has been placed in the hands of Prof. O. T. Mason, of Columbian Col
lege, to be edited and prepared for publication as one of the series of "Contribu
tions to North American Ethnology," He has compiled from it an English-Chata
dictionary of 10,000 words to accompany the original work.
561 Grammar of the Choctaw language.
Manuscript in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
This material also has been placed in the hands of Prof. O. T. Mason, of Colum
bian College, who is preparing it for publication by the bureau, as one of the series
of Contributions to North American Ethnology.
As left by Mr. Byiugton it consists of several parts. The first is dated Stock-
bridge, Choctaw Nation, June 23d, 1865, and contains 85 pages of an old journal
sewed together, in which a first attempt is made at systematizing the principles
of the language. The remainder appears to be subsequent revisions of the chap
ters in the first edition. It is in the form of two or more foolscap sheets pinned
or stitched together. Of some of the least understood portions of the language
there are four or five copies, and it is not always possible to select the latest.
Dr. Daniel Brinton examined this manuscript and published an epitome which
has been compared by Mr. Mason with the original with great care. It is a very
careful piece of work considering the state of the manuscript.
The grammar evidently was designed to consist of nine chapters:
1. Introduction and alphabet.
2. Article-pronouns. [Post-positives, quantitives, and determinatives.]
3. Pronouns.
4. Verbs.
112 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Byington (Rev. Cyrus) continued.
5. Prepositions.
6. Nouns.
7. Adjectives.
8. Adverbs.
9. Conjunctions and interjections.
Mr. Mason has made copies of all these chapters in the various editions, and is
now collating them.
Mr. Byingtou's material was left in an unfinished condition; it needs but
a casual glance at his manuscript, however, to flnd that he looked forward to the
wauts even of onr most advanced philology.
It is probable that Mr. Byington translated the Acts of the Apostles in Choctaw ;
see No. 16 of this catalogue.
See Edwards (J.) and Byington (C.)
562 Cabrera (Br. Cayetano). Arte en lengua Mexicana. *
Title from Pimentel.
563 [Cabrera (Jose" Maria), Galicia (Faustino Chiunalpopoca), Romero
(Jose" Guadalnpe), and Pimentel (Francisco).] Sobre el Origin de la
Palabra Mexico.
In Soc. de Geog. Mex. Bol., torn. 8, pp. 405-417. Mexico, 1860. 8.
Etymologia y motivo del nombre de Mexico. J. M. Cabrera.
El primer rey de Mexico Acamapitzin y la Chinanipa. J. M. Cabrera.
Apuntes sobre el origin de las palabras "Mexica" y Mexico. F. C. Galicia.
Otra vez el nombre de Mexico. J. G. Romero, F. Pimentel.
564 Cabrera (Fr. Juan de). Alabado dispuesto por el E. P. Fr. Antonio
Margil de Jesus, Missionero Apostolico, y traducido del Castellano
al Idioraa Mexicano por el If. P. Fr. Juan de Cabrera, de la Eegular
Observancia de N. S. P. San Francisco, Predicador y Ministro Coad
jutor en San Matheo Atenco.
Con licencia en Mexico: en la Imprenta del Nuevo Eezado de
Dona Maria de Eibera, en el Empedradillo.
1 1., folio, printed on one side only. The Spanish text is in verse, so bad as
not to bo verse. Icazbaiceta's Apuntes, No. 174.
565 [Calendar for the year 1880, in Eskimo.]
Nungme mikitigkat, L. Mailer. C.
1 sheet, folio.
566 Calkins (Hiram). Indian Nomenclature of Northern Wisconsin,
with a sketch of the manners and customs of the Chippewas. By
Hiratn Calkins, Esq., of Wausau.
In -Wisconsin Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 119-126. Madison, 1855. 8.
567 Calzado (Jose). Parts of Catechism "Mos Antiguos", in the lan
guage of the Indians of Santa Inez, Cal. By Jose Cal/ado.
Manuscript sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Alex. S. Taylor.
BYINGTON CAMPANIUS. 113
5G8 Camacho (Fr. Alonso). Tratado de los siete Sacramentos, y un
discurso sobre la palabra divina. *
In the Zapoteca language. Title from Pimentel.
569 Camargo (Domingo Mufioz). Histoire de la R6publique de Tlax-
callati, par Domingo Munoz Camargo, Indien, natif de cette ville;
Traduite de 1'espagnol sur le manuscrit intsdit de la bibliotheque de
M. Teruaux-Compans.
In Nouvelles Aunales ties Voyages, vol. 2, 1843 (vol. 98 of the collection),
pp. 129-204; and vol. 3, 1843 (vol. 99), pp. 129-197. Paris, n. d. 8.
Many aboriginal terms and proper names.
570 Camino del Cielo. *
Manuscript of the 17th century. 4. [In the Mexican language.]
Although this manuscript has the title of "Camino del Cielo," after a most
diligent comparison with the printed book of Father Leon which has that title,
we have been unable to discover any relation between the one and the other.
The contents of this volume can easily be recognized, and may be divided into
two parts.
I. An extensive Confesionario occupies the first part, consisting of thirty
leaves, including six blank leaves.
II. A collection of sermons and religious instructions on different subjects,
occupying one hundred and ninety leaves, of which sixteen are blank leaves.
On one of the blank leaves we read "Al Pe. Oracio Carochi," which seems to
intimate that the manuscript belonged to him.
The greater portion of it is written in an almost microscopic handwriting,
although very clear and legible. Ramirez Sale Cat.
571 [Campanius (Johan).] Catechismvs Lutheri | Lingva | Svecico-
Americana. |
Second title:
Lutheri | Catechismus/ | 6fwersatt | pa | Americau-Virginiske |
Spraket. |
Stockholm/ | Tryckt vthi thet af Konigl. | may*' 1 privilege. |
Burchardi Tryckeri, af J. J. Geiiath/f. | Anno M DO XG VI [1G96]. j
Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., 7 other p. 11., pp. 1-160. 12. JOB. 8.
At p. 133 is the following title :
Vocabularium | Barbaro- | Virgineo- | rum. | Additis passim locu-
tioui- | bus & observationibus Histo- | ricis brevioi.bus ad lingua
pleuia | rein notitiam. | Anno MDGXOVI [1G96]. | JCB. s.
Pp. 155-1(50 contain: Vocabula Mahakuassica.
572 Campanius Holm (Thomas). Novae SvecisB | Seu | Pennsylvania | in
America | descriptivo. |
Second title :
Kort Beskrifuing | Om | Provincien | Nya Swerige | uti | Ame
rica, | Som uu fortjdeu af the Engelske kallas | Pensylvania. | Af
larde och trowiirdige Mft-ns skrifter och berattelser ihopale- | tad
och sammanstrefweii/ samt med athskillige Figurer | utzirad af |
Thomas Campanius Holm. | [Figure.]
Stockholm/ Tryckt uti Kongl. Boktr. hos Sal. Wankijfs | Ankia-
ined egeu bekostnad/ af J. H. Werner. Ahr MDCC1I [1702]. | JCB. c.
Engraved title 1 1., printed title 11,7 other p. 11., pp. 1-190. sm. 4. maps.
8 Bib.
114 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Campanius Holm (Thomas) continued.
En Orde- ocb Samtals-Bok pade Americaners Sprak wid Nya Swerige eller som
det nu kallas Pensylvania, pp. 153-179.
Om the Myucqueser eller Mynckussar och theras Sprak, pp. 180-184.
573 A short description of the Province of New Sweden now
called by the English, Pennsylvania, in America. Compiled from
the relations and writings of persons worthy of credit, and adorned
with maps and plates. By Thomas Campanius Holm. Translated
from the Swedish, for the Historical Society of Pennsylvania.
With Notes. By Peter S. Du Ponceau, LL.D., President of the
American Philosophical Society, Member of the Royal Academy of
History and Belles Lettres of Stockholm, and one of the Council of
the Historical Society of Pennsylvania.
Iu Penn. Hist. Soc. Memoirs, vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 1-166. Philadelphia, 1834. 8.
Book III. Chap. i. Of the origin and language of the Indians in Virginia and
New Sweden, pp. 112-115.
Book IV. Chaps, i-xi. Vocabulary and phrases in the American language of
New Sweden, otherwise called Pennsylvania, pp. 144-156.
Addenda. Chap. i. Of the Minques, or Minckus, and their language [including
vocabulary], pp. 157-159.
Issued also as follows :
574 A | Short Description | of the | Province of New Sweden. |
Now Called, by the English, | Pennsylvania, in America. | Com
piled | from the relations and writings of persons worthy of credit, |
and adorned with maps and plates. | By Thomas Campanius Holm. |
Translated from the Swedish, | for the Historical Society of Penn
sylvania. | With Notes. | By Peter S. Du Ponceau, LL.D. | Presi
dent of the American Philosophical Society, Member of the Eoyal
Academy of | History and Belles Lettres of Stockholm, and oue of
the Council of | the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. |
Philadelphia: | M'Carty & Davis, No. 171, Market Street. |
1834. | BA -
Pp. 1-166. 8.
575 Campbell (John). Origin | of the | Aborigines of Canada. | A
Paper read before the Literary and Historical Society, | Quebec, |
by | Prof. J. Campbell, M. A., | (of Montreal,) | Del6gue General de
1'Institution Ethnographique de Paris. |
Quebec: | Printed at the "Morning Chronicle" Office. | 1881. |
2 p. 11., pp. 1-33, and appendix i-xxxiv. 8. JWP.
The first part of this paper is an endeavor to show a resemblance between
various families of the New World and between these and various peoples of the
Old World. The appendix contains :
Comparative vocabulary of the Wj andot-Iroquois and Japanese-Koriak lan
guages, pp. i-v.
Comparative vocabulary of the Dacotah and Japanese-Koriak languages, pp.
vi-xi.
Comparative vocabulary of the Tiuneh and Tungus languages, pp. xii-xiv.
CAMPANIUS CAMPBELL. 115
Campbell (John) continued.
Comparative vocabulary of the Algonquin and Malay-Polynesian languages,
pp. xv-xix.
Comparative vocabulary of the Haidah and Malay-Polynesian languages, pp.
xx-xxii.
Comparative vocabulary of the Chimsyan and Malay-Polynesian languages,
pp. xxiii-xxv.
Comparative vocabulary of the Hailtzukh and Malay-Polynesian languages,
pp. xxvi-xxviii.
Comparative vocabulary of the Nootkan and Malay-Polynesian languages, pp.
xxix-xxxi.
Comparative vocabulary of the Niskwalli and Malay-Polynesian languages,
pp. xxxii-xxxiv.
576 On the origin of some American Indian Tribes. By John
Campbell. [First article.]
In Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc., vol. 9, new series, pp. 65-80. Montreal,
1879. 8.
Vocabulary of Algonquin dialects, and of the Maya-Quiche, showing similarities
with the Malay-Polynesian, pp. 7273.
577 On the origin of some American Indian Tribes. By John
Campbell. [Second article.]
Iu Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 193-212. Montreal, 1879. 8.
Wyandot-Iroquois vocabulary, pp. 199-200; Dacotah vocabulary, p. 202; Te-
huktchi numerals, 1-10, compared with those of various northwest tribes, p. 204 ;
Aleutian, Kadiak, and Unalashka words compared with those of the peninsula,
pp. 204-205; Kadiak and Aleutian words compared with Dacotah, 205-206; Ka
diak and Aleutian words compared with Wyaudot-Iroqnois, p. 20<>; Kadiak and
Aleutian words compared with Cherokee-Choctaw, p. 207.
578 Hittites in America. By John Campbell, M. A. [First
article.]
In Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc., voL 9, pp. 296-318. Montreal, 1879. 8.
The first of two articles, the second of which (q. .) contains linguistics.
579 Hittites in America. By John Campbell, M. A. [Second
article.]
In Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 345-367. Montreal, 1879. 8.
Comparative vocabulary of the Basque and Iroquois, pp. 345-346; the same of
the Circassian ami Dacotah, pp. 347-348; the same showing analogies between
the Barbara and various American dialects, pp. 355-358; Table of numerals, 1-10,
showing analogies between the Peruvian and various North American dialects,
pp.360-3Gl.
580 The Affiliation of the Algonquin Languages. By John
Campbell, M. A.
In Canadian Institute, Proc., new series, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 15-53. Toronto,
1879. 8.
Comparative vocabulary [of the Algonquin (various dialects), Malay-Polyne
sian, Ural-Altais, Asiatic- Hyperborean, and Peninsular], pp. 2<>-44.
Comparison of characteristic forms in Algonquin with the same in the neigh
boring families [Athabascan, Iroquois, Dacotah, and Choctaw], pp. 45-50.
Comparison of pronouns [Algonquin and Malay-Polynesian], p. 50.
Vocabulary of miscellaneous terms [Algonquin and Malay-Polynesian], pp.
50-53.
Issued also as follows :
116 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Campbell (John) continued.
581 The Affiliation of the Algonquin Languages. By John
Cambell, M. A., Professor of Church History, Presbyterian College,
Montreal. s.
Pp. 1-41. 8.
582 Asiatic Tribes in North America. By John Campbell, M. A.
Professor in the Presbyterian College, Montreal. JWP.
No title-page, pp. l-:!8. 8. Extract from the Proceedings of the Canadian
Institute. I have not seen the volume in which it originally appeared.
Comparative vocabulary of the Tinneh and Tiingus languages, pp. 22-23 ;
Numerals, 1-9, of the Tinneh and Peninsular languages compared, p. 24 ; Com
parative vocabulary of the Cherokee-Choctaw and Peninsular languages, pp. 24-
26; Comparative vocabulary of the Wyaudot-Iroquois and Peninsular languages,
pp. 26-29; Comparative vocabulary of the Dacotah and Peninsular languages,
pp. 34-38.
583 Proposed reading of the Davenport Tablet.
In Am. Antiquarian and Oriental Journal, vol. iv, pp. 145-153. Chicago,
1882. 8.
Short vocabulary showing " verbal connection of the languages of the Aztec
Sonora family -with that of the Yukahiri of Siberia," p. 152; Vocabulary of the
cremation scene, pp. 152, 153.
584 Campbell (Judge). Vocabulary of the Cherokee.
Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society ; presented by
Mr. Jefferson.
585 Camposeca (Marcial). Confesionario para confesar a los ludios por
su idioma, sacado en Lengua Chanabal por Marcial Camposeca para
el uso del M. B. P. Fray Benito Correa, en Cotnitau, a 10 de julio
del aflo de 1813. *
Manuscript, 7 11., 4, only, but with that of Father Paz the only monument
known of the Chanabal language. This language, from what the people of Comi-
tan say of it, is called thus only because it issued from and is composed of the four
neighboring languages, spoken around the district of Comitan : the Tzendal on
the east, the Tzotzil on the north, the Mam of Soconusco on the west, and the
Pokoman of Jacaltenango ou the south. The Chanabal language then is limited
to a very small number of localities, around Comitan and in a radius of about
twelve leagues in diameter, stretching especially toward the frontier of Guate
mala on the south. Srassettr de Bourbourg.
586 Canadian Institute. The | Canadian Journal: | a repertory of | In
dustry, Science, and Art, | and a record of the | Proceedings of tbe
Canadian Institute. | Edited by | Henry Youle Hind, M. A., | Pro
fessor of Chemistry in the University of Trinity College; | assisted
by | the Publishing Committee of the Canadian Institute. | Vol. 1
[-3J-I
Published by Hugh Scobie, | for the | Council of the Canadian
Institute. | Toronto, 1853 [-1855]. | c.
Svols. 4.
Continued as follows :
CAMPBELL CANTARES. 117
Canadian Institute continued.
587 - The [ Canadian Journal | of | Industry, Science, and Art: |
Conducted by | the Editing Committee of the Canadian Institute. |
New Series. | Vol. I [-XIJ. |
Toronto: | Printed for the Canadian Institute, | by Lorell and
Gibson, Yonge Street. | MDCCCLVI [-1868]. | c.
11 vols. 8.
Assikinack (F.) The Odahwah Indian Lauguage, vol. 3, pp. 481-485.
Remarks on above paper, vol. S, pp. 182-186.
O'M[eara]. (F. A.) Review of Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 437-451.
Oroiiuyatekha. The Mohawk Language, vol. 10, pp. 182-194.
Vol. 12 issued with change of title as follows :
588 The | Canadian Journal | of Science, Literature, and His
tory: | conducted by | the Editing Committee of the Canadian In
stitute. | New Series. | Vol. XII [-XV]. |
Toronto: | Printed for the Canadian Institute | by Copp, Clark &
Co., King Street East, | MDCCCLXX [-1878]. | o.
VoJs. 12-15. 8.
Oronhyatekha. The Mohawk L:-ngnage, vol. 15, pp. 1-12.
This article appeared originally in vol. 10.
589 The Canadian Journal : | Proceedings of the Canadian In
stitute. | New Series. Vol. I. Part I. | '
Toronto: | Copp, Clark & Co. | 1879. | c.
149 pp. 8.
Campbell (J.) The affiliation of the Algonquin Languages, pp. 15-53.
590 Cancer ( Fr. Luis). Varias coplas, versos e himnos en Lengua de
Coban Verapaz, sobre los misterios de la religion para uso de los
Neofltos de la dicha provincia, compuestos por el Ven. Padre Fray
Luis Cancer, de la orden de Santo Doiningo. *
Manuscript, 33 11. 4.
This document comes from the ancient archives of the bishopric of Coban, in
Verapaz. When I arrived at RaMnal it was in the possession of Ignacio Colochd,
then secretary of the native municipality, and who presented me with it, together
with many other documents of the same kind. He also assured me that it was
attributed traditionally to the Venerable Luis Cancer, one of the first apostles of
Verapaz. Fray Luis Cancer, born at Balbastro, in Arragon, was the companion
of Las Casas and Angulo, and it is known with what holy ardor he defended the
liberty of the natives, in the leunion of the bishops and theologians held at
Mexico in 1546. He, with Las Casas, composed the first Christian hymns, which
were destined to gain the natives of Verapaz, among whom they were introduced
by gome merchants, to the new faith. These hymns were written first in the
Quich<5 idiom of Zacapulas, then in the Cacchi of Coban, etc. Having returned
to Spain in the interest of the Indians, he was sent from there to Florida, wheie
he was put to death by the savages, in 1549.
This manuscript is the only one of the sort at present extant. The airs to
which the canticles were sung are found noted. Brasseur de Bourbourg.
591 Cantares Mexicanos.
Manuscript, 179 11. 4.
Modern transcript from the original manuscript formerly existing in the library
of the University of Mexico. On the first page is the following:
118 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Cantares Mexicanos continued.
" Advertencia."
Esta copia se saco de un volumen, 4 to. MS. que se conserva en la Biblioteca
de la Universidad intitulada, por la parte de afuera, Cantares de los Mexicanos
y otros opuscules, para mas asegriarmi de la fideUdad de la copia la cucoinieiuld
al Lie. D. Faustino Galicia. Este opusculo es el primero en la coleccion y los
otros tienen los siguientes titulos.
2. Kalendario Mexicano. 3. Arte divinatorio de los Mexicanos. 4. Ejeinplos
de la SS. Eucharistia en Mexicano. 5. Un sermon sobre aquello de "Estote
sancti." 6. Memoria de la Muerte. 7. Vida de San Bartolome. 8. Fabulas de
Esopo. 9. Historia de la Pasion.
Todos ellos, con exepcion del 2 y 3 estan escritos por diversas personas, y algu-
nas de sus formas pueden pertenecer al siglo XVI. Los demas parecen del sigu-
ente. Mexico, Mayo, 12 de 1859. D. Jose' F. Ramirez.
The entire volume of this precious collection is in the clear and distinct hand
writing of Don Faustino Chimalpopoca, whose name is a sufficient guarantee for
the faithfulness of the copy. The original manuscript having disappeared, ac
cording to Sefior Icazbalceta (Cat. de Escri tores, p. 146), this is, in all probability,
the only complete copy existing of these remnants of ancient Mexican poesy.
Ramirez Sale Cat.
592 Cantos en Lengua Mexicana. *
Manuscript, 18 11. sm. folio.
One original, the others translated from the Othomi. Copied by me at the li
brary of the University of Mexico, in the month of February, 1865. It bore neither
name nor date; from the writing it appears to belong to the XVII th century, but
the hymns contained in it date back for the most part to a time anterior to the
conquest. At the hea I of each of these hymns is an indication of the air and the
intonation to be given it, and also in some cases the instrument which should
accompany it, according to musical measure of the Mexican rhythm. Brasseur
de Bourbourg.
593 Carceres (Fr. De). } En el nombre del S. Comie^a una Artezilla
de la lengua Otoini cogida de las migajas de los padres benemeritos
della y del cornadillo offrecido por el inenor de los meiiores a gloria
y alabanga de nfo senor Jhu. xpo y de la sagrada virgeii su saiic-
tissima madre y vtilidad desta pobre gente. Eecopilado por el p 6 .
F. p. de Carceres. g. de queretaro. *
Manuscript, 57 II. 4. Gothic letters of the sixteenth century, small and so
well formed that at first sight it appears to be printed. Icazbalceta's Aptintes, No. 95.
It is undoubtedly, if not the first, one of the first grammars written on the
Otomi. Ramirez Sale Cat.
594 Cardenas (Br. Carlos). Confesionario en leugua Mexicana. *
Title from Piuientel.
595 Cardenas (Fr. Pedro). Varies Libros doctrinales eu Lenguas de los
Indies, y muchos sermones, y Dracmas. *
Title from Beristain, who quotes from Vasquez.
596 Cardenas (Fr. Thomas de). Arte de la Lengua Cacchi, de Coban en
la Verapaz, coinpuesto por el llluio Sr. Don fray Thomas de Carde
nas, de la Ordeu de Predicadores, quarto obispo de Coban. *
Manuscript of 75 II., one of which is missing. 4. This document comes from
the ancient episcopal archives of Coban and was given to me at Rabinal by
Ignacio Coloche', then secretary of the native municipality. He assured me that
tradition attributed it to the fourth bishop of Verapaz. Brasseur de Bourbourg.
CANTAKES-- CARLI 119
Cardenas (Fr. Thomas de) continued.
597 Doctrina cristiaua y documentos morales y politicos en
Lengua Zacapula. *
Title from Beristain.
Cardenas y Leon (Carlos Caledonio Velasquez de).
See Velasquez de Cardenas y Leon (Carlos Caledonio).
Carey (Mathew).
See American Museum.
598 Carheil (Rev. Stephen de). Eacines Huronnes, or Kadical Words
of the Huron Language, by Eev. Stephen de Carheil, of the Society
of Jesus. *
Manuscript, 260 and 302 pp.
This manuscript forms two small duodecimo volumes. The radical words are
arranged under five conjugations, and the derivatives with examples in many
cases given after each root or primitive.
The work is properly in Latin, but as definitions and the translation of the
examples are given in French, the whole is a curious mosaic of the three lan
guages. The copy here described was made, as appears by a date at the end,
in 1744. Hist. Mag.
599 Carillo (D. Crescendo). Apuntes para un Catalogo de las palabras
Mexicanas iutroducidas al Castellauo. II. Catalogo de las prinei-
pales Mayas usadas en el Castellano que se habla en el Estado de
Yucatan, por el Presbitero D. Crescencio Carillo. c.
Appended to Mendoza (E.) Apuntes para un Catalogo, pp. 57-75. Mexico
1872. 8.
GOO [Carli (Giau Einaldi).] Delle | Lettere | Americano | Parte Prirna
[-Seconda] | [Vignette.] |
Cosmopoli | MDCCLXXX [1780]. *
2 vols. 12. map.
Numerals 1-100, 1000 in Mexican, vol. 1, pp. 235-236 divisions; of the year, pp.
238-240. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.
Sabin adds: Nuova edizione corretta ed ampliata colla aggiunta della Parte
III, ora per la prima volta impresa. Cremona, 1781-83. 3 vols. 8. map.
This edition was published by Isidore Biauchi, dedicated by him to Franklin,
and is sometimes erroneously attributed to Bianchi.
001 Lettres | America ines, | Dans lesquelles on examine
1'Origine, 1'fitat | Civil, Politique, Militaire & Eeligieux, les | Arts,
I'lndustrie, les Sciences, les Mceurs, les | Usages des auciens Habi-
taus de FAme'rique, | les grandes ElpoqndS de la Nature, 1'ancienne |
Communication des deux Hemispheres, & la | derniere Bevolution
qui a fait disparoitre | 1'Atlantide: pour servir de suite aux M-
inoires | de D. Ulloa. | Par M. le Comte J. E. Carli, | President
e'me'rite du Conseil Supreme d'Economie | Publique, & Conseiller
prive d'Etat de Sa M. Irnpe'riale | & Eoyale. | Avec des Observa
tions & Additions du Tradncteur. | Tome Premier [-Tome IIJ. |
A Boston, | Et se trouve A Paris, | Chez Buissou, Libraire, rue
Haute-Feuille, | Hotel de Coetlosquet, N 20. | M.DCC.LXXX-
VIII [1788]. | 0.
Pp. i-xxij, 1-520. 2 vols. 8. map.
120 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Carli (Gisui Kinaldi) continued.
Numerals 1-100, and 1000, and a few terms in Mexican (from De Laet) and the
divisions of the year, vol. 1, pp. 387-388, 393-395.
To the above, Sabin adds :-f Paris, 1792. 2 vols. 8.
602 - . Briefe iiber Amerika, nach der neuesten, verbesserten, und
rait dem dritteu Theile vercaehrten Ausgabe, aus dem Italiauischen
des Grafen Carls Carli iibersetzt, und mit einigeu Anmerkungeu
versehen von Christian Gottfried Hennig.
Gera: Beckmann. 1785. *
3 vols. sm. 8. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Dictionary.
603 - - Las Cartas Araericanas. j Nueva edicionlcorregida y aumen-
tadajcon la agregacion de la parte tercerafque ahora por priinera vez /
se da iinpresa. I Traduccion del Italiano por Agustin Pomposo Fer-
nandez.
Mexico. 1821-1822. *
3 vols. 4. Not seen ; title from Sabiu's Dictionary.
The original work is also contained in Tomo xi-xiv, "Delia opere del Don
Gian-inaldo Conte Carli. Milano, MDCCLXXXIV-XCIX. 19 vols. 8. Sabin's
Dictionary.
604 [Carnegie (Sir James).] Saskatchewan | and | the Kocky Mount
ains. | A Diary and Narrative of Travel, Sport, | and Adventure,
during a Journey through the | Hudson's Bay Company's Territo
ries, | in J859 and 1860. | By | the Earl of Southesk, | K. T., F. B.
G. S. | [Sir James Carnegie]. [Seven lines quotation.] | With maps
and illustrations. |
Edinburgh: | Edmonston and Douglas. | 1875. | HIT. c.
Pp. i-xxx, 1-448. 8 C . maps.
Letter from the Mountain Assiuiboiues [syllabic characters], face p. 250 ; Crce
syllabic characters, terminations, etc., 4 sheets following p. 422.
605 Carochi (P. Horacio). Arte | de | la Lengua | Mexicana | con la
declaration de los | adverbios della. | Al Illustriss. y Beneren-
diss." | Sefior Don Juan de Mauozca Aryobispo de | Mexico, del
Consejo de su Magestad, &c. \ Por el Padre Horacio Carochi j ifec-
tor del Colegio de la Coinpaflia de Jesus de San | Pedro, y san Pablo
de Mexico. | Aiio de 1645. | Impresso con licencia. |
En Mexico: por luau Buyz. Auo de 1645. | *
6 p. 11., 11. 1-132 4. Not seen ; title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 16.
First edition of the cerebra'ed grammar of Father Carochi. It is excessively
rare, and was so even 200 years ago, as is learned from the preface of the edition
prepared by Father Paredes, the title of which is given below.
Ludewig makes mention of a Grammalica y Vocabulario de la Lengua Othomi,
Mexico, 1645, 4, by Carochi, which is probably meant for the above.
"Father Carochi was a Milanese Jesuit who laboured for 30 years in the Mexi
can Missions and died in Mexico in 1666." Ramirez Sale Cat.
606 - - Compendio | del Arte | de la Lengua Mexicana | del P.
Horacio Carochi | de la Conipailia de Jesvs ; | Dispuesto con breve-
dad, claridad, y propriedad, | Por el P. Iguacio de Paredes | de la
CAELT CARRIEDO. 121
Carochi (P. lloracio) continued.
misma Compania, y inorador del Colegio | destinado salamente para
Indies, do S. Gregario | de la Compauia de Jesvs de Mexico: | Y
dividido en tres partes: En la primera se trata de | todo lo pertene-
cieute a Reglas del Arte, con toda su | variedad, excepcioues, y
anomalias; en que uada se | podra desear, qiie no se balle. En la
segunda se | ensena la foriuacion de unos vocables, de ostros.
Y | assi con sola una voz, que se sepa, se podran | con facilidad deri-
varotras muchas: En la tercera | se poueu los Adverbios mas neces
saries de la Lengua. | Con todo lo qnal qnalquiera a poco trabajo, y
en | breve tieinpo podra con facilidad, propriedad, y | expededicion
hablar el Idioiiia. | Y el inisino no menos afectuoso, que rendido, | y
revereute lo dedica, y cousagra | al Gloriosissimo Patriarcba | San
Ignacio de Loyola, | Autor, y Fundador de la Compania de Jesus. |
Con las licencias necessarias, | En Mexico en la Iinprenta de la
Bibliotheca Mexicana en | freute de S. Augustin. Aiio de 1759. |
12 p. 11., pp. 1-202. sm. 4. JCB.
All abridgment of tbo Arte of 1645, by Father Paredes. Brasseur <le Bourbourg
gives it the date of 1750; Piraentel gives it 1751. I have also seen mention of
an edition of 1749.
007 Vocabulario copioso de la lengua Mexicana. *
008 Gramatica de la leugua Otomi. *
009 Vocabulario Otomi. *
In the library of Tepozotlan.
010 Sermones en lengua Mexicana. *
1 vol. 4. In the library of the College of S. Gregorio, Mexico.
The four titles above from Brristaiu.
(ill Carranza (Fr. Diego). Doctrina cristiana. Exercicios espiritu-
ales. Sermones.
All in the Chontal language. Author referred to by Burgoa, Davila, Nicolas
Antonio, and the Franciscans Qnetif and Echard. Beristain.
012 Carranza (Joseph de). Arte donde se contiene aquellos rudimentos
y principles preceptivos que condncen a la legua Mexicana. Divi-
dese en siete libros. Por el Mui Reverendo Padre Presentado Frai
Joseph de Carranza del orden de Predicadores.
Manuscript, 233 pp. 4. Not seen; title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 96.
013 Carriedo (Juan Bautista). Estudios, | Historicos y Estadfsticos, |
del | Departamento de Oaxaca. | Escritos per | Juan B Carriedo, j
y | comenzac os a publicar eu perio- | dice titulado el " Pasateinpo"
en el | ano pasado de 1840. |
Oaxaca. Iinprenta del Autor. 1847. |
3 p. 11., p|>. 1-141, 2 II, pp. 1-54 4. (imperfect; p. 54 breaks off the middle of
a sentence.)
122 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Carriedo (Juan Bautista) continued.
Contains explanation of several Mexican and Zapotec names of places, p. 29.
Capitulo 23. Eeligiosos que escribieron en las lenguas Indian. Naturates [sic]
qne tambien lo hisieron. Idiomas que se kablaii en el Departamento, pp. 103-107,
containing on page 107 specimens of six words in Zapoteco.
The following is perhaps the second edition:
614 Estudios bistoricos, y estadisticos del estado Oaxaqueno.
Oaxaca. 1850.
2 vols. 8.
Not seen; title from Sabin's Dictionary, which does not mention any other
edition^
The author prepared a third edition for press (perhaps never printed) under
the following title :
615 Oajaca Historica estadistica y monumental, o scan Estudios
del estado Oaxaqueno. Escritos por Juan B. Carriedo, Socio corre-
sponsal de la Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica de Mexico. Ter-
cera ediccion corregida y auotada. A.
Manuscript ; title, additions and corrections made in a copy of the first edition
(the copy described above), which is preserved in the Aster Library, New York.
The manuscript introduction entitled " Advertencia. Motives q. se han tenida
para hacer estatercera ediccion" 3 leaves manuscript is signed "Oaxaca Sept" 8.
an 1856 J. B. Carriedo." This and the numerous manuscript annotations are
evidently in the handwriting of Carriedo.
616 Cartier (Jacques). Brief Eecit, & | succincte narration, de la
nauiga- | tion faicte es ysles de Canada, Ho- | chelage & Saguenay
& autres, auec | particulieres incurs, langaige, & ce- | reinonies des
habitans d'icelles : fort | delectable a veoir | [Figure], |
Avec priuilege | On les ueud a Paris au second pillier en la
grand | salle du Palais, & en la rue neufue Nostredame a | 1'eu-
seigne de lescu de frae, par Ponce Eoft'et diet | Foucheur, & An-
thoine le Clerc freres. | 1545. | *
48 pp. sm. 8. Title and collation from Tross' reprint, 1863, q. v.
"The first edition of Carder's Relations, printed at Paris in 1545, has proved
hitherto to be of such extreme rarity that but a single copy has been known
to exist for nearly three hundred years. The editor of the third, printed at Rouen
in 1598, announces that he had translated it from a foreign language, which wa",
doubtless, the Italian of the second edition of Ramusio, a fact which proves that
even at a date so early as only fifty years after its publication, the first edition
was unknown. Cartier's Relations attbrd us the first positive information regard
ing the Indians of Canada, and contain the first vocabularies ever printed of the
languages of any nation of American aborigines." Field.
617 Pritna Eelatione di lacqves | Cartbier della Terra Nvova |
detta la nuova Francia, trouata nell'anno | M.D.XXX1III. |
In Ramusio (G. B.) Terzo Volume della Navigatioui et Viaggi , 11. 435-440. In
Venetia, 1556. folio.
Liuguaggio della terra nuouamente scoperta chiamata la nuoua Francia, verso
1. 440.
CARKIEDO C ARTIER. 123
Cartier (Jacques) continued.
618 Breve et svccinta narratione del la | nauigation fatta per
ordine del la Maesta Christianissima all' Isole di Cana- | da, Hoche-
laga, Saguenai, & altre, al presente dette la nuoua Francia | con
particolari costumi, & cerimouie de gli habitant!. |
In Ramusio (G. B.) Terzo Volume della Navigation! et Viaggi, II. 441^56. In
Venetia, 1556. folio.
"Segnifca il linguaggio de paesi & Reami di Hochelaga & Cauada da noi chia-
mati la nuoua Francia & prirno li nomi de numeri" [1-10]; " Seguitano li voca-
boli delle parti dell' huomo", recto and verso 1. 453.
For other editions of this volume see Ramusio (G. B.)
619 1" A shorte and | briefe narration of the two | Nauigations
and Discoueries | to the north-weast portes called | NeweFravnce: |
First translated out of French into Italian by that famous | learned
man Gio: Bapt: Eamutius, and now turned | into English by lohn
Florio: Worthy the read- | ing of all Venturers, Trauellers, and
Discouerers.
Imprinted at Lon- | don, by H. Bynneman, dwelling in Thames
Streate, neere vnto | Baynardes Castell. | Anno Domini | 1580. |
4 p. 11., 80 pp. sm. 4. JOB.
First Relation, pp. 1-27; A short and briefe narration, etc. (second relation),
pp. 28-78; Hochelaga Vocabulary, pp. 78-80.
620 Disco vrs | dv | Voyage | fait [en 1534] par le Capi- | taiue
laqves Cartier | aux Terres-neufues de Canadas, No- | rembergue,
Hochelage, Labrador, et | pays adjaceus, dite Nouuelle France, |
auec particulieres moeurs, langage, et | ceremonies des habitans
d'icelle.
A Eoven, | de I'iinprinierie | De Eaphael du Petit Val, Libraire
et Imprimeur | du Roy, a 1'Ange Eaphael. | M. D. XC VIII [1598]. |
Avec permission. | *
Title from fac-simile in the Tross' reprint of 1865, q. v.
621 The first relation of Jacques Carthier, of St. Malo, of the
new land called New France, newly discouered in the yere of our
Lord 1534.
In Hakluyt (R.) Principal Navigations, &c., vol. 3, pp. 201-212. London, 1600.
folio.
The language that is spoken in the Land that is newly discouered called New
France, pp. 211,212.
622 The third voyage of discouery made by Captain laques Car
thier, into the countries of Canada, Hochelaga and Saguenay.
In Hakluyt (R.) Principal Navigations, vol. 3, pp. 213-232. London, 1600.
folio.
Vocabularies, pp. 231-232.
623 - - The first relation of laques Carthier of S. Malo, of the new
land called New France, newly discouered in the yere of our Lord
1534.
124 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Cartier (Jacques) continued.
In Hakluyt (R.) Collection of the early voyages, vol. 3, pp. 250-262. London,
1810. folio.
The language that is spoken in the Land newly discouered, called New Franco
[vocabulary], pp. 261-262.
624 A shorte and briefe narration of the Nauigation made by the
commandement of the King of France, to the Islands of Canada,
Hochelaga, Saguenay, and divers others which now are called New
France, with the particular custoines and manners of the inhabi
tants therein.
In Hakluyt (R.) Early collection of voyages, vol. 3, pp. 262-285. London, 1810.
folio.
"Here followeth the language of the countrey and kingdomes of Hochelaga
and Canada, of vs called New France: But first the names of their numbers"
[1-10]. "Here follow the names of the chiefest partes of man, and other words
necessary to be knowen", pp. 284-285.
625 The Voyage of Jacques Cartier from St. Maloes to New
foundland and Canada, in the years 1534 and 1535. [First and sec
ond voyages.]
In Ken: (R.) A General History and Collection of Voyages and Travels, vol. 6,
pp. 15-68. Edinburgh and London, 1824 8.
Specimen of the language of Newfoundland, pp. 32-33; Specimen of the lan
guage of Hochelaga and Canada, pp. 676-8.
626 Disco vrs de Voyage fait par le Capitaine Jaques Cartier
aux terres neufues de Canadas, Norembergne, Hochelage, Labrador,
et pays adjacens, dites nouuelle France, auec particulieres mceurs,
laugage, et ceremonies des habitants d'icelle. A Rouen, de 1'iin-
primerie de Raphael du Petit Val, libraire et imprimeur du Roy, a
1'ange Raphael. M. D. XCVIII. Avec permission.
In Temaux-Compaiis (H.) Archives des Voyages, vol. 1, pp. 117-153. Paris,
[1840]. 8.
Laogage des pays et Royannies de Hochelage et Cauadas, pp. 120-124.
Above title (caption) is a reprint from the 1598 edition. Ternaux, in a foot
note, says : ' ' The first edition of the Relation is of very great rarity ; I ha ve not
been able to discover a single copy."
627 Les Trois Voyages de Jacques Cartier au Canada, en 1534,
1535, et 1540.
In Quebec Socie'te Litteraire et Historique, Voyages, pp. 1-77. Quebec,
1843. 8.
Le Langage de la Terre Nouvellement descouverte, appellee Nouvelle France,
p. 23; Ensnit le Langage de Hochelaga et Canada, 67-69.
628 Voyages de D6couverte en Canada entre les ^knnees 1534 et
1542; par Jacques Quartier, le Sieur de Roberval, Jean Alphonse de
Xauctoigne, . . . re"-imprimes sur d'anciennes relations, et publics
sous la direction de la Socie'te litte"raire et historique de Quebec,
avec preface et notes.
Quebec: W. Cowan. 1843.
6, 130, pp. 8 Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
CARTIER CARVALHO. 125
Cartier (Jacques) continued.
629 - Bref Recit et Succincte Narration | de la | Navigation |
faite en MDXXXV etMDXXXVI | par le Capitaine | Jacques Car-
tier | aux iles de | Canada | Hochelaga, Saguenay | et autres | Re-
impression Figured | de I'editiou originale rarissime de MDXLV |
avec les variantes des mauuscrits | de la Bibliotheque Imperiale |
Prce"dee | d'une breve et succincte | Introduction | Historique | par
M. D'Avezac |
Paris | Librairie Tross | Passage des deux Pavilions (Palais
Royal), N. 8 | 1863 | c.
Reprint of the 1545 edition. Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; Introduction, 11. i-xvi ;
Fac-simile of original title, reverse dedication, 11.; Av Roy, 11. 1-5. The Narra
tion occupies 11. (i-48; Notts, variantes, etc., 11.49-68.
"Ensuyt le Ifyage des pays & Royaulmes de Hochelaga & Canada, aultrement
appellee nous la uounelle France", verso 1.46 & 11.47-48.
630 - - Voyage | de | Jaques Cartier | av Canada | en 1534 | Nou-
velle edition, publics d'apres 1'edition de 1398 | et d'apres Ramusio |
Par M. H. Michelant | avec deux cartes | Documents inedits | sur
Jaques Cartier et le Canada | communiques | Par M.Alfred Raine" |
Paris | Librairie Tross | 5, Rue Neuve des-petits-champs, 5 j
18G5 | c. JOB.
Reprint of 1598 edition. Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; Fac-simile of original title-
page, reverse blank, 1 I. ; "L'imprimevr aux Lecteurs", pp. 3-4; "Svr le voyago
de Canadas" (poein), pp. 5-8; Ensvjt le Laugage Hochelage et Canadas, p. 9;
Ensvyt les noms dea parties du corps de I'homiue, pp. 10-14; Extrait du Privilege,
1 1. unnumbered, recto blank, verso Extrait, etc. ; Introduction, pp. i-vii, reverse
of vii blank ; Discovrs, etc., pp. 17-68 ; Le Laugage des payes et Rtfyaumes Hoche
lage et Canada, d'apres Ramusio, pp. 69-71.
Carder's Voyages are reprinted in Pinkerton's Voyages, vol. 12, without the
vocabularies.
631 Cartilla mayor en Lengua Castellana, Latina, y Mexicana. Nueva-
meute Corregida, y Enmendada, y Reformada en esta vltima Im
pression.
8 11., and 4 11. with a Catechism. 4. On the title-page is a hideous engraving
of the two arms on the cross with a Latin verse half effaced and almost illegible.
Below .is the alphabet.
Colophon :
Oquitno nahuatlatolcuipili Padre F. Balthazar del Castillo, temach-
tiani, yhuan Ministro nican Altepetl S. Luis Obispo Vexotlau inani-
meztli 16 de lulio de 1683 afios. M. S. S. C. S. R. E.
5 Con Liceucia. En Mexico: por la Viuda de Bernardo Calderon
en la calle <fc S. Augustin.
Not seen,; title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 97.
632 Carvalho (S. N.) Incidents | of | Travel and Adventure | in the |
Far West; | with | Col. Fremont's last Expedition | across the
Rocky Mountains: including three months' residence in | Utah, and
a perilous trip across the | Great American Desert, | to the Pacific. |
By S. N. Carvalho, | Artist to the Expedition. |
126
NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Carvalho (S. N.) continued.
New York: | Derby & Jackson, 119 Nassau St. | Cincinnati: H.
W. Derby & Co. | 1857. | 0.
Pp.i-xv, 17-380. 8.
A few sentences and numerals (1-100) of the Piede dialect, pp. 224-225.
633
Incidents | of | Travel and Adventure | in the | Far West;/
with | Col. Fremont's last Expedition | across the Rocky Mount
ains : including three months' residence in | Utah, | and a peril
ous trip across the | Great American Desert, | to the Pacific. | By
S. N. Carvalho, | Artist to the Expedition. |
New York: I Derby and Jackson. 1860. | BA.
Pp. i-xv, 17-250; appendix, 1-130.
( (
SI. , ]
634 Carver (Jonathan). Travels | through the | interior parts | of |
North America, | in the | Years 17C6, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver,
Esq. | Captain of a company of provincial | troops during the
late | war with France. | Illustrated with copper plates. |
London: | Printed for the Author; | And sold by J. Walter, at
Charing-cross, and | S. Crowder, in Paternoster Row. | MDCCL-
XXVIII [1778]. | HU. c. JOB. &,
10 p. 11., pp. i-xvi, 17-543. 8. maps.
Chapter xvii. "Of their Language, Hieroglyphicks, &c.", pp. 414-441, con
tains: A short vocabulary of the Chipe'way language, pp. 420-432; the numerical
terms [1-1000] of the Chipe'ways, pp. 432-433; a short vocabulary of the Naudo-
wessie language, pp. 433-438; the numerical terms [1-1000] of the Naudowessies,
pp. 439-440.
Besides appearing in the various editions given below, these vocabularies have
been reprinted many times.
635 - Travels | through the | interior parts | of | North America, |
in the | Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. | Captain
of a company of provincial | troops during the late | war with
France. | Illustrated with copper plates. | The second edition. |
London: | Printed for the Author, | By William Richardson in the
Strand; | and sold by J. Dodsley, in Pallmall; J. Robson in New |
Bond-street; J. Walter at Charing cross; J. Bew, | in Pater-Noster
Row; and Mess. Richardson and | Urquhart, at the Royal Ex
change. | MDCCLXXIX [1779]. | c. JOB.
12 p. 1)., pp. i-xvi, 17-543. 8. map. Linguistics as in first edition.
636 - Travels | through the | Interior Parts | oft | North- Amer
ica, | in the | Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. |
Captain of a Company of Provincial | Troops during the late | War
with France. | Illustrated with copper plates. |
Dublin: | Printed for S. Price, R. Cross, W. Watson, W. and H. |
Whitestone, J. Potts, J. Williams, W. Colles, | W. Wilson, R. Mon-
criefl'e, C. Jeukin, G. | Burnet, T. Walker, W. Gilbert, L. L. | Flin,
CARVALHO CARVER. 127
Carver (Jonathan) continued.
J. Exshaw, L. White, J. Beatty, | and B. Watson. | MDCCLXXIX
[1779]. | JCB.
10 p. 11., pp. i-xiii, 15-508. 8. map.
Of their language and hieroglyphicks, pp. 387-412.
637 Johann Carvers | Reisen | durch | die iunern Gegenden |
von | Nord-Amerika | in den Jahreu 1766, 1767 und 1768, | mit einer
Laudkarte. | Aus dem Englischen. |
Hamburg, | bey Carl Ernst Bohn. 1780 | JCB.
xxiv, 456 pp. 12. map.
Ein kurzes Verzeichnisz von Wortern ans der Tschipiwaischen Sprache, pp.
350-359.
C38 Travels | through the | interior parts | of | North Amer
ica, | in the | Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. |
Captain of a company of provincial | troops during the late j war
with France. | Illustrated with Copper plates, | coloured. | The third
edition. | To which is added, Some Account of the | Author, and a
Copious Index. |
London: | Printed for C. Dilly, in the Poultry; H. Payne, in |
Pall mall; and J. Phillips, in George- Yard, | Lombard- Street. | MD-
CCLXXXI [1781]. | BA. c. JCB.
2 p. 11., pp. 1-22, 11 11., pp. i-xvi, 17-543; index, 10 11. 8.
Same as original edition, except addition of preliminary pages,, which-contain
"Some account of Captain J. Carver", and index at end.
639 Three years | travels, | through the | Interior Parts of
North America, | for more than | five thousand, miles, | contain
ing, | An Account of the great Lakes, and all the Lakes, | Islands,
and Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, Minerals, | Soil and Vegetable
Productions of the North West | Regions of that vast Continent; |
with a | Description of the Birds, 1 leasts, Reptiles, | Insects, and
Fishes peculiar to the Country. | Together with a concise | History
of the Genius, Manners, and | Customs of the Indians | Inhabiting
the Lands that lie adjacent to the Heads and to the | Westward of
the great River Mississippi; | and an | Appendix, | Describing the
uncultivated Parts of America that are the | most proper for forming
Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the Provincial
Troops in America. |
Philadelphia: | Printed and sold by Joseph Crukshank in Mar
ket Street | and Robert Bell, in Third Street. | MDCCL XXXIV
[1784]. | JCB.
xxi,217pp. 8.
Of their language, hieroglyphicks, &c., pp. 170-179.
640 Voyage | dans | les Parties Interieurs | de | L'Arnerique
Septentrionale, | Pendant les anne"es 1766, 1767 & 1768. | Par Jona
than Carver, | Ecuyer, Capitaine d'une coinpagnie de troupes | pro-
vinciales pendant la guerre du Canada | entre Id France & 1'Angle-
1'28 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Carver (Jonathan) continued.
terre. | Ouvrage traduit sur la troisieme Edition | Angloi.se, par M.
de C. ... avec des remar- | ques & quelques additions du traduc-
teur. |
Yverdon. | M.DCC.LXXXIV [1784J. | JOB.
xxvi, 436 pp. 12.
DCS langues ties Indieus, pp. 304-322.
641 - - Voyage | dans | les parties inte"rieurs | de | I'Amerique
Sei)tentriouale, | Pendant les anne"es 17G6, 1767 & 1768. | Par Jona
than Carver, | Ecuyer, Capitaine d'uue Compagnie de Troupes |
Provinciales pendant la guerre du Canada entre la | France & I'An-
gleterre. | Ouvrage traduit sur la troisieme Edition | Angloise, par
M. de G avec des remarques & | quelques additions du Traduc-
teur. |
A Paris, | Chez Pissot, Libraire, quai des Augustins. | M. DCC.
LXXXIV [1784]. | Avec Approbation & Privilege du Eoi. | C. JOB.
24, xxviii, 451 pp. 8. map.
Des langues des Indieiia, & des signes hieroglyphiques qui leur tienuent lieu
d'dcriture, pp. 315-334.
642 Three Years | Travels | through the | Interior Parts | of |
North America, | for more than | Five Thousand Miles, | contain
ing | An Account of the great Lakes, and all the | Lakes, Islands,
and Rivers, Cataracts, | Mountains, Minerals, Soil and Vcgeta- | ble
Productions of the North- West Ee- | gions of that vast Continent; |
with a | Description of the Birds, Beasts, Eep- | tiles, Insects, and
Fishes peculiar | to the Country. | Together with a concise | History
of the Genius, Manners, and | Customs of the Indians | Inhabiting
the Lands that lie adjacent to the Heads and | to the Westward of
the great Eiver Mississippi, | and an | Appendix, | Describing the
uncultivated Parts of America that are | the most proper for form
ing Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the Provincial
Troops in America. |
Philadelphia: | Printed by Joseph Crukshank, in Market Street, |
between Second and Third-Streets. | MDCCLXXXIX [1789]. | JOB.
Pp. i-xvi,i-viii, 9-282. 12.
Of their language, hieroglyphics, &c., pp. 211-228.
643 - - Three Years | Travels | throughout the | Interior Parts |
of | North -America, | for more than | Five Thousand Miles | con
taining | An Account of the great Lakes, and all the Lakes, |
Islands, and Eivers, Cataracts, Mountains, | Minerals, Soil and
Vegetable Productions | of the North-west Eegions of that Vast |
Continent; | with a | Description of the Birds, Beasts, Rep- | tiles,
Insects, and Fishes peculiar | to the Country. | Together with a
concise | History of the Genius, Manners, and | Customs of the In
dians | Inhabiting the Lands that lie adjacent to the Heads and |
to the Westward of the Great River Mississippi; | and an | Appen-
CARVER. 1'29
Carver (Jonathan) continued.
dix, | Describing the uncultivated parts of America, that are | the
most proper for forming Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Car
ver, | of the Provincial Troops in America. |
Printed at Portsmouth, New Hampshire, | by Charles Peirce, for
David West, | No. 36, Marlborough-Street, Boston. | M,DCC,XCIV
[1794]. | JCB.
Pp. i-xvi, i-viii, 9-282. 12.
Of their language, hieroglyphics, &c., pp. 212-228.
644 Three years | Travels | through the | interior parts | of |
North-America, | for more than | five thousand miles; | contain
ing | An Account of the great Lakes, and all the Lakes, Islands, |
and Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, Minerals, | Soil and Vegetable
Productions of the North- | West Regions of that vast Continent; |
with a | Description of the Birds, Beasts, | Reptiles, Insects, and
Fishes | peculiar to the Country, j Together with a concise | History
of the Genius, Manners, and customs | of the Indians inhabiting
the lands that lie | adjacent to the heads and to the westward | of
the great river Mississippi; | and an | appendix, | Describing the
uncultivated parts of America that | are the most proper for form
ing settlements. | By Captain Jonathan "Carver, | of the provincial
troops in America. |
Philadelphia: | Published by Key & Simpson. | 179G. | c.
Pp. i-xx, i-x, 11-360. List of subscribers, pp. 1-20, 1-8. 8.
Of the language, hieroglyphics, &c., pp. 273-293.
645 Reize | door de | Binnenlanden | van | Noord-Amerika, |
door | Jonathan Carver, Schildkn. | Kapitein van eene Compagnie
Provintiaale | Troepen Geduurende den Oorlog | met Frankrijk. |
Naar den derden Druk uit het Engelsch vertaald | door | J. D. Pas
teur | met Plaaten. | Eerste [-Tweede] Deel. | [Portrait of Carver.]
Te Ley den, | bij A. en J. Houkoop, 1796. | JCB.
2 vols. 8. Title of vol. 2 has no portrait.
Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 150-172.
646 Three Years | Travels | throughout the | Interior Parts |
of | North- America, | for more then | Five Thousand Miles, j
containing | An Account of the Great Lakes, and all the Lakes,
Islands, | and Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, Minerals, Soil and
Ve- | getable Productions of the North-west Regions of that | vast
Continent; | with a | Description of the Birds, Beasts, Reptiles, In |
sects, and Fishes peculiar to the Country. | Together with a con
cise | History of the Genius, Manners, and Customs | of the In-.
dians | inhabiting the Lands that lie adjacent to the heads and | to
the westward of the great river Mississippi ; | and an | Appendix, |
describing the uncultivated parts of America, | that are the most
proper for forming | Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, |
of the Provincial Troops in America. |
9 Bib
130 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Carver (Jonathan) continued.
Printed | by John Russell, for David West, | No. 50, Cornhill,
Boston. | 1797. | BA. JOB.
Pp. i-xvi, 5-312. 12.
Of their Language, hieroglyphics, &c., pp. 237-254.
647 Carver's Travels | in | Wisconsin. | From the Third London
Edition. |
New- York: | Printed by Harper & Brothers, | 82 Cliff-Street. |
1838. | c.
Pp. i-xxxii, 33-376. 8. maps.
Of their language, hieroglyphicks, &c., pp. 255-272.
648 A ventures | de Carver | chez les Sauvages | de | I'Ame'rique
Septentrionale. |
Tours | A d Mame & C le | Editeurs. |
Second title :
Aventures | de Carver | chez les Sauvages de l'Ame"rique Septen
trionale | Cinquieme Edition. |
Tours | A* Mame et C ie , Imprimeurs-Libraires | 1852 | c.
Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., pp. 1-236. 12.
Du langage et des hiiSroglyphes des Indiens [no vocabulary], pp. 214-217.
Besides the editions of Carver given above, there are, according to the cata
logue of the Brown Library, editions in English as follows: Philadelphia, Joseph
Cruiksbank, 1792, 12; Philadelphia, 1795, 8 ; Edinburgh, 1798, 8 C ; Charlestown,
1802, 12; Edinburgh, 1807, 8; Walpole, N. H., Isaiah Thomas & Co., 1813, 12;
ibid., 1838, 12. Sabin's Dictionary adds to the above: Edinburgh, 1808. 8=".
649 Casey (Capt. J. C.) Hitchittee or Chell-o-kee dialect numeration.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 220-221. Philadelphia,
1852. 4.
650 Vocabulary of the Muskogee or Creek.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 416-429. Philadelphia,
1834. 4.
651 [Cass (Lewis).] Inquiries respecting the History, Traditions, Lan
guages, Manners, Customs, Religion, &c., of the Indians living in
the United States.
Detroit: Sheldon and Reed. 1823. *
64 pp. 8. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Dictionary. Reviewed by Schoolcraft
(H. R.), in North American Review, vol. 45, p. 34.
652 Additional Inquiries respecting the Indian Languages. BA.
No title-page. 32 pp. 16.
Contains several examples in the Delaware, Chippewa, and Wyandot languages.
653 [Review of] Manners and Customs of several Indian Tribes,
located west of the Mississippi. By John Hunter.
In North American Review, vol. 22, pp. 53-119. Boston, 1826. 8.
The greater part of this review is taken up with a criticism upon and extracts
from Heckewelder's papers in the Am. Phil. Soc. Trans. Hist, and Lit. Comm.
It was answered byRawle (W.)in Penn. Hist. Soc. Mem., vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 238-275.
CARVER CASTIGLIONI. 131
[Cass (Lewis)j continued.
Philadelphia, 1823. 8?. Mr. Rawle's article was answered by Mr. Cass (g. .) in
the North American Review, vol. 26.
Issued also as follows :
654 Remarks | on the | Condition, Character, and Languages, |
of the | North American Indians. | From the | North American
Review, | No. L, for January, 182G. |
Boston: | Ctunmiugs, Milliard and Company..) 1826. | AAS.
Pp. 1-70. 8\
655 1. [Review of] Travels in the Central Portion of the Mis
sissippi Valley [&c., &c.J By Henry R. Schoolcraft. [&c.]
2. [Review of] A Vindication of the Rev. Mr. Heckcwelder's His
tory of the Indian Nations. By William Rawle. [&c.J
In North American Review, vol. '26, pp. :J57-403. Boston. 1828. 8.
Criticisms upon anil extracts from Heckewelder, pp. 370 401!.
656 Cassell (Johann Philipp). Dissertatio Philologico-IIistorica, do
Navigatiouibus Fortuitis in American!, ante Chr. Columbum factis.
Magdeburgi. 1742. *
1511. 4. Not seen; title from Sabin's Dictionary.
657 Castano (Bartholomew). Catecismo breue de lo quo pre- | cisamente
ha de saber el Christiano. | Sacado a luz por el R. I'. Bartholome
Castano, de la Compafiia de Jesus. |
Reiirtpresso en Mexico por la Vidua de D. Joseph Bernardo do
Hogal, Calle de las Capuchiuas. | Ano de 1744. | *
One large fold, printed only on one side. On the left is the Spanish text, the
title of which I have copied, and on the right the translation into the Mexican.
Each language is in a square and may he separated. I have loose copies of the,
middle fold in which is the Mexican part. Icazbalcfta's Apuntes, Xo. 18.
G58 Catecismo Breve, con el Acto de Coutrieion y el Credo,
Mexicano y Kspafiol, por Castano.
[Mexico] Calle de Kspiritu Santo, 1817. *
211. folio. Not seen; title from Quuritch'a Cat.
659 Methodo breve para confessar a un Indio, en Idioma Othonii ;
Catecismo y breve explicacion de la Doctrina, en Idioma Othoiui.
Lo que precisainonte debe saber el Christiano: ])orel Padre Bartho-
lome' Castauo, de la Compania de Jesus. *
12. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat. Leclerc gives the collation as (! 11.
660 Catechismo, y breve explicacion de la doctrina Christiana
en idioma othouii. *
811. 4. Manuscript, unedited, of the last century. On 11. f>-H \VP find "Lo
quo precissamento del* saber el christiauo: Por el Padre IJartholoine Castano de
la compafiia de .Jesus", in two columns, Spanish and Ot\iomi.--Lcclerc.
601 Castiglioni (Luigi). Viaggio | negli | Stali Uuiti | dell' j America
Bettentriouale | fat to negli anui 1785, 1T86, e 1787 | da | Luigi Cas-
tiglioui | Patri/io Milanese [&c., three lines]. Con alciiue Osserva-
132 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Castiglioni (Luigi) continued.
zioni sui Vegetabili | pin utili di qui-1 Paese. | Torao Piiino [-Se-
cundo].
Milauo. | Nella Stamperia di Giuseppe Marelli | Con Permis-
sione. | 1790. | BA. c.
2 vols. 8. Vocabulary of the Chactaw aud Cerocliese, vol. 1, pp. 259-;20().
662 . . . Keise durch die Vereinigten Staaten von Nord- America
in den Jahren 1785, 1786 nnd 1787. . . . Aus dem Italienisclien von
Magnus Peterseu. Erster Theil. Mit Kupfern.
iLjjU llUliiJI ,1-1 -I -r i> #
Memmingen: bey Andreas Seigler. 1<9J.
Title, 7 II., 495 pp. 8. maps and plates. Not seen; title from Sabin's Dic
tionary.
663 Castillo (F. Balthasar del). Luz, y | Guia de los Ministros | K van-
gel icos. | Para uavegar por el mar proceloso deste inundo | hasta
llegaral puertod.-lasalvacion, ygozar | eternanientede los tbcsoros
de la gloria, | y bienaventuranza. | Dedicala el P. Fr. Balthasar del
Castillo, | Predicador, y Ministro, qne iuedeelConventodc | S. Luis
Obispo, y pueblo de Ucxotlan, a sus devotes. | Al Patriarca S. Jo
seph, | y ft la gloriosa Santa Theresa de Jesus. |
Con liceucia. | En Mexico: por Juan Joseph Guillena, Carras-
coso, | Impressor, y Mercader de Libros, en el Euipedradillo, | junto
las casas del Marques, Aiio de 1694. |
5 p. 11., 11.1-11; 2 11. not numbered; 3 11. follow, id. and then tho leav. s ar><
numbered from (I to 16. These 17 last leaves are in tho Mexican language and
appear to be in part a translation from the Spanish. iMtbalceta's Apitntes, .Vo. 08.
664 Castillo (Fr. Pedro). Vocabulario de la Lengua Otomi.
Title from Benstain.
665 Castro (Fr. Andres). Arte y Diccionario de la Lengua Matla
zinga.
66(5 Seruiones y Catecismo en dicho idioma.
These manuscripts, with a treatise on "Miitrimonio," well .written and boiind,
exist in the Kiblioteca de Santiago Tlatelnlco, where I have seen t ]ieu\.HcrMain.
667 Sermones en lengua Matlazinga. 1542.
Muniiscript. 4.
These sermons in the Matlazinga Language are the originals by Fr. Andres de
Castro, the first Spaniard who spoke and wrote the said language. Fiscliei Sale
Cat.
Whether this is the same manuscript as the Sermones mentioned above I do
not know.
(>C8 Castro (P. Juan de Dios). Arte 6 gramatica de la Lengua Otomi. *
Manuscript. 4.
069 Vocabulario do la Lengua Otomi.
Manuscript. 4. Bot.'i books sire preserved in manuscript in the library if I In:
College of Tepo/.otltiu. licrMain.
CASTIGLIONI CATECISMO. 133
670 Catalogue | of | one hundred and seventeen | Indian Portraits, |
representing | eighteen different tribes, | accompanied by | a few-
remarks | on the | character, &c. of most of them. | Price 12J
cents. | LSH.
No imprint. Pp. 1-24. 8.
This little pamphlet is a list of prominent persons belonging to tribes named
below, whose portraits were painted by King, of Washington, and copied by
Inmau. The names of most of them, with English signification, are given. The
following tribes are represented in the collection:
Semi noles, Otta, Choctaw,
Museogee or Creek, Pawnee, Chippewa,
Cherokee, Winnebago, Sioux,
Osage, Kansas, Menomine,
Sank, Fox, Ottawa.
Shawuee, loway,
071 Catechism. | [In the Cherokee language.] BA. s.
No title-page. Pp. 1-4. 32. In Cherokee characters. Appended to Chero
kee Primer, q. v.
C72 Catechism of the Christian Doctrine, by Lucas M ateo. *
24 11., double columns, Mexican and Spanish. Dated August 19th, 1714. A
modern trauscript in the handwriting of Professor Galicia Chimalpopoca. Not
seen; title from the Ramirez Sale Cat.
673 - Catechism Iroquois.
Poissy. 1842.
8 J . Not seen; title from Sabin's Dictionary.
674 Catecismo. Catecismo Breve en Lengua Mexicana con el Acto de
Coutricion, en Idioma Mexicana. *
No date. 1 1. folio. Not seen; title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 347.
675 - Catecismo Breve que precisamente de saber el Cristano.
Puebla, 1854. *
12. In the Mexican language. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1939.
676 Catecismo | en | Idioma Mixteco, | segun se habla en los
curatos | de la | Misteca baja, | que pertenecen al obispado | de
Puebla, | formado nuevamente | de oren [sic pro orden] del Exrno.
6 Illmo. Sr. Obispo | Dr. D. Francisco Pablo Vasquez. | E impresso
a sus espensas. | Por una Comision de curas. |
Pnebla. | Imprenta del Hospital de San Pedro. | 1837. | u.
7 p. 11., pp. 1-21, in 2 col. 4.
677 - - Catecismo | en el Idioma Mixteco | Montanez, | para el nso
de los Curatos | que van senalados en la lista que se | inserta. | For-
raado | de oren [sic] del Exmo. 6 Illmo. Sr. Obispo | de la | Puebla
| Dr. D. Francisco Pablo Vasquez. | Traducido al castellano, por
una Comision | unida de Curas de la Misteca baja y Montaiiez. |
Puebla. | Imprenta del Hospital de San Pedro. | 1837. | B.
2 p. 11., pp. 1-20, in 2 col. 4.
"These three works [including Manual en Leugua Mixteca, q. .], although
printed separately, form iu reality bnt one, as is shown by the prologue of the
*' ? N *
fr 3 *
134
NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Catecismo continued.
first, and from the table of errata which is common to the three. The authors
promise an Arte and Vocabulario which I think has not been published. Mention
is made in this work of another Catecismo Mixteco printed in 1834 by order of
the same bishop. I have not seen it." Icazbalcela.
678 Catecismo del Quarto Concilio Mexicano. *
126 11. 4. Anonymous manuscript of the 18th century. It was ordered to be
printed by the fourth Provincial Council of Mexico. Originally it was composed
by the Fathers of the third Mexican Council in 1585. It was printed in the second
half of last century, but the Catechism of Father Ripalda, which had been in gen
eral use since the beginning of the 17th century, held its place and this never
came into use. The book has become scarce. This manuscript is a beautiful speci
men of Mexican handwriting, and is preceded by a long description by the late
Mr. Ramirez. Ramirez Sale Cat.
679 Cathecismo de la Doctrina Christiana traducido en Lengua Cahita.
Compuesto por vn Padre de la Compania de Jesus, Missionero en
la Provincia de Cyiialoa. La qual dedica al Patriarcha Seiior Sail
Joseph. Con licencia de los superiores.
En Mexico: por Francisco Xavier Sanchez, en el puente de Pala-
cio. Ano de 1737.
10 11. 8. Not seen; title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 86.
680 Catlin (George). Letters and Notes \ on the \ Manners, Customs,
and Condition \ of the \ North American Indians. \ By Geo. Cat
lin. \ Written during eight years' travel among the Wildest Tribes
of \ Indians in North America. \ In 1832, 33, 34, 35, 30, 37, 38 and
39. \ In two volumes, \ with four hundred illustrations, carefully en
graved from his original paintings. \ Vol. I [-II]. \
New York : \ Wiley and Putnam, 161 Broadway. \ 1841. \ BA.
\, 2 vols. royal 8. Pp. viii, 264; viii, 266, 312 plates and maps.
681 Illustrations of the Manners and Customs and Condition of
the North American Indians, with Letters and Notes written during
eight years of Travel and Adventure among the wildest and most
remarkable Tribes now existing. With three hundred and sixty en
gravings from the Author's original Paintings, by Geo. Catlin.
" London: 1841. *
2 vols. large 8. Pp. 264+266+179 colored plates.
A number of copies (often announced to have been but twelve) have the
etchings colored. Field, No. 260.
" Second edition, iliid., 1842, 2 vols.,8; third editi on, ibid., 1842; fourth edition,
1843 ; sixth edition, 1846.
"Some cdpies have the imprint, "London: Wiley and Putnam"; others, "Lon
don: Published by the Author. 1841." The plates to this work were afterwards
sold to Mr. H. G. Bohn, who issued the work with the title: Illustrations of the
Manners, Customs, &c."SaMn's Dictionary.
682 Letters and Notes \ on the \ Manners, Customs, and Condi
tion \ of the \ North American Indians, \ By George Catlin. \ Writ
ten during eight years' travel among the wildest tribes of j Indians
in North America. \ In 1832, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38 and 39. \ In two
CATECISMO CATLIN. 13f)
Catlin (George) continued.
volumes, | with four hundred illustrations, carefully engraved from
his original paintings. | Third Edition. | Vol. I [II]. |
New York: | Wiley and Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1844. | c. JTVP.
2vols. 8.
A few words of Mandan compared with the Welsh, vol. 2, p. 261 ; Vocabulary
of the Mnndau, Blackfoot, Riccareo, Sioux, and Tuskarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265.
683 Illustrations | of the | Manners, Customs, and Condition |
of the | North American Indians: | in a series of | Letters and
Notes | written during eight years of travel and adventure among
the | wildest and most remarkable tribes now existing. | With three
hundred and sixty engravings, | from the | Author's Original Paint
ings. | By Geo. Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-II]. | Fifth Edi
tion. |
London: | Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | MDCCC-
XLV [1845]. | c.
2 vols. largo 8.
A few words of Maudan and Welsh compared, vol. 2, p. 161 ; Vocabulary of the
Mandan, Blackfoot, Riccaree, Sioux, and Tuscarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265.
684 Die Indianer Nord Amerika's und die wahrend eiues acht-
jahrigen Aufenthalts unter den wildesteii ihrer Stiimme erlebten
Abentheuer uud Schicksale, von G. Catlin. Nach der fiinfteu engli-
schen Origiual-Ausgabe deutsch herausgegeben von Dr. Heinrich
Berghaus.
Briissel und Leipzig. [184G-] 48. *
Pp. xii, 382. 8. 20 colored plates. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Dictionary.
685 Illustrations | of the | Manners, Customs, and Condition | of
the | North American Indians : | in a series of | Letters and Notes |
written during eight years of Travel and Adventure among the |
wildest and most remarkable Tribes now existing. | With three hun
dred and sixty engra\ T ings | from the Author's Original Paintings. |
By Geo. Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | Seventh edition. |
London: | Henry G. Bohn, York street, Coveut Garden. |
MDCCCXLVIII [1848]. | A.
2 vols. 8. Maps.
A few words of Mandan compared with the Welsh, vol. 2, p. 261 ; Vocabulary
of the Maudan, Blackfoot, Riccaree, Sioux, and Tnscarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265.
Sabin, No. 11537, mentions: Eighth edition, London, H. G. Bohu, 1H57;
Ninth, ibid.; Tenth, ibid., 1866.
686 Die Indianer Nord Amerika's und die wahrend elites acht-
jtihrigen Ant'enthalts unter den wildesten ihrer Stiimme erlebten
Abentheuer uud Schicksale von G. Catlin. Nach der funften engli-
scheu Ausgabe dentsch herausgegeben von Dr. Heinrich Kergliaus.
Mit 24 vom Verfasser nach der Natur entworf'enen Gemalden.
Z\\ eite Ausgabe.
Briissel, Muquardt, 1851. *
382pp. 8. Not semi; title from Triibncr in Ludewig, who says the vocabu
laries are on pp. 248-252.
136 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Catlin (George) continued.
687 Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condi
tion of the North American Indians, by George Catlin. Written
during eight years' travel, from 1832 to 1839, amongst the Wildest
Tribes of Indians in North America. With One hundred and fifty
illustrations, on steel and wood.
Philadelphia: Willis P. Hazard. 1857.
2 vols. 8. pp. 729; title from Sabin's Dictionary.
688 Illustrations | of the | Manners, Customs, and Condition |
of the | North American Indians | with | Letters and Notes | written
during eight years of travel and adventure among the | wildest and
most remarkable tribes now existing. | With three hundred and
sixty engravings, | from the | Author's Original Paintings. | By Geo.
Catlin. | In two volumes. Vol. I [-II]. | Tenth edition. |
London: | Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Coveiit Garden. | 1806. |
2 vols. large 8. ISA.
689 Illustrations of the Manners, Customs and Condition of the
North American Indians. With Letters and Notes written during
Eight Years of Travel and Adventure among the Wildest and most
Eemarkable Tribes now Existing. With 360 colored engravings
from the author's original paintings.
London, 1876. *
2 vols. 8. Title from Woodward's Trade Cat.
690 - Catliu's Notes | of | Eight Years' Travels and Eesidence |
In Europe, | with his | North American Indian Collection: | with
anecdotes and incidents of the travels and adventures of three | dif
ferent parties of American Indians whom he introduced | to the
Courts of | England, France and Belgium. | In two volumes oc
tavo. | Vol. I [-II]. | With numerous illustrations. |
New York: | Burgess, Stringer & Co., 22 Broadway. | 1848. | JWP.
2 vols. 8.
Vol. 1, pp. 253-277, contains a list of Mr. Catlin's collection of Indian portraits,
with names of personages, the English signification of which is usually given.
For this list see, infra, Descriptive catalogue, 1848, 92 pp. 8. The same volume
has, pp. 293-295, a list of names of Ojibbeway and loway persons; and vol. 2, p.
13, a list of names of loways, with English signification.
691 Adventures | of the | Ojibbeway and loway Indians | in |
England, France and Belgium; | being notes of | eight years travel
and residence in Europe | with his | North American Indian Collec
tion, | by Geo. Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | With numer
ous Engravings. | Third edition. |
London : | Published by the author | at his Indian collection, No.
6, Waterloo Place, | 1852. | BA.
2 vols. 8.
An English reprint of Notes of Eight years' travel in Europe. Catalogue, vol.
1, pp. 253-277.
CATLIN. 137
Catlin (George) continued.
692 O-kee-pa: | A Eeligious Ceremony; | and | other customs of
the Mandans. | By George Catlin. | With Thirteen Coloured Illus
trations. |
Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott and Co. | 1867. | c. ft,
3 p. 11.. 52 pp. large 8.
Short comparative vocabulary of the Ma ml an and Welsh, p. 45.
693 O-kee-pa: | A Eeligious Ceremony; | and other | customs of
the Maudans. | By | George Catlin. | With Thirteen Coloured Illus
trations. |
London: | Triibner and Co., 60 Paternoster Eow. | 1867. | All
rights reserved. | BA.
52 pp. large 8.
A few words of Mandan compared with the Welsh, p. 45.
694 Life amongst the Indians. A Book for Youth. By George
Catlin.
London: S. Low, Son & Co. 1861.
8 11., pp. xii, 339. 16. Not seen; title from Sabin's Dictionary.
695 Life | amongst | the Indians. | A Book for Youth. | By
George Catliu, | Author of "Notes of Travels amongst the North
American Indians," ete. |
London: Sampson Low, Son, & Marston, | Milton House, Ludgate
Hill. | 1867. | (The right of translation is reserved.) | A.
Pp. xii, 1-339. 16.
696 Life | amongst | the Indians. | A Book for Youth. | By
George Catlin, | Author of "Notes of Travels amongst the North
American Indians", etc. |
New York: | D. Appleton & Co., 443 & 445 Broadway. | 167. | c.
Pp. i-xii, 1-339. sni.4.
Mandau and Iowa proper names with English signification.
697 - - La Vie chez les Indiens; scenes et aventures de voyage
panni les tribus des deux Ame'riques. Ouvrage 6crit pour la jennesse.
Traduit et annot6 par F. de Lanoye et illustrd de 25 grav. sur bois.
Paris: L. Hachette et C' 6 . 1863.
12. + secon'de Edition. Paris : L. Hachette et C'. 1866. 396 pp. 18. Title
and note from Sabin's Dictionary.
698 - - Catalogue | of | Catlin's Indian Gallery | of | Portrait,
Landscapes, | Manners and Customs, | Costumes &c. &c., | collecled
during seven years' travel amongst tbirty-eight dif- | fereut tribes,
speaking different languages. |
New York : | Piercy & Eeed, Printers, 7 Theatre Alley. | 1837. |
36 PI'- 12. HIT. LSH.
A list of prominent personages of different tiibes, giving their names with
English meaning.
699 - -Catalogue | of | Catlin's Indian Gallery | of | Portraits,
Landscapes. | Manners and Customs, | Costumes, &c. &c. | Collected
138 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Catlin (George) continued.
during seven years' travel amongst thirty-eight | different tribes,
speaking different languages. |
New York: | Piercy & Keed, Printers,? Theatre Alley. | 1838. | nu.
36 pp. 16
Names of personages of the following tribes, most of them with English sig
nification :
Osage (Wa-Sa-See), Po-to-wa-to-mie,
Sacs (Sau-Kie), Pi-an-ke-shaw,
Foxes, Mns-ko-gee (Creek),
Pawnee Picts (Tow-e-ahge), Win-ne-ha-go,
Konza, I-o-wa,
Comanchee (Ko-manche), Sen-e-ca,
Ki-o-wa, O-nei-da,
Wee-co, Qua-paw,
Sioux (Dah-co-ta), Ot-ta-wa,
Puncah, Pe-o-ri-a,
Crows (Bel-ant-se-a), Sho-sho-nie,
Mandans (Se-pohs-ka-nn-ma-kah-kee), O-ma-haw,
Black Foot, O-toe,
Me-nom-o-nie, Mis-son-ries,
Shawnee (Sha-wa-no), Kick-a-poo,
Grosventres (Min-a-tar-rees), We-ah,
Chippeway (O-jib-be-way), Kas-kas-ki-a,
I-ro-qnois, Cree (K'nis-te-neux),
Ric-ca-ree, Choc-taw,
Flat Heads, Del-a-ware,
As-sin-ne-boin (Stone Boilers), Pawnees of the Platte,
Shi-enne, Sem-i-noles,
Cher-o-kee, Euchees.
Field, No. gives the title of an edition of 1838. 40 pp. 12.
700 A | Descriptive Catalogue | of | Catlin's Indian Gallery |
containing | Portraits, | Landscapes, Costumes, &c., | and | repre
sentation of the Manners and Customs | of the | North American
Indians. | Collected and printed entirely by Mr. Catlin, | during
seven years travel amongst 48 tribes, mostly speaking different lan
guages. | Exhibited for nearly three years, with great success, in
the, | Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly, London. | Admittance One Shil
ling. |
Colophon: C. and J. Adlard, Printers, Bartholomew Close, Lon
don. [1840.] BA.
48pp. 4.
701 Catalogue Eaisonne | de | La Galerie Indienne de M r C.it-
lin, | renfennant | des Portraits, | des Paysages, des Costumes,
etc., | et | des Scenes de Mcenrs et Continues | des | Indiens de
I'Ame'riqne du Nord. | Collection eutierement faite et peinte par M r
Catlin | pendant un sejour de 8 ans parmi 48 tribus sauvages. Prix:
50 centimes. |
[No place.] Imprimerie de Wittersheiin, Rue Montmorency, 8.
1845. | HU.
47pp. 8.
CATLIN. 139
Catlin (George) continued.
702 A Descriptive Catalogue | of | Catliu's Indian Collection, |
containing | Portraits, Landscapes, Costumes, &c., | and | represen
tations of the Maniiers and Customs | of the | North American In
dians. | Collected arid painted entirely by Mr. Catlin, during eight
years' travel amongst | forty-eight tribes, mostly speaking different
languages. | Also | opinions of the press in England, France, and
the United States. |
London : | Published by the Author, | at his Indian Collection,
No. 6, Waterloo Place. | 1848. | HXI. LSH.
92 pp. 8.
A repriut of the list whicli appears in Catalogue Raisonne'. It is also printed
in Notes of Eight Years' Travel " * in Europe, New York, 1848, vol. 1, pp. 253-277;
and in : Adventures of the Ojibbeway and loway Indians, London, 1852, vol. 1,
pp. 253-277. The lut of tribes represented is as follows:
Sacs (Siiukies), Chippeways (Ojibbeways),
Foxes, Iroqnois,
Konzas, Ottawas,
Osage or Wasawsee, Winnebagoes,
Cainanchees, Meuomouies,
Pawnee Picts (Toweeahge), Potowatomie, *
Kiowa, . Kickapoo,
Weeco, Kaskaskia,
Sioux (Dahcota), Weeah,
Puncab, Peoria,
Pawnees, Piaukeshaw,
Omahas, loway,
Otetoes, Seuecas,
Missouries, . Oneida,
Riccarees, Tuskarora,
Mandans, Moheeconntu or Mohegau,
Shieune, Delawares,
Flat Heads or Nez Percys, Shawano (Shawnee),
Chinook, Cherokees,
Black Feet, Muskogee (Creek),
Crows (Belantsea), Choctaw,
Grog Venires (Minatarrees), Seminole,
Crees (Kuisteneux), Uchee.
Assineboins,
703 North and South American Indians. | Catalogue | Descrip
tive and Instructive | of | Catlin's | Indian Cartoons. | Portraits,
Types, and Customs. | (.00 paintings in oil. | With | 20,00 full length
figures | illustrating their various games, religious ceremonies, and
| other customs, | and | 27 canvas pointings | of | Lasalle's Discov
eries. |
New York : | Baker and Godwin, Printers, Printing-House
Square, | 1871. | C. LSH.
99 pp. d.
This catalogue is a reprint, with some additions, of that published in 1848.
The following tribes which are not named iu the earlier publications are repre
sented in the later one :
140 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS
Catlin (George) continued.
Arapaho, Wallawalla, Chippewyan,
Micmac, Yutah, Esquimaux,
Navaho, Stone, Aleutian,
Shoshonee, Copper, Coeliimtee,
Nayaa, Spokan, Mohave,
Hyda, Athapasca, Yuma,
Klahoquaht, Dogrib, Yumaya,
Klatsop, Selish, Maya.
704 Fourteen \ loway Indians. \ Key | To their various Dances,
Games, Ceremonies, Songs. | Religion, Superstitions, Costumes,
Weapons, &c. &c. | By Geo. Catlin. |
Second title:
Unparalleled Exhibition. | The | fourteen | loway Indians | and
their | Interpreter, | just arrived from the Upper Missouri, near | the
Rocky Mountains, North America, j "White Cloud," | the head chief
of the tribe, is with this interesting | party, giving them that pecu
liar interest, which | no other party of American Indians have had
in a | foreign country; and they are under the immediate | charge
of | G. H. C. Melody, | who accompanied them from their country, |
with their favorite Interpreter, | Jeffrey Doraway. | Price Six
pence. |
London: | W. S. Johnson, "Nassau Steam Press", Nassau-Street |
Soho. | MDCCCXLIV [1844]. | C.
Outside title and 28 pp. 16.
Proper names with English signification.
705 Cepeda (Fr. Francisco). Artes de las Lenguas Chiapa, Zoque, Cel-
dales y Ciuacanteca.
Mexico, 1560. *
4. Title from Beristain. Leclerc says no copy of the above is known to exist.
706 Chacon (P. Tomas). Arte de la Lengua Tarasca, y Sermones en la
misma. *
Manuscript in the library of the College of S. Gregorio, in Mexico. Beristain.
707 Chahta. CbahtaAlmanak | Hvpin Chitokaka yvt vtta tokaafvmmi
holhtena | 1843. | [Three lines English ; three lines Choctaw.J |
Chalaki yakni ak o aivlhta ha tok. |
Park Hill : | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | [n. d.] ABO.
44 pp. 16.
For Choctaw almanac of previous years see Holisso Hvshi.
708 - Chahta Almanak | Hvpiu Chitokaka yvt vtta tok a afvmmi
holhtina. | 1844. | [Three lines English, three lines Choctaw.] |
Chalaki yakni ak o aivlhta ha tok. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | 1843. | ABO.
24pp. 16.
709 - - Chahta | Holisso. |
.Boston : | Printed by Crocker & Brewster. | 1830. | BA. ABO.
108pp. 18. Choctaw Spelling Book.
First edition, 1827, 65 pp. liyington's Mss. Diet.
CATLIN CHAHTA. 141
Chahta continued.
710 Chahta Holisso | Ai isht ia vmmona. | Third edition, | lie-
vised. |
Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners lor |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster; | 1835. | BA. AAS.
Pp. 1-72. 12.
Fourth edition, 1846, 108 pp. Byington's Mas. Diet.
711 Chahta Holisso | ai isht ia vminona. | The | Choctaw Spell
ing Book. | Fifth Edition, | revised and enlarged. |
Boston: | Press of T. B. Marvin. | 1849. | c.
107 pp. 16.
712 Chahta Holisso | ai isht ia vmmona. | The | Choctaw Spell
ing Book. | Sixth Edition, revised. |
Boston: | Press of T. B. Marvin. | 1852. | BP. ABO.
107 pp. 16
713 - - Chahta Holisso | it irn anumpuli. | Or (he | Choctaw
Header. | For the use of | Native Schools. |
Union : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for For
eign Missions. | John F. Wheeler, Printer. | 1836. | JWP. LSH. BA.
Pp. 1-123., 2 11., couteuts. 1C
714 - - ATukla, | or | the Second Chahta Book: | containing trans
lations | of | Portions of the Scriptures, | Biographical Notices | of |
Henry Obokiah and Catharine Brown, | a Catechism, | and Disserta
tions on | Religious Subjects. |
Cincinnati: | Printed by Morgan, Lodge, and Fisher. | 1827. | BA.
Pp. 1-144. 18.
715 Chahta I Kana | or the | Choctaw Friend. | Being a Collec
tion of | Moral and Beligious Tracts, original and selected | in the |
Choctaw Language. |
Union: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for
Foreign Missions. | John F. Wheeler, Printer. | 1836. | ABC. JWP.
Pp. i-iv, 1-187 pp. 10.
This little volume contains a number of tracts each paged separately, but in
cluding a continuous pagination on the inner edge of the page. The following
arc the titles :
II iiii'i Ubokaia, pp. 1-20.
Keti Bilaun, pp. 21-35.
Poor Sarah, the Indian Woman, pp. 37-52.
Am I a Christian T Vuo trt rba auuuipuli sia hoh chot pp. 52-57.
The Bible. Holisso holitopa isht anuiupa, pp. 58-59.
Explanation of the Teu Commandments, pp. 61-98.
A Poison Tree and Sin, pp. 98-100.
Trauslat ion of the Book of Jonah, pp. 101-110.
Story of Naaman and Gehazi, pp. 110-116.
Patient Joe, pp. 116-119.
Psalm 116. Amiuipa holisso holitopa a kucha, pp. 119-120.
The Worth of a Dollar, pp. 121-130.
Providence Acknowledged, pp. 130-132.
142 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Chahta continued.
The Incorrigible Sinner forewarned of his doom, pp. 133-144.
He that toucheth yon toucheth the apple of his eye, pp. 145-150.
Do as you would be done by, pp. 150-155.
Irreverence in the house of God, pp. 157-165.
Pray for them which persecute you, pp. 165-168.
The Troublesome Garden, pp. 169-18(5.
Parents' neglect of their children, pp. 186-187.
Some of these tracts were issued at an earlier date than the above. Byington's
Manuscript Choctaw Diet, mentions "Henry Obakiah, .abridged, 1827; Catherine
Brown, abridged, 1827 ; Book of Jonah, 1835." See No. 714 of this catalogue.
716 Chahta Naholhtina: | or | Choctaw Arithmetic. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster; | 1835. | ABC. c. BA.
72 pp. 12.
Second edition, 1845, 72 pp. Byington's Mss. Diet,
717 Chamberlain (Montague). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the
Melicite (Malisit) Language, River St. John, New Brunswick. *
Manuscript in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected December,
18^0. Recorded in a copy of the Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages,
first edition.
718 Chamberlayn (John), Editor. Oratio | Dominica | in Diversas Om
nium fere | Gentium Linguas | versa | et | Propriis cvjvsqve Liu-
gvae | characteribvs expressa, | Una cum Uissertationibus nonuul-
lis de Linguarum | Origine, variisque ipsarum perm utationi bus. |
Editore | Joanne Chamberlaynio | Anglo-Britanno, Eegiae Socie-
tatis Londinensis & | Beroliuensis Socio. |
Amsteledajmi, | Typis Guilielmi & Davidis Goerei. | MDCCXV
[1715]. |
24 p. 11., pp. 1-94, 3 11. 4.
Contains the Lord's Prayer in: Mohogice and Savanahice, p. 89; Virginice
and Karirice, p. 90 ; Mexicane, p. 91 ; Poconchine, p. 92.
Followed by: "Appendix contiuens quatuor precipuas voces in Orationi bus
Doininicis occurrentes . ... ex Americanis" viz: Pater, Coelum, Terra, Panis
in Algonkine, Caraibice, Chilice, Mohogice, Savanahice, Crickice, Chackta-
wice, Apalachice, Virginiane, Guarinice s. Brasilice, Mexicaue, Poconchiue.
Title and note furnished by Mr. W. Eameg.
719 Champlain (Samuel de). Les | Voyages | dela | Novvelle France |
occidentale, dicte | Canada, | faits par le S r de Champlaiu | Xainc-
tongeois, Capitaine pour le Koy en la Marine du | Pouant, & toutes
les Descouuertes qu'il a faites en | ce pai's depuis Pan 1603. iusques
eu 1'an 1629. | On se voit comme ce pays a est6 premierement descou-
uert par les Francois, | sous 1'authorite de nos Boys tres-Chrestiens,
iusques au regne | de sa Majeste a present regnante Lovis XIII. |
Roy de France & de Nauarre. | Avec vn traitte des qualitez & condi
tions requises a vn bon & parfaict Nauigateur | pour coguoistre la
diuersit6 des Estimes qui se sout en la Nauigatiou; Les | Marques
& enseignements que la prouideuce de Dieu ;'i mises dans les Mers |
CHAHTA CIIAMPLAIN. 143
Champlain (Samuel de) continued.
pour redressor les Mariuiers on leur routte, sans lesquelles ils tom-
beroiont en | de grands dangers. Et la maniere de bieu dresser
Cartes marines auec leurs | Ports, Rade.s, Isles, Sondes, & autre
chose necessaire a la Xaiiigation. | Ensemble vne Carte geueralle de
la description dndit pays t'aicte en sou Meridien selon | la declinaison
de la guide Aymant, & vn Catechisme ou Instruction traduicte | du
Francois au langage des peuples Sauuages de quelque contree, auec |
ce qui sVst passe on ladite Nonnelle France on Pannde 1631 | A
Monseiguevr le Cardinal Uvc de Richeliev. |
A Paris. | Chez Clavde Collet au Palais, en la Gallerie des Prison-
niers, | a 1'Estoille d'Or. | M.DC.XXXII [1632]. | Auec Priuilego du
Roy | JCB.
8, 308, 16, 310, 20, 54, 8 pp. 4. maps.
Brebceuf (J.) Doctrine Chrestienne * " en Langage Canadois, pp. 1-15.
Masse (.) L'Oraison Dominicale tradvite en Langage des Montagnara, pp.
16-20.
According to Brnnet a portion of the edition of 1632 bears the imprint of Pierre
Le Mur; another that of Louis Sevestre; the former 1 have not seen, the title to
the latter is as follows:
720 Les | Voyages | de la | Novvelle France | Occidontale,
dicte | Canada, | Faits par le S r de Champlain | Xainctongeois, Capi-
taine pour le Roy en la Marine du | Ponaut, & toutcs les Descou-
nertes qn'il a faites en | .ce pai's depuis Pan 1603. iusques on Pan
1629. | Oil se voit com me ce pays a este preuiierement doscouuert
par les Francois, | sous Pauthorit<5 de nos Roys tres-Chrestieus, ius
ques au regne | de sa Majeste' ;Y present regnante Lovis XIII. | Roy
de France & de Nauarre. | Auec vn traitte des qualitez & conditions
requires a vn bon & parfaict Naaigatour | pour cognoistre la diuer-
site" des Estimes qui se font en la Nauigation. Les | Marques &
enseigneineuts que la prouideuce de Dieu a mises dans les Mers |
pour redresser les Mariniers en leur routte, sans lesquelles ils torn
beroient en | de grands dangers, Et la mauiere de bieu dresser
Cartes marines auec leurs | Ports, Rades, Isles, Sondes, & autre
chose uecessaire a la Xauigation. | Ensemble vne Carte generalle de
la description duditpays faicte en son Meridieu selou | la decliuaison
de la guide Aymant & vn Catechisme ou Instruction traduicte | du
Francois au laiigue des j>en])les Sauuages de quelque contre'e, auec |
ce qui s'est passe en ladite Nouuelle France en 1'aimde 16,'U. | A
Monseignevr le Cardinal Dvc de Richeliev. |
A Paris. | Chez Lovis Sevestre Imprimeur-Libraire rue du Menrier
pres la Porte | S. Victor & en sa Boutique dans la cour du Palais. |
M.DC.XXXII [1032]. | Auec Priuilege du Roy. | BA. JCB.
10, 308, :!10, S, :>i and 20 pp. 4^. map.
Linguistics as in previous iit.li-.
721 Les | Voyages | dela | Novvelle France | occidentals, dite |
Canada: | t'aits par le S r le Champlain j Xainctougeois, Capitaine
144 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Champlain (Samuel de) continued.
pour le Roy en la Marine du | Ponant, & tontes les Descouuertes
qn'il a faites en | ce Pa'is depuis 1'an 1603. iusques en 1'an 1<>29. |
On se voit comme ce Pays a est<5 premierement descouuert par les
Francois, | souz 1'authorite" de DOS Roys tres-Chrestiens, ius(]ues an
regne | de sa Majeste a present regnante Lovis XIII. | Roy de
France & de Nauarre. | Auec vn Traict6 de qualitez & conditions
requises a vn bon & parfait Naui- | gateur pour coguoistre la diuer-
site" des Estiraes qui se sont en la Navigation: | Les mafques & en-
seignements que la protiidence de Dieu a tuises dans les | Mers pour
redresser les Mariniers en leur routte, sans lesquelles ils toinbe- |
roiet en de grands dangers: Et la maniere de bien dresser cartes
marines, auec | leurs Ports, Rades, Isles, Sondes, & autres cboses
necessaires & la Navigation. | Ensemble vne Carte generale de la
description diulit Pays faite en son Meridien. selon | la declinaison
de la Guide-Aymant; & vn Catecbisme ou Instruction traidaite |
du Franois an langage des Peuples Sauuages de quelque contre'e:
Auec | ce qui s'est passe en ladite Nouuelle France en 1'annee 1631. |
A Monseignevr le Cardinal Dvc de Richeliev. |
A Paris. | Chez Clavde Collet, an mont sainct Hilaire. pre's le
Puits Certain. | M.DC.XL [1640]. | Avec privilege dv Roy. | JCB.
16, 308, 310,8,54, 20 pp. 4. map.
Breboeuf (J.) Doctrine Chrestienne en Langage Canadois, pp. 1-15.
Masse (fi.) L'Oraison Dominicale tradvlte eD Langage des Montagnars,
pp. 1<>-20.
722 QSuvres | de | Champlain | publi^es | sous le patronage | de
1'Universite Laval | Par 1'Abbe C.-H. Laverdiere, M. A. | Professenr
d'Histoire a la Faculte des Arts | et Bibliothecaire de I'lTum-rsife |
Seconde Edition | Tome I [-V]. |
Quebec | Imprime an S^minaire par Geo.-E. Desbarats | 1870 |
2 p. 11., Ixxvi, 1478 pp. royal 8. 5 vols. ; vol. 5 in 2 parts. BA. JCB. ('.
Paged at top with original pagination, at bottom consecutively.
Vol. f> (in a parts) is a reprint in fac-simile, as to arrangement, of Les Voyages
de la Novvelle France. Paris, Sevestre, 1632.
Breboeuf (J.) Doctrine Chrestienne, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 1-15 (pp. 139:!-140? of the
series).
Masse" (ti.) L'Oraisou Dominieale, vol.5, pt. 2, pp. 16-20 (pp. 140S-1412 of the
series).
The edition of Paris, 1830, 2 vols., 8, does not contain the above articles.
723 Chanal (Capt. Prosper). Vocabulaire de Tchinldtane Cote Nord-
Ouest de 1'Ame'rique a 57 degr^s de latitude iNbrd.
In Fleurieu (C. P. C.) Voyage autonr du Monde, vol. 1, pp. 585-591. Paris An.
vi-viii. 4 C . On pp. 284-286 of the same volume are: Numerals (1-40) of the
TchinkHftne', and of Queen Charlotte's Island, and a few remarks on the Tchinki-
tan<5 language.
Reprinted in vol. 1, pp. 380-384, and vol.2, pp. 258-267, of the English edition.
London, 1801. 2 vols. 8.
CHAMPLAIN CHARENCEY. 145
724 Chapin(/?ei'. AlouzoB.) Glasteubury | for | Two Hundred Years: |
a | Centennial Discourse, | May 18th. A. D. 1853. | With an Appen
dix, | containing | Historical and Statistical Papers of Interest. |
By Rev. Alonzo B. Chapin, D. D. | Eector of St. Luke's Church,
[&c., 3 lines]. | [Quotation, 3 lines.] | C. T.
Hartford: | Press of Case, Tifiany and Company. | 1853. |
252pp. 8.
"Indian History and Sale," pp. 9-25, giving the etymology and signification
of Indian names of places.
725 Chapin (Col. G.) Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco Apaches.
Manuscript. 1011. 4. In the Library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
in 18<>7, at Camp Goodwin, Arizona.
726 Chappell (Lieut. Edward). Narrative | of a | Voyage | to | Hud-
sou's Bay | in | His Majesty's Ship Rosamond | containing some
account of | the North-eastern Coast of America | and | of the
Trib3s | inhabiting | that remote region. | By | Lieut. Edward
Chappell, li. N. | [One line quotation.] |
London: | Printed for J. Mawman, Ludgate Street: | By R. Watts,
Crown Court, Temple Bar. | 1817. | BA. c.
p. 11., 279 pp. 8. map.
A short Esquimaux vocabulary (21 words) ,p. 116. Appendix'F. " A vocabulary
of the language of the Crec or Knisteneaux Indians inhabiting the western shores
of Hudson's Bay. Presented to the Author by a Trader who had resided Thirty
Years in that country," pp. 256-279. .
727 Charencey (Hyacinthe de). De la pareute" de la laugue japonaise
avec les idiomes tartares et am^ricains.
Paris: Challamel. 1858.
8. Republished from the Annales de philosophic chre'tienue. Sabin's Dic
tionary.
728 Notice snr un Ancien Manuscrit Mexicain dit Codex Telle
riano-Remensis. [Signed H. de Charencey.]
In Revue Orientale et Amencaine, tome ii, pp. 215-219. Paris, 1859. 8.
Title furnished by Mr. W. Eamcs. Issuud separately as follows:
729 Notice sur un ancieu manuscrit mexicain, dit Codex Telle-
riano-Remensis.
Paris, Challamel, 1859.
7 pp. 8. 1 pi. Extract from the Revue Orientale et Ame'ricaine. Leclerc.
730 Elements | de la | Grammaire Othomi | traduit de 1'Es-
pagnol | accompagnes d'une Notice d'Adelung sur cette langue |
traduite de 1'Allemand | et suivie d'une | vocabulaire compare^
Othouii-Chinois. |
Paris | Maisouneuve et C 6 , | Libraires-Editeurs | a la Tour de
Babel. | 1803. | s.
Pp. 1-39. 8.
731 - Recherches sur la famille de langues Tapijualapane-Mixo
(Mexiquo.)
Havre, Lepelletier, 1867.
15pp. 8. Title from Leclerc.
10 Bib
14G NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS
Charencey (Hyacinthe de) continued.
732 Recherches sur la famille de langues Am^ricaines Pirinda
Othomi.
Paris, 1867. *
10 pp. 8. Extract from the Annales de philosophic chre'tienne. Leclerc.
733 Des affinite's de la langue Basque avec les idiomes du Nou-
veau-Monde, Par M. H. De Chareneey, Membre correspondant. c.
In Academic Nationale (les Sciences, Artset Belles-Lettres de Caen, M<Smoires,
pp. 204-238. Caen, 1868. 8.
Issued separately as follows :
734 Des afflnites de la langue basque avec les idiomes du Nou-
veau Monde. *
Caen, 1867.
37 pp. 8. Not seen; title from the Dufosse' Catalogue.
735 Le Pronom Personnel | dans les Idiomes | de la Famille Ta-
pachulane-Huasteque | par | M. H. De Charencey | Membre Corre
spondant de I'Acade'inie impe"riale des Sciences, Arts | et Be'.les-
Lettres de Caen | [Vignette.]
Caen Imprimerie de F. Le Blanc-Hardel | Rue Froide, 2 1 1868 1 ASG.
1 p. 1., 22 pp. 8. Extr ict from the M6moires do I'Acade'mie impcriale des
Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen, for 1868.
736 Essai de d^chiffrement d'un fragment d'inscription palen-
qudenne. *
In Soc. Philologique, actes, tome i. 1869-72.
Notseeu; title from list of contents of "Actes," etc. Separately issued as folio ws :
737 Essai de d^chiffrement d'un fragment d'inscription palen-
que"enne.
Paris, 1870. *
15 pp. 8. Not seen ; title from Maisonneuve Catalogue.
738 Notice | -ur | quelques Families | de | Laugues du Mexique
| Par H. De Charencey |
Havre | Imprimerie Lepelletier | 1870 | ASG.
39 pp. 8.
Grammatic notes on the Chichimftque, pp. 1-23; Pirinda-Othomi, pp. 23-29;
Zoque-Mixe, pp. 29-3'J; Mam-Huasteque, pp. 33-3!>; Californiennes, pp. 36-39.
739 Le Mythe | de Votan | Etude sur les origiues asiatiques | de
la civilisation Ame"ricaine | par | H. de Charencey. |
Alencon | Imprimerie de E. de Broise | Place d'armes. | 1871 | A.
3 p. 11., pp. 7-144. 8.
Explanation of Maya and Quiche' terms scattered through.
740 H. de Charencey. | Eecherches | sur les | LoisPhonetiques |
dans les | Idiomes de la | Famille Maine-Huastique. |
Paris, j Maisouneuve et Cie. | Libraires-Editeurs, 15 Quai Vol
taire. | s.
1 p. 1., pp. 1-39. 8. Extract from Revue de Lingnistique. [1872.]
741 Essai d'analyse grammatical d'un texte en laugue Maya,
Par M. H. De Charencey, Membre correspondaut.
In Academic Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen. Me"moires,
pp. 142-161. Caen, 1874. 8.
CHARENCEY. 147
Charencey (Hyacintbe de) continued.
742 Essai d'analyse grauiinaticale d'uu texte en laugue maya.
Caen, Le Blauc-Hardel, 1873. *
22 pp. 8. Title from Leclerc's Supplement.
743 Essai d' Analyse Grammaticale | d'un | Texte en Langue
Maya | Par II. De Charencey | Membra Correspoudant de la Socie"te"
Havraise | d'Etudes diverges |
Havre | Iniprimerie Lepelletier | 1875 | ASG.
9 pp. 8.
744 Essai de decliiffrement d'un fragment du inanuscrit troano.
Paris, 1875. *
8. Not seen; title from L^roux's Catalogue, 1879.
745 Fragment de Chrestomathie | de la langue | Maya antique |
par | H. de Charencey |
Paris, Ernest Leroux, Editeur | [etc., four lines] | 1875 | A.
Printed cover, title 1 1., pp. 3-8. 8.
746 - - Etude sur la prophetic en langue Maya d'Ahkuilchel.
Paris, 1876.
8. Not seen ; title from Leronx's Catalogue.
747 Hecherches sur le codex Troano. *
Paris, 1876.
8. Not seen ; title from Dufosse' Catalogue.
748 - - Melanges | sur | Difte"rents Idiouies | de la | Nouvelle Es-
pagne | par H. de Charencey |
Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | [etc., four lines] | 1876 | A. DGB.
Printed cover, half-title 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 5-31. 8.
Fragment de vocabulaire Chiapaneque-Francais, pp. 6-11; Se'rie des noms de
uombre dans les idiomes Tzendale, Zapoteque, Mixteqtie, pp. 11-12; Fragment de
grauiinairc de la langue Qn<51ene, pp. 12-24 ; Melanges surla laugue Cakgi, pp. 24-31.
749 - - Des Couleurs | considere'es comme | Symboles des Points de
1'Horizon | chez les Peuples du Nouveau-Monde | par | II. De Cha
rencey |
Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Libraire[&c.,51ines] | 1877 | ASG.
2 p. 11., pp. 149-212, 1 1. 8. From Actes de la Socie'te' Philologique, tomo vi,
no. 3, octobre 1876.
750 Les couleurs symboliques upplique>,s aux points de 1'espace
chez les Americaines.
Paris. 1877. *
8 C . Title from Leroux Catalogue, 1879.
751 Chronologic | des | Ages ou Soleils | d'apres la Mythologie
Mexicaine | par | M. De Charencey | Membre Correspoudant de
1' Academic Nationale des Sciences | Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen
| [Vignette.]
Caen | Iniprimerie de F. Le Blauc-Uardel | Kue Froide, 2 et 4 |
1878 | ASG.
29 pp. 8. Extract from Mdmoires de I'Acad^niie de Caeii.
148 XOKTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Charencey (Uyacinthe de) eoutinued.
752 Des | Animaux S.ymboliques | daus leur relation avec les
points de 1'espace | cbez les Americains | par | H. De Charencey |
Paris | EruestLeroiiXjEcliteur | Libraire [&c., 4 lines] | 1878 | ASG.
19pp. b.
753 Etudes de paleographie arnericaine. Dc'chiffrcinent des
Ventures calculiformes ou Mayas. Le bas-relief de la croix de Paleu-
que et le MSS. Troano.
Alenfon, De Broise, 1879.
32 pp. 8. Not seen; title from Leclerc's Supplement, 1881.
754 Des Expletives Numerates dans les Dialectes de la Famille
Maya-Quiche. ASG.
No title-page. 48 pp. 8. Extract from the Kevuede Linguislique. [Paris, 18bO.]
755 Des signes de numeration en maya. *
Alencon, De Broise, 1881.
7 pp. 8. Title from the Leclerc Supplement.
Set- Cuoq(J. A.)
756 Charlevoix (Pierre Franois Xavier de). Histoire | et Description
Generate | de la | Nouvelle France, | avec | le Journal Historique |
d'un Voyage fait par ordredti Hoi dans | l'Am<riq tie Septentrionale. |
Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Compaguie do Jesus. | Tome Premier
[-TroisiemeJ. |
A Paris, | Chez Nyou Fils, Libraire, Quai des Angiistius, A 1'Occasion. j
M.DCC.XLIV [1744]. Avec approbation et privilege dn Roi. C.JCB.
:i vols. 4. iimps. The third volume has a different title-page, as follows:
Journal | d'un | Voyage | fait par ordre du Hoi \ dans |
L'Ameriqne Septentrionale; | Adresse a Madame la Duchesso j De
Lesdiguieres. | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Compngnie de Jdsus. |
Tome Iroisieme. |
A Paris, | Chez Nyon Fils, Libraire, Quai des August! us, a 1'Oc-
casion. | M.DCC.XLIV [1744]. | Avec approbation et privilege dn
Roi. | c. JCB.
"Onzieme Lettro" contains, p. 189, a few remarks on the Huron language.
Sabin's Dictionary adds the following imprints:
-f A Paris, chez Pierre Francois Gifi'art, rue Suint Jacques a Sainte Theresc.
M. DCC. XLIV. 3 vols. 4.
+ A Paris, chez la Veuve Ganean, Libraire, rue S. Jacques, pres la rue du
PlAtre, aux Amies de Dombes. M. DCC. XLIV. Avec approbation et i>rivilege
du Roi. 3 vols. 4.
+AParis: chez Rolin Fils, Libraire. Quai des Augustins. MDCCXLIV. 3vols.4.
757 Histoire | ct | Description Generale | de la | Nouvelle
France, | avec | le Journal Histoiique | d'un Voyage fait par ordre
du Koi | dans 1'Amerique Septentrionale. | Parle P. De Cbarlevoix.
de la Compagnie | de Jesus. | Tome [&c. ] |
A Paris, | Chez Pierre Francois Gifl'art, | rue Saint Jacques, ii
Saiute Therese. | M DCC XLIV [1744]. | Avec Approbation &privi
du Hoy. | BA. JCB.
6 vols. 12. Vols. 5 and C have title-page as follows:
CHAREXCEY : HARLEVOIX. 149
Charlevoix (Pierre Francois Xavier de) continued.
Journal | d'un | Voyage | fait par ordre du Eoi | dans | 1'Aine"
rique | Septentrio.male; | address;'- a Madame la Duchesse | de Les-
digniercs. | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Corapaguie | de Jesus. |
Tome [&c.] |
A Paris, | Chez Picrre-Fra^ois Giffart, | rue Saint Jacques, a.
Sainte Tlierese. | MDCCXLIV [1744]. | Avec Approbation & privi
lege du Roy. | BA. JCB.
Vol. v, Letter xii, contains, pp. 289-392, remarks on the Huron language.
Sabin't* Dictionary, and Lcelerc's Bib. Am. add the following:
+ Paris: Nyon. MDCCXLIV. 6 vols. 12.
-f Paris: Ganeau. MDCCXLIV. 6 vols. 12.
+ Paris: Didot. MDCCXLIV. 6 vols. 129.
+ Paris: Didot. MDCCXLIX. f> vols. 12.
+ Paris: Rolin Ills. MDOCXLIX. 6 vols. 12.
The "Journal <l'un Voyage" h.is been reprinted in English, as follows:
753 Journal | of a | Voyage | to | North- America. | Undertaken
by Order of the | French King. | Containing j The Geographical De
scription and Natural | History of that Country, particularly | Can
ada. | Together with | An Account of the Customs, Characters, |
Religion, Manners and Traditions | of the original Inhabitants. | In
a Series of Letters to the Duchess of Lesdiguieres. | Translated
from the French of P. De Charlevoix. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. I
Hi]- 1
London: | Printed for R. and J. Dodsley, in Pall Mall. |
MDCCLXI [1701]. | BA.
J vols. 8.
Remarks on the Huron language, vol. 1, pp. 299-303.
759 Letters | to the | Dutchess of Lesdiguieres; | giving an Ac
count of a | Voyage to Canada, | and | Travels through that vast
Coui.try, | and | Louisiana, to the Gulf of Mexico. | Undertaken | P>y
Order of the present King of France | By Father Charlevoix. |
Being a more full and accurate De- | scription of Canada, and the
ncigh- | bouring Countries than has been | before published ; the
Character of | every Nation or Tribe in that vast | Tract being given ;
their Religion, | Customs, Manners, Traditions, Go- | vernme.Jt,
Languages, and Towns; | the Trade carried on with tbeui, | and at
what places; the Posts or | Forts, and Settlements, established | by
the French; the great Lakes, | Water Falls and Rivers, with the |
manner of navigating them; the | Mines, Fisheries, Plants, and
Ani- | mals of these Countries. | With reflections on the Mistakes
the | French have committed in carrying | on their Trade and Settle
ments ; | and the most proper method of | proceeding pointed out. |
Including also an Account of the An- | thor's Shipwreck in the Chan
nel of | Bahama, and Return in a Boat to | the Mississippi, along
the Coast of | the Gulf of Mexico, with his Voy- | age from theuce to
St. Domingo, | and back to France. |
150 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Charlevoix (Pierre Franois Xavier de) continued.
Printed for R. Goadby, and Sold by K. Baldwin in Pater- | Noster-
Ro\v, London, 17G3. | BA. c. JOB.
xvi, 384 pp. 8 n . map. Sabin's Dictionary says some copies have the date 1764.
Remarks ou the Huron ami Algonkin Languages, pp. 120-124.
760 A | Voyage | to | North-America : | Undertaken by Com
mand of the present | King of France. | Containing | the Geographi
cal Description and Natural History | of | Canada and Louisiana. |
With | The Customs, Manners, Trade and Religion | of the Inhabi
tants ; a Description of the Lakes and | Rivers, with their Naviga
tion and Manner of passing | the Great Cataracts. | By Father
Charlovoix. | Also, | A Description and Natural History of the
Islands in the | West Indies belonging to the different Powers of |
Europe. Illustrated with a number of curious Prints | and Maps
not in any other Edition. | In two volumes. |
Dublin: | Printed for Johu Exshaw, and James Potts, in | Dame-
Street. | MDCCLXVI [1766]. | c. JOB.
2 vols. 8. maps.
Brief remarks ou the Huron Language, vol. 1, pp. 163-166.
1 have seen several partial reprints of Charlevoix which do not contain the
linguistic matter.
761 Chase (Pliny Earle). On Certain Primitive Names of the Supreme
Being.
In Am. Fhilosoph. Soc. Proc., vol. 9, pp. 420-424. Philadelphia, 1869. 8.
Terms used by the Algoukin, Cheyenne, Blackfeet, Cushna, Arapaho, Pawnee,
Crow, Iowa, and Assiiiiboin.
762 On the Radical Significance of Numerals.
In Am. Philosop'j. Soc. Proc., vol. 10, pp. 18-23. Philadelphia, 1869. 8.
Examples in several Indian languages from Riggs' Dakota Diet. ; Haydeu's
Ethnology Missouri Tribes ; Gibbs' Chinook Jargon; Rasle Abnaki Diet.
763 Chateaubriand ( Viscount Francois Auguste de). Atala, | Rene", |
Les Abence"rage-s | suivis du | Voyage en Anierique, | par M. le Vi-
comte | de Chateaubriand. |
Paris, | LibrairedeFiriniuDidotFreres, Filset Cie., | Imprimeurs
de 1'Institut de France, | Rue Jacob, 56. | 1857. | s.
2 p. 11. pp. 1-525, 1 1. 12.
Langne< Indieuuc>s (Algonkin and Huron), by Father Marcoux, pp. 400-409.
This article does not appear in other editions of the, above work examined.
764 Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie). La Vie | du | R. P. Pierre Joseph
Marie | Chaumouot, | De la Compagnie de Jesiis, | Missionuaire dans
la Nouvelle France, | ecrite par lui-meme par ordre de son Su-
perieur, | 1'au 1688.
Nouvelle York, ) Isle de Manate, | a la Presse Cramoisy de Jean
Marie Shea, | M. DCCC. LVIII [1858]. | BA. s.
Pp. 1-108. 16.
Voeu a la Saiute Vierge de la nation des Hurous en langue Huronne, euvoye' an
chapitre de Chartres en 1678.
CHARLEVOIX CHEROKEE. 151
Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie) continued.
The above work was translated by Mr. Shea and printed by Munsoll, of Albany,
from a manuscript in the Hotel Dieu, Quebec. The original of the Huron letter
belongs to M. Doublet de Borsthibanlt, and a French translation of it is given in
his "Les Voenx des Hnrons et des Abnaquis a Notre Dame de Chartres."
765 Grammar of the Huron Language, by a Missionary of the
Village of Huron Indians at Lorette, near Quebec, found amongst
the papers of the Mission, and Translated from the Latin, by Mr.
John Wilkie.
In Quebec Lit. and Hist. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, pp. 94-198. Quebec, 1831. 8.
He hivs written a grammar, a dictionary, and a catechism in the Huron lan
guage. These three works still exist in manuscript, the first has been translaled
into English by John Wilkie and printed. Ltderc.
766 Chavero (Alfredo). La Piedra del Sol.
In Museo Nacional do Mexico, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 353-386. Mexico, 1877;
and in tomo 2, pp. 3-4G, 128-130. Mexico, 1880. 4.
767 L. J. C. & M. J. | Chemin de la Croix | et autres Prieres | a 1'usage
des sauvages des postes d'Alba- | ny,$avern, Martin's Falls, (Baie |
d'Hudson). [3 lines syllabic characters.]
Montreal : | Impritnerie de Louis Perrault. | 1856. | s.
Pp. 1-63. 32.
768 Cherokee. [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | 1836. | Cherokee Al
manac | For the year of our Lord | 1836. | Calculations copied from
the Temperance Almanac as adapted | to the latitude of Charles
ton. | [Design.] [Eight lines Cherokee ; double column.]
Union : | Mission Press : | John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [n. d.] [One
line in Cherokee characters.] BA. ABC.
Pp. 1-16. 16. In Cherokee characters.
The issue of 1854 mentions one of 1837; I have seen no copy of it.
769 [Two lines Cherok'ee characters.] | Cherokee Almanac | For
the year of our Lord | 1838. | Fitted to the Meridian of Fort Gibson. |
[Eight lines Cherokee characters ; four lines English verse.]
Park Hill : | Mission Press, John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1S37. | ABC.
Pp. 1-24. 16. In Cherokee characters.
770 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] Cherokee almanac | For
the year of our Lord | 1839. | [Three lines Gen. 8, 22, and three lines
Cherokee characters.]
Park Hill: | Mission Press, John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | [n. d.] ABC.
Pp. 1-31. 10. In Cherokee characters.
I have seen the Cherokee Almanac, with but slight change of title, for the
years 1840, 1842, 144, 1846, 1847, 1848, 1849, 1850, 1851, aud 1852.
771 - [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | 1853. | Cherokee Alma
nac | For the year of our Lord | 1853. | [Three lines Cherokee charac
ters, and two lines English, Gen. 8, 22.]
152 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Cherokee con tinned.
Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] [n. d.] ABC.
Pp. 1-36. 16. In Cherokee characters.
772 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] j 1854. | Cherokee Almu-
iiac | 1854. | Calculated for the Cherokee Nation, Lat. 38 50' N. Lon.
95 7' W. | [Three lines Cherokee characters, and two lines English,
Gen. 8, 22.] For a part of the calculations in this Almanac we arc
indebted to the | kindness of Benjamin GreeuTeaf, A. M., author of
"National | Arithmetic", "Practical Algebra", &c. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. [One line
Cherokee characters. ] [n. d.] ABO.
Pp. 1-36. 16. In Cherokee characters.
773 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | 1855. | Cherokee Almanac
1855. | [Three lines Cherokee characters, and two lines English, Gen.
8, 22.] Calculated by Benjamin Greenleaf, A. M., Author of "Na
tional | Arithmetic", " Practical Algebra", &c., for the Latitude |
and Longitude of Tallequah, Cherokee Nation. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] [u. d.] ABC.
Pp. 1-36. 16. In Cherokee characters. For the years 1856, 1857, 1858, 1H59,
1860, 1801 the almanac appears with no change of title except in the date.
Cherokee Advocate.
See Ross (W. P.), Editor.
774 Cherokee Alphabet. Cherokee Baptist Mission Press: H.
Upham, Printer. *
1 sheet folio. Title from Ludewig, p. 38.
775 Cherokee Alphabet. | ABC.
No imprint. 1 p. 4.
Includes, also, Lord's Prayer in Cherokee characters and " Interpretation, with,
pronunciation according to the alphabet."
776 - Cherokee Alphabet. |
Peudleton's Lithography, Boston. | JWP.
1 1. large 4. Lithographed for the Am. Board of Com. for Foreign Missions.
777 Cherokee Alphabet. | Characters as arranged by the inven
tor. | BA.
No title-page. One sheet. 4.
778 [Cherokee Alphabet, characters, sounds, systematic arrange
ment, &c.] LSH.
In Missionary Herald, vol. 24, pp. 162-163. Boston, n. d. 8.
Cherokee Messenger.
See Jones (lies. Evan), Editor.
Cherokee Phoenix.
See Boudinot (Elias), Editor.
D
ma.
^b me
\Jiia, \JKtna,
qiui,
VC/H
d
J\
>.
me
n*
,,,,,
rn^
^}
I,
T
X
X
H
K
qui
.1
r
V/&"
mo
IV
A*
]%.
1!)
^t_>
Ml
cx
Ifc
M*
^JL
\j miju
3L
^^r gnu.
o
^-/ nv
R
<r,
B
,-:
a w a in Jtither cr short as a m rival
A (is a if i //ale or shirt (U e m -me
i as i in. jnque or sltcrt as i in pit
Sounds represented by vor/els.
v as </;* in law or short as o unwt
u as M in,jwlors7wrt.a<iii in pull
v as u, in. tut, nasalised,
Consonant Sounds.
y m-arfy as inEnglish, but apprcacfiing to k. . d nt'orly as in English tut appTvaching ib t._ \ A Im.Ti. i/.s. l.tr.r, asvi ngUsh.
SrUafiks bririnnwy irithy. except S huff, sometimes ffie power (f k< A.s.<n are sometimes soiauled-to, tu, tr; caiA syllables written irithtt,
except a. ffmetimcs ray 'to ctt
770 FAC-SIMIT.E OF CHEROKEE ALPnABET; REDUCED ONE-HALF.
CHEROKEE CHILD'S. 153
Cherokee con tinned .
779 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Cherokee, Primer. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1840. | c.
24 pp. 24. In Cherokee characters.
780 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Cherokee Primer. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 184C. | BA.
24 pp. 24. Iii Cherokee characters.
781 [One line Cherokee characters.] | The Cherokee Singing
Book. |
Printed for the j American Board of Commissioners for Foreign
Missions, | by Alonzo P. Keurick, | at C. Hickling's office, 20 Dev
onshire Street, Boston, Mass. | 1846. | BA. GB.
Pp. 1-8C, 11., index, oblong 8.
An ordinary school sinking-book', the first sixteen pages containing instruc
tions in music, the remainder hymns set to music, the words in Cherokee.
782 Cherokee or Tseloge Vocabulary.
Manuscript. 3 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
783 Chever (Edward E.) Vocabulary of familiar words used by the In
dians of California. By Edward E. Chever.
In Essex Inst. Bull., vol. 2, pp. 65-66. Salem, Mass., 1871. 8.
784 - The Indians of California. By Edward E. Chever.
In Am. Naturalist, vol. 4, pp. 129-148. Salem, Mass., 1871. 8.
Numerals, 1-12, of the California Indians, p. 144.
785 Chew (William). Vocabulary of the Tuscarora, from William
Chew, written out and transmitted by the Eev. Gilbert Rockwood.
In Schoolciaft (H. E.) Report to the Secretary of State, pp. 251-258. New
York, 1846. 8. This work issued also under the title "Notes on the Iroquois."
New York, 184G. 8. Vocabulary, pp. 251-218. Reissued, enlarged, "Notes on
the Iroquois." New York, 1847. 8. Vocabulary, pp. 393-400.
78C Child's. The | Child's Book | on | the creation. | Flla I Holisso |
Nana Moma Toba Tok A Nan Anoli Ka, | Kev. C. A. Goodrich vt
holissochi tok a, | Yuskololit Chahta im auumpa a toshowrct fohka
hoke. | Second Edition revised. |
Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press, John Candy and John
F. Wheeler, Printers. | 1845. | BA.
Pp. 1-14. 12
First ed., 1839, 14 pp. Kyington'a Manuscript Dictionary.
787 The Child's Book on the Creation, [and other stories.]
Park Hill, Cherokee nation: Mission Press: John Candy and
John F. Wheeler, Printers 1845. BA.
Pp. 1-159, 1 1., contents. 12.
This little volume is made up of fourteen separate articles in Choctaw, most of
them with separate pagination, but only a few of them with title-pages. The
154 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Child's continued.
following are the titles, the English translation having been taken from the
" Contents " when not given in the heading of the article:
I. The Child's Book of Creation, 2d ed., pp. 1-14.
II. Bible Stories, 2d ed., pp. 1-24.
III. The New Birth, Atuklant Vita, (no title-page), pp. 1-16.
IV. Hatak Yoshnba, Sinners iu the hands of an angry God, pp. 1-25.
V. Chihowa [God], (uo title-page), pp. 26-28.
VI. I will give Liberally, Na Ynkpa, (half title), pp. 1-16.
VII. Chitokaka I Ntak [The Lord's Day], (uo title-page), pp. 1-4.
VIII. Salvation by Jesus Christ, C'hisvs Kilurst, (no title-page), pp. 1-6.
IX. Representation by the Holy Spirit, Hiinona Vita, (no title-page), pp. 7-13.
X. Repentance necessary to Salvation, Ilekostiuichi, (no title-page), pp. 13-18.
XI. The Resurrection, Hatak illi, (no title-page), pp. 18-28.
XII. Ai-yimmika [Salvation by Faith], (no title-page), pp. 1-13.
XIII. How do we know there is a God ? Chahowa hvt asha ka, (DO title-page),
pp. 13-20.
XIV. Haksichika, Fraud exposed and detected, (uo title-page), pp. 1-9.
788 Child's Book on the Soul; in the Choctaw Language.
1840. *
16 pp. Not seen ; title from Byington's Manuscript Dictionary.
789 Chimalpain (D. Domingo). Cronica de Me"gico desde el ano IOCS
hasta el de 1597 de la Era vulgar.
790 Apuntamientos de sucesos desde 1064 hasta 1621. *
791 Relaciones originates de los Reynos de Acolhuacan, Megico
y otras Provincias desde muy reraotos tiempos.
792 Relacion de la Conquista de Megico par los Espauoles. *
These manuscripts and original works in the Nahuatl or Mexican language were
in the possession of D. Ciirlos Siguenza y G6ngora, who lent them to th'3 P. Fr.
Augnstin Betancur as the latter admitsjn his Teatro megicano. Sigiienza placed
them with other very valuable manuscripts in the College of S. Pedro y S. Pablo
de los Jesuitas de Mexico where they were copied by Boturini. I have seen in the
College of S. Gregorio of the sa*l capital various loose quaderuos of Chimalpaiu.
Beristain.
793 Compendio de la Historia Mexicana. Escrito por D. Do
mingo de S. Anton. Muuoz Chimalpain, Qtianhatchnarritzin Indio
Cacique Msstro qui fue de Estudios, en Lengua Mexicano.
Manuscript XVII. cent. 4. This curious manuscript contains a compendious
History of Mexico, from 1064 to 1526, in the Mexican language. The author was
a descendant of the Ancient Kings of Mexico. b'isvher.
Chimalpopoca Galicia (Faustino).
See Galicia (Faustino Chimalpopoca).
794 Chinook. The Chinook Jargon and English and French Equiva
lent Forms.
In Steamer Bulletin, San Francisco, June 21, 1858.
Unarranged vocabulary of 354 words and phrases.
Title from Gibbs's Chinook Jargou Bibliography. For other editions see Com
plete; and Dictionary.
CHILD'S CISNEUOS. 155
795 Chippeway Vocabulary. *
M.iuuscript of the last century, important and unpublished. It comprises 75
pp. in 2 columns 4. Leclerc.
796 Chitokaka I Nitak Holitopa Isht Anumpa.
[No imprint. Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: Mission Press, John
Candy and John F. Wheeler, Printers. 1845.] BA.
4pp. 12. The Lord's Day ; in the Choctaw language.
797 Choctaw. The Choctaw Girl. Written for the American Sunday-
School Union.
Philadelphia, [n. d.] *
16 pp. 18. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
Chromtschenko (V. S.)
See Khromchenko CV. S.I
798 Chronicles of the North American Savages. May, 1835-Sep., 1835. c.
No title-page, pp. 1-80. 6.
A periodical of sixteen pages, the collation of which I have taken from Field.
I have seen four numbers, June, 1835-Sept., 1835 (pp. 17-80), in the Library of Jj.ii 1
Congress, but am unable to say whether its publication ceased with the latter
number. The linguistic contents of these numbers are as follows:
James (E.) Essay on the Cbippewa Language, pp. 73-80.
Vocabulary of the Saw-kee and Mns-quaw-ke Indian Tongue; continued
from page 12, pp. 46-48.
Vocabulary of the Saw-kee and Mus-quaw-ke Indian Tongue; continued from
page 48, p. 80.
799 Church Litany of the United Brethren, in the Cherokee language.
1830.
12 pp. Not seen ; title from the Missionary Herald, 1833.
800 Chute (James Andrew). Vocabulary of the Delawares of Missouri.
. In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 4, pp. 115-117. Portland, 1856. 8. Included in
an article by 'Willis (W. ) Language of the Abnaquis.
See Lykins (J.) and Chute (J. A.)
801 Cipriano (Fr. Salvador). Libro de los Idolos de la Provincia de
Zacapula. *
Written in the language of that country. The author sent it to Fr. Antonio
Remcsal and then to Fr. Juau Aillon in order to have it translated into Spanish.
litristain.
802 Historia de la entrada de los Espauoles en Zacapula. *
Manuscript.
803 Hechos de los PP. Fr. Luis Cancer, Fr. Bartolome" de las
Casas, y Fr. Pedro Angulo en la predicacion del Evangelic. *
Manuscript. Although these two works were united to the first book, Libro
delos Idolon, it is doubtful whether they wore written in the Zacapula language.
It is also doubtful whether the title is dc los Idolos or de, los Indios, since Leon
Pinc'lo in one place says the one and in another, the other. Bfrislain.
804 Cisneros (Fr. Garcia). Sermones compuestos en Lengua Megicana.
Torquemada, Betancur, Pinelo, D. Nicolas Antonio, Wadiugo, and the Biblio-
teca Franciscana mention this. lieristaln. *
156 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
805 Ciudad Real (D. Antonio). Sermones de Santos en Lengua Maya.
Manuscript. 4. Title from Beristain. *
806 Gran Diccionario, 6 Calepino de la Leugua Maya de Yucatan.
Manuscript, 6 vols. folio.
It existed, according to Dr. Nicolas Antonio, in the Libreria del Duque del In-
fantado; part of the original is also preserved in the Con vent of Yucatan. It cost
the author, says Cogolludo, twenty years of labor. Beristaiii.
Celebrated for his learning, the Maya language found in Fr. Antonio de Cindud-
Real its greatest ornament. He dedicated himself to the study, cultivated litera
ture in this language, and wrote a largo Maya-Spanish or Spanish-Maya Diction
ary, and the Calepino de la lengua Maya, in six volumes, more than a thousand
two hundred folds in substance, in which laborious and delicate undertaking he
spent many years of continuous toil and study. He wrote in the same language
a Cureo practico de oratoria sayrada de los sail tax y felliradadex de todo el ano, and
besides these works in the Yucatec idiom, ho wrote in Spanish, while secretary
to the fifteenth comissario-general of New Spain, a work entitled Tratado dc Ian
grandezas de la Nuera Espana,
The historian of Yucatan, Lopez Cogolludo, lias immortalized, as it deserves,
the name of Fr. Antonio de Ciudad-Real, by simply stating his learned labors in
the Maya language. Hi' says of him: "He knew the language of these Indians
[of Yucatan] so thoroughly as to be the greatest master of it which this country
has ever known. As such he preached, taught, and wrote, with great eloquence,
sermons for the Saints' days and for the whole year. He not only made Vocabu
laries, one of which begins with Spanish and the other with the native language,
but ho composed a work, so remarkable for its extent, as to be designated Calc-
pino dc la lengua Maya. It is in six volumes, of two hundred folds of writing each,
and by means of it many difficulties which present themselves in the native lan
guage are explained. It contains all that can be desired on the subject of the
different modes of speech, which are almost innumerable, and it is so copious that
not one word will be found wanting. It was an occupation that cost more than
forty years of labor, and as the idiom, though peculiar to this province, is general
in others, the work was, without doubt, one of the most celebrated given to the
world in these realms." Carillo.
807 Claesse (Lawrence). The | Morning and Evening Prayer, | The |
Litany, | Church Catechism, | Family Prayers, | And | Several
Chapters of the Old and New-Testament, | Translated into the Ma
haque Indian Language, | By Lawrence Claesse, Interpreter to
William | Andrews, Missionary to the Indians, from the | Honoura
ble and Reverend (he Society for the Propogation | of the Gospel in
Foreign Parts. | Ask of me, and I will give thee the Heathen for
thine Inheritance | and the Utmost Parts of the Earth for thy Pos
session, Psalm | 2. 8. |
Printed by William Bradford in New York, 1715. |
Second title :
Ne | Ornoengene neoni Yogaraskhagh | Yondereanayen-
daghkwa, | Ne | Ene Niyoh Raodeweyena, | Onoghsadogeaghtige
Yondadderighwanon- | doentha, | Siyagonnoghsode, Enyondereana-
yendngh- | kwagge, | Yotkade Kapitelhogongh ne Karighwadagh-
kwe- | agh Agayea neoni Ase Testament, neoni Niyadegari- | wagge,
ne Kauninggahoga-Siuiye wenoteagh. | Tchoeuwenadenyough Law-
ranee Claesse; Roweuagaradatsk | William Andrews, Rouwanha-
CIUDAD REAL CLARK. 157
Claesse ( Lawrence) continued.
ugh Ongwehoenwiglme. | Rodirighhoeui Raddiyadanorough neoni-
Ahoenwadi- | gonuyo.sthagge Thoderighwawaakhogk ne Waliooni |
Agarighhowanha Niyoh Raodeweyena Niyadegogh- | whenjage. j
Eghtseraggwas Eghtjeeagh ne ong-wehoonwe, neoni lie | siyodogh-
whenjooktannighhoegh etho abadyeandougb. | NYHS.
English title, verso blank, 1 1; Mohawk title, verso blank, 1 1., pp. 1-115, verso
of p. 115 blank, sm. 4. The Church Catechism, a Morning Prayer for Masters and
Scholars, Evening Prayers, etc., etc., pp. 1-21.
The only copy I have seen, that in the library of theN. Y. Historical Society,
is minus the English title, which I have supplied from Sabin's Dictionary, and
also his note, as follows :
"This interesting volume is a fino specimen of Bradford's printing; and the
impressions having been chiefly distributed among the Indians, and by them de
stroyed, it has become a book of almost matchless rarity. It is the earliest Book
of Common Prayer in any tongue in this country. Mr. Claesse is said to be the
translator, but the greater portion of it was prepared, some years previously, by
a Mr. Freeman, a Calvinist minister at Schenectady, N. Y. In the 'Hist. Mag.,'
i, 14, it is said to be without date or imprint, which is an error, the copy de
scribed being imperfect. Some interesting particulars concerning this work will
be found in Humphrey's 'Historical Account of the Soc. for Prop, the Gospel,'
c. xi; Hawkiu's 'Notes'; O'Callaghan's 'List of Bibles,' &c."
For other editions see Book of Common Prayer, 1787 ; Morning and Evening
Prayer, 1763; Andrews, Barclay and Ogilvie, 1769; Clause (D.), 1780; Nelles and
Hill, 1842; Williams (Eleazer), 1853, 1867, and 1875.
808 Clara y sucinta exposicion | del | Pequeuo Catecisino | impreso eii
el idioma Mexicano | siguiendo el orden mis mo pregtmtas y respu-
esta.s | Para la inejor instruccion de los feligreses | Indies, y de los
que co:nienzan a aprender | dicbo idioina. | For un Sacredote devoto
de la Madre San- | tisiina de la Luz, bajo cuyo ainparo la pone, j y &
cuya bonra la dedica. | Y a beneflcio de la gente pobre se expeuder
it | dos reales cada exemplar. | Con las licencias necessarias. |
Puebla. j Oficina del Oratorio de S. Felipe Xeri. | 1819. | JCB.
3 p. 11., 11. 1-67. 16.
809 Clare (James R.) Terms of Relationship of the Eskimo, West of
Hudson's Bay, collected by James R. Clare, York Factory, Hudson's
Bay Ty.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of consanguinity and affinity, pp. 293-382. Wash
ington, 1871. 4.
810 Clark (Joshua V. H.) Ouondaga; | or | Reminiscences | of | Earlier
and Later Times; | being a series of historical sketches relative to
Onoudaga; with | notes on the several towns in the county, | and |
Oswego. | By Joshua V. U. Clark, A. M. | Corresponding Member of
the New York Historical Society. | In two volumes. | Vol I [II]. |
Syracuse: | Stoddard and Babcock. | 1849. | BA. c.
2 vols. 8.
Vol. 1, Chapter 10, Reminiscences, pp. 322-326, gives a list of aboriginal names
of lakes, streams, and localities in Ououdaga County, N. Y., and vicinity, with
English signification.
358 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
811 Clark ( W. 0.) Vocabulary of the Modoc of Southern Oregon.
Manuscript. 12 pp. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Itwascol
lected iu 1878 at Yaneks, and is recorded in a copy of the first edition of the Intro
duction to the Study of Indian Languages.
812 Clarke (Hyde). Researches | in | Prehistoric and Protohistoric |
Comparative Philology, | Mythology and Archeology, | in connec
tion with the | Origin of Culture iu America | and the j Accad or
Sumerian Families, | by | Hyde Clarke, | Member of [&c., three
lines]. |
London : | Published by N. Triibner & Co., | 57 & 59, Ludgate
Hill, B. C. | 1875. | (Copyright reserved.) | HU. c.
Pp. i-xi, 1-74. 8.
813 The | Khita and Khita- Peruvian | Epoch : | Khita, Hamath,
Hittite, Canaanite, | Etruscan, Peruvian, Mexican, etc. | By | Hyde
Clarke, | F. E. Hist, Soc.; [&c., eight lines]. |
London : | N. Trubner & Co., 57 and 59 Ludgate Hill, E. C. |
1877. | WJH.
Pp. i-vii, 1-88. 8.
Mexican, Maya, Othomi, Misteca, Huastec, Pocouchi, Tarahuniara, and Cora
words, names of towns, rivers, lakes, &c.
814 Les origines des langues, de la mythologie et de la civilisa
tion de 1'Amerique, dans 1'Ancien Monde.
In Coogres Int. des Americanistes. Compte-rendn, seconde session, tome 1,
pp. 158-169. Luxembourg and Paris, 1878. 8.
815 Clarkson (Matthew). Words in the Osage Language.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, p. 275. Philadelphia, 1854. 4.
81G Clans (Daniel). The Order | For Morning and Evening Prayer, |
And Administration of the | Sacraments, | and some other | Offices
of the Church | Of England, | Together with | A Collection of
Prayers, and some Sentences of the Holy | Scriptures, necessary for
Knowledge and Practice. | Ne Yakawea. | Niyadewighniserage Yon-
dereanayendakhkwa Orhoenkdne | neoui Yogarask-ha Oghscrag-
wegonh; | Ne oui Yakawea, | Orighwadogeaghti Yondatnekos-
seraghs, | Tekarighwageahhadont, | Neoni oya Adereanayent ne
Onoghsadogeaghtige, | Oni | Ne Watkeanissa-aglitouh odd'yako
Adereanaiyent neoni tsi niyoght-hare ne Kaghyadoghseradogeaghti
ne wahoeni | Ayakoderie"ndarake neoni Ahondatterihhoninie. | The
Third edition, Formerly collected and translated into the Mohawk
or Iroquois Lan- | guage, under the direction of the Missionaries
. from the Venerable | Society lor the Propagation of the Gosp< 1 in
foreign Parts, to the | Mohawk Indians. | Published | By Order of
His Excellency Frederick Haldimand, | Captain general and Com
mander in Chief of all His Majesty's | Forces in the Province of Que
bec, and its Dependencies, and | Governor of the same, &c., &c.,
&c. [ Revised with Corrections and Additions by | Daniel Claus,
CLARK CLAVIGERO. 159
Esq., P. T. Agent, | For the Six Nation Indians in the Province of
Quebec. |
[Quebec.] Printed in the Year, M. DCC. LXXX [1780]. | GB.
Title, 1 1. Advertisement and Contents, 2 11., verso of second blank. Text, pp.
1-208. 12.
"As the number then printed was sjnall, and some of the copies were unfor
tunately lost, another impression becaino necessary." Preface to London edition of
1787.
For other editions of the Mohawk Book of Common Prayer, see Claesse (L.),
1715, and note thereto.
817 Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio). Sfcoria Antica | del Messico |
cavata da' migliori Storici spagnuoli, | e da' manoscritti, e dalle pit-
ture antiche degl' Indiaui: | divisa in dieci libri, | e corredata di
carte geografiche, | e di varie figure: | e | dissertazioni | Sulla Terra,
sugli Animal i, e sugli abitatori.del Messico. | Opera | dell' Abate |
D. Francesco Saverio | Clavigero | Tomo I [-IV]. | [Design.]
In Cesena M DCCL XXX [1780]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all' In-
segna di Pallade | Con Licenza He' Superiori. | BA. c. JOB. f?> ,
4 vole. 4. maps.
Su la lengua Messicana, vol. iv, pp. 240-247.
818 The | History | of | Mexico. | Collected from | Spanish and
Mexican Historians, | from | Manuscripts, and Ancient Paintings of
the Indians. | Illustrated by | Charts, and other Copper Plates. | To
which are added, | Critical Dissertations | on the | Land, | the Ani
mals, and Inhabitants of Mexico. | By Abbe" D. Francesco Saverio
Clavigero. | Translated from the Original Italian, | By Charles Cul-
len, Esq. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. I [-II]. |
London, | Printed for G. G. J. and J. Eobinson, No. 25, Pater-nos-
ter How. | M DCC L XXXVII [1787]. | C. BA. J3
2 vols. 4. maps.
Of the languages of the Americans, vol. 2, pp. 394-400.
819 Geschichte | von | Mexico | aus | spanischen und mexicani-
schen Geschicht- | schreiben, Handschriften und Ge- | maiden der
Indianer | zusammengctragen | und durch Charten uud Kupferstiche
erliiutert | nebst einigen critischen Abhandlungen | iiber die | Be-
schaftenheit des Landes, der Thiere und Bin- | wohner von Mexico. |
Aus dem Italienischeii | des Abts D. Franz Xaver Clavigero |
durch | den Kitter Carl Cullen ins Englische,- 1 und aus diesem ins
Teutsche iibersetzt. |
Leipzig, | im Schwickertschen Verlage. | 1789 [-1790]. | JCB.
2 vols. 8. map. Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 269-273.
820 The | History | of | Mexico. | Collected from | Spanish and
Mexican historians, | from | manuscripts and ancient paintings of
the Indians. | Illustrated by | charts, and other copper plates. | To
which are added, | critical dissertations | on the | land, the animals,
and inhabitants of Mexico. | By Abbe D. Francesco Saverio Clavi-
160 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio) continued.
gero. | Translated from the original Italian, | By Charles Cullen,
Esq. | The second edition. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |
London: | printed for J. Johnson, St. Paul's Churchyard, | by
Joyce Gold, Shoe Lane. | 1807. | C. 6
2 vote. 4. .
Of the languages of tbc Americans, vol. 2, pp. 39-4-400.
Sabin's Dictionary mentions an edition: Richmond, 1806, 3 vols. 8.
821 The | History | of | Mexico. | Collected from | Spanish and
Mexican Historians, | from manuscripts, and | ancient paintings of
the Indians: | Together with the | Conquest of Mexico | by | the
Spaniards, | illustrated by engravings. | With critical disserta
tions | on the | land, animals, and inhabitants of Mexico. | By Abbe
D. Francesco Saverio Clavigero. | Translated from the Original Ital
ian, | by CharL s Cullen, Esq. | In three volumes. | Vol.1 [-IIIJ- |
Philadelphia: | Published by Thomas Dobson, at the Stone House,
No. 41, South Second Street. | 1817. | C.
3 vols. 8. maps.
Of the language of the Mexicans, vol. 3, pp. 346-354.
822 Historia Antigua | de | Mtgico: | sacada de | los mejores
historiadores Espaiioles y de los manuscritos | y de | las pinturas
Autiguas de los Indios; | dividida en diez libros; | Adornada con
Mapas y Estampas, | E Illustrada con Disst rtaciones sobre la tierra,
los animales y los habitautes | de Megico | escrita por | D. Francisco
Saverio Clavigero; | y traducida del Italiano | por Jose Joaquin de
Mora. | Tomo I [-II]. |
Londres: | Lo Publica R. Ackermann, Strand, | y en su estableci-
miento en Mexico: | asimismo | en Colombia, en Buenos Ayres, Chile,
Pe u, y Guatemala. | 1826. | c.
2 vols. large 8. maps.
Lengna Mexicana, vol. 2, pp. 375-383.
823 Historia antigua de Mexico y de su conquista, sacada de los
mejores historiadores espaiioles, y de los mss. y piuturas autiquas
de los Indios. Traducido por Joaquin de Mora.
Mexico, Lara, 1844. *
2 vols. am. 4. pp. ix, 285 ; 32t, 2 11. Not seen ; title from Leclerc's Supplement,
UML
824 Historia aritigua de Mejico. Obra escrita en italiano, tradu
cida por F. P. Vasquez. Con inuchas latninas.
Mejico. 1853. *
4. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Dictionary.
825 Storia | della | California | opera postuma | del nob. Sig.
Abate ) D. Francesco Saverio | Clavigero. | Tomo I [II |. |
In Venezia, | M DCC L XXXIX [1789]. | Appresso Modesto
Fenzo. | Con Licenza de' Superiori, e Privilegio. | c. ft
2 vols. 12.
CLAVIGEKO CODICE.
161
Clavigero (T). Francesco Saverio) continued.
Comments on the Cochimi Language, vol. 1, pp. 110-111. Paternoster in va
rious dialects of the Cochimi ; of the Missions of S. Francesco Saverio and S.
Giuseppe di Comoncln, pp. 264-265; of the Missions of S. Francesco Borgia, Santa
Gertrude and Santa Maria, p. 265 ; of the Mission of S. Ignacio, pp. 265-266.
826 Historia | de la | Antigua 6 Baja California. | Obra postu-
ma | del Padre Francisco Javier Clavijero, | dela Compaiiia de
Jesus. | Traducida del Italiauo | For el presbitero don Nicolas Gar
cia de San- Vicente. |
Mexico. | luiprenta de Juan R. Navarro, Editor. | 1852. | c.
4 p. II., v, 252pp., Indice 311., large 8.
Habitautes, su lengua, arithinetica y aflo, pp. 21-22; Lord's prayer in Cochimi
"en el dialecta de las misiones de San Francisco Javier y San Jose' Comondu,"
p. 110; ibid., de Borja, Santa Gertrudis y Santa Maria, p. 116; ifrui., San Igna
cio, p. 116.
Clerke (Captain).
See Cook (Captain James) and King (Captain James).
Cleveland (Rev. William Joshua).
See Cook (J. W.), Cleveland (W. J.), and Selwyn (W. T.)
827 Coast Survey. Report | of | the Superintendent | of the | Coast [and
Geodetic] Survey, | showing the progress of the Survey | during |
the year 1852 [-1877]. | JWP.
Washington: | Robert Armstrong, Public Printer. | 1853 [-1880]. |
26 vols. 4.
Ballard (Rer. Edward). Geographical names on the coast of Maine, 1868, pp.
243-259.
Davidson (George). Report relative to Alaska Territory, 1867, pp. 187-329.
828 Coats (Captain W.) The | Geography | of | Hudson's Bay: | be
ing the | remarks of Captain W. Coats, | in many voyages to that
locality, | between the years 1727 and 1751. | With an Appendix, |
containing | extracts from the log of Captain Middletou on his
voyage for | the discovery of the North west Passage, in | H. M. S.
"Furnace", in 1741-2. | Edited by John Barrow, Esq., F. R. S.,
F. S. A. | [7 lines quotation.] |
London : | Printed for the Hakluyt Society. | M. DCCC. LII
[1852]. | BA. C.
3 p. 11., x, 147pp. 8.
Contains, scattered throughout, many native names of geographic features.
829 Codice. Codice Anouimo.
Manuscript. 52 11. 4.
The estimable parish priest of Tizimin, D. Manuel Lucian Perez, has greatly
surprised us by sending us an ancient original Maya manuscript, accompanied by
a letter of the date of March 23rd of the present year (1870), in which he says
among other things:
"I have the pleasure of sending with this a manuscript book which I have pre
served fur many years as a great treasure, since it treats of some important
events with respect to the conquest of our country and especially of certain oc
currences belonging to the history proper of the natives and various other mat
11 Bib
162 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Codice continued.
ters. It has the great merit of antiquity anil of bein'g written throughout in
pure Yncatec of the same epoch and undoubtedly by the hand of a native. The in
teresting literary periodical entitled Revista de Merida, and its dissertation on
the history of the Yucatecor Maya language, having just come under my observa
tion, I have seen the deserved euthusiasm with which you speak of the Perez Co
dex, and the reading of it has convinced me that the book which I have the
pleasure to remit to you, contains much of the first part of the said Codex and also
many other things which the Codex does not contain."
This book, with which the kindnessof the parish priest of Tizimin has enriched our
cabinet is in pure Yucatec, End is another document agreeing with those which we
have described, lacking only the delineation of ancient signs and characters. Not
having the signature of the author we classify it under the name of Codice Anonimo.
The presbyter, D. Eusebio Barcelo, now curate ad interim of Oxkutzcab, has also
certified to the existence, to within the last few months, of a Maya manuscript in
the possession of a native family bearing the name of Xiu. This manuscript is
of considerable size, with a variety of drawings. It would greatly gratify us if
the person who now has this book or can give any notice of it, would communicate
with us. In consequence of the said book having belonged to the family of Xiu
at Oxkutzcab and the short distance of that place from Ticul, we insert the fol
lowing note from a celebrated periodical of the year 1845, which says:
"Among the curious notices which are the result of our incessant investiga
tions, one of the most interesting is on the existence of an anc ient manuscript,
the work of one of the most notable members of the family of Tutul Xiu, which
became very illustrious after the arrival of the Spaniards. And as from the
powerof his family, its antiquity and traditions, be was perfectly informed in the
history of his ancestors, ho drew up a history which began with the first appear
ance of the native tribes and reached to the conquest. The book is in folio,
covered with parchment ; it has been transmitted in order of succession to the
heirs of the family name.
"A few rears ago this book was found at Ticul, and in consideration of a real,
could be read by any one who desired to do so. If onr illustrious fellow laborer,
Fr. Estanislao Cafillo, could have visited the town at that time and could have se
cured the book, it is certain that we would have at least a copy of that produc
tion, which in its way would be of great interest and would render clear certain
matters which are now the subject of doubt and conjecture.
"Sr. D. Juan Pio Perez made great efforts to obtain it. He spoke with many
persons who had read it, but when he endeavored to secure it, offering much more
than others were accustomed to give, this precious manuscript disappeared.
" It is very desirable that the lovers of their country, her history and past glories,
should devote themselves to discovering the hiding place of this book, which re
mains hidden doubtless because many persons have given it its due importance,
which is unknown to its possessors, and these latter, fearful of losing it, or else
being imbecile egotists, make a mystery of what is so worthy of being made
known and published.
" We being very desirous to find a book so important from every point of view,
charge all who are interested in their country to be active in the search for this
book, which certainly exists, if not in Ticul, in some neighboring town. If it can be
discovered, and if the work is such as it hss been described to us by several persons
who have seen it. the editor of this periodical will suitably reward the discoverer."
We will say in conclusion, that a manuscript work of the Chilan Balam order,
which we had seen and handled in company with the Sr. Dr. Berendt, was on the
way from the town of Hocaba" to this city [Mexico] where it was destined for our
cabinet. Through an error the person who had it in charge consigned it to the
mercantile house of D. Pedro Leal, the result being the loss of the manuscript
and great injury to the cause of historical research. Canllo.
CODICE GOLDEN. 163
Codice continued.
830 Codice Chumayel in the Maya Language. *
Manuscript. 1 12 pp. 4.
As Sr. D. Juan Pio Perez found the TJbro Divino, or "Chilan Balam" of Mam,
and other works in various places in the Peninsula, so we had the good fortnt e
to find that of Chumayel, a town in the district of Tekax, or Surest* del Estado;
hence the name Codice Chumayel. It is evident that in consequence of its an
tiquity and the neglect into which it has fallen there are some leaves missing
at the beginning. It is subscribed on page 44 under date of January 20, 1780,
by the noble Indian D. Juan Joti Hoil, who, to judge from the character of the
writing, wrote the whole text, with the exception of some insignificant intercal-
ations in another hand. CariUo.
A
831 Golden (Cadwallader). The | History | of the | Five Indian Na
tions | Depending 011 the Province | of | New York | In America. |
By Cadwallader Golden. |
Printed and sold by William Bradford in New York, | 1727. | JOB.
Title, 1 p. 1., xviii, 119 pp. 12.
A short vocabulary of some words and names used by the French authors,
which are not generally understood by the English that unders-tand the JFreuch
language, and may therefore be useful to those that intend to road the French ac
counts, or compare them with the accounts now published, pp. xi-xiii.
832 The | History | of the | Five Indian Nations | of | Canada, |
which are dependent | on the Province of New-York in America, |
and | are the barrier between the English and French | in that part
of the World. | With | accounts of their Keligion, Manners, Cus
toms, Laws and Forms of | Government; their several Battles Mid
Treaties with the European Na- | tions; particular Relations of their
several Wars with the other Indians ; | and a true Account of the pres
ent State of our trade with them. | In which are shewn | The great
Advantage of their Trade and Alliance to the British Nation, | and
the Intrigues.and Attempts of the French to engage them from us; |
a subject nearly concerning all our American Plantations, and
highly | meriting the Consideration of the British Nation at this
Juncture. | By the Honourable Cadwallader Golden, Esq; | One of
his Majesty's Counsel, and Surveyor-general of New-York. | To
which are added | Accounts of the several other Nations of Indians
in North-America, their j Numbers, Strength, etc., and the Treaties
which have been lately | made with them. A work highly enter
taining to all, and particular- | ly useful to the Persons who have
any Trade or Concern in that Part of | of [sic] the World. |
London: | Printed for T. Osborne, in Gray's-Iun MD CC XLVII
[1747]. | BA. J('B.
xx, 204, 283 pp. 8. map.
A vocabulary of some words, etc., pp. xv-xvi.
833 The | History | of the | Five Indian Nations | of | Canada, |
which are | the Barrier between the English and | Fiench in that
part of the World. | With | Particular Accounts of their IMigion,
Manners, Customs, Laws, | and Government; their several Battles
164 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Golden (Cadwallader) continued.
and Treaties with tlie | European Nations; | their Wars with the other
Indians; | and | A true Account of the present State of our Trade
with them. | In which are shewn, | The great Advantage of their
Trade and Alliance to the British Nation; | and the Intrigues and
Attempts of the French to engage them from us; | a subject nearly
concerning all our America!) Plantations, and highly | meriting the
Consideration of the British Nation. | By the Honourable Cadwal
lader Coklen Esq ; | One of his Majesty's Counsel, and Surveyor-
General of New-York. | To which are added, | .Accounts of the sev
eral other Nations of Indians in North America, their | Numbers,.
Strength, &c and the Treaties which have been lately | made with
them. | The Second Edition. |
London : | Printed for John Winston at Mr. Boyle's Head, and |
Lockyer Davis at Lord Bacon's Head, both in Fleet- | street, and
John Ward opposite the Royal Exchange. | MDCCL [1750]. | JOB.
xvi, 2rt3 pp. 8.
Vocabulary of some words, &e.,p. xvi.
Vocabulary reprinted iu: Gentleman's Magazine, vol. 26. London, u. d. 8.
. p. 403.
I have seen an edition, London, 1755, which does not contain the vocabulary.
834 The History | of the Five Indian Nations | depending on
the Province of New York. | By | Cadwallader Colden. Reprinted
exactly from Bradford's New York edition (1727) | With an Intro
duction and Notes | by John Gilrnary Shea. |
New York : | T. H. Morrell, 134 Fulton Street. | 1866. | JOB.
Pp. i-xl, 1 1., pp. i-xvii, 1-141. 8.
Vocabulary, p|i. xi-xiii, and 125-l~ ; 7 of notes.
835 Collection. Colleccion polidiomica mexicana qui coutiene la oracion
dominical, vertida en 52 idiomas indigenes de aquella republica.
Mexico 185!). *
Folio. Not seen ; (itle from the Andradc Sale Cat. A later edition as follows:
836 - Colleccion Polidiomica Mexicana | que contiene | la Oracion
Dominical | vertida en cincuentay dos idiomas indigenes | deaqnella
Republica, | Dedicada | a N. S. P. el Sefior Pio IX, Pont, Max. | por
la. Sociedad Mexicana de Geografla y Estadistica. |
Mexico. Libreria de Eugenic Maillefcrt y Comp., | esquiua del Re-
fugio v Pte. del Et-piritu Santo. | [Imprenta de Andrade y Esca-
lante.] I860. | *
vii, 52 pp. fol. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 21. Leclerc also gives
this title, in brief, and adds contents as follows:
The seven preliminary pages contain a dissertation on the Othomi language,
and upon several translations of the Lord's Prayer in that language at different
epochs. The C2 idioms in which the prayer is translated are as follows:
Californio, Maxahua, Serrano,
Chanabal, Mazateco (2 dialects), Tarasco,
Chiapaneco, Mexicano, Taramnaro (4 dialects),
Chihunhefio, Mixe, Tepehuano,
GOLDEN COLLINS. 165
Colleccion continued.
Choi, Mixteco (3 versions), Totonaco (2 dialects),
Cuieateco (2 dialects), Opata, Tubano,
Hnaxteco (3 dialects), Otomi (G dialects) Tzapoteco,
Joba, Fame (3 dialects), Yaqui (2 dialects),
Li pane, Papagol, Zoque,
Mutlatzinca, Pimo, Zozil.
Maya, Piros,
Mayo, Sendal,
837 Collection. Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native Christ
ians | of | the Iroquois. j Tahkoopehahtawun kuya nahmindt | Ahni-
shenapa Nahkahuioohwenun | kabahnekahnootahpeahkiu | owh
Kahkewagwennaby. |
New- York: | Printed at the Conference Office, | by A. Hoyt. |
1827. |
Second title :
Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native Christians | of |
the Iroquois. | To which are added a few Hymns j in the | Chippe-
way tongue: | translated by Peter Jones. |
New York: | Printed at the Conference Office, | by A. Hoyt. |
1827. | S.
Pp. 1-45, 1-45, alternate Indian and English; pp. 46-54, English Hymns. In
dian title verso 1. 1., English title recto 1. 2.
Jones (P. ) Hymns for the nse of Native Christians of the Chippeway Nation ;
also, several Hymns for Sabbath Schools of Native Children, pp. 37-45, 37-45.
838 - - A Collection of Passages from the Holy Scriptures in Latin,
with their corresponding meanings in Mexican by an anonymous
author of the 17th Cent. *
39 11. 4. Not seen; title from Eamirez Sale Cat.
839 Collin (Rev. Nicholas). Philological view of some very Ancient
Words in several Languages. By the Eev. Nicholas Colliu, D. D.
In Am. Philos. Soc. Trans., vol. 4, pp. 47G-509. Philadelphia, 1799. 4.
840 Collins (Lieut. C. R.) Report on the Languages of the different
tribes of Indians inhabiting the Territory of Utah. By Lieut. C. 11.
Collins, Topographical Engineer.
In Simpson (J. H.) Report of explorations, pp. 415-474. Washington, 187(>. 4.
Tiie following vocabularies were collected by Capt. Simpson and placed in
Lieut. Collins' hands for examination: Ute, or Utah; Shoshonee, or Snake; Pi
Ute, and Washo ; also, a few sentences in Ute and the numerals, 1-10 in I-at.
841 Collins (Lieut. Frederick). Report of a Survey of the Proposed
Route for an Interoceanic Ship-canal by way of the Atrato,
Xapipi and Doguado Rivers, in the Canton of Choco, State of Cauda,
United States of Colombia, by the United States Expedition of
1S75, Lieutenant Frederick Collins, U. S. N., Commanding.
In Lull (E. P.) and Collins (F.) Reports of explorations, pp. 55-124. Wash
ington, 1879. 4.
"Vocabulary of the language of the Indians of the Canton of Choco, State of
Cauca, United States of Colombia, obtained by Lieut. Frederick Collins," pp.
118-121.
166 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS
842 Collinson (John). The Indians of the Mosquito Territory. By
John Collinson, C. E., F. R. G. S., F. A. S. L., etc., etc.
In Anth. Soc. London, Mem., vol. 3, pp. 148-156. London, 1870. 8.
Woolua vocabulary, pp. 155-156. Mosquito vocabulary, p. 156.
843 Collinson (Rev.) [Table of Belationships in the Masset dialect of
the Haida Indians.]
In Dawson (G. M.) Report on the Queen Charlotte Islands, p. 177. Montreal,
1880. 8.
844 Coloquios de la paz y tranquilidad Christiana. Interlocadores vn
Religioso y vn Colegial.
Colophon :
Yninamatlomix, Itla pan ytech colloquies qui osmi pani xi huisl y
herani paui metztl i deno bienbre Anos bien bre AEinos D. 1683 Ne-
huatl Lorenzo.
Manuscript of the seventeenth century, in the Nahuatl language, 132 11. 8, in
a very distinct hand. Andrade Sale Cat.
845 Come. Coine for Eternity urges you. 0.
2 pp. 12. Tract in the Chippewa language.
846 Come for Jesus loves Sinners. c.
2 pp. 12. Tract in the Chippewa language.
847 Cornelias (Rev. Padre Juan). Vocabulary of the Indians living
near Santa Cruz Mission, in Santa Cruz County, taken by Rev. Padre
Juan Cornelias, September, 1856.
In Taylor (A. S ) Indianology of California; in California Fanner, vol. 13, no.
8. San Francisco, Apr. 5, 1860.
Reprinted in Hist. Mag., first series, vol. 8, pp. 68-69. New York, 1864, sin.
4 ; and in Powell (J. W.) Cont. to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 535-549. Wash
ington, 1877. 4.
848 [Commuck (Thomas).] Sketch "of the Brothertown Indians.
In Wisconsin Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 4, pp. 291-298. Madison, 1859. 8.
Indian words [six] of the Narrngansett tribe, p. 297.
849 Compendio | del confessiouario | en | Mexicauo y Castellano | para |
quo los que ignoren el primero puedaii a los menos | en los casos de
necesidad administrar a los | iudigenas el Sacramento de la Peni
tencia. | Por | un Sacerdote del Obispado | de Puebla. |
[Puebla:] Impreuta antigna en el Portal de las Flores. ] 1840. | c.
Pp. 1-43. 8. The Fischer Sale Cat. gives [Madrid] as place of publication,
as does also Sabin's Dictionary. Lcclerc j;ives Puebla.
850 Complete. A Complete Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon ; to which
is added, Numerous Conversations, thereby enabliug any person to
speak the Chinook correctly. Third edition.
Portland, O..T. 1856.
24 pp. 24. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
COLL1NSON CONGEES. 167
Complete continued.
851 A Complete Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon. English-
Chinook and Chincok -English. To which is added numerous conver
sations, &c. Third Edition.
Portland, Oregon: S. J. McCorinick : 18G2. *
Title from Gibbs' Chinook Jargon Bibliography. For other editions see
Chinook; and Dictionary.
852 Comstock (Theodore B.) Geological Report. By Prof. Theo. B.
Comstock.
In Jones ( W. A. ) Report npon the reconnoissanco of Northwestern Wyoming,
pp. 85-291. Washington, 1875. 8.
Chapter XV of this report is entitled "Philological Notes on the Eastern
Shoshone Dialect." It includes a " Vocabulary of two hundred and twenty words
of the dialect of Washakie's Band of Eastern Shoshones (located on the Wind
River Reservation, Wyoming)." To this has been added for comparative purposes
a similar list of the Comauche and Chemehuevi, from Whipple (Pac. R. R.,
vol. 3, pt. 3). The vocabularies occupy pp. 282-280. These are followed by
"Some Remarks on the Shoshone Grammar," "Table of Shoshone Numerals'
[1-19] and twenty-live sentences in Shoshone, with English translation.
The first edition of Jones' report (Washington, 1873) contains only chapters
i-viii of Prof. Comstock's paper; these do not include the philologic chapter.
853 Confesionario en lengua Kahchi, en metodo breve. *
Manuscript, 10 11. 4. Written by a father of the Order of Santo Domingo, of
the pueblo of Taktic, in 1812. This work was given to me by a priest of Taktic,
a village in which the Pocomchi language is spoken and which is situated not far
from Cohan. He told me that it had been written by one of his predecessors, a
Dominican monk of Verapaz. On verso of the 7th leaf begins: Para administrar
el Sacramento del matrinionio, followed, on recto of 8th, by numerals in the
Cacchi language, and off verso of 8th, by: Modo de administrar el Sact 10 del
Viatico. Brasseur He Sonrbourg.
854 Confessionario. Coufessionario en el Idioma Tarasco, segun le ha-
blan el dia de oy los Naturales de esta Provincia de Michoacan, y
un vocabulario.
Manuscript of 1765. 28 pp. 12. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat.
855 Coufessionario en la lengua de San Miguel Chicah, dialecto
"de la lengua Quiche de Rabinal. *
Manuscript. 11 11. Title from Brasseur de Bonrbourg.
856 Confessionario (Fragmentos de un) en Lengua Othotni. *
Manuscript of the 19th century. 4. Not seen ; title from the Fischer Sale Cat.
857 Congres International des AmSricanistes. Congres | International |
des | Americauistes | Compte-Rendu | de la | Premiere Session |
Nancy 1875. | Tome Premier [-Second]. |
Nancy | G. Crepin-Leblond | Imprimenr | 14, Grand' Rue Ville-
Vieille | Paris | Maisonneuve et C le | Editeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire |
1875 | c.
2vols. 8.
Adam (L.) Esquisse d'une gratumaire * * Chippeways et * * Crees,
vol. 2, pp. 88-148.
168 . NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Congres International des Americanistes continued.
Bretton (M. le baron de). Origine des penples do 1'Ame'rique, vol. 1, pp. 438-
449.
Mallet ( J. ) Les Caraibes, vol. 1, pp. 394-438.
Petitot (Le B. P.) Les Esquimaux, vol. 1, pp. 329-339.
De"ne~ Dindjie"s, vol. 2, pp. 13-37.
Vinson (J.) La langne basque et les langues anKSricaines, vol. 2, pp. 46-80.
858 Congres | International | des | Americanistes | Compte-
Eeudu | de la | Seconde Session | Luxembourg 1877 | Tome Pre
mier | [Second] [Design inclosing : Luxembourg | 1877 | ]
Luxembourg | Victor Biick | Libraire | Hue du Cure\ | Paris |
Maisonueuve et C le | Editeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire | 1878 | SD.
2 vols. 8.
Adam (L.) Exanien grammatical compart de seize langues ame'ricaines, vol.
2, pp. 161-244.
Clark (H.) Les origines des langnes de I'AmeYiqne, dans 1'ancien Monde,
vol. l,,pp. 158-169.
Malte-Bnm (V. A.) Tableau de la distribution des langues an Mexique, vol.
2, pp. 10-44.
Pipart(J.) filaments phone'tiques dans les Ecritures figuratives des anciens
Mexioains, vol. 2, pp. 346-368.
Remas (R. P.) Prinoipes de la langue crise, vol. 2, pp. 244-253.
859 Connecticut Historical Society. Collections | of the | Connecticut
Historical Society. | Volume I [II]. |
Hartford: | Published for the Society. | I860 [-1870]. | HU. c.
2 vols. 8.
Trumbull (J. H.) Composition of Indian geographical names, vol. 2, pp. 1-50.
860 [Constitution. Constitution | and | Laws | of the | Cherokee Na
tion. | Published by authority of the national council. | [Seal of the
Cherokee Nation.] |
St. Louis: | E. & T. A. Ennis, stationers, printers and bookbind
ers, | 118 Olive street. | 1875.] | c. JWP.
Pp. 1-233, i-vi. 8. The above is the translation of the title which, us is also
(he work, is in Cherokee characters.
861 Constitution | of the | Cherokee Nation, | formed by a Con
vention of Delegates from the | Several Districts, at | New Echota,
July 1827. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | BA. AAS.
No imprint. 28 pp. parallel columns, English, and Cherokee, in Cherokee char
acters.
862 The | Constitution | and | Laws | of the | Choctaw Nation. |
Park Hill, Cherokee Nation : | John Candy, Printer. | 1840. | BA.
Pp. 1-34, 1 1., pp. 1-40. 16.
Appended:
ChahtaYakni | nan vlhpisanishkoboka, | micha | anumpa vlhpisa
aiena Jonathan Cogswell vt | Chahta anumpa atosholi tok. |
Park Hill, Cherokee Nation : | John Candy, Printer. | 1840. | BA.
Pp. 1-40. 16. In the Choctaw language.
S-J&CFJ,
H. Dtf T. A. Ki5, AJSf DhZWOitBy, J.bfVJ.aty, W JtiMfV IMDnOA
118 <6fS SWOIPT.
1S7&
860. KAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF CHEROKEE CONSTITUTION AND LAWS.
CONGR^S COOK.
863 Contreras (Fr. Pedro de). Manval | de Ad minis- | trar los Sane-
tos | Sacramentos a los Espa- | fioles, y naturak's 'desta nueiia
Espafia | conforms a la reforma de Paulo | V. Pont. Max. | Orde-
nado | porel Padre | Fray Pedro de Contre- | ras Gallardo, Predioa-
dor, y Guardian del Conueuto | de la Coucepciou de Nra Sefiora de
Theoacan, | hijo desta sancta Prouincia del sancto | Euangelio de
Mexico. |
fl Irnpresso con liceucia, y priuilegio. | En Mexico. | En la Iinprenta
de loan Euyz. Auo de | 1638. | JCB.
LI. 1-147, 3 11., unnumbered. 16. In the Mexican language.
An exceedingly rare work, of which ouly a very imperfect copy appeared in the
Abb<5 Fischer's Catalogue. A former edition, in Latin and Mexican, was published
in 1G'!7. Ramirez Sale'Cal.
804 Conversaciones, etc., in Lengua Mexicana ; and otber papers on the
same language. *
27 11. Not seen ; title from the Ramirefc Sale Cat.
865 [Cook (C. H.)] Parts of the | Holy Bible, | in the Pima Indian
Language, for the use | of Missionaries and Sunday Schools. |
Pima Agency, Arizona Territory. | Press and Type donated by
James G. Baldwin | of Middletown, Conn. | 1875. | JWP.
1 p. 1. pp., 1-21. 16.
The Lord's Prayer, p. 1 ; the Ten Commandments, pp. 2-3 ; the First and Great
Commandment, p. 4 ; the Parable of the Lost Sheep, of the Piece of Silver, and of
the Prodigal Son, pp. 4-8; the New Birth, the Great Love of God, Condemnation
for Unbelief, pp. 8-11; the Transfiguration of Christ, pp. 11-12; the Rulers con
spire agaiust Christ, pp. 13-20.
Translated by C. H. Cook, missionary, aided by Antonitto, Huau, and Huan
Emanol, scholars of the Pima day-school.
866 [Cook (Joseph Winfleld).] Form | for making Catechists | in the |
Missionary Jurisdiction | of | Niobrara. | Niobrara | Yewicasipi Ma-
koce Obaspe | kin en, | Catechist wicakagapi woecon kin. |
Yaukton Agency: | St. Paul's School Press. | 1878. | JWP.
Title, pp. 2-5 and 2-5, alternate English and Dakota. 16. In the Santee dia
lect of i he Dakota.
867 - - [Paul's Epistles to Timothy and Titus; in the Santee dialect
of the Dakotan language. By Eev. Joseph W. Cook.
Yauktou Agency, Dakota: 1878.] JWP.
No title-page. Pp. 1-26, printed on one side only. 8.
Prepared by Mr. Cook and sent to his fellow missionaries among the Dakotans
for correction. The work has not been published.
868 - - [An Analysis of the Bible ; in the Yank toil dialect of the Da
kotan language. By Rev. Joseph W. Cook.
Yankton Agency, Dakota: 1879.] JWP.
Pp. 1-48. 12.
Concerning the above fragment the author, in a letter to me, says that he had
"compiled the Analysis to the end of the Old Testament, but the printing wa* cut
short at the Book of Psalms on account of the burning of the mission printing
office." No title-page was composed, and but a few copies were printed.
170 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Cook (Joseph Wintield) coiitiiraed.
869 Okna Hayake Wakan Kicunpi kin en | wocekiye kin. | JWP.
No title-page. 1 p. 16.
Literal translation : In vestments sacred they put on the in | Prayers the. | t. e.
Prayers in the vestry. In the Yankton dialect of the Dakotan.
See Hinman (S. D.) and Cook (J. W.)
See Hinman (S. D.), Cook (J. W.), Hemans (D. W.), and Walker (L. C.)
870 - , Cleveland (William Joshua), and Selwyn (William T.), Editors,
Aupao. | The Day Break. | Published by the Niobrara Mission.
" Wankantanhan Anpao kin hiyounhipi." Price, Fifty Cents a
Tear. | Vol. I, No. 1. January, 1878. Address Anpao, Yanktou
Agency, Dakota. | JWP.
A four-page paper, issued weekly, three pages of which are in the Yankton dia
lect of the Dakotan, and one in English. It is still in course of publication; the
last number I have seen is that of Dec., 1881.
871 Cook (Captain Jam^s) and King (Captain James). A | Voyage | to
the | Pacific Ocean. | Undertaken, | by the Command of His Ma
jesty, | for making | Discoveries in the Northern Hemisphere. | Per
formed under the Direction of Captains Cook, Clerke, and Gore, | in
His Majesty's Ships the Resolution and Discovery ; in the Years 1770,
1777, 1778, 1779, and 1780. | In three volumes. | Vol. I and II writ
ten by Captain James Cook, F. R. S. | Vol. Ill by Captain James
King, LL. D. and F. R. S. | Published by Order of the Lords Com
missioners of the Admiralty. | Vol. I [-III]. |
London : | Printed for G. Nicol, Bookseller to His Majesty, in the |
Strand; and T. Cadell, in the Strand. | M.DCC. LXXXIV [1784]. | c.
3 vols, 4. atlas folio.
Anderson (A.) Nootka words and numerals, vol. 5i, pp. 335-336; Vocabulary
of Prince William's Laud, pp. 375-376; and Vocabulary of the Nootka, vol. 3, pp.
540-546.
Bryant (Mr.) Vocabularies of Oonalashka, Norton Sound, Greenland, and
Esquimaux, vol. 3, pp. 552-553.
I have seen in the library of Harvard University an edition of the same date,
differing in title-page from the above as follows:
872 A | Voyage | to the | Pacific Ocean. | Undertaken, | by the
Command of his Majesty, | for making | Discoveries in the North -
. ern Hemisphere. | To determine | the Position and Extent of the
ljHu<~r \y est gi ( i e ot - North America; | its distance from Asia; and the Prac
ticability of a | Northern Passage to Europe. | Performed under the
direction of | Captains Cook, Clerke, and Gore, | in his Majesty's
Ships the Resolution and Discovery. | In the Years 1776, 1777, 1778,
1 V(f f - 1779, and 1780. | In three volumes. | Vol. I and II written by Cap
tain James Cook, F. B. S. | Vol. Ill by Captain James King, LL. D.
and F. R. S. | Illustrated with maps and charts, from the Original
Drawings made by Lieut. Henry Roberts, | under the direction of
COOK. 171
Cook (Captain James) and King (Captain James) continued.
Captain Cook ; and with a great variety of Portraits of Persons,
Views | of Places, and Historical Representations of Remarkable
Incidents, drawn by Mr. | Webber during the Voyage, and engraved
by the most eminent Artists. | Published by Order of the Lords
Commissioners of the Admiralty. | Vol. I [-III]. |
London: | Printed by W. and A. Strahan: | for G. Nicol, Book
seller to His Majesty, in the Strand; | and T. Cadell, in the Strand: |
M DCC LXXXIV [1784]. | HTJ*
3 vols. 4, and atlas folio.
Linguistics as in edition above, vol. 2, pp. 335-336, 375-376; vol. 3, pp. 542-
548, 554-555.
Reprinted as follows :
873 A | Voyage | to the | Pacific Ocean. | Undertaken, | by
the Command of His Majesty, for | making | Discoveries in the
Northern Hemisphere. | To determine | the Position and Extent of
the West Side of North America; | its Distance from Asia; and the ,.
Practicability of a | Northern Passage to Europe. | Performed under 5*v 8. cJbo t*-^^.
the direction of | Captains Cook, Clerke, and Gore, | In his Majesty's ri
Ships the Resolution and Discovery. | In the Years 1776, 1777, 1778,
1779, and 1780. | In three volumes. | Vol. I and II written by Captain
James Cook, F. R. S. | Vol. Ill by Captain James King, LL. D. and
F. R. S. | Illustrated with Maps and Charts, from the Original Draw
ings made by Lieut. | Henry Roberts, under the Direction of Captain $0.
Cook. | Published by Order of the Lords Commissioners of the Ad
miralty. | Vol. I [II]. |
Dublin: Printed for H. Chamberlaine, W. Watson, Potts, [&c., 7
lines]. | M, DCC, LXXXIV [1784J. | c. BA.
3 vols. 8. maps.
Linguistics as in 4 edition, in vol 2, pp. 335-336, 375-376 ; vol. 3, pp. 542-548,
554-555.
Sabin's Dictionary says: 2d edition, London, 1785, 3 vols. 4, and ail us folio.
Mr. Marcus Baker has furnished ine with the following title from SokolofFs
Bibliography iu 3aniicKii, etc., Journal of the Russian Navy Department, vol. 8,
p. 411, St. Petersburg, 1850, 8, and translation of the same:
874 nyieuiecTBic HI ctsepnuli THxiii oueain., no noBi'.rMiim Kopam FeopriH III npe^RpiflToe,
,1.111 onpc,]t.icnia no.io/Kcnin :aii;uiiuvii BcperoBT> CtBepaoH AxcpiiKii. pascTOflRifl minii mi, Aain.
n B03MOH!iiociD ckBC|iiiiirn npovu'i icn, lii\arn El Ar.iaii rii'ir.'Fcjii oiirain,, 0041 na'KuWTBOMi
KamiraiioBi, KyK.i, RiepKa H I'opa. iia ri.iavi, lv>unuin n .(m-KOBcpii, BI, npojoiaieflie 1776,
77, 78, 79 n 1780 rojoBi. C> AHP.I. r. .lorrniii ro.ieiiameBi-KyTyMBi.
CanKTnerepOypn. 1805 n 1810. *
300, 209 pp. 4. 10 charts.
Translation. Voyage to the North Pacific Ocean, undertaken by direction of
King George III, to determine the situation of the western shores of North
America, their distances from Asia and the possibility of a northern passage from
the Pacific to the Atlantic ocean, under the direction of captains Cook, Clerke
anil Gore iu the ships Resolution and Discovery during the years 1776, 77, 78, 79
and 1780. (Translated) from the English by Mons. Loggiu Golenitshoft'-Kutuzoff.
St. Petersburg. 1805 and 1810.
172 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Cook (Captain James) and King (Captain James) continued.
875 A voyage to the Pacific Ocean, undertaken by the command
of His Majesty, for making discoveries in the Northern Hemisphere;
to determine the position and extent of the west side of North
America, its distance from Asia, and the practicability of a north
ern passage to Europe. Performed under the direction of Captains
Cook, Clerke, and Gore, in His Majesty's Ships the Resolution and
Discovery, in the years 1770, 1777, 1778, 1779, & 1780.
Iu Kerr (R.) A general history and collection of voyages anil travels, vol. 15,
pp. 114-514; vol. 16 and vol. 17, pp. 1-311. Ediuburg, 1811-16, 17 vols.
Linguistics, vol. 16, pp. 255-257, 285-286; vol 17, pp. 300-309, 310-311.
Extractsfrom this work are printed in Pinkertou, and Pelham, but they contain
no linguistics.
876 Cooper (Dr. J. G.) Vocabulary of the Gros Ventres and Blackfoot.
Manuscript. 6 pp. folio.
877 Vocabulary of the Siksikhoa, or Blackfoot.
Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. 180 words.
878 Vocabulary of the Tshihalish.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 180 words.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
879 Copeland (Reii. Charles C.) Come to Jesus. | Chisvs A Ho I in Ai
Vlah. | Chahta anumpa atoshowa hoke. | By Rev. C. C. Copeland, |
Missionary to the Choctaws, 18C8. |
Published by the | American Tract Society : | New York. | ABC.
Pp. 1-102. 16. In the Choctaw language.
8 Terms of Relationship of the Chocta and Chickasa, col
lected by the Rev. Charles C. Copeland, Missionary, Bennington,
Cboctaw Nation.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of consanguinity and affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4 C .
881 Copway (George). The | Life, History, and Travels, | of | Kah-ge-
ga-gah-bowh | (George Copway), | ayounglndianChu-foftheOjebwa
Nation, | a convert to the Christian Faith, and a Missionary | to his
people for twelve years ; | with a | Sketch of the Present State of the
Ojebwa Nation, | in regard to | Christianity and their future pros
pects. | Also an Appeal ; | with all the names of the chief's now liv
ing, who have | been christianized, and the missionaries now | labor
ing among them. | Written by himself. |
Albany : | Printed by Weed and Parsons. | 1847. | C.
4 p. 11., pp. i-vii, 5-224. 8.
Hymns in English and Ojebwa, p. 11. 3-4; Songs with translations, pp. 63, 77.
882 The | Life, History, and Travels | of | Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, |
(George Copway) | a young Indian Chief of the Ojebwa Nation, | a
convert to the Christian faith, and a Mis- | sionary to his people for
twelve years; | with a | Sketch of the Present State of the Ojebwa
Nation, | in regard to | Christianity and their future prospects. |
COOK C6RDOBA. 1 73
Copway (George) continued.
Also aii appeal; | with all the names of the chiefs now living, who
have | been christianized, and the missionaries now | laboring
among them. | Written by himself. | Second edition. |
Philadelphia : | James Harmstead, No. 40 N. Fourth St. | 1847. |
Pp. i-x, 11-158. 8. Songs, pp. 29, 43, 57. BA .
883 - The Life, Letters and Speeches of Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, or,
G. Copway, Chief Ojibway Nation.
New York : S. W. Benedict 1850. *
224 pp. 120.
884 Eecollections of a Forest life: or the Life and Travels of
Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, or George Copway, Chief of the Ojibway
Nation.
London: H. Lea, 1850. *
256pp. 12.+London, 1854. 256pp. 12. Two titles above from Sabin's Dic
tionary.
885 The Traditional History and Characteristic Sketches of
the Ojibway Nation. By G. Copway, or Ka-ge-ga-gah-bouh, Chief
of the Ojibway Nation.
London: C. Gilpin. 1850.
xii, 298 pp. 8. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Dictionary.
886 - -The | Traditionary History | and | Characteristic Sketches |
of the | Ojibway Nation. | By G. Copway, | or, Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh,
Chief of the Ojibway Nation. | Illustrated by Darly. |
Boston : | Benjamin B. Mussey & Co. | 29 Cornhill. | 1851. | HU. C.
Pp. 1-26G. 8.
Chapter x, their language and writings, pp. 122-136.
887 Hymn in Chippeway.
In Tupper (M. F.) A Hymn for all Nations in thirty languages, p. 48. Lon
don, 1851. 8.
See Hall (S.) and Copway (G.)
888 Corbusier (Dr. William H.) Vocabulary of the Apache-Mojave, or
Yavape; and of the Apache-Yuma, or Tulkepa.
Manuscript. 54pp. 4 C . In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. The ma
terial was collected at the Rio Verde Agency, Arizona, in the years 1873, 74, 75.
It is recorded in a copy of the Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, first
edition, and is enriched by many ethnologic notes.
889 [Cordoba (Fr. Juan).] Vocabulario de la Lengua Zapoteca, 6 Diccio-
nario Hispano-Zapoteco. *
Mexico, Ocharte, 1571.
4. The Dominicans, authors of the work, "Scriptores OrdinisPrajdicatonun,"
agree that the author of this vocabulario was Fr. Pedro Feria, Provincial of St.
Dominic of Mexico, confounding this book with the Confesouario Zapoteca, which
was really written by Feria. And D. Nicholas Antonio was near falling info the
same error, when speaking of the Confesonario of Father Feria, he called it Voca
bulario. lieristain.
174 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Cordoba (Fr. Juan) continued.
Concerning this work, Sr. Icazbalceta writes me as follows:
I have not seen this book, nor do I know whether any copy exists. Of the
authors who mention it, Beristaiu is the only one who gives the date ot the
edition and the name of the printer, Pedro Ocharte, 1571, in 4. It appears that
Beristaiu saw it; but, notwithstanding this, I believe the date to be an error, and
that it should be 1578.
Father Burgoa (Geogr. Descrip., fol. 255) declares that Father Cordoba fin
ished the Vocabulario after he was relieved of the office of Provim-.ial. This is
proved to have been on the 7th of October, 1570, and between this event and his
retirement to the Convent of Hamechahtiya, where he finished the work, there
would not have been time for all that Father C6rdoba accomplished, much less
for the printing of the work.
In the license given by the bishop of Oajaca for the printing of the Arte, dated
June 8th, 1578, it says of the Vocabulario, "That it is now printed in the said
language." The license also speaks of a Confesonario breve which does not appear.
890 Arte en Len | gva Zapoteca, com | puesto por el muy reu-
eremlo padre | Fray luan de Cordoua, de la | orden de los Pre-
dica- | dores desta nue | ua Espana. | [A large cross.]
En Mexico. | f En casa de Pedro Balli. | Afio de 1578. |
7 p. 11. 8. L. 7 is a print of Our Lady of the Rosary. The Arte follows in 125
11., with curious notices on the calendar, omens, superstitions, etc., of the Zapo-
tecas; 1 1. errata and 1 1. with the following:
A gloria y honra de Dios | uuestro Seflor, y de la gloriosa
virgen Saucta | Maria su bendita madre, seacabo de | Imprimer este
Arte Zapoteca, | a ocho dias del mes de Agosto. | En Mexico, en
casa de | Pedro Balli. Ano de 1578. | *
Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 99.
891 Corliss (Capt. A. W.) Vocabulary of the Lacotah, or Sioux, Brule
band.
Manuscript. 50 pp. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
"Notes made while at Spotted Tail's Agency of Brule' Sioux Indians on the
White River, in Dakota and Nebraska, in 1874. '' Copied from the original manu
script owned by Captain Corliss.
892 Coronel (Fr. loan). Doctrina | Christiana, en Len- | guadeMaya. |
Kecopilada, y eumendada por el P. F. loan | Coronel, de la Orden
de K. S. P. 8. Francisco, Guardian del | Conuento de Ti Kax, inuy
vtil para los Indies. | Dirigida al Illv8t mo . S. Don | Fray Goncalo de
Salazar, del Consejo | de su Magestad, Obispo dc Yucathan.
En la Empren a de Diego Garrido. | Por Cornelio Cesar.
[Mexico.] M.DC.XX [1020]. | *
8. Roman letter. Title, reverse blank. Between the title and the imprint
is the design I H S ; at the left and reading from below upward is: Con Licencia;
and at the right, from above downward, is: De los Svperiores. 2211. not num
bered, and one appears to be missing, since, on the title-page, the signature a i i j
follows. These 22 11. contain the Doctrina and the Exposiciou. 4 11. follow with
the "Tabla de los discur- | discnrsos [sic] y materias qne so contie- | nen en este
libro, acerca de los Articulos de la Fe." Dedicatoria, 3 11. unnumbered. It sets
forth that by command of the bishop the following has been clearly transcribed
for printing: "Unas platicas espirituales, con la exposicion del Pater noster y de
CORDOBA-- CORTES. 175
Coronel (Fr. loan) continued.
los articulos do la fo. La Doctrina cristiana con su declaracion; nnos ejemplos
do hi Sagrada Escritura, y sobre los siete sacramentos, con un Confesionario breve
y Artc"; tbat he had preached 27 years in that territory, and had taught the
language to the priests. Dated at Merida, January 16th, 1620.
3 11., not numbered. Commission of the bishop for the examination of the
said wi kings, 17th of January, 1620. Approval of Fr. Francisco Torralva, 25th
of January, 1620. Approval of the clergyman loan Gomez Pacheco, 27th of Jan
uary, 1620. License of the bishop, 29th of February, 1620. License of the order,
9th of March, 16:20. Preface, which says that he availed himself of the works of
the ancient fathers.
Maya text, 11. 1-240 (from 72 there is a break till 83, and from 93 it returns
to 81). Contains: Spiritual Discourses and predicables; Exposition of the Pater
Noster; Examples from the Holy Scriptures; Discourse on the Seven Sacraments;
Discourse for the baptized; Discourse for after marriage; Devotions, etc., for
confession and communion; Short Confesonario, Spanish and Maya; The names
of kindred among the Indians; End; Laus Deo.
Title, notes, &c., communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta, who was furnished them
by M. A. L. Pinart.
Beristaiu gives this title in brief, and adds:
Fr. Juan de S. Antonio, in his Biblioteca Franciscana, asserts that in the library
of the College of S. Buenaventura of Seville, Letter M, number 165, there exists,
in manuscript, a Doctrina Christiana in the language of Yucatan, by our Coronel,
more diffuse than the printed copy.
Fray Juan Coronel, Franciscan, graduated at the University of Alcala in Spain,
went to Yucatan in the year 1590, where he learned and publicly taught the lan
guage of the Indians. He was one of the disciples of the Chronicler Cogolludo.
He was guardian of the Recollect Convent of Mejorada, and died in one of the
Convents of Merida, in the year 1651, aged 82 years.
893 Arte para aprender la lengua Maya. *
Printed in Mexico, according to Cogolludo.
894 Discursos predicates y tratados espirituales en lengua Maya.
Mexico, 1G20. '
Printed by Garredo at the expense of Pedro Gutierrez. Beristain.
895 Catecismo do doctrina cristiana, en lengua Maya.
896 Confesiouario 6 instrucciones para los nuevos ministros, en
lenguu Maya.
The two foregoing titles from Carillo, who says they were printed in Mexico.
897 Corral (D. Felipe Ruiz). Arte y Vocabulario para uso de los Curas
de Guatemala.
According to Beristain this work is preserved in the archives of the Church in
Guatemala. According to other authorities, Corral wrote a work, Arte y Vo
cabulario de la Lengua de Guatemala, which was printed. Whether the same
as that mentioned above, is unknown. Squier.
898 Cortes (Ileruan). Historia | de Nueva-Espana. | Bscrita por su
esclarecido conquistador | Hernan Cortes, | aumentada | con otros
documcntos, y uotas, | por el illustrisshno Sefior | Don Francisco
Antonio | Lorenzana, | Arzobispo de Mexico. | [One line quota
tion.] | [Design.] | Con las licencias necesarias. |
176 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Cortes (Hernan) continued.
En Mexico en la Imprenta del Superior Gobierno, del Br. D. Joseph -L.'
Antonio de Hogal | en la Calle de Tiburcio. | Anno de 1770. | BA.
Frontispiece engraved by Navarro; preface 9 11. Viage de Hernan Cortes,
xvi pp. Map of New Spain, drawn by J. A. de Alzate y Ramirez, Mexico, 17(i9;
plan of tile grand temple of Mexico ; picture representing the ancient Mexican
calendar. Text 400 pages, index 9 11. folio. The map of California, which is
found between pages 3i8 and 329, was drawn in Mexico, in 1541, by the pilot
Domingo del Castillo.
"An extremely important work, containing valuable documents on the history
of the conquest of Mexico. It suffices to say that the three celebrated letters
(the second, third, and fourth) of Feruand Cortes are reproduced in this volume
in order that one may judge of its historical value, which the notes of the learned
Archbishop of Mexico further enhance. Between pages 176 and 177, under the
title "Cordillera de los pueblos que antes de la conquista pagabau tribute a el
Emperador Mucteznma, y en que especie y cautidad," are 31 pp. (numbered 32)
giving the fac-simile of a Mexican book in hieroglyphic characters, with the
transcript- in Latin letters, and Spanish translation.
"This important document makes part of the celebrated collection of Boturini.
As the title indicates, it contains the list of the different cities which, before the
conquest, paid tribute to the Emperor Montezuma." Leclerc.
Imperfectly reprinted as follows :
899 Historia de Mejico, escrita por su esclarecido conquistador
Hernan Cortes : aumentada con otros documeutos y notas, por D.
Francisco Antonio Loreuzana, Antiguo Arzobispo de Mejico. Revi-
'.}, sada y adaptada a la ortografia moderna, por D. Manuel del Mar.
Nueva York: Sres. White, Gallagher y White. 1828. *
Pp. 110, 614. large 8. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
900 Cortes y Zedeno (Geronyino Thomas de Aquino). Arte, | Vocabu-
lario, | y Confessionario | en el | Idioma Mexicano, | como se usa en
el Obispado de Guadalaxara. | Compuestos | porelBr. D. Geronymo
Thomas de Aquino, | Cortes, y Zedeiio, Clerigo Presbytero, y Domi-
ciliario de el Obis- | pado de Guadalaxara, Descendiente de los Con-
quistadores de la | Kueva Espalia, Cathedratico Interino, que fue
del Real, y Ponti- | flcio Colegio dc Sr. S. Joseph de la misina Ciudad
de Guadalaxara, | y actual Substitute de dicha Cathedra, y Exami-
nador Synodal de | dicho Idioma en el mismo Obispado. | Quien
afectuoso los dedica | al Sefior Mayorazgo | D. Buenaventura Guada-
lupe | Villa-Senor, Ortega, Solorzano, | y Arriola, de la Ilustre Casa
de Aragon, y Descendiente de los | Conquistadores de Jaen, y
Murcia, | a cuyas expensas se imprime. |
Con las licencias necessarias : | En la Imprenta del Colegio Real
de San Ignacio de la Puebla de los Angeles. | Afio de 1765. |
7 p. 11., pp. 1-184 (numbered incorrectly 984), 1 1. index. 4. Not seen; title
from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 23.
901 Cornna y Colludo (Antonio de). Zoque the language spoken at
Santa Maria de Chimalapa, and at San Miguel and Tierra Blanca, in
CORTES COTHREN. 177
Coruna y Culludo (Antonio de) continued.
the State of Chiapas, Mexico. By An ton 'o de Coruna y Colludo.
(Translated from the author's manuscript by J. A. Daeno.)
In St. Louis Academy of Science Trans., vol. 4, pt. 1, pp. 36-42. St. Louis
1880. 8 C .
Pat?r Noster in Zoque, p. 37 ; Vocabulary, pp. 37-39 ; A brief essay on the
southern Mexican and Central American languages, pp. 39-42.
902 [Costanso (Miguel).] Diario Historico delos Viages de mar y tierra
hechos al norte de California, de orden del Virrey de Nueva Espana
Marques De Croix y por direccion de D. Jose Galvaz. Executados
por la tropa destinada a dicho objeto al mando de Gaspar de Por-
tola, y por los Paquebotes S. Carlos y S. Antonio de orden del
Exc. Sr. Virrey.
Mexico : En la imprenta del Gobierno. 1776. *
56 pp. folio. Signed D. Miguel Costanso. Printed for private distribution.
Sabin's Dictionary.
I have seen vocabularies, printed in various works, taken from the above, one
of which, the Santa Barbara, from a manuscript by Geo. Gibbs, is in Powell
(J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vo'. 3, pp. 560-565. Washington, 1877.
4. There are also a few San Antonio words in Mithridates, vol. 3, pp. 201, 202,
205, taken from the above work.
903 An Historical Journal of the Expeditions by Sea and Land
to the North of California: in 1768, 1769, and 1770; when Spanish
Establishments were first made at San Diego and Monte Rey. From
a Spanish MS., translated by William Kevely, Esq. Published by
A. Dairy mple.
London: George Bigg. 1790.
76 pp. 4. 2 maps. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Dictionary, which says it is
probably a translation of Diario Historico.
904 Cotheal (Alexander I.) A Grammatical Sketch of the Language
spoken by the Indians of the Mosquito Shore. By Alexander I. Cotheal.
In Am. Bth. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, pp. 235-264. New York, 1848. 8.
Grammar of the Mosquito Indians, pp. 237-256; Lord's Prayer and Introduction
to the Ten Commandments, with interlinear translation, p. 257 ; Vocabulary, pp.
257-264.
Probably issued separately ; see next title.
905 A Grammatical Sketch of the Language spoken by the In
dians of the Mosquito Shore. *
N. p.,n. d. 8. Not seen ; title from Sabiu's Dictionary.
906 Cothren (William). History | of | Ancient Woodbury, | Connecti
cut, | from | the First Indian Deed in 1659 to 1854, | including the |
Present Towns of Washington, Southbury, Bethlem, Eoxbury, | and
a part of Oxford and Middlebury. | By William Cothren. | Volume
I [-HI]. | [Quotation, 8 lines.] | Waterbury, Conn.: | Published by
Bronson Brothers. | 1854 [-1879]. | A. c. T. w.
3 vols. 8.
List of principal Pootatucks, vol. 1, pp. 94-96; Names of places and significa
tions, vol. 2, pp. 877.
12 Bib
178 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
907 Goto (Pe. F. Thomas). Vocabulario | De la Leugua cakehiquel, v,
Guatimalteca | .Nueuameute hecho y recopilado con suinmo estu-
dio | trauajo y erudiciou por el P. e P. Thomas Goto, Pre | dicador y
Padre de esta Prouj. 8 de el S. S. mo Nobre | de Jesus de Guatimala.
En que se contieuen | todos los inodos y frases elegantes conqne
los | Naturales la hablan y d. q. se puedeii valer | los Ministros estu-
diossos para su mejor | educacion y ensenanza. *
Manuscript, 476 11. folio, iu the library of the American Philosophical Society,
Philadelphia.
Title taken from Dr. D. G. Brinton's article in the American Journal Science
and Arts, v. 7, pp. 2^2-230, where he describes it as follows:
This dictionary is a splendid testimonial to the zeal and scholarship of the
Franciscan missionaries. The pages are large, with double columns, 37 lines to
a page, written quite distinctly, though here and there the ink has faded so that
it is difficult to read. The first 15 pages are handsomely written in imitation of
printed letters. The characters of Parra are adopted for the five peculiar sounds.
Unfortunately, the copy is incomplete, ending with the word vendible. As it is
exclusively Spanish and Cakchiquel, it complements the Cakchiquel and Spanish
Calepino of Varea.
It should be observed that the letter C is wrongly bound so that the latter part
of it comes first, and several other letters do not seem to have been finished.
This copy appears to date from early iu the last century, and is unique so far as I
know. Coto was a native of Guatemala and lived in the latter part of the 17th
century. Mr. Squier gives under his name only one title "Thesaurus Verborum;
6 Frases y Elegancias de la Lengua de Guatemala;" which, probably, is the same
work as the above. It is peculiarly valuable, not only for the linguistic material
it contains, but for the light it throws on numerous customs of the natives, on the
botany and zoology of the country, and for its quotations of manuscript works iu
Cakchiquel. Coto's principal authorities are Father Francisco Maldonado's ser
mons in that tongue, those of Father Antonio Saz (de san Joachim, de la visita-
cion, de la asuneiou, de la concepcion, manual en la lengua, and others, none of
them mentioned by Mr. Squier or Pimentel), Father Domingo Vico, bishop of
Chiapas, and the " calepino " of Varea.
908 Thesaurus Verborum: 6 Frases y elegancias de la Lengua
de Guatemala. *
Manuscript in the library of the principal convent. Beristain.
909 Cotton (Josiah). Vocabulary of the Massachusetts (or Natick)
Indian Language. By Josiah Cotton. [Edited by John Pickering.]
In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., third series, vol. 2, pp. 147-257. Cambridge,
1830. 8.
" Advertisement " (which includes " Notice of the Manuscript ; with remarks on
the Author's Orthography and the Pronunciation of the Language", signed J. P.),
pp. 147-149; Vocabulary, 155-243; Appendix, 244-257.
The words of the vocabulary are grouped or classified, having such headings
as "Of Arts," "Of Beasts," "Of Rational Creatures," &c.; "Adjectives,'
"Verbs," "Imperative Mood," "Participles," "The Creed," "A talk between
two," "Adverbs," "Pronouns," "Sentences," and "A Dialogue"; it also contains
a letter, the Natick version being signed Jno. Nemumiu.
The Appendix contains "Examples from the Indian Primer" (Eliot's), words
of from one to fifteen syllables; two versions of the Lord's Prayer from Eliot's
Bible, and two from the Indian Primer; the Ten Commandments, from the
Primer; "A Sermon preached by Josiah Cotton to the Massachusetts Indians in
GOTO COUET DE GEBELIN. 17i)
Cotton (Josiah) continued.
1710" ; and " Extracts from a Sermon in English and Indian, the English part be
ing in the band- writing of Josiah Cotton, and the Indian in that of his father,
John Cotton."
The above vocabulary though written, according to the statement of the edi
tor, in 1707-'8, was printed here for the first time. It was issued also separately,
with title-page as follows:
910 Vocabulary | of the | Massachusetts ( or Natick ) | Indian
Language. | By Josiah Cotton. |
Cambridge: | Printed by B. W. Metcalf and Company. | 1829. | c.
Pp. 1-112. 8. Contents as above. Some copies with same title are paged 147-
257.
911 Coulter (Dr. John). [Vocabularies of California Indians.]
In Scouler (J.) Observations of the Indian Tribes of the N. W. Coast; in
Royal Geog. Soc. Jonr., vol. ii, pp. 215-251.
Vocabularies of the Pima; San Diego; San Juan Capistrauo; San Gabriel;
San Luis Obispo; San Antonio.
912 Court de Gebelin (Antoine de). Monde Primitif, | analyse" et com
pare" | avec le Monde Moderne, | considere | dans son genie allego-
riqne | et dans les allegories | auxquelles conduisit ce genie ; | pre
cede | du plan general | des diverses parties qui composeront | ce
monde primitif: | Avec des Figures en Taille-douce. | Par M. Court
de Gebelin, | De la Societe Econom. de Berne, des Academies Ro-
yales de la Rochelle | & de Dijon, de la Societe" Libre d'fimulation de
France. | Nonvelle Edition. |
A Paris, | Chez L'Auteur, rue Poupe"e, Maison de M. Boucher,
Secretaire du Roi. | Boudet, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue Saint Jac
ques. | Valleyre 1'aine, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue de la vieille Bou-
clerie. | Veuve Duchesne, Libraire, rue Saint Jacques. | Saugrain,
Libraire, quai des Augustins. | Ruault, Libraire, rue de la Harpe. |
M.DCC.LXXVI1 [-M. DCC.LXXXIl] [1777-1782]. | Avec Appro
bation et privilege du Roi. |
9 vols. 8.
The above is the title of vol. 1, Monde Primitif. Each of the 9 vols. has its own
title, that of vol. 8, the only one containing North American linguistics, being as
follows:
913 Monde Primitif, | analyse et compare | avec le Monde
Moderne, | considere | Dans divers Objects concernant 1'Histoire, le
Blason, les Mon- | noies, les Jeux, les Voyages des Pheuicieus autour
du | Monde, les Langues Ame"ricaines, &c. | ou | Dissertations Me-
le"es. | Tome Premier, | 1'emplies de Decouvertes interessantes ; |
Avec une Carte, des Planches, & un Monument d'Ame>ique. | Par
M. Court de Gebelin, | de diverses Academies, Ceuseur Royal. |
[Design.]
A Paris, | Chez L'Auteur, rue Poupde, Maison de M. Boucher,
Secretaire du Roi. | Valeyre Paine, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue de
180 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Court de Gebelin (Autoine de) continued.
la vieille Bouclerie. | Sorin, Libraire, rue Saint Jacques. |
M. DCC. LXXXI [1781]. | Avec approbation et privilege du
Koi. | c.
Essai surles rapports des mots, eutre leslangues du Nouveau Moude et celles de
l'Aneien,pp. 489-560, contains:
Langue des Esquimaux et des Groenlandois (with vocabulary), pp. 493-498.
Langue du Canada (including vocabularies from Vincent, Lafitau, Sagard,
and Lahontau), pp. 499-504.
Langues des Caraibes & de Galibis (with vocabularies), pp. 504-514.
Laugue des Abenaquis, pp. 514-515.
Langue des Virginiens, pp. 515-520.
Laugue des Chipeway et des Naudowessies, pp. 520-523.
Langue de Ppnsylvanie, p. 523.
Langue Mexicaine, pp. 523-525.
Langue de Californie, pp. 553-555.
Sabin's Dictionary gives first edition: Paris, Boudet, 1775, 9 vols. 4.
914 Cox (Ross). Adventures | on the | Columbia Eiver, | including |
the Narrative of a Residence | of Six Years on the Western side of j
the Rocky Mountains, | among | Various Tribes of Indians | hitherto
unknown : | together with | a Journey across the American Conti
nent. | By Ross Cox. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |
London: | Ilenry Colburu and Richard Bentley, | New Burling
ton Street. | 1831. | BA.
a vols. 8.
Numerals, 1-"0, and a few words and phrases of the "natives who reside about
the mouth of the Columbia," vol. 2, p. 134.
Sabin's Dictionary gives second edition : London, 1832.
915 - Adventures | on the | Columbia River, | including | the Nar
rative of a Residence | of Six Years on the Western Side of | the
Rocky Mountains, | among | Various Tribes of Indians | hitherto
unknown: | together with | a Journey Across the American Couti-
tent. | By Ross Cox. [
New York: | Printed and published by J. & J. Harper, 82 Cliff,
Street. | And sold by the Principal Booksellers throughout the
United States. | 1832. \ HU. c.
Pp. i-xv, 25-:!35. 8.
Numerals (1-20) and a few words and phrases of "the natives who live about
i he mouth of the Columbia," pp. 225-226.
910 Coxe (William). Account | of the Russian Discoveries | between |
Asia and America. | To which are added | The Conquest of Siberia, |
and | the History of the Transactions and | Commerce between
Russia and China. By William Coxe, A. M., Fi-llow of King's College-
Caiiibridge, and Chaplain to his Grace the | Dukeot'Marlborough. |
London, | Printed by J. Nichols, | for T. Caddell, in the Strand, j
M DCC L XXX [1780]. BA.
Pp. i-xxiii, 1-344, and index, 13 pp. unnumbered. 4 C . maps.
COURT DE GEBELIN CRANZ. 181
Coxe (William) continued.
Specimen of the Aleutian Language (12 words, and numerals 1-10), appendix,
p. 303.
I have seen in tbe Boston Atlieineum an edition of this work with title-page
similar in all respects to the above, with the addition of: The second edition,
revised and enlarged.
917 Account | of the | Russian Discoveries | between | Asia and
America. | To which are added, | the Conquest of Siberia, | and |
The History of the Transactions | and Commerce between Russia
and China. | By William Coxe, A. M. F. R. S. | Oue of the Senior
Fellows of King's College, Cambridge; | Member of the Imperial
(Economical Society at St. Peters- | burg, of the Royal Academy of
Sciences at Copenhagen ; and | Chaplain to his Grace the Duke of
Maryborough. | The third edition, revised and corrected. |
London, | Printed by J. Nichols, | for T. Cadell, in the Strand |
MDCCLXXXVII [1787J. C. /3,
1 p. ]., xxviii, 454 pp., 1 1. 8. maps.
"Specimen of the Aleutian Language" (12 words, numerals 1-10), appendix,
p. 386.
I have seen the following editions which contain no linguistics. Nenchatel,
1781. 8. Frankfurt nnd Leipzig, 1783. 8. London, 1803. 8, and 4. London,
1804. 8.
918 Craig (R. O.) Vocabulary of the Skaget and of the Snohomish.
Manuscript. 4 11. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
919 [Crane (Eer. J. C.)] [Spelling Book in the Tuscarora Dialect ; by
the Rev. Mr. Crane, Missionary to the Tuscarora Tribe.] AAS.
No title-page. 15 pp. 18.
This little work is really a vocabulary, pp. 3-15 being occupied with Tuscarora
words arranged alphabetically, with English signification. On pp. 14-15 is the
Lord's Prayer in Tuscarora and English.
"He [Mr. Crane] accordingly prepared, and has had printed, 500 copies of
Brown's Catechism, and 400 copies of a Spelling Book, both in the Tuscarora lan
guage, of which he has sent copies to the Board for their inspection. Nothing
before this was ever published in their language." Report of the New York Mis
sionary Society April, 1820, pp. 43-44.
920 Cranz (David). David Cranz | Historic | von | Gronland | enthal-
teud | Die Beschreibuug des Landes und der | Einwohner &c. | ins-
besondere | die | Geschichte | der dortigeu | Mission | der | Evau-
gelischen | B ruder | zu | Neu-Herruhut | uud | Lichtenfels. | Mit
acht Kupfertafeln und eiuein Register. |
Barby bey Heinrich Detlef Ebers, uud in Leipzig | in Commission
bey Weidmanns Erbeu und Reich. | 1765. | c.
17 p. 11., pp. 1-1132, 13 11. 12. maps.
VI. Abschnitt. Von den Wisseuschaften der Gronliinder, pp. 277-304, contains
remarks on the gramiuatic construction of the language of Greenland, with exam
ples, and the Creed.
A Greenland song, pp. 939-972; Letters written by the Natives, pp. 1090-1100.
921 - - The | History | of | Greenland | containing | a Descrip
tion | of | the Country, | and | its Inhabitants: | and particularly, |
182 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Cranz (David) continued.
A Relation of the Mission, carried on for above | these Thirty Years
by the Unitas Fratrum, | at | New Herruhuth and Lichtenfels, in
that Country | by David Crantz. | Translated from the High-Dutch,
and illustrated with | Maps and other Copper-plates. | In two Vol
umes | Vol. I [II]. |
London, | Printed for the Brethren's Society for the Furtherance
of the | Gospel among the Heathen: | And sold by J. Dodsley, in
Pall Mall ; T. Becket and | P. A. de Houdt; and T. Cadell, Successor
to | A. Millar, in the Strand; W. Saudby, hi | Fleet-street; S. Bla-
don, in Pater-noster-row ; | B. and C. Dilley, in the Poultry ; and at |
all the Brethren's Chapels. | MDCCLXV1I [1767]. JOB.
2vols. 8.
Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 217-229; vol. 2, pp. 350-352, and 446-451.
922 Historic | van | Greenland | Behel/ende | Eene nauwkeu-
rige Beschrijvinge | van | 's Lands Jigging, gesteldheid, en natuur-
lijkeZeldzaamheden; | Den Aart, Zeden en Gewoouteu | Der Inwoo-
neren aan de West-Zijde bij de | Straate Davis; | 's Lands aloude en
nieuwe Geschiedenisse ; | en in't bijzonder | de Verrichtingen der
Mission arissen | van de | Broeder-Kerk, | door welken | Twee Ge-
meenten van bekeerde Heidenen aldaar gesticht zijn. | Alles in eigen
Perzoon onderzocht en opgesteld | door | David Cranz. | Met Plaa-
ten versierd, in III Deelen | uit het Hoogduitsch vertaald. |
Te Haarleem bij C. H. Bohn Amsterdam bij H. de Wit Boek-
verkoopers. | 1767. | JCB.
Svols. 8-\
Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 243-256; vol. 3, pp. 23G-238, 352-357.
923 Historia | om | Gr6nland, | deruti | Landet och desz Inbyg
gare &c. | I synnerhet | Evangeliska Brodra Forsatulingens j der
warands | Mission, | och Desz Fomittninger | I | Ny-Herruhut och
Lichtenfels, | beskrifwas ; | Af | David Crantz | pa Tyska forfatted,
Men | lor desz nuirkwardiga Innehall pii Swensta ofwersatt, | och |
med fullst iindigt Register forstedd. | Forra Delen, | Om | Landet,
Inbyggarne och Missionerue, intil Ar 1740. |
Stockholm, | Tryckd och uplagd af Johan Georg Lange, | Ar
1769. |
Vol 2. has a different title, as follows:
924 - - Gronlandsta | Historiens | Sednare Del, | Om | Br6dra-
Forsainlingens | Missioner | Ifran 1740 arsb&rjan til 1762 | arsslut. |
[Quotation, 2 lines.]
Stockholm. | Tryckt och uplagd af Johan Georg Lange, | Ar
1769. | JBC.
2 vols. : vol. 1, 1 p. 1., pp. 1-526; vol. 2, pp. 529-1216. 12.
Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 279-294; vol. 2, pp. 1011-1013,1142-1147.
925 The | History of Greenland: | including | an Account of the
Mission | carried on by the | United Brethren | in that Country. |
CRANZ CRONISE. 183
Cranz (David) continued.
From the German of David Crantz. | With | a Continuation to the
present time; | Illustrative Notes; | and an Appendix, containing a
Sketch of the Mission | of the Brethren in Labrador. | [19 lines quo
tation.] | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |
London : | Printed for Longman, Hurst, Bees, Orme, and Brown, |
Paternoster- Eow. | 1820. | c. BA. JOB.
2vols. 8.
Sketch of the Greenland Language, vol. 1, pp. 201-209; Creed, &o., pp 345-
346; Letters by Natives, vol. 2, pp. 225-239, 320; remarks on the language of
Labrador, pp. 293-294.
Reprinted, according to Ludewig, p. 72, in : Bibliothek der neuesten Reisebe-
schrcibuugeu, vol. xx. Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1779-1797, 21 vols. 8.
I have seen the following editions of this work which contain no linguistics:
Barby, 1770, 12; Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1779, 8; NUrnberg nnd Leipzig,
1782, 12.
926 Cremony (John C.) Life | among the Apaches: | By | John 0. Cre-
mouy, | Interpreter [&c., four lines]. |
San Francisco: | A. Koman & Company, Publishers. | New York:
27 Howard Street. | 1868. | JWP. /3 ,
Pp. 1-322. 12 C .
Numerals, 1-1000, in Apache, pp. 238-239 ; a few Apache words and sentences,
pp. 239-243.
927 Vocabulary of the Mescalero Apaches.
Manuscript. G 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Obtained
by Captain Cremony at Fort Sumuer, Bosque Redondo, on the Pecos River, N.
Mex., in 1863.
928 Vocabulary and Grammar of the Mescalero Apache lan
guage. *
Manuscript. Mentioned in Bancroft's Native Races, vol. 3, p. 596, where some
examples of it are given. He says it is " the only Apache grammar known to ex- t
1st." He also refers to an article by Cremony in the Overland Monthly, Sept.,
1868, pp. 306-307.
929 Cr6ve Coeur (St. John de). The Nantucket Indians described by St.
John Cre"ve Coeuf.
In Mag. of Am. Hist., vol. 2, pp. 360-363. New York, 1878. 8.
930 Cronise (Titus Fey). The | Natural Wealth | of | California | com
prising | Early History; Geography, Topography, and .Scenery;
Climate; Agriculture aud Commercial | Products; Geology, Zoology,
and Botany; Mineralogy, Mines, and Mining Pro- | cesses; Manu
factures; Steamship Lines, Railroads, and Commerce; | Immigra
tion, Population and Society; Educational In- | stitutious and Litera
ture; together with | a Detailed Description of each County; | its to
pography, scenery, cities and towns, Agricultural | advantages, min
eral resources, and | varied productions. | By | Titus Fey Crouise. |
San Francisco: | H. H. Bancroft & Company. | New York: 113
William Street. | 1868. | A. B. YO.
xvi, 696 pp. 8.
Comparative vocabulary of 17 Indian, Chinese and English words, p. 32.
184 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
931 Crook (Lieut. George). [Vocabularies of the Tribes of California.]
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3. Washington,
1877. 4.
Vocabulary of the Arra-arra, pp. 447-459 ; Alik wa, pp. 461-471 ; Shasta, pp. (i07-(il3.
932 Vocabulary of the Hoopah of the Lower Trinity Kiver, Cal
ifornia.
Manuscript. 211. 4. 180 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
933 Vocabulary of the Tahluwah.
Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 180 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
See 'Williamson (Lieut. R. S.) and Crook (Lieut. George).
934 Cruz (Fr. Juan). Catecismo de la Doctrina cristiana en lengua
Huaxteca. *
Printed in Mexico in 1571; reprinted in 1689. 4.Beriitaiti. See No. 1050 of
this catalogue.
935 Catecismo en leiigua Maya por Fr. Juan Cruz.
Mexico, 1571-1039.
Title from Pimentel. Possibly an error, and intended for above.
93G Cuartos (Fr. Julian de). Arte Compeudiado de la leugua Maya. *
It is not knowu whether the Arto by P. Cuartos was printed. Neither Pimen-
tel nor Squier cites this author. Carlllo.
937 Cueba (Fr. Pedro de la). Parabolas y exemplos sacados de los cos-
tumbres del Campo, obra escrita en lengua Zapoteca para el eou-
suelo e instruccion de los naturales de la misma lengua por el K. P. M.
Fray Pedro de la Cueba, de la orden de Predicadores. *
Original manuscript of 123 leaves, 4, containing the names of different degrees
of relationships in Zapoteque. Lower down, after an illegible word, the name of
the aui hor, Pedro de la Cueba^ with paragraph, It-af 3 : " De lo que causa el agua-
cero llovedifo sobre la tierra." Title followed by a blank. Two blank leaves
wanting in the order of numeration. On the leaf preceding the commencement
of the work, I have written a title in Spanish according to the data furnished by
the table of subjects, as well as the history of the author according to Burgou.
At the end, table. 16 11. The entire manuscript is in the same handwriting asthe
signature.
Beside the numerous manuscripts existing, lately in the library of his monas
tery, we have from him the following:
938 Arte de la Gramatica de la leugua Zapoteca, confonne a la
Grarnatica Latiua que escribio Antonio Nebrija.
Mexico, 1607.
8. Title from Brasseur de Bonrbourg.
Pimeutel gives this the date of 1667.
939 Cuellar (Fr. Lope). MuchosSermonesDoctrinaleseuLenguaMiste'ca.
Manuscript. Title from Beristain. *
940 Culbertson (Thaddeus A.) Journal of an Expedition to the Mau.
vaises Terres and the Upper Missouri in 1850: By Thaddeus A-
Culbertson.
InSmiths'nlnst. Ann. Rep. for the year 1850, pp. 84-145. Washington, 1851. 8.
A Tubular View of the Sioux Nation on the Upper Missouri, A. D. 1850 (giving
tribal names with English signification), pp. 141-142.
Tabular View of several Indian Nations on the Upper Missouri, A. D. 1850, pp.
143-144.
CROOK CUOQ. 185
941 Cull (Richard). A Description of Three Esquimaux from Kinnook-
sook, Hogarth Sound, Cumberland Strait. By Richard Cull.
In Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 4, 1856, pp. 215-225. London, n. il. 8.
Numerals 1-30 of the Esquimaux of Labrador, and of Cumberland Strait (from
Sutherland), 221.
942 Cullen (Dr. Edward). Isthmus of Darien Ship Caual; with a full
History of the Scotch Colony of Darieu, several Maps, views of the
country, and Original Documents. By Dr. Cullen, F. R. G. S.
Second Edition much enlarged.
London: Efflngham Wilson, 1853. HU.
xii, 204 pp. 8.
Vocabulary of words in the language of the Tule or Darien Indians, pp. 99-102.
"First edition London: Effingham Wilson, 1852. A selection from this work,
called 'The Darien Indians,' was published in 1863." Satin's Dictionary.
943 Vocabulary of the Language of the Yule [Tule?] Indians,
who inhabit the Rivers and the Coast of Darieu, from the mouth of
the Atrato to the Coast of San Bias. By D r Ed. Cullen.
In Royal Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. 21, pp. 241-242. London, 1851. 8.
"Reprinted, with corrections and additions in vols. IV. and VI of the transac
tions of the same society." Berendt in Am. HM. Record, vol. 3, p. 56.
944 - The Darien Indians. By Dr. Cullen.
In Eth. Soc. of London Trans., vol. 5, pp. 150-175. London, 1868. 8.
Darien sentences, p. Ki7; Short comparative vocabulary Darieu and Choc6,
p. 167 ; Vocabulary of words in the language of the Toole or Darieu Indians, pp.
172-175.
945 Cummings (Richard W.) Vocabulary of the Delaware and of the
Shawnee.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 470-481. Philadelphia,
1852. 4.
940 [Caoq (Rev. Jean Andre).] Kaiatonsera | Ionte8eienstak8a. | [Cruci
fix.]
Tiohtiaki [Montreal] : | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1857. |
Pp. 1-24. 12. Primer in the Iroquois language. GB.
947 Aiamie TipadjimoSiu | Masinaigan | ka Ojitogobanen |
Kaiat ka XiinaSisi | Mekate8ikonaie8igobanen kanactageug, j
8ak8i enaSindibaneu. |
Oki Mag8abikickoton John Lovell, | Moniang [Montreal] : | ate
Mekate.Sikonaie8ikamikong, | Kanactageng. | 1859. | JWP.
Pp. i-iv, ."-:$:). 16.
History of the Old Testament in the Algonkiu language Nipissing dialect.
948 Kaiatonserase. | TsioukSe, hetsiseSamenton ne RaSenniis. |
Tiotiaki [Montreal]: | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1800. j
Printed cover, pp. 1-132. 12. JWP.
Hymns, prayers, &c., in Iroquois. " Introit de Noel," with music, pp-97-127.
Title on cover reads: Kaiatonserase | on | Vade-mecum | du | Cliantre Iro-
quciis. |
949 Ka Titc | Tebeniminang Jezos, | oudaje aking. | Oom masi-
naigan | ki qjitogoban ka qjitogobanen | aiamie tipadjimoSiu masi-
naigan, | 8uk8i enaSindibanen. |
186 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Cuoq (Rev. Jean Andre") continued.
O ki magSabikickoton John Lovell, | Moniang [Montreal]: | Ate
mekateSikonaieSikamikong. | Kanactageug. | 1861. | JWP.
Pp. i-iv, 5-396. 16. Life of Jesus, in the Algonkin language Nipissing dia
lect,
950 Catechisme Algonquin | avec | Syllabaire et Cantiques. |
Niina Aiamie Kak8edjindi8inimasinaigan | ate gaie | Kekinoainage-
magak | Masinaigan gaie aiamie nikamouan. | Kanactageng. |
Moniang [Montreal]: | TakSabikickote endatc John Lovell. |
1865. | GB.
Pp. 1-52. 18. In the Nipissing dialect of the Algonkin language.
951 : Tsiatak NihononSentsiake | onkSe on8e | Akoiatonsera, |
lonterennaientakSa, teieri8ak8atha, | iontaterihonnien- | nitha, iou-
tateretsiaronkSa, iakentasetatha, | iekaratonkSatokentisonha oni. |
Kahiaton oni tokara uikarennake erontaksneha. | Kaneshatake tia-
koson. | Le | Livre des Sept Nations | on | Paroissen Iroquois. |
Auquel on a ajoute', pour 1'usage de la mission du | Lac des Deux-
Moutagnes, quelques cantiques | en langue algonquiue. |
Tiohtiake [Montreal.] | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1865. | s.
12 p. 11., pp. 1-460. 12.
In addition to the Processional, Livre de Chant for mass, vespers, &c., in Iro-
quois, the volume contains the mass and nearly a hundred chunts and hymns in
the Nipissing dialect of the Algonkin. Many of the hymns in hoth dialects are
set to music. Appended :
Mnrcoux (Bev. J.) Ionterrennaientak8a sohua ou Formulaire de Prieres, pp.
275-410.
952 Etudes Philologiques | sur quelques | Langues Sauvages |
de | PAm^rique, | Par N[ij-kwenatc-auibicj. Ofrakwanentakon]. j
Ancien Missionnaire. | [Four lines quotation.] |
Montreal | Dawson Brothers | 55, Grande Rue St. Jacques. |
1866. | BA. JWP.
Pp. 1-160. large 8.
Preface and Preliminary Chapter, pp. 5-10.
First Part. Critical Examination of some of the works of H. R. Schoolcraft and
Peter S. Duponcean, pp. 11-34.
Second Part. Grammatical System of the Algonquin and Iroquois Languages,
pp. 35-122.
Third Part. Comparative vocabularies of the Algonquin and Iroquois (from
McKenzie, Dtiponceau, Schoolcraft, Catlin, and others), pp. 123-157.
The initials N. O. adopted by Father Cuoq are the first letters of the names,
as above, given him by the Indians among whom he lived, the first being an Al-
goukin name meaning the beautiful double leaf, the second an Iroquois name
meaning the fixed star.
953 Cautique en langue Algonquine.
Paris: Maisonneuve et Cie. 1869. *
4 pp. 8. No. 4, vol. 1, Actes de la Soc. Philologique. Leclerc. Accompanied
by notes by H. do Charencey.
954 Jugement errone' | de | M. Ernest Kenan | sur les | Lan
gues Sauvages | par | 1'auteur des Etudes Philologiques. | Deuxieme
Edition entierement refondue. | [Four lines quotation.] |
CUOQ. 187
Cuoq (Rev. Jean Andre) contained.
Montreal | Dawson Brotbers, | 55, Grande Rue St. Jacques, 55 |
J. B. Roland & Fils, | 12 & 14, Rue St. Vincent, 12 & 14 | 1870. |
Pp. 1-113. large 8. JWP.
Chap. I. Linguistique Americaine. Son Importance au point de vuo ethno-
graphique commo an point do vuo philologique, pp. 5-9.
Chap. II. Les Langues Am6ricaines comparers anx Langues Se'me'tiques et aui
Langues ludo-Enrope^ennes, pp. 10-15.
Chap. III. Richesse des Langues Americaines, pp. 16-20.
Cliap. IV. Systeme Phoniqno et Graphiqne des Langues Ame'ricaines, pp. 21-25.
Chap. V. Curieuses Analogies eutre Ie8 Langues Americaines ot lea Langues
des Races CiviliseVs, pp. 26-30.
Chap. VI. Caractere des Langues Aine'ricaines, pp. 31-35.
Chap. VII. Formation des Noms des Langues Ame'ricaines [Algonquin and
Iroquois], pp. 33-44.
Qhap. VIII. Des Accidents dans certaines especes de mots de la Langue Algon-
quine, pp. 45-51.
Chap. IX. Des Accidents Verbaux et autres Accidents de la Langno IroquoiBe,
pp. 52-06.
Chap. X. Diverses Classifications des Verbes Algonquins, pp. 66-78.
Chap. XI. Especes Particulieres de Verbes Algonquins, pp. 79-88.
Chap. XII. Mots forme's par Onomatopee, pp. 88-90.
Chap. XIII. Tour et Construction des Phrases [Prodigal son and Lord's Prayer
in Iroquois and Algonquin], pp. 91-100.
Chap. XIV. R<Sponso a diverses questions, pp. 101-112.
First edition, Montreal, 1864, not seen.
955 Kaiatonsera | lonteweienstakwa | Kaiatonserase. | Nou-
veau syllabaire Iroquois. | [Picture of Indian.]
Tiohtiake: | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell, | 1873. | JWP.
Pp. 1-69, 1 1. contents. 8. Reading lessons, prayers, hymns, &c., in Iroquois,
some with Latin, others French and English translations.
956 Lexique | de la | Langue Iriquoise | avec | Notes et Ap
pendices | par | J. A. Cuoq | Pretre de Saint-Sulpice. | [Six lines
quotation.]
Montreal | J. Chapleau & Fils, Imprimeurs-Editeurs, | 31 et 33
rue Cotte". | JWP.
Pp. i-ix, 1-215. 8.
Racines Iroquoises, alphabetically arranged, pp. 1-73; Derives et Composes,
alphabetically arranged, pp. 75-151; Notes Supple"mentaires, pp. 153-182; Appen
dices, pp. 183-215.
357 - - Actes | de la | Soc<t6 Philologigue | Tome III. No. 2, Avril
1873 | Chrestomathie Algonquine |
Paris | Maisouneuve et C ie , | Libraires-Editeurs | 15, Quai Vol
taire, 15 | 1873 | A. T.
Printed title on cover, pp. 39-51. 8. Contains "Les huit Beatitudes (Saint
Mathien, oh. v.)"
958 - L'Oraison Dominicale (Texte Algonquin avec Glose)
[signed] N. O. *
In Soc. Philol., Actcs, tome 4, pp. 199-205. Paris, 1874. 8.
188 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Cuoq (Rev. Jean Andre") continued. .
959 - - La Salutation Angelique (Texte Algonquin avec Glose)
[signed! N. O. *
In Soc. Philol., Actes, tome 4, pp. 207-209. Paris, 1874. 8.
These two titles furnished by Mr. W. Eanies. Reprinted, according to Leclerc,
as lollows:
960 - - L'oraisou dominicale et la Salutation Angelique, texte algon-
quiiie, avoc gloses.
Paris: Maisonneuve et Cie. 1874. *
11 pp. 8.
961 - - Fragments de Chrestoinathie Algonquin". [Symbole des
Apostros.]
In Soc. PhUol., Actes, tome 4, pp. 287-311.
Title from W. Eames. Issued separately as followb.
962 Fragments de Chrestomathie algonquine ( Symbols des
Apotres.)
Paris: Maisonneuve et Cie. 1875.
28pp. 8.
In addition to the above works the author informs me he has written : Cate'-
chisme Ir, quois, and : Principes de la Foi Catholique, in Iroquois.
963 Gushing (Frank Hamilton). Catalogue of objects collected by the
Bureau of Ethnology at the pueblo of Zulu, during the summer of
1S81.
Manuscript. 279 pp. folio. After the English names of these articles Mr.
dishing has placed the Zufii synonyms.
964 - A Census of the A-shi-wi or Zufii Nation.
Manuscript. 100 pp. folio. Includes the Gentes, Phratries, and Societies; and
the names, with English signification, of all the members of the tribe.
965 Collection of Zimi songs and poetry.
Manuscript. 30 pp. folio.
966 Collection of native Zuiii speeches.
Manuscript. CO pp. folio. With interlinear and free translations; illustrative
of Zuui grammar and oratory.
967 - - The Exclamative and Imitative Elements in the Origin of
Human Languages, as illustrated by studies of the Etymology of tlio
Zufli.
Manuscript. 80 pp. 4 C .
968 - Gramma-tic forms illustrating the parts of speech, cases,
moods, tenses, syntax, and orthoepy of the Zufii language.
Manuscript. 40 pp. folio. With copious notes and text. Introductory to a
Grammar of the A-shi-wi.
969 Introductory vocabularies of a Dictionary of the A-shi-wi,
or Zufii language.
Manuscript. 80pp. folio; contains between 2, 000 and 3,000 words.
CUOQ CUSICK. 189
Gushing (Frank Hamiltuu) continued.
970 Prayers, Rituals and Directions for Ceremonials in the Zuiii
language.
Manuscript. CO pp. folio. Collected from the priesthood and sacred societies of
theZuiiis. Inth < original language, with int'-rlinearaud free translations, notes, etc.
971 Prayers, Rituals and So:igs of tbe A pi-thlan shi-wa -iii or
Zuili "Priesthood of the. Bow."
Manuscript. 31 pp. folio. lu tbe original language, with interlinear and free
translations, explanatory texts, etc.
972 Translations of Zuni Folk-lore, including twelve stories or
te"-lap-na-we, with portions of original text.
Manuscript. 190 pp. folio.
973 Vocabulary of Archaic words in the Zuni language.
Manuscript. 24 pp. folio. Gathered chielly from the ritualistic, mythic, and
folk-lore, and from the ancient songs of the Zufiis; with notes.
974 - Proverbs, Idioms and Archaic figures, collected from the
Zuiii folk-lore.
Manuscript. 20 pp. folio
These manuscripts were prepared by Mr. Cushing during his stay in Zuni in the
employ of the Bureau of Bibliology. Thrse manuscripts will form part of the
volume or volumes to be piepared by him and to be published by the Bureau.
975 Cusick (David). Sketches of the Ancient History of the Six Nations.
By David Cusic.
InSchoolcraft(H. R.) Indian Tribrn,vol. 5, pp. 631-646. Washington, 1855. 4.
Numerals, 1-10, of the Moliawk and Tuscarora, p. 645.
976 David Cusick's | Sketches of | Ancient History | of the |
Six Nations, | comprising | lirst a tale of the Foundation of
the | Great Island, | (now North America,) | the Two Infants
Born, | and the | Creation of the Universe. | Second a Real Account
of the Early Settlers of North | America, and their dissensions. |
Third Origin of the Kingdom of the Five Nations, which | was
called | A Long House: | The Wars, Fierce, Animals, &c. |
Lockport, N. Y. : | Turner & McCollum, Printers, Democrat
Office. | 1848. | BA. JWP.
Pp. 1-35. 8.
Numerals, 1-10, of the Mohawk and of the Tuscarora, p. 35.
Accord! g to Sabiu's Dictionary the first edition was published : Tuscarora Vil
lage, 1825; the secou I : Tuscarora Village [Lewiston, Niagara Co.], 1828, 36 pp.
977 Cusick (James N.) The | Collection | of | Sacred Songs, | for the
use of the | Baptist Native Christians | of the | Six Nations. | Re
vised by | James N. Cusick. |
Philadelphia: | American Baptist Publication Society. | 1846. |
Second title:
Ne Kororou | ne | Teyerihwalikwatha | igen | ne enyoutste | ne
yondatteskosyagorilnviyoglistouh | rotiuensyouih kaweauondahko |
ne sokwatigwen, | James N. Cusick. |
Kanadayengowa: | Wasdonrohnon yendatteskos tehatiris- | tora-
raks. | 1840. | GB.
Pp. 1-125. 32. English title recto 1. 1 (p. 1), Indian title recto 1. 2 (p. 3).
190 NOKTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
978 Daa (LudwigKristensen). On the Affinities between the Languages
of the Northern Tribes of the Old and New Continents. By Lewis
Kr. Daa, Esq., of Christiana, Norway.
In Philolog. Soc. of London, Tra s., 185(i, pp. 251-294. London, n. d. 8 C .
Comparative table allowing affinities between Asiatic and American languages,
pp. 264-285.
979 Dairyman. The | Dairyman's | Daughter: | By Rev. Legh Rich
mond. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] |
Park Hill: | Mission Press, J. Candy & E. Archer, Printers. |
[One line Cherokee characters.] | 1847. | BA.
57 pp. 24. In Cherokee characters.
Appended, pp. 57-67, is Bob the Sailor Boy, q. v.
980 Dakota Vocabulary. *
In Soc. Ethnologique, Mdmoires, vol. 2, p. 26 1. Paris, 1845. 8.
Title from Ludewig.
981 Dall (William Healey). Alaska | and | its Resources. | By | Wil
liam EL Dall, | Director of the Scientific Corps of the late Western
Union | Telegraph Expedition. | [Design.] |
Boston: | Lee and Shepard. | 1870. | BA. c.
Pp. i-xii, 1-628. 8. map.
Glossary, pp. 529-530, contains explanation of Alaskan names of tribes, etc.
Appendix F, Vocabularies, pp. 547-575, contains vocabularies of the following:
Unaliiskan from Saiir. Sitkawan from Lisiansky.
Atkan from Gibbs. Stakhi'nkwan from Gibbs.
Ugalaltuiut from Wrangell. Yakutat from Gibbs.
Chugatcbigmut from Wrangell. Ugalentsi from Wrangell.
Koniagmut from Sanr. Ahtena from Wrangell.
Nushergagmut from Gibbs. Kenaitena from Wrangell,
Kuskwogmut from Baer. Tenitn-Untch'-in from Dall.
Ek6gmut from Dall. Kntchakutch'tn from Kennicotf.
ITnaligmut from Dall. KaiyuhUhatana (Ulnkuk) from Dull.
Malilemut from Dall. Kaiyukhatanu (Northeastern) from Dall.
Kaviagmut from Dall. Unakhatana from Dall.
Greenlandic from Egede. Nulrtto (In'galik) from Dall.
Chu'klukmut from Hall (in part). UhTknk (In'galik) from Dall.
Kygaui from Gibbs. Tananst (In'galik) from Dall.
982 On the distribution of the Native Tribes of Alaska and the
adjacent territory. By W. II. Dall.
In Am. Ass. Adv. Sol, Proc., vol. 18, pp. 203-273, and 2 folding sheets. Cam
bridge, 1870. 8.
Contains a vocabulary of 27 words, and the numerals 1-10 of the tribes of which
vocabularies are given in the same author's: Alaska and its Resources.
983 On some peculiarities of the Eskimo Dialect. By William
H. Dall.
In Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. 19, pp. 332-349. Cambridge, 1871. 8.
Conjugation of the affirmative form of the indicative nioiU> of the verb crmityiik,
to wash, pp. 335-349.
984 Tribes of the Extreme Northwest. By W. H. Dall.
In Powell (J. W.) Contril.utions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 1-10G. Wash
ington, 1877-. 4.
DAA DANFORTH. 191
Ball (William II ealey) continued.
'Appendix to Part I. Linguistics," pp. 107-156, contains linguistic contribu.
lions from several authors, a full list of which is given under Powell (J. W.)i 3-
Mr. Dall's is as follows:
Terms of Relationship used by the Innuit, pp. 117-119.
985 Dalton (Henry G.) The | History of British Guiana. | Compris
ing | a General Description of the Colony; | a Narrative of some of
the Principal Events from the earliest | period of its Discovery to
the present time; | together with | an Account of its Climate, Geol
ogy, Staple Products, | and Natural History. | By | Henry G. Dal
ton, M.D. | Member [&c., five lines]. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-II]. |
London: j Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. | 1855. | *
2 vols. pp. i-xv, 1-518; i-vii, 1-580. 8. Contains vol. 1, p. 74, a list of Carib
terms (from Rochefort) compared with similar words in Oriental dialects, [He
brew, &c.], (taken from Edwaids' West Indies, vol. 1, p. 117).
Title from Mr. W. Eames.
980 Dana ( ). Vocabulary of the Upper Sacramento, Talatui, Piyuni,
Lekumne, and Tsamak.
In Hale (H.) Ethnography and Philology (U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. 6), pp. 630, 631,
632, 633. Philadelphia, 1846. 4.
Reprinted in Am. Eth. Soc., Trans., vol.2, pp: 122, 123, 124, 125. New York,
1848. 8.
Reprinted, with the exception of the Sacramento, in Powell (J. W.) Contribu
tions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 552-557, 599, 600. Washington, 1877. 4.
Also reprinted, in whole or in part, in many other places.
987 Dfanforth] (Sfamuelj). Masukkenukeeg | Matcheseaenvog | Weque-
toogkali WuttooaiMtoog. | UppeyaonoutChristohkahne | Yeuyeu |
Teanuk | VVonk, ahche uuunukqtiodt missinninnuh uk- | quohqueu-
aount wutainskoianatamooouganoo- | Kah Keketookaonk papaume
Wussittuin- | waekesukodtum: kah papaume nawhutch | onkatogeh
Wunnomwiiyeuongash. | Nashpe Increase Mather. | Kukkootomweh-
teaenuh ut ooiuveuwehkomoug- | anit ut Bostonut, ut New Eng
land. | Eccles. 12. 13. Nootaumttuh pakodtittuuioonk mamurse ke- |
ketookaouk, qush God kah nauawehteaush wutamooteamotougash, |
wutohe yen mamusse wunueseouk missanuinnnng. | Acts 20. 21.
Noowauwohheuuneau Jewsog kah Greeksog-) aiuskoiauatamowonk
nogque en Godut, kah oonamptamowonk | uogquein kum Manitoo-
uiunonut Jesus Christ. | Yeush kukkookootomwehteaongash qush-
kinnu- | munash en Indiane unnontoowaonganit nashpe S. D. |
Bostouut, Printuoop nashpe Bartholomew Green, | kah John Allen.
1G9S. | AAS.
Titlo; reverse blank; pp. 3-6 wanting. Text, pp. 7-161. 18.
Tho copy of the above seen by me in the library of the Am. Ant. Soc., was
not complete, judging from the description of the copy in the Brinley Library,
described in the Catalogue of Books and Tracts, in: Am. Ant. Soc., Proc., No. 61,
where the following translation and description is given:
Translation : Greatest Sinners called and encouraged to come to Christ, and that
Now, quickly. Also, that it is very dangerous for people to delay their repentance,
And a Discourse concerning the Judgment Day ; and concerning some other Truths.
192 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Danforth (Samuel) continued.
By Increase Mather, Teacher of the Church iu Boston These
Discourses are translated into Indian language by S. D.
Five Sermons of Increase Mather's, translated by Samuel Danforth, who sub
scribes "The Epistle Dedicatory" to the Author, from Taunton, 14th, 8, 1698.
The last sermon ends on page 162. A "Postscript," pp. 163, 164, certifies to the
success of Experience Mayhew's labors among the InJiuns of Martha's Vineyard.
The first Indian book known to have been printed after the removal of the
press to Boston.
988 The Woful effects of Drunkenness. A sermon at Bristol,
Oct. 12, 1709 when two Indians, Josias and Joseph were Executed
Tfl\ra forMurther.
Boston, B. Green, 1710. *
1 1., iv, 52 pp. sm. 12.
At the end, pp. 43-52, are "A few words addressed to the poor condemned mur
derers" in the Indian language. Brinley Sale Cat., pt. 1, No. 765.
989 Davalos (Fr. Luis). Sermones de Quaresma y Festividades en Idi-
oma Kicue. *
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.
990 Davidib | assingitalo tuksiarutsiningit nertordlerutingillo | imgem
sertaggit. | The Book of Psalms [translated into the | Esquimaux
Language, | by | the Missionaries | of the | Uuitas Fratrum, or
United Brethren. | Printed for the use of the Mission, | by | The
British and Foreign Bible Society. |
London: | W. M'Dowall Printer, j 1830. | ACS.
Pp. 1-216. 12.
Sabin's Dictionary, No. 22868, gives an edition of 1831, .and Bagster's Bible of
Every Land mentions one of 1826, and another of 1842, the latter translated by
Rev. Valentine Mnller.
See Kustumiutut. See Tuksiautit.
991 Davidoff (Gavrila Ivanovich). [Two Voyages to America of the
Naval Officers Khwostoff and Davidoff, described by the latter.]
St. Petersburg, Morskaia typografta. 1810-1812. *
2 vols. 8.
In Russian. This title and the one below from Dall and Baker's Alaska Bib
liography. According to Ludewig, p. 93, it contains a Kenai vocabulary, vol. 2,
pp. xiii-xxviii, and a Kolush vocabulary, vol. 2, p. I el eq.
9!)2 Reise der Russ. kais. Flott-Officiere Chwostow uud Dawydow
von St. Petersburg durch Siberien nach Amerika und zuriick, in
den Jahren 1802-1804. Beschreibt von Dawydow uud aus dem
Russ. iibersetzt von Dr. Carl Schultz.
Berlin, 1816.
8.
993 Davidson (George). Report of Assistant George Davidson relative
to the resourct's and the coast features of Alaska Territory.
In Coast Survey Ann. Rept., 1867, pp. 187-329. Washington, 1869, 4.
DANFORTH DAVIS. 193
Davidson (George) continued.
Vocabulary of the languages of the natives of Eadiak, Uuarlaska, Keuai, and
Sitka (from Lisiansky), pp. 293-298.
Vocabulary of the Spuch'-ie-lotz tribe of the Tchim'-chse-an' people (David
son), pp. 325-329.
994 Report of Assistant George Davidson relative to the coast,
features, and resources of Alaska Territory. LSH.
In 40th Congress, 2d Session. House of Representatives. Ex. Doc. No. 177. |
Russian America. | Message | from the | President of the United States, | in an
swer to | A resolution of the House of 19th of December last, transmitting cor
respondence | in relation to Russian America. |
No imprint. [Cincinnati, Feb. 17, 1868.] 361 pp.; and Part 2, 19pp. 8.
Mr. Davidson's report occupies pp. 219-361, and contains, pp. 328-333, vocabu
laries of the Ooualashka, Kadiak, Kenay, Sitka, all from Lisiansky's Voyage round
the World.
Davies (John), Translator.
See [Rochefort (Louis C^sar de)].
995 Davila Padilla (Fr. Antonio). Arte para aprender la Lengua Me-
gicaiia. *
Title fiom Beristain.
996 Davis (Rev. B.) On the origin of the name 'Canada.' By Eev. B.
Davis, L. L. D., Member of the Council of the Philological Society
of London.
Iu Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc., vol. 6, first sess., pp. 430-432. Mont
real, 1861. 8 U .
997 Davis (John) and Lykins (Johnston). Heeat Oponaka Hera Cane
Coeatetest. Momen Mata Oponakau Cane Tyfet Cauetan Liken,
tepake Maskoke Ponaka escoeatest.
Shawanoe Baptist Mission, Ind. Ter. 1835. ABS.
Pp. 1-190. 24.
Literal Irantlation : This word John wrote. And that word John Davis Jona
than Lykens together Muskoki Language wrote in.
For other editions, see Buckner (H. F.) and Herrod (G.); Loughridge (R. M.)
and Robertson (W. S.)
998 Davis (Rev. Solomon). A | Prayer Book, | in the Language of the
Six Nations of Indians | containing | the Morning and Evening Ser
vice, | the Litany, Catechism, some of the Collects, | and the
Prayers and Thanksgivings upon | several occasions, | in the | Book
of Common Prayer | of the | Protestant Episcopal Church : | to
gether with | forms of Family and Private Devotion. | Compiled
from various Translations, and prepared for publication by re
quest | of the Domestic Committee of the Board of Missions of the
Protestant | Episcopal Church in the United States of America. |
By the Eev. Solomon Davis, | Missionary to the Oueidas, at Duck-
Creek, Territory of Wisconsin. |
New- York : | Swords, Stanford, & Co. | D. Fanshaw, Printer. |
1837. | BA. JWP.
Pp. 1-168. 12.
Hjmns, pp. 166-168.
13 Bib
194 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
999 Davis (W. W. H.) El Gringo; | or, | New Mexico aud her peo
ple. | By | W. W. H. Davis, | late Uuited States Attorney. |
New York : | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. |
1857.| 0.
Pp. i-xii, 13-432. 12.
"A complete vocabulary of words in the languages of the Pueblo or civilized
Indians of New Mexico" (from Simpson), pp. 157-159, as follows:
1. Santo Domingo. 2. San Juan. Picoris.
San Felipe. Santa Clara. Saudia.
Santa Ana. S. Ildefonso. Isleta.
Silla. Pojuaque. 4. Jemez.
Lagnna. Nambe. Old Pecos.
Acoina. Tezuzue. 5. Zuni.
Cochiti. 3. Taos. 6. Moqui.
"Vocabulary of upward of sixty Words in Nabajo and English," pp. 419-420.
1000 Dawson (George M.) Geological Survey of Canada. | Alfred E. C.
Selwyn, F. E. S., F. G. S., Director. | Eeport | on the | Queen Char
lotte Islands | 1878 | by | George M. Dawson, D. S., A. It. S. M., F.
G. S. | [Vignette.] | Published by authority of .Parliament. |
Montreal : | Dawson Brothers. | 1880. | JWP.
In Selwyn (A. R. C.) Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress for
1878-79. 2 11., pp. 1-239 B, map. Montreal, 1880. 8.
Appendix A. On the Haida Indians of the Queen Charlotte Islands (containing
Haida terms passim), pp. 10:5-175.
Appendix B. Vocabulary of the Haida Indians of the Queen Charlotte Islands
(Skidegate and Masset dialects), pp. 177-189.
The vocabulary contains a list of relationships in the Masset dialect furnished
by Rev. Mr. Collison.
This report is also issued separately with its own Table of Contents, making
the collation 1 p. 1., pp. i-v, 1-239 B.
1001 Dawson (S. J.) Eeport | on the | Exploration of the Country | be
tween | Lake Superior and the Bed Eiver Settlement, | and j be
tween the latter place and the Assiuniboiue and | Saskatchewan. |
By S. J. Dawson, Esquire, C. E. | Printed by Order of the Legisla
tive Assembly. | [Vignette.]
Toronto: | John Lo veil, Printer, Corner of Yonge and Melinda
Streets. | 1859. | JWP.
2 p. 11., 220 unnumbered pp., maps and plates. 4.
Forms apprndix 36 to vol. 17, Journals of the Leg. Ass. of Canada, session 1859.
Chapter xiii, Indian Antiquities, Numbers and Distribution, pp. 117-125, con
tains, p. 124, a list of months in the Dakota, with English signification, aud a few
sentences of the Lord's Prayer with interlinear translation.
100J Dearborn (Henry Alexander Scammell). A | Sketch of the Life |
of the | Apostle Eliot, | prefatory to a subscription | for | Erecting
a Monument | to his memory. | [Quotation, six lines.] | By Henry
A. S. Dearborn. |
Eoxbury: | Norfolk County Journal Press. | Over Central
Market. | 1850. | WE.
3 p. 11., pp. 7-32. 8. plate. The two leaves following the title contain fac
simile title-page of Eliot's Indian Bible, 1663, and ten verses from the first chap
ter of Genesis in the Natick language.
DAVIS DEJEAN. 105
1003 De Brahm (John Gerar William). History | of the | Province of
Georgia: | witb | Maps of Original Surveys. | By | John Gerar Wil
liam De Brahm. | His Majesty's Surveyor-General | for the South
ern District of | North America. | Now First Printed. |
Wormsloe. | MDCCCXLIX [1849]. | BA.
Pp. 1-55, 1 1. largo 4.
List of Cherokee Indian towns in the Province of Georgia, p. 54 ; List of Creek
Indian towns in the Province of Georgia, pp. 54-55.
Printed privately for the editor. The impression was limited to forty-nine
copies.
1004 De Forest (John William). History | of the | Indians of Connecti
cut | from the | Earliest known Period | to 1850. | By John W. De
Forest. | Published with the sanction of the | Connecticut Historical
Society. | [Four lines quotation.] |
Hartford : | Wm. Jas. Hamersley. j 1851. | BA. c.
Pp. i-xxvi, 1-509. large 12. map.
"Language," being general remarks on the Massachusetts, Narragansett, and
Pequot languages, and containing the Lord's Prayer in Mohegan (from Gov. Sal-
tonstall) and in the Massachusetts (from Eliol's Bible), pp. 38-42.
Appendix I. Short vocabulary of the Massachusetts, Narragansett, Mohican,
Pequot, and Nangatuck, p. 491.
1005 History | of the | Indians of Connecticut | from the |
Earliest known Period | to 1850. | By John W. De Forest. | Pub
lished with the sanction of the | Connecticut Historical Society. |
[Quotation, four lines.] |
Hartford : | Wm. Jas. Haiaersley. | 1852. | WE.
Pp. i-xxvi, 1-509. 8. map.
JOOG - -History | of the | Indiansof Connecticut | from the | Earliest
known Period | to 1850. | By John W. De Forest. | Published with
the sanction of the | Connecticut Historical Society. | [Four lines
quotation.] |
Hartford : | Wm. Jas. Hamersley. | 1853. | c.
Pp. i-xxvi, 1-509. 8. map.
Linguistics as in previous editions.
1007 - -History | of the | Indiansof Connecticut | from j the Earliest
known Period | to | A. D. 1850. | By John W. De Forest, | [Four
lines quotation.] |
Albany: | J. Munsell, 82 State Street. | 1871. | LSH.
Pp. i-xxvi, 1-509. 8. map.
A part of the earlier edition fell into Mr. Muuscll's hands, who issued it wilh
above title. Linguistics as in the previous edition^.
1008 Dcjean (Aug.) Anichinabek amisinahikaniwa, kicheauameatchik,
catonik, Otawak wakanakessi.
Wyastenong [Detroit], G. L. Whitney, 1830. *
106 pp. 13.
Catechism in the Ottawa language, followed by an alphabet and phrases in
French and in Ottawa. Published by the missionary Dejean and printed in De
troit. Between pages 10-11 is found a cartoon numbered II, printed on one side
only. Lee lerc.
196 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Dejean (Aug.) continued.
1009 Lettre de M.Dcjcan,missionuaire apostolique [dated "L'Ar-
bre Croche, 29 octobre 1829"].
In Annales do la Propagation do la Foi, vol. iv, pp. 491-496. Contains, on
pp. 494-493, a few Ottawa words and phrases, with definitions.
Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.
1010 [De Kay (J. E.j] (Not published.) Note. [Indian Names of Places
on Long Island. By J. B. De Kay.] WE.
[Colophon : Holman & Graj^ Book and Job Printers, 90 Fulton street, N. Y.]
N. p., n. d. Pp. 1-1-.'. 12. Dated January 1st, 1851.
List sent to persons in the hope of eliciting further information.
1011 Delafleld (John, jr.) and Lakey (James). An Inquiry | into the ori
gin of the | Antiquities of America. | By | John Delafleld, Jr. |
With | an appendix, | containing notes, and "A view of the causes
of the superiority of the men of | the Northern over those of the
Southern Hemisphere." | By | James Lakey, M. D. |
New York : | Published for subscribers, by | Colt, Burgess & Co., |
London: | Longman, Kees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman, j
Paris: | A. & W. Galignani & Co. | 1839. | c.
Pp. 1-142, and folding plate. 4.
Vocabulary of words in various American dialects compared with those of va
rious Asiatic dialects (from Mithridates), p. 25.
Some copies have a slightly different title, as follows:
1012 An Inquiry | into the origin of the | Antiquities of Amer
ica. | By | John Delafield, Jr. | With | an appendix, | containing
notes, and " A view of the causes of the superiority of the men | of
the Northern over those of the Southern Hemisphere." | By | James
Lakey, M. D. |
New-York : | Published for Subscribers, by | J. C. Colt. | Lon
don: | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, & Longman. | Paris: |
A. & W. Galignani & Co. | 1839. | BA. JWP.
Pp. 1-14.J, and folding plate. 4. According to Sabin's Dictionary, some
copies have the imprint: Cincinnati, N. G. Burgess & Co.
1013 Delano(A.) Second Thousand. | Life on the Plains | and | amongthe
Diggings; | being | scenes and ad ventures | of an | overland journey
to California: | with particular | incidents of the route, | mistakse
and sufferings of the emigrants, | the Indian tribes, | the present
and the future of the great West. | By A. Delano. |
Auburn and Buffalo: | Miller, Orton & Mulligan. | 1854. | c.
Pp. i-xi, 13-384. 8.
Short Maidn vocabulary, p. 303.
1014 Delgado (Fr. Damian). Arte y Diccionario de dichas Lenguas.
[Quiche y Kachiquel.] *
1015 Sermones para los Domingos despues de Pentecostes en los
mismos Idiom as. [Quiche y Kachiquel.J *
2 vols. These works have been of much use to the missionaries among the
people. Ileristain.
DEJEAN DENCKE. 197
Delgaclo (Fr. Damian) continued.
1016 Compendio del Arte Quiche del P. F. Damian Delgado, Ord.
Praed. Sigtiese la Doctriiui Christiana en lengua quiclie del misino
Autor, con sennoues del inisiuo Padre y otros, de la Orden de N. P.
Santo Domingo.
Manuscript. 35 II. 4. TheArte occupies the first 9 11.; thb 11 following con
tain the Doctriua Christiana; tbo remainder, various subjects; the salutation of
the native aleades in transmitting to each other the baton of office, "Mundanca
de varas," andothersalutations imitated more or less from the speeches anciently
made by the native lords on solemn occasions. The last important portion of
this manuscript is a sermon for Good Friday, composed and preached by P.
Damiau Delgado, to the title of which the copyist has added these words: "Con
este solo sermon sabias bieu lengua." Brasseur de Bourbourg.
1017 - Sermones varies, predicados en leugna Quiche por el padre
fray Damian Delgado, y trasladados, para el nso de los padres de
la Santa Orden de n tro padre Santo Domingo en Kabinal (por el padre
fr. Domingo de Basseta), etc. *
Manuscript. 12311. 4. The first 83 11. comprise homilies and sermons on Sun
days and feast days by P. Damian Delgado, preceded by these words: "Qna-
derno de Evangelios en la lengua quiche', los quales saque de un librito viejo qne
no tenia principio," and ending with these: "Fin de los Evangelios qne estaban
escriptos de letra do Fr. rJamiau Delgado." Signed "Basseta."
The two sermons following are also in Ihe handwriting of father Domingo de
Basseta, but do not appear to be by him : they were written or re-copied by him,
in the last years of the 17th century ; his vocabulary, whi h I have, is of the
year 169H. The three following are subsequent, and according to the note which
ends them, were preached in the villages of Zacualpa, San Antonio and Santa
Cruz del Quich<S, by father Joaqnin Ramirez, of Agnilera, in 1712. These have
no titles.
P. Fr. Damian Delg.ido wrote, besides these sermons, "Arle y Vocabulario "
of the languages mentioned by Beristaiu. Brasseiir de Bonrbourg.
1018 Demers (Modesto), Blanchet (Frances Norbert), and St. Onge (L. N.)
J. M.J. | Chinook j Dictionary, Catechism, | Prayers and Hymns. |
Composed in 1838 & 1839 by | Rt. Rev. Modeste Demers. | Re
vised, corrected and completed, | in 1867 by | Most Rev. F. N.
Blanchet. | With modifications and additions by | Rev. L. N. St.
Onge Missionary | among the Yakanias and other Indian Tribes. |
Montreal. | 1871. | JWP. LSH.
Pp. 1-C8. sq. 16.
Outside title: The | Missionary's Companion | on the | Pacific Coast. | [Three
lines quotation. ] |
1019 Demilier (P. Edmond). Lettre de M. Edmoud Demilier [dated
" Pleasant Point, le 20 avril 1834 "].
Iu Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. viii, pp. 191-200. Contains, on
pp. 196-198, remarks on the language, the " Pater noster," ''Ave Maria," "Sancta
Maria," and definitions of about a dozen words in the Abnaki language.
Title furnished by Mr. Earues.
1020 Dencke (Christian Frederick). Xek | nechenenawachgissitschik |
Bainbilak | naga | Geschiechanclisitpanua | Johannessa | elekhau-
gup. | Gischitak elleniechsink, | uutschi C: F. Dencke. |
198 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Dencke (Christian Frederick) continued.
New York: | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan-
shaw, Printer. | 1818. |
Second title :
The | Three Epistles | of the | Apostle John. | Translated into
Delaware Indian, | By C. F. Dencke. |
New York: | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Kan-
shaw, Printer. | 1818. | JWP.
Pp. 1-21, 1-21, alternate Delaware and English. 32. Delaware title verso of
1. 1., English title recto of 1. 2.
In mentioning the above work, Bagster's Bible in Every Land, adds: "He
afterwards furnished a version of the Gospels of St. John and St. Matthew, and
ail edition of these portions, printed in parallel columns, with English version,
was published by that society."
1021 Essay of a Chippeway Indian Spelling Book.
Easton, 1803.
29 pp. 12. Title from catalogue of sale of Dr. Gilbert's library, in New
York, 1873.
1022 Denig (E. T.) Vocabulary of the Assiniboine.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 416-431. Philadelphia,
1854. 4.
1023 Vocabulary of the Gros Ventres.
In Pallisser (John). Journal, Detailed Reports, British North America, pp.
207-208. London, 1863. folio.
1024 Vocabulary of the Blackfoot, by E. T. Denig, Indian agent,
Fort Union.
Manuscript. 6 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1025 [Denis (Ferdinand).] Pale'ographieMexicaiue. Documents public's
par M. Eainirez, de Mexico. [Signed " Ferdinand Deiiis."] *
In Revue Orientate et Ame'ricaine, vol. v, pp. 70-73. Paris. 1861. 8.
Title furnished by Mr. W. Eaines.
1026 Denny (Major Ebenezer). Vocabulary of words in nse with the
Delaware (Fort Mclntosh January 1785) and Shawanee (Fort Fin-
ney January 1786) Indians.
In Penn. Hist. Soc., Memoirs, vol. 7, pp. 478-4a">. Philadelphia, 1860. 8.
1027 Denton (Daniel). A | Brief Description | of | New York, | former
ly called | New Netherlands, | with the places thereunto adjoin
ing. | Likewise | a brief relation | of the customs of the Indians
there. | By Daniel Dentou. | A new edition with an introduction
and copious historical notes. | By Gabriel Fin man, | Member of the
New York Historical Society. | [Quotations, 18 lines.] |
New York : | William Gowaus. | 1845. | A. C. AV. JBD.
Pp. 1-17, 2 11., pp. 1-57, catalogue. 1-20. 8.
Denton's work contains no linguistics, but the notes, by Mr. Furniuu, contain
"Indian names of the islands and bay of New York," pp. 23-27.
DENCKE DICTIONARY. 199
1028 [De Puydt (R.)] Cuua Vocabulary. *
Do Puydt's Cuua Vocabulary, taken between the Atrato and the headwaters
of the Tuyra River, was published in the :!8th volume of the journal of the same
corporation [Royal Geographical Society Journal], in 1869." Berendt on the Da-
rieii Language; in Am. Hint, llt'coi'd, p. 5(5.
1029 Devocionario | en | Mcjicano. |
Eeimpreso en Orizaba. | Oticina de F. Mendarte. | 1842. | c.
Pp. 1-14 pp. 1C. .
Diario Historico.
See | Costaiiso (Miguel)].
1030 Diccionario. Diccionario de la lengua Maya de Yucatan. Maya y
Espauol. Diccionario de la lengua Maya de Yucatan. Espaiiol y
Maya. JCB.
Manuscript. 4. This valuable manuscript is in the library of the late Hon.
J. Carter Brown, Providence, R. I. Mr. Bartlett, in his catalogue of that library,
thus speaks of it :
"This dictionary bears internal evidence that the original copy was composed
between the years 1590 and 1GOO, by a Franciscan priest long resident in Yucatan,
and that the present copy is a transcript made during the following century. It
is beautifully written, and from the large number of words and full definitions
which it contains, could only have been compiled by one familiar with the lan
guage. In extent the dictionary is not surpassed by that of any aboriginal lan
guage of America, and, if printed, would probably make a volume as large as the
well-known dictionary of the Mexican language by Molina.
" The Maya language is spoken by the native tribes of Yucatan and parts of the
adjacent provinces; and what adds to its interest is the belief that it is the lan
guage of the people who erected the remarkable monuments of Yucatan, made
known to the world through the works of Waldeck, Stephens, Catherwood, and
Norman. This dictionary has never been printed, and it is not known that any
other manuscript copy exists."
The late Dr. C. H. Bereudt made a copy of the above which is now in the
hands of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Philadelphia.
1031 Diccionario Selecto, de las Voces Mexicanos mas Usados y
Comuues en Lengua Castellaua y Mexicana. *
Manuscript. Cent, xviii, 150 pp. This manuscript contains a Dictionary of the
Mexican words most generally in use; towards the end will be found. " Com-
peudio do la Gramatica Mexicana." f'Uchcr'i Sale Cat.
1032 Dictionary. A | Dictionary | of the | Chinook Jargon, | or | Indian
Trade Language, | Of the North Pacific Coast. | [Design.]
Published by T. N. Hibben & Co., | Victoria, B. C. | [n. d.] JWP.
Printed cover and pp. 1-29. 8 C .
Chinook English, pp. 1-18; English-Chinook, pp. 19-29; Lord's Prayer in
Jargon, p. 29.
1033 Dictionary | of the | Chinook Jargon | to which is added |
Numerous Conversations, | thereby enabling any person | to speak
Chinook correctly. | Seventh edition. |
Portland, Oregon. | F. L. McConnick, Publisher, 91 Second
street. | 1879. | c. JWP. LSH.
Printed cover and pp. 1-26. 12. For earlier editions, see Complete Dictionary.
200 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1034 Dictionnaire. Dictionna're Cakchiquel. *
Manuscript in the Bibliothequc Imp^riale. " I liavo availi d myself of a Cak-
chiquel. dictionary in manuscript of great extent, which helongs to the Imperial
Library." Ternaux-Conipana in Notivellcs Annalcs, vol. 4, 1840.
1035 Dictionnaire Franais Wallawalla Kaliketat.
Manuscript of 34 11. 16, iu the possession of J. G. Shea, Esq., the last live
leaves of which are devoted to a " grutnmaire indienne."
1036 Dictionnaire Galibis Francois. *
Manuscript. 4111. 4. Title from Leclerc (1878).
1037 Dictionuaire Iroquois-FranQois, M. S. C. N. etc. *
Manuscript, folio. In Mazarin Library. Paris. Ludewig,
1038 Diehl (Israel). Vocabulary of the Nome Lackee.
Iu Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. S, pp.
519-529. Washington, 1877. 4.
1039 Diez (P. Fr. Manuel). Condones in lingua Tzeldaica, exiiratas a
Reveietido Patre Fr. Manuel Diez, Ordiuis S li Doininici, de Proviu-
cia Sancti Vincentii, dicta de Chiapa et Guatemala, 1675. *
Manuscript. 103 11. 4. It comprises 123 sermons in the Tzendale language.
The name of the author is signed twice first on the recto of 1. 1, and, second, on
the verso of the last leaf .but one, following a sort of allocution to the alcades of
the place where he wrote. This place seems to have been the pueblo of Tzib;ie-
ha, otherwise called Ocotitan, from the words "Tzibac-ha vinic " man, or inhab
itant of Tzibac-ha, which are found under the last signature, unless they indicate
the place of his birth. These sermons were preached in various places as we see
from the titles of some, which have the date of 1672 and 1675. Brasseurde Bour-
bourg.
1040 Diezman (F. J.) Grammar of the Mosquito Indian Language, pre
pared by F. J. Diezman, of San Juan del Norte, Nicaragua.
Manuscript. 16 11. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1041 Discursos Mexicanos.
Manuscript of the 17th century. 4. Thirteen leaves, in a small, but very neat,
and legible handwriting. They are without a title, but we suppose them to be
more or less, the same as those published by Fr. Juan Bautista under the title of
Huchuetlahtolli, but of which, unfortunately, only one or two fragments ha ve been
preserved. Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 521.
1042 Dixon (Capt. George). A | Voyage round the World; | but more
particularly to the | north-west coast of America: | performed in
1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, | in | the King George and Queen Char
lotte, | Captains Portlock and Dixon. | Dedicated by permission,
to | Sir Joseph Banks, Bart. | By Captain George Dixon. |
London : | Published by Geo. Goulding, | Haydn's Head, No. 6,
James Street, Cov ent Garden, | 1789. | BA. HIT. C. f?>,
Pp. i-xxix, 1 1., pp. 1-352; Appendix, pp. 353-360; Appendix 2, pp. 1-47, map.
4.
Numerals, 1-10, of Prince William's Sound and Cook's River, Norfolk Sound,
and King George's Sound, p. 241. Indian song as generally sung by the natives
of Norfolk Sound, p. 243.
DICTIONNAIRE DOBBS. 201
Dixon (Capt. George) continued.
1043 - - Voyage autonr dn monde et principalement a la cote nord-
ouest de I'Arae'rique, fait en 1785, 86, 87 et 88, a bord du King- ^
George et de la Queen Charlotte, par les capitaiues Portlock et
Dixon. Traduit de 1'anglois, par M. Lebas.
Paris, Maradan, 1789. *
1 p. 1., 499 pp. 4. "Appendix No. 2," 46 pp., 1 p. 1., 15 fig., 5 maps. Not
seen; title from Leclerc.
1044 Der | Kapitaiue Portlock's und Dixon's | Eeise um die
Welt | besonders nach | der Nordwestlichen Kuste von Amerika |
wahrends der Jahre 1785 bis 1788 | in den Schiffen King George
uud Queen Charlotte, | Herausgegeben | von dein | Kapitain Georg
Dixou. | Aus dein Englischeu iibersetzt und mit Anmerkungen
erliiutert | von | Johaun Iteinhold Forster, | der Eechte, Medicin
und Weltweisbeit Doktor, Professor der Naturgeschichte und Mine-
ralogie | auf der Konigl. Preusz. Friedrichs-Universitat, Mitgleid
der Kb'uigl. Akademie der hohern | und schonen WisBenschaften
zn Berlin. | Mit vielen Kupferu uud einer Laudkarte. |
Berlin, 1790. | Bei Christian Friedrich Bosz und Sohu. | JOB.
4 p. 11., xxii, 314 pp. 4. map. Linguistics, pp. 216-218.
See Portlock (N.) See Portlock (N.) and Dixon (G.)
1045 Dobbs (Arthur). An | Account | of the Countries adjoining to |
Hudson's Bay, | in the | North-west Part of America: | containing |
aDescrip ion of their Lakes and Eivers, the Nature of the | Soil and
Climates, and their Methods of Commerce, &c. | Shewing the Bene
fit to be made by settling Colonies, and | opening a Trade in these
Parts; whereby the French will be | deprived in a great Measure of
their Traffick in Furs, and | the Communication between Canada
and Mississippi be cut oif. | With | An Abstract of Captain Middle-
ton's Journal, and Observations upon | his Behaviour during his
Voyage, and since his Keturn. | To which are added, |
I. A Letter from Bartholomew de Fonte, | Vice- Admiral of Peru
and Mexico; | giving an Account of his Voyage from | Lima in
Peru, to prevent, or seize upon j any Ships that should attempt to
find | a Northwest Passage to the South Sea. |
II. An Abstract of all the Discoveries | which have been publish'd
ofthelslands | andCountriesinandadjoiningtothe | Great Western
Ocean, between Aine- | rica, India, and China, &c. pointing | out the
Advantages that may be made, | if a Short Passage should be found
thro' | Hudson's Streight to that Ocean. |
III. The Hudson's Bay Company's Charter. |
IV. The Standard of Trade in those | Parts of America; with an
Account | of the Exports and Profits made an- | nually by the Hud
son's Bay Company. |
V. Vocabularies of the Languages of se- | veral Indian Nations
adjoining to Uud- | sou's Bay. |
202 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Dobbs (Arthur) continued.
The whole intended to shew the great Probability of a North
west | Passage, so long desired ; and which (if discovered) would be
of the | highest Advantage to these Kingdoms. | By Arthur Dobbs,
Esq;|
London : | Printed for J. Eobinson, at the Golden Lion in Ludgate-
Street. | M DCC XLIV [1744]. | BA. 1
Pp. i-ii, 1-211, with map. 4.
Thompson (Edward). A short vocabulary spoke amongst the Indians inhab
iting the N. W. part of Hudson's Bay, pp. 206-211.
Vocabulary of English and Eskimo words, pp. 203-205.
1046 Doctrina. [Doctrina Christiana, Arte, etc., in Oakchiquel.] *
Manuscript. 109 11. am. 4. In library of the Philosophical Society, Philadel
phia.
Title taken from Dr. D. G. Brinton's article in the American Journal of Science
and Arts, vol. xlvii, pp. 222-230, where he describes it as follows:
Unfortunately the first leaf, with the general title, is missing. The top of the
second leaf commences in the midst of a sentence in a Doctrina Christiana in
CakchiquSl. This covers ten leaves, and is followed by two leaves of "Preguntas
de la Doctrina," all in Cakchiquel. Next comes a "Confessionario breve en len-
gua Cakchiquel." The Spanish translation of each question and answer is also
given. After the Confessionario are three leaves, unnumbered and blank, except
that on the recto of the second is a Latin prayer to the Virgin, difficult to de
cipher. On the recto of the next leaf is the following :
Arte | de la lengua cak | chiquel.
It is written in a clear, small hand, covers fifty-four pages, with 30 lines, on an
average, to the page, sometimes with one column, sometimes with two, and closes
with this colophon
Martes a 24 de Junio de 1692 afios dia del Naciruiento de S. Juan Baptista se
acavo el traslado de oraciones y Arte en Kakchiquel.
From the close of this to the 96th leaf there is another series of doctrinal ques
tions headed
Vae JTutubal Jl'habal ti | ITut ubex richin Christianos | cakchiquel A'babal
ri | chin cakchiquel vinak.
(I designate the peculiar modification of the consonants by italics.)
" Another "Confessionario breve en lengua castellana y cakchiquel" then fol
lows, twelve pages in Jength, differing considerably from the previous one. The
rest of the volume is taken up with "Platicas," short discourses on religious sub
jects. One of them is an incident from the life of Saint Vincent Ferrer, related
for the purpose of " terrifying the natives, and dispelling the shame they usual ly
have about confessing." There is an index to the book, and on the verso of the
last leaf this note in regard to the binding, "Este qnaderno es de Fr. Albi rto Mi-
guez"; said "quaderuo" being in dark calf, without boards, and with strings.
The characters of Parra are employed in all the divisions of the work, and the
writing is mostly quite legible*
There is no hint throughout where this work was written, nor by whom. The
colophon above quoted seems to show that it is the original, at least of the Arfo
and the prayers. From the mention of Saint Vincent Ferrer, a Dominican, and
fr. m the known rivalry of the two orders at that time in Central America, I am
inclined to attribute it to a Dominican rather than a Franciscan. None of the
bibliographical authorities already quoted mention any writer of either order
who prepared works of this kind in Cakchiquel at or very near 1692. The manu
script proceedings of the Philosophical Society for Sept., 1836, when the books
were received throw no light on the matter.
cfriftiatta ema lengua
ftellana^ Lctguaftecacorrcftondienteacai
fapalabra: de gnafltcM Segir.qje pufotnicrar enlaf ra/ts; d.t Iff
ia&uafteca: compuefta forynduftrin deyn
fraylede la onfe<fc/gloriofo fact
1050. FAC-SIMTLE OF TITLE-PAGE OF DOCTRINA OF 1571.
DOBBS DOCTRINA. 203
Doctrina continued.
The linguistic v alue of the Arte is considerable. Only two grammatical notice,
of the language seem to have been published, one about 1560 in Mexico, smother
in 17C>3. in Guatemala. Both of them are excessively rare, and indeed it is
doubtful if any copy of the first is in existence. The Cakehiquel is peculiarly
important in the comparative study of this group of languages, and with the rich
materials here at hand to illustrate all its constructions, a publication of this short
manuscript with notes would be most welcome to American linguists.
1047 Doctriua Christiana en Lengua Totonaca. *
Manuscript. 1780. 4. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat.
1048 Doctrina Christiana Totonaca. *
Manuscript. Cent, xviii. 4. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat.
1049 Doctrina Christiana etc., in the Otomi Language. *
Manuscript. 57 11. Its contents are : 1. Doctrina Christiana, in Spanish and
Otomi, 13 11. 2. Confessionario: 11. 14-29, in Spanish and Otomi. 3. Manual
do Adrniuistrar lo.s Sacramentos, 11. 30-40, Latin, Spanish, and Otomi. 4. Con
versational Phrases in Spanish and Otomi, 11. 41-57. Ramirez Sale Cat., No, 637.
1050 Doctriana Cristiana en la Lengua Guasteca con la Lengua
Castellaua, la Guasteca correspoudiente a cada palabra de Guasteco
[sic\ seguu que se pudo tolerar en la frasis de la lengua guasteca,
compuesta por industria de uu fraile de la orden del glorioso Sant
Augustin, obispo y Doctor del a Santa Yglesia [Au engraving of
St. Agustin.]
En Mexico, en casa de Pedro Ocharte. 1571.
Colophon (1. 50) :
Acabose esta Doctrina Cristiana err el mes de Septiembre de
1570 ailos en el couveuto de fluexutla, y fue vista y examinada eii
presencia del P. Juan de Mesa, lengua guasteca, y de Cristobal de
Frias, y Lope Corzo &c., &c. Concluyose eii Huexutla a 30
de Junio de 1571 aflos.
En Mexico, en casa de Pedro Ocharte, a 15 de Septiembre de 1571
afios. *
50 11. and 2 11. at end ; gothic letter. 4. Title communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta,
with the following note : "I have not seen this work. Of its existence I have no
doubt, but I do not vouch for the accuracy of the description taken from No. 1950
of "Ensayo de uua Biblioteca de Libros raros y curiosos," fonnado con los A| un-
tamientos de D. Bartholom6 Jos<S Gallardo, coordinados y aumenta'los por Zareo
del Valle y Rayon," and from the original annotation of Gallardo, which, strange
to say, does not wholly conform to the printed title. This Doctrina was, ac-
cordiug to Beristaiu, reprinted in 1689, and this statement is confirmed by a pas
sage in the Noticia de la lengua huasteca, of Tapia Centeno."
I presume this is by Fr. Juan Cruz, though Sr. Icazbalceta does not put it
under his name. See No. 934 of this catalogue.
1051 Doctriana cristiana en lengua Opata.
No tiilc-page. 11 unnumbered II. 8. Title from Icazbalceta'sApuntes, No. 101.
1052 - - 1 Doctrina xpiaua en legua Mexicana. ([Per signu crucis.
Icamachiotl Craz % ylmicpa fjf,m toyuohua Xitechmomaquixtililjl
Totecuiyoe diose. lea inmotocatziu. Tetatzl. |J(. yhua Tep . . .
yhuan spiritis saucti. ifl. Ameu. Jesu . . .
204 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Doctrina continued.
Title from Sr. Icazbalceta's Life and Writings of Bishop Zumarraga, -where it
is described as follows: In 8 Gothic letter. An edition, unknown, communi
cated to me by Sr. D. Jose' M. de Agrcda. The text, wholly in Mexican, com
mences on th verso of the frontispiece without any other title than "Doctriua."
The alphabet follows, and immediately thereafter "Nican ompehua in doctrina
xpiana mexico tlatolli tiquitohua i nemach tiliz in xpianome ceca mouequi in-
ixquich tlacatl," &c., which continues to fol. ciij, wanting the remaining leaves,
most likely one only, since there are 7 of the signature N. Neither the name of
the author, nor the date of the edition is given, though it is without doubt a pro
duction of the presses of Cromberger or Juan Pablos, corresponding to the first
years of our typography. The types and typographic ornaments are the same
which were employed in the first impressions of this kouce. There is likewise,
on the frontispiece, the Episcopal scutcheon of Sr. Zumarraga, which shows the
edition to have been made at his expense and during his life. I judge it to be
of the year 1547.
Concerning the author of this anonymous Doctrina there appears to me to be
sufficient reason to attribute it to Fr. Pedro do Gante.
1053 Doctrina Cristiana en lengua espailola y mexicana, hecha
por los religiosos de la orden de Santo Domingo. *
Title from Sr. Icazbalceta's Life and writings of Bishop Zumarraga, where it is
described as follows:
Signatures A-T of 8 11., and V of 4 11., 156 numbered 11. of 2 columns, Spanish
and Mexican. 4. Gothic letter.
I have seen but one copy of this most rare work: it belonged to Sr. D. Jose" F.
Ramirez, passing afterwards into the possession of Sr. D. Alfredo Chavero, and
since into that of Sr. D. Manuel Fernandez del Castillo, who bought it at a sale
in London for 59. It is the same as that described in my Apuutes, No. 100.
It is incomplete, wanting all of fold A, and the first leaf of B, or the first 9 11.,
beginning with the tenth, numbered x. It lacks, also, the upper part of the last .
leaf on which was the colophon; but these faults have been supplied as to certain
points by means of a manuscript copy made in 1775, which 1 have among my
books. It bears a frontispiece which pretends to be a fac-simile. and it agrees
with that of the edition of 1550, given below. Above it says: "Verilas doniiiii
nianct in eternum," followed by a scutcheon of S. Domingo, and at the foot:
DC claracion y exposicion de la Doctrina Christiana en Leugua Espaiiola & Mexi-
cana: echa por los religiosos de la orden de Sancto Domingo. Aflo de 1548.
On the verso of the last leaf is the colophon, which, completed by means of the
manuscript copy, reads thus:
Con Primlcgio Imperial. A gloria y alabanza de nucstro Redemptor
Jesu Chriato y de su bendita Madre, aqui ac acaba la declaration ilc la
Doctrina Christiana en Lengua eapanola y Mexicana, y una columna
corresponda d otra: sentcncia por sentencia: de grandc utilidad y
proveclio para la tsalud Ac las animas, y en especial para los natvrales
dsta tierra/ \ p q scan fvmdadosy roborados en las cosas d nra seta
fe cato- | lica: y animados pa la guarda d los uiandaniietos diuiuos:
y pa | q todos sepan los grades dones y reqzas qne nfo clemetis-
simo | redemptor qso comuuicar mediante sus sactos sacramentos
con | el exercicio de las obras d mla: assi corporales como spuales:
to | do lo ql se cotiene e los qreta sermocicos aq contenidos. Ua
saea | da la legnu e tata claridad como a<] parece: assi porq mejor
se d | todo a euteder a estos naturales/ coino, table porq mejor | lo
DOCTRINA. 205
Doctrina continued.
toinen ft coro los q lo qsiere tomar. Fue impssa e esta | muy leal
ciudad rt mexico ecasa rt juilpablospor ma | dado rtl reueredissimo
sefidr do fray Jua c,nmarra | ga primer Obpo de Mexico, y porq en
la co | gregacio q los sefiores obpos tuuiero se or- | deno q se hizies-
sen dos doctrinas: vna bre | ue y otra larga: y la breue es la q el
aiio | de. M. d. xlvj. se emprimio. Mada | su sefioria reueredissimaq
la otra j grande puede ser esta : pa dcla j racion de la otra peqnefia.
Acabose de imprimir a. | xvij. dias del ines de | enero. Aiio d
M. | d. y xlviij. [1548]. Aiios. | }Soli Deo honor & gloria in secula
seculoru. Ame. |
It begins with a prologue, which is followed by the Tabla of the sermons. Fol.
lowing is the cartillaosilibario, and the Doctrina chiquita, or the text of the doc-
trina cristiaua in Spanish and Mexican, except the Per signura crueis and the
four prayers, Credo, Padre nuestro, Ave Maria, and Salve, which are in Latin
and Mexican;
The printing was done by order of the Bishop Zumarraga, and at his expense.
It belongs, most likely, to the year 1547, since it was finished the 17th of January,
1548. The work was not held in much esteem, since in the following year, 1549,
that of the death of Bishop Zumarraga, there appeared the following edition:
1054 ([Ueritasdominimanet iueternum. | [Engraving.] | % Doc
trina Christiana | en legua Espauola y Mexicana: becba | por los re-
ligiosos de la ordeu de scto Domingo. | Agora uueuamete corregida
y enmedada. Ano. 1550. j
9 unnumbered 11., 11. x-clvj double columus, Spanish and Mexican. 4.
Colophon, verso 1. clvj :
Con preuilegio Imperial. | <[ A gloria y alaban^a de nro redemp-
tor Jesu | Xpo y de su bendita madre | aqui se acaba la declaracio
dehido | ctri naxpiana en legua Espanolay Mexicana: y vnacoluna
cor | respode a otra: sentecia por seutecia: d grade vtilidad y pue-
cho | pa la salud rt las alas: y en especial pa los naturales dsta
tierra/ | pa q sea fundados y roborados en las cosas de nra seta fe
catho | lica: y animados pa la guarda de los madamietos diuinos: y
pa | q todos sepan los grades dones y riquezas q nro clemeutissimo |
redemptorquisocomunicar mediate sus sctos sacrametos con el | ex-
ercicio de las obras de mia: assi corporales como spuales: todo | lo
Ql se c5tiene en los JJrenta sermoncicos a^| coteudos. Ua saca |
da la legua e tat a claridad como aq | parece: assi porq mejor
se de | todo a enteder a estos uaturales | coiuo tabie porq iTiejor | lo
tome de coro los q le qsiere tomar. Fue impssa e esta | muy leal
ciudad rt mexico e casa rt jua pablos por ma | dado rte reueredis
simo sefior do fray Jua ^-umarra | ga primer Obpo de Mexico. Y
porq en la con | gregacio q los seiiores obpos tuuiero se or- |
deno q se hiziessen dos doctriuas: vna bre- | ue y otra larga: y la
breue es la q el aiio | de M. d. xlvj. se imprimio. Manda | su se
fioria rcnerendissima q la otra | grande puede ser esta: pa de-
cla | raciou de la otra pequena. | Acabose de imprimir a | xij. dias
del mes de | hebrero. Ano rt | M. d. 1. afios | 1 1 1 1 | 1 1 1 | t | La ql
206 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Doctrina continued.
ha sido agora nueuamente corregida y einedada. | ([ Soli deo honor
y gloria in secula seculoru. Amen. | *
Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 24, with corrections furnished by that
gentleman. The title and colophon of an edition, dated two months later, a
copy of which is in the Library of Congress, are as follows:
1055 C Veritas doruini manet in eternuni. | [Design. | tft Doc
trina Christiana | en lengna Espanola y Mxicana [sic] : hecha por |
los religiosos de la orde de scto Domingo. | Agora nueuamete cor
regida y emedada. Afio d. 1550.
156 11., first 9 not numbered. Two columns, Spanish on the left, Mexican on
the right, gothic letter.
Colophon, verso 1. 156:
Con prinilegio Imperial. | ([ A gloria y alaba^a de nuestro redep-
tor Jesu | xpo y de su bcndita madre, aqui se acaba la declaracio de
la do | ctrina xpiana cu legua Espanola y Mexicana: y vna colua
cor | responde a otra: sentecia por sentecia: d' grade vtilidud y
proue | c.ho pa la salad d' las alas : y en especial para los naturales
d' sta | trra, pa q sea fundados y roborados en las cosas de nfa seta
fee | catholica: y animadospa laguarda d' los madamietos diuiuos |
y pa q todos sepa los grades dones y riqzar q nfo clemetissimo | re-
demptor quiso comunicar mediate sus sctos sacrametos co el | exer-
cicio de las obras de mla: assi corporales como spuales: to- | do lo ql
se contiene en los qreuta sermoncicos aq cotenidos. Ua | sacada la le
gua en tata claridad como aoj parece : assi porq me- | jor se'de todo
a enteder a estos naturales, como tabie porq me- | jor lo tome de coro
los q lo qsiere tomar. Fue impssa en esta | muy real ciudad
d' mexico e casa d' Jua pablos por ina | dado d'l reueredissimo sefior
do fray Jua gumarra | ga primer Obpo de JNlexico. Y porq en la
con- | gregacio q los senores obispos tuuiero se or- | deno q se hizies-
sen dos doctrinas: vna bre- | ue y otra larga: y la breue es la
q el afio | deM. d. xlvj. se imprimio. Manda | su seuoria reuereudis-
sima q la otra | grande puede ser esta: pa decla | racion de la otra
pequefia. | Acabose de impriinir a | xvij dias del mes de | Abril.
Auo de | 1550. | Afios. | ^1 | ffa fjf \ j% \ La ql ha sido agora nueua-
mete corregida y enmendada. | ([ Soli deo honor y gloria in secula
seculoru. Amen. | c.
10,5(5 Doctrina pequeua en Mexicano. Tejiiton Teotlatolli.
Colophon :
Mexico, 1831. Imprenta del ciudadano Alejandro Valdes. *
15 pp. t(i. No title-page. Not seen ; title communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta.
1057 Doctrines and Discipline. | [Methodist Episcopal Church.] [11 lines
Cherokee characters.] |
Park Hill. Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line Cher
okee characters.] | 1842. | BA.
45 pp. 24. In Cherokee characters.
DOCTRINA - DOMENECH. 207
1058 Dodd (Captain). Vocabulary of the Stakbin kwan.
Iu Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 121-133.
Washington, 1877. 4.
1059 Dodge (J. Kichards). Eed Men of the Ohio Valley: | an | Aborigi
nal History | of the | Period commencing A. D. 1650, and ending at
the treaty of | Greenville, A. D. 1795; embracing notable facts
and | Thrilling Incidents in the Settlement by the | Whites of the
States of Kentucky, Obio, | Indiana and Illinois. | By J. B.
Dodge. | Editor of the American Buralist. |
Springfield, O.: | Euralist Publishing Company. | I860. | A.C.JBD.
1 p. 1., pp. v-x, 13-435. 12.
Specimen of tbe Shawuee and Wyandot languages, pp. 51-60, both from Am.
Antiq. Soc., Trans., vol. 1.
1060 Dodge (Col. Eichard Irving). Our Wild Indians: | thirty-three'
years' personal experience | among the | Eed Men of the Great
West. | A popular account of | their social life, religion, habits,
traits, customs, exploits, etc. | with | Thrilling Adventures and Ex
periences | on the great plains and in the mountains | of our wide
frontier. | By | Colonel Eichard Irving Dodge, | United States
Army. | Aid-de-Camp to General Sherman. | With an introduc
tion | By General Sherman, | Fully Illustrated with Portraits on
Steel, Full-page Engravings on Wood, | and Fine Chromo-Litho-
graph Plates. |
Hartford, Conn.: | A. D. Worthington and Company. | A. G. Net-
tleton & Co., Chicago, 111. N. D. Thompson & Co., St. Louis, Mo. |
C. C. Wick & Co., Cleveland, O. W. E. Dibble & Co., Cincinnati,
O. | A. L. Bancroft & Co., San Francisco, Cal. | 1882. | JWP.
Pp. i-xxxix, 29-650. 8.
Wonderful diversity of the Indian languages, pp. 44-48; Indian names, their
meaning and significance, pp. 220-228; Cheyenne names of the larger streams of
the Plains, p. 231; Cheyenne songs, with English translation, pp. 352-353;
Dance songs with music, pp. 354-355; The sign-language with vocabulary,
pp. 379-394.
1061 Domenecb. (Abbe Emmanuel). Seven Years' Eesidence | in the
great | Deserts of North America | by the | Abbe" Em. Domenech |
Apostolical Missionary : Canon of Montpellier : Member of the Pon
tifical Academy Tiberina, | and of the Geographical and Ethno
graphical Societies of France, &c. | Illustrated with fifty-eight
woodcuts by A. Joliet, three | plates of ancient Indian Music,
and a map showing the actual situation of | the Indian tribes and
the country described by the author. | In two volumes | Vol.
I [II]. |
London | Longman, Green, Longman, and Eoberts | 1860. | BA. c.
2vols. 8.
List of "Indian Tribes of North America," vol. 1, pp. 440-445. "Indian
Languages" (including examples of the Natchez, Ojibbeways, Dacotas, Algon
208 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Domeuech (Abbe Emmanuel) continued.
quiii and Mexican), vol. 2, pp. 109-163. " Vocabularies [82 words] of North
American Languages," vol. 2, pp. 164-189, as follows :
Blackfeet, Kioway, Onondaga,
Cahuilo, Mandan, Osage,
Cayuga, Menornonee, Pima,
Chactas, Miami, Queres,
Cherokee, Mojave, Riccaree,
Chinook, Mohawk, Shawnee,
Comanche, Navajo, Sheyenne,
Dacota, Nez Perces, Tuscarora,
Delaware, Ojibbeway, Yuma,
Hueco, Oneida, Zufii.
1062 Voyage pittoresque dans les grands deserts du Nouveau
Monde.
Paris, Morizot. 1862.
608pp. imp. 8. Not seen. Said to contain texts of Aztec and Maya songs.
Domingo de la Anuuciacion.
See Anuuciacion (Domingo de la).
1063 Dominguez (D. Francisco). Catecismo | de la | Doctrina Cris-
tiaua j puesto | en el idioma Totouaco | de la cierra [sic] baja de
Naoliugo, | distinto del de la cierra alta de Papantla. | For | el
Lie. D. Francisco Dominguez, | cura interiuo de Xalpan. |
Eeimpresoen Pueblaenlaimpreuta | del hospital de San Pedro. |
1837. | c.
38 pp., 1 p. errata. 16.
Complete vocabulary of the dialects of Cierra Alta, and Cierra Baja,
pp. 26-37.
' ' The first edition of the Christian Doctrine appeared after the Arte, of the same
author published at Puebla in 1752." Le Clerc.
1064 Dominguez y Argaiz (Dr. D. Francisco Eugenio). Platicas de los
principales mysteries de nuestra S te Fee, Cou una breve exort;icion
-, .
al fin, del modo con que deben exitarse al dolor de las culpas. He-
j&D] cbas en el Idioma Yucateco, por orden del lllmo. y Rmo. Sr. D' y
Mtro D. F. Iguacio de Padilla, Del Sagrado Ordeu de San Augus-
tin, Dignissimo Arzobispo Obispo de estas Provincias de Yucatan,
de el Cousejo de su Majestad, Por el Doctor D. Francisco Eugeuio
Dominguez y Argaiz. Curo proprio de la Parrochial del Santo
Nombre de Jesus, intramuros de la Ciudad, y Examiuador Synodal
del Obispado de Yacatau \sic\. Quien las dedica al dicho lllmo. y
Ii'ino. Sefior. Contiene seis Platicas: la 1. la Explication de N.
Santa Fee: la 2. el Mysterio de la SS. Trinidad: la 3. el dela En-
carnation del Verbo Diviuo: la 4. el de la Eucharistia: la 5. la Ex
plication del Fin ultimo para que fue criado el hombre: que es solo
Dios : la 6. la Explication del modo con que deben excitarse al do
lor de las culpas.
DOMENECH DONCK. 209
Dominguez y Argaiz (Dr. D. Francisco Engenio) continued.
Impressas en Mexico en la Imprenta del Iteal y inas Antiguo
Colegio de S. Yldefonso. Ano de 1758. *
6 p. 11., pp. 1-24. 4. On the recto of the last leaf, without number, is the Act
of Contrition in verse. Not seen ; title communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta to whom
it was furnished by Dr. Berendt, who owned a copy of the work.
Carillo, who has a copy also, says 6 p. 11. and text, pp. 1-25. 4.
1065 Donck ( Adriaen van der). Beschry vinge j Van | Nieuvv-Nederlant, |
(Ghelijck het tegenwoordigh in Staet is) | Begrijpende de Nature,
Aert, gel egen they t en vrucht- | baerheyt van het selveLant; mits-
gadersde proffijtelijcke en- | de geweuste toevallen,die aldaer tot on-
derhout der Menscben, (soo | uyt haer selven als van buyten inge-
braclit) gevoiiden worden. | Als Mede | De maniere en ongheineyne
eygenschappen | vande Wilden ofte Naturellen van den Lande. |
Eude | Een bysomler verhael vanden wonderlijcken Aert | ende
het Weesen der Bevers, | DaerNochByGevoeght Is | EenUiscours
over de gelegentheyt van Nieuw Nederlandt, | tusschen een Neder-
landts Patriot, ende een | Nieuw Nederlander. | Beschreveu door |
Adriaen vauder Donck, | Beyder Itechten Doctoor, die teghen-
woor- | digh noch in Nieuw Nederlant is. |
t' Aemsteldam, | By Evert Nieuwenhof, Boeck-verkooper, woon-
ende op 't | Euslandt in 't Schrijf-boeck. Anno 1G55. | *
4 p. 11., pp. 100, Register, 3 pp. 4. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
1066 Beschiyvinge | Van | Nieuvv-Nederlant, | (Gelijck het te
genwoordigh in Staet is) | Begrijpende de Nature, Aert, gelegent
heyt en vruchtbaerlieyt | van het selve Landt; mitsgaders de prof
fijtelijcke ende gewenste toevallen, die | aldaer tot onderhondt der
Menschen, (soo uyt haer selven als van buyten inge- | bracbt) ge-
vonden worden. Als mede de maniere en ongemeyne Eygenschap- |
pen vande Wilden ofte Naturellen vanden Lanue. Ende een by-
sonder verhael | vanden wonderlijcken Aert ende het Weeseu der
Bevers. | Daer noch by-gevoeght is | Een Discours over de gelegeut-
heyt van Nieuw-Nederlandt | tnsschen een Nederlandts Patriot,
ende een Nieuw Nederlander. | Beschreven door | Adriaen van
der Donck, | Beyder Kechten Doctoor, die tegenwoordigh | noch in
Nieuw-Nederlandt is. | En hier achter by gevoeght | Het voordee-
ligh Reglement vande Ed : Hoog. Achtbare | Heereu de Heeren
Burgermeesteren deser Stede, | betreffende de sakeu van Nieuw-Ne
derlandt. | Den tweeden Druck. | Met een pertinent Kaertje van
t' zelve Landt veriert, | en van veel druckfouten gesnyvert.
t' Aemsteldam, | By Evert Nieuwenhof, Boeck-verkooper, woo-
nende op | 't Euslandt, in't Schrijf-boeck, Anno 1656. | Met Privi-
legie voor 15 Jaren.
4 p. 11., pp. 100, Register, 4 pp., 4 11. map. Title from Sabiu's Dictionary.
14 Bib
210 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Donck (Adriaen van der) continued.
1067 Description of the New Netherlands, by Adrian Van der
Donck, J. U. D. Translated from the original Dutch, by Hon.
Jeremiah Johnson, Of Brooklyn, N. Y.
In New York Hist. Soc. Coll. Second series, vol. 1, pp. 125-242.
"Of the different Nations and Languages," pp. 205-206.
Issued separately with title-page which is a translation of that of the 1656
edition.
1068 [Dorsey (Rev. James Owen).] Ponka [ABC Wa-ba-ru. | Mis
sionary Jurisdiction of Niobrara. |
New York, | 1873. | JWP.
Pp. 1-16. sq. 16.
1069 How the Babbit killed the (Male) Winter. An Omaha
Fable. By J. O. Dorsey.
In Am. Ant., vol. 2, pp. 128-132. Chicago, 1878-79. 8.
In the Omaha language with interlinear translation in English.
1070 The Babbit and the Grasshopper. An Otoe Myth. Trans
lated by Bev. J. Owen Dorsey.
In Am. Ant., vol. 3, pp. 24-27. Chicago, 1881. 8.
In the Otoe language with interlinear translation in English.
1071 Myths, Stories, and Letters in the (pegiha Language.
This material is in the hands of the printer and will form Part I, Vol. VI, Con
tributions to North American Ethnology, to be published by the Bureau of
Ethnology. It comprises 72 stories and myths and 48 letters, each with inter
linear translation, explanatory notes, and free translation; 544 pp. 4 are in type
and stereotyped.
1072 Letters in the (pegiha Language.
Manuscript. 200 pp. folio. These are 258 in number and were dictated by
Omaha Indians. It was intended to incorporate them in Vol. VI, Part I, Contribu
tions to North American Ethnology, but the material already in type for that
volume was so extensive as to prevent.
1073 Grammar of the (pegiha Language.
Manuscript. 800 pp. folio. Will form Part II of Vol. VI, Contributions to
North American Ethnology.
1074 (pegiha Dictionary (pegiha-English and English-(pegiha.
Manuscript. 22,000 slips. Contains 20,000 words alphabetically arranged. Will
form Part III of Vol. VI, Contributions to North American Ethnology.
1075 Linguistic Material of the lowas, Otos, and Missouris.
Manuscript. 1,000 pp. folio. Consists of myths, stories, and letters with inter
linear translations, explanatory notes, and free translations, a dictionary of 9,000
words, and a grammar.
1076 Linguistic Material of the Winnebago Language.
Manuscript. 75 pp. folio, and 2,100 slips. Consists of a letter with interlinear
translation, notes, and free translation, grammatic notes, and a dictionary of
2,000 words.
1077 Kansas and Omaha Words and Phrases.
Manuscript. 5 pp. folio. These manuscripts are in the Library of the Bureau
of Ethnology.
DONCK DOUGHERTY. 211
Dorsey (Rev. James Owen) continued.
1078 - , Gatschet (Albert Samuel), and Riggs (Stephen Return).
Illustration of the Method of recording Indian Languages. From
the manuscripts of Messrs. J. O. Dorsev, A. S. Gatschet, and S. R.
Biggs.
In Bureau of Ethnology, First Ann. Kept., pp. 579-589. Washington, 1881.
imp. 8.
Those three gentlemen have prepared monographs which are now in course of
publication by the Bureau of Ethnology; to illustrate the manner in which they
will appear, the following extracts were given. Each is accompanied by inter
linear translation in English, with notes:
Dorsey (J. O.) How the Rabbit caught the sun in a trap. An Omaha myth,
pp. 581-583.
Gatschet (A. S.) Details of a Conjuror's practice. In the Klamath Lake dia
lect, pp. 583-584.
The Relapse. In the Klamath Lake dialect, pp. 585-586.
Sweat Lodges. In the Klamath Lake dialect, pp. 586-587.
Riggs(S. R.) A Dog's Revenge. A Dakota Fable, pp. 587-589.
1079 Dougherty (Rev. Peter). The First | Initiatory Catechism, | By
James Gall ; | with the i Ten Commandments, | and the Lord's
Prayer: | Translated into Ojibwa, | By the Kev. P. Dougherty. |
Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the | Presbyterian
Church. |
New York: | John Westall, Printer. 29, Ann-Street. | 1844. | BA.
Pp. 1-24, alternate English and Ojibwa. 1-2.
For later edition see Dougherty (P.) and Rodd (D.)
1080 - A | Chippewa Primer. | Compiled by the | Rev. Peter
Dougherty. | Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the |
Presbyterian Church. |
Few-York: | John Westall, Printer, 29 Ann-Street. | 1844. | BA. c.
Pp. 1-84. 12.
A vocabulary of words, phrases, and sentences.
1081 - A | Chippewa Primer. | 'Compiled by the | Eev. Peter
Dougherty. | Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the |
Presbyterian Church. | Second edition enlarged. |
New -York: | John Westall & Co., Printers, 11 Spruce Street. |
1847. | BA. MHS.
Pp. 1-123. 12.
1082 Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Grand Traverse Bay.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. Philadelphia,
1852. 4.
1083 Terms of Relationship of the Ojibwa of Lake Michigan
(Ojibwank) collected by Rev. P. Dougherty, Missionary, Chippewa
and Ottawa Mission, Grand Traverse Bay, Mich.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity, pp. 29:i-382. Washington,
1871. 4.
1084 and Rodd (D.) Easy Lessons | on | Scripture History: | in
the | Ojibwa Language: | translated by | Rev. P. Dougherty, |
212 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Dougherty (Rev. Peter) and Rodd (D.) continued.
aided by | D. Eodd. | Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of
the | Presbyterian Church. |
Grand Traverse Bay. | 1847. | John Westall and Co., Printers, |
11 Spruce street, New-York. | BA. c.
Pp. 1-69, alternate English and Ojibwa. 16.
1085 The First | Initiatory Catechism; | by James Gall; | with
the | Ten Commandments | and the | Lord's Prayer | in the | Ojib
wa Language: | translated by | Eev. P. Dougherty, | aided by | D.
Eodd. | Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the | Presby
terian Church. |
Grand Traverse Bay. | 1847. | John Westall and Co., Printers, |
11 Spruce street, New-York. | BA. c.
Pp. 3-69, alternate English and Ojibwa. 16.
1086 Short Beading Lessons | in the | Ojibwa Language; |
translated by | Eev. P. Dougherty, | aided by | D. Eodd. | Printed
for the Board of Foreign Missions of the | Presbyterian Church. |
Grand Traverse Bay. | 1847. | John Westall and Co., Printers, |
11 Spruce street, New York. | BA. GB.
Pp. 1-95, alternate English and Ojibwa. 12.
1087 Drake (Samuel Gardner). Indian Biography, | containing the
lives of more than | Two Hundred | Indian Chiefs: | Also such
others of that race as have rendered their names | conspicuous in
the History of North America from its first | being known to
Europeans to the present period. | Giving at large their most | cel
ebrated speeches, memorable sayings, | numerous anecdotes ; | and
a | History of their wars. | Much of which is taken from Manu
scripts never before published. | By Samuel G. Drake. | [Four lines
quotation in English and two in Indian.]
Boston : | Published by J&siah Drake, at the Antiquarian Book
store, | 56 Coruhill. | Clg. IQ. CCCXXXII [1832]. | BA.
1 p. 1. , pp. i-viii, 9-348. 12.
First edition of the work afterwards expanded into " Biography and His
tory," and subsequently titled "Book of the Indians." This edition contains no
linguistics and is given simply because it is the first.
Sabin's Dictionary mentions: Second edition, Boston, 1833. 8.
1088 Biography and History | of the | Indians of North Amer
ica; | comprising | a General Account of them, | and | Details in
the Lives of all the most distinguished chiefs, and | others, who
have been noted, among the various | Indian Nations upon the
Continent. | Also, | a History of their Wars; | their Manners and
Customs; and the most celebrated Speeches | of their Orators,
from their first being known to | Europeans to the Present Time. |
Likewise | exhibiting an Analysis | of the most distinguished, as
well as absurd authors, who | have written upon the great ques-
DOUGHERTY DRAKE. 213
Drake (Samuel Gardner) continued.
tion of the | First Peopling of America. | [Picture of an Indian;
quotation, six lines.] | By Samuel G. Drake, | Member of the New
Hampshire Historical Society. | Third Edition, | with large addi
tions and corrections, and numerous Engravings. |
Boston: | O. L. Perkins, 56 Oornhill, and Hilliard, Gray & Co. |
New York : G. & C. & N. Oarvill. | Philadelphia : Grigg & Elliot. |
1834. | A. c. WHS.
Engraved title, pp. viii, 28, 120, 132, 72, 158, 1 1., pp. 18,1 plain leaf, pp. 12. 8.
plates.
Short vocabulary of the Kamskadale and Aleoutean, Book 1, p. 15; Lord's
Prayer in the Muhhekaneew language, Book 2, p. 89 ; Lord's Prayer in the Wam-
panoag, Book 3, p. 40 ; Specimen of the language of the Tarratines, Book 3, p.
129; A few words in the Mohawk language, Book 5,p 111.
Fourth edition, Boston, 1835.
1089 Biography and History | of the | Indians of North Amer
ica. | From its first discovery to the present time ; | comprising |
details in the lives of all the most distinguished chiefs and | coun
sellors, exploits of warriors, and the celebrated | speeches of their
orators; | also | a history of their wars, | massacres and depreda
tions, as well as the wrongs and | sufferings which the Europeans
and their | descendants have done them; | with an account of their |
Antiquities, Manners and Customs, | Eeligion and Laws; | likewise
exhibiting an analysis of the most distinguished, as well as absurd |
authors, who have written upon the great question of the | first
peopling of America. | [ Monogram ; six lines quotation.] By
Samuel G. Drake. | Fifth Edition, | With large Additions and Cor
rections, and numerous Engravings. |
Boston : | Antiquarian Institute, 56 Cornhill. | 1836. | o.
xii, 48, 120, 144, 96, 168 pp. 8.
Short vocabulary of the Kamskadale, and Ale"outean, Book 1, p. 16 ; Lord's
Prayer in the Muhkekaneew language (from Edwards), Book 2, p. 87; Lord's
Prayer in the Wampanoag, Book 3, p. 45 ; A specimen of the language of the
Tarratines, Book 3, p. 137; Numerals (1-10) in Choctaw, Book 4, p. 24; Lord's
Prayer in the language of the Six Nations, Book 5, p. 5; Lord's Prayer in the
Shawnee language, Book 5, p. 127 ; A few words of Mohawk, and of Mohawk
and Welsh compared, Book 5, p. 132;
According toSabin's Dictionary there appeared the following: Sixth Edition:
Boston, 1836. 8. Seventh Edition : Boston Antiquarian Institute, 1837, pp. xiii,
120,144,96,160,12. 8.
1090 The | Book of the Indians; | or, | Biography and History |
of the | Indians of North America, | from its first discovery | to the
year 1841. | [Eight lines quotations.] | By Samuel G. Drake, | Fel
low [&c., two lines.] | Eighth Edition, | With large Addition and
and Corrections. |
Boston: | Antiquarian Book Store, 56 Coruhill. | M.DCCC.XLI
[1841], | BA. c.
xii, 48, 120, 156, 156, 200 and Index, 16 pp. 8.
214 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Drake (Samuel Gardner) continued.
Linguistics as in Fifth Edition, q. v.
According to Sabin's Dictiop-jry: Ninth Edition: Boston, 1845, 748 pp. 8.
Tenth Edition: Boston, MDCCOXLIII. 8. [Should bo MDCCCXLVIII.]
1091 - - Biography and History of the Indians of North America,
in from its first Discovery. By Samuel G. Drake. Eleventh Edition.
Boston: Benjamin B. Mussey. M.DCCC.LI [1851].
Pp. 1-720. 8. Linguistics as in Fifth Edition.
Some copies of this edition have the imprint : Boston, San born, Carter &
Bazin, 1857. Another edition is Boston, 1858. Sabin's Dictionary.
1092 - - The | Aboriginal Races | of | North America; | compris
ing | Biographical Sketches of Eminent Individuals, | and | an
Historical Account of the Different Tribes, | from j the First Discov
ery of the Continent | to | the Present Period | With a Disserta
tion on their | Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Customs, | Illus
trative Narratives and Anecdotes, | and a | copious analytical in
dex | By Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth Edition, | revised, with val
uable additions, | by J. W. O'Neill. | Illustrated with Numerous
Co'ored Steel-plate Engravings. | [Quotation, six lines.] |
Philadelphia: | Charles Desilver, | No. 714 Chestnut Street. |
1860. | A. B.
Pp. 1-736. 8. Linguistics as in Fifth edition, pp. 32, 151, 229-230, 321, 364, 501,
623, 627-628.
This is the Biography of the Indians, with a new title-page and some additions.
1093 The | Aboriginal Races | of | North America; | compris
ing | Biographical Sketches of Eminent Individuals, | and | an His
torical Account of the Different Tribes, | from | the First Discov
ery of the Continent | to | the Present Period | With a Dissertation
on their | Origin, Antiquities, Manners. and Customs, | Illustrative
Narratives and Anecdotes, | and a | copious analytical index | By
Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth Edition, | revised, with valuable ad
ditions, | by Prof. H. L. Williams. | [Quotation, six lines.] |
New York. | Hurst & Company, Publishers. | 122 Nassau
Street. | [n. d., copyright, 1880.] WE.
Pp. 1-787. 8. Linguistics as in Fifth edition, pp. 32, 151, 229-230, 321, 364, 501,
623, 627-628 ; and in addition:
Gatschet (A. S.) Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories, pp.
748-763.
Smith (B.) Comparative Vocabularies of the Seminole and Mikasuke
Tongues,, pp. 763-767.
Squier (E. G.) Historical and Mythological Traditions of the Algonquins,
pp. 718-736.
Title and notes from Mr. W. Eames.
I
1094 The | Old Indian | Chronicle; | being a collection of ex
ceeding rare tracts | written and published in the time of King |
Philip's war, by persons residing in | the country; to which are j
now added marginal | notes and | Chronicles of the Indians | From
DKAKE DUFLOT DE MOFRAS. 215
Drake (Samuel Gardner) continued.
the discovery of America to the present time. | By S. G. Drake. |
[Monogram.] |
Boston : | Published at the | Antiquarian Institute, 56 Cornhill. |
MDCCCXXXVI [1836]. | BA.
2 p. 11., pp. 1-208. 16. plates. Contains, pp. 1-38, reprint of The Present
State of New England, q. v.
1095 The | Old Indian Chronicle; | being a collection of | Exceed
ing Rare Tracts, | written and published in the | Time of King
Philip's War, | by persons residing in the country. | To which are
now added an | Introduction and Notes, | By Samuel G. Drake. |
Boston: | Samuel A. Drake, 151 Washington St. | 1867. | WE.
Pp. i-xi, 1-333. sm. 4.
Contains, pp. 119-169, reprint of The Present State of New-England.
1096 Drennen (John). Numerals of the Choctaw Language.
In Schoolcraft (H. K.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 204-206. Philadelphia,
1852. 4.
Numerals 1-1,000,000,000.
1097 Dryasdust (Dr.), pseud. Indian Names, Along the southern border
of Washington County [New York]. JWP.
In Washington County [N. Y.] Post, vol. 16, No. 24. August 22, 1850.
Names of creeks, towns, &c., their etymology and meaning.
1098 Duchateau (Julien). Sur Fe'criture calculiforme des Mayas. Par M.
Julien Duchateau.
In Soc. Americaine de France, Ai chives, nouvelle se'rie, tome 1, pp. 31-34.
Paris, 1875. 8.
Title from Mr. W. Eames.
1099 Ducrue (Franz Beuno). Speciinina Lingvae Californicae. Briefen
des Ilerrn P. Franz Benno Ducrue.
In Murr (C. G.) Journal zur Kunstgeschichte, vol. 12, pp. 268-274. Niiren-
berg, 1787. 16.
Short sentences with interlinear translations.
1100 Dudley (Paul). English Definitions of Indian Terms From Paul
Dudley's Papers. Furnished by J. Wingate Thornton.
In Maine Hist. Soo. Coll., vol. 5, pp. 425-429. Portland, 1857. 8.
"The Lord's Prayer in the Indian tongue, viz: the Indians of Norridgewock
and Penobscot in New England and Nova Scotia," pp. 427-428.
"Descriptions of Indian Words from Paul Dudley's MSS.," pp. 428-429.
1101 Duflot de Mofras (Eugene). Exploration | du Territoire | de 1'Ore"-
gon, | des Californies | et de la Mer Vermeille, | exe'cute'e pendant
les anne"es 1840, 1841 et 1842, | par M. Duflot de Mofras, | Attache"
a la Legation de France a Mexico; | Ouvrage public' par ordre du f*^ *~.
Roi, | sous les auspices de M. le Mare"chal Soult, Due de Dalmatie, | -fa^, A*-> <**
President du Conseil, | et de M. le Miuistre des Affaires Etran-
geres. | Tome Premier [Second]. |
Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur, | Libraire de la Socie"te de A ;Y?k ^^'
Ge"ographie, | Rue Hautefeuille, n 23. | 1844 | /g BA. c. c '
2i,,8 6. tb
216 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Duflot de Mofras (Eugene) continued.
Philologio. Diversity's dcs langues. Examcn cnmparatif des idiomes oc<Sa-
niens et ameYicains. Systerues de numeration binaire et quaternaire. * * * *
Table ge"ne>ale analytique et alphabe'tique de 1'ouvrage (Chapitre xiii, pp. :587-
484, vol. 2) contains the Pater Noster in the following languages:
Tchinouk du Rio Colombia, Guiluco de la Mission de San Francisco Solano,
pp. 390-391 ; Chocouyem du Rio del Sacramento, Joukiousine' de la Mission do
San Rafael, de la Valle"e de los Tulares, de la Mission de Santa Clara, Tatche' ou
T^lami de la Mission de San Antonio de Padua, pp. 391-392 ; de la Mission de Santa
In6s, San Fernando, San Gabriel, p. 393; de la Mission de San Juan Capistnuio,
San Luiz Rey de Francia, p. 394 ; de la Mission de San Diego, San Francisco de
Borgia, Santa Gejrtrudis, p. 395; de la Mission de San Iguacio de Loyola, des
Azteqnes du Mexique, p. 396.
Numerals 1-10 of the following languages, p. 401 :
Cote Nord-ouest de I'Amerique. Californie.
Sitka. Mission del Carmelo.
lie du Roi George. N. 8. de la Soledad.
Indiens Haidas. San Luiz.
Atnas. San Jnan.
Noutka. San Gabriel.
Tchinouks. Indien Pima.
Umpquas. Indien Azteque.
Systemes de Numeration des Indiens, p. 402.
1102 [Dukes (Joseph).] The | History | of | Joseph and his Brethren. |
In the Choctaw Language. |
Utica: | Press of William Williams. | 1831. | BA. ABC. ATS.
Pp. 1-48. 24. "This little tract is indebted for its existence to Mr. Joseph
Dukes, a native. interpreter." Reprinted 1836.
1103 Dumont (M.) M6moires | Historiques | sur | la Louisiane, | conte-
nant ce qui y est arrive" de plus | memorable depuis l'anne~e 1C87.
jus- | qu'a present; avec l'e"tablissenient de la | Colonie Frau(;oise
dans cette Province | de I'Amerique Septentrionale sous la | direc
tion de la Compagnie des Indies; | le climat, la nature & les pro
ductions | de ce pays; 1'origine & la Religion des | Sauvages qui
1'habitent; leurs mceurs | & leurs coutumes, &c. | Composes sur les
M^moires de M. Dumout, | par M. L. L. Mfascrier]. | Ouvrage en-
richi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier [Second]. |
A Paris, | Chez Cl. J. B. Bauche, Libraire, Quai | des Augustins,
a Pimage Ste Genevie"ve. | M. DCC. LIII [1753]. | Avec approbation
& Privilege du Eoi. | c.
2 vols. 16. maps.
Du Gouvernemenf des Sauvages, de leur Noblesse & de lenr Langne, vol. 1,
pp. 175-182. Also a few aboriginal terms en passant in the same volume.
1104 [Dunbar (John).] Lawyrawkvlarits | Pany Kwta. |
Fkytaru rrkwryhu tgskwrgt kitsutyryhu. | 1836. | AAS.ABS. JWP.
Pp. 1-24. 12.
Exercises in spelling, reading, numerals, &c., in Pawnee. The translation of
the title is: Book | Pawnee his. | City very great near water great [Boston]
was printed. | 1836. |
DUFLOT DE MOFRAS DUPONCEAU. 217
1105 [Dunbar (John B.)] The Pawnee Indians, their History and Eth
nology. [By John B. Dunbar.]
In Mag. of Am. Hist., vol. 4, pp. 241-281. New York, 1880. 4.
Pawnee proper names passim, and list of relationships, pp. 270-271.
1106 Grammatical Sketch and Vocabulary of the Pawnee lan
guage. *
Manuscript prepared by Mr. Dnnbar to accompany his article in the Maga- -
zine of American History ; it is not yet published.
1107 Dunbar (William). On the Language of Signs among certain
North American Indians. By William Duubar, Esq., of the Mis
sissippi Territory, communicated by Thomas Jefferson, President
of the Society.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans., vol. 6, pp. 1-8. Philadelphia, 1804. 4.
1108 Dunn (John). History | of | the Oregon Territory | and British
North-American | Fur Trade; | with | An Account | of the Habits
and Customs of the Principal Native | Tribes on the Northern Con
tinent. | By John Dunn, | late of the Hudson's Bay Company;
eight years a resident in the | country. |
London: | Edwards and Hughes, Ave Maria Lane. | 1844. | c. 13 ,
Pp. i-viii, l-:559. 8. map.
"A few specimens of the Language of the Millbank and Chinook Tribes," pp.
358-359.
econd edition, London, 1846, viii, 359 pp. 8. map.
The edition: Philadelphia, Zeiber & Co. 1845,236 pp. 16, contains no lin
guistics.
1 109 Dunne (John). Notices relative to some of the Native Tribes of
North America. By John Dunne, Esq.
In Royal Irish Acai Trans., vol. 9, pp. 101-137. Dublin, 1803. 4.
"Some imperfect strictures on [Algonkin] Indian Language," with examples,
pp. 130-137.
1110 Duponceau (Peter Stephen). Report of the Corresponding Secre
tary [of the Hist. & Lit. Com. of the Am. Philosoph. Soc.] to the
Committee of his Progress in the Investigation committed to him
of the General Character and Forms of the Languages of the
American Indians Read, 12th Jan., 1819.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans. Hist, and Lit. Com., vol. 1, pp. xvii-xlvii.
Philadelphia, 1819. 8. Reprinted in
Buchanan (J.) Sketches of the History of the North American Indians, pp.
269-306. London, 1824. 8 ; and in ibid. : vol. 2, pp. 48-77. New York, 1824, 2 vols.
8; and in French in
Duponceau (S.) Me'moiresur * * * Laugues de quelques Nations Indienues,
pp. 413-464. Paris, 1838. 8. Original article reviewed by
Pickering (J.) In North American Review, vol. 9, pp. 179-187. Boston,
1819. 8.
Separately issued as follows :
1111 Report | made | to the Historical & Literary Committee |
of the | American Philosophical Society, | held at Philadelphia,
for promoting | useful knowledge, | By their Corresponding Secre-
218 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Duponceau (Peter Stephen) continued.
tary, | stating | His Progress in the Investigation committed to
Him, of the | General character and Forms | of the | Languages
of the American Indians. | Bead in committee, | 12th January,
1819- I BA.
Pp. 1-34. 8.
1112 M6moire a 1'efi'et de determiner le caractere grammatical
des langues de I'Ame'rique Septentrionale, connues sous les noms de
Lenni Lenape", Mohe~gan, Chippeway, qui a obtenu le prix de liu-
guistique a 1'Institut de Fran9e fonde" par M. de Volney. Par M.
Pierre S. Du Ponceau.
Paris. 1836. *
8. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
1113 : Me"rnoire | sur | le Systeme Grammatical | des langues |
de | quelquesNationsIndiennesde I'Ame'rique | dukord; | ouvrage
" qui,alas6anceptibliqueannuelle | de | 1'Institut Eoyal de France, |
le 2 Mai 1835, | a remporte" le prix fonde par M. le Gomte de Vol
ney : | par M. P. -Et Du Ponceau, LL. D. | President [&c., six lines].
Paris, | A la librairie d'A. Pihan de la Forest, | Eue des Nbyers,
37 | Gide, Librairie, | Eue de Seine S. G. 6 bis. j Dentu, Libraire,
Au Palais Eoyal. | 1838. | B A.' HU. c.
xvi,464 pp. 8.
Memoir on the grammatical character of the North American languages,
chapters v-xx being devoted to the Algonkin, pp. 75-256.
Appendix A. Comparative vocabulary of the Algonkiu (Lenapi, from Hecke-
welder) and Iroquois (Onondago from Zeisberger), pp. 257-269.
Appeudix B. Comparative vocabulary, with notes, of the Algonkin, pp. 271-
411.
Report on the general character and forms of the American languages: made
to the Hist. & Lit. Com. Am. Phil. Soc., by the Cor. Sec., P. S. Dupouceau, pp.
413-464.
1114 - - Notes and Observations on Eliot's Indian Grammar. Ad
dressed to John Pickering Esq. By Peter S. Du Ponceau.
In Mass. Hist. Soc. Col., second series, vol. 9, pp. i-xlvii [313-359]. Boston,
1822. 8.
The above article is supplementary to the reprint of Eliot's Indian Grammar,
which is preceded by " Introductory Observations," by John Pickering, q. v.
See Heckewelder (J. G. E.) and Duponceau (P. S.)
See Pickering ( J. ) and Duponceau (P. S. )
See Zeisberger (Htv. David).
lL15Dupont( ). Essai sur la langue des Indiens Galibis. *
In Revue de Linguistique. tome douzieme, pp. 148-164 ? Paris, Maisouneuve,
1879. 8.
Not seen; title from contents of vol. xii, of which I have seen only part 4.
1116 [Duralde (Martin).] Vocabulaire de la Langue d'Atacapa.
In Vater (J. S.) Analekteu der Spracheukunde, pp. 63-72. Leipzig, 1821. 8.
1117 Vocabulaire de la Laugue des Chetimachas.
In Vater (J. S.) Analekten der Sprachenkunde, pp. 73-84. Leipzig, 1821. 8.
DUPONCEAU DU TERTRE. 219
1118 Duran (Fr. Diego). Historia | de las | Indias de Nueva-Espaiia |
y Islas de Tierra Firme, | por | el Padre Fray Diego Duran | Keli-
gioso de la Orden- de Predicadores | (Escritor del siglo xvi) | La
publica con nn Atlas de estampas, Notas e" Illustraciones, | Jos F.
Ramirez | Individuo de varias Sociedades Literarias | Rationales y f - -rrr
Extranjeras. | Tomo I. | Iff* '
Mexico | Imprenta de J. M. Andrade y F. Escalente. | Bajos de ^JUU^Jk^
San Agustin num. 1. | 1867. | A. B.
Pp. 1-xvl, 1-535. 4.
The foot-notes of the editor contain numerous explanations and translations
of Mexican words.
1119 Duret (Claude). Thresor de 1'histoire des Langues de cest TJni-
vers, contenant les origines, beautez, perfections . . . . et autre
mines des Langues Hebraique .... des anlmaux et oiseaux.
Coin. 1613.
4. Title from Auer s Sprachenhalle.
1120 Thresor de | 1'Histoire des | Langves de cest | Univers, |
Contenant les Origines, Beautez, Perfections, De9adences, Muta
tions, | Changements, Couuersions, & Euines des Langues | He
braique, Chananeenne, * * * * Indienne des Terres neufnes * * * . |
Par M. Clavde Dvret Bovrbonnois, | President a Movlins. | Fous
auons adiouste Devx Indices: L'vn des Chapitres: L'autre des
principales | matieres de tout ce Thresor. | Seconde Edition. |
A Yverdon, | De 1'Imprimerie de la Societe" Helvetiale Caldo-
resqvi. | M. DC. XIX [1619]. | c.
16 p. 11., 1030 pp. 4.
Numerals, 1-10, of Canada, ancient and modern, and of the Souriquois and
Etchemius (all from L'Escarbot), p. 955.
Durocher (P.)
See Aiame, No. 38, and Aiamieu, No. 40, of this catalogn
1121 Du Tertre (R. P. lean Baptiste). Histoire | Gene"rale, | des Isles |
deS.Christophe, | delaGvadelovpe, | delaMartiniqve, | etavtres |
dans FAme'riqve. | Ou 1'on verra 1'establissemeut des Colonies
Fran- | goises, dans ces Isles; leurs guerres Ciuiles & | Estrangeres,
& tout ce. qui se passe dans les | voyages & retours des Indes. |
Comme aussi plusieurs belles particularitez des Antisles de l'Am6-
rique: | Vne description generale de 1'Isle de la Guadeloupe: | de
tons ses | Mineraux, de ses Pierreries, de ses Riuieres, Fontaines
& | Estaugs: & de toutes ses Plantes. | De plus, la description de
tous les Animaux de la Mer, de 1'Air & de la | Terre: & un Traite"
fort ample des Moeurs des Sanuages du pays, de 1'Estat | de la
Colonie Francoise, & des Eclaues, tant Mores, que Sauuages. | Par le
R. P. lean Baptiste dv Tertre, Religieux de 1'Ordre des F. F. Pre- |
scheurs, du Nouitiat du Faux-Bourg Saiuct Germain de Paris, j
Missionaire Apostolique clans l'Ame"rique. | [Device.]
220 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Du Tertre (R. P. lean Baptiste) continued.
A Paris, | Cliez lacqves Langlois, Imprimeur Ordinaire du Eoy, |
An Mont de sainte Geneuiefve, vis a vis la Fontaine. | Et Em-
manvel Langlois, dans la grand' Salle du Palais, | a la Keyne de
Paix. | M. DC. LIV [1654]. | Avec Priuile'ge du Eoy, & Approba
tion des Superieurs. | BA. c.
10 p. 11., 481, 7 unnumbered pp. 8. map.
"Ad vis av lectevr," p. 11. 5 & 6, contains the following prayers in Carib, ex
tracted from the manuscript of Sr. R. P. Raymond Breton :
"L'Oraison Dominicale," "La Salutation Angelique," "Symbole des Apos-
tres," "La benediction auant le repas," "Action de graces apres le repas," and
" Les commandemens de Dieu."
Leclerc, No. 2133, sa;\ s there are two editions of this work with different dedi
cations, one beginning "A Monsieur Achilles de Harlay;" the other "A Messire
Achilles de Harlay." The latter is the one I have handled.
1122 Eastman (Mrs. Mary H.) Dahcotah; | or, | Life and Legends of
the Sioux | around Fort Snelling. | By Mrs. Mary Eastman, |
with | Preface by Mrs. C. M. Kirkland. | Illustrated from drawings
by Captain Eastman. |
New York: | John Wiley, 161 Broadway. | 1849. | , Hti. C.
Pp. i-xxxi, 33-268. 8.
A list of Sioux Chiefs with English signification, p. xxv; Sioux names for
children, in order of birth, p. xxv; List of Gods of the Dahcotahs with English
signification, p. xxxi.
1123 Eaton (Capt. J. H.) Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of
Zuni, New Mexico, and of the Navajos of New Mexico.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 416-431. Philadelphia,
1854. 4.
1124 Edinburgh Philosophical Journal. The | Edinburgh | Phi'osophical
Journal, | Exhibiting a view of | the progress of discovery in Na
tural Philosophy, | Chemistry, Natural History, Practical Me
chanics, | Geography, Statistics, and the Fine and Useful | Arts, |
for | June .... October 1819. | Conducted by | Dr. Brewster and
Professor Jameson. | To be continued quarterly. Vol. I [-X1V],
Edinburgh : | Printed for Archibald Constable and Company. |
1819 [-1820J. BA. O.
Couliuued as follows:
1125 Edinburgh New "Philosophical Journal. The | Edinburgh New |
Philosophical Journal, | exhibiting a view of the | progressive im
provements and discoveries | in the | Sciences and the Arts. | Con
ducted by | Robert Jameson, | Begins Professor [&c., 15 lines]. |
April . . . October 1826. | To be continued quarterly. |
Edinburgh: | Printed for Adam Black, North Bridge, Edin
burgh ; | and Longman, Bees, Orme, Brown, & Green, | London. |
1826 [-1854]. BA. C.
57 vols. 8.
Scouler (John). On the Indian tribes inhabiting the Northwest coast of
America, vol. 41, pp. 108-192.
Continued as follows:
DU TERTRE EDWARDS. 221
Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal continued.
1126 The | Edinburgh New | Philosophical Journal, | exhibiting
a view of the | progressive discoveries and improvements | in the
Sciences and the Arts. | Ijditors. | Thomas Anderson, M. D., P. R.
S. E., &c., | Regius Professor [&c.] Sir William Jardine, Bart., F.
R. S. E., &c., | and | John Hutton Balfour, M. D., F. R. S. E.
&c., | Professor [&c.] | January April 1855. | Vol. I [-XIX].
New Series. |
Edinburgh: | Adam and Chai'les Black. | Lougmau, Brown,
Green, & Longmans, London. | MDCCOLV [-MDCCCLXIV]
[1855-1864]. | BA.
19 vols. 8.
1127 Edwards (Bryan). The | History, | Civil and Commercial, | of |
The British Colonies in the West Indies: | In two volumes. | By
Bryan Edwards, Esq. | of the Island of Jamaica. | Vol. I [II]. |
London: | Printed for John Stockdale, Piccadilly. | M. DCC.-
XCIII [1793]. | c.
2 vo's. : pp. i-xxxvi, 1-494; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-494, folding tables. 4.
Charaibe terms (from Rocbefort) compared with similar terms from Oriental
dialects (Hebrew, &c. ), vol. 1, p. 114.
1128 - - The | History, | Civil and Commercial, | of | The British
Colonies in the West Indies: | In two volumes. | By Bryan Ed
wards, Esq. | of the Island of Jamaica; | F. R. S. S. A. and Mem
ber of the American Philo | sophical Society of Philadelphia. |
The Second Edition, | Illustrated with Maps. | Vol. I [-III]. |
London: | Printed for John Stockdale, Piccadilly. | M.DCC.-
XCIV [-1801]. | c.
3 vols. : pp. liv, 1-494 ; 1 1., pp. 1-520, 1 1. ; 1 1., pp. v-xx, 1^143. 4.
Cbaraibe terms (from Rochefort) compared with similar terms from Oriental
dialects (HebreWj &c.), vol. 1, p. 117.
1129 - - The I History, | Civil and Commercial, | of the | British
Colonies | in the | West Indies. | By Bryan Edwards, Esq, F. R. S.
S. A. | In three volumes. | Third edition, | with considerable addi
tions. | Illustrated with Plates. | Vol. I [-III]. |
London: | Printed for John Stockdale, Piccadilly. | 1801. | A. w.
3 vols.: pp. i-xxiv, i-xxiii, 1-576; pp. i-viii, 1-617 (1); 1 p. 1., pp. i-xxxii.
1-477. 8.
Charaibe terms, etc., vol. 1, p. 145.
Sabin's Dictionary gives t^e following :
+ Dublin: Luke White. M. DCC. XCIII. 2 vols. 8.
-f Fourth edition. Philadelphia : James Humphreys. 1805-6. 4 vols. 8, and
atlas 4.
+ Fourth edition, with considerable additions. Illustrated with plates. Lon
don : John Stockdale, 1807. 3 vols. 8.
222 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Edwards (Bryan) continued.
-f- With a continuation to the present time. Fifth edition. London: G. and
W. B. Whitaker. 1819. 5 vols. 8 and atlas 4.
+ Baltimore: Coale & Thomas. 1810. 4 vols. 8.
+ Philadelphia : Levis & Weaver. 181(f 4 vols. 8.
+ Charleston : E. Morford, Willington & Co. 1810. 4 vols. 8.
1130 Histoire civile et coinmerciale des Indes Occidentales de-
puis leur de'couverte ; suivie d'uu tableau historique et politique de
File de St. Domingue. Traduite de 1'Anglaise. 2 e Edition corrigee.
Paris: Dentu, 1804. *
8. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, as also the following:
1131 Burgerlijke en handelkundige geschiedenis van de Engel-
sche volkplantingen in de West Indien, door B. Edwards.
Haarlem. 1794-1799. *
6 vols. 8. Abridgments were published: London: J. Parsons. 1794. 2
vols. 8, and London : J. Crosby. 1798. 8.
1132 Edwards (Rev. John) and Byington (Rev. Cyrus). Terms of Eela-
tionsliip of the Chocta, (Chata) collected by Rev. Jolm Edwards
and Rev. Cyrus Byington, Missionaries, Wbeelock, Chocta Nation.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of consangnity and affinity of the Human Fam
ily, pp. 293-382. Washington, 1871. 4.
1133 Edwards (Jonathan). Observations | on the | Language | of the |
Muhhekaneew Indians; | in which the extent of that language in j
North-America is shewn; | its Genius is | Grammatically traced:
some of its Peculiar!- | ties, and some Instances of Analogy be
tween | that and the Hebrew are pointed out. | Communicated to
the Connecticut Society of | Arts and Sciences, and published at
the | Request of the Society. | By Jonathan Edwards, U. D. | Pas
tor of a Church in New-Haven, and | Member of the Connecticut
Society of | Arts and Sciences. |
New Haven, Printed by Josiah Meigs, | M, DCC, LXXXVIII
[1788]. | HU. c.
Pp. 1-17 12?.
Comparative vocabulary of the Mohegan, and Shawnee (from Gen. Parsons),
pp. 6-7 ; Comparative vocabulary of the Mohegan, and Cbippewa (from Carver),
pp. 7-8 ; Numerals, 1-10, Mohegan, and Mohawk, p. 9 ; Pater Noster in Mohe
gan, p. 9 ; Pater Noster in the language of the Six Nations (from Smith's New
York), p. 10 ; Qi-ammatical Notes, pp. 10-17.
Reprinted as follows:
11. !4 Observations | on the | Language | of the | Muhhekaneew
Indians; | in which | The Extent of that Language in North-Ame- |
rica is shewn; its Genius is grammatically | traced; some of its
Peculiarities, and some | Instances of Analogy between that and
the | Hebrew are pointed out. | Communicated to the | Connecti
cut Society of Arts and Sciences, | And published at the Request
of the Society. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | Pastor of a Church
in New-Haven and Member of the | Connecticut Society of Arts
and Sciences. I
EDWARDS. 223
Edwards (Jonathan) continued.
New Haven, printed by Josiah Meigs, 1787; | London reprinted by
W. Justins, | Shoemaker-Bow, Blackfriars. | M, DCG, LXXXVIII
[1788]. | BA.
Pp. i-iv, 5-16. 8. Contents as in American edition. Some copies differ in
date as follows: New Haven, printed by Josiah Meigs, 1788; London, reprinted
by W. Justius, Shoemaker Row, Blackfriars. M, DCC, LXXXEX.
1135 A | Sermon | at the Execution of | Moses Paul, an In
dian ; | Who had been guilty of Murder, | Preached at New Haven
in America. | By Samson Occom, | A native Indian, and Missionary
to the Indians, who was in England | in 1766 and 1767, collecting
for the Indian Charity Schools. | To which is added | a Short Ac
count of the | late Spread of the Gospel, | among the Indians. |
Also | Observations on the Language of the | Muhhekaneew In
dians; | communicated to the | Connecticut Society of Arts and
Sciences. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. |
New Haven, Connecticut: Printed 1788. | London: Printed, 1789,
and Sold by Buckland, Pater- | noster-Eow; Dilly, Poultry;
Otridge, Strand; J. Lenard, | No. 91, Newgate-street; T. Pitcher,
No. 44 Barbican; Brown, | on the Tolzey Bristol; Binns, at Leeds;
and Woolmer, at Exeter. | c. JOB.
Pp. i-iv, 5-24, 1-16. 8. The first 16 pp. comprise the Observations, &c., aa
in No. 1134.
Reprinted in Carey (Mathew), editor. American Museum or Repository of * * *
fugitive pieces, &c., vol. 5, pp. 21-25, 141-144. Philadelphia, 1789. 8. AJso
(according to Lndewig) New York, 1801. 8. And again as follows:
1136 Observations on the Language of the Muhhekaueew Indi
ans; | In which the Extent of that Language in North America is
shewn; | its Genius is grammatically traced; some of its Peculiari
ties, | and some instances of Analogy betweeu that and the Hebrew
are pointed out. Communicated to the Connecticut Society of Arts
and Sciences, and | published at the Bequest of the Society. | By
Jonathan Edwards, D. D., Pastor of a Church in New Haven | and
Member of the Connecticut Society of Arts and Sciences. | New
Haven, Printed by Josiah Meigs, M, DCC, LXXXVIII. BA.
In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., second series, vol. 10, pp. 81-100. Boston, 1823. 8.
This reprint is preceded by an "Advertisement" signed John Pickering, and
dated Salem, Mass., May 15, 1822, which occupies pp. 81-84.
The contents of the Observations are the same as the original and occupy pp.
84-98.
"Notes, By the Editor," occupy pp. 98-160, the contents of which, in addition
to comments and remarks on affinities, grammatic structure, etc., are as follows:
Numerals, 1-10, of the Minsi and Unami (from Heckewelder), p. 101; Numer
als, 1-10, from the Mohawk Primer, and from Edwards, p. 101 ; Pater Noster,
from the Mohawk Primer and from Edwards, p. 102 ; Cherokee verbs (from Buth-
rick), p. 121.
'Comparative Vocabulary [45 words] of various dialects of the Lcnape (or
Delaware) Stock of North American Languages, together with a Specimen of
the Winnebago (or Nipegon) Language," which includes the following:
224 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Edwards (Jonathan) continued.
Mohegan (from Edwards), p. 13G; Mohegan (from Rev. W. Jenks), p. 137;
Lenape or Delaware (from Rev. Mr. Heckewelder), p. 137 ; Munsee, or Minsi (from
Dr. Barton), p. 138 ; Shawanese (from Edwards), p. 138 ; Shawanese (from Ar-
chaeologia Americana), p. 138; Nanticoke (from Gen. Murray and Mr. Hecke-
welder), p 139; Naraganset (from Roger Williams), p. 139 ; Massachusetts (from
Eliot), p. 140; Penobscot (from French Missionaries' MS.), p. 140; Abnaki (from
Father Rale's MS. dictionary), p. 141 ; St. Franci Indians (from Rev. Dr. Holmes
and Rev. Mr. Noyes), p. 141 ; Messisaugas (from Barton's New Views), p. 142 ;
Algoukiu (from La Hontan), p. 142 ; Algoukiu (from McKenzie), p. 143 ; Chip-
peway (from Edwards), p. 143; Chippeway (from Long's Travels, London edi
tion, 1791), p. 144; Knisteneaux (from McKenzie), p. 144; Knisteneaux (from
Harmon's Journal, 1820), p. 145 ; Winnebago or Nippegon (from Professor Say),
p. 145.
Comparative table of the Sioux or Naudowessie Stock; comprehending the
Winnebago, communicated by Mr. Du Ponceau, p. 151.
Postscript. Translation of the 19th Psalm into the Muh-he-con-uuk language
done at the Cornwall School under the superintendence of Rev. John Sergeant,
Missionary (from Rev. Dr. Morse's Report on Indian Affairs), pp. 152-154.
Index of Mohegan and other Indian words, explained in Edwards' Observa
tions, pp. 155-157.
Index of the principal matters in Edwards' Observations and the Editor's
notes, pp. 158-160.
This reprint in the Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll. was also published as a separate
paper with addition of title-page, but otherwise unchanged, as follows :
1137 Observations | on the | Language | of the Muhheekaneew
Indians. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | A new edition: | with
notes, | by | John Pickering. | As published in the Massachusetts
Historical Collections. |
Boston : | Printed by Phelps and Farnham. | 1823. | BA.
Pp. 1-82. 8. Reprinted, according to Sabin's Dictionary, as follows:
1138 Observations on the Language of the Muhhekaneew In
dians. By Jonathan Edwards. A New Edition, with Notes by
John Pickering.
Boston : Little and Brown. 1843. *
8.
1139 The Works | of | Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | Late Presi
dent of Union College. | With a | Memoir of his Life and Charac
ter, | by Tryon Edwards, j In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |
Andover: | Printed and Published by Allen, Morrill & Ward-
well. | New York: Dayton and Newman. | Philadelphia: Henry
Perkins. Boston: Crocker and Brewster, | Gould, Kendall and
Lincoln, Tappan and Dennett. | Hartford: Tyler and Porter. |
1842. | *
2 vols. 8. Title from Mr. W. Barnes.
Observations on the Language of the Muhhekaneew Indians, vol. 1, pp. 469-480.
Another edition : Boston, 1850. 2 vols. 8, not seen.
1140 Eells (Rev. Myron). Hymns | in the | Chinook Jargon Language |
compiled by | Rev. M. Eels, [sic] \ Missionary of the American Mis
sionary Association. | [Design.]
EDWARDS EELLS. 225
Eells (Rev. Myron) continued.
Portland, Oregon: | Publishing House of Geo. H. Himes. |
1878. | JWP.
Pp. 1-30. sq. 16.
Hymns, pp. 4-27; Lord's Prayer, pp. 28-29; Blessing before meals, p. 30.
1141 The Twana Indians of the Skokomish Eeservation in Wash
ington Territory. By Eev. M. Eells, Missionary among these Indians.
In Hayden (F. V.) Bulletin, vol. 3, pp. 57-114. Washington, 1877. 8.
Numerals 1-1000, pp. 86-87; Names of days, months, &c., 87-88; Chinook
songs, pp. 91-92; Vocabulary, 211 words, pp. 93-98.
1142 Indian Music.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 249-253. Cleveland, 1878; Chicago, 1879. 8.
Short songs in Clallam and Chemakum, with music, p. 252.
1143 The Twana Language of Washington Territory. By Rev.
M. Eells.
In Am. Antiquarian and Oriental Journal, vol. 3, pp. 296-303. Chicago,
1881. 8.
Grammatic forms of the Twana or Skokomish, pp. 296-298 ; of the Skwaksin
dialect of the Niskwalli, pp. 298-299 ; of the Clallam, pp. 299-301 ; of the Che-
inii k inn . pp. 301-303 ; of the Spokane, pp. 302-303 ; of the Chinook Jargon, p. 303.
1144 The Twana, Chemakum, and Clallam Indians of Washing
ton Territory. By Rev. Myron Eells, Missionary of the American
Missionary Association.
Manuscript. Pp. 1-435. 4.
Chapter XIII. Language and Literature, pp. 219-268, contains, pp. 219-230,
remarks and examples of the languages of Washington Territory.
1145 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Chemakum lan
guage.
Manuscript. 37 11. 4. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In
dian Languages, 1st edition. Collected at the Skokomish Reservation, Wash
ington Territory, 1878.
1146 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the S'klallam or Sclal-
lam language.
Manuscript. 52 11. 4. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In
dian Languages,. 1st edition, complete. Collected at the Skokomish Reserva
tion in 1878. Includes plural forms and possessive cases of nouns and pronouns
and the partial conjugation of the verb "to eat."
1147 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Skwaksin Dialect of
the Niskwalli Language.
Manuscript. 5211. 4. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In
dian Languages, 1st edition, complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural
forms, possessive cases and diminutives of nouns, comparison of adjectives,
cases of pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs "to eat " and " to drink."
1148 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Twana Language.
Manuscript. 52 11. 4. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In
dian Languages, 1st edition, complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural
forms, possessive cases and genders of nouns, comparison of adjectives, possessive
case of pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs "to eat" and "to drink."
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
15 Bib
226 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1149 Egede (Hans). De gamle Gronlands nye perlustration, eller en
kort beskrivelse om de gamle Nordske coloniers begyndelse og
undergaug etc. forst Anno 1724 forfattet af H. Egede, og uu Anno
1729 efterseet . . . af een der paa nog en tiid bar vaeret i Gronland.
Kjobeuhavn, H. Chr. Pauli, 1729.
Title and 58 pp. sm. 8.
This seems to be the first essay of Egede's celebrated work on Greenland
which was first published in 1741. Both are vey similar in the division, etc.,
but the latter is of course much more simple. Mutter's Cat.
The following is, I presume, a translation of the above:
1150 Des Alten | Gronlands | Neue | perlustration, | Oder
Eine kurtze Bescbreibung | Derer | Alten Nordischen Colonien |
Anfaiig und Untergang in Grouland, | wobey desselbeu Situation,
Bescbaffenheit | der Gewachsen, Tbieren, Vogeln und Fischen,
Lufft und | Temperament, des Himmels Constitution, der jetzigen
Eiu- | wohner Verbalten Wohnungen Sprache Gestalt Ause- | ben,
Kleider-Tracht Nahrung Gebrauche Handthierung | Speisen Hand-
lung Spracb Eliestauds-Ceremonien | und Kinderzucht; | Nebst
ihrer Eeligion oder Superstition | und anderer so wobl in ihren
Zusanimen | kiinfften, als auch zu Hausz gebriiuchlicLen Sitten. |
Erstlich von Hans Egede, | Missionarius bey der f&c., &c., five
lines]. |
Frankfurt, bey Stock Erben und Schilling Ad. 1730. | JOB.
47 pp. 12.
Chapter XI. On the language of Greenland, pp. 34-47.
1151 . Det gamle | Gronlands | Nye | Perlustration, | Eller | Na-
turel-Historie, | Og | Beskrivelse over det gamle Gr0ulands Situa
tion, | Luft, Temperament og Beskaffenhed; | Ue gamle Norske
Coloniers Begyndelse og Undergang der | Samme-Steds, de itzige
Indbyggeres Oprindelse, Vaesen, | Leve-Maade og Handtseringer,
samt Hvad ellers Landet | Yder og giver af sig, saasom Dyer,
Fiske og Fugle &c. med | hostyyet nyt Land-Caart og andre Kaa-
ber-Stykker | over Landets Naturalier og Indbjggernis | Handtse-
ringer, | Forfattet af | Hans Egede, | Forben Missionair udi Gr^n-
land. |
Kj^benhavn, 1741. | Trykt bos Joban Cbristopb Groth, boende
paa Ulfelds-platz. | o. JOB.
6 p. 11., 131 pp. sm. 4. map.
Greenland song, with interlinear translation, pp. 86-92.
Chapter XVII, pp. 94-105, is on language and customs; besides general re
marks it contains a vocabulary, pp. 96-97 ; grammatic construction, with ex
amples, pp. 97-103, and the creed and Lord's prayer translated into the Greenland
language, pp. 104-105.
There are also scattered throughout many native terms.
1152 Des alten Gronlands Neue Perlustration, oder Naturell-
Historie Und Bescbreibung Der Situation, Beschaffeuheit, Lufft
uud des Temperaments dieses Landes; Wie auch vom Anfange
EGEDE. 227
Egede (Hans) continued.
mid Untergange, derer alteu Norwegischen Colonien daselbst;
vom Ursprunge, der Sitten, Lebensarfc und den Gebrauchen derer
jetzigeu Binwohner, uud was dieses Land an Thieren, Fischen,
Vogeln ec. lieget und mittheilet; deme beygefiiget Eine neue
Laud-Charte und andere in Knpfer gestochene Figuren und Abbil-
dungeii der Naturalien und Handthieningen derer dasigen Ein-
wohner; Verfasset mid bescbrieben von Hans Egede .... Aus deu
Danischen ins Teutsche libersetzt.
Copeubagen : gedruckt bey Johaim Christoph Grothen. 1742. | *
Title, 12, 144 pp. 4. map. Title from Sabiu's Dictionary.
1153 A | Description | of | Greenland. | Shewing | The Natural
History, Situation, Boundaries, | and Face of the Country; the
Nature of the | Soil; the Eise and Progress of the old Nor- | we-
gian Colonies; the ancient and modern | Inhabitants; their Genius
and Way of Life, | and Produce of the Soil; their Plants, Beasts, |
Fishes, &c. | with | A new Map of Greenland. | And | Several Cop
per Plates representing different Animals, | Birds and Fishes, the
Greenlaiiders Way of Hunting | and Fishing; their Habitations,
Dress, Sports | and Diversions, &c. | By Mr. Hans Egede, Mis
sionary in that Country for twenty five Years. | Translated from
the Danish. |
London: | Printed for C. Hitch in Paternoster Eow; S. Austen
in | Newgate- Street; and J. Jackson near St. James's Gate. | MDC-
CXLV [1745J. | JOB.
xvipp., 211., 220pp. 12.
Linguistics as iu 1741 edition, pp. 155-159, 163-174.
1154 - Beschryving | van | Oud-Groenland, | Of eigentlyk van de
zoogenaamde | Straat Davis: | Behelzende | Deszelfs Natuurlyke
Historic, Standsgelegenheid, Gedaante, | Grenscbeidiugen, Veld-
Gewassen, Dieren, Vogeleu, Visschen, enz. | Mitsgaders | Deu
Oirsprong en Voortgang der Aeloude | Noorweegsche Volkplanti-
gen | in dat Gewest; | Benevens | Deu Aart, Inborst, Wooningen,
Levenswyze, Kleding, Spraak, | Bygelovigheid, Dichtkunst, Uit-
spanningen en Tydverdry ven der | Hederidaagsche Inboorlingen. |
Eerst in de Deensche Taal beschreven door | M r . Hans Egede, |
Van den jare 1721 tot 1736 Missionaris of Luitersch Predikant al-
daar, | En nn in 't Nederduitsch overgebragt. | Met | Een Nieuwe
Kaart van dat Landschap en | Aardige Priutverbeeldingen ver-
ciert. |
Te Delft | By Eeinier Boitet, 1746. | JOB.
12 p. 11., 192 pp. sm. 4. map.
Linguistics, pp. 131-134, 137-150.
1155 Description | et | Histoire Naturelle | du | Greenland, |
par Mr. Eggede, [sic] \ Missionnaire & Eveque du Gronland. | Tra-
duite en Francois | par Mr. D. E. D. P. |
228 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Egede (Hans) continued.
a Copeuhague et a Geneve, | chez les Freres C. & A. Philibert. |
M DCG LXIII [1763]. | C. JOB.
Pp. i-xxviii, 1-171. 12. Translated by Mr. D[es] R[oches] D[e] P[arthcnay ].
Linguistics, pp. 119-122, 124-135.
1156 Herrn Hans Egede, | Missionars und Bischofes in Gron-
laud, | Beschreitmng | und j Natur-Geschichte | von | Gronland, |
iibersetzet | von | D Jo b . Ge. Krunitz | Mit Kupfern. |
Berlin, | verlegts August Mylius. | 1763. | C.
xxii, 237 pp. 8. maps.
Linguistics, pp. 173-176, 180-192.
1157 A | Description of Greenland. | By Hans Egede, | who
was a missionary in that country | for | twenty-five years. | A new
edition. | With an | Historical Introduction | and | a life of the
author, j Illustrated | with a map of Greenland, and numerous
engravings on wood. | [Picture.]
London: j Printed for T. and J. Allman, | Princes Street. Han
over Square; | W. H. Eeid, Charing Cross; and Baldwin, Cradock,
and Joy, | Paternoster Itow. | 1818. | BA.
cxviii, 225 pp. 8. map.
Linguistics, pp. 158-161, 165-178.
1158 Elementa fidei Christianae, in qvibus in Gronlandorum
vernacula proponuntur. 1, Ordo Salutis, 2, Catechismus Lutheri,
3, Pratinuentae qvsedam et Psalmi, item 4, Formula baptizandi In
fantes & Adultos.
Hafn. 1742. * *
8. Not seen ; title from Giessing's Nye Samling af Danske- Norske- og Is-
landske- Jubel- Laerere, vol. 3. Kiobenhavn, 1779.
1159 Egede (Paul). Evangel ium Okausek tussarnersok Gub Niarnanik
Innungortomik, okausianiglo. Usornartuleniglo, tokomello uman-
nelo. Killaliarmello , Innuin auuauniartlugit, aggerromartomiglo,
tokorsut tomasa umartitsartortlugit. Koralit okausiet attuattlugo
aglekpaka Paul Egede.
Kiobenhavnme. 1744. *
8. Tbe Gospels, in the Eskimo language, translated by Paul Egede. Sabin's
Dictionary,
Nyernp gives this title in brief, and adds: Subsequently issued in 1758, adding
the "Wanderings of the Apostles." Bagster's "Bible of Every Land" mentions
this latter edition also.
1160 Dictiona- | rium | Gronlandico- | Danico- |*Latinum, |
Coinplectens | Primitiva cum suis | Derivatis, | qvibus | interjectae
sunt voces primariae | e | Kirendo Angekkutorum. | adornatum |
a | Paulo Egede. |
Hafluae, | Anno MDCCL [1750]. Sumptibus & typis Orphan
Eegii, | Excudit Gotum Frid Kisel, Orphanotroph, Eeg. Typogr. |
8 p. 11., pp. 1-312. 12. JOB.
EGEDE. 229
Egede (Paul) continued.
1161 - - Catecbismus | Mingnek | D. M. Lutherim | Aglega | Innu-
suiimut Iniiungnullo Gum | Okausianik illisimangangitsnt, | suna
ope- | rekullugo, kauuorlo innukullugit Tokorsub kingornnane Kil-
laug- | mut pekkullugit. | [Design.]
Kiobeuhavu, | llliarsuin Igloenne nakittet | Nakittairsomit Gott-
inan Friderich Kisel. | 1756. | YO.
Pp. 1-1(50. 12.
Luther's Catechism, with a selection of Hymns, translated into the language
of Greenland. Introduction signed Panl Egede. Catechism, pp. 5-56; Hymns,
pp. 57-148; Register, pp. 149-160. See Kateskismuse Luterim.
1162 - Grainiuatica | Gronlandica | Danico-Latina, Edita | a |
Paulo Egede. |
HaviuiB | Snmptibus & typis Orphantropbii Regii | ExcuditGott-
man, Frid. Kisel. An. 1760. | JOB.
8 p. 11., JJ36 pp. 12.
1163 - Testamente | Nutak, | eller | Det Nye | Testaraente, |
oversat | i det | Groulandske Sprog, | med | Forklaringer, Paral-
leler | og udforlige Summarier, | af | Paul Egede, | Professor Theol.
Nat. ved Kiobeiihavus | Unjversitet, Inspector og Proost for | den
Groul. Mission, og Prsest ved det | Kongel. Aim. Hospital | i Kio-
beuhavn. |
Kiobeuhavn, | Trykt paa Missionens Bekostning, | af Gerhard
Giese Salikath, | 1766. | c.
12 p. 11., 1000 pp., 4 11. 12.
New Testament translated into the Greenlandish language, with commenta
ries, parallels, and extensive summaries.
1164 Ajokoersoirsun Atuagekseit Nalegbingne Grondlandme.
Ritual over Kirke-Forretningeme ved den Dauske Mission paa
Gronland.
Kiobenbavn, H. Ch. Schroder. 1783.
63 pp. 8. Groenland and Danish. Ecclesiastical Ritual for the use of the
Danish Missions in Greenland, translated by Egede T It is a volume heretofore
almost unknown. Printed for distribution ifl Greenland, but few copies were
retained in Europe. Leclerc.
Nyerup gives this title in brief under Paul Egede. For later edition, see
Fabricius(O.)
1165 - Thomas a Kempis de imitative Christ, overs, paa Gronl.
Kiobenhavnime, 1787. *
Title from Nyerup.
1166 - Kristusimik | Mallingnaursut | pivdlugit | Thomasib a
Kempisib Aglega. | Kaladlin okauzeennut nuktersimarsok | Pele-
siunermit | Paviamit Egedemit, | Illegeegnerublo nssornartorsub
"Det DansUe Mis- | sions Selskabimik" ta'iutiglub ama | nakittar-
komago, | narkingniarkiksaralloara | A. F. Honuib. |
Kjobenhavnime. | llliarsu'in iglose'nne nakittarsimarsok | 1824. |
C. F. Skubartimit. | 0.
6 p. 11., pp. 1-168. 16.
Imitation of Christ, in the Eskimo language.
'^0 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1 167 Egercicio Devoto en Honor del Sagrado Corazon de Jesus en Idioma
Mejicauo. *
127 pp. No title-page. Not seen ; title from Ramirez Sale Cat.
See Ejercicio.
1168 Eichthal (Gustav D'). Etudes sur FHist.oire primitive des Eaces
Oc^aniennes et Ame"ricaines, par Gustav D'Eichthal, Secretaire-
adjoint de la Societd Ethnologique.
In Soc. Ethnologique, Mdmoires, tome second, pp. 151-3-20. Paris, 184,">. 8.
"Hnitieme Etude. Rapport des langues Caribe et Polyne'sienne" [with vocab
ularies], pp. 253-269.
" Nen vieme Etude. Rapports entre quelques langues Am6ricaines et le Copte,"
pp. 270-289.
" Dixieme Etude. Rapports des langnes Caribe et Ouolofe," pp. 290-309.
This paper with half title (Etudes sur I'histoire, &c. ) issued also as a separate
pamphlet, pp. 1-173. 8.
"Huitiemo Etude," pp. 105-121; " Neuvierae Etude," pp. 122-141; "Dixieme
Etude," pp. 138-161.
J 1169 Ejercicio. El Ejercicio del Santo Viacrucis puesto en lengua maya
y copiado de un antiguo manuscrito. Lo da a la preusa con supe-
NSt rior permiso el Dr. D. J. Vicente S.olis Resales, quien desea se pro-
pagna esta devociou entre los fleles, principalmeute de la claso
indigena. Va corregida por el B. P. Fr. M. Antonio Peralta.
Merida. Imprenta de J. D. Espinosa e" hijos. 1869.
32 pp. 8. Title from Carillo, who says of it: "There is a manuscript whicU
has fora literal title the following: 'llauesscrito de estacion de Pixihi, y yo,
Damiau Chim, maestro de oapilla.' 48 pp. 4. From a note it appears that
the copy was concluded by the Indian Damian Chim. By another title which
appears after the frontispiece it seems that the author of this work was Sr. Dr.
D. Pedro Nolasco de los Reyes: 'A devocion del Dr. D. Pedro Nolasco de los
Reyes, cura interino de la parroquia de Santiago. H61e en 30 de Enero de 1826
anos.' The work was finally given to the press in 1869 with the above title."
Extracts, in Maya only, reprinted as: Textes Mayas, in Archives de la Socie'te'
Ame'ricaine de France, nouvelle se'rie, tome 1, pp. 373-378. *
^ See Egercicio.
1170 Elder (P. E.) Terms of Relationship of the Osage, Collected by
P. E. Elder, U. S. Indian Agent for the Osages, Neosho Agency,
Fort Scott, Kansas.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human
Family, pp. 293-382. Washington, 1871. 4.
1171 [Elementary Ojibway Grammar.] JWP.
No title-page ; pp. 1-8. 24. Title taken from running heading at top of page.
It contains: Pronouns, pp. 1-3; Adverbs, pp. 3-5 ; Nouns, pp. 5-8.
1172 Eliza Marpicokawin, | raratonwan oyate en wapiye sa; | qa Sara
Warpanica Qou, | lie nakun ikcewicaxta oyate wan etanhan |
Boston: | Published for the American Tract Society, by | Crocker
& Brewster. I 1842. I BA. JWP.
EGERCICIO ELIOT. 231
Eliza Marpicokawin, etc. continued.
Translation. Eliza Cloud center woman [i. e., in the midst of the cloud] | falls
village* people in repairer [medicine man] | and Sara Poor | that also common
man [Indian] people one from. |
Pp. 1-12. 12. In the Dakota language.
Eliza Marpicokawiu, raratonwan oyate en wapiye sa, pp. 1-6. Sara Warpa-
nica Qon, pp. 7-12.
1173 [Eliot (John).] A further Accompt | of the Progresse of the | Gos
pel | amongst the Indians | hi | New-England, | and | Of the means
used effectually to advance the same. | Set forth | In certaine Let- jip T ;,
ters sent from thence declaring a | purpose of Printiug the Script
ures in the | Indian Tongue into which they are already | Trans
lated. | With which Letters are likewise sent an Epi- | tome of some
Exhortations delivered by the In- | diaus at a fast, as Testimonies
of their Obedi- | euce to the Gospell. | As also some helps direct
ing to the Indians how to | improve naturall reason unto the knowl
edge | of the true God. \
London, Printed by M. Simmons for the Corpo- | ration of New-
England, 1659. | *
Title and 4 p. 11., pp. (1), 1-35 (1). 4. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
Peirson (A.) Some helps for the Indians, pp. 22-35.
A reprint of the first sheet of Peirson's Indian Catechism * which was
then in press at Cambridge. The portion reprinted ends in the middle of a sen
tence (p. 35), and has the catch-word of the following sheet, which was not yet
received in England. Brinley Sale Cat., Part 1.
1174 The New | Testament | of our | Lord and Saviour | Jesus
Christ. | Translated into the | Indian Language, | and | Ordered to
be Printed by the Commissioners of the Vnited Colonies | in New-
England, | At the Charge, and with the Consent of the | Corpora
tion in England | For the Propagation of the Gospel amongst the
Indians | in New-England. | |
Cainbridg: [sic] \ Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John
son. | MDULXI [1GG1], | |
Second title:
Wusku | Wuttestamentum | Nul-Lordumun | Jesus Christ |
Nuppoquohwussuaeneumuu. | | [Printer's device, 32 stars.] | j
Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John
son. | MDCLXI [1661]. | HU.BA.
Translation. New | his-Testanient | our Lord | Jesus Christ | our-deliverer. |
2 blank 11.; English title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1. ;
Dedication of New Testament (A 3 and A- 1 ), 2 11. ; Indian title, within an acorn
pattern border, verso blank, 1 1. ; Matthew to Revelation, A 2 to L 1 , Aa to Xx 3 in
fours ; 1 blank leaf (Xx<) : = 4 p. 11. and 126 11. of text. sm. 4.
1175 Mamvsse | Wunueetupanatamwe | Up-Biblum God | na-
neeswe | Nukkone Testament | kah wonk | Wusku Testa
ment. | | Ne quoshkinnumuk uashpe Wuttinneumoh Christ |
noh asocwesit | John Eliot. | |
* Dakotan name for the Ojibwas, so called from their former residence at Sault Ste.
Marie, Michigan.
232 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Eliot (John) continued.
Cambridge: | Printeuoop nashpe Samuel Green kali Marmaduke
Johnson. | 1603. |
Translation. The- whole | Holy | his-Bil)le God, | both | Old Testament | and
also | New Testament. | This turned by the-servant-of Christ | who is-called |
John Eliot. |
2 blank 11. ; Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1. ;
names of Books, etc., of the Old and New Testaments (in English), recto blank,
1 1.; Genesis to Malachi, A to Mmmmm 2 in fours : = 2 p. 11. and 414 11. of text,
sra. 4.
Appended is the New Testament as follows:
Wusku | Wuttestamentum | Nul-Lordumun | Jesus Christ |
Nuppoquohwussuaeneumun. | | [Printer's device, 32 stars.] | j
Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmadnke John
son. | MDCLXI [1661]. | MHS. HU.
Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1. ; Matthew to
Revelation, A* to L<, Aa to Xx 3 in fours; 1 blank 1. [Xx<] : = 1 p. 1. and 126 11. of
text. sm. 4. Followed by the Psalms in meter :
Wame | Ketoohomae Uketehomaongash | David. |
[Cambridge: 1663.]
Translation. All the singing-songs of David.
A to verso in N 2 in fours : = 50 11. sm. 4. Followed by a brief catechism :
Ncowomsc Wuttinncewaouk God, Gen. 5, 22. Enobh weeche |
pomushau God nishwudt pasukcce kodtumwaeu. Wonk | noowomoo,
Prov. 23, 17: Qush leovah neteagn: uewaj | ken atcctomoush. |
1 1., ending on verso of N 3 ; 1 blank 1. sm. 4.
This is the whole Bible as bound for the use of the Indians.
1176 The | Holy Bible : | containing the | Old Testament | and
the New. | | Translated into the | Indian Language, | and | Or
dered to be Printed by the Commissioners of the Vnited Colonies | in
New-England, | At the Charge, and with the Consent of the | Cor
poration in England | For the Propagation of the Gospel amongst
the Indians | in New-England. | |
Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John
son. | MDCLXIII [1663]. | AAS.GB.
1 blank ].; English title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1. ;
Dedication of the whole bible "To the High and mighty Prince, Charles the
Second," A 3 and A 4 , 2 11. ; names of Books, &c., of the Old and New Testaments
(in English), recto blank, 1 1. (inserted in the manner of maps); Genesis to
Malachi, A to Mmmmm 2 in fours : = 4 p. 11. and 414 11. of text. sm. 4, followed by
the New Testament, Psalms, and Catechism as in preceding number.
Only twenty copies of this description were sent to England, by order of the
Corporation, for presentation to the universities and to such persons as the Gov
ernor of the Corporation should think fit. These were bound in England, and
probably in uniform style.
Of this edition I have seen two copies one in the library of the American
Antiquarian Society a,nd one at the Briuley sale the latter the copy formerly
belonging to Mr. John Allan.
The titles to an edition, with English title to the Bible and Indian title to the
Testament, without the printer's marks, are given in O'Callaghan's American
Bibles, as follows:
ELIOT. 233
Eliot (John) continued.
1177 The | Holy Bible: | containing the | Old Testament | and
the New. | | Translated into the | Indian Language, | and | Or
dered to be Printed by the Commissioners of the Vnited Colo-
Dies | in New-England, | At the Charge, aud with the Consent of
the | Corporation in England | For the Propagation of the Gospel
amongst the Indians | in New-England. | |
Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Mannaduke John
son. | MDCLXIII [ 16C3J. |
Title, within an ornamental border, 1 1., verso blank.; Dedication, 2 11.; List
of books, 11.; text, Genesis to Malachi as in other editions, sm. 4-.
Title to \eiv Testament:
Wusku | Wuttestameutum | Nullordumvm | Jesus Christ | Nup-
poqtiohwussnaeneumun. | | [1^ inch space.] | |
Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John
son. | MDCLXI [1661]. | *
Title, 1 1., verso blank. Text as in New Testament already described, followed
by Psalms in Indian meter and Catechism as in previously described bible of
1663.
With the exception of the absence of the "stars" on the Indian title to the
New Testament, this does not differ from the Allan copy already described.
1178 Wvskv | Wuttestamentuin | Nul-Lordumun | lesus
Christ | Nuppoquohwussuaeneumun. | | [J inch space.] | |
Cambridge, | Printed for the Eight Honourable | Corporation in
London, for the | propogation [sic] of the Gospel among the In- |
dians in New-England. 1680. |
Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1.; Matthew to
Revelation, A 2 to recto of Kk 2 in fours, verso of Kk' 2 blank :=1 p. 1. and 129 11.
Bill. 4.
Followed by the Psalms in meter:
VV^me Ketehomae uketahomaongash David.
[Cambridge. 1682. | AAS. MHS.
Kk 3 to verso of Yy 4 in fours :=53 11. sm. 4. Followed by the catechism ;
title as in edition of 1663, 1 1. sm. 4.
1179 Mamvsse | Wuuueetupanatamwe | TJp-Biblum God | Na-
neeswe | Nukkone Testament | kah wonk | Wusku Testa
ment. | | Ne quoshkinnumuk uashpe Wuttinueumoh Christ |
noh as*wesit | John Eliot. | Nahohtdeu ontchetoe Piinteuoo-
iniik. | |
Cambridge. | Printeuoop nashpe Samuel Green. MDCLXXXV
[1685]. | HTJ.BA. AAS.
Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 11.; Genesis ot
Malachi, A to verso of Ppppp 1 in fours; names of Books, &c., of the Old and
New Testaments (in English), recto blank, 1 !.: = ! p. 1., 424 11., aud 1 1. sm. 4.
Followed bj the New Testament of 1680:
Wvskv | Wuttestameutum | Nul-Lordumun | lesus Christ |
Nuppoquohwussuaeueumun. | | [J inch space.] | |
Cambridge, | Printed for the Eight Honourable | Corporation in
NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Eliot (Jobn) continued.
London, for the | propogation [sic] of the Gospel among the In- |
dians in New-England. 1680. | AAS. HV. BA.
Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1. ; Matthew to
Revelation, A 2 to recto of Kk 2 in fours, verso of Kk 2 blank: = 1 p. 1. and 129 11.
am. 4. Followed by the Psalms in meter:
Wame Ketohomae uketcoohniaongash David.
[Cambridge. 1682.J
Kk 3 to verso of Yy 4 in fonrs: = 53 11. sm. 4. Followed by a brief catechism ;
title as in edition of 1663, 1 1. sm. 4 C .
John Eliot, bora 1604, died 1690, came to New England in 1631, commenced
the study of the Indian language about 1646, and from that time on devoted
himself to the teaching of the Indians. His translation of the Bible was com
pleted in 1658, after a labor of eight years. Portions had already been printed
Genesis in 1655, Matthew, and a few Psalms in meter. The printing of the New
Testament was commenced about 1659 and completed in 1661 in an edition of
about 1500 copies, of which 200 were ordered by the commissioners to be bound
in leather for the immediate use of the Indians. Twenty copies, with a dedica
tion of the New Testament to Charles II., were sent to England for presentation.
The Old Testament was finished in 1663 in an edition of about 1040 copies. Most
of these were bound with the New Testament, Psalms, and one leaf Catechism,
as occasion required. Those intended for the use of the Indians had both titles
in Indian only. A dedication of the whole Bible to Charles II., and a general
title in English in place of the Indian one, were prefixed to a few copies, twenty
of which were sent to England. Two of these dedication copies, one of which is
now in the Library of Brown University at Providence, contain the general title
in both English and Indian. Another, formerly in the possession of the Rev.
Thaddeus M. Harris, contains both of the royal dedications.* In some of the
dedication copies the New Testament title is without the printer's device of 32
stars. Some copies have the running title to Luke xxi and xxiv incorrectly
numbered "10" and "15"; others have these errors corrected, but in so doing
the last letter of the catch-word wadbeh on L 2 has been pushed into the margin,
thus : waabe h.
Fifteen years later, at the close of the Indian war of 1675-8, this edition had
been exhausted. Many of the Bibles had been carried away or destroyed, and
those in use were mostly imperfect. After a thorough revision by Mr. Eliot and
the Rev. John Cotton, the printing of the new edition of the New Testament was
commenced in 1680, but, although the title bears the date of Ihis year, it was
not completed until 1682. The edition was 2,500, of which 500 were bound for im
mediate use.t No copy of this separate edition is known to be extant. Late in
1685, or early in 1686, after six years' labor, the printing of the new edition of
the Old Testament was completed in an edition of 2,000 copies, most of which
were bound with the remaining New Testaments. The title, which bears date
of 1685, may have been printed in both Indian and English, t but no copy has
yet been found with the latter. A dedication to the Hon. Robert Boyle, dated
October 23, 1685, and printed on the recto of a single leaf, was prefixed to a few
copies, only three of which are now known.
Thomas, vol. 1, p. 398, 2d ed.; 1 Mass. Hist. Col., vii, pp. 222-228; Francis's
Eliot, p. 223.
t Thomas, vol. 1, pp. 58, 73.
{Thomas, vol. 1, p. 73.
JTrumbull in Brinley Cat., No. 789.
ELIOT. 23f>
Eliot (.John) continued.
Notwithstanding the comparatively largo number printed of both editions,
but few copies have been preserved to the present time. Six copies of the New
Testament of 1G61 are known in this country. Three of these are in public li
braries, one of which, now in the Lenox Library, was purchased at the Briuley
sale in 1879 for $700. Of the first edition of the Bible, over thirty copies are
known, and nearly as many of the second edition. Most of these are in public
libraries. The rarity and importance of this remarkable work, the first Bible
printed in America, has been fully recognized only within the last twenty-five
years. Forty yearn ago the original edition was priced in a well-known London
bookseller's, catalogue at 12s., and an eminent American collector purchased a
fine copy for 20s. A copy of tho second edition was sold at the Furman
sale in New York in 1846 for $11. But since the sale of Corwin's copy of the
first edition in 1856 for $200 the price has rapidly advanced, and good copies
of this edition have repeatedly been sold for upwards of $1,000.
SeeO'Callagbau's List of Am. editions of Holy Scriptures, pp. 1-18; Thomas'8
History of Printing, 2d ed., vol. 1, pp. 53-58, 66, 67, 73, 74, 393-403 ; Hist. Mag., 1st
series, vol. 2, p. 277, 30(>-308, vol. 3, pp. 87, 88, vol. 5, p. 59; Field's Indian Bib
liography, pp. 119, 120 ; Sabin's Dictionary, vol. 6, pp. 137-139 ; Francis's Life of
Eliot, pp. 216-242 ; Mass. Hist. Coll., vol. vii, pp. 222-228.
1180 [The Book of Genesis, and the Gospel of Matthew, trans
lated by John Eliot. Cambridge, 1655]. *
Eliot wrote, Aug. 16, 1655: "Genesis is printed, and we are upon Matthew."
(Thorowgood's Jewes in America, pt. ii, p. 03.) In December, 1658, he mentions
"those pieces that were printed, viz., Genesis and Matthew," which he "had sent
to such as he thought had best skill in the language, and entreated their animad
versions, but heard not of any faults they found." (A further Accompt of thePro-
gresse, etc., pp. 2, 3). Trumbull.
1181 [Psalms in Metre. 1658?] *
In a postscript to the "Epitomy of such Exhortations as these Indians . . .
.... did deliver," etc., sent by Eliot to the Corporation, Dec. 28, 1658, he wrote :
" They have none of the Scriptures printed in their own language, save Genesis
and Matthew, and a few Psalmes in Meeter." (A further Accompt etc.) The
Treasurer's account presented Sept., 1659, includes a payment "To Mr. Green, in
part for printing the Psalmes." Trumbull.
1182 [The Psalter. 1663.]
The Commissioners, Sept. 10, 1664, write that 500 Psalters have been printed
(Rec. U. Cols., ii, 316), and the same year there is an item in the Treasurer's ac
count for "printing 9 sheets of the Psalter, at 20 shillings a sheet." This charge
is too small to include composition, and it is probable that these 500 copies of
the Psalms were worked from the forms used in printing the Old Testament and
were bound up separately. Trumbull.
1183 Wame Ket oohomae uketoo homaongash David. *
[Cambridge. 1663.]
50 11. sin. 4.
-f [Cambridge. 1682. J 53 11. am. 4. Poetical translation of the Psalms into
tho Indian language of Massachusetts. Some copies of the Psalms were issued
separately, and passed through several editions. Marvin refers to one dat ed Cam
bridge, 1664. 8. pp. 50. Sabin's Dictionary.
236 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Eliot (John) continued.
1184 - - [A Catechism, by John Eliot. 1653-54.]
Tbo Commissioners of the U. Colonies wrote, Sept. 24, 1653: "Mr. Eliot is
preparing to print a Catechism in the Indian language," etc. ; and they author
ized the Commissioners for Massachusetts to order the printing of 500 or 1,000
copies. ( Records of Cointn'rs, II, 105, 10;i.) The next year, Sept. 25, they wrote:
" One Catechism is already printed, and Mr. Peirson is preparing another," etc.
(III., 120.) Of this little hook, which, so far as is known, appears to have heen the
first printed in New England in the Indian language, no copy has been found.
A "new impression" was made in 1662. Trumbull.
1185 [A Catechism, by John Eliot. Second Impression. 1662.] *
This "new impression of a Catechism" is mentioned by the Commissioners in
161)1, in their estimate of expenditure for the ensuing year. Mr. Usher was in
structed " to take order for reprinting of 1,000 copies "(Rec. U. Cols., II, 260, 265).
In his account, presented Sept., 1662, is an item for "printing 1,500 catechisms,
15.00.00" (ibid., 278). The cost of printing, at this period, was about 2.10 per
sheet, for 1,000 copies (exclusive of paper, which was supplied by the Corpora
tion), and this would not he increased more than twenty per cent, (to 3) by the
press-work on 500 additional copies. At 3 per sheet, the Catechism must have
required five sheets (80 pages, sm. 8), to bring the cost of the edition to 15. This
agrees nearly with the charge of paper for printing the first edition in 1654 ; when
"for the two Catechisms," Eliot's and Peirson's, Green used 30 reams. Not more
than !) reams was required for Peirson's (4| sheets per copy, edition of 1,500), leav
ing at least U4 for Eliot's, or sufficient for a small 8 of 70 to 75 pages. Trumbull.
1186 [ Wehkomaonganoo asquam Peautogig kah asqnatn Quin-
nnppegig, etc.
Cambridge: Printed by Marmaduke Johnson, 1664.]
Baxter's Call to the Unconverted, translated by Eliot. On the last page is
"Finitur, 1363, December 31." It was "printed and dispersed" in an edition of
1,000 copies, before Sept., 1664. Trumbull.
1187 Welikomaouganoo | asquam | Peantogig | kah asquam
Quiunnp]iegig, | Tokonogque mahche woskeche Pean- | tamwog.
Ouk \voh sampwuttca- | hae Peantamwog. | Wutauakausuonk wun-
ueetounoh | uohtompeantog. | | UssowesuMr. llichard Baxter. |
Kah | Yeuyeu qushkimmuiuii en Indiane | Wnttinnontxwaonga-
nit. | Wnssohsumoowontamuuat ccwesuonk | God ut Christ Jesns
ut, kah | ocneueheonat Indiausog. | Ezek. 33. 11. | Qushkek, qush-
kek, tohwhutch woh nuppok, woi Israeles weh. |
Cambridge: | Printed by S. G. for the Corporation in London |
for the Indians in New England 1688. | MHS. P.
188 pp. 18. Second edition of Baxter's Call.
1188 Manitowompae | Pomantamoonk : | Sampwshanau | Chris-
tianoh | Uttoh woh an | Pomantog | Wussikkitteahouat | God. |
I Tim. 4. 8. | Manitooouk ohtoxmcc quoshoatuongash yeuyeu ut po-
insin- | tamcconganit kah ue paoinxug. |
Cambridge: | Printed in the Year 1665. | AAS.
397 and 3 unnumbered pp. 16. Eliot's abridged translation of The Practice
of Piety, by Lewis Bayly, Bishop of Bangor.
Translation. Godly Living: Directs a-Christian how he may live to-please
God.
ELIOT. 237
Eliot (John) continued.
1189 Manitowompae | Pomantamoonk | Sampwahanau | Chris-
tiauoh | Uttoh woh an | Pomantog | Wussikkitteahonat | God |
I Tim. 4.8. | Manittooonk olitooomoo quoshoclitungasli yeuyeu ut
poman- | tamooon gamut kah ne paomooug. |
Cambridge. | Printed for the right Honorable Corporation in
London | for the Gospelizing the Indians, in New-England. |
1685. | HTI. P. JOB.
333 pp. (=349 as numbers 273-288, inclusive, are duplicated). 16. Second
ediiion, Eliot's version Practice of Piety.
1190 The | Indian | Grammar | Begun: or, | An Essay to bring
the Indian Language j into | Rules, | For the Help of Such as de
sire to Learn the same, for | the furtherance of the Gospel among
them. | | By John Eliot. | | [Nine lines quotation : Isa. 33. 19,
I*a. CO. 18, Dan. 7. 14, Psal. 19. ,'5, and Mai. 3. 11.] | |
Cambridge: Printed by Marmaduke Johnson: | 1G6C. | JOB.
Title, verso blank, 1 I. ; Dedication, To the Right Honourable, Robert Boyle,
Esq., 1 1. ; text 60 pp. sm. 4.
At the close of the book, Mr. Eliot speaks of his work as follows :
'I have now finished what I shall do at present; and in a word or | two to
satisfie the prudent enquirer how I found out these new wayes | of Grammar,
which no other Learned Language (so farre as Iknow)useth; I thus inform
him: God first put into my heart a compassion | over their poor souls, and a
desire to -teach them to know Christ, and to | bring them into his kingdomo.
Then presently I found out (by Gods | wise providence) a pregnant witted young
man, who had been a ser- | vant in an English house, who pretty well understood
our Language, | better that he could speak it, and well understood his own Lan
guage: | Him I made my interpreter ' * * * *."
1191 - - The Indian Grammar Begun: or an Essay to bring the
Indian Language into Rules. By John Eliot, [Thirteen lines quo
tation.] Cambridge: Printed by Marmaduke Johnson. 1666.
In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., second series, -vol. 9 > PP- 223-312, i-liv. Cain-
bridge, 1822. 8.
Repriut of Eliot's Grammar, preceded by "Introductory Observations" on
the Massachusetts language, by John Pickering, which occupies pp. 223-242, fol
lowed by the Grammar, pp. 243-312. This is followed by "Notes and Observa
tions by Peter S. Duponceau," pp. i-xxix. "Supplementary Observations.
By the Editor," followed by an "Index of Indian Words in Eliot's Gram
mar: including select Words from his Translation of the Bible," the joint work
of Messrs. Pickering and Duponceau, conclude the paper.
Issued also as a separate paper, with a few additions, as follows:
1192 A | Grammar | of the | Massachusetts Indian Language. |
By John Eliot. | A New Edition: | With Notes and Observations, |
by | Peter S. Du Ponceau, L. L. D. | and | an Introduction and Sup
plementary Observations, | by | John Pickering. | As published in
the Massachusetts Historical Collections. |
Boston : | Printed by Phelps and Faruham : | 1822. | BA.
Pp. 1-28, 3-GG, i-lvi. 8.
238 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Eliot (John) continued.
Tl e contents are the same as above, except that two pages have been added
from Mr. Dupoiiccau, giving the numerals, 1-10, of the True Nanticoke, the
Nanticoke according to Dr. Barton, and the Bambara Africans.
1193 The | Indian Primer; | or, | The way of training up of
our | Indian Youth in the good | knowledge of God, in the |
knowledge of the Scriptures | and in an ability to Reade. | | Com
posed by J. E. | | 2 Tim. 3. 14, 15. Qut ken nag- | wutteansh nish
nahtuhtauanisli | kah pohkontamauish, waheadt | noh nahtuhtau-
onadt | 15. Kah wutch kummukkiesum- | neat koowabteo wunnee-
tupana- | tamwe wussukwhongash, &c. | |
Cambridge, Printed 16G9. |
Gl 11., unnumbered. 24. Title from a fac-simile of the original in the reprint
of 1877, given below, which says the only perfect copy of the original known to
exist is in the library of the University of Edinburgh.
119i - - [Indian Primer. By John Eliot. 168-.] MHS.
Title-page missing. 13 unnumbered, 62 pp., 2 11. 32. Indian and English.
The only copy of this edition I have seen, and the only one known, is in the
library of the Mass. Hist. Soc. Contains the Lord's prayer, "The Ancient
Creed," "The Large Catechism," "A Short Catechism," and "The Numeral
Letters and Figures."
For edition of 1720, see Eliot, (J.) and Rawson (G.)
1195 The | Indian Primer; | or, | The way of training up of our
Indian Youth in | the good knowledge of God. | By John Eliot. |
Reprinted from the original edition of 1669. | With an Introduction
by | John Small, M. A., | Librarian, University of Edinburgh. |
Edinburgh : Andrew Elliot. | 1877. | JWP. BA.
Introduction, pp. 1-xl; Reprint in fac-simile, 61 unnumbered 11. 16.
j 1 196 - The | Indian Primer; | or, | The way of training up of our
Indian Youth in | the good knowledge of God. 1669. | By John
Eliot, | To which is prefixed | The Indian Covenanting Confes
sion. | Reprinted from the Originals in the Library of | the Uni
versity of Edinburgh. | With an Introduction | By John Small, M.
A., F. S. A. Scot. |
Edinburgh: Andrew Elliot. | 1880. | c.
Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; Introduction, pp. i-xl. The Indian Covenanting Con
fession, pp. xli-liv, and fo'.diug-sheet fac-simile of original q. v. infra, the Intro
duction by Mr. S.nall occupying pp. xli-xlvi ; Indian Primer in fac-simile, 61 un
numbered 11. 16.
1197 Christiane OOnowae Sampeoowaonk. | The same in Eng
lish : | A Christian Covenanting Confession. | CONG.
1 1., reverse blank, sra. 4. Two columns, Indian and English.
Tls only copy of this sheet I have seen is in the Congregational Library, Bos
ton ; this is damaged, part of the English translation having been destroyed, but
has been supplied in modern handwriting.
There is also a copy in the library of the University of Edinburgh, a fac
simile being given in the 1880 reprint of Eliot's Indian Primer, q. v. supra, made
from the original in that institution.
abcchdefg h i j klmo 5
pqrftttv wxyzi ?'
2 NOPQ R JT UV W
X Y 2?, S:
j
*
ft c i o.
^t
ai su ci
ou
1194. FAC-8IMILE OF RECTO OF SECOND LEAF OF ELIOT'S PRIMER.
ELIOT ELLIOT. 239
Eliot (John) continued.
1 198 - - Psalm C. | To be sung at the Tea Party given in the Town-
Hall at Natick, | October 28, 1846, | for the purpose of raising
means to purchase a copy of Eliot's Indian Bible, | to be preserved
in the Archives of the Town. | MHS. BA.
No title-page. 1 i>. folio. Extract from Eliot's translation of the Psalms.
1199 and Rawson (Grindal). Sampwutteahae | Quinnuppekom-
pauaenin | Wahuwomcok oggussemesuog Sampwutteahae | Wun-
nainptamwaenuog, | Mache wussukhumun ut English-Mane Un-
nontscwaouk nashpe | Xe muttae - wunne^euue Wuttiuneumoh
(Jhrist | Xoh asxwesit | Thomas Shephard. | Quiunuppenunmn en
Indiane Uimontoowaonganit uashpe j Ne Quttianatamwe wuttinueu-
moh Christ | Noh aswwesit | John Eliot. | Kah nawhutche ut
aiyeuongash oggnssemese ontcheteauun | Nashpe | Grindal Baw-
son. | | Matth. 24. 14. Kahyeuassootamxorgauewunnaun- | che-
mookaonk pish kuhkootamoadtiii wame nmttaohkit ne- | watch
acwauwaeimiinneate wame wutohtimoineash. | Kom. 10. 14, 15.
Kah toll woh \vuttiii iiGotamunneau- | inatta Kuhkcctamwohteae-
nuunnccg? Kah toh woh ben Kuh- | kcctamulikoii inatta anunit-
tumuk. | Matth. 28. 19. Towatche moucheek, kah kuhkooamuh- |
teagk wame wutohtiinoueash. |
Cambridge. | Printed by Samuel Green, in the Year, 1C89. |
a p. 11., 161 pp. 18 C . A AS. JCB.
Translation. The-Sinoere Convert [literally, " man who stands turned-
about"]. Makiug-kuowu tbey-are-few sincerely who-believe. Having- been
written in Englishman's language by that very-excellent Servant-of Christ who
is-named Thomas Sliepard, is-tnrned into Indian language by that honoured
Servant-of Christ who is-named John Eliot, and in some places a-little amended
by Grindal Rawson.
1200 - - Indiane | Primer | Asuh | Negonneyeuuk. | Ne nashpe
Mukkiesog | Woh | tauog wunnamuhkuttee | ogketainuunate In-
diane | Unnontoowaonk. | Kah | Menniuunk wutch | Mukkiesog. |
Mushauwomuk: | Printeuun | nashpe B. Green. | 1720. |
Second title,:
The Indian | Primer | or | The First Book. | By which Children |
may | know truely | to read the Indian | Language. | And | Milk
for | Babes. |
Boston: | Printed | by B. Green. | 1720. | P.
Pp. 3-84, 3-84, alternate Indian and English. Indian title, verso 1. 1. Eng
lish title, recto 1. 2. 16.
Cotton's Milk for Babes, with Rawson's translation, occupy pp. 30-46, 30-46.
1201 Elliot (Rev. Adam). Vocabulary of the Mohawk, and of the
Caytiga.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Report to the Secretary of the State of New York,
pp. 264-270, 271-277. New York, 1845. 8. Reprinted in :
Notes on the Iroquois. New York, 1846. 8., pp. as above. Reprinted
in Ibid., pp. 393-400. New York, 1847. 8. Reprinted in
Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 482-493. Philadelphia, 1852. 4.
240 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1202 Ellis (Rev. Robert). Observations on Dr. Trumbull's "Numerals
hi North American Languages."
In Am. Fhilolog. Ass. Proc., Eighth Ann. Sess., 1876, 8, pp. 8-10. .
The paper is followed by a few remarks by Mr. Trumbull.
1203 Ellis (W.) An Authentic Narrative of a voyage performed by
Captain Cook and Captain Clerke, in his Majesty's Ships Resolu
tion and Discovery, During the years 1776, 1777, 1778, 1779, and
1780; in search of a North- West Passage Between the Continents
of Asia and America. Including A faithful Account of all their
Discoveries, and the unfortunate Death of Captain Cook. Illus
trated with A Chart and a Variety of Cuts. By W. Ellis, Assist
ant Surgeon to both vessels.
London: G. Robinson. MDCCLXXXII [1782]. *
2 vols. : 6 pp. 11., 358 pp. ; 4 p. 11., 347 pp. 8. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
As the paging of this and the second edition are the same, the vocabulary is
probably to be found on the same page in this edition, vol. 1, pp. 224-229.
1204 An Authentic | Narrative | of a | Voyage | performed by |
Captain Cook and Captain Clerke, | in His Majesty's Ships | Reso
lution and Discovery, | During the years 1776, 1777, 1778, 1779,
and 1780; | in Search of a | North- West Passage | Between the
Continents of Asia and America. | Including | A faithful Account
of all their Discoveries7X>and the | unfortunate Death of Captain
Cook. \ Illustrated with | A Chart and a Variety of Cuts. | By W.
Ellis, | Assistant Surgeon to both vessels. | The Secoudj Edition. |
Vol. I [II]. |
London, | Printed for G. Robinson, Paternoster Row; J. Sew-
ell, | Cornhill; and J. Debrett, Piccadilly. | MDCCLXXXIII
[1783]. | *
2 vols.: 6 p. 11., pp. 1-358, 1 1. ; 4 p. 11., pp. 1-347. 8. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
Vocabulary of the language of King George's Sound, vol. 1, pp. 224-229.
Sabiu's Dictionary gives: Third Edition. London: G. Robinson, MDCCLXXXIV.
2 vols. 8.
1205 Zuverlassige Nachricht von der dritten und letzten Reise
der Kap. Cook und Clerke in den koniglichen Schifl'en, die Reso
lution und Discovery, in den Jahren 1776 bis 1780, bfsonders in
der Absicht, eine nordwestliche Durchfarth [sic] zwischen Asien
and Amerika austindig zu machen. Von W. Ellis, Unterwundarzt
auf beyden Schiffeu. Aus dem Englischen iibersetzt, nebst einer
Charte.
Frankfurt und Leipzig, auf Kosten der Verlagskasse. 1783. *
324 pp. map. 8. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
1206 Emmons (George Falconer). Vocabulary of the Klatsop.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 223-224. Philadelphia,
1853. 4.
ELLIS EPISTLE. 241
1207 Emory (Lieut. Col. William Helmsley). Thirtieth Congress First
Session. | Ex. Doc. No. 41. | Notes of a Military Recounoissance, |
from | Fort Leaveuworth, in Missouri, | to | Sail Diego, in Cali
fornia, | including part of the | Arkansas, Del Norte, and Gila
Rivers. | By Lieut. Col. W. H. -Emory. | Made in 1846-7, with the
Advanced Guard of the "Army of the West." | February 9, 1848.
Ordered to be printed. | [&c., four lines.]
Washington : | Wendell and Van Benthuysen, Printers. | 1848. |
Pp. 1-614 8. JWP.
Abert (J. W.) Report of Exploration of New Mexico, pp. 417-548.
An edition of this work, 30th Cong., 1st sess., Senate Executive, No. 7, pp.
1-416, does not contain Abort's article.
1208 Vocabulary of the Coco Maricopa.
In G-allatin (A.) Bale's Indians of N. W. America, in Am. Bth. Soc. Trans.,
vol. 2, Introductory, p. cix. New York, 1848. 8.
Encyclopedia Americana.
See Lieber ( Francis), Editor.
1209 Encyclopaedia Britannica. The | Encyclopaedia Britannica | a |
Dictionary | of | Arts, Sciences, and General Literature | Ninth
Edition | Volume I [-XII]. |
New York: Charles Scribner's Sons | M DCCC LXXVIU [-M D-
CCC LXXX1] [1878-1881J. | (All rights reserved.) | " JWP.
12vols. 4.
Keane (A. H.) American Indians, vol. 12, pp. 823-830.
1210 English-Pottowatami Dictionary | copied from a manuscript at | St.
John's College, Fordham. | s.
Manuscript. 44 11. 16. Preceded by a brief grammatic notice. In possession
of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J.
1211 Epistle. The | Epistle | of | James | Translated into theChoctaw
Language. | Chemis i Holisso ht | Chahta anumpaisht atoshowa-
hoke. |
Park Hill, | Mission Press : John Candy, Printer. | 1843. | BA.
Pp. 1-23. 24.
1212 Epistle to the Corinthians, and a part of Galatians. *
96 pp. 24. In the Cherokee language. Title from Forty-ninth Rep. Am. Bd.
Com. for For. Mis., 1858.
1213 The Epistle of Paul to the Phillipians [Colossians and
ThessaloniansJ. | [One line Cherokee characters.] | 0.
No title-page ; 43 pp. 24. In Cherokee characters.
Phillipiaus, pp. 1-14; Colossians, pp. 14-26; Thessalonians, pp. 26-43.
1214 The | Epistle | of | Paul to Timothy. | [Two lines Cherokee
characters.] | 0.
No title-page; pp. 1-24. 24. In Cherokee characters.
16 Bib
242 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Epistle contiiiued.
1215 The | Epistle of Paul | to Titus. | [Philemon and Hebrews.]
[Two lines Cherokee characters.] | C.
No title-page ; 49 pp. 24. In Cherokee characters.
Titus, pp. 2-7; Philemon, pp. 7-10; Hebrews, pp. 10-49.
1216 Epistles. The | Epistles | of | John, | Translated into the Chahta
Language. | Chani I Holisso Fhleha | Chahta anumpa isht ato-
showa hoke. |
Park Hill. j Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | 1841. | BA.
Pp. 1-27. 24.
First edition, 1840, 27 pp. Byington's Manuscript Diet.
1217 The | Epistles | of | John | translated into the Cherokee
Language. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1840. | BA.ABC.C.
Pp. 1-20. 24. In Cherokee characters.
1218 The [ Epistles | of | John | translated into the Cherokee
Language. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Second Edition. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1843. | BA. ABC.
Pp. 1-20. 24. In Cherokee characters.
1219 The | Epistles | of | John. | Translated into the Cherokee
Language. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Third Edition. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1848. | 0.
Pp. 1-20. 24. In Cherokee characters.
1220 The | Epistles | of | Paul to Timothy. | Translated into the
Cherokee Language. | [Two lines in Cherokee characters.] |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line in
Cherokee characters.] | 1844. | ABO.C.
Pp. 1-28. 24. In Cherokee characters.
1221 The | Epistles | of | Peter. | 0.
No title-page ; 24pp. 24. In Cherokee characters; second edition.
1222 Epistolas. Epistolas y Evangelios en Mexicano. *
Manuscript beginning:
f Incipiunt Epistole et euagelia Que in Diebus Domiuicis per
aui totius circulum legutur traducta in lingua Mexicanam.
This first page bordered with red and black with a large initial N in both
colors.
74 unnumbered 11. 4. Letters of the 16th century ; headings in red. No date.
Title from Icazbalceta's Apuutes, No. 103.
1223 Epistolas y Evangelios en Mexicano. *
Manuscript of the sixteenth century. 4. Begins with a calendar, 11. 1-8.
5 Incipiunt Epistole et euangeli a feria quarta cinerum.
Ll. 1-57.
EPISTLE ESCOBAR.
243
Epistolas continued.
5 lucipiunt Epistole et Euagelia Dominicalibus officiis cogruetias
que per anni totius Discursu leguuntur traducta in lingua Mexicana.
Ll. 1-46. 2 blank 11. follow, on one of which in more modern letters we read:
Este libro pertese [sic] a la casa de novisios de Santo Domingo mi p*.
Incipiuntur euangelia quae per ani totius Tractum leguuntur in
diebus festis.
Ll. 1-46; at the end:
f Axcan miercoles a xxj dias del mes de Febrero de 1596. Anos
otlan y micuillona Sancto Euaiig.
Small letters neat and clear, with titles in red. Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 102.
1224 Erdmann (Friedrich). Eskimoisches Worterbuch, gesammelt von
den Missioniireu in Labrador, revidirt und herausgegeben von
Friedrich Erdmann.
Budissin, E. Moritz Mouse. 1864. *
2 p. 11., 360 pp. 4. Not seen ; title from Platzmann and Leclerc.
Prof. Rink has furnished me the collation of an Eskimo- Worterbuch, doubt
less the same as the above, as follows: 1st part, Eskimo-German, 365 pp. large
8; 2d part, German-Eskimo, 242 pp. large 8.
1225 Eriniugkat nutigdlit. 105 tamalanik imagdlit, iliniarflngne igdlu-
iiilo atortugssat. *
160 pp. 8. Song-book with notes for school and private use. Title from a
Greenland missionary, through Prof. Rink.
| fur | wissenschaftliche
von A. Erman. Erster
1226 Erman (Georg Adolph), Editor. Archiv
Kuude '. von | Russlaud. Herausgegeben
[-Fiinfundzwanzigster] Baud. | 1841 [-1867]. | Mit drei Tafeln. |
Berlin, | gedruckt und verlegt von G. Eeimer. [n. d.] c.
25 vols. 8
Lowe (F.) Weujaminow iiber die Aleutischen, vol. 2, pp. 459-495.
Romberg (H.) Eiu Tschuktschischer Worterverzeichniss, vol. 19, pp. 340-345.
Schott (W.) Etwas iiber die Sprache der Koloschen, vol. 3, pp. 439-445.
- Ueber die Sprachen des russischen Amerika's, nach Wenjaminow, vol.
7, pp. 12G-143.
- Ueber ethuographische Ergebnisse der Sagoskinschen Reise, vol. 7,
pp. 480-512.
1227 Escalona (Fr. Alonso). Sermones en Lengua Megicana, que tra-
dujo despues a la Achi Guatimalteca. *
1228 -- Comentario sobre los diez preceptos del Decalogo en Len
gua Megicaua.
The two titles above from Beristain, who says that D. Nicolas Antonio attri
butes to him other writings which are certainly by Fr. Alonso do Molina.
1229 Escamilla (J>. Juau Francisco). Arte 6 Gramatica de la Lengua
Otomite.
Escamilla was professor of Otomi in the University of Mexico. Beristain.
1230 Escobar (D. Sebastian). Cartas en Lengua Otomi a varios sugestos.
IMPROVED TITLE IN
IMPRcv;;
IN
Manuscript. 8.
Berislain.
In the Biblioteca del Seminario Tridentino de Megico.
244 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1231 Eskimo. Vocabularies (60 words each) of the Asiagmut, of Norton
Bay; Kuskokvims, of Norton Bay; of the Indians near Mount St.
Elias; of Kadiak Island ; and of the Indians of Bristol Bay.
Manuscript. 5 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1232 Espinareda (Fr. Pedro). Arte y vocabulario del Idioma de los
Zacatecas.
Manuscript seen by P. Arlequi in the archives of the convent of the town of
Nombre de Dies. Beristain.
1233 Espinosa (D. Fr. Juan). Arte y Vocabulario complete del Idioma
Concho. *
Manuscript seen by P. Arlej|ui and referred to in his catalogue. Beristain.
The Concho is a dialect of the Mexican language.
1234 Espinosa de los Monte^os. Interpretation del Escudo y Tau, signos
estampados en el altissimo picacho del ceno Tianquiztepetl en la
sierra de Metztitlan.
Manuscript of the nineteenth century ; 42 leaves.
Two interesting essays to decipher some hieroglyphics found in one of the
Mexican mountains. The author, a canon of the Church of Our Lady of Gnada-
lupe, endeavours to explain these hieroglyphics in such a manner as to bring
them in connection with some of the prophecies of the Old and [New] Testa
ment. Ramfriz Sale Cat.
1235 Essex Institute. Bulletin | of the | Essex Institute, | Volume I
[-XIII]. 1809 [-1881]. |
Salem, Mass. | Essex Institute Press. | 1870 [-1882]. | c.
13 vols. 8.
u
Chever (E. E.) Vocabulary of familiar words used by the Indians of Cali
fornia, vol. 2, pp. 65-66.
1236 Esta explica | cion de la Doctrina Christiana | va con el mismo
testo de la cartilla impresa el Ano | de mill y quinientas y 9inquenta
y seys por explicar los | terminos que los Yndios Saben mal en-
tendidos, por tuvien | do el mismo authorre ffbrmado la dicha Car
tilla por man | dado de ill. mo Senor Don fray juan gapata y Sancto-
val | obispo de guatemala, se puso aqui en la misma forma | que
la Conrregie para que sirva de brevi. 8Ba exposicion A | la antigua
sub cen Sura Sanct | te Eomane eccle | ssie.
Manuscript. 9 11. folio. In the library of the Am. Philosoph. Soc., Philadel
phia.
At the close is a table of contents followed by this colophon in Cakchiquel:
Chupam 6 de Julio Imna 1748 afio mixgizvi vugibaxic vae vutz
libro Ramillette manual tihobal quichin Yndios chupam vutzilz
Dios Doctrina Christiana yn Seuastian lopez tzarin vae ueva voch-
Saucta Maria Asumpgion tecpanatitan.de tzolala.
Then follow two leaves in Cakchiquel headed: A la emperatrix a la vergen
Maria Senora Nra su humilde esclavo.
From this evidence we learn that this is a copy made in 1748 by Sebastian
Lopez at Solola on Lake Atitan of two works, the older printed in 1556, author
not given, the other by Francisco Maldonado [q. .]. The former must be the
ESKIMO ETTWEIN. 245
Esta, etc. continued.
" Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua Utlateca," or Quiche, published at Mexico in
that year, whose author, Fray Francisco Marroquin, died in 1563. It. is true that
this was said to be in Quiche,* and that Zapata y Sandoval was not a bishop un
til I(il3.t But as I have never seen a copy of Marroquin's Doctrina, I am nuable
to reconcile these discrepancies. Brinton.
1237 Ethnological Society of London. Journal | of the | Ethnological
Society | of | London. | Vol. I [-IV]. | 1848 [-1856]. |
Edinburgh [and London]: Neill and Company, Printers, Old
Fishmarket. | [n. d.] HIT. c.
4 vols. 6.
Bollaert (W. ) Observations on the Indian Tribes of Texas, vol. 2, pp. 262-283.
Cull (R.) A Description of Three Esquimaux from Kinnooksook, vol. 4, pp.
215-225.
Kennedy (J.) On the Probable Origin of the American Indians, vol. 4, pp.
226-267.
Latham (R. G.) On the Language of Oregon Territory, vol. 1, pp. 154-166.
On the Ethnography of Russian America, vol. 1, pp. 182-191.
Scouler (John). On the Indian Tribes inhabiting the Northwest Coast of
America, vol. 1, pp. 228-252.
Sutherland <P. C.) On the Esquimaux, vol. 4, pp. 193-214.
1238 The | Journal | of the | Ethnological Society | of London. |
Edited by | Professor Huxley, F. B. S., President of the Society. |
George Busk, Esq., F. E. S. | Sir John Lubbock, Bt., F. E. S. |
Col. A. Lane Fox, Hon. Sec. | Sub-Editor J. H. Lauprey, Esq. j
New Series. | Vol. I [II]. | Session 1868-69 [1869-70]. |
London: | Triibner & Co., 60 Paternoster Bow. | 1869 [1871]. | c.
2 vols. 8.
Blackmore (Win.) The North American Indians, vol. 1, pp. 287-320.
1239 Transactions | of the | Ethnological Society | of London. |
Vol. I [-VII]. New Series. |
London: | Published for the Ethnological Society, | by | John
Murray, Albermarle Street. | 1861 [-1869]. | o.
7 vols. 8.
Cullen (Dr.) The Darien Indians, vol. 5, pp. 150-175.
Markham (C. R.) The Arctic Highlanders, vol. 4, pp. 125-137.
Tylor (E. B.) Remarks on Buschmann's Researches in North American
Philology, vol. 2, pp. 130-136.
Whymper (F.) Russian America, or "Alaska," vol. 7, pp. 167-185.
The Ethnological Society in 1871 was, with the Anthropological Society of
London, merged into the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ire-
laud, q. v.
1240 Ettwein (Rev. John). Ecmarks upon the Traditions, &c., of the
Indians of North America. By Bev. John Ettwein.
In Penn. Hist. Soc. Bulletin, vol. 1, pp. 29-44. Philadelphia, 1848. 8.
"Of their Languages," pp. 39-44, includes "A Collection of words" of the
Maqna, Delaware, and Mahikan, pp. 41-44.
*Fr. Pedro do Betanzos, who died in 1570, published a "Doctrina en Lengua
de Guatemala," also at Mexico, year unknown. If this should prove to have ap
peared in 1563 also, one of the difficulties would be surmounted.
tSquier, Monograph, p. 52.
246 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1241 Euphrasia (Sister M.) Exercises in the Papago Language, by Sis
ter M. Eupbrasia, St. Xavier's Convent, Arizona.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Twenty-seven exercises and phrases and sentences.
1242 Evangelic. El | Evangelic | de S. Lucas, | del | latin al Mexi-
cano, | 6 mejor Nabuatl. |
Impresso por Samuel Bagster, | en Londres. | 1833. | YC.
Title and 139 pp. 8 a . See Kanzi (Dr. Puzos), No. 2052.
1243 Evans (James). The Speller and Interpreter, in Indian and Eng
lish, for the Use of the Mission Schools, and such as may desire to
obtain a Knowledge of the Ojibway Tongue. By James Evans . . .
New- York: D. Fanshaw. 1831.
195 pp. 12. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Dictionary.
1244 The | Speller and Interpreter, | in | Indian and English, |
for the use of | The Mission Schools, | and such as may desire to
obtain | a knowledge of the | Ojibway Tongue. | By James Evans,
Wesleyau Missionary. | [Picture.]
D. Fanshaw, Printer, | No. 150 Nassau-street, | New- York. |
1837. | BA. MHS. JWP.
Pp. 1-195. 16.
Conjugation of the verb to see, pp. 180-195.
See [Jones (Rev. P.), Evans (Rev. J.), and Henry (G.)].
1245 [ and Henry (George).] Nu-gu-mo-nun | O-je-boa | an-oad |
ge-e-se-uu-ne-gu-noo-du-be-iing | uoo | muun-gou-duuz | gu-ea j
moo-ge-gee-seg | ge-ge-noo-u-muu-ga-oe-ne-ne-oug. | [Tliree lines
Ojibwa quotation, Jaiuz, 5-13.] |
New-York : | Printed by D. Fanshaw, | 150 Nassau-street. |
1837. | BA. MHS. 0.
Pp. 1-393. 24. Hymns in Ojeboa. Translator's preface signed James Evans
and George Henry, and it states that two editions had already been printed. For
later editions see Jones (P.), Evans (J.), aud Henry (G.)
1246 Events | in | Indian History, | beginning with an account of the |
Origin of the American Indians, | and Early Settlements in North
America, | and embracing | Concise Biographies | of the Principal
Chiefs and Head-Sachems | of the Different Indian Tribes, | with |
Narratives and Captivities, | including | the Destruction of Schen-
ectady, Murder of Miss M'Crea, | Destruction of Wyoming, Battle
of the Thames and | Tippecauoe, Braddock's Defeat, General
Wayne's | Victory at Miami, Life of Logan, Massacre | of the In
dians at Lancaster, Pa., &c. | also | an appendix, | containing the
statistics of the population of | the II. States, and an Indian vocab
ulary. | Illustrated with eight fine engravings. |
Lancaster : | Published by G. Hills & Co. | Dryson, Pearsol and
Wimer, Printers. | 1841. | C.
Pp. 1-633. 8.
EUPHRASIA EXPLICACION. 247
Events, etc. continued.
Dictionary of [Knisttenaux] words and phrases (from Mackenzie), pp. 529-536.
Have seen an edition of 1843 with title-page exactly similar, except that after
"engravings" conies: (Copyright secured.)
1247 Everett (William B.) Vocabulary of the Sioux, alphabetically ar
ranged; by Will. E. Everett, Government Scout.
Manuscript. 91 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau- of Ethnology.
1248 Evil. [Three lines Cherokee characters.] The | Evil | of | Intoxi
cating Liquor, | and | the Remedy. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1838. | ABC.
Pp. 1-12. 24. In Cherokee characters.
1249 [Four lines Cherokee characters.] The Evil | of | Intoxi
cating Liquor, | and | the Remedy. | Second Edition. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1844. | BA.
Pp. 1-24. 24. In Cherokee characters.
Ewbank (Thomas).
See Whipple (Lieut. A. W.)
1250 I. Examen critico de la Gramatica Otomi de Neve y Molina. *
Manuscript of the 18th century. 4. 55 11. in a very clear and neat hand
writing.
II. Discursu critico de la Doctrina Otomi. *
15 11. in the same condition.
Both works from the same anonymous writer, who tells us, however, that he
is a native of Otomi, who by forty years of continental study and practice con
siders himself a perfect master of this, the most difficult and intricate of all
American languages.
The first of the two treatises is one of the bitterest and severest critiques that
has ever been written. After annihilating the grammatical rules which Neve
intended to apply to the Otomi language, our author holds him up to ridicule
and contempt; now lashing him in prose, and then in verse; sometimes in pure
Spanish, at others calling to his aid his native Otomi. We suppose that the
bitterness which characterizes the first tract prevented its publication, but both
are worthy of that honour. They contain not only valuable information on the
language of the inhabitants of the Mexican Valley before the immigration of
the Toltecs and the rise of the Mexicans still largely in use among the natives
but also interesting historical notices. Ramirez Sale Cat.
1251 Explication | clara y sucinta | de los | principales Misterios | de |
nuestra santa Fe, | oracion dominical, | Mandamientos | y Sacra-
mentos | en el idioma | Mexicano | a beneflcio de los Indies, y en
el Cas- | tellano para los que aspiran al minis- | terio de estos. |
Compuesta por uu Cura del Obispado | de la Puebla, puesta al
honor y am- | paro de la Magestad de Ntro. Sr. Je- | sucristo y de la
Madre Sma. de la Luz. | Con la licencia necesaria. |
Puebla. Imprenta del Hospital de S. Pedro. 1835. 0. 3
266 pp., 1 1. errata. 16.
248 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1252 Fabricius (Otho). Favua | Groenlandica, | t>ystematice sisteus |
Animalia Groenlandiae Occiden- | talis Hactenvs Indagata, Qvoad
Nomeu | speciflcvm, triviale, vernacvlvmqve; synonyma avcto |
rvm plvrivm, descriptionem, locvm, victvm, genera- | tionem, mores,
vsvm, captvramqve singvli, provt | detegeudi occasio fvit, maxi-
maqve parte secvn- | dvm proprias observationes. | Othonis Fa-
bricii | Ministri Evangelii [&c., four lines]. | [Device.]
Hafniae et Lipsiae, | Impeusis loannis Gottlob Eothe, | Avila
atqve vuivers. reg. bibliopolae. | M DCG LXXX [1780]. | BP.
Pp. i-xvi, 1-452. 12.
A number of Eskimo words scattered throughout.
1253 - Forsb'g til en forbedret Gronlandsk Grammatica.
KiSbenhavn, C. Friderich Schubart, 1791. *
viii, 322 pp. and 4 tables. 8. Title from Leclerc.
1254 - - Fors0g | til | en forbedret | Gronlandsk Grammatica |
ved | Otho Fabricius, | Sognepraest ved Vor Frelseres Kirke paa
Christiansliavn. | Andet Oplag. |
Ki^benhavn, 1801. | Trykt udi det Kongelige Vaysenhuses Bog-
trykkprie, | af G. F. Schubart, | C.
Pp. i-viii, 9-388. 12. Grammar in the Eskimo language, of Greenland.
1255 Testamente | Nutak | Kaladlinokanzeenmit | uuktersimar-
sok, nar'kintingoaen- | niglo sukuiarsimarsok. |
Kiobenhavnime, | Illiarsu'in igloaenne piugajueksanik nakittarsi
inarsok | 1799. | C. F. Shubartimit, | C. w. JOB.
Pp. i-viii, 9-107^. 16. New Testament in the Eskimo language. Preface
signed Otho Fabricius. Erslew mentions an edition of 1794.
VED TITLE IN 1256 Testameute Nutak kaladlin okauzennut nuktersimarsok,
narkiutingoaeuniglosukuiarsiniarsok.
Kiobenhavnime. 1827. *
Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
1257 - - Ivngerutit Tuksiutidlo, Kaladliunut Opertunnut. Attuae-
gekfaet.
Kiobenhavnime, Uliarsum igloaenne aipeksinik nakittarsimarsut
C. F. Skubartimit. 1801. HU. w.
Pp. 1-528. 24. Psalms in meter. Prayers, pp. 386-528. Preface signed Otho
U-uUliUiUj, Fabricius.
Erslew mentions a psalm book with appendix of prayers, in the Eskimo
language, Kjobenhavnime, 1788. 8.
1258 Den | Gr^nlandske Ordbog, | forbedret og for^get, | udgi-
vet | ved | Otho Fabricius, | Sognepra;st ved vor Frelsers Kirke
paa Christianshavu. |
Kjobenhavn, 1804. | Trykt i det Kongel. Yaisenhuses Bogtryk-
kerie | af Carl Frid. Schubart. | BA. C.
Pp. i-viii, 1-795. 12.
Greenlandish-Danish, pp. 1-544 ; Register, pp. 545-795.
FABRICIUS FAGES. 249
Fabricius (Otlio) continued.
1259 Arkiksutiksak | Pellesinnut Ajoksersoirsunuudlo, | Kan-
uong-illivdliitik pirsaromarput | Nalegiartorbingne, | Kaladlit Nu-
usfeime. | Ritual | over | Kirke-Forretningcme | ved | den Datiske
Mission i Gr^nlaud. |
Oinarbeidet og forySget | ved | Otlio Fabricius, | og 2den gang
trykt i det Kongelige Waysenhuses Bog- | trykkerie i Kiyibenhavn |
1819 | at' Carl Friedrich Schubart. | HU.
Pp. 1-W7. 16. Alternate pp., Eskimo and Danish. Ritual prepared for the
Danish missions in Greenland. For earlier edition, see Egede (Paul).
1260 Okalluktuaet Opernartut | Tersauko | Bibeleiinit | Testa-
mentitokamidlo Testamentitamidlo Ottob Fabriciusib | Pellesiune-
rublKennerej attuaegeksaukudlugit Inuungnut koisimarsunnut. |
Kib'benhavnime | Illiarsuin iglosenne nakkittarsimarsut. | 1820. |
C. F. Skubartimit. | c.
Pp. l-25(i. 16. True narratives from the Bible in Greeulandish-Eskimo.
12G1 Testamentitokamit | Mosesisin Aglegej | Siurdleet. | Ka-
ladlin okauzeennut | nuktersimarsut | narkiutingoa;nniglo sukku'i-
arsimarsut | Pellesiuuermit | Ottoniit Fabriciusimit, | Attuaegek-
saukudlugit iununguut koisimarsunnut. |
Kiobenhavnime, | Illiarsum iglosenne nakkittarsimarsut. |
1822. | C. F. Skubartimit. | c. w. JWP.
Pp. 1-202. 16. In the Eskimo language.
12C2 Bibelingoak | Merdlaiunut | iinaloneet: | Gudim Okauzee-
saillejt kenuikkset, | na'itsunnik kajumiksarneruik illakartut, |
merdlertunnut iialektartunnut. | Kablunajn okauzeenne agleksi-
magalloak, | inAna kaladlin okauzeenut uuktersimarsok | Pellesiu-
nermit | Ottomit Fabriciusmit. |
Kiobenbavnime, | Illiarsiiin igloaenne nakki tarsi marsok | 1 V 22. |
C. F. Skubartimit. | c.
Pp. 1-68. 16. Bible teachings for children in the Eskimo language.
1263 Bibelingoak | irnaldnet: | Gudiin okausessa illaMt keuer-
simassut | naitunigdlo okalikiksarultingoaiiik. | illakardluttik. |
Havniame nakittarsimassok | 1849. | J. G. Salomouimit. | HU.
59 pp., 1 1. 16. The Small Bible in the Eskimo language.
1264 Fages (I). Pedro). Voyage en Californie, par D. Pedro Fages;
Traduit de 1'espagnol sur le manuscrit indit de la bibliotheque de
M. Ternaux-Compans. c.
In Nouvelles Annales des voyages, vol. 1, 1844 (vol. 101 of the collection),
pp. 141-182, 311-347. Paris, n. d. 8.
"Pour terminer cette relation, jeciterai une soixantaine de mots indions, de la
signification desqncls j'ai pu m'assurer. Us sont de la langue que parlent ceux
qui habiteut dans 1111 rayon d'unc vingtaine de lienes autour des missions de Saint
Louis." [Vocabulary, 66 words.] Pp. 345-347.
-Av
^ C^^t^*-^^
250 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
12C5 Fairbanks ( ). Numerals of the Chippewa (Ojibwa) of the upper
Mississippi.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol.2, pp. 216-218. Philadelphia,
1852. 4.
1266 Falknern (Daniel). Curieuse Nachricht von Pensylvanie .... Von
Daniel Falknern ....
: JRHECTIONS, Frankfurt und Leipzig. 1702.
Pp. iv, 58. 12. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. Probably a translation of
Thomas's Pensilvania, q. v.
1267 Farmer. The | Farmer's Monthly Visitor ; | intended to promote |
the interest of the Farmer; | to defend the | dignity of the agri
cultural profession, | and encourage the | practice of domestic econ
omy. | By Isaac Hill. | Vol. 1, for 1839. |
Concord, 1ST. H. | Published by William P. Foster, | for the
editor. | [n. d.] HIT.
Vols. 1-11, 4, edited by Isaac Hill.
1268 - - The Farmer's | [Picture.] | Monthly Visitor, [Edited by 0.
E. Potter.] | A monthly periodical, devoted to | agriculture, horti- '
culture, mechanic arts | and education. | Terms, $1,00 per Annum
in Advance. | Vol. XII. January, 1852. No. 1. |
Manchester, N. H. | Eowell, Prescott, and Company, Proprie
tors. | Office .... 88 Elm Street, corner of Manchester
Street. | [n. d.] HU.
Vols. 12-13, 8, edited by C. E. Potter.
Biography of Passaconnaway, v. 12, pp. 33-40, contains some Indian words
with English meanings. Language and Religion of the Pennacooks, v. 13, pp.
323-325, includes a list of " Primitive nouns used in forming the nomenclature of
the Merrimack Valley."
1269 Farrar (Rev. Frederic William). Families of Speech : | Four Lect
ures | delivered before | the Eoyal Institution of Great Britain | In
March 1869 | By the | Eev. Frederic W. Farrar, M. A., F. K. S. |
Late Fellow of Trinity [&c., four lines]. | Published by request. |
London : | Longmans, Green, and Co. | 1870. | BA. c.
Pp. i-xiv, 1-192. 12. A few polysynthetic words in the Mexican, p. 177-179.
1270 Fasting (Ludvig). Sendebrev til alle Gronlcenderne i Norden (Ag-
lekkset neksiutset Kaladlinnut tamanuut auangnar miunuut).
Kjobenhavn, Fabritius de Tenguagels, 1838. *
23 pp., 2 11. 8. In Danish and Greenlandish. Title from Leclerc's Supple
ment, No. 2763.
1271 Fauvel-Gouraud (Francis). Practical | Cosmophouography; | a
System of Writing and Printing all | the Principal Languages, with
their exact Pronunciation, | by means of an original | Universal
Phonetic Alphabet, | Based upon Philological Principles, and rep
resenting Analogically all the Component Elements of the Human |
Voice, as they occur in j Different Tongues and Dialects; | and ap
plicable to daily use in all the branches of business and learning; |
FAIRBANKS FERTA. 251
Fauvel-Gouraud (Francis) continued.
Illustrated by Numerous Plates, | explanatory of the | Calligraphic,
Steno-Phonographic, and Typo-Phonographic | Adaptations of the
System; | with specimens of | The Lord's Prayer, | in One Hundred
Languages : | to which is prefixed, | a General Introduction, | eluci
dating the origin and progress of language, writing, stenography,
phonography, | etc., etc., etc. | By | Francis Fauvel-Gouraud, D.
E. S. | of the Boyal University of France. |
New York: | J. S. Eedfleld, Clinton Hall. | 1850. | A.
1 p. 1., pp. 1-186, 1 1., plates 1-21, A-T, 4. 8.
The Lord's Prayer in Cherokee (New Echota, 1832, 2<1 edition), plate 8, No. 30 ;
Greeulandish (London, 1822), plate 14, No. 57; Esquimaux (Coast of Labrador,
London, 1813), plate 14, No. 58; Choctaw (New Testament, Am. Bible Society,
1848), plate 14, No. 59; Mexican, plate 20, No. 93; Poconchian, plate 20, No. 94.
1272 Featherstonhaugh (George William). A Canoe Voyage | up | the
Minnay Sotor; | with | an Account of the Lead and Copper Depos
its in Wisconsin; | of the Gold Region in the Cherokee Country; |
and sketches of Popular Manners; | &c. &c. &c. | By G. W.
Featherstonhaugh, F. B. S., F. G. S. | Author of "Excursion
through the Slave States." | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |
London: | Eichard Bentley, New-Burlington Street, | Publisher
in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | 1847. | C.
2vols. 8.
Numerous Sioux names of places and chiefs, &c., with English significations,
scattered through.
1273 [Fellechner (A.), Muller (Dr.), and Hesse (C. L. C.)]
See Bericht iiber die, &c.
1274 Felt (Joseph Barlow). Statistics of towns in Massachusetts. Pre
pared by Joseph B. Felt.
In Am. Statistical Asa. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 7-99. Boston, 1847. 8.
Indian names of many of the towns in Massachusetts.
1275 Feria (Fr. Pedro de). [Doctrina Christiana en lengua castellana
y cjapoteca ; compuesta por el Eev. Padre Fray Pedro de Feria, pro
vincial de la ordeu de Sancto Domingo, en la provincia de Sancti-
ago de la Nueva Hespana.
En Mexico, en casa de Pedro Ocharte 1567.]
Colophon :
fl Al gloria y alabana de nfo Eedeptor Jesu Xpo, y de | su ben-
ditissima madre nra sefiora, y de nro glorioso y san | ctissimo
padre saucto Domingo : y pa vtilidad y proue- | cho de las alas,
aquise acaba la declaracio breue y cope | diosa d' la doctria xpiana
en legua Espanola y gapoteca, | sentecia por sentecia: copuesta
por el muy E. P. Fray | Pedro d' Feria, prior prouincial de la orde
de los Frayles | Predicadores de Sancto Domigo, eusta nueua
Espafia. | Fue iinpssa eusta muy leal y insigne ciudad de Mexico |
eu casa de Pedro Ocharte Ipressor de libros, co licecia | d' 1 illus-
252 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Feria (Fr, Pedro de) continued.
trissimo y reveredissimo senor do Pray Aloso de | Motufar, aixjo-
bispo meritissimo d' la dicha ciudad : aca | bose, a diez y ocho dias
d'l mes d' Marco, de, 1567 anos. | JOB.
Title and 7 p. 11.; text, 11. 1-116. 8m. 4. The Spanish in Gothic, the Zapotoca
in Roman letters; double columns; wood-cut in text. Copy seen in library of
John Carter Brown; it is minns the title-page which is taken from the catalogue
of the same library.
Feria was born 1524, went to Mexico, joined the Dominicans, became a mis
sionary amongst the Zapotecas, and after filling many posts of dignity in the
church, was made Bishop of Chiapas, in 1575. He died about the year 1586.
1276 Vocabulario de la Lengua Zapoteca. *
E IN 1277 - - Confesonario en la misma Lengua. *
ADDITIONS & CORRECTIONS, Priuted> accordlng to ****-***-
1278 Fernandez (Benito). Doctrina Christiana en lengua Mixteca.
Mexico, 1550. *
4. An elaborate article on this work, which is noticed by Davila Padilla,
Alonso Fernandez, Fr. Francisco Burgoa, Barcia, and others, appears in Harrisse's
Bibliotheca Americana Vetustissima, New York, 1866. It was prepared by Sr.
Icazbalceta, who says no copy is known of this edition, nor is he entirely satisfied
that it was printed.
1279 Doctrina Christiana en lengua mixteca.
Colophon :
5 A gloria y ala | banga de Nuestro Redep | tor lesu Christo, y
de su | vendita MadreSancta | Maria, y prouecho de- | losproximos.
Aqui se aca | ba la Doctrina en lengua | misteca: compuesta por
el | muy | Reuerando Padre | fray Benito Hernandez | Vicario pro-
uiucial de la | Misteca de la Orden de | los Predicadores en esta
nueua Espaiia. |
Fue im- | pressa en Mexico en casa | de Pedro Ocharte | impre-
sor de libros | acabose. a. 22. de | Nouiembre. | de 1567. | afios. |
' Lans Deo. ijl *
clxxxix 11. 4. Gothic letter, double columns. Title from Icazbalceta's
Apuntes, No. 106.
1280 Doctrina en lengua Mixteca. *
A volume lacking the first leaf. Begins with 1. ii, signature aij ; as the text
does not begin on this leaf it may be inferred that it commences on the verso of the
title. At present the copy includes from 1. ii to the following subscription :
5 A gloria y alabanga de nuestro Re | deptor | lesu xpo. Aqui se
acaba la Doctrla Xpia | na en lengua Mixteca: copuesta por el muy
R. | padre fray Benito Hernadez. Fue impre | ssa en Mexico, en
casa de Pedro O- | charte, impressor de libros. A- | cabose, a veynte
y quatro | dias (11 mes fl Enero <J 1568. Anos. |
Then follows 1 1. unnumbered, signature BB, lines complete, the whole in Mix
teca. The cud of the book is lacking. Gothic letter, in two columns, 4, the whole
in Mixteca. Many coarse wood engravings and some plain chants; the notes in
red and black.
FEKIA FERRY. 253
Fernandez (Benito) continued.
Attrition is directed to the fact that at the same time two editions were made
< ILC
of the Doctriua of Fr. Benito Fernandez, the printing of one (see the preceding
number) was completed on the 22d of November, 1567, and the other on the 24th
of January, 1568. Taking the time into account there is no doubt that the print
ing of this last alone lasted two months, and consequently it began to be printed
before the completion of the other. But the whole is explained by this single
observation: that his two works were written in different dialects of the Mexi
can language. It is enough to compare the two volumes to prove it. According
to Sr. Pimentel, the edition of 1567 is in the dialects of Tlachiaco and Chintla,
and that of 1568, in that of Tepuzculula, which is the principal language.
Father Hernandez (or Fernandez), being so well versed in the languages of those
provinces aud wishing, without doubt, to be useful to the missionaries, labored
at the two Doctriuas in two of these principal dialects, aud published them
at about the same time. In the library of the Sociedad de Geografia y Estadis-
tica there is .1 manuscript of 220 11., 4, which begins thus: " Aqui comienzan
algunos modos de bien hablar en lengua Cluchoua (another dialect of the Mix-
teco) de Cuextlahuaca." Aud near the end: "Index sen tabula oim contentor
in hac salubri doctrina f. Benedict! ferdinandii bouse mem e viri apl'ici."
There is also another manuscript in 4, much mnlitated, which contains, ac
cording to Sr. Pimentel, doctrine and orations and Christian morals, in the
Tepuzculula language. In one of the leaves there is a note in Mixteco, in which
we can only read the name of " Fray Benito." Probably this manuscript is his
also. Icazbalceia's Apunles, No. 107.
. "El R. P. Fr. Benito Fernandez compnso . . . . los misterios de la Santa f6
en idioina Misteco y escribio un arte de rudimtntos gramalicales del mismo idioma."
Carriedo.
1281 Fernandez (Fr. Jose"). Arte y vocabulario de la Lengua Tepeliu-
ana, gene"rica en la Sierra Madre. *
Title from Beristain who' quotes from Arlequi.
Ferrall (Simon Ansley).
See O'Perral (S. A.)
1282 Ferry (Hypolite). Description | de la Nouvelle | Californie | Ge"o-
graphique, Politique et Morale | contenant | L'historique de la de-
couverte de cette contre"e. | Un precis des eve'nements politiques
qui s'y sont accomplis. | Des renseignements de"tailles sur sa topo
graphic, son cliinat, ses produc- | tions miue'rales, ve"ge~tales et ani-
males. | Des notions sur la mine'ralogie, la me"tallurgie et la ge"o-
logie. | Le caractere, les mceurs, usages, coutumes de ses habi
tants. | La description de ses baies, ports, villes, missions, vil
lages. | Des instructions nautiques sur ses baies et ses ports. |
Le tarif des douanes en Californie. | Des renseignements g6n6raux
concernant les routes qui condnisent en | Californie, les lieux de
passage, description de Chagres, | Panama, du Cap Horn et de la
Terre-de-Feu, etc., etc. | Par Hypolite Ferry, | Membre de la So-
cie"te" de geographic de Paris. | Avec un graude carte de la nou-
velle Californie. | Des cartes particulieres des baies de Monterey et
de San-Francisco. ] De 1'Isthme de Panama. | Du Cap Horn et dn D4-
troit de Magellan. Et plusicurs vues inte"ressantes de la Californie.|
Paris. 1850. *
254 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Ferry (Hy polite) continued.
2 p. 11., PP- 1-386. 1-2. maps and plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
Short comparative vocabulary of American Indian and Asiatic Words, p. 203;
Specimens of the Rumsen language, pp. 215-216 ; Lord's Prayer in language of
the Indians of the valley of Tulares, p. 217.
1283 Figueroa (Fr. Francisco Antonio de la Rosa). Tesoro Catequistico
Indiano. Espejo de Doctriua cristiaua y politica para la instruc-
cion de los Indies, en el idioma Castellauo y Mexicano, por Fr.
Francisco Antonio de la Eosa Figueroa. *
Original manuscript of the 18th century, 4 p. 11. and 279 11. of text, of which
a few are blank. Ramirez Sale Cat.
1284 Viudicias de la Verdad por el E. Pe. Fr. Francisco Anto
nio de la Eosa Figueroa. *
Manuscript of the 18th century. 149 pp.
During the eighteenth century several eiforts were made by Spaniards of high
official position to extinguish the native languages of the Indians. Archbishop
Lorenzaua was persuaded to enter into this crusade, and to give along "In-
forme" to the king of Spain, in which he indicates the ways and means to ac
complish the proposed extinction.
Father Figueroa, an enlightened missionary and an untiring friend of the In
dian, took up his pen, and, in rather indignant terms, undertook to show, not
only the injustice, but also the impracticability of the project. Incidentally he
goes into the question of the mental capacity of the Indians, and gives much in
formation not to be found .elsewhere. Ramirez Sale Cat.
1285 Figueroa (P. Geronimo). Arte y copioso vocabulario de las Len-
guas Tepehuana, y Tarahumara. *
%
1286 Catecismo y confesouario en dichas lenguas.
Of these books he left four copies in his own hand, according to P. Floreucia
in the life of that venerable Jesuit who wrote in 1689. Beristain.
1287 Filley (William). Life and Adventures | of | William Filley, | who
was | stolen from his home | in | Jackson, Michigan, | by the In
dians, | August 3rd, 1837, | and his | safe return from captivity, |
October 19, I860, after an absence of | 29 years. |
Chicago: | George H. Fergus, Book and Job Printer, | 12 and 14
Clark Street. | 1867. | c.
Pp. 1-96. 8.
Religious chant of the Carnanche Indians with English translation, p. 66.
Another edition as follows:
1288 Life and adventures | of | William Filley, | who was |
stolen from his home | in j Jackson, Mich., by the Indians, | Au
gust 3d, 1837, | and his safe return from captivity, | October 19,
1866. | after an absence of 29 years. |
Chicago: | Published by Filley & Ballard. | 1867. | BA.
Pp. i-vi, 7-112. 8.
Religious Chants, &c., p. 82.
The author signs himself "Chief Medicine Man, Camanch Tribe, Rocky Mount
ains, Oregon."
FERRY FIRST. 255
1289 Finley (Rev. James B.) History | of | the Wyandott Mission, |
at | Upper Sandusky, Ohio, | under the direction of the Methodist
Episcopal Church. | By Rev. James B. Fiuley. | [Three lines, Isaiah
ix, 2.] I
Cincinnati : | Published by J. F. Wright & L. Swormstedt, | for
the Methodist Episcopal Church, at the book concern, | corner of
Main and Eighth-streets. | R. P. Thompson, Printer. | 1840. | BA.
Pp. 1-432. 12.
Hymu in the Wyandott Language, p. 221.
1290 - - Life among the Indians; | or, | Personal Reminiscences |
and | Historical Incidents | illustrative of | Indian Life and Char
acter. | By | Rev. James B. Finley, | "the Old Chief," or Ra-wah-
wah. | Edited by Rev. D. W. Clark, D. D. |
Cincinnati: | Printed at the Methodist Book Concern, | for the
Author. | R. P. Thompson, Printer. | 1859. | *
Pp. 1-548. 12. plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
Wyandott hymn, p. 386.
Other editions: -fCincinnati, 1857; -f- [J6J.], 1860; + [Ibid.], 1868.
1291 First. The | First and Second Books of Samuel, | and the | First
Book of Kings, | translated into | the Choctaw Language. | Samuel
I Holisso | Finmona, Atukla Itatuklo, | micha | Miko Fhleha, |
isht anumpa Fminona | aiena krt Toshowvt | Chahta anumpa toba
hoke. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1852. | ABS. 0.
Pp. 1-256. 12.
Samnel I, pp. 3-92 ; Samuel II, pp. 93-167 ; Kings, pp. 169-256.
1292 - - The | First and Second Books of Samuel, | and the | First
Book of Kings, | translated into | the Choctaw Language. | Samuel
I Holisso | Fmmona, Atukla Itatuklo, | micha | Miko Fhleha, |
isht anumpa Fmmona | aiena kvt toshowat | Chahta anumpa toba
hoke. |
New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1871. | JWP.
Pp. 1-339. 16.
1293 - - The First Epistle of Paul the Apostle to the Thessalonians.
[In the Cherokee language.] ABC.
No title-page. 12 pp. 12. In Cherokee characters.
Included under the above heading are the following : Second epistle of Paul
the Apostle to the Thessaloniaus ; ibid., to Titus; ibid., to Philemon; the general
epistle of Jude.
1294 The | First three Chapters | of the | Revelation | of |
John | translated into the Choctaw Language. | Fbaiiumpeshi
Chani a nan im oteni | tok holisso Chapta tuchina | kvt Chahta
anumpa ato- | showa hoke. |
Park Hill: Mission Press: | John Candy, Printer. | 1844. |
Pp. 1-20. 24. BA.ABC.
256 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1295 Fish (Lucy E.) Words, phrases, and sentences in the language of
the Gros Veutres of the Prairies.
Manuscript. 151 pp. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col
lected in 1881 at Fort Belknap, Montana Territory, at the request of the Bureau
and written on one of its forms, Introduction to the Study of Indian languages,
2d edition, though the alphabet there recommended is not used. It has evi
dently been prepared with care, and for the first time the schedules of rela
tionship have been completely filled.
1296 Fish (Paschal) and Harvey (Simon D.) Terms of Eelationship of
the Kickapoo, collected by Paschal Fish and Friend Simon D.
Harvey.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity, pp. 293-382. Washington,
1871. 4 C .
1297 Fisher (William). New Travels | among the | Indians of North
America; | being | a compilation, taken partly from the commu
nications already | published, of | Captains Lewis and Clark, |
to the | President of the United States; | and | partly from
other authors who travelled among the various Tribes of Indians. |
Containing | a variety of very pleasant anecdotes, remarkably cal
culated | to amuse and inform the mind of every curious reader; |
With | a Dictionary of the Indian Tongue. | Compiled | by William
Fisher, Esqr. |
Philadelphia: | Published by James Sharan. | J. Maxwell,
printer. | 1812. | JWP.
1 p. 1., pp. i-xii, 13-300. 12.
List of m . ons in Knisteneaux, p. 132 ; Examples of their language, pp. 135-
141; both from Mackenzie.
1298 An I Interesting Account | of the | Voyages and Travels |
of | Captains Lewis and Clark, | in the years 1804, 1805, 1806. |
Giving a faithful description of the River Missouri and | its source
of the various tribes of Indians through | which they passed
manners and customs soil climate | commerce gold and silver
mines animal and vege- | table productions; interspersed with
very enter- | taiuiug anecdotes, and a variety of other useful and |
pleasing information remarkably calculated to de- | light and in
struct the readers. To which is added | a complete dictionary of
the Indian tongue. | By William Fisher, Esq. |
Baltimore : | Printed by Anthony Milteuberger, | For the Pur
chasers. | 1812. | c.
Pp. v-xv, 16-326. 12. Vocabulary of the Knisteneaux (from Mackenzie),
pp. 148-155.
11>99 An | Interesting Account | of the | Voyages and Trav
els | of | Captains Lewis and Clark, | in the years 1804-5, & 6. |
Giving a faithful description of the Eiver Missouri and | its source
of the various tribes of Indians through | which they passed
manners and customs soil | climate commerce gold and sil-
FISH FLEMING. 257
Fisher (William) continued.
ver | mines animal and vegetable | productions. | Interspersed |
With very entertaining anecdotes, and a variety of other useful
and pleasing information re- | markably calculated to delight and |
instruct the readers. | To which is added | A Complete Dictionary
of the Indian Tongue. | By William Fisher, Esq. |
Baltimore: | Printed and Published by P. Mauro, | No. 10, North
Howard St. | 1813. | c.
Pp. iii-xii, 13-262. 16.
"Examples of their Language" [Knisteneaux], pp. 116-124.
"William Fisher, esq., must have been a bold man, and he may not have been
a bad man too. Whereas the compiler, or editor, or whatever he may have been,
of the editions of 1809 [see Lewis (Copt. Meriwother), No. 2282] retired behind
an anonym, William Fisher not only stole his | reduction bodily, and gave
it 'another name, but also formally announced himself as the author of the
same ; for the edition of 1812 is a literal reprint, as nearly as may be, of that of
1809 even to the snake story and Master Neddy. The edition of 1813 is nearly
another reprint ; the title reads substantially the same, though the typography
of the title-page is entirely different. In this edition, Master Neddy is dropped.
The edition is notable as the first of this series of apocrypha which was illus
trated. The smiling faces of ' Captains Lewis and Clarke, returned' greet us;
we have a tragic scene of an Indian ' destined to death ' by the flames ; a thrilliug
view of a man with a bear behind and a precipice in front, &c. William Fisher
does not appear to have possessed the copyright of this production." Coucs.
1300 Flachenecker (Rev. George). Notes on the Shyenne Language,
by Eev. Geo. Flachenecker, Lutheran Missionary, Deer Creek, Ne
braska, September, 1862.
Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1301 [Fleming (John).] The | Mvskoki Imvnaitsv. | Muskokee (Creek)
Assistant. | [Picture.]
Boston: | Printed by Crocker & Brewster, | 47 Washington
Street. | 1834. | ATS. AAS.
Pp. 1-101. 18. Alternate pages Muskoki and English.
1302 A Short Sermon: | also | Hymns, | in the Muskokee or
Creek Language. | By Eev. John Fleming, | Missionary of the
American Board of Commissioners for Foreign | Missions. |
Boston: | Printed for the Board, by Crocker & Brewster, | 47
Washington Street. | 1835. | BA. c. JWP.
Pp. 1-35. 18.
Mvskoki Alphabet, pp. 3-4 ; Sermon (John iii, l(i), pp. 5-11 ; Hymns, pp. 13-35.
For later editions of the Hymns, see Asbury (D. B.), Buckner (H. F.),
and Herrod (G.); Harrison (P.) and Aspberry (D. P.); Lcughridge (R. M.);
Loughridge (R. M.) and Winslett (David) ; Loughridge (R. M.), Winslett
(D.), and Robertson (W. S.)
1303 Istutsi in Naktsokr. | Or | the Child's Book. | By Eev. John
Fleming. | Missionary of the American Board of Commissioners
for | Foreign Missions. | [Picture.]
Union : i Mission Press: John F. Wheeler, | Printer. 1835. | c. JWP.
Pp. 1-24. 18. In the Muskoki language.
17 bib
258 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Fleming (John) continued.
1304 The | Maskoke Semahayeta, | or J Muskokee Teacher. |
Cemo Hayate. |
Union : | Mission Press, John F. Wheeler, Printer. | 1836. | c.
Pp. 1-54. 16. Primer in Muskoki.
1305 Fletcher (Jonathan C.) Magic Song in the Chippewa Language.
In Schooloraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, p. 223. Philadelphia, 1852. 4.
1306 List of Moons in the Wiunebago Language.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 239-240. Philadelphia,
1854. 4.
1307 [Fletcher (Rev. Richard).] Breve devocionario | para | todos los
dias | de | la semana | Payalchioob | utial | tulacal le u Kiniloob |
tile | Semana. |
Londres. | 1865. | *
37 pp., 17 Spanish, 17 Yucatec. 8.
1308 Catecismo | de los metodistas | No. 1. | para los minos de-
tierna edad. | Catecismo | ti le metodfstavol | No. 1 | utial mehen
H3, palaloob. |
Londres. | 1865. |
37 pp., 17 Spanish, 17 Yucatec or Maya. 8.
1309 Leti u Evanhelio Hezu Crizto hebix Huan.
Londres. 1869. Cambridge. Printed for the British and fore-
ing [sic] bible society by C. J. Clay M. A. at the university press. *
ICO pp., a few more or less. 8.
NJJ, The three titles above are from Carrillo, in Bol. Geog. Soc. Mex. ; the first
two have since been furnished me in extenao by that gentleman. The first
two are in Brasseur de Bourbourg also, but are ascribed to Henderson (Alexan
der), and the collation of each given as 17 pp., 8, adding to the first "in Span
ish-Maya." The collation of the third, Sabin gives as 83 pp.
To reconcile these differences I wrote to Sr. Icazbalceta, of the city of Mexico,
for an explanation ; he kindly forwarded my letter to Sr. Carrillo who replied
as follows :
"The Catecismo . . . and the Devocionario . . . are anonymous, and I do
not know what reason any writer has had to attribute them to Mr. Henderson.
I have attributed them to Mr. Fletcher because that gentleman, on the occasion
of a visit which he paid me in the year 1871, told me that they were his
works, our deceased friend, Sr. D. Carlos H. Berendt, being witness. (See the
note which he appended to my dissertation on the History of the Maya language
on page 191 of the Boletiu de la Soc. Mex., vol. 4, 1872.) I have in my possession
a copy of each of these little works and I forward copies of their respective title-
pages which are in Maya and Spanish.
"As regards the 'Leti u Evanhelio Hezu Cristo hevix Huan,' I have 110 copy;
but Mr. Fletcher, who told me he was its author, showed me a copy and re
gretted that he could not let me have it, for it was the only one he hail. He
then copied the title-page. As I had forgotten to count the pages I calculated
afterwards that it must have about 100 pages, and this is why in the Boletin
(p. 91) I say ' 100 pags. poco mas 6 menos,' a phrase which I do not use about
other books. I do not doubt that Sabiu was right when he said 83 pages."
FLEMING FLORES. 259
1310 Fletcher (Robert H.) Vocabulary of the Nez Perec's.
Manuscript. 10 11. fplio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col
lected in 1873 in Idaho.
1311 Fleuri ( ). See Euz (Joaquiu), No. 3416.
1312 Fleurieu (Charles Pierre Claret, Comtc de). Voyage | autour du ~-f-r >s -fih
monde, | pendant les anuees 1790, 1791, et 1792, | Par Etienne Mar-
chaud, | precede" | d'une Introduction Historique ; | auquel on a /i*ft**<i <
joint | des recherches sur les Terres Australes de Drake, | et | &Jvfc~v{_ /Y ?U.
nn examen critique du voyage de Roggeweeu; | avec cartes et
figures: | Par C. P. Claret Fleurieu, | De 1'Iustitut national des
Sciences et des Arts, et du Bureau | des Longitudes. | Tome I.
[II. III. Quatrieme.] |
A Paris, | de 1'Imprimerie de la Re"publique. | an VI [-V1II]
[1798-1800] | c. /3.
4 vols. 4.
Numerals, 1-40, of the language of Nootka Sound, from Cook, vol. 2, and Dix-
on; of the Tchiukitane', according to Chanal and from Dixon ; and of Queen
Charlotte's Island, according to Chanal, vol. 1, p. 284 ; Remarks on the Tchinki-
tan6 Language, vol. 1, pp. 284-286; A few words in the language of Queen Char
lotte's Island, vol. 1, p. 361 ; Vocabulaire do Tchinkltane, Cflfe Nord-Ouest do
1'Aine'riquo, a 57 degre* de latitude Nord, [by Surgeon Roblet and Captain
Chanal], vol. 1, pp. 585-591.
1313 A | Voyage | round the World, | performed | during the
years 1790, 1791, and 1792, | by | Etienne Marchand, j preceded |
by a Historical Introduction, | and | Illustrated by Charts, etc. j
Translated from the French | of | O. P. Claret Fleurieu | of the
National Institute of Arts and Science, | and of the Board of Longi
tude of France. | Vol. I [II]. |
London : | Printed for T. N. Longman and O. Rees, Pater- | Nos-
ter-Row; and T. Cadell, Jun. and W. Da vies, | in the Strand. |
1801. | 0.
2 vols. 8.
Linguistics as in the French edition, vol. 1, pp. 380, 381-382, 483, and vol. 2,
pp.258-27.
1314 Mores (Fr. Ildefonso Joseph). Arte de la Lengua Metropolitana
del Reyno Cakchequel, 6 Guatemalico, con uu Paralelo de las Leu-
guas Metropolitanas de los Reynos Kiclie", Cakchiquel, y Zutuhl,
que hoy integran el Reyuo de Guatemala. Compuesto por el P. F.
Ildefonso Joseph Flores, hijo de la Santa Provincia del Dulcissme
Nombre de Jesus de Guatemala, de la Regular Observancia de N.
Seraph ico P. S. Francisco, Ex-lector de Phylosophia, Predicador, y
Cura Doctrinero por el Real Patronato del Pueblo de Santa Maria
de Jesus.
En Guatemala, por Sebastian de Arebalo, ano de 1753. *
26 11., 387 pp. sm. 4. Title from Squier's Monograph of Authors.
260 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1315 Focher (Fr. Juan). Arte de la lengua Megicana. *
Title from Beristain, who quotes from Torquemada.
1316 Fonte (P. Juan). Arte y Vocahulario de la Lengua Tepehuana. *
Title from Beristain.
1317 Forbes (Alexander). California: | A History | of | Upper and
Lower California | from their first discovery to the present time, |
comprising | an Account of j the climate, soil, natural productions,
agriculture, commerce, | &c. | A full view of | the Missionary Es
tablishments and condition | of the free and domesticated Indians. |
With an appendix relating to | steam navigation in the Pacific. |
Illustrated with a new map, plans of the harbours, | and numerous
Engravings. | By Alexander Forbes, Esq. |
London: | Smith, Elder, & Co., Cornhill. | 1839. | 0.
xvi, 352pp. 8. map. A few abori^ nal terms passim.
1318 Forster (Johann Georg Adam). Geschichte der Reisen, | die seit
Cook | an der | Nordwest- und Nordost-Kiiste | von Amerika |
und in dem | nordlichsten Amerika selbst | von | Meares, Dixou,
Portlock, Coxe, Long u. a. m. | unternommen worden siud. | Mit
vielen Karten uud Kupferu. | Aus dem Englischen, | mit zuziehung
aller anderweitigen Hiilfsquelleu, ausgearbeitet | von | Georg
Forster. | Erster [-Dritter] Band. |
Berlin, 1791. | In der Vossischen Buchhandlung. | A -
3vols. 4. pp. i-ix (1), 1-130, 1-302; 5 p. 11., pp. i-xxii, 1-314; i-xv, i-iii, 1-74,
1-380.
Comparative vocabulary, numerals 1-10, of the languages of Prince William's
Sound and Cook's River, Norfolk Sound, and King George's Sound (from Port-
lock and Dixon), vol. 2, pp. 216-217; Song in the language of Norfolk Sound
(from Portlock and Dixon), vol. 2, p. 219; Vocabulary in language of Prince
William's Sound (from Portlock), vol. 3, pp. 119-121 ; Vocabulary of the lan
guage of the Northwest Coast of America (from Portlock), vol. 3, p. 145.
Sabin's Dictionary says there was an 8 edition, 1791, 3 vols.
1319 Foster (John Wells) and Whitney (Joseph Dwight). Report | on
the | Geology and Topography | of a portion of the | Lake Supe
rior Land District, | in | the State of Michigan: | By | J. W. Foster
and J. D. Whitney, | United States Geologists. | In two parts. |
Part 1. | Copper Lands. | [Part II. The Iron Region.]
Washington: | Printed for the House of Reps. | 1850 [1851]. | JWP.
2 vols. 8.
Origin and Orthography of some of the proper names in the Lake Superior
District (in which are a few Chippewa terms with English signification), pt. 2,
pp. 396-400.
1320 Foster (John William). Pre-historic Races | of the | United States
of America. | By J. W. Foster, L. L. D., | Author of [&c., six lines].
Chicago: | S. C. Griggs and Company. | London: Triibner &
Co. | 1873. | BA. C.
Pp. i-xv, 17-415. 8.
Remarks on American languages in general, from Gallatin, Bancroft, etc., pp.
318-322.
FOCHER FRANKLIN. 261
1321 Foster (Dr. Thomas), Editor. Vol. I, | No. 1 [-3]. Foster's Indian
Record and Historical Data. | JWP.
A four-page paper, of which only three numbers were issued, the first Nov. 30,
1876, the other two between that date and March 1st, 1877. The editor was
"Indian Historiographer," and his sheet partook of the nature of a semi-official
publication of the Indian Bureau. It was intended as a vehicle for the prelimi
nary publication of material to be afterwards embodied in a series of monographs
to be prepared by him and to be published by the government. There are many
notes of value and interest to the philologist and a few vocabularies, as follows:
Vocabulary of the Attacapas (from Duralde's Manuscript in the Library of
American Philosophical Society) ; Names of loway children in order of birth ;
Proper names in Winuebago, with translations; Vocabulary of the Winnebago.
1322 Fragorri (P. Juan). Vocabulario y Dialogos [en lengua Mexi-
cana]. *
Title from Pimentel. See Iragorri (I. F.), No. 1948.
1323 Franchere (Gabriel). Eelation | d'un | Voyage | a la cote du |
Nord-ouest | de | l'Ame"rique Septentrionale, | dans les amu'-os |
1810, 11, 12, 13, et 14. | Par G. Franchere, fils. |
Montreal: | de I'imprimerie de C. B. Pasteur. | 1820. | JEM.
Pp. 1-284. 8.
Quelques mots de la langue Chinouque on Tchinoque, pp. 204-205. Also native
terms passim.
I have seen an English translation by J. V. Huntington, New York, 1854,
376 pp., 12, which contains no vocabulary.
1324 Francis (Convers). Life | of | John Eliot, | the | Apostle to the
Indians. | By Convers Francis. |
Boston: | Hilliard, Gray, and Co. | London: | Eichard James
Kennett. | 1836. | A. C. T.
Pp. i-xii, 1-357. 16.
Remarks on the Indian languages in Note 3, pp. 352-354.
1325 [Franco (P.)] Coleccion | de | Linguistica y Etnografla Ameri.
canas. | Publicada por | A. L. Pinart. | Tomo IV. | Noticias de los
Indios de Departamento de Veragua, y | Vocabularies de las Len-
guas | Guaymi, Norteiio, Sabanero y Dorasque. |
San Francisco : | Imprenta de A. L. Bancroft y Ca., | 721 Calle
'. ' de Market. | 1882. | ASG.
Pp. 1-73. royal 8. Title, 1 1. ; Dedication to Comte de Lesseps, 1 1. ; Preface,
by Alph. Piuart, 1 1. ; Noticia de los Indios Guaymies y de sus Constumbres, by
Pere Franco, pp. 7-20.
Vocabulario Castellano, Guaymi y Norteno, pp. 21-49; Vocabulario de las
Li-nguas Guaymi, Sabanero y Dorasque, pp. 50-73.
1326 Franklin (Capt. John). Narrative of a Journey | to the Shores
of | the Polar Sea, | in the Years | 1819, 20, 21, and 22. | By John
Franklin, Captain It. N., F. R. S., | and Commander of the Expe
dition. | With an Appendix on various subjects relating to | Science
and Natural History. | Illustrated by numerous Plates and Maps. |
Published by authority of the Eight Honourable the Earl Bathurst. |
2(!2 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Franklin (Capt. John) continued.
London: | John Murray, Albetnarle-street. | M DCCC XXIII
[1823]. | A. c.
2 p. 11., pp. vii-xvl, 1-681. 4. Plates and maps.
Names of animals, fish, plants, etc., in Eskimo, with English significations,
pp. 87-93; Blackfoot vocabulary, 18 words, p. 109; Names of the various parts
of an Eskimo house, with English significations, p. 267.
1327 Narrative of a Journey | to tbe Shores of the | Polar
Sea, | in | the Years 1819-20-21-i2. | By | John Franklin, Capt.
R. N., F. E. S., M. W. S., | and Commander of the Expedition. |
Published by authority of the Right Honourable | the Earl Bath-
urst. | Third Edition. | Two Vols. Vol. I [II]. |
London: | John Murray, Albemarle-street. | MDCCCXXIV
[1824]. | *
2 vols. 8. pp. i-xix, 1-370; 1 p. 1., pp. i-iv, 1 1., pp. 134-145, 170.
Linguistics as in previous edition, vol. 1, pp. 87-93, 109 ; vol. 2, p. 267.
Sabiu's Dictionary gives : + Second edition, London : John Murray. MDCCC
XXIV, pp. 370, 399, 2 vols. 8.
1328 Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea, in
the years 1819-20-21-22. By John Franklin, .... With an Ap-
VTC ' P en( lix containing Geognostical Observations and Remarks on the
' Aurora Borealis.
Philadelphia: Carey & Lea. 1824 *
482pp. 8.
1329 Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea, in
the years 1819-20-21-22 ; with a brief account of the Second Journey
in 1825-2G-27. By John Franklin, Capt. R. N., F. R. S., and Com
mander of the Exhibition. \Vith Plates.
London: John Murray. M DCCU XXIX [1829]. *
4 vols. 18. Titles from Sabin's Dictionary.
Freeman (Rev. Bernardus).
See Another Tongue.
See Claesse (Laurence).
1330 Fremiot (N. M.) Lettre du R. P. Fr4miot. *
In Aimales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. xxvi, pp. 241-269.
Contains remarks on the language and a few Indian words and definitions (in
Ojibway?). Title from Mr. W. Eames.
Friese (Valentine).
See Amy (W. F. M.)
1331 [Fritz (Johann Friedrich).] Orientalisch- und Occidentalischer |
Sprachmeister | Welcher | nicht allein huudert Alphabete | nebst
ihrer Aussprache, | So bey deneu meisten | Europiiisch-Asiatisch-
Africanisch- und | Ainericanischen Volckeru und Nationeu | ge-
FRANKLIN FROST. 263
[Fritz (Johann Friedrich)] continued.
brauchlich sind, | Auch eiuigen Tabulis Polyglottis verschiedener |
Spraclien and Zahlen vor Aagen leget, | Soiideru auch | das Ge-
bet des H. Errn, | In 200 Sprachen und Mund-Arten | init dersel-
ben Cliaracteren und Lesung, nach einer | Geographischcn Ordnung
mittheilet. | Aus glaubwiirdigen Auctoribus zusammen getragen,
uud mit | darzu nothigen Kupfern verseheii. |
Leipzig, | Zu finden bey Christian Friedrich Gessnern. |
1748. | JB.
10 p. 11., 224, 128 pp. ; Appendix, 7 11. 8. Title from copy in possession of Mr.
Joseph Enthoefter, Washington, D. C.
Pater Noster, Mexicana and Poconchica, p. 124; Carahaica and Savauahica,
p. 125; Virginiana and Mohogica, p. 126.
Short vocabulary (4 words) of Mexicane, Poconchine, Caraibice, Apalachice,
Algoukiue, Chacktawice, Savanahiee, Crickice, Virginiane, Mohogice, App., p.
6 (unnumbered).
The first clause of the Lord's Prayer, " Our Father which art in Heaven," was,
according to Auer's Sprachenhalle, reprinted in the various languages in Geo-
graphisch-philologische Karten von Hornauu's Erbeu in Niirnberg, 4 sheets,
small folio.
1332 Frbbel (Julius). Aus Amerika. Erfahrungen, Reisen und Studien.
Von Julius Frobel.
Leipzig: Weber. [1857-58.] *
2 vols. pp. xvii, 550; xvi, 616. 8.
Contains vocabulary of the Woolwa, spoken by the Indians of Chontales,
Nicaragua, vol. 1, pp. 400-401.
1333 Seven Years' Travel in Central America, Northern Mexico,
and the Far West of the United States. By Julius Frobel. . . .
With Illustrations.
London: Richard Bentley. M. DCCC. LIX [1859]. *
xiv, 587 pp. 8.
1334 A travers PAmerique par Julius Frcebel. Traduction de
1'Allemand, par Emile Taudel.
Bruxelles: Lacroix, Van Menen. Paris: E. Jung-Treuttel.
1861. *
3 vols. 12. Three titles above from Sabin's Dictionary.
1335 Vocabulary of the Woolwa spoken by the Indians of Chon
tales, Nicaragua. Obtained by Mr. Julius Froebel.
In Squier (E. G.) The States of Central America, pp. 255-256. New York,
1858. 8.
1336 Frost (John). The | Book | of the | Aborigines. | [Picture.]
New York : | D. Appleton & Company.
Second title :
The Book | of the ] Indians | of | North America: | illustrating |
their manners, customs and present state. [Picture.] | Edited by
John Frost, L. L. D. | Author of the "Book of the Navy," "Book of
the Army," &c., &c. |
264 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Frost (John) continued.
New York: | D. Appleton & Co., 200 Broadway. | Philadelphia: |
George S.Appletou, 148 Chestnut St. | M DCCC XLV [1845]. | HU.C.
Engraved title; 1 p. 1., pp. i-x, 13-283. 12.
A few Camanchee proper names with English signification, p. 43; ibid, of the
Sioux, p. 44; ibid, of the Sac, pp. 44-45; ibid, of the Crow, p. 46; A few Sioux,
Mandan, Blackfoot, Riccaree and Tuskarora terms, pp. 60-61 ; Numerals, 1-10,
of the Riccaree, p. 62.
Sabin's Dictionary gives: +New York: M DCCC XL VIII.
Frost ( J. H.)
See Lee (D.) and Frost (J. H.)
1337 Fry (Edmund), Compiler. Pantographia; | containing | accurate
copies of all the known | Alphabets in the World ; | together with |
An English explanation of the peculiar | force or power of each
letter: | to which are added, | Specimens of all well-authenticated |
Oral Languages; | forming | a comprehensive digest of | Pho
nology. | By Edmund Fry, | Letter-Founder, Type Street, |
London. | Printed by Cooper and Wilson, | For John and Arthur
Arch, (iracechureh-Street; | John White, Fleet-Street; John Ed
wards, Pall-Mail; and | John Debrett, Picadilly. | M DCC XC IX
[1799], | BA. c.
2 p. ll.,xxxvi,320pp. 8.
Lord's Prayer in the language of New England (from Wilkin's Essay), p. 58.
Short vocabulary and numerals (1-10) of the Ecclemach (from Perouse),p. 78;
ibid, of the Esquimaux (from Cook), p. 80; ibid, of the language of Greenland
(from Cook), p. 104; Lord's Prayer in the Mexican language (from Orat. Dom.),
p. 200; ibid, in the Mohawk language (from Orat. Dom.), p. 202; Vocabulary of
the language of Nootka Sound (from Cook), p. 210; ibid, of Norton Sound (from
Cook), p. 212; ibid, of Oonalashka (from Cook), p. 214; Lord's Prayer in the Po-
conchi language (from Wilkin's Essay), p. 224 ; Numerals, 1-100, of the language
of Port des Fraucais (from Peronse), p. 232; Short vocabulary and numerals (1-8)
of the language of Prince William's Sound (from Cook), p. 240; Lord's Prayer in
the Savanna language (from Orat. Dom.), p. 258; ibid, in the Virginian language
(from Orat. Dom.), p. 300; Numerals, 1-10, of the Achastlien language (from
Permise), p. 303.
1338 Fuensalida (Fr. Luis). Sermones en Lengua Mexicana.
Manuscript in the Biblioteca de Santiago Tlatelulco de Mexico. Beristain.
Fuente (D. Jos6 Antonio Perez de la).
See Perez de la Fuente (D. J. A.)
1339 Fuente de los verbos Mexicauos, seguida de la fuente de los nou>.
bres mexicanos.
Manuscript. 28 11. 4. Short vocabulary Spanish-Mexican. Brasseur de
lioiirboitrg.
1340 Fuentes (D. Manuel). La doctrina Christiana en la lengua Mam,
hallada entre los papeles que quedaron del defunto Sr. presbitero
Don Manuel Fueutes, cura que fue de San Miguel Ixtlahuacan. *
Manuscript, 18 11., 12, containing two distinct parts, and in different hand
writing. Both were given to ma us having beeu composed and written nearly
thirty years before my sojourn in this parish, by my predecessor Don Manuel
FROST FURUHELM. 265
Fuentes (I). Manuel) continued.
Fuentes This little manuscript, and the following, with the vocabu
lary which I have made, are all that remain at present of the ancient language
of the Mames of Guatemala. Brasseur de Bonrbourg.
1341 Pregvmtas p a adininistrar el Santo Sacram 10 del matrimo-
uio en Mam conformes al Manual quo usamos. Siguen las varias
partes de la doctrina cristiana en mam y eu castellano, etc., lo todo
ballado entre los papeles que quedaron del defunto Sr. presbitero
Don Manuel Fueutes, cura propio que file" de la parroquia de San
Miguel Ixtlalmacan. *
Manuscript. 8 11. 4. Title from Brassenr de Bourbonrg.
1342 Fuentes y Guzman (D. Francisco Antonio). 1. Recordacion Flo
rida; Discnrso historico, natural, material, militar, y politico del
Keyno de Guatemala. * .rimr
This work exists in manuscript in the Archives of the Cabildo of Guatemala,
and is supposed to contain much information bearing on the history and lan
guages of the aborigines. Squier's Monograph of Authors.
Beristain gives this title as follows : Recordacion florida, 6 Historia de Guate
mala. Tres Tomos. He adds : Two of these volumes are preserved in the Archives
of the city of Guatemala, the other having been sent to Madrid to be printed.
1343 Fuertes (E. A.) Vocabularies of the Chimalapa or Zoque; Gui-
chiovian or Mixl ; Zapoteco; and Maya.
Manuscript. 17 11. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. They
consist of 200 words each, arranged in parallel columns, and are accompanied
by grammatic notes.
Further Correspondence, &c.
See Arctic Expedition.
1344 Further Papers | relative to the | Recent Arctic Expeditions | in
search of | Sir John Franklin | and the crews of | H. M. S. "Erebus"
and "Terror." | Presented to both Houses of Parliament by Com
mand of Her Majesty. | January 1855. |
London : | Printed by George Edward Eyre and William Spottis-
woode, | Printers to the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty. | For Her
Majesty's Stationery Office. | 1855. | A.
Pp. i-iv, 1-958. folio.
Simpson (John). Observations on the Western Esquimaux and the Country
they inhabit, pp. 917-94-2.
Contains the names of the seasons and months in Esquimaux, pp. 933.
1345 Furuhelm (Gov. Hjalmar). Notes on the Natives of Alaska. (Com
municated to the late George Gibbs, M. D., in 18G2.) By his Excel,
lency J. Furuhelm, late Governor of the Russian American Colonies-
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 111-116,
121-133. Washington, 1877. 4.
Vocabulary and grammatic comments on the Sitka, pp. 111-114; ibid., Aleut,
pp. 115-116; Vocabulary of the Yakutat, pp. 121-133.
266 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Furuhelm (Gov. Iljalmar) continued.
1346 Vocabulary of the Venambakaiia.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 504-508.
Washington, 1877. 4.
1347 Gaii nab. shoh. GaS uah shoh | Ne | De o Wafili' s& o' nyoh gwah |
Na' w6n iii' yuh. | Honont'gahdeh bodi' yado' nyoh. |
Do syo wil: | [Seneca Mission Press.] | 1843. | BA. MHS. JWP.
Pp. i-vi, 7-136. 16.
Hymns in the Seneca language. Prefaced with Wright (A.) Method of writ
ing Seneca.
See Young (J.) for edition of 1829.
1348 GaS nah shoh | Neb | Deo WaSh' s5 o' nyoh gwah | Na'
we'll ni' yuh. Honont'gahdeh hodi'yado' nyob. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street,
New York. | 1852. | ABC. MHS.
Pp. 1-232. 16.
1349 Gajl nah shoh | Neb | Deo WaSh' s& o' nyoh-gwah |
Na'we'nui'yuh. | Honout'gahdeb bodi'yado'uyoh. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street,
New- York. | ATS.
No date. pp. 1-352. 16. Appended to this work is "Songs of Zion," 31 un
numbered 11. ; gongs in English, with music, inserted for the benefit of the
Indians.
1350 GaS, nah shah | Neh | Deo | Wailh'sSo'nyob gwah |
Na'w6nni'yuh. | Honont'gahdeh hodi'yado'nyoh. |
Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street,
New- York. | c.
No date. pp. 1-416. 12.
1351 Gabb (Dr. William M.) On the Indian Tribes and Languages of
Costa Eica.
In Am. FhiloBOph. Soc., Proc., vol. 14, pp. 483-C02. Philadelphia, 187C. 8.
General ethnologic notes, pp. 483-526; The Bri-bri Language (granmiatic
and miscellaneous notes), pp. 527-539; Vocabulary of the Language of the
Bri-bri Indians, pp. 539-578; Comparative vocabulary of the Cabecar of Estella
River, Cabecar of Coen River, Tiribi, Terraba, and Brunka languages, pp.
579-602.
Issued also as a separate pamphlet, as follows :
1352 On the | Indian | Tribes and Languages | of | Costa Rica. |
By Wm. M. Gabb, | (Read before the American Philosophical So
ciety, Aug. 20, 1875.) |
Philadelphia: | McCalla and Stavely, Printers, Nos. 237-9 Dock
St. | 1875. | si.
1 p. 1., pp. 483-002. 8. Contents as above.
1353 Vocabulary of the Trinity Indians.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 518-529.
Washington, 1877. 4.
FURUHELM GAGE. 267
Oabb (Dr. William M.) continued.
1354 Vocabulary of the Kutchan, H'taiiu, Kiliwi, and Cocbimi.
In Gatschet (A. S.) Yuma-Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrift fur Ethuoiogie, pp.
390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8.
1355 Vocabularies of the Cochimi and Kiliwee.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. 211 words each. Collected April, 18G7. The Cochimi
vocabulary was collected in the center of the peninsula of Lower California, in
the vicinity of San Borja and Santa Gertrudfi; the Kiliwee 150 miles farther
north. i <.
1356 Vocabulary of the Klamath of Southern Oregon.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. 150 words. Collected in 1864.
1357 Vocabulary of the Yuma.
Manuscript. C 11. folio. 186 words.
1358 Vocabulary of the Yuma and H'taiim.
Manuscript. 1011. 4. Collected in 1867. These manuscripts are in the library
of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1359 Gabelentz (Hans Georg Conon von der). Beitriige | zur | Spracheu-
kuride | von | H. C. von der Gabelentz. | Erstes [-Drittes] Heft. |
Leipzig: | F. A. Brockhaus. | 1852. | c. JWP.
Pp. 48, 64, 64. 8. 3 parts in 1 vol., each with its own title. That of part 2 is:
Grammatik | der | Dakota-Sprache | von | H. C. von der Gabe
lentz. |
Leipzig : | F. A. Brockhaus. | 1852. |
Pp. 1-64. 8.
1360 Kurze Grammatik der Tscherokesischen Sprache. Vom
Staatsmiuister Dr. H. 0. von der Gabelentz.
In Zeitschrift liir die Wissenschaft der Sprache. Herausgegeben von Dr.
Albert Hoefer. Dritter Band, pp. 257-300. Drittes Heft, Greifswald, G. A. Koch,
1852. 8.
Sabin's Dictionary says: Issued separately as follows:
1361 Kiirze Grammatik der Tscherokesischen Sprache. *
42pp. 8.
1362 Gabriel. Specimen of the Mountaineer, or Sheshatapooshshoish,
Skoffie, and Micmac Languages.
In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll.. first series, vol. 6, pp. 16-33. Boston, 1800. 8.
The above vocabularies appear without authorship. In the preliminary re
marks the writer states: "The ensuing vocabulary I transcribed viva voce from
Gabriel, a young Mountaineer Indian. * * * He spoke both French and English
tolerably, and was well acquainted with the Skoffie, Micmac, and Mountaineer."
1363 Gage (Thomas). The English- American his Travail by Sea and
Land: | or, | AiNewSvrvey | of the | West-India's, | containing | A
Journall of Three thousand and Three hundred | Miles within the
main Laud of America. | Wherein is set forth his Voyage from
Spain to St. John de Vlhua; | and from thence to Xalappa, to
268 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gage (Thomas) continued.
TIaxcalla, the City of Angeles, and | forward to Mexico; With the
description of that great City, | as it was in former times, and also
at this present. | Likewise liis Journey from Mexico through the
Provinces of Guaxaca, | Chiapa, Guatemala, Vera Paz, Truxillo,
Coinayagtia; with his | abode Twelve years about Guatemala, and
especially in the | Indian towns of Mixco, Pinola, Petapa, Amati-
tlan. | As also his strange and wonderf'ull Conversion, and Calling
from those | remote Parts to his NativeCouutrey. | With his return
through the Province of Nicaragua, and Costa Rica, | to Nicoya,
Panama, Portobelo, Cartagena, and Havana, with divers | occur-
reuts and dangers that did. befal in the said Journey. | Also, | A
New and exact Discovery of the Spanish Navigation to | those
Parts; And of their Dominions, Government, Religion, Forts, |
Castles, Ports, Havens, Commodities, fashions, behaviour of |
Spaniards, Priests and Friers, Blackmores, Mulatto's, Mestiso's, |
Indians; and of their Feasts and Solemnities. | With a Grammar,
or some ft;w Rudiments of the Indian Tongue, | called, Poconchi, or
Pocomau. | By the true and painfull endevonrs of Thomas Gage,
now Preacher of | the Word of God at Acris, in the County of
Kent, Anno Dom. 1648. |
London, Printed by R. Cotes, and are to be sold by Humphrey
Blunden at the | Castle in Coruhill, and by Thomas Williams at the
Bible in Little Britain, 1648. | JOB.
5 p. 11., 220 pp., 6 11. folio.
Some brief and short rules for the better learning of the Indian tongue called
Poconchi, or Po-comau, commonly used about Guatemala and some other parts of
Honduras, pp. 213-220.
1364 - - A New Survey | of the | West-India's: | or, | The English
American his Travail by Sea and Land: | containing | A Journal of
Three Thousand and Three hundred | Miles within the main Land
of America. | Wherein is set forth his Voyage from Spain to St.
John de Vlhua: | and from thence to Xalappa, to TIaxcalla, the
City of Angels, and | forward to Mexico; W T ith the description of
that great City, | as it was in former times, and also at this present. |
Likewise, his Journey from Mexico, through the Provinces of
Guaxaca, | Chiapa, Guatemala, Vera Paz, Truxillo, Comayagua;
with his | abode Twelve years about Guatemala and especially in
the | Indian-Towns of Mixco, Pinola, Petapa, Amatitlan. | As also
his strange and wonderfull Conversion and Calling from those | re
mote Parts, to his Native Countrey. | With his return through the
Province of Nicaragua, and Costa Rica, to | Nicoya, Panama, Porto
belo, Cartagena, and Havana, with divers | Occurrents and Dan
gers that did befal in the said Journey. | Also, | A New and Exact
Discovery of the Spanish Navigation | to those Parts: And of their
Dominions, Government, Religion, Forts, | Castles, Ports, Havens,
GAGE 269
Gage (Thomas) continued.
Commodities, Fashions, Behaviour of | Spaniards, Priests and
Friers, Blackmores, Mulatto's, Mestiso's, | Indians; and of their
Feasts and Solemnities. | With a Grammar, or some few Rudiments
of the Indian Tongue, | called Poconchi, or Pocoman. | The Second
Edition enlarged by the Author, and beautified with Maps. | By
the true and painful eudevours of Thomas Gage, Preacher of the |
Word of God at Deal in the County of Kent. |
London, Printed by E. Cotes, and sold by John Sweeting | at the
Angel in Popes-head-alley M. UC. LV [1G55]. | BA. JCB.
5 p. 11., 220 pp., 6 11. contents, folio, map.
Some brief and short rules, &c., pp. 213-220.
1365 A New Survey of the | West-Indies: | or, | The English-
American his Travel by Sea and Land: | containing a Journal of
Three thousand and Three hundred Miles | within the main Land
of | America: | Wherein is set forth | liis voyage from Spain to S.
John de Ulhua; and thence | to Xalappa to Tlaxcalla, the City of
Angels, and forward to | Mexico: With the Description of that
great City, as it | was in former times, and also at this present. |
Likewise His Journey from Mexico, through the Provinces of
Gua- | xaca, Chiapa, Guatemala, Vera Pax, Truxillo, Commaya-
gua, | with his abode xii. years about Guatemala, especially in |
the Indian Towns of Mixco, Pinola, Petapa, Amatitlan. | As also j
His strange and wonderful Conversion and Calling from | those re
mote Parts to his native Countrey: With his Return | through the
Province of Nicaragua and Costa Rica, to Nicoya, | Panama,
Porto bello, Cartagena and Havana, with divers Occur- | rents and
Dangers that did befal in the said journey. | Also | A new and ex
act Discovery of the Spanish Navigation | to those Parts: And of
their Dominions, Government, Reli- | giou, Forts, Castles, Ports,
Havens, Commodities, Fa- | shions, Behavior of Spaniards,
Priests and Friers, | Black-moors, Mulatto's, Indians; | and of their
Feasts and Solemnities. | With aG.rammar, or some few Rudiments
of | the Indian Tongne, called Poconchi or Pocoman. | The third
Edition enlarged by the Author, with a new and accurate map. |
By Thomas Gage. |
London: Printed by A. Clark, and are to be sold by] John )3 .
Martyn, Robert Horn and Walter Kettilby. 1677. | c.
4 ]). 11., 477 pp., 9 11. contents, map. sm.8.
Some brief and short rules, &c., pp. 465-477.
1366 Novvelle | Relation | dcs | Indes Occideutales, | conte-
naut | Les Voyages de Thomas Gage dans la | Nouvello Espagne,
ses diverses avantures. | Et | sou retour par la Province de Nicara
gua, jusques | & la Havane, avec la description de la Ville de |
Mexique, telle qu'ellc estoit autresfois, & comme | elle est it pre"-
sent. | Ensemble | Vne Relation exacte des Terres & Provinces que
270 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gage (Thomas) continued.
possedent | les Espagnolsen 1'Amerique, de la forme de leurGou- |
vernement Ecclesiastique, & Politique, de leur Com- | inerce, de
leurs niO3urs, & de celles des Criolles, des Me- | tifs, des Mulatres,
des Indiens, & des Negres. Et vn | Traitte de la Laugue Poconchi
ouPocomaue. | Dedie" a Monseigneur Colbert Secretaire | d'Estat. |
Le tout traduit de 1'Anglois, par le sieur De | Beavliev lines O
Neil. |
a Paris, | chez Gervais Clouzier, au Palais, sur les degrez | en
montant pour aller a la Ste Chappelle, au Voyageur. | M. DC.-
LXXVII [1677]. | Avec Privilege dv Roy. | *
4 vols. 1-2. The date of the other vols. is MDCLXXVI. Title from Mr. W.
Eames.
Poconchi dictionary, TO]. 4, pp. 125-153.
Sabin's Dictionary, in a note to the above edition, quoting from Brunet, says
" the Poconchi Grammar is sometimes found separately."
Nine other editions of the French translation of Gage's travels appeared, none
of which contain the Poconchi vocabulary. They are as follows : Amsterdam,
1680, 1685, 1687, 1694, 1695, 1699, 1720, 1721, 1722; all in 12.
1367 Nieuwe ende seer naeuwkeurige | Reyse | Door de Spaen-
sche West-Indien | van | Thomas Gage; | Met seer curieuse soo
Land-kaerten als Historische Figue- | ren verciert ende met twee
Registers voorsien. | Overgeset door | H. V. Q. |
Tot Utrecht, | By Johannes Ribbius, Boeckverkooper in de |
korte St. lans-straet. M. DC. LXXXII [1682]. | JOB.
9 p. 11., 450 pp., 33 11. am.. 4.
" Korte onderwysinge Om de Indiaansche Taale, welke men Poconchi orte
Pocoman noemt, te leeren, werdende desel ve in ende omtrent Guatimala gesproo-
cken, gelijckook in eenige gedeelten van de Honduras," pp. 439-450.
1368 Thomas Gage | Neue merckwiirdige Reise-Beschreibung |
Nach | NeiiSpanien/ | Wasihmdaselbstseltsamesbegeguet/nnd |
wie er durch die Provintz Nicaragua wider zuruck | uach der Ha
vana gekehret: | In welcher zu tiudeu 1st | Eiu ausfiihrlicher Be-
richt von der Stadt Mexico, | wie selbte so wol vor Alters gewesen/
als auch wie sie ietzo | beschaflen sey : | Ingleichen | Eiue vollkom-
mene Beschreibuug aller Lan- | der und Proviuzen/ welche die
Spauier in ganz Ame- | rica besitzen ; von ihrem Kirchen- nnd Poli-
cien-Regiment ; ihrem | Handel : wie auch von ihren und der Criol-
len, Mestifen, | Mulateu, Indianer und Schwartzen/ Sitteu | und
Lebens-Art. | Deine allem zum Beschlusz noch beygef liget ist | Ein
kurtzer Unterricht von der Poconchischen | oder Pocomanischen
Sprache, | Aus dem Frantzoschen ins Deutsche iibersetzt. |
Leipzic/ | Verlegts Johann Herbordt Klosz/ Buchbandl. | Anno
M. DC. XCIII [1693]. | JOB.
3 p. 11., 471 pp. sm. 4.
Kurtzer Unterricht Die Indianische Sprr.che/ die man Poconchi oder Poco
man nennct/ und in der Gegend umb Gvatimala, nnd an etlichen Ortheu der
Honduras gebrauchlich ist/ zuerlernen, pp. 457-471.
GAGE. 271
Gage (Thomas) continued.
13(59 A New Survey of the | West-Indies. | Being | a Journal of
Three thousand and Three hundred Miles | within the main Laud
of | America : | By Tho. Gage, the only Protestant that was | ever
known to have travel'd those Parts. | Setting forth | His Voyage
from Spain to S. John de Dlhna; and thence | to Xalapa, Tlax-
calla, the City of Angels, and | Mexico : With a Description of that
great | City, as in former times, and at present. | Likewise | His
Journey thence through Guaxaca, Chiapa, Guate- | mala, Vera
Paz, &c. with his abode XII. years about | Guatemala, His won
derful Conversion and Calling to | his Native Country : With his
Return through Nica- | ragua and Costa Eica, to Nicoya, Panama,
Porto bello, | Cartagena, and Havana. | With | An Account of the
Spanish Navigation thither; their | Government, Castles, Ports,
Commodities, Religion, | Priests and Friers, Negro's, Mulatto's,
Mestiso's, Indians ; | and of their Feasts and Solemnities. | With a
Grammar, or some few Rudiments of | the Indian Tongue, called
Poconchi or Pocoman. | The fourth Edition enlarged by the Author,
with an accurate Map. |
London: Printed by M. Clark, for J. Nicolson at | the Kings
Arms in Little Britain and T. Newborough, at | the Golden-Ball in
S. Pauls Church Yard. 1699. | BA.
Title; To the Reader, 5 pp.; text, 477 pp.; The Contents, 18pp. With amap of
Mexico. 8.
Some brief and short roles, &c., pp. 465-477.
1370 Nienwe ende seer naeuwkeurige | Reyse | Door de Spaen-
sche West Indien | van | Thomas Gage; | Met seer curieuse soo
Land-kaerten als Historische Figue- | ren verciert ende met twee
Registers voorsien. | Overgeset door | H. V. Q. | Den Tweeden
Druk. |
t'Amsterdam, | By Willem de Coup, Willem Lamswelt, Philip |
Verbeek en Johannes Lamsvelt, | Boekverkoopers. Anno 1700. j
9 p. 11., 450 pp., 32 11. sm. 4. . JCB.
Korte ondevoysinge, &c. (as in 1682), pp. 439-450.
1371 - A Survey of the | Spanish- West-Indies. | Being | A Journal
of Three thousand and Three hundred Miles | on the Continent of |
America: | By Tho. Gage, Gent. | Giving | An Account of the
Spanish Navigation thither; their | 'Government, Castles, Ports,
Commodities, Religion, | Priests and Friers, Negro's, Mulatto's,
Mestiso's, Indians; | and of their Feasts and Solemnities. | Also |
His own Voyage from Spain to S. John de TJlhua; and | thence to
Xalapa, Tlaxcalla, Ciudad de los Angelos, | and Mexico: With a de
scription of that | great City, as in former times, and at present. |
Likewise | His Journey thence through Guaxaca, Chiapa, Guate- |
mala, Vera Paz &c. with his abode XII. years about | Guatemala,
and an Account of Return into | his Native Country England: De-
272 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gage (Thomas) continued.
scribing Nicaragua | and Costa Ilica, to Nicoya, Panama, Porto
bello, Oarta- | gena and Havana. | With a Grammar, or some few
Rudiments of | the Indian Tongue, called Poconchi or Pocoman.
With an exact Map of the Country. |
London : Printed for Thomas Home, at the | South Entrance of
the Eoyal Exchange. 1702. | JCB.
4 p. 11., 477 pp., 9 11., table. 16. map.
1372 - A New Survey of the | West Indies: | being, | a Journal
of Three thousand and Three hundred Miles | within the main
Land of | America. | By Tho Gage, the only Protestant that was |
ever known to have travel'd those Parts. | Setting forth | His Voy
age from Spain to S. John de Ulhna: and thence | to Xalapa,
Tlaxcalla, the City of Angels, and | Mexico: With a Description of
that great | City, as in former times, and at present. | Likewise |
His Journey thence through Guaxaca, Chiapa, Guate- | mala, Vera
Paz, &c. with his abode XII. years about | Guatemala. His won-
derfull Conversion and Calling to | his Native Country: With his
Return through Nica- | ragua and Costa Rica, to Nicoya, Panama,
Porta bello, | Cartegena, and Havana. | With | An Account of the
Spanish Navigation, thither ; their | Government, Castles, Ports,
Commodities, Religion, | Priests and Friers, Negro's, Mulatto's,
Mestiso's, Indibus; | and their Feasts and Solemnities. | With a
Grammar, or some few Rudiments of | the Indian Tongue, called
Paconchi or Pacornan. | The 4th Edition enlarg'd by the Author,
with an accurate Map. |
London; Printed by Benj. Motte, for Tho. Home, | at the South-
Entrance of the Royall-Exohange, 1711. | JOB.
4 p. 11., 477 pp., 811. 16. map.
1373 The Traveller. Part I. Containing, A Journal of Three
Thousand Three Hundred Miles, through the Main Land of South-
America. I '>y Mr. Thomas Gage, an Englishman; and a Mission
ary Friar in New-Spain, twelve Years. In which is set forth, His
Journey from St. John de Ulva to Mexico, with a Description of
that great City as in former Times, and at present; as also his
Travels through many other Parts of New-Spain ; with an Account
of their Government, Castles, Ports and Commodities ; as also their
ecclesiastical State, in which the lascivious Intrigues, and wicked
Lives of the Jesuits and Friars in those Parts, and their grand Impo
sitions upon the poor ignorant Natives, are truly delineated. To
which is added, The Policy, Manners, Behaviour, Arts and Sciences,
religious Rites and Ceremonies, Feasts and Solemnities of the Na
tive Indians. Concluding with The Wonderful Conversion of the
Author to the Protestant Religion; his Escape from the Spaniards,
in South- America ; his Return to England, his Native Country ;
GAGE GALICIA. 273
Gage (Thomas) continued.
and the reception he met with there by his Relations, after an ab
sence of four-and-twenty Years. To be published Monthly in the
New American Magazine.
Woodbridge, in New-Jersey : Printed and Sold by James Parker.
1758.
136pp. 8. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. I do uot know whether it contains
thj Poconchi Grammar.
1374 Nueva Relaciou que contiene los viages de Tomas Gage en
la Nueva Espaua.
Paris : Rosa, 1838.
2 vols. 12. Title from Ludewig.
1375 Gailland (Rev. Maurice). Potewatemi | Nemewiniu | ipi | Nemeni-
gamowinin. | Rev'd Maurice Gaillaud, S. J. | Wespauiouag. |
St. Louis, Mo. | Francis Saler, Okimisiuakisan. | 1866. | s.
Pp. 1-119. 32. Roman Catholic prayer-hook, hymns, &c., in the Potewatemi
language.
1376 Potewatami | Nememiseniiikin | ipi | Nemenigamowinin. |
Rev. Maurice Gaillaud, S. J. |
Cincinuatinag : | Wewikaueitidjik Benziger, | okimisinakisa-
nawa. | 1868. | c.
Pp. 1-550. l(i.
See Fotewateme for other editions.
1377 Gaiwayaidahgoh h6n4owayeeh uaw6uniyL s.
4 pp. 8. Tract in the Seneca language.
1378 Galbraith (Frank G.) Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of
Santa Clara, New Mexico.
Manuscript. 14 11. folio. In the lihrary of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col
lected in 1880.
1379 Galdo Guzman ( Fr. Diego de). Arte | Mexicano | por el Padre Fr.
Diego | de Galdo Guzman, Reli- | gioso, y Predicador del Ordeii
de | N. P. S. Augustin, Cathedratico Pro- | prietario de las Leuguas
Mexica- | na, y Otomi, en la Real Vniuei - | sidad de Mexico. | Di-
rigido a N. Reverend 1 " | P. M. Fr. Francisco de Mendoca, Prouin-
cial de | el Orden de N. P. S. Augustiu, en esta Pronin- | cia del Saii-
tissimo Nouibre de lesus | desta Nueua Espafia. | Con privilegio. |
En Mexico, por la Viuda de Bernardo Caldero, | en la calle de
S. Augustin. Ano 1642. | *
8 p. 11., pp. 1-206, tahle 4 pp. Title from Icazhalceta's Apuntes, No. 28. Lude
wig gives it the date of 1643.
1380 Galicia (Faustino Chimalpopoca). Silabario | de | Idioma Mexi
cano. | Por el Lie. D. Faustino Chimalpopocalt [sic] Galicia. |
Mexico: 1849. | Imprenta de las Escalerillas n. 7, | Dirigida por
M. Castro. | c.
Pp. 1-17 sin. 4.
1381 Silabario | de | Idioma Mexicano, | dispuesto por el | Lie.
Faustino Chimalpopoca Galicia, | Catedratico propietario | del
18 Bib
274 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Galicia (Faustiuo Chimalpopoca) coutinued.
mismo idioma en la Nacional y Pontiflcia Universidad | dc esta
capital. |
Mexico. 1859. | Tipografia de Manuel Castro. | Escallerillas
num. 10. | B.
32 pp. 8. Much more copious than the edition of 1849.
1382 Epitome | 6 \ modo facil | de aprender el | Idioma Na-
huatl | 6 Lengua Mexicaua, | por el lie. | Faustino Chimalpopoca. |
Mexico. 1869. | Tip. de la V. de Murguia 6 kijos Portal del
Aguila de Oro. | C.
Pp. 1-124. 16.
1383 Disertacion sobre la Riqueza, etc., del Idioma Mexicano. *
Iu Museo Mexicaim, tome 4. Mexico, 1844. 8. Title from Bancroft's Native
Races.
1384 Notas en la parte Mexicaua, a las noticias estadisticas
sobre el Departamento de Tuxpan, por Eduardo Fages.
In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 4, pp. 325-338. Mexico, 1854. 8.
1385 DevocionarioparaoirMisa(enlenguaMexicana). Dedicado
a los Indies p r el Lie. Faustino Chimalpopocatl Galicia. *
Manuscript. 33 pp. 32. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg.
1386 Apuntes para una Gramatica Mexicana 6 Nahuatl, por el
Lie. Faustino Chimalpopoca Galicia, ano de 1852. *
Manuscript. 38 11. 4. The author, a descendant of one 06 the ancient lords
of Mexico, was an excellent scholar in all matters relating to Mexican history
and languages. Bamirez Sale Cat.
See [Cabrera (J. M.), and others].
1387 , Mendoza (Gumesindo), and S61is (Felipe Sanchez). Anales
de Cuauhtitlan.
In Museo Nacioiial de M ex., Anales, tomo 1, no. 7. Mexico, 1879. 4.
An anonymous manuscript in the Nahuatl language, found originally in the
College of San Gregorio at Mexico, but now in the library of the Museo Na-
cional. A copy of it was owned by Mr. Anbin. At the instance of the Abbd C.
E. Brassenr de Bourbourg, who calls it the Codex Chimalpopoca, the Licentiate
Faustino Chimalpopoca Galicia translated it into Spanish, and the Museo Na-
ciooal is now publishing the original text, Galicia's translation, and a new
translation by Mendoza and S6Hs, in parallel columns. Beginning in the Anales
as above, as an appendix separately paged, it has run through to vol. 4, pt. 4.
Mexico, 1881 40 pages in all.
1388 Galindo ( Col. Don Juan). Description of the Eiver Usumasinta,
in Guatemala. Communicated by Col. Don Juan Galindo, of the
Central American Service, corresponding Member of the Eoyal
Geographical Society. Dated Flores, on Lake Peten, 12th March,
1832. Read 26th Nov. 1832.
In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 3, pp. 59-64. London, 1834. 8.
Short Maya and Putunc Vocabulary, p. 63.
GALIC1A GALLATIN.
275
Qalindo (Co?. Don Juan) continued.
1389 Notice of the Caribs in Central America. Communicated
by Colonel Don Juan Galindo, F. R. G. S. Dated Government
House, Trugilio, 1833.
In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 3, pp. 290-291.
Carib Vocabulary, 28 words, p. 291.
London, 1834. 8.
1390 Galindo (M.) Me"moire de M. Galiudo, officier supe>ieur de la r6-
publique de FAme'rique Centrale, adresse" a M. le secretaire de la
Socie'td de geographic de Paris. c.
In Soc. de Geog., Bull., premiere serie, tome 18, pp. 198-214. Paris, 1832. 8.
L'oraison dominicale et le symbole des apfttres en maya, p. 213; Numerals,
1-10, in Maya, p. 213; Numerals, 1-100, in Kakchiquel,p.214.
1391 Gallatin (Albert). A Synopsis of the Indian Tribes within the
United States East of the Rocky Mountains, and in the British and
Russian Possessions in Xorth America. By the Hon. Albert Gal
latin.
In Am. Ant. Soc., Trans. (Archaeologia Americana), vol. 2, pp. 1-422. Cam
bridge, 183C. 8.
Section vi, Indian Languages, pp. 160-422, contains, pp. 160-208, a general
discussion ou the construction of Indian languages, with examples in various
tongues; the contents of the remainder of the article, as follows:
Grammatical notices:
ESKIMAUX (from "Mithridates" and Crantz), pp. 211-214.
ATHAPASCAS (from Du Ponceau), pp. 215-216.
ALGONKIN LENAPE, Massachusetts (from Eliot's Indian Grammar), pp. 216-
220; Delaware (from Zeisberger's Grammar, translated by Mr. Dn Pon
ceau), pp. 220-224; Chippeway Nouns (from Schoolcraft's Lectures), pp.
224-228 ; Micmacs (from Father Maynard), pp. 228-232.
IROQUOIS, Onondago (from Zeisberger), pp. 232-236 ; Hurons or Wyaudots
(from Father Brebeuf ), pp. 236-238.
CHEROKEE (from Pickering), pp. 239-250.
Sioux (from Gen. Lewis Cass), pp. 251-252.
CHOCTAW or CHAHTA (from Missionary Spelling Book and Alfred Wright's
notes), pp. 252-256.
MUSKOGHS (from Mr. Compere), pp. 256-258.
Verbal Forms. Specimens of simple conjugations and transitions, pp. 267-300.
Cherokee Alphabet, p. 301.
Vocabularies and select sentences, pp. 303-422. The following is Mr. Gallatin's
GENERAL TABLE OF THE TRIBES, OP W-HICH VOCABULARIES ARE ANNEXED.
Names of Tribes.
Authorities.
I.
1
ESQUIMAUX :
Parry [pp 305-367]
2
3
a
Kotzebue's Sound
Tshuktchi (Asia)
Beechy, [pp. 305-367].
Koscheloff (German), [pp. 305-367].
b
TTsuliivk
rr. 4
Ki\ u ..
m.
5
ATI [ Al 1 AsrAK :
Tacullies
6
M'Konzic (pp 305-367]
c
Sussees...
Umfreville. fn. 3741.
276 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Oallatin (Albert) continued.
Names of Tribes.
Authorities.
rv.
7
ALOONKIN-LE!) APE :
Harmon- M'Kenzie, [pp. 305-367].
g
Schoolcraft James; Keating, [pp. 305-367].
ft
g
Algonkins ( M'Ken-
zie's).
Ottawas
M'Kenzie, [p. 368].
*Hamelin (French) j James, [pp. 305-367].
d
* War Depai tment Barton, [p. 375].
10
La Hontan [pp. 305-367J.
1
f
Chippeways (eastern)
John Long, [p. 369).
11
Sbeshatapoosh (Lab
rador).
Gabriel, [pp. 30S-367].
Gabriel [p. 369].
12
* Father Maynard (French); * Bromley; Gabriel, [pp.
ft
305-367],
FD 3691.
13
14
Etchemins (Paesama-
quoddy).
* Kellogg; * Treat, [pp. 305-367].
Father Rasle [pp 305-367].
A
* Mrs Gardiner- * Treat [p. 370].
15
Eliot- Cotton, [pp 305-367].
Wood, [p. 370].
16
Williams- * Treat, [pp. 305-367].
17
* Jefferson - * Heckeweldcr ; Edwards ; Jenks, [pp.
18
305-567].
* Jefferson- Wood, [305-367].
19
* Heckewelder Zeiaberger, [pp. 305-367].
A
DeLaet [p. 371].
y
h
New Sweden ...
Minsi
C. Holm, [p. 371].
rv 20
* Van Murray- * Heckewolder [pp. 305-367].
Smith- Beverly [p 376].
1
Lawson- Heriot; Lane, [p. 375].
21
* Thornton- * War Department, [pp. 305-367].
22
*Anon. Duponceau Collection, [pp. 305-367],
23
24
Gibson; Butler; Parsons, [pp. 305-367].
Keating [pp 305-367).
25
*Doty- * War Department- James, [pp. 305-367].
V.
26
IROQUOIS:
Johnston- Barton- War Department, [pp. 305-367].
Sa^ard [p. 372].
27
* Parish- *Dwight [pp. 305-367 and 383-397],
De Laet [p 376].
28
29
Onondagoes
*Zeisberger, [pp. 305-367].
* War Department- Parish, [pp. 305-367 and 383-397],
30
* Jefferson- Barton [pp. 305-367],
j
Barton [p 376]
31
* Parish [PP 305-367],
32
*I Wood- * Trevezant [pp. 305-367],
VI.
33
SlOUX :
* Boilvin; *Cass; * WarDep. ; Maj. Long, [pp. 305-367].
34
Keating; Maj. Long; *Cass, [pp. 305-367],
35
Yanktona . .
Sav, [pp. 305-367],
GALLATIN.
277
Gallatin (Albert) continued.
Names of Tribes.
Authorities.
VI.
40
o
P
q
VII. 41
VIII. 42
IX.
43
Sioux Continued.
Assiniboius
Quappas
Osages
Ottoes
loways
Omahas
Minetares
Crows
Maudanes
Shyennes
CATAWBAS
CHEUOKKES
CBAHTAB:
Cboctas...
X.
XI.
XII.
XIV.
XV.
XVI.
XVII.
xvni.
XIX.
XX,
XXI.
XXII.
XXIII.
XXIV.
XXV.
XXVI.
XXVII.
XXVIII.
XXIX.
41;
47 I
48 I
49
60 I
61
H
M
65
"
67 I
"
69
60
a
Cbicasas
MUSKHOGEE:
Muskhogee
Hawkins' Muskhogce
Hitchitteea
UTCHEES
N'AM HI-
ADAIZE
CHETIMACUAS
ATTACAPAB
CADDOES
PAWNEES
SAUSH
WOCCONS
FALL INDIANS
BLACK FEET
SHOS1IONER8
ATNAHS
STRAITS OF FUCA
WAKASH
SALMON RIVBR (Friendly
Village).
KOULISOIES
CHINOOKS ...
QUEEN CHARLOTTE'S ISL.
Umfreville, [p. 374].
* Gen. Izard, [pp. 305-367].
Dr. Murray ;.*Cass; Bradbury, [pp. 305-367).
Say, [pp. 305-367].
*Cass, [p. 377].
Say, [pp. 305-367].
Say, [pp. 305-367].
Say, [p. 377).
Indian Treaties, [p. 379].
Indian Treaties (doubtful), [p. 379].
* J. L. Miller; Barton, [pp. 305-367].
*Boudinot; Worcester, [pp. 305-367 and 398-404].
*A. Wright; Missionary Spelling Book, [pp. 305-367;
382-396, and 405-40 J].
* Gallatin, from a Chicasa boy, (pp. 305-367].
.Gallatin ; 'Compere, [pp. 305-367; 382-396,and 405-408].
* Hawkins, [p. 372].
Kidge (a Cherokee), [p. 377.]
Kidge; Ware, [pp. 305-3K7).
* Gallatin, [pp. 305-367).
*Sibley, [pp. 305-367].
Duralde, [pp. 305-367).
Bnralde, [pp. 305-367].
* G. Gray, [pp. 305-367 and 383-397).
Say, [pp. 305-367].
*Anon., Duponceau Collection, [pp. 305-367].
Lawson, [p. 372).
Umfreville, [p. 373].
Umfrevffle, [p. 373).
Say, [p. 378].
M'Kenzie, [p. 378].
Voyage of Sutil y Mexicana, [p. 378).
Jewitt.
M'Kenzie, [p. 378).
Davidoff, (p. 371].
'Franchere, [p. 379].
"Stargis; 'Bryant, [p. 380).
Roman numerals indicate families ; Arabic numbers, and letters indicate ar
rangement.
The mark * denotes manuscript authorities. The Greek letters /} and y are du
plicates or varieties.
Select sentences in Muskhogee, Cbocta, and Caddo, pp. 408-^113; Select sen
tences in Ojibway, or Chippeway, Cherokee, and Seneca, pp. 414-418; Supple
mentary Cherokee Transitions, pp. 418-420; The Lord's Prayer in Cherokee,
and Muskhoghce, p. 421 ; The Lord's Prayer in C'hocta, and Dahcota, 422.
This volume as a whole, but more particularly that part of it relating to AI-
gonkin languages, was reviewed by Sclioolcraft (H. R.) in North American
Review, vol.45, p. 34. Boston. 8.
278 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gallatin (Albert) continued.
1392 Notes on the Semi civilized Nations of Mexico, Yucatan,
and Central America. By Albert Gallatin.
In Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 1, pp. 1-352. New York, 1845. 8.
Sec. 1. Languages Vocabularies, grammar, derived and compounded words.
Sec. 2. Numeration Vigintesimal.
Sec. 3. Calendars and astronomy.
Sec. 4. History and clironiology.
Sec. 5. Conjectures on origin of semi-civilization in America.
No. 1. Appendix. Grammatical notices of the
Mexican ; from Father Carochi's Grammar, and Curate Carlo's and Tapia
Zenteno's Grammar.
Tarasca, or Language of Michoacan; from Father Diego Basalenque's
Grammar.
Maya, or Language of Yucatan ; from Father Beltram's Grammar and
manuscript notes of Pio. Perez, Giefe Politico.
Poconchi, spoken in Guatemala (including Lord's Prayer).
Quiche (Lord's Prayer).
Huasteca, spoken in province of the same; from Father Tapia Zenteno.
Otomi Grammar and Dictionary; from Licenciate Louis de Neve y Molina
and Emanual Naxera's Dissertation ; includes comparative vocabulary of
Otomi, Mexican, Huasteca, and Maya.
1393 Hale's Indians of North- West America, and Vocabula
ries of North America; with an Introduction. By Albert Gallatin.
In Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 2. Introduction, pp. i-clxxxviii, Hale's Indians
of North America, pp. 1-130. New York, 1848. 8.
Article III of the Introduction, entitled "Philology," occupies pp. xcviii-
exliv, and includes:
Section I. Vocabularies, which contains : A short vocabulary of the Coco-
Maricopa, from Emory, p. cix; A comparative vocabulary of the Chocta and
Muskhogee, p. cxii ; Affinities of the Sastika or Blackfeet Language, with those of
the Algonkins, pp. cxiii-cxiv ; Affinities of the Shyenue, with Languages of the
Algonkiu Family, pp. cxiv-cxv ; Affinities of the Upsaroka, or Crow Language,
with that of the sedentary Missouri Miuetares, and those of the Sioux, pp. cxv-cxvi ;
Vocabularyof the Shyenne Language, with some notes; fromAbert, pp. cxvi-cxviii.
Section II. Grammar, with examples of grammatic forms in several lan
guages, pp. cxix-cxliv.
Part First. Hale's Indians of North- West America, extracted from Hale's Eth
nology, pp. 1-70, coutains : Names of the months in Piskwaus and Selish, p. 13 ;
Grammatic forms of the Tsihaili-Selish, pp. 26-34; Grammatic forms of the Sa-
haptin, pp. 34-55 ; Grammatic forms of the Tshinuk, pp. 56-70; Part Second. Vo
cabularies of North America, pp. 71-130 ; Below is given a copy of Mr. Gallatin's
INDEX TO THE VOCABULARIES.
Families. Languages or Dialects.
A I. Eskimaux Hudson's Bay, pp. 78-82.
III. Athapascas Tahculi, pp. 78-82.
IV. Algoukius Chippewa, Delaware, pp. 78-82.
V. Iroquois Mohawk, Wyandot, pp. 79-83.
B IX. Cherokees Cherokee, pp. 82-88.
X. Chocta-Muskhog Chocta, Muskhog, pp. 82-88.
VI. Sioux Dacotah, Osage, Upsaroka, pp. 83-89.
C IV. Algoukin Blackfeet, pp. 88-94.
XXXII. Shoshonees East Shoshouees, pp. 88-94.
XXIII. Selish Flatheads, pp. 88-84.
GALLATIN. 279
Gallatin (Albert) continued.
Families. Languages or Dialects.
C . . . XXI V. Sahaptin Nez Percys, pp. 89-95.
' XXVI. Chinook Lower Tshinook, pp. 89-95.
XXI. Wakash Newittee, pp. 89-95.
!>.... VIII. Catawbas pp.94-96.
XI. Ucbees pp.94-96.
XII. Natchez pp.94-96.
XIII. Adaise pp. 95-97.
XIV. Chetemachas pp. 95-97.
XV. Attacapas pp. 95-97.
E XVI. Caddos Caddo, pp. 96-98.
XVII. Pawnies Pa wnie, pp. 96-98.
VII. Arrapahoes Arrapahoes, pp. 96-98.
XXII. Kitunaha Flatbo ws, pp. 97-99.
XXV. Waiilatpu Cayuse, pp. 97-99.
XXVII. Kalapuya Willamet, pp. 97-99.
.F...XXIX. Lntuami pp. 98-100.
XXX. Saste pp. 98-100.
XXXI. Palaiks pp. 98-100.
XXVIII. Jacons..... pp. 99-101.
II. Kiuai pp.99-101.
G ...XVIII. Koulischen Koulischen, Sitka.p. 102.
XIX. Queen Charlotte Island.. Skittagete, p. 102.
H XX. Naass Hailstla, Haceltzuk, Billechola, Chimeysan,
p. 103.
'L I. Eskimaux Greenland, Kotzebue's Sound, Tshuktchi,
Kadiac, p. 104.
M III. Athapascas Cheppeyaus, Tlatekani, Umqwas, p. 105.
N IV. Algonkins Knistinaux, Old Algonkin. p. 106 ; Eastern
Chippewas, Ottowas, Potewotamies, p.
107.
" Sheshapootosh, Scoffies, p. 108 ; Micmacs,
Etchemins, Abenakis, p. 109.
P " Massachusetts Narragansets, Mohicans,
p. 110; Long Island, Minsi, Nanticokes,
p.m.
(.' " Miamis, Illinois, p. 112; Shawnoes, Saukies,
Mnemones, p. 113.
K V. Iroqnoie Ouondagos, Seuecas, Oneidas, p. 114; Cayu-
gas, Tuscaroras, Nottoways, p. 115.
S VI. Sioux Yanktons, Wiuebagos, p. 116;Qnappas, Ot-
toes, Omaha, Minetares of Missouri, p. 117.
T... XXIII. Seliah Atnahs,Skitsuish,Piskaw8,p.ll8;Skwale,
Tsihailish, Kowelitz, p. 119.
U. ..XXIII. " Nsietshaw8,p. 120.
XXIV. Sahaptin Walawala, p. 120.
XXV. Waiilatpu Molele, p. 120.
XXVI. Tshinuk Watlala.p. 121.
XXXII. Shoshonee Wihinacht, p. 121.
XXI. Wakash Nootka Sonnd, p. 121.
V California San Francisco, Kij, Netela, p. 128.
W " Pima, Sau Diego, Sta. Barbara, S. Luis
Obispo, S. Antonio, p. 129.
A' Not in America Onoolaska, Aleut an Islands, Kamchatka,
p. 130.
280 KORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS,
Qallatin (Albert) continued.
1394 Sur 1'ancienne civilisation du Nouveau Mexique, des bords
da Eio Gila et des contre"es voisines. Par feu M. Albert Gallatin,
President.
In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 3, 1851 (vol. 131 of the collec
tion), pp. 237-311. Paris, n. d. 8.
Numerals, 1-10, and a few words of the Maricopa (from Emory), p. 294.
1395 Table of Generic Indian Families of Languages.
InSchoolcraft(H.R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 401-40-2. Philadelphia, 1853. 4.
1396 Gallaudet's | Picture denning | and reading book: | also, | New-
Testament Stories, | in the Ojibua language. |
Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1835. | BA. AAS.
Pp. 1-123. 12.
1397 Gambino (D. Pedro J.) Piadoso | Devocionario | en honor | del |
Sagrado Corazon de Jesus. | Contiene el Devoto egercicio que la
Pia | Union de la Ciudad de la Puebla coufor- | uie a la general de
Koma, practica todos | los Domiugos del afio en la Iglesia del Es- |
piritu Santo; y la Novena para la Fiesta | del Santisimo Corazou,
que compuso el | P. D. Teodoro de Almeida. | Traducido al idioma
Mexicano, para utili- | dad de los devotos congregantes de j la Pia
Union de | Santiago Tlilapan | por el Presbitero D. Pedro J. Gam-
biuo, | quieu lo dedica | a su Prelado, el Escmo. 6 Illmo. Sr.'Dr.
D. | Francisco Pablo Vazquez. |
Orizava | Imprenta de Felis | Mendarte | 1839. | c.
4 p. 11., 128 pp. 16.
1398 Gante (Fr. Pedro de). Doctrina en lengua Mexicana.
Ainbreres 1528 -4- Mexico 1559. *
PMTIONS. Title from PimenteT
1399 Doctrina cristiana en leugua mexicana.
Coloplion :
5 A honrra y gloria de nues- | tra Senor lesu xpo y de su bedita
ma- | dre aqui se acaba la present* do- | ctriua xpiana en legua
Mexica | na. La ql fue recopilada por | el li. p. fray Pedro de
Ga | te de la orde de sant Fracisco.
Fue impressa en | casa de lua pablos | impressor de libros. | Ailo.
de. 1553. |
172 11. 8. Gothic letter. Title-page missing. Title from Icazbalceta's Apnn-
tcs, No. 109.
See Doctrina Cristiana (1548).
1400 [Gaona (Fr. Juan).] Colloquios de | la paz y tranquilidad Chri- |
stiana, en lengua | Mexicana. | [An engraving of St. Francisco. ]
Con licencia, y | priuilegio. |
En Mexico, e casa d Pedro Ocharte. | M.U.LXXXII [1582]. |
Colophon :
A honra, y gloria | de nro senor lesu Christo, y d su be | dita
madre : acabarose de impri- | mir estos colloqos, co licecia | y priui-
CO LLO QV 1 S D E
fa paz, y cranquilidad CKri-
/Ua/ia, cniengua
Mexican a.
CON LICENClA,Y
Priiiilcgio.
En Mexico ,e cafa d Pedro Ocharce.
M.D.LXXXII.
1400. F AC-SIMILE OP TITLE-PAGE OF GAONA'S COLLOQUIOS.
GALLATIN GARCIA. 281
Gaona (Fr. Juan) continued.
legio : en Mexico, en | casa (1 Pedro Ocbarte, | a. xxviij de Octubre, |
de M. D. Lxxxij [1582]. | Afios. | [Verse in Latin.] *
16 p. 11., 11. 1-121. 8.
According to Beristain this edition is the second; but he does not indicate the
date of the first. Teruaux comments on two editions: one in 158:!, the other in
1593. I have seen only that of 1582, and I do not believe there is any other.
The approvals and licenses are all from April to August, 1582.
P. Gaona died in 1560, and his work was published by P. Fr. Miguel de Zarate.
The dedication of this to ihe viceroy, dated May 26, 1582, clearly indicates that
it treats of a first edition.
The copy which I possess is intercalated, in alternate leaves, with a manu
script translation of the same wcrk into another native language, which, up to
the present time, I have not been able to identify, nor have I found any one who
could tell me what it, is. The lettering is of the sixteenth century, very clear
and even, and with the titles in red ink. Icazbalceta' s Apuntes, No. 31.
See Coloquios, No. 844, of this catalogue.
1401 Colloquies de la paz y tranquilidad Christiana. *
Manuscript. 8. Lettering of the xvi. century, red and black.
Anonymous translation. It begins in the same way as that mentioned in No.
31, and is ihe same lettering. It occupies 91 leaves. I believe that it is in
Otomi, because there follows in the volume a treatise of 13s leaves which is de
clared to be in Otomi, and it appears to be the same language. Icazbalceta's
Apuntes, No. 110.
The above-mentioned manuscript belonged to Sr. Ramirez. In the sale cata
logue of his books it is titled and described as follows:
I. Coloquios de la paz ytrauquilidad Christiana. Interlocu tores: Tin religiose
y un colegial. Manuscript of 91 leaves. (A translation.) II. A course of reli
gious instructions by an anonymous writer; 11. 138; in 1 vol. 8vo.
Both these works are in tie Othomi language, written during the sixteenth
century, in a small, clear, and beautiful handwriting, with titles and initials in
red. This is one of the most precious gems of this collection.
In Tross' Bib. Mex., a manuscript with the same title is given under Gaona;
the collation is 148 11., 8, and the date 1683; it is said to be a copy of the printed
edition of 1582.
1402 Garcia (P. Fr, Bartliolome'). Manual | para administrar | lossantos
Sacramentos | de Peuitencia, | Eucharistia, Extrema-Uncion, | y
Matrimonio: | Dar Gracias despues de Coiuulgar, | y Ayudar &
bien Morir | A los Indies de las Xacioues: Pajalates, Orejones, |
Pacaos, Pac6as, Telijayas, Alasapas, Pausanes, y otras | innchas
diferentes, que se ballau en las Missiones del | Rio de San Auto
nio y Rio Grande, perteuecientes | A el Colegio de la Santissiina
Cruz de la Ciudad de | Queretaro, como son: los Pacuaches, Me
scales, | Pampopas, Tacames, Chayopines, Veuados, Paina- | ques,
y toda la Juventud de Pihuiques, Borrados, Sanipaos, y Manos de
Perro. | Conipuesto | por el P. Fr. Banholom<$ Garcia, | Predicador
Apostolico, y actual Missionero de la | Mission de N. 8. P. S. Fran
cisco de dicho Colegio, | y Rio de San Antonio en la Provincia de |
Texas. Impresso con las Licencias necessarias en la Imprenta de
los Herederos de | Dona Maria de Rivera, en la Calle de S. Ber
nardo, y esquiua de la Plazuela | de el Volador. Afio de 17GO. |
282 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Garcia (P. Fr. Bartholom6) continued.
8 p. 11., 88 pp. 4. Beristain has no mention of this work. JWP.
1403 Garcia (Fr. Gregorio). Origen de los Indies de el Nuevo Mundo, e
Indias Occidentals. Averiguado con discurso de opiniones, por
liECTIOHS* e ^ P a dre Presentado Fr. Gregorio Garcia, ..... Tratanse en este
libro varias cosas y puntos curiosos tocantes a diversas cieucias y
facultades con que se hace varia historia, de mucho gusto para el
ingenio y entendiTniento de hombres agudos y curioses.
Valencia: Pedro Patricio Mey, 1607. *
14 p., 11., pp. 535. sin. 8. Not seen; title from Sabin's Dictionary.
1404 - |f( | Origen | de los Indies | de el Nuevo Mundo, | e Indias
Occidentals, | averiguado con discurso de opiniones | por el Padre
Presentado Fr. Gregorio Garcia, | de la orden de Predicadores. |
Tratanse en este libro varias cosas, y puntos | curiosos, tocantes a
diversas Ciencias, i Facultades, con que se Lace varia | Historia, de
mucho gusto para el Ingenio, iEntendimientodeHouibres | agudos,
i curiosos. | Segunda Impresion. | Enmendada, y Anadida de algu-
nas opiniones, | 6 cosas notables, en maior pruebade lo quecontiene,
con tres tablas mui | puutuales de los capitulos, de las inalerias, y
autores, | que las tratan. | Dirigido | al Augelico Doct. S to . Tomas |
de Aquino. | [Engraving.] | Con privilegio real. |
En Madrid : en la Imprenta de Francisco Martinez Abad. Afio
de!729. | BA. 8.
14 p. 11., pp. 3-6, l-336> index, 40 11. folio.
Numerous Mexican words scattered through, particularly pp. 232-316, where
the manners, customs, languages, &c., of various nations of the Old World aro
compared with those of the Mexicans and Peruvians.
1405 Gardiner (William H.) Vocabulary of the Sisseton Dakotas, by
W. H. Gardiner, Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
in 1868.
1406 Gardiner (Bishop ). Some forms of the Chipewyan verb.
Manuscript. 5 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1407 Garin (R. P.) L. J. C. & M. J. | if) | Catechisme, | recueil de |
Prieres et de Cantiques | a 1'usage des | Sauvages d'Albany, (Baie-
d'Hudson). | [Three lines syllabic characters.] [Oblate seal.]
Montreal: | Imprimerie de Louis Perrault, | No. 22 Kue Saint-
Vincent. | 1854. | C. s.
1 p. 1., pp. 1-94. 12. In syllabic characters. Alphabet, with French equiva
lents, reverse of title.
1408 Gamier ( ). Huron Grammar. *
Manuscript. "Referred to by Chaumonot in his life, but now lost." Hisl.
Mag.
***
* *
* *
ARTE li ?B
DE LENG VA MEXICANA J
COMPyESTOPORELBACHILLERD. |j
AfctonioVafquez Gaflelu.el Reyde Figue- 8p
roa: Cathedratico de dicba lengu a en los Rea ^
les Collegios de San Pedro, y San Juan. JJ
Corrfgido ffgunfu origiual pnr el Sr. 2). ^|
Ant OHIO de Olmcdo, y Torre, Cur a Theniente &j
Marcos de lAdudad 4e los Angeles.
9
si* 5 i
%1 T
.i 'j^tjy
* ^
*> *tfr <.
-* R9
lfl T
yporJuoriginileoUlmprcntide FraocHco Xvier IS
de Morales, j Salazar, Impreffor, y Mercder <Je Li-
el Portal dcBonXdon^cfe vende.
***
**
-
.
1412. FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF GASTELU'S ARTE OF 1726.
GARCIA GASTELU. 283
1409 Gastelu (D.Antonio Vasquez). Arte | deLengva Mexicana | Com
pvesto | For el Bachiller Don Antonio Vasquez Gastelu | el Key
de Figueroa : Cathedratico de dicha Len- | gua en los Eeales Col-
legios de S. Pedro, y S. Juan | Sacalo Alvz | For orden del Illus-
trissiino SeSor Doctor Don Manuel Fernandez de Sancta Cruz,
Obispo de la Puebla de los | Angeles: Diego Fernandez de Leon. |
Ylededica | AlosSenoresL^enciadosDonlvanximenezdeLeon, j
Cura Beneflgiado, Vicario, y Juez Ecclesiastico del Partido de j
Santiago Tecalli, por su Magestad : que antes lo fue del Castillo, |
y Real Fuerza de San Juan de Vllula. | Y | A Don Alonso Cordero
Zapata, Cura Beneflgiado | por su Magestad, de dicho Partido, de
Santiago Tecalli, avien- | dolo sido antes de el de Coscatlan, y Ori
zaba, de este dicho | Obispado. |
Con Liceucia en la Puebla de los Angeles, en la Iinprenta nueva
de Diego | Fernandez de Leon, auo de 1689. | Impresso a la costa:
Hallarase en su Libreria. | JCB.
6 p. 1., 11. 1^2. sm.4.
1410 Arte | de Lengua Mexicana | Compvesto | Por el Bachiller
D. Autonio Vasquez Gastelu | el Key de Figueroa : Cathedratico
de dicha | Lengua en los Keales Collegios de S. Pedro, | y San
Juan. | Dase a la estampa segvnda vez. De orden del Illustrissimo
Seuor Doctor D. Manuel | Fernandez de Santa Cruz, Obispo de la
Puebla de | los Angeles. | Va afladido, y enmendado en esta se-
gunda | +Impression.+ | [Engraving.]
Con licencia en la Puebla de los Angeles, en la Tm- | preiita de
Diego Fernandez de Leon, auo de 1693. | Impresso a su costa: hal-
larase eii su Libreria en el | portal de las flores. | c.
5011. sm.4.
1411 Arte de Leugua Mexicana corregido segun su original por el
Br. D. Antonio de Olmedo y Torre, cura theniente de la parrochia
auxiliar del Evangelista S. Marcos de la ciudad de los Angeles.
Con liceucia en la Puebla por D. F. de Leon; y por su Original, T,T,TIT .,,
en la Iinprenta de F. X. de Morales y Salazar, 1716.
Title, 1 p.l., 54 pp. 4. Third edition; so rare that Leclerc (1878, p. 604)
charges Ludewig with an error in mentioning this edition, although there was a
copy in the Fischer catalogue which produced 4. 4s. Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 351.
1412 Arte | de Lengva Mexicana | Compuesto por el Bachiller
D. | Antonio Vasquez Gastelu, el Eey de Figne- | roa: Cathedra
tico de dicha lengua en los Rea- | les Collegios de San Pedro, y
San Juan. | Corregido segun su original por el Br. D. | Antonio de
Olmedo, y Torre, Cura Theniente | de la Parrochia Auxiliar del,
Evangelista S. | Marcos de la Cimlad de los Angeles. |
Con licecia en la Puebla, por Diego Feruadez de Le5, | y por su
original en la Impreuta de Francisco Xavier | de Morales, y Sala-
284 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gastelu (D. Antouio Vasquez) continued.
zar, Impressor, y Mercador de Li- | bros eu el Portal do Borja,
donde se vende. | Afio de 1726. | c. JOB.
2 p. 11., 11. 1-54. 4.
1413 Arte de lengua Mexicaua compuesto por el Bachiller D.
Antonio Vasquez Gastelu, el Key de Figueroa : Cathedratico de
dicha leugua en los Reales collegios de San Pedro, y San Juan.
Corregido segun su original por el Br. D. Antonio de Olrnedo y
Torre, etc.
En la Puebla, imprenta de Francisco Xavier de Morales y Sala-
zar, etc. Auo de 1756. *
1 unnumbered 1., 34 11. 4. Followed by:
1414 Confesonario breve en lengua Mexicana y Castellana. *
LI. 34-54.
Gastelu was a native of the diocese of Paebla. He was a secular priest and
professor of the Mexican language in the royal colleges of San Pedro and San
Juan, of that city. Brasseur de Bourbourg.
1415 Cathecismo Breve, que precisamente deve saber el Christ!
ano. Dispuesto en Lengua Mexicana por el Licenciado Don Anto-
-mnmrrnw nio Vasquez Castelu [sic] el Key de Figueroa, Cathedratico que
fue, de dicha Lengua, en los Reales Colegios de S. Pedro y S. Juan.
Y salio a luz de orden de el 111 mo y Exc. mo Sr. Doct. D. Manuel
Fernandez de Santa Cruz, Obispo, que fue, de este Obispado de la
Puebla de los Angeles, del Consejo de su Magestad, &c.
Eeimpresso en la Puebla: Por la Viuda de Miguel de Ortega, en
el Portal de las Flores, donde se vende. Afio de 1733. *
Title, pp. 1-10. 4. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 112.
1416 Catecismo breve que precisamente debe saber e) .Cristiano.
Dispuesto en Leugua Mexicaua por el Lic. do D. Antonio Vasquez
Gastelu el Eey de Figueroa, Catedratico que fue de dicha Lengua
en los Reales y Pontiflcios Colegios de San Pedro y San Juan de
esta Ciudad de la Puebla de los Angeles.
Reimpresso en la Imprenta de D. Pedro de la Rosa, en Portal de
las Flores. Afio de 1792. *
8 unnumbered 11. 4. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta, from copy in his
possession.
1417 Catecismo Breve | que precisamente | debe saber el cristi-
ano, | dispuesto | por el Liceuciado | D. Antonio Vasquez Gas
telu. | Lleva auadidos | Los actos de F<, Esperanza y Caridad, y
le | Confesion general. |
Puebla. | Imprenta del hospital de San Pedro. | 1838. | c.
30 pp. 16. In the Mexican language.
1418 Catecismo | Breve | que precisamente | Debe saber el cris-
tiano, | dispuesto | en el Idioina Mejicano | por el Licenciado | D.
Antonio Vasquez Gastelu | el Key de Figueroa, | catedratico que
fue de dicha lengua de | los uacionales y pontifieios colejios de |
GASTELU GATSCHET. 'J85
Oasteln (D. Antonio Vasquez) continued.
San Pedro y San Juan de la ciudad de la | Puebla de los Anje-
les. I
Keimpreso en Orizaba. | Oflciua de Felis Mendarte. | 1842. | c.
If. pp. 16.
1419 Catecismo | breve | que precisaraente debe saber | el cris-
tiauo, | dispuesto en el idiorna mejicano por el Lie. | D. Antonio
Vasquez Gasteln | el Eey de Figueroa. | Oorregido y adicionado,
por un Sacerdote | profesor de dicho idimna en el Obispado de |
Puebla.
Eeimpresso en Orizava. | Impr. de la Caja de {ihorros, dirigida
por | J. Kamon Matos. | 1846. | *
10 pp. 8. Title from Icazbalcela's Apuntes, No. 34.
1420 Catecismo in idioma Mexicano por Ant. Vasquez Gastelu.
lilt f Of I
Puebla. 18o4.
8. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.
1421 Breve Catecismo de la Doctrina Cristiana, traducido al
Mexicano.
Orizaba : B. Aburto. 1865.
19 pp. 8. Title from Tross' Bib. Mex., No. 127.
1422 Gatschet (Albert Sattuel). Zwolf Sprachen | ausdem | Siidwesten
Nordamerikas | (Pueblos- und Apache-Mundarten ; Tonto, Ton-
kawa, | Digger, Utah.) | Wortverzeichnisse | herausgegeben, er-
liiutertund rniteinerEiuleitung iiberBau, | Begriffsbildung und lo
cale Gruppirung der amerikanischen | Sprachen versehen | von |
Albert S. Gatschet. |
Weimar | Hermann Bohlau | 1876. | JWP.
Pp. i-v, 1-150. 8.
Iii addition to general remarks, grammatic examples, &c., pp. 87-115 of this
work contain vocabularies, as follows:
Loew (O.) Vocabulary of the Pueblo of Isleta, Jemez, Moqui, Tehua (I-II),
Acoma, and Queres; of the Apache, Navajo, Tonto, Tonka wa, Diggers [Win-
.tun], and Utah.
"White (J. B.) Vocabulary of the Apache [Coyotero].
Yarrow (H. C.) Vocabulary of the Pueblo of Taos.
1423 The Klamath Indians of Oregon.
4. In press.
This paper will form vol. 3, Contributions to North American Ethnology.
Purt 1 will consist of texts, with interlinear translations and explanatory notes,
and of the grammar of the language ; 197 pages are in type. Part 2 will include
the Klamath-English and English-KIamath dictionary; 305 pages are in type.
1424 Report on the Pueblo Languages of New Mexico, and of
the Moquis in Arizona; their affinity to each other and to the lan
guages of the other Indian Tribes : By Alb. S. Gatschet, Philol
ogist.
In 'Wheeler (Lieut. G.M.) Ann. Kept. 1875, pp. 180-187. Washington, 1875. 8.
Based on vocabularies collected by Dr. Oscar Loew and Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
Lieut. Wheeler's Report also forms Appendix LL of the Annual Report of the
Chief of Engineers for 1875. Mv. Gatschet's paper occupies pp. 1100-1107.
286 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gatschet (Albert Samuel) continued.
1425 Analytical Report on Eleven Idioms spoken in Southern
California, Nevada, and on the Lower Colorado River, their pho
netic elements, grammatical structure, and mutual affinities. By
Alb. S. Gatschet.
In Wheeler (Lieut. G. M.) Ann. Rep. 1876, pp. 330-349. Washington, 1876. 8.
The tribes treated of are the Kasna, Kauvuya, Takhtam, Gaitchim, Kizh,
Southern Payiites, Chemehuevi, Western Payutes, Mohave, Hualapai, and
Diegueno.
Lieut. Wheeler's Report also formed Appendix J.I of the Annnal Report of the
Chief of Engineers for 1876, and iu that connection Mr. Gatschet's paper occu
pies pp. 550-563. It was also issued as a separate pamphlet, as follows:
1426 U. S. Geographical Surveys west of the 100th Meridian. |
Analytical Report | upon | Indian Dialects spoken in Southern
California, Ne- | vada, and on the lower Colorado River, &c. &c., |
based upon vocabularies collected by the | Expeditious for Geo
graphical Surveys | west of the 100th Meridian, Lieut. | Geo. M.
Wheeler, Corps of En- | gineers, TJ. S. Army, | in charge, | by |
Alb. S. Gatschet; | being | extract from | Appendix JJ. | of the |
Annual Report of the Chief of En- | gineers for 1876. |
Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1876. | JWP.
Printed cover, title 1 1., errata 1 1. , pp. 550-563. 8.
1427 Appendix. Linguistics. Prefaced by a Classification of
Western Indian Languages. By Albert S. Gatschet.
In Wneeler (Capt. G. M.) Report upon U. S. Geographical Surveys, vol.
7, pp. 399-485. Washington, 1879. 4.
Mr. Gatschet's prefatory remarks occupy pp. 403-421. For contents of paper,
see Wheeler (Capt. Geo. M.)
1428 Die Sprache der Tonkawas. Von Albert S. Gatschet.
In Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, pp. 64-73. Berlin, 1877. 8.
1429 Volk und Sprache der Timucua. Von Albert S. Gatschet.
[Fir*t article.]
In Zeitschrift liir Ethnologie, pp. 245-260. Berlin, 1877. 8.
1430 Der Yuma-Sprachstamm nach den neuesten handschrift-
lichen Quellen dargestellt von Albert S. Gatschet.
In Zeitschrift fUr Ethnologie, pp. 341-350, 365-418. Berlin, 1877. 8.
Besides his own remarks, comparisons, &c., Mr. G. gives the following vocab
ularies :
Tonto (Oscar Loew and J. B. White). Cocopa (Major Heintzleman).
Mancopa (Whipple and Bartlett). Dieguefio (Oscar Loew).
Hualapai (Oscar Loew). Diegueuo (J. R. Bartlett)
Mohave (Oscar Loew). H'taam (Dr. Wm. M. Gabb).
Mohave (George Gibbs). Kiliwi (Dr. Wm. M. Gabb).
Kutcban (Lieut. Whipple). Cochimi (Dr. Wm.'M. Gabb).
Kutchan (Dr. Wm. M. Gabb). Cochimi (J. R. Bartlett).
1431 Farbenbenennungen in nordamerikanischen Sprachen.
Von Albert S. Gatschet in Washington. JWP-
In Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, pp. 293-302. Berlin, 1879. 8.
GATSCHET. 287
Gatschet (Albert Samuel) continued.
1432 Volk und Sprache der Timucua. Von Albert S. Gatschet
in Washington. [Second article.]
Jn Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, pp. 189-200. Berlin, 1881. 8.
1433 Land und Volk der Timucua. Von A. S. Gatschet. *
In Belletristisches Journal [a weekly periodical published in New York],
4. Mai 1877.
Not seen; title furnished by Mr. Gatschet.
1434 A sketch of the Klamath Language. By Albert S. Gat
schet, U. S. Special Agent for Linguistics, Ethnology and Sta
tistics. JWP.
In The Ashland Tidings [a weekly paper published at Ashland, Oregon], Dec.
28, 1877.
1435 Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories.
In Magazine Am. History, vol. 1, pp. 145-171. New York, 1877. 4.
Contains comparative vocabulary Chocuyem and Mutsun, p. 158.
Issued separately as 1'ollows :
1430 Indian Languages | of the | Pacific States and Territories |
by | Aloert S. Gatschet | Reprinted from March Number of Tke
Magazine of American History | JWP.
Half title 1 1., pp. 14o-171. Reprinted in
Beach (W. W.) Indian Miscellany, pp. 416-447. Albany, 1877. 8; and in
Drake (S. G.) Aboriginal Races of North America, pp. 748-763. New York,
[1880]. 8.
A supplementary paper as follows :
1437 Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories and
of .the Pueblos of New Mexico.
In Magazine Am. History, vol. 8, pp. 254-263. New York, 1882.
Issued separately as follows :
1438 Indian Languages | of the | Pacific States and Territories |
and of | The Pueblos of New Mexico. | By Albert S. Gatschet. j
Reprinted from the Magazine of American History, April, 1882. j
New York: | A. S. Barnes & Co. | 1882. | JWP.
Printed title on cover; 5 unnumbered 11. 4.
1439 Proper Names of California Indians.
In Magazine Am. History, vol. 1, pp. 758-759. New York, 1877. 4.
Wrongly titled; should be: Tribal names of Oregon Indians.
1440 Vocabulary of the Chumt^ya.
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp.
536-549. Washington, 1877. 4.
1441 People and Language of the Timucua. JWP.
In Semi-Tropical Magazine, pp. 329-331. Jacksonville, Fla., 1877.
1442 Remarks upon the Toukawa Language. By Albert S. Gat
schet.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc., vol. 16, pp. 318-327. Philadelphia, 1877. 8.
Also separately issued without title-page but repaged, 1-10.
288 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gatschet (Albert Samuel) continued.
1443 The Timucua Language. By Albert S. Gatschet. [First
article.]
In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc., vol. 16, pp. 626-642. Philadelphia, 1H77. 8 C .
Historical and Ethnological Remarks, pp. 626-629; Phonetic Elements, pp.
629-630; Inflection, pp. 630-G31; Selected Text (from Pareja), pp. G33-6:59;
Words and Sentences, pp. 639-642.
Also separately issued without title-page, but repaged, 1-17.
1444 The Timucua Language. By Albert S. Gatschet. [Second
article.]
In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc., vol. 17, pp. 490-504. Philadelphia, 1878. 8.
Selected words, text, and sentences, from Pareja.
1445 The Timucua Language. By Albert S. Gatschet. [Thiid
article.]
In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc., vol. 18, pp. 465-502. Philadelphia, 1880. 8.
Timucua-Maskoki Affinities; Timueiia-Carib Affinities; Graminalic Notes,
Prefixes, Suffixes, &c., pp. 477-488; Selected Texts (from Pareja), pp. 489-494;
Address sent to the King of Spain by Timucua chiefs (from Buckingham Smith,
with corrected text and English translation, by Mr. Gatschet), pp. 495-497;
. Words and Sentences, pp. 498-503.
1446 Sketch of the Klamath Language of Southern Oregon. By
Albert S. Gatschet.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 81-84. Cleveland, 1878, and Chicago, 1879. 8.
1447 Mythologic Text in the Klamath Language of Southern
Oregon. Commented by Albert S. Gatschet.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 161-166. Cleveland, 1878, and Chicago,
1879. 8.
1448 The Numeral Adjective in the Klamath Language of
Southern Oregon. By Albert S. Gatschet.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 2, pp. 210-217. Chicago, 1879-80. 8.
Issued separately as follows :
1449 - The Numeral Adjective | in the Klamath Language of
Southern Oregon. | By Albert S. Gatschet | From the American
Antiquarian, vol. II, No. III. | JWP.
Pp. 1-3. 8.
1450 The Test of Linguistic Affinity. By Albert S. Gatschet.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol.2, pp. 163-165. Chicago, 1879-80. 8.
Issued separately as follo'ws:
1451 - The Test of Linguistic Affinity. By Albert S. Gatschet.
[Followed by "Linguistic Notes."] JWP.
Pp. 1-7. 8.
1452 Linguistic Notes. Edited by Albert S. Gatschet, Wash
ington, D. C.
In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 267-269. Cleveland, 1878, and Chicago,
1879. 8. Vol. 2, pp. 70-79, 171-174, 236-2:!8, 318-319. Vol. 3, pp. 66, 249-252,
337-a38. Vol. 4, pp. 73-77, 235-238. Chicago, 1879-82. 8.
Brief comments, reviews, &c.
GATSCHET. 289
Gatschet (Albert Samuel) continued.
1453 Oil Syllabic Reduplication as observed in Indian Lan
guages, and in the Klamath Language of South-western Oregon in
particular.
In Am. Fhilolog. Ass. Proc., Eleventh Ann. Sess., pp. 35-37. Hartford, 1879.
8.
1454 Volk und Sprache der Maklaks iin sudwestlichen Oregon.
Von Alb. S. Gatschet in Washington. [Articles I and II.] *
In Globus Illustrirte Zeitschrift fiir Liinder- und Volkerkunde, Band 35, No.
11, pp. 167-171, 187-189. Braunschweig, 1879.
This article includes a vocabulary of 31 words of the following Pacific Coast
tribes :
Tak iltna. by Dr. [Gen. ] Hazen. Yiikona, from Horatio Hale.
Takilma, by Dr. Earnhardt. AlsfSya, by Dr. Milhau.
Kusa, by Dr. Milhau (two dialects). Sayuskla, by Dr. Milhan.
Not seen ; title furnished by the author.
1455 Adjectives of color in Indian Languages. By Albert S.
Gatschet.
In Am. Naturalist, vol. 13, pp. 475-^*85.
1456 Vocabulary of the Achotnawi, Pit River Valley, Northeast
ern California.
Manuscript. 11 pp. folio. Includes the dialects of Big Valley ; Hot Springs ;
Goose Lake.
1457 Vocabulary of the Ara (Karok), Klamath River, California,
from Red Caps to Clear Creek, near mouth of Scott River.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 211 words.
1458 Linguistic material of the Cha'hta Language, as spoken in
the parishes north of Lake Poutchartrain, Louisiana.
Manuscript. 82 II. 4. Recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the
Study of Indian Languages, 2d ed. It contains over 1000 terras and sentences.
Obtained from Indians in New Orleans, La., and at Manderville, St. Tammany
Parish, La., 1881-82.
1459 Cheroki Linguistic Material obtained from Richard M.
Wolfe, Delegate of the Cherokee Nation to the United States Gov
ernment.
Manuscript. 5 11. folio. Principally phrases and sentences.
1460 Linguistic material of the Tchalagi or Cheroki Language :
Mountain Cheroki dialect of North Carolina.
Manuscript. Containing about 350 words alphabetically arranged, on slips,
and some phrases ; obtained in December, 1881, from Sampson Owl, a Chernki,
stopping at Katalia Nation, York Co., S. C. The alphabet used is that given in
Powell's Introduction, 2d ed.
1461 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Clackama.
Manuscript. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to Study of Indian Lan
guages, 1st ed. The Clackamas belong to the Chinuk family. Material col
lected at Grande Ronde Reservation, Yamhill County, Oregon, December, 1877.
19 Bib
2'JO NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gatschet (Albert Samuel) continued.
14G2 Creek or Maskoki Linguistic Material obtained from Gen
eral Pleasant Porter and Mr. B. Hodge, Delegates of the Creek
Nation to the United States Government, 1879- ! 80.
Manuscript. 4 11. folio. Principally phrases and sentences.
1463 Kayowe Linguistic Material.
Manuscript. 10 pp. folio. Composed principally of sentences with translation.
Collected February and March, 1880, from It-all Du" moi, or "Hunting Boy," a
young pupil of the Hampton, Va., school, employed at the Smithsonian Institu
tion, and afterwards sent to the Indian School at Carlisle, Pa.-
1464 Linguistic Material of the Kalapuya family, Atfalati dialect.
Manuscript. Pp. 1-399. sm. 4, in five blank books. Consists of texts with
interlinear translation, grammatic notes, words, phrases, and sentences. Col
lected at Grande Ronde Agency, Oregon, in 1877.
1465 List of Suffixes of the Kalapuya family, Tualati or Atfalati
dialect.
Manuscript. Blank book. sm. 4. Arranged in 1878.
1466 Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Kalapuya family,
Atfalati or Wapatu Lake Language.
Manuscript. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Lan
guages, 1st ed., nearly complete. Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877.
1467 Vocabulary of the Kalapuya family, Lukamiute and
Ahantchuyuk dialects.
Manuscript. 16 pp. 4. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, 1st ed., incomplete. Collected at Grande Ronde Indian
Agency, 1877.
1468 Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Kalapuya family,
Yamhill dialect.
Manuscript. 9 pp. 4. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, 1st ed., incomplete. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency,
1877.
1469 Vocabulary of the Kansas or Kaw.
Manuscript. 12 pp. 4. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, 1st ed., incomplete.
1470 Linguistic material of the Kataba Language, spoken on
Kataba Eiver, York Co., South Carolina.
Manuscript. 37 II. folio. It contains over 1200 words, 400 sentences, and a few
texts. Obtained in December, 1881, at Kat:ilia Nation, York Co., S. C. The
alphabet used is that given in Powell's Introduction, 2d ed.
1471 Linguistic Material collected at the Chico Eancheria of the
Michopdo Indians (Maidu family), Sacramento Valley, California.
Manuscript. 84 pp. sin. 4. Blank book. Text with interlinear translation,
phrases, and sentences. Collected in 1877.
1472 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Molale Language.
Manuscript. 3011. 4. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In
dian Languages, 1st ed. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency, Oregon, 1877.
GATSCHET. 21)1
Gatschet (Albert Samuel) continued.
1473 Texts in the Molale Language with interlinear Translation.
Manuscript. 1211. folio. Consists of a short description of marriage ceremo
nies, the " Myth of the Coyote," and a " Raid of the Caynse Indians." Collected
from Stephen Savage at the Grande Eonde Reserve in 1877.
1474 Vocabulary of the Mohawk.
Manuscript. 7 11. folio. Collected from Charles Carpenter, an Irocjuois of
Brantford, in 1876.
1475 Vocabulary of the Nonstoki or Nestucca dialect, Selish
family.
Manuscript. 1011. 4. Collected in 1877 from an Indian called "Jack," of
Salmon River, Oregon Coast.
1476 Sasti-English and English-Sasti Dictionary.
Manuscript. 84 II. sm. 4 Alphabetically arranged from materials collected
at Dayton, Polk County, Oregon, in November, 1877. Tho iuiormants were two
young men, the brothers Leonard and Willie Smith, pure blood Shasti (orSasti)
Indians, who had come from the Grande Rondo Indian Agency, a distance of 25
miles. Their old home is the Shasti Valley, near Yreka, Cal.
1477 Shasti-Euglish and English-Shasti Dictionary.
Manuscript. 69 11. sm.4. Obtained from "White Cynthia", a Klamath
woman living at Klaniath Lake Reservation, Williamson River, Lake County,
Oregon, in September, 1877. Dialect spoken at Crescent City, Cal.
1478 Shawano Linguistic Material.
Manuscript. 24pp. folio. Texts with interlinear translation, grammatic forms,
phrases, and sentences. Collected February and March, 18^0, from Charles Blue
jacket, delegate of the Shawano tribe to the United States Government.
1479 Vocabulary of the Sdwano or Shawnee.
Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. Collected in 1879 from Bluejacket. Includes clans
of the Shawnces with their totems.
1480 Texts of the Shetimasha Language.
Manuscript. 13 11. folio. Collected in December, 1881, and January, 1882, at
Charenton, St. Mary's Parish, La. It is accompanied by an interlinear trans
lation in English. The alphabet used is that given in Powell's Introduction,
2ded.
1481 Dictionary of the Shetimasha Language.
Manuscript, containing about 1,500 words alphabetically arranged, on slips,
and including over three hundred sentences, partly taken from the texts above.
The alphabet used is that given in Powell's Introduction, 2d ed.
1482 Tonkawa-English and English-Tonkawa Dictionary.
Manuscript. 52 pp. sm. 4 C .
1483 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Umpkwa Language.
Manuscript. 2211. 4. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In
dian Languages, 1st ed. Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877.
1484 Vocabulary of the Warm Spring Indian dialect, Sahaptin
family; Des Chutes Eiver Valley, Oregon.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. 200 words. Collected in 1875.
292 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Qatschet (Albert Samuel) continued.
1485 Vocabulary of the Wasco and Waccanessisi dialects of the
Chinuk Family.
Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. Taken at the Klamath Lake Agency, Oregon, 1877.
1486 Vocabulary of the Zufiian Language, with grammatic re
marks.
Manuscript. 10 11. folio. Obtained from a Zuni boy about 10 years old, who
was attending the Indian school at Carlisle, Pa., in IS.-iO.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
See Dorsey (J. O.), Gatschet (A. S.), aud Riggs (S. R.)
Gebelin (Antonio de Court de).
See Court de Gebelin (Antonio de).
1487 Gebow (Joseph A.) A Vocabulary | of the | Snake, | or, | Sho-sho-
nay Dialect | by | Joseph A. Gebow, Interpreter. | Second Edi
tion, | Revised and Improved, January 1st, 1864. |
Greeii Kiver City, Wg. Ter.: | Freeman & Bro., Book and Job
Printers. | 1868. | c. JWP.
Pp. 1-24. 8.
1488 Geisdorff (Dr. Francis). Vocabulary of the Mountain Crows.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1489 General. The | General Epistle | of | James. | Translated into the
Cherokee Language. | [One line Cherokee characters.] |
Park Hill. | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1847. | ABC. c.
1(5 pp. 24. In Cherokee characters.
1490 The | General Epistle | of | James. | Translated into the
Cherokee Language. | Second Edition. | [Two lines Cherokee char
acters.] |
Park Hill. | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1850. | ABC. c.
Iti pp. 24. In Cherokee characters.
1491 The General Epistle of Jude. [One line Cherokee charac- '
ters.] c.
No title-page. 66 pp. 24. In Cherokee characters.
1492 General Eules | of the j United Societies | of the Metho
dist Episcopal | Church. | Translated into the Chahta Language. |
Mehlotist Iksa | i naua vlhpisa puta. | Chahta anumpa isht ato-
showa hoke. |
Park Hill. | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | 1841. |
24 pp. 24. BA. ABC.
1493 Geografi ubvdlo: Nunaksfib nunangita okautigijauningit.
84pp. 8. Description of the countries of the globe. Title from a Greenland
missionary, through Prof. Rink.
Geographical Society of London.
See Royal Geographical Society.
GATSCHET GIBBS. 29,'?
1494 Georgia Historical Society. Collections | of the | Georgia | Histo
rical Society. | Vol. I [-IV]. | [One line quotation].
Savannah: Printed for the Society. | M. UCCC X L [-1878]. | c.
4 vols. 8.
Hawkins (B.) A Sketch of the Creek Country, vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 1-88.
1495 Gibbs (George). Alphabetical Vocabulary | of the | Chinook Lan
guage. | By | George Gibbs. | [Design.]
New York : | Cramoisy Press. | 1863. f BA. JWP. ft
1 p. l.,pp. i-viii,9-23. 8. " Shea's Library of American Linguistics. XIII."
Preface, pp. iii-v; Orthography, p. vi; Bibliography, pp. vii-viii; Vocabulary,
pp. 9-20; Local Nomenclature, pp. 21-23.
1496 - Alphabetical Vocabularies | of the | Clallam and Lummi. |
By | George Gibbs. | [Design.]
New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 18(53. | [Design.] BA. JWP. ' 6 ,
Pp. i-vii,9-40. 8. " Shea's Library of American Linguistics. XI."
Vocabulary of the Clallam, pp. 9-19; Local Nomenclature of the Clallam tribe,
p. 20; Vocabulary of the Lummi, pp. 21-36; Local Nomenclature of the Lummi
tribe, pp. 37-39; Names of Lummi Chiefs, p. 40.
1497 A | Dictionary | of the | Chinook Jargon, | or, | Trade Lan
guage of Oregon. | By George Gibbs. | [Design.]
New York : | Cramoisy Press. | 1863. | BA. JWP. /3
Pp. i-xvi, 1-44. K. " Shea's Library of American Linguistics. XII."
Issued also as follows:
1498 - Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | 161 | A | Dic
tionary | of the | Chinook Jargon, | or | Trade Language of Ore
gon. | Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. | By | George
Gibbs. | [Seal of the Institution.]
Washington: | Smithsonian Institution: | March, 1863. | JWP. ft ,
Pp. i-xvi, 1-44. 8. Also forms part of vol. 7, Smithsonian Institution Mis
cellaneous Collections. Preface (including a few words of Tlaoquatch and
Nutka, and Columbian, from Scouler), pp. v-xi.
Bibliography of the Chinook Jargon, pp. xiii-xiv; Part 1, Chinook-English,
pp. 1-29 ; Part 2, English-Chinook, pp. 33-43 ; The Lord's Prayer in Jargon, p. 44.
1499 - - Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | 160 | Instruc
tions | for research relative to the | Ethnology and Philology | of |
America. | Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. | By | George
Gibbs. | [Seal of the Institution.]
Washington: | Smithsonian Institution: | March, 1863. | JWP. j^
2 p. 11., pp. 1-51. 8. Also forms part of vol. 7, Smithsonian Institution Mis
cellaneous Collections. Prepared for and distributed to collectors, resulting in
the securing of many manuscripts, mostly philologic, which are now in the
library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Numerals, 1-10, of the Mexican (from Molina), and Selish; of the Niskwally ;
of the Lenni Lenape (from Zeisberger).
A portion of this paper, including the numerals, reprinted in Hist. Mag., first
series, vol. 9, pp. 249-2:>2. New York, 1865. 4.
1500 Observations on some of the Indian Dialects of Northern
California, By G. Gibbs.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 420-423. Philadelphia,
1853. 4.
294 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gibbs (George) continued.
1501 Vocabularies of Indian Languages in Northwest California.
By George Gibbs, Esq.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 428-445. Philadelphia,
1853. 4.
Vocabulary of the Tchokoyem, Copeh, Kula-Napo, and Ynkai, pp. 428-434.
Vocabulary of the Choweshak, Batemdakaite, Weeyot, aud Wishosk, pp. 4:>4-
440.
Vocabulary of the Weitspek, Hoopah, Tahlewah, and Elmek, pp. 440-445.
These vocabularies, with the exception of the Hoopah and Tahlewah, reprinted
in Powell (J.W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 4:!9-
613. Washington, 1877. 4.
1502 Notes on the Dispersion of the Tlatscalcas. By George
Gibbs.
In Hist. Mag., first series, vol. 7, pp. 99-100. New York and London, 18C3. 4.
Includes vocabulary of the Tlatscalcas.
1503 On the language of the aboriginal Indians of America.
In Smithsonian Institution Ann. Rept. 1870, pp. 364-307. Washington,
1871. 8.
1504 The Mode of Expressing Number in certain Indian Lan
guages.
In Am. Philolog. Ass. Proc., third Ann. Sess., pp. 25-26. New York, 1872. 8.
1505 Terms of Eelationship of the Spokane (Sinhu) and Yakoma,
Steilacoom, Washington Ty., and of the Kootenay.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4.
1506 Vocabulary of the Mohave.
In Gatschet (A. S.) Yuma-S rachstamui, in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, pp.
390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8.
1507 [Vocabularies of Tribes of the Extreme Northwest.]
In Powell (J.W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp.
107-156. Washington, 1877. 4.
Vocabulary of the Skatkwan, pp. 121-133 ; Vocabulary of the Tongas, Kai-
gani, Chutsinui, Skitaget, and Kaniagmut, pp. 135-142; Vocabulary of the Naas,
Hailtzukh, and Kwakiutl, pp. 143-153; Note on the use of Numerals among the
Tbimsian, pp. 155-156.
1508 [Vocabularies of the Tribes of California.]
In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3.
Washington, 1877. 4.
Vocabulary of the Arra-arra and Ehnek (from Schoolcraft), pp. 447-459 ; of the
Alikwa (1 and 2, the latter from Schoolcraft), pp. 460-473; of the Wishosk and
Wiyot (from Schoolcraft), pp. 478-482 ; of the Batemdakaii (from Schoolcraft),
pp. 491-503 ; of the Chainslek and Yukai (from Schoolcraft), pp. 492-50;5 ; of the
Kulanapo (from Schoolcraft), pp. 504-508; of the Kop6 (from Schoolcraft), pp.
519-529; of the Tchokoyem (from Schoolcraft), pp. 535-549; of the Lutuami, pp.
601-606.
1509 Part II. Tribes of Western Washington and Northwestern
Oregon. By George Gibbs.
In Powell (J.W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp.
157-241. Washington, 1877. 4.
GIBBS. 295
Gibbs (George) continued.
"Appendix to Part II, Linguistics" (pp. 243-361), contains contributions from
various authors. Those of Mr. Gibbs are as follows:
Vocabulary of the Shihwapmukh, Nikutemukh, Okinakcn, Shwoyelpi, Spokan,
and Piskwaus, pp. 247-265 ; Vocabulary of the 'Kalispelin, Belhoola, Lilowat,
Tait, Komookhs, and Ku walitsk, pp. 267-283 ; Dictionary of the Niskwalli, Nisk-
walli-English, pp. 285-307; English-Niskwalli, pp. 309-301.
1510 Account of Indian Tribes upon the Northwest Coast of
America.
Manuscript. 10 11. folio.
1511 Comparisons of the Languages of the Indians of the North
west.
Mannscript. 23 11. 8 and folio.
1512 Miscellaneous Notes on the Eskimo, Kinai, and Atna Lan
guages.
Manuscript. 25 11. 4 C and folio.
1513 Notes on the Language of the Selish Tribes.
Manuscript. 10 11. folio.
1514 Notes to the Vocabularies of the Klamath Languages.
Manuscript. 7 11. folio.
1515 Indian Nomenclature of Localities, Washington and Oregon
Territories.
Manuscript. 7 11. folio.
1516 Observations on the Indians of the Klamath River and
. Humboldt Bay, accompanying Vocabularies of their Languages.
Manuscript. 25 11. folio.
1517 Principles of Algonquin Grammar.
Manuscript. 5 pp. 4.
1518 Vocabulary of the Cheinakurn and Mooksahk.
Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 180 words.
1519 Vocabulary of the Chikasaw.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. 200 words. Collected in 1866.
1520 Vocabulary of the Clallam.
Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 180 words.
1521 Vocabulary of the Cowlitz.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. 200 words.
1522 - Vocabulary of the Creek.
Manuscript. 10 11. folio. 200 words. Collected in 1866.
1523 Vocabulary of the Eskimo of Davis Strait.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 211 words.
1524 Vocabulary of the Hitchittie, or Mikasuki.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. 200 words. Collected in 1866.
296 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gibbs (George) continued.
1525 Vocabulary of the Hoopab.
Manuscript. 4 11. folio. 180 words. Collected at the mouth of the Trinity
River, in 1852.
1526 Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Ysletta.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. Collected in 1868.
1527 Vocabulary of the Klikatat.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 150 words. Obtained from Yahtowet, a subchief, in
1854.
1528 Vocabulary of the Kwantlen of Eraser's River.
Manuscript. 5 11. folio. 180 words. Collected in 1858.
1529 Vocabulary of the Makah.
Manuscript. 4 11. 4. 200 words.
1530 Vocabulary of the Makah.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 180 words.
1531 Vocabulary of the Molele, Santiatn Band.
Manuscript. 3 11. folio.
1532 Vocabulary of the Toanhootch of Port Gambol.
Manuscript. 311. folio. 180 words.
1533 Vocabulary of the Willopah Dialect of the Tahcully, Atha-
pasca.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 100 words.
1534 Observations on the Indians of the Colorado River, Cali
fornia, accompanying Vocabularies of tbe Yuma and Mohave Tribes.
Manuscript. 7 pp. folio.
1535 Vocabulary of the Mohave.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 180 words. Obtained from a chief, Iritaba, in New
York, 1863.
1536 Vocabulary of the Sawanwan.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. 211 words.
1537 Vocabulary of the Yamhill Dialect of the Kalapuya.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 211 words.
These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
See Pandosy (Rev. M ie . C lel .)
1538 Gil (D. Hilarion Romero). Memoria sobre los descubrimientos
que los espaiioles hicieron en el siglo XVI en la region occidental
de este continente, en la parte a que se le dio el noinbre de Nneva
Galicia, Reinos y Cacicazgos que contenia, su poblacion, religion,
gobierno, lenguas, costumbres y origen. Escrita por el lie. D. Hi
larion Romero Gil.
In Soc. de Geog. Mex. Bol., tome 8, pp. 474-501. Mexico, 1860. 8.
GIBBS GILBERTI. 297
1539 Gilbert (Grove Karl). Vocabulary of the Arivaipa.
In Wheeler (G. M.) Report upon U. S. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465.
Washington, 1879. 4.
1540 Vocabulary of the Hualapai language of Arizona.
Manuscript. 23 11. 4. 411 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1541 Gilbert! (F>: Maturino). Dialogo tie la Doctrina cristiana en Len-
gua Tarasca : dedicalo al Virey D. Luis de Velasco.
Mexico, 1555. *
Title from Beristain.
1542 Arte en lengua de Michoacan.
Colophon :
5 A honra y gloria | de nuestro Benor lesu Christo, y de su ben-
dita | madre: aqui se acaba el arte en la lengua Ca- | stellana, y
en la leugua de Mechuacan: hecha | por el niuy. R. padre Fr. nln
Maturiuo Gyl- | berti de la orde del Seraphico padre sant Fra |
cisco: con la qual se podran aprouechar della | todos los que pre-
tendieren apreuder la | lengua de Mechuacan : y tambien | podra
seruir para los indios de | Mechuacan para apren- | der la leugua
Castella- | na. acabose de iinprimir a ocho de | Octubre de 1558. |
Anos. | *
8. Italic lettering. The whole of signature A is missing, including the title-
page.
Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 113. The Ramirez Sale Cat., describing
the same copy, gives the collation as 171 numbeied 11. ; colophon and table 2
11. 12, and adds: wants title and about 20 11.
1543 f Thesoro Spiritual en Lengua | de Mechuaca, en el ql se
contiene la doctriua | xpiana y ofones pa cada dia, y el exaine d la
co | ciecia, y declaracio ft la missa. Copuesto por el | R. p. fray
Maturino Gilberti, de la orde del se | raphico padre saut Francisco.
Afio de 1558.
This title is under the Episcopal seal of Sr. Montnfar. 8. Roman lettering.
I have seen no mention of this Thesoro Espiritnal, which is seventeen years
anterior to the Thesoro spiritual de pobres (No. 116 of the Apuntes), nor do I
know qf any other copy than the one described, which belongs to Sr. D. J. M. de
Agreda.
Title and not* communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta.
1544 Thesoro spiritual de j pobres en legua de Michuaca: Diri-
gida | al niuy Illustre y. R. Sefior Don | Fray loan de Medina Riii-
con Electo dignissimo Obispo j de la dicha Prouincia. | Por el mny.
R. Padre Fray Maturino | Gilberti de la orde de los menores. | [A
picture of Calvary.]'
En Mexico. | Con liceucia, por Antonio de Spinosa. | 1575. |
Ll. 1-302. 8. Title from Icazbalceta's Apnntes, No. 116.
"The rarity of this valuable work is extreme. It is not less important from
a philological point of view than from a bibliographical oue, for it must ever
remain, with the author's other works on the same language, authorities for the
Tarasca language, in relation to which there are so few printed works, ancient
or modern. Ramirez Sale Cat.
298 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gilbert! (Fr. Maturino) continued.
1545 5 Vocabulario | en lengua de | Mecbua | can. | Compvesto
por el | reuerendo padre Fray | Maturino Gilbert! | de la orde del
sera | pliico padre | saut Fran | cisco. | Fue visto y examinado | y
con licencia impresso. | Dirigido al muy | Illustre y reueredissimo
Se | nor Do Vasco de Quiro- | ga Obispo de Medina | can. Aiio de.
1559. |
4. Title. LI. 2-79 contain the Taraaca-Spanish part In two columns; 11.80-87
contain: "unos verbos . . . & los quales algunos han querido llainar rayzes . . .
y no log he querido poner en el arte porque es materia muy dificultosa." One
blank leaf follows, and then the title of the second part:
<[ Aqui comienga el Vocabulario | en la lengua Castellana y |
Mechuacana. Compuesto por el muy Benerendo | padre Fray Ma
turino Gylberti de la orden del Se | raphico padre Saut Fran
cisco. | *
This is followed by an engraving of St. Francis, and around it. these words:
Signasti domine seruum | tuum Franciscus sig | nis redemptionis uostre. [
Below the engraving is the verse : Indorum nimia te fecit prole parentem, &c.
180 11. Spanish-Tarasca. At the end, on one unnumbered leaf:
5 A honrra y gloria de nuestro Se- | nor lesu Christo, y de su ben-
dita madre la virgen Maria, | aqui sc acaba el Vocabulario en len
gua de Mecuuacau | y Castellano: becho y copilado por el muy.
B. Pa- | dre Fray Maturino Gylberti, de la orden del Se- | raphico
padre Sant Francisco. Fue impresso 6 | casa de luan Pablos Bres-
sano, con licencia | del Illustrissimo Senor don Luys de Ve | lasco,
Visorrey y Capitan general en | esta nueuaEspaua ]>or su Mage |
stad. Y assimesmo con licficia | del muy yllnstre y Eeue- | rendis-
simo Senor do | Alonso de Mou- | tufar Arobis | po desta | grande
ynsigue y muy leal ciudad A \ Mexico. Acabose de irnprimir | a
siete dias del mes de | Setieuibre de | 1559. | Afios. | *
On the reverse we read some Latin lines: in laudum authoris, and a note in
Tarasco.
Not seen ; title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 115, with corrections furnished
me by that gentleman from copy in his possession.
1546 ^Dialogo de Doctrina | Christiana en la lengua ft Mechu-
aca. Hecho | y copilado de muchos libros de sana doctri- | na, por
el muy Eeuerendo padre Fray Ma- | turino Gylberti de la orden
del seraphico Pa | dre sant Fracisco. Trata de lo que ha de saber |
creer, hazer, dessear, y aborrecer, el Christia- | no. Va pregun-
taudo el discipulo al Maestro, j
Followed by a title in Tarasco. Folio; Gothic letters; preliminaries in Ro
man, 11. i-ccxcv ; 1. ccvi is duplicated, and 11. ccv-ccxii are repeated. On the
reverse of 1. ccxliv is an inscription in Tarasco, and another on the reverse of
ccxcv. Another numbering follows: 1-25 ; on the reverse of 1. 22 we read :
1" A horra y gloria it nuestro Senor lesu Xpo | y de su bendita
madre la virgen Maria, aqui se acaba el libro llamado dia | logo de
doctrina Christiana en lengua de Mechuacan : hecho y copila- | do
AR.VM
CQ^ocabuterio
en Jenguadc
Alcchua
can jk
COMPVESTOPOR.E& *
reucrendo padre Fray
Maturino Gilbert!
dejaprdcdelfera
phico Padre
fant Fran
ctfco.
j^^ Fue vilto y examfnado
y con Iicencfa impreflTo.
DIR'IG/DO A7, MVY
Illuftre y reuerediJTitno Se
iiorDd VafcodeQuiro-
ga Obifpode Alechua
can.Ano.de.f 555^,
1545. FAC-SLMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OP OILBERTl'S VOCABULARIO.
ITDIALOGO DE DOCTRINA
Chrifiianajcnla lengua d* Mcchuaca.Hecho
ycopiladodc muchoslibros <Jelana doftri
ndjpordmuyReu<rendo padre Fray Ma-
nulnoGylberadeiaoraen delferaphko Pa
dre fant bridfco. 1 rata ddo quc ha defabrr ^
creer^hazer^defTear^y aborrccer, cl Chnftia-
oo t Va prcguntando d dflcipuio al Macibo.
tingahaca Dialogo anngani,ycbbbca bi-
i tata the co/irrq fray
ctfcotata t Teparinenfo an
*yieti t JVla burtngt*
rm curamar'iban
ttptri bum-
Aa bureniabfeti mdyc-
l~J/k
'Trffl
' * tfS
v> rf ^
154C. FAC-S1MILR OF TITLE-PAGE OF GII.BERTl'8 DIALOGO.
GILBERTI GILDER. 299
Gilbert! (Fr. Maturino) continued.
de muchos libros de sana doctriua por el muy. R. P. Fray Ma- | tu-
rino Gylberti de la orden del seraphico padre Saut Francis | co : el
qual fiie visto y exauiinudo por el muy lleuerendo | padre Fray
Alonso de la Veracruz, maestro en sancta | Theologia y provincial
de la orden del Sefior Sant | August in. Fue impresso en casa de
Juan Pa- | bios Bressano, con licencia del Illustrissi- | mo Seiior
Don Luys de Velasco Vi- | sorrey y Gapitan general en esta nu |
eua Espafia por su Magestad. | Y assimesmo con licencia | del muy
lllustre y lie | uerendissimo Se | fior dou A15 | so de Mo | tufar. |
Arobispo desta grande yusigue y | muy leal ciudad de Mexico.
A | cabose de imprimir a xv. di | as del mes de lunio de | 1559.
Afios. j ig< | *
The six pages remaining are occupied with the table of subjects and notes in
Tarasco.
Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 114.
1547 Cartilla para los Niuos en Lengua Tarasca. Imp. en Me"-
gico 1559. y corregida se reimprimio en 1575.
It begins thus : ,,Cheinendo oasirequa acha hurendahperi, care noz an" andih-
mapirini, ysquire naugatezan cuiripeui aripiringa hurendaui ,, Cartilla, hinguix
yamendo Christianoecha hiuibo nndahaca hurenquareni." Beristain.
"I have not seen the edition of 1559. The reprint of 1575 must be that which
is included in the Thesoro Espiritual de Pobres, printed in the same year. At
least the Cartilla begins there with the same words quoted by Beristain." Icaz-
balcfta.
1548 Evangelios en Tarasco. *
Manuscript. 224 11. 8.
A precious manuscript in the writing of the very learned P. Gilbert!. It con
tains, up to leaf 17, a series of Scripture texts in Latin, with the version in Ta
rasco following each, appropriate to the title of each Thema. The first of these
is entitled: Para que so oiga la voz del Sefior. Beginning with the 3d, they all
. have the name of voices : Voz ail credulos et iucredulos; Voz ad iufructuosos;
Voz ad charitatinos et incharitatiuos, etc., and there are ten of tljese voices. On
the reverse of page 17 begins a new series of texts in alphabetic order, which
extends to the reverse of page 76, and these are preceded only by the word
Thema. The five following leaves are blank. On the 81st is given the be
ginning of the Evangelios de los Santos, which is finished on the 118th leaf.
On the two succeeding leaves, and in a different writing, is the theme appropri
ate to the Feast of St. Francis, and from the 121st nearly to the end, which is
not complete, are the Evangelios Dominicales de todo el afio, preceded by a
short Auiso to preachers, signed by the author. Excepting this Auiso and the
Latin texts, the whole is in Tarasca, in very clear and beautiful lettering.
Title and description from El Museo Mexicano, vol. 3, p. 436. Mexico, 184-1. 8.
1549 Gilder (William H.) Schwatka's Search | Sledging in the Arctic in
quest of | the Franklin records | By | William H. Gilder | Second
in Command | With maps and illustrations |
New York | Charles Scribner's Sons | 743 and 745 Broadway |
1881 | BA. WE.
Pp. iii-xvi, 1-316. 8.
300 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gilder (William H.) continued.
Iniiuit Philology, pp. 299-316, contains, pp. 299-307, general remarks on Iho
Esquimaux language and, pp. 308-316, a glossary which "comprises all tho
words in general use in conversation between the na'ives and traders in Hudson
Bay and Cumberland Sound," alphabetically arranged.
1550 Innuit Philology. How Esquimaux Talk with White
Men. The Old Language and the New. Useful Glossary of a
Strange Tongue. J\VP.
In New York Herald, No. 16219, Monday, January 17, 1881.
Vocabulary of about 450 words of the Eskimo of Greenland collected by
Mr. Gilder while with the " Schwatka Expedition." This vocabulary reprinted
with a few additions in Schwatka's Search.
1551 The Chuckchees. Some Account of the Strange Customs
of a Primitive Tribe. A Eace without Religion. Superstitious and
Medicine Men. . . . How Babies are Brought Up. Hot ten Walrus
and Fish. Revolting Viands Which Constitute Their Daily Food.
Peaceful and Kindly Though Filthy.
In New York Herald, July 31, 1882. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
Contains vocabulary, 6(i words, of Chuckchee and English.
Gilfillan (Joseph Alexander).
See O'Meara (Rev. James D.)
1552 Gilg (P. Adamo.) Vocabulario de las Lenguas Eudeve, Piina y
Serls. *
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.
1553 Gilij (Abate Filippo Salvadore). Saggio | di Storia Americana |
o sia | storia naturale, civile, e sacra | Ue regni, e delle provincie
Spagnuole di Terra-ferma | nell' America meridionals | desciitta
dall' Abate | Filippo Salvadore Gilij | E consecrata alia Santita di
N. S. | Papa Pio Sesto | Felicemente Regnante | Tomo I [-IV]. |
Roma MDCCLXXX [-MDCCLXXXIV] [1780-1 784 J. | Per
Luigi Perego Erode Salvioni | Stampator Vaticano nella Sapien.'a |
Con Licenza de' Superiori. | c.
4' vols. 8. Each of the four volumes has a special title, the third being :is
follows : " Delia religioiie, e delle liugue degli Orinochesi, c di altri Americani,"
- xvi, 430 pp. 8. 1783.
Appendice II, Delle piti celebri lingne Americaue. Delia lingua Aitina [S.
Domingo], pp. 220-228; Delia lingua Mcssicana, pp. 228-233; Delia lingua Al-
gonchina, ed Hurona, pp. 26T>-272 ; Cataloghi di alcuue lingue Americano per fame
il confronto tra loro, e con queste del nostro emisero, pp. 355-357; Hurona, ed
Algonchina, pp. 384-385.
1554 [Giorda (Rev. J.), 8. J.} A | Dictionary | of the | Kalispel or Flat-
head Indian Language, | compiled by the | Missionaries of the So
ciety of Jesus | Part I | Kalispel-English. |
St. Ignatius Print. Montana. | 1877-8-9. j c. JWP.
2 p. 11., pp. 1-C44 8, and appendix as follows :
GILDER GOMEZ. 301
Giorda (Rev. J.), S. J. continued.
1555 Appendix | to the | Kalispel -English Dictionary. | Com
piled by the | Missionaries of the Society of Jesus |
St. Ignatius Print, Montana. | 1879 | c. JWP.
2 p. ll.,pp. 1-.J6. 8.
The Appendix is composed entirely of verbal conjugations.
The work is copyrighted by Rev. J. Giorda, S. J., as author and proprietor.
But fifty copies, I think, were printed and but few have found their way into the
trade.
1556 A | Dictionary | of the | Kalispel or Flat-head Indian Lan
guage, | compiled by the | Missionaries of the Society of Jesus |
Part II. | English-Kalispel. |
St. Ignatius Print, Montana. | 1877-8-9. | JWP.
4 p. 11., pp. 1-456. .8.
1557 Lu | tel kaimintis holinzuten | kuitlt smii mii. | Some Nar
ratives, From the Holy Bible, in Kalispel. | Compiled by the | Mis
sionaries of the Society Of Jesus. |
St. Ignatius Print, Montana. | 1879. | c. JWP.
Printed cover, 2 p. 11., pp. 1-140, 1-14. 8.
1558 Szmime"ie-s Jesus Christ. | [Cross.] A Catechism | of
the | Chrisitan Doctrine | in the j Flat-Head or Kalispel
Language | composed by the | Missionaries of the Society of
Jesus. |
St. Ignatius Print, Montana. | 1880 |. JWP.
Printed cover, 2 p. 11., pp. 1-4"). 8.
Girard (Just), pseud.
See [Roy (I. J.)]
Gladstone (W. S.),J>.
See L aiming (C. M.)
1559 Gomara (Francisco Lopez de). Historia | de las Conquistas | de |
Hernaiido Cortes, | escrita en Espauol | por | Francisco Lopez de
Gomara, | traducida al Mexicano y aproba<la por vmladera | por
D. Juan Bautista de San Anton Munou | Chimalpain Quauhtle-
huanitzin, | Indio Mexicano. | Publicala | Para instrnccion de la
juveutud | nacional, con varias notas y | adiciones, | Carlos Maria
de Biistaniante. | [Quotation, six lines.] | Tomo I? [-11] |
Mexico: Iroprenta de la testamentaria de Ontiveros. Afio de
1820. | A.C.
2vols.:lp.l.,pp.i-xiii,l-315; 1 p.l.,pp. 1-187, 1 1., pp. 1-39, Index 2 11. sm.4.
De las letras do MfSxico, tomo 1, p. 165; El uiodo de eontar [numerals 1-20
in Mexican], tomo 1, p. 165; Names of the mouths, days, years, &c., in Mexican,
tomo 1, pp. 166-169, 178-192; Calendario Indiauo Tulteco, tomo 1, pp. 193-211.
1500 Gomez (Fr. Francisco). Vanos Opusculos sobre la inteligencia de
la Lengua Megicaua. *
Title from Beristaiu.
302 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1561 Gonzalez (Fr. Antonio). Traduccion de el Catbecismo castellano
del P. M. Geronimo de Ripalda de la Compafiia de Jesus, en el
idioma Mixteco. Por ej R. P. Fr. Antonio Gonzales del Orden de
Predicadores, Cura de la Doctrina de Nocbistlan, y Prior del Con-
vento de Cuilapa, con vn resumen curioso de los principales iniste-
rios de nuestra Catbolica fee, y el modo de administrar el Viatico a
los Naturales en dicbo idioma. Dedicalo a su querida Madre la
Santa, muy docta, y exemplarissima Provincia de Oaxac.
Con licencia de los Superiores en la Puebla en la Imprenta de la /i
viuda de Miguel de Orttega. Afio de 1719 *
56 unnumbered II. 8. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 118.
1562 Cathecismo y explicacion de la Doctrina Cbristiana. Com-
puesto por el P. Geronymo de Ripalda, de la Sagrada Compafiia de
Jesus. Y traducido en Lengua Mixteca. Por el M. R. P. Fr. Anto
nio Gonzales, del Sagrado Orden de Predicadores, Miuistro Mixteco,
y Cura de la Casa de Nbcbistlan. Tiene afladido los Mysteries ne-
cessarios, de necessitate medi para el comun de los Indies, y la
forma de dar el viatico a los Enferinos. Dedicalo a su querida
Madre la Santa Provincia de Oaxaca. Orden de Predicadores.
Reinipresso en la Puebla, en la Imprenta de la Viuda de Miguel
de Ortega. En el Portal de las flores. Aiio de 1755. *
9 p. 11., pp 1-38. 4.
The approvals and licenses are dated 1719: this and the word "reimpreso"
makes me believe that this is anew edition of the former number (118), but I have
not been able to compare the two books in order to assure myself of it. Icazbal-
ceta'a Apvntes, No. 119.
1563 [Gonzalez (P. Diego Pablo).] Manual | para administrar | a los In
dies | del idioma Cabita | los santos | Sacramentos, | segun la re-
} 13 forma de NK. SS. PP. | Paulo V. y Urbano VIII. | Compuesto |
por un Sacerdote de la Compafiia de Jesus, | Missionero en las de
la Provincia | de Zyualoa. | Sacalo a luz | la piedad del Alferez D.
Sebastian Lopez | de Guzman, y Ayala. | Y lo dedica | al Gloriosis-
simo Patriarca Seller | S. Josepb. |
Impresso en Mexico; con las licencias necessa- | rias, en la Im
prenta Real del Superior Gobierno | de Dona Maria de Ribera, en
el Empedradillo. | Afio de 1740. | *
13 p. 11., pp. 1-164, 2 unnumbered 11. 8. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No.
42, where no author is given. Brassenr do Bourbourg puts it under Gonzalez,
and says: "The name of the author is mentioned only on the last leaf. It is
strange the editor omitted it from the title." Beristain also puts it under the
same author.
1564 Gonzalez (Fr. Jaciuto). Instituciones gramaticales para aprender
con facilidad y perfeccion la Lengua Megicana. *
Manuscript in the library of the Conveuto principal de la Merced, Mexico.
Beristain.
GONZALEZ GOOD. 303
15G5 Good (Her. John Booth). The Homing and Evening Prayer, | And
he Litany, | With Prayers and Thanksgivings, | translated into
the | Neklakapamuk | Tongue, | for the use of the Indians of the |
St. Paul's Mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. | [By Rev. J. B.
Good, S. P. G. Missionary.]
Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press. |
1878. | JWP.
Printed cover, 1 1., pp. 1-48. Outside title, printed cover, reads as follows:
The Morning and Evening Prayer, | And the Litany, | Also Prayers and
Thanksgivings, | with | Office for the Holy Communion, and | Select Hymns. |
Trani-lated into the | Xeklakapamuk Tongue | for the use of the Indians of the |
St. Paul's Mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. |
Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press. | 187& |
Morning and Evening Prayer, pp. 1-33 ; Administration of the Lord's Supper,
pp. 34-48.
Pp. 34-48 of this work are also issued .as a separate pamphlet as follows :
1566 The Office for the Holy Communion | translated into the |
Neklakapainuk | Tongue, | for the use of the Indians of the | St.
Paul's Mission, j Lytton, British Columbia. |
Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press. |
1878. | JWP.
Printed cover, 1 1., pp. 32-48. 8. Outside title, printed cover, reads as follows :
The | Office for the Holy Communion, and | Select Hymns. | Translated into
the | Neklakapamnk Toagne, | for the use of the Indians of the | St. Paul's Mis
sion, | Lytton, British Columbia. |
Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press. | 1878. |
1567 The | Office for Public Baptism | and the Order of Con
firmation, | with | Select Hymns and Prayers | translated into
the | Neklakapanmk | or | Thompson Tongue | for the use of the
Indians of the | St. Paul's Mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. |
( By aid of the Venerable Society for Promoting Christian |
Knowledge.) |
Victoria: | B. C., | Printed by the 8. Paul's Mission Press ( S. P.
C. K.) | Collegiate School. | 1879. | JWP.
Printed cover, pp. 1-32. 8.
1568 Offices for the | Solemnizat[i]on of Matrimony | the | Visi
tation of the Sick, | and | the Burial of the Dead. | Translated into
the | Xitlakapamuk | or | Thompson Indian Tongue, j By J. B.
Good, S. P. G. Missionary, Yale- Lytton. | By aid of a Grant from
the Ven. Society for Promoting | Christian Knowledge. |
Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press, ( S. P.
C. K.) | Collegiate School, 1880. | JWP.
Printed cover, pp. 1-15. 12.
1569 A Vocabulary | and | Outlines of Grammar | of the | Nit-
lakapamuk | or | Thompson Tongue, | (The Indian language spoken
304 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Good (Eev.,,lohn Booth) continued.
between Yale, Lillooet, | Cache Creek and Nicola Lake.) | Together
with a | Phonetic Chinook Dictionary, | Adapted for use in the
Province of | British Columbia. [ By J. B. Good, S. P. G. Mission
ary, Yale-Lytton. | By aid of a Grant from the Right Hon. Super
intendent of Indian | Affairs, Ottawa. |
Victoria,: | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press, (S. P. C. K. | )
0. K.) | Collegiate School, 1880. | JWP.
Printed cover, pp. 3-46. 12. Outside title has a slightly different imprint, as
follows :
Victoria, B. C. : | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press, (S. P. C. K.) | Col
legiate School, 1880. |
1570 [Goodrich (Samuel Griswold).] The Manners, Customs, | and |
Antiquities of the Indians | of | North and South America: | by the
Author of | Peter Parley's Tales. |
Boston: | J. E. Hickman. | 12 School Street. | [1844.] *
Pp. 1-336, plates. 16. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
The 23d Psalm in the Massachusetts Indian language (from Eliot), pp. 261-
262; Chippewa song, with translation, pp. 263-264.
1571 Gordon (Thomas). Indian names, with their signification.
In Barber (J. W.) and Howe (H.) Historical Collections of the State of
New Jersey, p. 512. New York, 1845. 8.
Gore (Capt.)
See Cook (Capl. J.) and King (Capt. J.)
1572 Gorman (Rev. Samuel P.) Terms of Relationship of the people of
Laguna, collected by Rev. Samuel P. Gorman, missionary, Pueblo
of Laguna, N. M.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4.
1573 Gospel. The | Gospel according to John, | translated into the |
Choctaw Language. | Vbanumpa. | Chani vt holissochi tok, |
Chahta auumpa isht a toshowa hoke. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster; | 1845. | BA.
Pp. 1-95 8.
1574 Gospel according to St. John in the Mikmak Language.
London: British and Foreign Bible Society. 1854. *
Title from Bagster's Bible of Every Land.
1575 Gospel according to St. John in the Cree (of Ruperf s Land)
Language. 1855.
12. Title from Qnaritch's Cat., 1879.
GOOD GOSPEL. 305
Gospel continued.
1576 The | Gospel according to Luke, | translated into the |
Choctaw Language. | Vbanuinpa. | Luk vt holissochi tok, | Chahta
auumpa isht a toshowa hoke. |
Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1845. | BA.
127 pp. 8.
1577 The Gospel | according to | Luke. | Translated into the
Cherokee Language. | [Two lines in Cherokee characters.]
Park Hill. | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line
Cherokee characters.] | 1850. | ABS.
134 pp. 24. In Cherokee characters.
1578 The Gospel according to | Saint Luke. | In Mikmak. |
Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, by | Isaac Pit
man, Bath. | 1850. | C.
Pp. 1-148. 16. In phonetic characters.
1579 The Gospel according to Mark. [One line Cherokee char
acters.]
Colophon :
Cherokee Nation, Baptist Mission Press. c.
No title-page. 28 pp. 12. In Cherokee characters.
1580 : [The Gospel of Mark, in the Cherokee Language.] c.
No title-page. 56 pp. 24. In Cherokee characters.
1581 [The Gospel of Mark, in the Cherokee Language.] ABS.
No title-page. 70 pp. 24. In Cherokee characters.
1582 The | Gospel according to Mark, | translated into the |
Choctaw Language. | Fbanumpa. | Mak vt holissochi tok, | Chahta
anumpa isht a toshowa hoke. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1845. | BA. ABC.
Pp. 1-73. 8.
1583 The | Gospel according to St. Matthew. | LSH. JWP.
No title-page. Pp. 3-32. 8. Parallel columns, Chippewa and English.
See Mesah oowh. See Minuajimoiiin.
1584 The | Gospel according to Matthew, | translated into the |
Choctaw Language. | Fbanumpa | Mahhifltholissochitok. Chahta
auumpa isht atoshowa hoke. |
Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1842. | BA. ABC. c.
Pp. 1-198. 12.
1585 The | Gospel according to Matthew, | translated in to the |
Choctaw Language. | Fbanumpa | Mahlurtholissochitok, | Chahta
anumpa isht a toshowa hoke. | Second Edition. |
Boston: | Printed for the American Hoard of Commissioners for |
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1845. | BA.
Pp. 1-115. 8.
20 Bib
306 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Gospel continued.
1586 Gospel of St. Matthew in the Cree Language.
Church Missionary Society 1852.
Title from Bagster's Bible in Every Land.
1587 The Gospel | according to Saint Matthew, | in the Mic-
mac Language. | Printed | for the Use of the Micmac Mission | by
the British and Foreign | Bible Society. |
Charlottetown : | Printed by G. F. Hazard. | 1853. | ABS.
2 p. 11., pp. 1-118. 16.
1588 Gospels. The | Gospels | according to | St. Matthew, St. Mark, St.
Luke, | and | St. John, | translated into the Language | of | the
Esquimaux Indians, | ontheCoastof | Labrador; | by the | Mission
aries | of the | Unitas Fratrnin ; or, United Brethren. | Residing |
at Nain, Okkak, and Hopedale. | Printed | for the use of the Mis
sion, | by | the British and Foreign Bible Society. |
London: | Printed by W. M'Dowall, Pemberton Eow, Gough
Square. | 1813. | JWP. ABS. c.
1 p. 1., pp. 1-416. 13. The work does not contain the Gospel of John. The
Report of the British and Foreign Bible Society, vol. 1, gives the title : The
Four Gospels in Esquimaux. British and Foreign Bible Society, 1811 & 1813.
Bagster's Bible of Every Land says John was published in 1810, the remaining
three in 1813.
See Tamedsa in present catalogue for the former.
1589 Gospels and Epistles in the Greenland language.
Copenhagen. 1848.
744 pp. 16. Title from Sabin's Dictionary ; note to No. 22853.
1590 Gospels and Epistles in the Mixteca language. *
"Two versions of the Gospels and of the Epistles are, however, said by Le
Long to have been made in Misteco, a language likewise spoken in the State of
Oajaca. The first version was made by Benedict Ferdinand, who flourished about
A. D. 1568 ; and the second version by Arnold ;i Bosaccio. It is doubtful whether
either of these versions are extant." Bagster's Bible of Ecery Land.
1591 Graah (Wilhelm August). Undersogelses-Reise | til | Ostkysten
af Gronland. | Efter kougelig Befaling udfyrt | i Aarene 1828-31 |
af W. A. Graah, | Capitain-Lieutenant i Soe-Etaten. |
Kiobeuhavn. | Trykt has J. D. Qvist, i det Christensenske Offl-
cin. | Ostergade Nr. 53. | 1832. | c.
Pp. i-xviii, 1-216. 4. map.
Botanisk og zoologiske Gienstande. Planter Pattedyr, Fugle og Fiske, hvilke
forlkomme paa 0stkysten af Gr0nland, App. 2, pp. 191-105.
1592 Narrative of an Expedition | to the | East Coast of Green
land, | sent by order of the King of Denmark, | in search of | the
lost colonies, | under the command of | Capt n W. A. Graah, of the
Danish Royal Navy, | Knight of Daunebrog, &c. | Translated from
the Danish, | by | the late G. Gordon Macdougall, F. H. S. N. A., |
for the | Royal Geographical Society of London. | With the | origi
nal Danish chart completed by the Expedition. |
GOSPEL GRANT. 307
Graah (Wilhelm August) continued.
London: | Johu W. Parker. West Strand. | M. DCCC. XXXVII
[1837]. | C.
Pp. i-xvi, 1-199. 8. map.
Greenland names of Mammalia, Birds, and Fish, Appendix B, pp. 178-180.
1593 Gramatica. Gramatica Mexicana, Modo facil y breve para apren-
der el Idioma Mexicano. *
Manuscript. Cent, xviii. 12. Title from tbe Fischer Sale Cat.
1594 Gramatica Mexicana, Metodo facil y Breve en Idioma
Mexicano. Modo de Escribialo y Pronunciato. *
Manuscript. Cent, xviii. 4. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1934.
1595 Gramatica y Vocabulario de la Lengua Mexicana. *
Manuscript. 284 11. 12. Cent. xvi.
This valuable manuscript is undoubtedly of a period immediately subsequent
to the discovery and conquest of Mexico. Fischer Sale Cat.
1596 Grammar. Grammar, Catechism, Sermons, and Religious Poetry
in the Zapoteca Language.
Manuscript. Cent, xvii, 167 pp. 4. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 20.36.
1597 Grammar of the Mexican Language, to which is added a
short Catechism. *
Manuscript. Cent, xviii. 12. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1938.
1598 Granados y Galvez (Fr. Joseph Joaquin). Tardes | Americanas: |
Gobierno Geutil y Catolico : | breve y particular noticia | de toda
la Historia Indiana: | Sucesos, casos notables, y cosas ignoradas,
desde la | entrada de la Gran Nacion Tulteca a esta tierra | de
Anahuac, hasta los presentes tiempos. | Trabajadas | por un Indio,
y un Espauol. | Sacalas a Luz | El M. R. P. Fr. Joseph Joaquin
Granados | y Galvez, Predicador general de Jure, ex-Deflni- | dor
de la Provincia de Michoacan, y Guardian que ftie | de los Conveu-
tos de Xiquilpan, Valladolid, Itio- | verde, y Custodio de todas sus
Missiones, | y las dedica | al Excmo. Sr. D. Joseph de Galvez, |
Caballero de la Eeal distinguida Ordcn de Car- | los III., del Con-
sejo de Estado, Gobernador del | Supremo de las Indias, y Secre-
tario del Des- | pacho universal de ellas. |
Mexico: En la uueva Impreuta Matritense de D. Felipe | de
Zufiiga y Ontiveros, calle de la Palma. aiio de 1778. | A. 0.
36 p. 11., pp. 1-540. 4.
Names of mouths, days of the month, Theogony, etc., in Mexican, with inter
pretation, pp. 57-69 ; Ode of Netzahualcoyotl in Otoini, pp. 90-91 ; Otomi numerals
1-100, p. 131.
1599 Grant (W. Colquhoun). Description of Vancouver Island. By its
first Colonist, W. Colquhoun Grant, Esq., F. R. G. 8., of the 2nd Dra
goon Guards, and late Lieut.-Col. of the Cavalry of the Turkish
Contingent.
In Royal Geog. Soc., Jour., vol. 27, pp. 268-320. London, n. d. 8.
Numerals, 1-100, of the Macaw or Nitteenat, and Tsclallum, p. 295.
308 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1600 Gravier (Rev. James). Dictionary of the Illinois Language. *
Manuscript. Mentioned by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, in his Forty Algonkiu
Versions of the Lord's Prayer, p. 99. In a note on the Illinois version of the
prayer, printed by Bodoni, 1806, "ex MS.," Dr. Trumbull says: "A copy of this
version, evidently from the same original, was communicated to Dr. John Pick
ering in 1823 as from a MS. grammar and dictionary of the Illinois language.
The MS. may have been that of Father Boulanger, missionary to the Illinois in
1721. The version is more probably that of Father James Gravier, S. J., mission
ary from 1687 to 1706, who 'was the first to analyze the language thoroughly
and compile its grammar, which subsequent missionaries brought to perfection.'
I have recently had the good fortune to discover the long-lost dictionary of
Gravier, with additions and corrections by his successors in the Illinois Mission,
and by its aid I am enabled to correct some though not all of the errors of
Bodoni's copy."
Dr. Shea (History of Catholic Missions, 1855, p. 415, note) had mentioned the
fact that "a catechism and dictionary [by Gravier] were extant some years
since, but seem to have perished."
Of the manuscript dictionary mentioned by Dr. Trumbull, he gives me the
following description :
"It is a stout volume in quarto or small folio, the leaf measuring 11 by 8J
inches. It has been bound, but is now, and probably for many years has been,
without its covers. It has lost the first two or three leaves at the beginning,
and perhaps as many at the end, and a few other leaves have been somewhat
injured by mice. There remain 293 leaves (586 pages), which average about 38
lines to the page, indicating a total of about 22,000 words. The arrangement is
Illinois-French (not French-Illinois). The dialect is that of the Peorias (Peoua-
ria), readily distinguished from the Miami-Illinois by the use of r for Miami I.
Occasionally, however, words and phrases are introduced which are marked as
'Miami.' The manuscript is very neat and legible. The handwriting and the
orthography, in my opinion and in that of French scholars who have inspected
it, show that it was written before or not many years after the beginning of the
18th century ; certainly, I should say, not later than 1710. If so, it cannot have
been the work of the Rev. Jos. I. Le Boulanger, whose connection with the Illi
nois Mission has not been traced before 1719. On nearly every page, however,
there are additions, corrections, or explanations in at least two later and distinct
hands ; but these are not more frequent than two or three to the page on the
average.
"Throughout the work references are made to another volume or volumes,
which contained a grammar, lists of radicals, names of animals, plants, medi
cines, etc.
"I conclude that this dictionary was compiled by Gravier, though I cannot
positively say that it is in his autograph, and that the additions and emenda
tions were made by his successors in the mission, some of them, perhaps, by Le
Boulanger.
"The French-Illinois dictionary, discovered by the late Hon. Henry Clay Mur
phy (see the Historical Magazine, vol. 3, pp. 227, 228; New York, 1859), which
Dr. J. G. Shea proposed to edit, and which was unfortunately lost about 1865,
may have been the French-Illinois counterpart of the Illinois-French dictionary
, of Gravier, or may have been a transcript of that counterpart revised and com
pleted by Le Boulauger ; but from the article above cited it appears that Mr.
Murphy's manuscript was in the .Miami-Illinois dialect, while the earlier work I
have described is unquestionably in that of the PeoMaria-Illiuois, among whom
Gravier labored. Mr. Murphy (to whom I showed the volume here described)
believed it to be of earlier date than the counterpart (French-Illinois), which
disappeared from his office-desk about 1865, after the first form of it had been
printed by Dr. Shea. (See No. 2230.)"
GRAVIER GUADALAXARA. 309
1601 Green (J. S.) Extracts from the report of an exploring tour on
the north-west coast of North America in 1829, by Eev. J. S.
Green. LgH .
In Missionary Herald, vol. 26, pp. 34:5-345. Boston, n.d. 8.
Contains remarks on the languages of the above locality, and a few examples
of (he language of the Queeu Charlotte Island language compared with the jar
gon of the traders.
1G02 Greenleaf (Moses). Indian Names of some of the Streams, Islands,
&c., on the Penobscot and St. John Eivers in Maiue: furnished by
Moses Greenleaf, Esq.
In Am. Soc., First Ann. Kept. , pp. 49-53. New Haven, 1824. 8.
1603 Grijelmo (Fr. Domingo). Sermones en Lengua Zapoteca, de mucho
uso entre los Misioneres.
The P. Fray Domingo Saenz de Miera, Dominican of Oajaca, possessed, in the
year 1746, a manuscript volume by Grijelmo, entitled :
1604 - - Sesenta y siete Textos de la Santa Escritura explicados
moralmente en Leugua Zapoteca. *
The firnt of these texts is: Quasi &, facfe colnbri fuge peccatum; and the
last : Nemo potest venire ad me, nisi Pater meus traxerit eum. Berintain.
1605 Groenlandsk A B D Bog.
Kjobenhavn, 1760. *
8. Title from Ludewig. For reprint, see Kattitslomarsut.
1606 Grossman (Capt. Frederick E.) Some Words of the Languages
of the Pimo and Papago Indians of Arizona Territory.
Manuscript. 80 pp. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
English-Pimo and Pimo-English, alphabetically arranged. Accompanied by a
few grammatic notes, and three stories with interlinear English translation.
Collected at the Gila River Reservation, during 1871.
1607 Guadalaxara (P. Thomas de). Compendio del Arte de la Lengna
de los Tarahumares, y Guazapares. Dedicado a la Reyna de los
Angeles Maria Santis8 ma Virgen siempre Madre de Dios, Puris-
sima, y Seiiora Ntiestra. Dirigido al Key nuestro Senor Carlos II
Patron Defensor, y Propagador de Nuestra Santa Pee Catholica
Eornana en este Nuevo Orbe, y agora nuevameute en las gentili-
dades de la Nueva Vizcaya. Compuesto por el Padre Thomas de
Guadalaxara Missionero de la Compania de lesus. Contiene cinco
libros de la Gramatica, vn Vocabulario, que comienza en Tarabu-
mar, y otro en Castellano, y otro de nombres de parentesco.
Con Licenzia en la Puebla de los Angeles por Diego Fernan
dez de Leon. Aiio de 1683. *
11 p. 11., 11. 1-35. 8. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. ISO.
The copy described by Sr. Icazbalceta was that in the library of Sr. Ramirez.
The sale catalogue of that gentleman's books describes it as follows: Title, 9
p. 11., text, folios 1-35 (wants end) ; 2 woodcut figures ; and wood-cut of the arms
of Spain, coarsely executed. An excessively rare, if not unique, grammar of the
Tarahumar language, apparently quite unknown to bibliographers.
310 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Guadalaxara (P. Thomas de.) continued.
1608 Arte general de diferentes Idiomas de los Indies bar-
baros.
P. Oviedo makes mention of this work in his Menologio, and adds that P.
Guadalajara died on the 6th of January, 17-20, at the Mission of San Gerouimo
Huexotilan, in ancient Tarahumara. Berintain.
1609 Guen (Hamon). lontaterihonniennitakSa | ne | KariSiioston Tei-
eiasontha, | ne Eoiatouserisou aSennishete keuha, | ou | Instruc
tion sur la Foi Catholique, | par M. H. Guen, Ancien Missionaire. |
[Three lines quotation.]
Tiotiake-Moiitreal : | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1870. | GB-
Pp. 1-23. 1G. In the Iroquois Language.
M. Hamon Guen died at the Lake of the Two Mountains, in 1761, aged 74, after
passing more than 50 years among the Indians, now at the Mission Sault and
Re'collet, now at that of the Lake of the Two Mountains. The above is the only
work by this venerable missionary which has been printed. I have changed
such terms as have fallen into disuse, and modified the orthography. Extract
from a letter from Father Cuoq.
1610 Guerena (Fr. Marcos). Via Crucis; 6 modo de hacer las Estacio-
nes; en Lengua de los Indies del Norte. *
Title from Beristain.
1611 Guerra (Fr. Joan). Arte | de la Lengua Mexicana | segun la acos-
tumbran hablar los Indies en todo | el Obispado de Guadalaxara,
parte del de | Guadiana, y del de Mechoacau. | Dispuesto | por
orden y mandate de N. M. E. P. | Fr. loseph de Alcaras, Pre- |
dicador, Padre de la Santa Provincia de Zacate- | cas, y Ministro
Provincial, de esta Santa Provin- | cia de Santiago de Xalisco, y
por el Eeverendo | y Venerable Difinitorio de ella en | Capitulo
Intermedio. | Dedicado | a la Santa Provincia de Santiago de
Xalisco, | Por el E. P. Fr. Joan Guerra, Predicador, y Difinidor
actual de dicha | Provincia. |
Con licencia, en Mexico, por la Viuda de Fran- | cisco Eodriguez
Lupercio, en la puente | de Palacio, afio de 1692. |
8 p. 11. Arte, 11. 1-27; Vocabulario, 11.28-49; Instruccion para administrar
los Sacramentos, 11. 49-C2; Index, 1 1. 8.
Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 121.
1612 Arte de la Leugua megicana segun el Dialecto de los Pue
blos de la Nueva Galicia.
M4gico por Lupercio, 1699. *
4. Title from Beristaiu. Ludewig quotes it, same date. Pimentel gives it
the date of 1669.
1613 Guerra (Jos6 Maria). Pastoral del Ilustrisimo Senor Obispo, di-
rigida a los Indigenes de esta diocesis.
Merida de Yucatan, impreso por Antonio Petra, 1848. *
8 pp. 4. In the Maya language. A pastoral letter addressed by this bishop
to the rebel Indians. lirasseur de liourbontrg.
1614 Guevara (P. Jose"). Sermones Megicanos. *
Manuscript. Title from Beristain.
GUADALAXARA GUEVARA. 311
1615 Guevara (Fr. Juan). Doctrina Cristiana en Leiigua Huasteca. *
Printed in Mexico as is affirmed by P. Juan Cruz in his dedication to his Cate-
cismo Iluasteco.
Conceruing this work, Sr. Icazbalceta writes me as follows: Beristain mentions
this work, but omits the date of the edition which is given, at least approximately,
in the dedication of the Doctrina in the same language, printed by P. Juan de
la Cruz in 1571. I say approximately as the expression of P. Cruz is "se impri-
mi6 en la sede vacante del afio do 1548," that is to say, in that of Sr. Zumarraga
which began in that year and lasted to the year 1553.
1616 Guevara (Fr. Miguel de). I 6 S. Arte Doctrinal i modo G 1 . para
aprender la leugua Matlaltzinga Para administration de los saiietos
sacramentos asi para confessar cassar i Pnedicarla con la Diffinicion
de sacramentis y demas cossas necessarias para Ablarla i enteu-
derla For el modo mas ordinario y versado comun ig'.m*". para no
ofuscarse en su inteligencia. Hecho y ordenado For el Padre Fray
Miguel de Guevara Ministro Prsedicador i Operario Euangelico en
las tres lengnas <i G'.mente corren Mexicana, tkarasca y Matlalt
zinga en esta Prouiucia de Michbuacau. Prior actual delconuento
de stiago athatzithaquaro. Afio de 1638.
Original manuscript. 4. Title and dedication " a los P cs estudiantes Matlal-
zingos"; lines by the author, 4 11. ; Arte, 62 11.
Declaracion y Modo de mostrar el Ministro la doctrina Chris
tiana y para examinar a los Naturales la Quaresma y quando los
prsescentan para coutraher Matriinonio como esta dispuesto &c.
1911.
Suma de Sacramentis. Edita planse et distinctre declarata. Per
patrem Fratrem Michalem A Guevara Sacne Ordinis Heremitarum
Diui Aurelij Augustini &c.
53 11., which include the Confesonario.
Declaracion literar conforme a la letra de los Euagelios y Epis-
tolas desde la primera dofiica del Aduiento y Pasquas ....
Traduccido cou forme al dialogo del P. P e . fr. Maturino Gilberti,
buelto en la lengua Matlalzinga For Orden del P e . fr. Miguel de
Gueuara Ministro Praedicador en las Tres lenguas Mexicana tha
rasca y Matlaltzinga. Afio de 1634.
131 11., table, 811.
Para el Rosario de nra seuora.
1311.
Apocalipse del Benerable S". Gregorio Lopes de felis recordacioa
. . . . Traducidp For el P e . F. Miguel de Gueuara Prior de
sHiago Udameo.
63 11. The last part is in Spanish. Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 122.
This has been printed, in part, as follows:
1617 Arte Doctrinal y modo general para aprender la lengua
Matlaltzinga, para la administration de los Santos Sacrameutos,
asi para confesar, casar y predicar con la definicion de Sacraineutis
y deinas cosas uecesarias para hablarla y entenderla, por el modo
312 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Guevara (Fr. Miguel D.) continued.
mas ordinario y versado comun y generalmente para no ofuscarse
en sn inteligencia. Hecho y ordenado por el padre Fr. Miguel de
Guevara, Ministro [&c.] Ano de 1638.
In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 9, pp. 197-260. Mexico, 1863. 8.
Grammar, pp. 198-245; Doctrina Cristiana, pp. 245-252; Modos y Tiempos del
verbo, pp. 253-260.
This last is from the manuscript of Father Diego de Basalenqiie, and was
inserted to supply the deficit caused by the loss of thirty-nine pages of the orig
inal manuscript of Guevara.
This article was probably also issued separately, as Brasseur de Bourbourg
gives the title and adds the imprint: [Mexico, imprenta de Vicente Garcia Tor
res, 1862], 8 preliminary pages, and 64 pp. Grammar.
1618 Arte, Vocabulario y Manual de la Lengua Piriuda. *
Manuscript in the Convent of Charo. Berletain.
1619 Guide to the Province of British Columbia for 1877-8, compiled
from the latest and most authentic sources of Information, includ
ing the various Prize Essays on the Province, Government Eeports,
etc. Also a Dictionary of the Chinnook Jargon, the Indian Trade
Language of the North Pacific Coast. Part 1. Chiunook English.
Part 2. English Chinnook.
Victoria (B. C.) 1877.
8. Title from bookseller's catalogue.
1620 Gutnrie ( Rev. H. A.) Terms of Relationship of the Otoe ; collected
by Rev. H. A. Guthrie, at the Otoe Mission, Kansas.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity, and affinity pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4.
1621 Gutip okausisa ilait.
64 pp. 8. Bible quotations for school use in the Eskimo language. Title
from a Greenland missionary, through Prof. Rink.
Guzman (Fr. Diego de Galdo).
See Galdo Guzman (Fr. Diego de).
1622 Guzman (Fr. Pantaleon de). Compendio de nombres en Lengua
Cakchiquel, y Significados de verbos por Imperativo y Acusativo
recipricos: En doce Tratados, por el Pe. Predicador F. Pantaleon
ACTIONS. de Guzman, Cnra Doctrinero por el Real Patronato desta Doctrina,
y Curato de Santa Maria de Jesus Pache; en 20 dias del mes de Oc-
tubre, de 1704aiios. *
Manuscript. 336 pp. sm. 4.
1623 Doctriua Christiana y dos Romances al Nacimiento de
Christo, etc. *
The only known works of Guzman are the above, of which the originals are
in the possession of the author of this Monograph. Squier.
Gylberti (Fr. Maturino).
See Gilbert! (Fr. Maturino).
GUEVARA HAKLUYT. 313
1624 Haedo (D. Francisco). Gramdtica de la Lengua Otoini, y m6todo
para coufesar a los Indies en ella. *
Printed for the second time in Mexico, 1731. 8. lierislain.
1625 Hagen (Carl). Naparsimassugdlid | atuartagagssait. | uugterdlu-
git kavdluuait nakorsaisa agdlagait, | maligtarineruvdlugit : |
"Thornams Lasgebog," | "Huslaegen af Raspai'l" | agdlagkat Carl
Hagen uiit. |
Nungme. | Nunap nalagata nakiteriviane nakitat, | L. Moller
mit. | 1866. I JWP.
Pp. 1-72. 8. Medical manual in the Eskimo language of Greenland.
1626 Haikischika | ik achukmo otfninclii. | Fraud exposed and de
tected. | Abridged from Rev. Edward Payson, D. D. |
[Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press, John Candy ami
John F. Wheeler, Printers. | 1845.] | BA.
No imprint, pp. 1-11. 12. In the Choctaw language. Byington, in his manu
script dictionary, says it contains 16 pp.
1627 Hakluyt (Richard). The | principal navi | gations. voiages, traf-
fiqves and disco | veries of the English Nation, made by Sea, or
ouer land, to the remote and farthest di- | stant quarters of the
Earth at any time within | the compasse of these 1500 yeeres. De-
uided | into three seuerall Volumes, according to the | positions of
the Regions, whereunto | they were directed. This first volume
containing the woorthy Disconeries, | &c. of the English toward
the North and Northeast by sea, | as of Lapland, Scrikfinin, Core-
lia, the Baie of S. Nicolas, the Isles of Col- | goieuse, Vaigatz, and
Noua Zembla, toward the great riuer Ob, | with the mighty Empire
of Russia, the Caspian Sea, Geor | gia, Armenia, Media, Persia, Bo-
ghar in Bactria, | and diuers kingdoms of Tartaria: Together with
many notable monuments and testimo | nies of the ancient forreu
trades, and of the warrelike and | other shipping of this realme of
England in former nges. | Whereunto is annexed also a briefe Com-
mentarie of the true | state of Island, and of the Northern Seas and |
lands situate, that way. | And lastly, the memorable defeate of the
Spanish huge | Armada, Anno 1588, and the famous victorie | at-
chieved at the citie of Cadiz, 1596, | are described by Richard Hak
luyt, Master of | Artes, and sometimes Student of Christ- | Church
in Oxford. |
Imprinted at London by George | Bishop, Ralph Newberie | and
Robert Barker. | 1598. | JCB.
3 vols., each with its own title-page, folio, maps.
Cartier (J.) Voyages of Jaques Cartliier, vol. 3, pp. 201-232.
There are two earlier editions of Hakluyt's voyages: London, 1582, and ihiil.,
1580, each in one volume. Neither contains Cartier's voyages.
1G28 Hakluyt's | Collection of the Early | Voyages, Travels,
and Discoveries, | of the | English Nation. | A new edition, with
additions. | Vol. 1 [-V and Supplement]. |
314 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Hakluyt (Richard) continued.
London; | Printed for E. H. Evans, 26, Pall Mall; J. Mackinlay,
Strand; | and R. Priestley, Holborn. | 1809 [-1812]. | BA. o.
5 vols. 4, and supplement.
Cartier (J.) [Voyages of Jacques Cartier], vol. 3, pp. 250-294.
1629 Haldeman (Samuel Stehman). Analytic Orthography: | An | In
vestigation of the Sounds of the voice, | and their | alphabetic nota
tion; | including | the mechanism of speech, and its bearing upon |
.Etymology. | By | S. S. Haldeman, A. M., | Professor in Delaware
College; | Member [&c., six lines].
Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippiucott & Co. | London: Triibuer & Co.
Paris: Benjamin Duprat. | Berlin: Ferd. Diimmler. |
I860. | BA. JWP. WE.
Pp. i-viii, 5-148. 4.
Lord's Prayer, with interlinear translation, in Cherokee and "Wyaudot, and
a short vocabulary in Kansa and Chippeway, pp. 132-136.
Numerals, 1-10, of the Cherokee, Creek, Choctaw, Iroquois, Wyandot, Co-
manche, Waco, Lenape (two versions), Chippeway, Penobscot, Passamaquoddy,
Potewatemi, Shawanee, Kansa, Osage, Eskimo, Cape Flattery, Apache, Yuuia,
and Chinook, pp. 144-146.
1630 On the Phonology of the Wyandots.
Iu Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 268-269. Philadelphia, 1847. 8 C .
Wyandot numerals, 1-10, in phonetic characters, p. 269.
1631 On some Points of Linguistic Ethnology : with Illustra
tions, chiefly from the Aboriginal Languages of America. By Prof.
S. S. Haldeman, A. M.
In Am. Ass. Adv. Science, Proc., 2d meeting, pp. 423-426. Boston, 1850. 8.
Reprinted, with additions, as follows :
1632 On some Points in Linguistic Ethnology; with Illustrations,
chiefly from the Aboriginal Languages of North America. By
S. S. Haldeman, A. M.
In Am. Acad. Arts and Sciences, Proc., vol. 2, pp. 165-178. Boston and
Cambridge, 1852. 8.
1633 Hale (Edward Everett). Kanzas and Nebraska: | The | History,
geographical and physical Characteristics, | and political position
of those Territories; | an account of the | Emigrant Aid Com
panies, | and | directions to emigrants. | By | Edward E. Hale. |
With an | original map from the latest authorities. |
Boston: | Phillips, Sampson and Company. | New York: J. C.
Derby. | 1854. | BA.O.
Pp. i-viii, 9-256. 12.
A fow Mamlan and Welsh words (from Catlin) compared, p. 32.
1634 Hfale] (Horatio E.) Remarks | on | Some Words in the Language |
of the | St. John's or Wlastukweek Indians. | By H. E. H. |
[Cambridge, 1834.] GB.
Pp. 1-4. 16.
HAKLUYT HALE 315
Hale (Horatio E.) continued.
1635 United States | Exploring Expedition. | During theyears |
1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. | Under the Command of | Charles
Wilkes, U. S. N. | Vol. VI. | Ethnography and Philology. | By |
Horatio Hale, | Philologist of the Expedition. |
Philadelphia: | Printed by C. Sherman. | 1846. | c.
Pp. i-xiii, 1-666. 4. map.
Languages of Northwestern America, pp. 553-6T,0, includes general remarks
and examples of the lauguage of the:
Tahkali-Umkwa family, pp. 534-535; Kituuaha, p. 535; Tsihaili-Selish
family, pp. 535-542; Sahaptin family, pp. 543-561; Waiilatpn family, p. 561;
Tshiuuk family, pp. 562-564 ; S. Kalapuya, pp. 564-567 ; Remarks on the vocab-
laries, pp. 567-568.
The following is a copy of Mr. Hale's list of vocabularies, which occupy pp.
569-629 :
FAMILIES. LANGUAGES. DIALECTS.
I A. Tahkali (Ca
1. Tahkali-Umkwa IM. Tlatskanai
( A. Tahkali (Carriers).
IB. Tlatskanai / Tlatskanai.
I C. Umkwa (Umpqua). ' ft ' Kwalhioqna.
2. Kitunaha D. Kitunaha (Coutanies Flat-
bows.
( E. Shushwapumsh (Shush-
3. Tsihaili-Selisb
waps, Atnahs).
Northern
Branch "
1c. Kullespelm (F
d. Tsakaitsitlin
. .. w ,,. u ~ c; . e ' SoaiPi <Ket
H. Piskwaus (Piscous).
Middle
[
Branch
/. Skwale (Nasqually).
i /. Tsihailiah.
J. Tsihailish (C h i c k a i 1 i s, I g. Kwaiantl.
Western
Chilts).
[k. Kwenaiwitl.
Branch '
K. Kawelitsk (Couelits).
Southern
/.- Nsietshawus (Killamnks)-
Branch
,
ittle-falls, ic.)
4 Sahaptin f-Jf. Sahaptin (Nez-Perces). ,,-. p e i a s (Pelooses).
\tf. Walawala ( Wallawallas) . . \ j. Jaakema (Takema).
[k. Tlakatat (Klikatats).
IO. Waiilatpn (Willetpoos,
5. Waiilatpn < (Caynse).
[p. Molele.
f(j. Watlala (Upper Chinooks) /' Watlala (Cascade Inds.).
\m. Kihaloitih (EchelooU).
6. Tshinuk j , Tshinuk.
I . Tshinuk (Chinooks) j o. Tlatgap (Clatsops).
\p, Wakaikam (Wahkyecnms)
7. Kalapuya 8. Kalapuya f j. Kalapyya.
I r. Tnhwalati (Follaties).
8. lakon T. lakon (Lower Killamuks).
9. Lutuanii V. Lntuami (Tlamatl, Clamets).
10. Saste V. Saste (Shasiies).
11. Palaibnih W. Palaihnih (Palaiks).
f X. Shoshoni (Shoshonees, Snakes).
12. Shoshoni ^ y Wihinasht (Western Shoshonees).
13. Satsikaa Z. Satsikaa (Blackfeet).
14. Kootka Kwoneatshatka.
15. ! San Raphael.
IB. Kizh San Gabriel.
17. Netela San Juan Capestrano.
316 NORTH AMER CAN LINGUISTICS.
Hale (Horatio E.) continued.
Miscellaneous vocabularies as follows:
(1.) Upper Sacramento (collected by Mr. Dana), p. 630; (2.) Talattii (collected
. by Mr. Dana), p. 631; (3.) Pnjuui, (4.) Sekumue, (5) Tsamak (from Dana), pp.
632-633; (6.) La Soledad, (7.) San Miguel, pp. 633-634; (8.) Hailtsa (from Mr.
A. Anderson), p. 634; The Jargon or Trade Language of Oregon, pp. 635-6,10.
1636 Vocabulary of the Tutelo, with remarks on the same.
Manuscript. 30 pp. 4. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1637 Halftnoon (Charles). A Collection | of | Muncey and English |
Hymns, | for the use of the Native Indians. | Translated by
Charles Halftnoon, | Local Preacher. | [Two lines quotation.]
Toronto: | Printed for the Missionary Society of the Wesleyan |
Methodist Church in Canada. | Conference Office, No. 9, Welling
ton Buildings. | 1842. |
Second title:
Minseeweh | Nuhkoomwawaukunul, | nuhkoomwaghtohteetij |
Neik Linnaupawug. | Auueh kowhwaujmoowhwaig hungkeil j
Nun Kashohweish, | local preacher. | [Two lines quotation.]
Toronto : | Printed for the Missionary Society of the Wesleyan |
Methodist Church in Canada. | Conference Office, No. 9, Welling
ton Buildings. | 1842. | JWP.
2 p. 11., pp. 1-203, alternate pp. English and Muncey. 24 English title verso
1. 1, recto blank ; Muncey title recto 1. 2, verso blank.
1638 A | Collection of Hymns, | in | Muncey and English, | for
the use of the native Indians. | Translated | By Charles Half-
moon, | Assistant Missionary. | [Two lines quotation.]
Toronto : | Printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, at the |
Conference Office, 80 King Street East. | 1874. |
Second title:
Minseewee, | Loonzwaywaukunuul, | loonzwaghtohteedt | Neek,
Linnaupaywug, | onnihkowhwoj moowhwaig hummohteedt. | Nun,
Kaysholiweesh, | Weej mod Paimtoonhayleed. | [Two lines quota
tion.]
Toronto: | Printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, at the |
Conference Office, 80 King Street East. | 1874. | jwr.
Pp. 1-96, 1-96, alternate pp. English and Muncey ; index in English, pp. 97-102.
16. English title verso 1. 1 ; Muncey title recto 1. 2.
1639 Hall (Charles Francis). Arctic Researches | and | Life among the
Esquimaux: | being the | narrative of an Expedition in search of Sir
John | Franklin, | in the years 1860, 1861, and 1862. | By | Charles
Francis Hall. | With maps and one hundred illustrations. |
New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. |
1865. | BA. C.
Engraved title, pp. i-xxviii, 29-595. 8. map.
Lord's Prayer in Esquimaux, p. 69; Innuit numerals, 1-10, p. 577.
Sabin's Dictionary gives a title : Life with the Esquimaux : A Narative of
Arctic Experience in Search of Survivors of Sir Johu Fraaklin's Expedition,
HALE HALY. 317
Hall (Charles Francis) continued. .
London : S. Low, Son & Co., pp. x-547. 8 ; and Field, No. 640, one : Life with
the Esquimaux: The Narrative of Captain C. F. Hall, * discovering some
of the survivors of Sir John Franklin's Expedition * * * London: Sampson
Low & Co. 1804. 2 vols. 8.
Perhaps they are the same as the above.
1640 Narrative | of the | Second Arctic Expedition | made by |
Charles F. Hall: | His Voyage to Repulse Bay, Sledge Journeys to
the Straits of Fury | and Hecla and to King William's Land, |
and | Residence among the Eskimos during the Years 1864-'69. j
Edited under the Orders of the Hon. Secretary of the Navy, | by j
Prof. J. E. Nourse, U. S. N. | U. S. Naval Observatory, | 1879. |
Washington : | Government Printing Office. | 1879. | JWP.
5 p. 11., pp. i-1, 1-644. 4. maps.
Besides many Eskimo terms passim, there are also in this work four lists of
names of geographic features, a few with English signification, in the follow
ing localities:
Northeast coast of Fox Channel (50 names), p. 354; Too-noo-nee-noo-shuk, or
Admiralty Inlet (40 names), pp. 355-356; Pond's Bay (33 names), p. 370; King
William's Laud, and the adjacent country (Hi names), p. 398.
1641 [Hall (Rev. Sherman).] Ojibwa nugumoshang. | Ojibwa Hymns. |
Published by the American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street,
New York. | [n. d.] JWP.
Pp. 1-7, 1-95, alternate pages English and Chippewa. 16. Rev. J. A. Gil- ADI
fillau, an Ojibwa missionary, says these hymns are not original translations, but
adapted from other collections, by Mr. Hall.
1642 and Copway (George). Minuajimouin gainajimot | au | St.
Luke. | Anishinabe enuet giizhianiktmotabim?g, | au | S. Hall, |
mekfldeuikonaie; | gaie au | George Copway, | anishiuabe gflgi-
kueuinini. 1
Boston : ) Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1837. | BA. MHS.
Literal translation. The good tidings as he told it | that | St. Luke. | The In
dian as he speaks they have translated and put it in writing, | that | S. Hall, |
the one clothed in black [minister] | and that | George Copway, | Indian
preacher man. |
Pp. 1-112. 12. Gospel of Luke in the Chippewa language.
1643 Odizhijigeuinua | ighi | Gaanoninjig. | Anishinabe enuet
anikpnotabiflng | au | Sherman Hall | gaie au | George Copway. |
(Acts of the Apostles in the Ojibwa Language.) |
Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for
Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1838. | BA. ABC.
Literal translation. Their actions | those | who were hired. | The Indian as he
speaks they translate and put it in writing | that [ Sherman Hall | and that |
George Copway. |
Pl>. 1-108. 12.
1644 Haly ( ). A Short Vocabulary in the language of the San Bias
Indians.
In Berendt (C. H.) The Darien Languages, in Am. Hist. Record, vol. 3, p.
59. 1874. 4.
318 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Haly ( ) continued.
At the coast of San Bias, Mr. Haly, an English trader, n ho lived for many
years in Blewfields (Mosquito coast), has collected in 1834 a list of words which
has not yet been published. I obtained it from the Rev. Alexander Henderson,
the well-known linguist and missionary in Belize, who made his first entry into
the mysteries of the Mosquito language under the guidance of Mr. Haly.
Berendt.
1645 Hamilton (A. S.) Vocabulary of the Hayuarger Dialect of the
Tahcully, Athapasca.
Manuscript. 511. folio. 180 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology .
1646 Hamilton (S. M.) Chippewa Vocabulary.
Manuscript. 20 pp. folio. 1 80 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1647 [Hamilton (Rev. William).] Translations | into the | Omaha Lan
guage, j with | Portions of Scripture ; | also, | a few Hymns. |
New York : | Printed by Edward O. Jenkins, | 20 North William
Street. | 1868. | JWP.
Pp. 1-30. IG.
Scriptural sentences with interlinear translation, pp. 7-14 ; Exodus xx, pp.
14-17 ; Psalm li, pp. 12-19 ; Lord's Prayer, p. 20 ; Hymns, pp. 20-30.
1648 Remarks on the Iowa Language.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 397-406. Philadelphia,
1854. 4.
1649 Vocabulary of the Pawnee Language.
In Hayden (F. V.) Contributions to the Ethnology and Philology of the
Tribes of the Missouri Valley, in Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans., new series, vol.
12, pp. 347-351. Philadelphia, 1863. 4.
1650 Vocabulary of the Iowa and Omaha.
Manuscript. 12 11. 112 words, oblong folio.
1651 Vocabulary of the Omaha, alphabetically arranged.
Manuscript. 3311. 4. These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology.
1652 and Irvin (Rev. S. M.) Wv-wv-kv-hse | e-ya e-tu u-na-
ha | Pa-hu-cae e-cae | ae-ta-was, mv-he-hvn-yae e-cae | ra prae-tae-kae. |
Wv-kvn fse Frae-cae j Wv-kun-fse Jweh-cae-ku | ae-wv-uu-ye kae: |
wv-kxu-ta wv-je-kae a>ta-wa3, | Prae-spa-te ra a-na-a;-na ha, | u-ke-
cse e-tan-ta wv-ke-kun-foe-na-ba | wv wa ye se-ta wo> o3-wcen-ye-ce |
pa-ce-fae-ig-ae E. ca3-prse-tae-kse |
Pa-hu-cas Fv-kas-ku Wv-kun-fae ae-ta-woa Wv-wv-kv-ho3-u-na-ha
ae-ta-was-ta, | 1843. |
Second title :
Aii Elementary Book | of the | loway Language, | with au |
English Translation. | By | Wm. Hamilton, and | S. M. Irviu. j
Under the direction of the B. F. Miss, of the | Presbyterian
Church. | J. B. Roy, Interpreter. |
loway and Sac Mission Press, | Indian Territory. | 1843. | BA.
101 pp. 8.
HALY HAMILTON. 319
Hamilton (Rev. William) and Irvin (Rev. S. M.) continued.
1G53 Ya-wse | pa-hu-cae | e-cae avta-wae | e-tu-hce wa-u-na-ha. |
Pa-hu cae fa-kae-ku | wv-kun-fae ae-ta-wae | ae-wv-u-nye-kae. | W.
W'kse. L'nta. wv'ha, | wv-wa-ye ae-ta-wce ae-wsen-ye-ce: | Prae-
spa-te-ra-ya-ua-ae-na-ha. j " Ya-wse cse-kseh-ceye-ho-wvo- ke-ya-wae-
we-rae: inv-ya-pro-kteye-ho- ; wvo-ke-ya-wae-we-rae."| W. Y.xcvi-C. |
Pa-hu-cce Fa-koe-ku Wv-kun-fce | ce-ta-wce Wv-wv-kv-hae-u-na-
ha | ae-ta-wae-ta, | 1843. |
Second title :
Original | Hymns, | in the | loway Language. | By | the Mis
sionaries, | to the loway & Sac Indians, | Under the direction of
the | Board of Foreign Missions of the | Presbyterian Church. |
[Two lines quotation.]
loway and Sac Mission Press, | Indian Territory, | 1843. |
Pp. 1-62. 18. Indian title recto 1. 1; English title recto 1. 2. BA. JWP.
1654 An | loway Grammar, | illustrating | the principles | of
the | Language | used by the | loway, Otoe and Missouri | In
dians. | Prepared and printed | by | Rev. Wm. Hamilton | and |
Rev. S. M. Irvin. | Under the directiou of the Presbyterian B. F. M. |
loway and Sac Mission Press. | 1848. | c. JWP.
Pp. i-xiv, 9-152. 16.
1055 The | loway | Primmer | composed of the most common |
words, and arranged in | alphabetic order. | Compileil and printed |
for the loway School | by | Wm. Hamilton | and | S. M. Irvin. |
Under the direction of the Presbyterian B. F. M |
loway and Sac Mission Press. | 1849. | JWP.
Pp. 1-8. 16.
1656 The | loway Primmer | Second Edition | Prepared and
printed | by | Wm. Hamilton | and | S. M. Irvin. | Under the di
rection of the Presb'n. B. F. Missions. |
loway and Sac Mission Press | 1850. | JWP.
1511. 16.
The pagination of this little pamphlet is curiously mixed. I have seen but
one copy of it, that in the library of Maj. J. W. Powell, and but infrequent refer-
'ences. It is bound with the first edition (q. v.), which ends with p. 8. The
second edition, which has its own title-page, as above, is paged 12 on reverse of
title, followed by 13 on recto of 1. 2, the verso of which is pagert 9, followed on
recto of 1. 3 by p. 7, verso not paged ; the recto of 1. 4 is paged 9, and the pagi
nation runs consecutively to 24; the recto of 1. 12 is numbered 17, but the verso
26 is correct, as is also p. 27, the reverse of which is blank. The recto of the
14th leaf is numbered 21, verso 30 ; the fifteenth, recto p. 31, verso p. 24.
No series of books has given me so much trouble as the publications in the
Iowa language. Usually they have no title-page, nor any caption in English, so
that without a knowledge of the language it is well nigh impossible to form an
idea of the subject matter. They are sometimes bound with one work, some
times with another, sometimes in whole, sometimes in part.
1657 Ce-sxs | wo-ra-kae-pe ae-ta-wae, | Mat-fu jE-wv-kv-hae-na-
ha, [ A-rae-kae. | BA. JWP.
320 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Hamilton (Rev. William) and Irvin (Rev. S. M.) continued.
No imprint. Pp. 1-32 (?). 16. The copies seen were incomplete, coutaiuing
but six chapters.
Literal translation. Jesus | good news his | Matthew he who wrote it | that
is it. | Gospel of Matthew in the Iowa language.
1658 We-wv-hse-kju. JWP.
No imprint. Pp. 1-29. 16. Catechism in the Iowa language. The transla
tion of the heading is: Some questions.
1659 Wv-ro-hae. BA.JWP.
No imprint. Pp. 1-24. 18. Prayers in the Iowa language.
1660 Hammond (Mrs. L. M.) History | of | Madison County, | State of
New York. | By Mrs. L. M. Hammond. |
Syracuse: | Truair, Smith & Co., Book and Job Printers. |
1872. | c.
Pp. 1-774, 1 1. 8.
Names of the months, and numerals, 1-10, in Mohawk, pp. 19-20; Names of
the several degrees of relationship in the Seneca language, p. 40.
1661 Handy (Charles W.) Vocabulary of the Miami.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 470-481. Philadelphia,
1852. 4.
1662 Hanson (John W.) History | of | Gardiner, | Pittston and West
Gardiner, | with a sketch of the | Kennebec Indians, & New Ply-
month Purchase, | comprising historical matter from | 1602 to
1852; | with genealogical sketches of many families. | By J. W.
Hanson. | Author of "History of Norridgewock and Canaan,
Me.;" | "History of Danvers, Mass.;" &c. &c. |
Gardiner: | Published by William Palmer. | 1852. | BA.BP. c.
Pp. i-xii, 13-343. 12.
Various aboriginal names of places in Maine and their significations, pp.
20-21.
Hara (Fr. Domingo de).
See Ara (Fr. Domingo de).
1663 Hardy (Lieut. Campbell). Sporting adventures | in | the New
World; | or, | days and nights of Moose-Hunting | in | the^ine
forests of Acadia. | By Lieut. Campbell Hardy, | Royal Artillery. |
In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. |
London: | Hurst and Blackett, Publishers, | Successors to Henry
Colburn, | 13, Great Marlborough Street. | 1855. | c.
2 vols. 12.
A few terms in the Micmac dialect, vol. 2, p. 227, et seq.
1664 Harmon (Daniel Williams). A | Journal | of | Voyages and Trav
els | in the | Fnteriour of North America, | between the 47th and
58th degree of north latitude, extend- | ing from Montreal nearly
to the Pacific Ocean, a distance | of about 5,000 miles, including an
account of the prin- | cipal occurrences during a residence of nine
teen | years, in different parts of the country. | To which are ad
HAMILTON HARRIS. 321
Harmon (Daniel "Williams) continued.
ded, | a concise description of the face of the country, its inhabi
tants, | their manners, customs, laws, religion, etc.. and considera- |
ble specimens of the two languages, most extensively | spoken;
together witli an account of the priuci- | pal animals, to be found
in the forests and | prairies of this extensive region. | Illustrated,
by a map of the country. | By Daniel Williams Harmon, | a part
ner in the North West Company. |
Andover: | Printed by Flagg and Gould. | 1820. | BA. c.
Pp. i-xxiii, 25-432. 8 3 . map.
Names of the seasons in the Cree tongue, pp. 368-369; Names of the moons in
the Cree tongue, pp. 369-370; A specimen of the Cree or Knisteneux tongue,
which is spoken by at least three-fourths of the Indians of the northwest coun
try, on the east side of the Rocky Mountains, pp. 385-401; Numerical terms,
1-1000, of the Crees or Knisteneux, pp. 402-40:! ; A specimen of the Tacnlly or Car
rier Tongue, pp. 403-412; The numerical terms, 1-1000, of the Tacullies, p. 413!
These vocabularies reprinted many times.
1665 Harris (Thompson S.) Ne | Hoiwiyosdosheh Noyohdadogehdih |
ne | Saint Luke, | neuonodowohga uigawenohdah. |
New-York. | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan
shaw, Printer. | 1829. |
Second title :
The Gospel | according to Saint Luke, | translated | into the
Seneca tongue, | by T. S. Harris. |
New-York. | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fau-
shaw, Printer. | 1829. | BA. ABS. JWP.
Pp. 1-149, 1-149, double numbers, alternate Seneca and English. 18. Seneca
title verso of 1. 1 ; English title recto of 1. 2.
1666 [Gospel of Matthew in the Seneca language. About 1829.] *
The gospel of Matthew, translated by the Rev. Mr. Harris, and published by
the American Bible Society. Hist, of Am. Missions.
1667 [Collection of Hymns in the Seneca Language.] *
Two small collections of hymns in the Seneca language have recently been
published, one by the Rev. T. S. Harris, missionary at Seneca, and the other by
Mr. Thayer, the teacher at Cattaraugas, aided by interpreters. Missionary
Herald, 1829.
1668 and Young (J.) Christ | Hagonthahninoh | Nonodaga-
hyot. |
New- York. | Printed for the American Tract Society, | By D.
Fanshaw. | 1829. |
Second title:
Christ's | Sermon on the Mountain. | Translated | into the Seneca
Tongue, | by T. S. Harris and J. Young. |
New- York. | Printed for the American Tract Society. | By D.
Fanshaw. | 1829. | ATS.
Pp. 1-16, 1-16, double numbers. 18. Indian title verso 1. 1 ; English title
recto 1. 2 ; alternate pp., Seneca and English.
21 Bib
322 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1669 Harrison (Rev. P.) and Aspberry (D. P.) The | Muskoke Hymns. |
Prepared and Translated by | Eev. P. Harrison and D. P. Asp-
berry, | Native Missionaries. |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: J. Candy and E. Archer, Printers. |
1847. | BA.
Pp. 1-101. 24.
Includes also the Ten Commandments, Lord's Prayer, and Chief Command
ments.
For other editions of Muskoki Hymns, see note to Fleming (J.), No. 1:502.
1670 The | Muskoke Spelling Book. | Prepared by | Eev. P. Har
rison and D. P. Aspberry, | Native Missionaries. | Mvskokvlke En
Nakgvkvg. |
Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press: Edwin Archer,
Printer. | 1847. | BA.
Pp. 1-36. 24.
1671 [Hartgers (Joost), editor.] Beschrijvinghe | Van | Virginia, |
Nieuw Nederlandt, | Nieuw Engelandt, | En d'Eylanden | Bermu-
des, | Barbadoes en S. Christoffel. | Dienstelyck voor elck een der-
^ONS, waerts handelende, en alle voort-planten | van nieuw Colonien. |
Met koperen Piguren verciert. |
't Amsterdam, | By Joost Hartgers, Boeck-verkooper op den
Dam, bezyden 't Stadt-huys, | op de hoeck vande Kalver-straet,
inde Boeck-winckel, Anno 1651. | *
Pp. 1-88. 4. map and plates. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 5045; Mailer's
Catalogue, 1872, Nos. 1069, 1089; N. Y. Hist. Soc. Coll., 2d ser., vol. 3, p. 141.
Megapolensis (J.) Korte Ontwerp van de Mahakuase Indianen in Nieuw
Nederlnndt, pp. 42-49.
1672 Harvey (Henry). History | of the | Shawnee Indians, | from the
year 1681 to 1854, inclusive. | By | Henry Harvey: | a Member of
the Religious Society of Friends. |
Cincinnati : | Ephraim Morgan & Sons. | 1855. | A. C.
Pp. i-x, 11-316. 16.
Penn(W.) Letter [etc.], pp. 12-21.
Contains the brief vocabulary, p. 13.
1673 Harvey (Simon D.) Terms of Relationship of the Shawnee (Saw-
anwakee), collected by Friend Simon D. Harvey, Shawnee Reser
vation, Kansas.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity, pp. 293-382. Washington,
1871. 4.
See Fish (Pascal) and Harvey (Simon D.)
1674 Hassey (Oloardo), translator. De la Lengua Waicura de la Baja-
California. Traducido del aleinan, de una obra anonima de un
Jesuita Missionero publicada en 1773, por Oloardo Hassey.
In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., segunda epoca, tomo 4, pp. 31-40. Mexico
1872. 8.
El Padre Nuestre en Lengua Waicnra, p. 36; El Credo, pp. 36-38 ; Conjugocion
complete del vcrbo Amukisi, Jugar, pp. 39-40, (from Baegert).
HARRISON HAVEN. 323
1675 Hatak Yoslmba | 0hlehaht | Chibowa AnukhobelaYalbbakFoy-
uka. | Sinners in the Hands | of an Angry God. | A Sermon by the
Eev. President Edwards. |
Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press; | John Candy and
John F. Wheeler, Printers. | 1845. | BA.
Pp. 1-25. 12. Appended, pp. 26-28, is a tract entitled " Chihowa" [God].
1676 Hatchets. The Hatchets, to hew down the Tree of Sin, which
bears the Fruit of Death, or, The Laws, by which the Magistrates
are to punish Offenders, among the Indians, as well as among the
English. Togkuukash, tummethamunate Matcheseongane mehtug,
ne meechumuoo Nuppooonk. Asuh, Wuunanmatuongash, nish
nashpe Nananuacheeg kusnunt sasamatahamwog inatcheseougash
ut keuugke Imliausbg netatuppe onk ut keuugke euglishmansog.
(asuh Chohkquog.) *
Colophon :
Boston : Printed by B. Green. 1705.
One sheet of 15 pp. 8m. 8. On the first page, the double title, as abov, and
an introduction to the Laws, beginning: "The Laws are now to be declared,
O Indians," &c. This introduction and each of the twenty laws are followed,
in order, by the Indian translation. At the end, on p. 15, are two paragraphs of
admonition, and on the lower half of the page, between single rules, is the colo
phon, as above. In the language of the Indians of Massachusetts.
Title and note from Trumbull's Books and Tracts in (he Indian Language,
where he says there are copies in the libraries of George Bi iuley and the Am. Ant.
Soc. A diligent search by me in the library of the latter, during the winter of
1878, failed to bring it to light.
1677 Hathaway (Joshua). Indian Names. By Joshua Hathaway.
In Wisconsin Hist. Soc., Coll., vol. 1, pp. 116-118. Madison, 1855. 8.
A partial list of aboriginal names of rivers, lakes, &c., in the State of Wis
consin.
1678 Haumont (J. D.), Parisot (J.), and Adam (Lucien). Grammaire et
Vocabulaire | de la | Langue Taensa | avec | textes traduits et
commente"s | par | J.-D. Haumonte, Parisot, L. Adam. | [Design.]
Paris | Maisouueuve et C ie , Libraires-Editeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire,
25 | 1882 | ASG.
2 p. 11., pp. i-xix, 1-111, and table 1 1. 8. Forms vol. 9 of the Bibliotheque
Linguistiqne Aui<$ricaine.
Grammaire, pp. 1-42 ; Textes avec tradnction et commentaire perpdtuel, pp.
43-54; Caucioncro Taensa, pp. 55-77; Prieres, p. 78; Vocabulaire Taensa-Fran-
cais, pp. 79-111.
1679 Haven (Samuel F.) Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. |
Archaeology | of the | United States. | Or | Sketches, Historical
and Bibliographical, of the Progress of | Information and Opinion
respecting vestiges of | Antiquity in the United States. | By |
Samuel F. Haven. |
Washington City: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. |
July, 1856. | New York: G. P. Putnam & Co. | JWP.
Printed title on cover, 2 p. 11., pp. 1-168. 4. Forms portion of Smithsonian
Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 8.
Languages of the American Indians, pp. 53-72.
324 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
1680 Hawkins (Benjamin). A | Sketch of the Creek Country | in 1798
and '99. | By | Col. Benjamin Hawkins, | II. S. Agent for Indian
Affairs. | With an introduction and historic sketch | of the | Creek
Confederacy. | By W. B. Hodgson, of Savannah, Georgia. |
New York: | Bartlett & Welford. | 1848. | c.
88 pp. 8. Forms Vol. 3, Ft. 1, Georgia Historical Society Collections.
The towns on Chat-to-ho-che, p. 25; The towns on Coo-sau and Tal-la-poo-sa
p. 25; The towns of the Semiuoles, p. 25; Names of physic plants.
1681 A Sketch of the Creek Country with a Description of the
Tribes, Government, and Customs of the Creek Indians. By Colo
nel Benj. Hawkins, for Twenty Years Eesident Agent of that Nation.
Preceded by a Memoir of the Author and a History of the Creek
Confederacy.
Published by the Georgia Historical Society. Savannah. 1848. *
1 p. 1., 88 pp. 8. Title from Sabin's Dictionary and Field's Ind. Bib.
1682 Vocabulary of the Creek, Chickasaw, Cherokee and Choc-
taw languages. *
Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, presented by
Mr. Thomas Jefferson.
Eight volumes of manuscript relating to the Indians, written by Col. Benj.
Hawkins, are in the possession of the Georgia Historical Society. Some of these
contain vocabularies.
1683 Hawley (Rev.) Mohawk Numbers, By Eev. Mr. Hawley, of Marsh-
pee. From President Stiles' MSS.
In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., first series, vol. 10, p. 137. Boston, 1809. 8.
Numerals, 1-1000, of the Mohawk.
1684 Hayden (Ferdinand Vande veer). A Sketch of the Mandan Indians,
with some observations illustrating the Grammatical Structure of
their Lauguage. By Dr. F. V. Hayden.
In Am Journal Science and Arts, vol. 34, pp. 57-66. New York, 1862. 8.
Taken in part from Contributions to the Ethnology and Philology of the In
dian Tribes of the Missouri Valley, q. r. infra.
1685 Contributions to the Ethnography and Philology of the In
dian Tribes of the Missouri Valley. By F. V. Hayden, M. D.
In Am. Fhilosoph. Soc., Trans., new series, vol. 12, pp. 231-461. Philadel
phia, 1863. 4.
Chapter 1, Introduction, pp. 231-234.
Chapter 2, Ethnographical History, Knisteueaux or Crees, pp. 234-248.
Chapter 3, Blackfeet; Ethnographical History, pp. 248-256.
Chapter 4, Remarks on the Grammatical Structure of the Blackfoot language,
pp. 257-266.
Chapter 5, Vocabulary of the Sik-si-k or Blackfoot language, pp. 266-273.
Chapter 6, Shyennes; Ethnographical History, pp. 274-283.
Chapter 7, Remarks on the Grammatical structure of the Shyenne language,
pp. 283-293.
Chapter 8, Vocabulary of the Shyeune language, pp. 294-320.
Chapter 9, Arapohos ; Ethnographical History and Remarks on the Gram
matical Structure of their language, pp. 321-327.
HAWKINS HAYDEN. 325
Hayden (Ferdinand Vaiideveer) continued.
Chapter 10, Vocabulary of the Arapoho language, pp. 328-339.
Chapter 11, Atsinas; Ethnographical History, pp. 340-344; Vocabulary of the
Atsina dialect of the Arripoho language, pp. 344-345.
Chapter 12, Pawnees ; Ethnographical History, pp. 345-347.
Hamilton (lice. W. ) Vocabulary of the Pawnee language, pp. 347-351.
Chapter 13, Aiikaras ; Ethnographical History, pp. 351-356 ; Phrases, numerals,
&c., pp. 356-358; Vocabulary of the Arfckara dialect of the Pawnee language,
pp. 358-363.
Chapter 14, Dakotas; Ethnographical History, pp. 364-375; Names of Dakota
bands, with their principal chiefs, pp. 375-376 ; Names of months or moons, riv
ers, animals, &c., pp. 37G-377 ; Vocabulary of the Dakota language, pp. 377-378.
Chapter 15, Assiuiboins; Ethnographical History, pp. 379-389; Vocabulary of
the Assiniboin dialect of the Dakota language, pp. 389-391.
Chapter 16, Aub-sa-ro-ke, or Crow Indians; Ethnographical History, pp. 391-
395 ; Remarks on the Grammatical Structure of the Aub-si-ro-ke or Crow lan
guage, pp. 395-401 ; Phrases and sentences, pp. 401-402.
Chapter 17, Vocabulary of the Aub-sa'-ro-ke or Crow language, pp. 402-420.
Chapter 18, Minnitarces; Ethnographical History, pp. 420-424; Vocabulary
of the Minnitaree dialect of the Aubsa>okee or Crow language, pp. 424-426.
Chapter 19, Maudans; Ethnographical History, pp. 426-435.
Chapter 20, Observations on the Grammatical Structure of the Mandan lan
guage, pp. 435-439.
Chapter 21, Vocabulary of the Mandan language, pp. 439-444.
Chapter 22, Omahas-Iowas, or Otos, pp. 444-448 ; Vocabulary of the Omaha
language, pp. 448-452 ; Vocabulary of the Iowa or Oto language, pp. 452-456.
This work was also issued with title page, as follows :
1686 Contributions | to the | Ethnography and Philology | of
the | Indian Tribes | of the | Missouri Valley. | By Dr. F. V. Hay-
den, | Member of the American Philosophical Society, of the Acad
emy of Natural Sciences of | Philadelphia, etc. etc. | Prepared
under the direction of Capt. William F. Eaynolds, T. E. U. S. A., |
and published by permission of the War Department. |
Philadelphia: | C. Sherman & Son, Printers. | 1862. | JWP.
2 p. 11., pp. 231-461. 4. map.
1687 Brief Notes on the Pawnee, Winnebago, and Omaha Lan
guages. By F. V. Hayden, M. D.
In Am. Fhilosoph. Soc., Proc., vol. 10, pp. 389-421. Philadelphia, 1869. 8.
Pawnee. Grammatical forms and phrases, pp. 390-396; The Lord's Prayer in
Pawnee, pp. 396-397 ; Vocabulary, pp. 397-406.
Omaha. Grammatical forms and phrases, pp. 406-407 ; Vocabulary, pp. 407-411.
Winnebago. Grammatical forms and phrases, pp. 411-415; Vocabulary, pp.
415-421.
1688 , in charge. Department of the luterior. | Bulletin | of | the
United States | Geological and Geographical Survey of | the Terri
tories. | [F. V. Hayden, in charge.] No. 1 [-Vol. VI. Number 2J. |
Washington : j Government Printing Office. | 1874 [-1881J. j JWP.
5 vols. and two numbers of vol. 6. 8. It was not the intention when started
to make these Bulletins into volumes, consequently the first volume is irregularly
paged and titled. The publication will be discontinued upon the completion of
the sixth volume.
326 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Hayden (Ferdinand Vandeveer) continued.
Ainslie (Rev. G.) Notes on the Grammar of the Nez Perec's, vol. 2, pp. 271-277.
Barber (E. A.) Language of the modern Utes, vol. 2, pp. 71-76.
Comparative Vocabulary of Utah Dialects, vol. 3, pp. 533-545.
Bells (Rev. M.) The Twana Indians, vol. 2, pp. 57-114.
1689 Hayes (Dr. Isaac Israel). The Open Polar Sea ; | A | Narrative of a
Voyage of Discovery | towards the North Pole, | in the | Schooner
" United States". | By | Dr. I. I. Hayes. | [Picture.]
New York: | Published by Hurd and Houghton. | 459 Broome
Street. | 1867. j BA. JWP.
Pp. i-xxiv, 1-454. 8. maps.
Eskimo names with meanings, passim.
1690 Haywood (John). The | Natural and Aboriginal | History | of |
Tennessee, | up to the | First Settlements therein | by the | White
People, | in the | year 1768. | By John Haywood, | of the county of
Davidson, in the State of Tennessee. |
Nashville : | Printed by George Wilson. | 1823. | c.
Pp. i-viii, 1-390, i-liv. 8.
Lingual Affinities and Hebraisms of the Cherokees, pp. 281-282; Vocabulary
of the Cherokee, pp. 282-285.
1691 Hazard (Ebenezer). Historical Collections; | consisting of | State
Papers, | and other Authentic Documents; intended as materials
for | an History of the | United States of America. | By Ebenezer
Hazard, A. M. | Member of the American Philosophical Society,
held at | Philadelphia, for Promoting Useful Knowledge; | and fel
low of the American Academy | of Arts and Sciences. | Volume 1
[II]. | [Quotation, three lines. |
Philadelphia: | Printed by T. Dobson, for the Author. | MDCC-
XCII [-M DGO XCIV] [1792-1794], | A. c. T.
2 vols. : pp. iv, 639,x ; iv,654. 4.
Megapoleiisis ( J. ) A short account of the Maquaas Indians, in New-
Netherland, vol. 1, pp. 517-526.
1692 Hazen (Gen. William B.) Vocabulary of the Shasta.
In Powell ( J. W. ) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 607-
613. Washington, 1877. 4.
1693 Vocabulary of the Takilma.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 211 words.
1694 Vocabularies of the Upper Eogue River Languages Ap-
plegate (Umpkwa), Takilma, and Shasta.
Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 180 words each. These mnnuscripts are in the library
of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1695 Hazlitt (William Carew). The | Great Gold Fields of | Cariboo; |
with an authentic description, brought down | to the latest period, j
of | British Columbia | and | Vancouver Island. | By William Carew
flazlitt, | of the Inner Temple, Barrister-at-Law. | With an accurate
map. |
HAYDEN HECKEWELDER.
327
Hazlitt (William Carew) continued.
London: | Eoutledge, Warne, and Eoutledge, | Farringdon
Street. | New York: 5G, Walker Street. | 1862. | A.B.
Pp. i-viii, 1-184. 16. map.
Contains, from the San Francisco Bulletin of 4th June [n. d.], a vocabulary
of the Chinook Jargon ill treble columns, pp. 177-180.
It is possible the vocabulary also appears in the same author's: British Colum
bia and Vancouver's Island. London, 1858. 12.
169G Heaviside (J. T. C.) American Antiquities, or the New World the
Old, and the Old World the New. By J. T. C. Heaviside.
London: Triibner & Co. 1868. *
46pp. 8. Title from Sabiu's Dictionary. This title, in one of Trubner's cata
logues, is put among the works on the Aboriginal Languages of America.
1697 Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus). An Account of the His
tory, Manners, and Customs, of the Indian Nations, who once in
habited Pennsylvania and the Neighbouring States. By the Eev.
John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans, of the Hist, and Lit. Com., vol. 1, pp. 1-347.
Philadelphia, 1819. 8.
Chapter ix, Languages, pp. 104-114, contains notices of the Karalit, the Iro-
quois, the Lenapi, and the Floridian languages.
This article was reviewed by Cass (L.) in the N. A. Review, vol. 22. pp.
53-119. Boston, 1826. 8. This was answered by Rawle (W.) in Penn. Hist.
Soc. Mem., vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 238-275. Philadelphia, 1826. 8; and this in turn by
Cass (L.) in the N. A. Review, vol. 26, pp. 357-403. Boston, 1828. 8.
Reprinted as follows:
1693 Johann Heckewelder's | evangelischen Predigers zu Beth
lehem. | Nachricht | von der | Geschichte, den Sitten und Ge-
brauchen | der | indiauischen Volkerschaften, | welche ehemals
Pennsylvauien und die benach- | barten Staaten bewohnten. Aus
dem Englischen iibersetzt und mit den Angaben | aiiderer Schrift-
steller liber eben dieselben Gegenstande | Carver, Loskiel, Long,
Volney vermehrt | von | Fr. Hesse | evangelischen Prediger zu
Nienburg. | Nebst einem die Glaubwiirdigkeit und den anthro-
polo- | gischen Werth der Nachrichten Heckewelder's | betreffenden
Zusatze | von G. E. Schulze. |
Gottingen | bey Vandenhoeck und Euprecht. | 1821. | c.
xlviii, 582pp., 1 1. 8.
Linguistics, pp. 158-199.
1699 Histoire, | Moaurs et coutumes | des | Nations Indiennes |
qui habitaient autrefois la Pensylvanie | et les etats voisins; | par
le Ee"verend | Jean Heckewelder, | Missionnaire Morave, | Traduit
de 1'Anglais | Par le Chevalier Du Ponceau. |
Paris, | ChezL. DeBure, LibrairerueGue'ne'gaud,no.27. | 1822. |
Pp. i-xii, 13-571. 8. C.
Chapitre ix. Des langnes. Le Karalit, 1'Iroqnois, le Lenape, le Floridien,
pp. 170-188.
IMPROVED TITLE IN
AMTIOm CORRECTIONS.
328 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus) continued.
1700 History, | Manners, and Customs | of | The Indian Na
tions | who once inhabited Pennsylvania and | the neighbouring
states. | By the | Kev. John Heckewelder, | of Bethlehem, Pa. |
Few and Revised Edition. | With an | Introduction and Notes | by
the | Kev. William Reichel | of Bethlehem, Pa. |
Philadelphia: | Publication Fund of | the Historical Society of
Pennsylvania, | No. 820 Spruce Street. | 1876. |
In Perm. Hist Soc. Memoirs, vol. xii, pp. 15-348. Philadelphia, 1876. 8.
Chapter ix. Languages, pp. 118-127.
1701 Words, Phrases, and Short Dialogues, in the Language of
the Lenni Lenape, or Delaware Indians. By the Kev. John Hecke
welder, of Bethlehem.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans, of the Hist, and Lit. Com., vol. i, pp. 450-
464. Philadelphia, 1819. 8. Reprinted as follows:
1702 Words, Phrases, and Short Dialogues in the Language of
the Lenni Lenape, or Delaware Indians. By the Rev. John Hecke
welder, of Bethlehem.
In Perm. Hist. Soc. Mem., vol. xii, pp. 435-442. Philadelphia, 1876. 8.
1703 Names which the Lenni Lenapes or Delaware Indians, who
once inhabited this country, had given to Rivers, Streams, Places,
&c., &c., within the now States of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Mary
land and Virginia; and also Names of Chieftains and distinguished
Men of that Nation ; with the Significance of those Names and Bio
graphical Sketches of some of those Men. By the late Rev. John
Heckewelder, of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Communicated to the
American Philosophical Society April 5 th , 1822, and now published
by their order; revised and prepared for the press by Peter S. Du
Ponceau.
Iu Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans., new series, vol. 4, pp. 351-396. Philadelphia,
1834. 4.
Letter of Peter S. Duponcean to Franklin Bache, M. D., Chairman Publishing
Committee, pp. 351-353 ; Introductory Remarks by the Rev. John Heckewelder,
p. 354; Indian Names of Rivers, Streams, and other Noted Places in the State of
Pennsylvania, pp. 355-374; Indian Names of Rivers, Creeks, &c., in New Jersey,
from maps, pp. 375-376; Indian Names of Rivers, Creeks, &c., in Maryland, pp.
377-379; Indian Names of Rivers, Persons, &c., in Virginia, pp. 379-382; Names
of Delaware Chiefs and other Noted Characters of this Nation, since the arrival
of William Penn, together with the Signification of some of the Names here pre
sented, and short Biographical Sketches, pp. 383-396.
This article was also issued as a separate pamphlet with addition of title-page,
ai follows:
1704 Names | given by | the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians to
Rivers, Streams, | Places, &c., in the now States of Pennsylvania, |
New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia; | and also | Names of Chief
tains and distinguished men of that Nation: | with | Their Significa
tions, and some Biographical Sketches. | By the late | Rev. John
Heckewelder, | of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. | Communicated to
HECKEWELDER. 329
Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus) continued.
the American Philosophical Society, April 5, 1X22, and now pub
lished by | their order; revised and prepared for the press by Peter
S. Du Ponceau. |
Printed by | James Kay, Jun. and Co., Philadelphia, | Printers
to the American Philosophical Society. | 1833. | BA.
Reprinted as follows :
1705 Memorandum of the Names and Significations which the
"Lenni Lenape" otherwise called "the Delawares" had given to
Bivers, Streams, Places, &c., within the States of Pennsylvania,
New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, together with the names of
some Chieftains and eminent men of this nation. Taken from the
papers of the Rev. John Heckewelder, during his mission among
the Indians of Pennsylvania. Presented to the " Historical Society
of Pennsylvania" by Maurice C. Jones, of Bethlehem, Pa.
In Penn. Hist. Soc., Bulletin, vol. 1, pp. 121-135, 139-154. Philadelphia,
1848. 8.
Reprinted as follows:
1706 Names which the Lenni Lennape or Delaware Indians gave
to Rivers, Streams and Localities within the States of Pennsylvania,
New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, with their significations, by
John Heckewelder. *
In Moravian Hist. Soc., Trans., pp. '227-282. Nazareth, 1876. 8.
Title from r. W. Eames. MIssued separately as follows :
1707 Names | which the | Lenni Leunape or Delaware Indians |
gave to | Rivers, Streams, and Localities, | within the States of j
Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, | with their sig
nifications. | Prepared for the transactions of the | Moravian His
torical Society, from | a MS. by John Heckewelder, | by | William
C. Reichel. |
Nazareth. | 1872. | WE.
Title 1 1., pp. 227-282.
In preparing this edition the author has placed the names in alphabetic order
and added numerous philologic notes. Field, No. 948, gives a title similar to
above with the imprint: Bethlehem, H. T. Clauder, Printer, 1872. 58pp. 8.
1708 A Vocabulary of the Mahicanni, taken down from the
mouth of one of that nation, born in Connecticut.
Manuscript.
1709 A Vocabulary of the Shawans; taken down from the mouth
of a white woman, who had been twenty years a prisoner with that
nation.
Manuscript.
1710 A Vocabulary of the Nanticoke, taken from the mouth of
a Nanticoke chief, in 1785.
Manuscript.
330 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus) continued.
1711 A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni Lenape and Al
gonquin.
Manuscript.
1712 A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni Lenape proper,
the Miami dialect, the. Mahicanni, Jfatik or Nadik, Chippeway,
Shawans, and Nanticoke. *
Manuscript.
1713 A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni Lenape and
Twightwee. *
Manuscript.
1714 Names of various trees, shrubs and plants in the Language
of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware, distinguishing the dialects of the
Ouamis and Minsi. *
Manuscript.
The above manuscripts are in the possession of the Am. Philosoph. Soc. , having
been presented by the author.
1715 - - and Duponceau (Peter Stephen). A Correspondence be-
between the Kev. John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem, and Peter S.
Duponceau, Esq., Corresponding Secretary of the Historical and
Literary Committee of the American Philosophical Society, respect
ing the Languages of the American Indians.
In Am. Philosoph. Soc., Trans, of the Hist, and Lit. Com., vol. 1, pp. 351-
44ri. Philadelphia, 1819. 8. Reprinted as follows:
1716 A Correspondence between the Eev. John Heckewelder, of
, Bethlehem, and Peter S. Duponceau, Esq., Corresponding Secre
tary of the Historical and Literary Committee of the American
Philosophical Society, respecting the Languages of the American
Indians.
In Penn. Hist. Soc. Memoirs, vol. xii, pp. 349-433. Philadelphia, 1876. 8.
Reviewed by Pickering (J.) in N. A. Review, vol. 9, pp. 129-187. Boston,
ton, 1819. 8.
1717 Heintzelman (Gen. Samuel P.) Vocabulary of the Cocopa.
In Oatschet (A. S.) Yuma-Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, pp.
390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8.
1718 Vocabulary of the Cocopa.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 100 words.
1719 Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi.
Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 180 words. These manuscripts are in the library of
the Bureau of Ethnology. They were furnished by the Hon. John R. Bartlett,
who copied them from the originals in the possession of Gen. Heiutzelman.
1720 Heller (Carl Bartholomaens). Reisen | in | Mexiko | in den
Juhren 1845-1848. | von Carl Bartholomaeus Heller. | Mit zwei
Karten, sechs Holzschnitten und einer Lithographic. |
.;', Leipzig, | Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann. | 1853. | O.
xxiv, 432 pp. 8. maps.
HECKEWELDER HENDERSON. 331
Heller (Carl Bartholomaeus) continued.
Betrachtungen Uber die alien Sprachen Mexikos, pp. 377-378, inclndes grara-
matic remarks on the Maya, pp. 380-381 ; Numerals, 1-100, of the Maya, and
1-400, of the Azteca, p. 386 ; a few Maya and Aztek words, pp. 387-388.
Helmersen (Gregor von).
See Baer (K. E. von) ami Helmersen (G. von).
1721 Helmsing (J. S.) Vocabulary of the M'mat of Southwest Arizona
and Southeast California.
Manuscript. 10 11. 4. 211 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
1722 [Hemans (Rev. Daniel Wright).] Ihanktouwan lapi. | Ikce Wo-
cekiye Wowapi Kin, | qa Miuahanska Makoce | kin en | Token
Wokduze, | qa okodakiciye wakan en | tonakiya woecon kin, | hena
de he wowapi kin ee. |
Yankton Agency, D. T. | Mission Press. | 1870. | .rwp.
Pp. 1-108. 16.
Literal translation. Yankton speech | Crying to [Ordinary Prayer] Some
thing-written the, | and knife- long [American] Land | the in | How thing-not-to-
be-touched [sacred thing, sacrament] | and fellowship sacred in | how-many-
ways things-done the, | those this that something-written the that-is-it. |
Parts of the Book of Common Prayer in the Yankton dialect of the Dakota,
translated by Mr. Hemans, a full-blood Santee.
1723 The King's Highway. | Wicastayatapi Tacauku: | qais, |
Woahope Wikcemna | Oyakapi kin. | Rev. Richard Newton, D.
D., | Kaga. | Rev. Daniel W. Hetnaiis, | Dakota lapi en | Kaga. |
Yankton Agency: | St. Paul's School Press. | 1879. | JWP.
Pp. 3-427. 16.
Above preceded by an engraved title-page composed of chain of ten links,
each link representing a commandment, inside of which is "The King's High
way. Illustrations of the Ten Commandments. Rev. R. Newton, DD." The
work is entirely in Dakota, having been translated by Mr. Hemans, a native Da-
kotan (Santee), educated by Rev. Mr. Hinman. The translation was revised by
the Rev. J. W. Cook.
See [Hinman (S. D.), Cook (J. W.), Hemans (D. W.), and 'Walker (L. C.)].
1724 Henderson (Alexander). A | Grammar | of | the Moskito Lan
guage, | by | Alexander Henderson. | Belize, Honduras. |
New York: | Printed by John Gray, 104 Beekman St. | 1846. | c.
47 pp. 8.
1725 Araidatiu Tumurau segung Madeju karabagungte Ian Alex
ander Henderson (The Gospel according to Mathew in the Cha-
ribbean language translated by A. H.)
Edinburg. 1847.
88 pp. 8. Not seen ; title from Brassenr de Bourbourg.
1726 The Maya Primer. By Alexander Henderson, Belize, Hon
duras.
Birmingham: Printed by J. Showell. fn. d.]
12 pp. 6. Title from Mr. W. Barnes.
332 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Henderson (Alexander) continued.
1727 Catecismo de los Metodistas [in Maya]. *
17 pp. 8.
1728 Breve Devocionario [in Maya].
17 pp. 8. Titles from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 31305.
1729 Grammar and Dictionary of the Karif Language of Hon
duras (from Belize to Little Eock). Belize, 1872.
Manuscript. Pp. 1-340. 12, in eight blank books. In the library of the Bu
reau of Ethnology.
1730 Henderson (Capt. George). An | Account | of the | British Settle
ment of Honduras; | being | a View of its Commercial and Agri
cultural Resources, Soil, Climate, Natural History, &c. | To which
are added, Sketches | of the | Manners and Customs | of the |
Mosquito Indians, | preceded by the Journal of a Voyage to the |
Mosquito shore. | Illustrated by a Map. | By Capt. Henderson, | of
his Majesty's 5th West India Regiment. |
London: | Printed by and for C. and R. Baldwin, | New Bridge
Street, | 1809. | c.
Pp. i-xi, 1-203. 8. map. Signification in English of some words in the
Mosquito tongue, pp. 193-195.
1731 - An | Account | of the | British Settlement | of | Hondu
ras; | being | a view of its commercial and agricultural resources, |
soil, climate, natural history, &c. | To which are added, | Sketches |
of the | Manners and Customs | of the | Mosquito Indians, | pre
ceded by the Journal of a Voyage to the | Mosquito Shore. | Illus
trated by a map. | Second Edition, enlarged. | By Capt. Hender
son, 44th Reg*. |
London : | Printed for R. Baldwin, Paternoster Row. 1 1811. | A. u.
Pp. i-xi, 1-237. 8. map.
Mosquito vocabulary, pp. 2<J7-229.
1732 Henley ( ). A list of Words in the Chinese and Indian [of Cali
fornia] Languages.
In Cronise (T. F.) Natural Wealth of California, pp. 31-32. San Francisco.
1868.
1733 Henry (Charles A.) Vocabulary of the Apachee.
In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 578-589. Philadelphia,
1855. 4.
Henry (George).
See- [Evans (J.) and Henry (G.)].
See [Jones (Rev. P.), Evans (Rev. J.), and Henry (G.)].
1734 Henry (Victor). Esquisse d'une grammaire de la langue Innok
DGB.
38pp. 8. Extraitde la Revue de Linguistique.
1735 Esquisse d'uue grammaire raisonne de la langue ale"oute
(suite et fin.)
Iu Revue de Linguistique, vol. 12, pp. 1-62. Par.s, 1879. 8.
Title from contents of vol. 12 of which I have seen only Part 4. Reprinted as
follows :
HENDERSON HERLEIN. 333
Henry (Victor) continued.
17,'JG Esquisse | el'une Grammaire Raisonnee | de la | Langue
Aleoute | d'apres la grammaire et le vocabulaire do Ivan V6nia-
minov | Par V. Henry. |
Paris | Maisonueuve et C le , Libraires - Editeurs | 25, Quai Vol
taire, 25 | 1879. | ASG.
2 p. 11., 73 pp., 1 1.
1737 Hequembourg (C. L.) Pai-yu-te Vocabulary. By C. L. Hequem-
bourg, Post Chaplain, U. S. A.
Manuscript. 211 words, and many phrases. In the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology.
1738 Herdesty (W. L.) Terms of Eelationsbip of the Kutchin or Lou-
chieux, collected by W. L. Herdesty, Fort Liard, Hudson's Bay Ty.
In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382.
Washington, 1871. 4.
1739 Heriot (George). Travels | through | the Canadas, | containing |
A Description of the Picturesque Scenery | on some of the Kivers
and Lakes; | with an account of the | Productions, Commerce, and
Inhabitants | of those Provinces. | To which is subjoined a | Com
parative View of the Manners and Customs | of several of the | In
dian Nations of North and South America. | By George Heriot,
Esq. | Deputy Post Master General of British North America. |
Illustrated with | a map and numerous Engravings, from drawings
made at the | several places by the author. |
London: | Printed for Richard Phillips, | No. 6, Bridge-Street,
Blackfriars. | 1807. | By T. Gillet, Wild-court. | BA. 0.
Pp. i-xii, 1-G02. 4. maps.
Chapter xx. Origin of language Indian languages in general capable of
being arranged under rules of grammar Infinite diversity of tongues in Amer
icaExamples of four different languages, pp. 569-602, contains: O! salutaris
Hostia, &c. (from Father Rasles), in Abinaquis, Algonquin, Huron, and Illi
nois, pp. 578-579; Vocabulary of the Algonquin Tongue, pp. 579-599; Indica
tive mode of the verb Sakia, "to love," in Algonquin, pp. 599-600; Numeration,
according to the Algouquins [1-1000], pp. 601-602.
Partly reprinted, minus the linguistics, in Phillips' Voyages, vol. 8. '
1740 [Herlein (J. D.)] Beschryvinge | van de | Volk-Plantinge | Zuri-
name : | vertoneude | De Opkomst dier zelver Colonie, de Aanbouw
en Be- | werkinge der Zuiker-Plautagien. Nessens den aard | der
eigene natuurlijke Inwoonders of Indianen; | als ook de Slaafsche
Afrikaansche Mooren; | deze beide Natien haar Levens-manie- 1 ren,
Afgoden-dienst, Kegeriug, | Zeden, Gewoonten en dage- | lijksche
Bezigheden. | Mitsgaders | Een vertoog van de Bosch-groud,
Water- en Pluim-Gedier- | tens; de veel vuldige heerlijke Vrugten,
Melk-artige | Zappen, Gommeu, Olyen, en de gehele ge- | steltheid
van de Raraibaansche Kust. | Door | J. D. HI. | Verrijkt met de
Laud-Kaart (daar de legginge der Plan- | tagie'n worden aangewe-
zen) en Kopere Platen. | Den Twedeii Druk. |
334 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Herlein (J. D.) continued.
Te Leevwarden, | By Meindert Injema, Bock-drukker en | Ver-
koper voor aan in de St. Jacobs-straat, 1718. | 0.
10 p. 11., pp. 1-262, 1 1. am. 4. maps.
Karaibaansch Woorden-Boek (from Rochefort), pp. 249-262.
1741 Hermes (P.) Uber die Natur der amerikanischen Indianer-
sprachen. C.
In Herrig's Archiv fur das Stndiiun der neuern Sprachen, Band 29, pp. 231-
254. Braunschweig, 1861. 8.
Title furnished by Mr. A. S. Gatscliet.
1742 Hernandez ( Francisco ). De Materia Medica Nouse Hispanise
Pbilippi Secnndi Hispanearuin ac Indiarum Regioinvictissimi iussu
collecla a Doctore Francisco Hernando noui Orbis primario, ac in
ordinem digesta a Doctore Nardo Antonio Kecio eiusdem Maiesta-
tis medico, libris quatuor. *
Manuscript of about 450 closely written pages. 4.
The original autograph manuscript of Dr. Nardo Antonio Reccio, bound in old
red morocco, with the arms of Cardinal Zelanda, from whose library the volume
came. It is not the work as finally printed. Stetena'a Bit. Hint., 1870, No. 891.
1743 Quatro Libros. De la uaturaleza y virtudes de las Plantas
y animates que estan recividos en el uso de Medicina en la Nueva
- Espana, y la methodo y coreccion y preparation que para admini-
strallas se requiere con lo que el Doctor Hernandez escrivio en
lengua latiua. May util para todo genero de gente que vive en
estancias y Pueblos, do no ay Medicos ni Botica. Traduzido y
aumentados machos simples y compnestos y otros muchos secretes
curatives por Fr. Francisco Ximenez.
Mexico, en casa de la Viuda de Diego Lopez Davalos. 1615. *
Sni. 4. Title and note from Sabin's Dictionary and Rich, No. 140.
Ximenes, in his introduction, remarks that the work of Hernandez, abridged
by the Neapolitan physician Nardo Antonio Reecho, by strange ways reached
the Indies and fell into his hands; and that he was induced to publish this trans
lation, adding such examples as fell into his way.
1744 Kerum Medicarum Novae Hispaniae Thesaurus, sen Planta-
rurn Animalium Mineralium Mexicanorum historia ex Francisci
Hernandi Noui orbis inedici Brimarij relationibus in ipsa, Mexicana
vrbe couscriptis & Nardo Antonio Heccho. . . . Collecta ac in
ordinem digesta ^ Joanne Terrentio Lynceo notis illustrata; cum
Indice, et Historian Animalium et Miueralium libro. Nunc primum
in naturaliu reru studiosor gratia et utilitatfi studio et impensis
Lynceorum Publici iuris facta Philippo magno dicata.
Eomse. M.DCXXVlII[lG28]ExT.ypographeioJaobiMascardi.
Folio. Engraved title, pp. 950, 17 11., followed by: " Historian Animalium," pp.
90, 3 11. folio. Title and note from Sabin's Dictionary.
This edition was abridged, and edited from the author's manuscript by Dr.
Reecho, of Naples ; pp. 345-455 are additions by Terrentins de Constance ; pp. 460-
840, by John Faber; pp. 841-899 are annotations by Fabio Colonuo; the tables
by Priuce Cesi. Leclerc, No. 546, describes : Pabri (Joannis lyncei). Animalia
HERLEIN HERNANDEZ.
335
Hernandez (Francisco) continued.
Mexicaua Descriptiouiluis, scholijsq. exposita. Romae, 1628, folio, which is merely
an extract, pp. 460-840, from the foregoing.
Leon Pinelo says an edition was printed in Germany previous to 1629.
1745 Eervm medicarvm | Novae Hispaniae | Thesavrvs | sev |
Plantarvm Animalivm | Mineralivm Mexicanorvm [ Historia | ex
Fiancisci Hernandez | Noui Orbis Medici Primary relatiouibus | in
ipsa Mexicana Vrbe conscriptis | A Nardo Antonio Keccho | Monte
Coruinate Cath. Maiest. Medico | Et Neap. Regni Archiatro Gene-
rali | lussu Pbilippi II. Hisp. Ind. etc. regis | Collecta ac in ordineni
digesta | & loanne Terrentio Lynceo | Constantiense Germ . Pho
ac Medico | Notis Illustrata | NuncprimuinNatnraliurerStudiosor
gratia | lucubrationibus Lyuceoru publici iuris facta. | Quibus Jam
excussis accessere demum alia | quof omnium Synopsis sequenti
pagiua pouitur | Opus duobus voluminibus diuisum | Philippo
I III. Kegi Catholico Magno | Hispaniaf vtriusqz Sicilian et Indiaru
etc. Mouarchae | dicatum. |
Cum Priuilegijs. Romas Superior permissu, Ex Typographeio
Vitalis Mascardi. M. DC. XXXXXI [1051]. | *
4 p: 11., pp. 1-590, 1 1., index 7 11. folio. Engraved title in center of a hand
some frontispiece. Followed by:
1746 Historiae animalivm et mineralivm novae Hispaniae, liber
Vnicus. *
Pp. 1-90, 3 11. folio. Titles from Mr. W. Eames.
Contains the Mexican names with latin equivalents, and wood-cut engrav
ings, of plants, pp. 1-459; animals, pp. 460-840; followed by Annotationes &
Additioues, pp. 841-899. Vocum quorundam Americanarum explicatio, on the
recto of the 12th leaf of the index. The Historiae Animalium et Mineralium also
contains the Mexican and Latin names.
Some copies are dated 1649, and others have a printed title as follows:
1747 Nova Plantarum, animalium et mineralium Mexicanorum
Historia a Francisco Hernandez Medico in Indiis praestantissimo
primnin compalita, deim & Nardo Recho in volumen digesta, a Jo
Terentio, Jo Fabro et Fabio Columna Lynceis Notis et additionibus
longe doctissimus illustrata. Cui demum accessere alliquot ex Prin-
cipis Federici Caesii Frontispiciis Theatri Naturalis Phytospphicas
Talmlae Vna cum quam plurimis Iconibus, ad octingeutas, quibus
singula contemplanda graphice exbibentur. Cum Priuilegiis.
Romae, Blasii Deuersini et Zanobij Masotti. 1651. *
Title from Rich, No. 282, and Sabiu's Dictionary, No. 31516. See the former
for other variations in this edition.
1748 Francisci Hernandi, | Medici atque Historic! | Philippi II.
Hisp. et Indiar. Regis, | et totius Novi Orbis Archiatri, | Opera, j
cum edita, turn inedita, | ad autograph! fldem et integritatem ex-
pressa, | impeusa et Jussu Regio. | Volumen Primum [-Tertium]. |
Matriti. | Ex Typographia Ibarrae Heredum. | Anno M. DCC.
LXXXX [1790]. | A.W.
3 vols. : 1 p. 1., pp. i-xviii, 4 II., pp. 1-452; 2 p. 11., pp. 1-562; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-571
(1). 4.
IMPROVED TITLE IN
1MPHOVEO TITLE IN
336 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Hernandez (Francisco) continued.
This is Ihe work of Hernandez unabridged, but without engravings. It is
entirely taken up with the Historia Plantarum Novae Hispaniae, containing
the Mexican names of the plants, with the latin equivalents. Eames.
This edition is not to be compared with the work of Dr. Ricci. This is more
of Her^aud" s without his editors, more correct, with many additions, but with
out any illustrations. Hernandes, the celebrated naturalist, was sent to New
Spain by Philip the Second about 1595, where he spent seven years in active
research into the natural history of the country, and returned to Europe with an
herbarium, the very richness and magnitude of which overwhelmed the men of
science. A part of the original collection was burnt with the library of the
Escurial in 1671. Stevens' s Bib. Hist., 1870, pp. 76, 226.
The natural history of Dr. Hernandez gives evidence [of the copiousness of
the Aztec language], in which are described twelve hundred different species of
Mexican plants, two hundred or more species of birds, and a large number of
quadiupeds, reptiles, insects, and metals, each of which is given its proper name
in the Mexican language. Bancroft's Native Races, vol. 3, p. 728.
1749 Hernandez (D. Vicente). Apuntamiento de Idioma Kicbe". Junio
de 1854. *
Manuscript. 16 11. folio. At the foot of the title-page these words are added
in the same hand: "Esdel Padre Presb. Vincente Hernandez Spina, cura de
Santa Catarina Ixtlanacau."
I received this document from my friend Dr. Padilla, deceased, who assured
me it was the original of the Vocabulary, described by Dr. Karl Scherzer, of
Vienna, since printed in volume 15 of the Sitzungsberichte der philosophisch-
historischi-n Klasse der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Wien, 1855,
pp. 28-35. Brasse>tr de Bourbourg.
1750 Herrera (Fr. Alonso). Sermones Dominicales y de Santos en Len-
gua Megicana. *
Printed, according to Clavigero.
1751 Diccionario-Mexicano. *
Title from Triibner in Ludewig, p. 230.
1752 [Herrera y Perez (Manuel Maria).] Tlahuac Cabecera, Linderos,
Pueblos de su jurisdiccion, Barrios de la Cabecera, Pescados, Patos,
Yerbas, Arboles, Seuorios, y varies animales de la Tierra.
In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tercera epoca, tomo 1, pp. 294-303. Mexico,
1873. 8.
Herrod (G.)
See Buckner (H. F.) and Herrod (G.)
1753 Hervas (D. Lorenzo). Idea | dell' Universe | che contiene | la
storiadella vita dell' uomo, | element! cosmografici | viaggioestatico
al niondo planetario, | ae | Storia della Terra. | Opera | del Signor
Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas. | Tomo Primo [-XVIII]. | Conce-
zione, nascimente, infanzia, e puerizia dell' Uomo. | [Figure.]
In Cesena MDCCLXXVIII [-MDCCLXXXV] [1778-1785J. | Per
Gregorio Biasini all'Insegnadi Pallade | Con Licenzade' Superiori. |
Vols. 1-18. sm. 4. A.
The only copy of the above work I have seen is in the Astor Library. Lude
wig collates it as follows: Cesena, 1778-1781 [1787], xxi vols. 4. Vol. xiii, Fn-
ligno, 1792, 4, and names the later volumes as follows :
HERNANDEZ HEEVAS. 337
Hervas (D. Lorenzo) continued.
Vol. xvii (1784), Catalogo delle Lingue conosciuti e notizia della loro affinity
o diversity.
Of this volume an enlarged Spanish edition was published by the author:
Madrid, 1800-1805. 6 vols. 4. See below.
Vol. xviii (1785), Origine, Formazione, Mecanismo ed Armenia degli Idiomi.
Vol. xix (178C), Aritmetica delle Nazioni.
Vol. xx (1787), Vocabulario Poliglotto con Prolegomeni sopra piu di CL Lingue.
Vol. xxi (1787), Saggio pratico delle Lingue con Prolegomeni ed una raccolla
di orazioni doiuinicali in piu di trecento lingue e dialetti.
It is probable the volumes were numbered consecutively to vol. 22, for I find
vols. 17 and 18 each with two different title-pages, one with the volume number,
one without: i-he Astor Library has no copy of the volumes above 18 with the
number on the title-page each of the others having an individual title. The
titlrs of the volumes containing North American Linguistics are as follows:
1754 Catalogo | delle Lingue conosciute | e Notizia | della loro
affinitii, e diversita. | Opera | del Signer Abate | Don Lorenzo Her
vas. | [Figure.]
In Oesena MDCCLXXXIV [1784]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all'
Insegna di Pallade. | Cou Licenza de' Superior!. | A. c.
1 p. 1., pp. 1-260. sm. 4.
Capitolo i. Lingue Americane : loronnmero: " * * p. 14.
Articolo 5. * * * * Nelle province di Popayan, Darien, e Veraguas si nosano
52 nazioni di varj linguaggj poco couosciuti, e 24 villaggj di Darieni rubelli.
Forse in Darien, e Veraguas si parlano dialetti caribi, p. (59.
Art. 6. Liugue del Continente della Nuova-Spaj;na, Messicana, Otomita (col
sui flialetto Mazahui), Tarasca, Pirinda, Cora, Maya (o Yucatana), Mizteca, To-
tanaca, Hiaki, Tarahuniara, Tubar, Opata, Eudeve, Pirne, Guaima, Tepehuana,
Hnasteca, Paine, Matlazinga, Mazahna, Cuitlateca, Zapoteca, Chiuantoca, Po-
poluca, Chontal, Chocona, Mazateca, Mixe, Chiapaneca, Mame, Lacandona,
Zoke, Celdala, Kiche, Cakchikel, ed Utlateca. Si aunoverano altre otto lingue
sconosciute del Nuovo Messico, p. 72.
Catalogo di alcuni uomi Tolteki e Chichimeki, co' quali si prova, cheparlarono
il Messicauo queste due antichissime nazioni, p. 77.
Art. 7. Lingue della California, e de' paesi settentrionali dell' America. Nella
California lingue Pericu estinta, Guaicura (co' dialetti Loretano. Cora, Uchitie,
ed Aripe) e Cochiin} con 4 dialetti. Colonia Cinese al uord della California, p. 81.
Groenlandese, ed Eskimese liugue affini : linguaggio Lappouico-Teutonico
nella Groenlandia; Hurone, ed Irokese affini ; Algonkino con 43 dialetti, che vi
si nominano. Si notano 17 linguaggj della Florida Spagnuola, p. 85.
This volume enlarged and reprinted as follows:
1755 Catalogo de las Lenguas | de las Naciones Conocidas, | y
numeracion, division, y clases de estas | segun la diversidad | de
sus Idiomas y Dialectos. | Sn Autor | el Abate Don Lorenzo Her
vas, | Teologo del Eininentisitno Senor Cardenal Juan Francisco |
Albani [&c., tbree lines]. | Voltimen I [-VI]. | Lenguas y Naciones
Aciericanas. | Con licencia. | En la imprenta de la aduiiuistracion
del real arbitrio de beueflcencia. |
Madrid Afio 1800 [-1805]. | Se hallara eu la Libreria de Bamz
calle de la Cruz. | HU.
6 vols. sm. 4.
22 Bib
338 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS.
Hervas (D. Lorenzo) continued.
Capitulo vi. Lemjuas qne se hablan en el continente de la Nueva-EspaEa.
Capitnlo vii. Lenguas que se hablan en la California en su costa septen
trional hasta el estrecho de Anian, y en la vasta extension de paises que hay
entre el rio Misisipi, Florida y Groenlandia.
1756 Origine | Formazione, Meccanismo, ed Armenia degl' Idi-
omi. | Opera | dell' Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio della Eeale
Accademia delle Scienze, ed Autichita | di Dublino. | [Figure.]
In Cesena M DCO LXXXV [1785]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all'
Insegna di Pallade | Con Licenza de' Superior!. | A.
1 p. 1., pp. 1-180. sm.4.
The Introductory letter in this issue occupies pp. 1-4 (the title being the p. 1.),
and is much longer than that in the issue with "Tomo xviii" on the title-page,
the letter in the latter occupying pp. 3-4, the title being pp. 1-2.
Contains words in many American languages scattered throughout.
1757 Aritinetica delle Nazioni | e Divisione del Tempo | fra
P Oriental!. | Operi | dell' Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio della
Eeale Accademia delle Scienze, ed Antichita | di Dublino. | [Fig
ure.]
In Cesena M DCC LXXXVI [178'J]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all'
Insegua di Pallade. | Con Licenza de' Superiori. | A.
Pp. 1-201. sm.4.
Darien-Itsmo numerals and remarks, p. 106 ; Tarasca numerals, 1-13, and re
marks, p. 107 ; Messicana numerals, 1-48000, and remarks, pp. 107-109 ; Otomita
numerals, 1-1000, and remarks, pp. 109-110 ; Maya numerals, 1-72000, pp. 110-111 ;
Cora numerals, 1-400, pp. 111-113; Timnkuana numerals, 1-10, p. 113; Cochimi
numerals, 1-20, p. 113; Tuskrura numerals, 1-1000, pp. 113-114; Woccon numer
als, 1-20, p. 114 ; Pampticough numerals, 1-10, p. 114 ; Algonkina numerals, 1-1000,
p. 114; Comparison of numerals of the Tuskrura, Woccon, Pampticough, and
Algonkina, p. 115.
1758 Vocabolario Poligloto | con prolegoinini | sopra piu di CL.
Lingue | Dove sono delle scoperte nuove, ed utili all' antica | storia
dell' uman genere, ed alia cognizione del | meccanismo delle pa
role. | Opera dell' Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio della Eeale
Accademia delle Scienze, ed An- | ticbita di Dubliuo, e dell' Etrusca
di Cortona. | [Figure.]
In Cesena M DCC LXXXVII [1787]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all'
Insegna di Callade. | Con Licen/a de' Superiori. | A.
Pp. 1-247. sm. 4. Only a few American words.
1759 Saggio Pratico | delle Lingue | con prolegomeni, e una rac-
colta di orazioni Dominicali in | pin di trecento lingue, e dialetti,
con cui si dimostra | 1'infusioue del primo idioma dell' uman geuere,
e la | confusione delle liugue in esso poi sncceduta, e si | additauo
la diraraazione, e dispersioue della na- | zioni con molti risultati
utili alia storia. | Oflcia | dell' Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio
della Eeale Accademia delle Scienze, ed Antichita | di Dublino, e
dell' Etrusca di Cortona. | [Figure.]
HERVAS HESS. 339
Hervas (Z). Lorenzo) continued.
In Cesena M DCC LXXXVII [1787]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all'
Insegna di Pallade | Con Licenza de' Superior!. | A.
Pp. 1-256. sm.4.
Lord's Prayer in Carib, with comments, p. 112: in Poconchi, with comments,
pp. 113-115; in Maya, w 
